GCONF - en to en_GB translation catalogue (8818 entries)

[ctx: 01170902.xhp hd_id3153323 14 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/01170902.xhp" name="Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection">Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/01170902.xhp" name="Combo Box/List Box Wizard: Field Selection">Combo Box/List Box Wizard: Field Selection</link>

[ctx: 01170903.xhp par_id3154823 26 help.text]
en: In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp" name="Control - Properties">Control - Properties</link>, the specified field will appear in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of a SQL statement under <emph>List Contents</emph>.
en_GB: In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp" name="Control - Properties">Control - Properties</link>, the specified field will appear in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of an SQL statement under <emph>List Contents</emph>.

[ctx: 01171000.xhp par_id3147089 3 help.text]
en: After you have finished editing your form, right-click "Forms" in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and deselect <emph>Open in Design Mode</emph>. Save your form when you are finished.
en_GB: After you have finished editing your form, right-click "Forms" in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and unmark <emph>Open in Design Mode</emph>. Save your form when you are finished.

[ctx: 01220000.xhp par_id3148983 2 help.text]
en: Click the<emph> Navigator On/Off </emph>icon to hide or show the <emph>Navigator</emph>.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Navigator On/Off</emph> icon to hide or show the <emph>Navigator</emph>.

[ctx: 01230000.xhp par_id3144436 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DesignerDialog">Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DesignerDialog">Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, in which you can assign and organise Styles.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02020000.xhp par_id3155941 8 help.text]
en: The last five font names that have been selected are shown in the top part of the combo box, if you have marked the <emph>Font history</emph> field in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - View</emph>. As soon as you close your document, the normal alphabetic numbering of the installed fonts will be recreated.
en_GB: The last five font names that have been selected are shown in the top part of the combo box, if you have marked the <emph>Font history</emph> field in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - View</emph>. As soon as you close your document, the normal alphabetical numbering of the installed fonts will be recreated.

[ctx: 02020000.xhp par_id3148550 7 help.text]
en: <variable id="vorschautext">You can see the name of the fonts formatted in their respective font if you mark the <emph>Preview in fonts lists</emph> field in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp" name="$[officename] - View">$[officename] - View</link> in the Options dialog box.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="vorschautext">You can see the name of the fonts formatted in their respective font if you mark the <emph>Preview in fonts lists</emph> field in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp" name="$[officename] - View">$[officename] - View</link> in the Options dialogue box.</variable>

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3152996 5 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Click the <emph>Increase Indent</emph> icon while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key to move the indenting of the selected paragraph by the default tab distance set under <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - General"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></link> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Click the <emph>Increase Indent</emph> icon while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key to move the indenting of the selected paragraph by the default tab distance set under <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - General"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3154927 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="zeichenhintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:BackColor">Applies the current highlight color to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the <emph>Highlighting</emph> icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the <emph>Highlighting</emph> icon again. To change the highlight color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlighting</emph> icon, and then click the color that you want.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zeichenhintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:BackColor">Applies the current highlight colour to the background of a text selection. If no text is selected, click the <emph>Highlighting</emph> icon, select the text that you want to highlight, and then click the <emph>Highlighting</emph> icon again. To change the highlight colour, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlighting</emph> icon, and then click the colour that you want.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_idN10736 help.text]
en: To change the highlighting color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlighting</emph> icon, and then click the color that you want.
en_GB: To change the highlighting colour, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlighting</emph> icon, and then click the colour that you want.

[ctx: 02170000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Background color/Paragraph background
en_GB: Background colour/Paragraph background

[ctx: 02170000.xhp hd_id3154232 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Color">Background Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Colour">Background Colour</link>

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3149140 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="hintergrundfarbetext"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hintergrundfarbetext"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background colour for a paragraph. The colour is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3144439 4 help.text]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: 03110000.xhp par_id3156211 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ParaspaceIncrease">Click the<emph> Increase Spacing </emph>icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ParaspaceIncrease">Click the <emph>Increase Spacing</emph> icon to increase the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03120000.xhp par_id3147143 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ParaspaceDecrease">Click the<emph> Decrease Spacing </emph>icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ParaspaceDecrease">Click the <emph>Decrease Spacing</emph> icon to decrease the paragraph spacing above the selected paragraph.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03130000.xhp par_id3153255 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:SetBorderStyle">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon to open the <emph>Borders</emph> toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:SetBorderStyle">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon to open the <emph>Borders</emph> toolbar, with which you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03140000.xhp par_id3155577 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:LineStyle">Click this icon to open the <emph>Line Style</emph> toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:LineStyle">Click this icon to open the <emph>Line Style</emph> toolbar, with which you can modify the border line style.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03150000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: 03150000.xhp hd_id3154873 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp" name="Border Color">Border Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp" name="Border Colour">Border Colour</link>

[ctx: 03150000.xhp par_id3163829 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FrameLineColor">Click the <emph>Line Color (of the border)</emph> icon to open the <emph>Border Color</emph> toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FrameLineColor">Click the <emph>Line Colour (of the border)</emph> icon to open the <emph>Border Colour</emph> toolbar, which enables you to change the border colour of an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03150000.xhp par_id3156427 3 help.text]
en: Line Color (of the border)
en_GB: Line Colour (of the border)

[ctx: 03200000.xhp par_id3150499 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="verankerungtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAnchorType">Allows you to switch between anchoring options.</ahelp></variable> The<emph> Change Anchor </emph>icon is only visible when an object such as a graphic or control field<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"> or frame</caseinline></switchinline> is selected.
en_GB: <variable id="verankerungtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAnchorType">Allows you to switch between anchoring options.</ahelp></variable> The <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon is only visible when an object such as a graphic or control field<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"> or frame</caseinline></switchinline> is selected.

[ctx: 04210000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: 04210000.xhp hd_id3151185 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp" name="Optimize">Optimize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp" name="Optimise">Optimise</link>

[ctx: 04210000.xhp par_id3145412 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OptimizeTable">Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OptimizeTable">Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimising the rows and columns in a table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04210000.xhp par_id3143270 4 help.text]
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: 05090000.xhp par_id3149716 5 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Select an object and click the<emph> Rotate</emph> icon on the<emph> Drawing</emph> toolbar. </caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Select an object and click the Rotate icon on the Drawing toolbar. </caseinline><defaultinline>Select an object and click the<emph> Rotate</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar.</defaultinline></switchinline> Drag a corner handle of the object in the direction you want to rotate it.
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Select an object and click the <emph>Rotate</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar. </caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Select an object and click the Rotate icon on the Drawing toolbar.</caseinline><defaultinline>Select an object and click the <emph>Rotate</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar.</defaultinline></switchinline> Drag a corner handle of the object in the direction you want to rotate it.

[ctx: 05090000.xhp par_id3156113 3 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05230300.xhp" name="Format  - Position and Size - Rotate"><emph>Format - Position and Size - Rotate</emph></link>.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05230300.xhp" name="Format - Position and Size - Rotate"><emph>Format - Position and Size - Rotate</emph></link>.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3149549 4 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The<emph> Demote One Level </emph>icon is on the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbering or bullets item. </caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Demote </emph>icon is on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar, which appears when working in the outline view. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The <emph>Demote One Level</emph> icon is on the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbering or bullets item. </caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Demote</emph> icon is on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar, which appears when working in the outline view. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_id3149205 4 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The<emph> Promote One Level </emph>icon is on the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbering or bullets item. </caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The<emph> Promote </emph>icon is on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar, which appears when working in the outline view. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The <emph>Promote One Level</emph> icon is on the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> bar, which appears when the cursor is positioned on a numbering or bullets item.</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Promote</emph> icon is on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar, which appears when working in the outline view.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_id3146958 3 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Promote One Level </caseinline><defaultinline>Promote</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Promote One Level</caseinline><defaultinline>Promote</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06100000.xhp par_id3149283 5 help.text]
en: If you have numbered paragraphs and click the<emph> Move Up </emph>icon, the numbers will be adjusted to the current order. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The <emph>Move Up </emph>icon is only visible when the cursor is positioned in a bulleted or numbered list.</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Move Up </emph>icon appears on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar when you use the outline view.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: If you have numbered paragraphs and click the <emph>Move Up</emph> icon, the numbers will be adjusted to the current order. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The <emph>Move Up</emph> icon is only visible when the cursor is positioned in a bulleted or numbered list.</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Move Up</emph> icon appears on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar when you use the outline view.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06110000.xhp par_id3158405 5 help.text]
en: If you have numbered paragraphs and click the<emph> Move Down </emph>icon, the numbers will be adjusted to the current order. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The <emph>Move Down </emph>icon is only visible when the cursor is positioned in a bulleted or numbered list. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Move Down </emph>icon appears on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar when you use the outline view. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: If you have numbered paragraphs and click the <emph>Move Down</emph> icon, the numbers will be adjusted to the current order. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The <emph>Move Down</emph> icon is only visible when the cursor is positioned in a bulleted or numbered list. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The <emph>Move Down</emph> icon appears on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar when you use the outline view. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06120000.xhp par_id3155150 6 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering"><emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph></link> dialog. To open this dialog, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon on the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering Bar">Bullets and Numbering Bar</link></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering"><emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph></link> dialogue box. To open this dialogue box, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon on the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering Bar">Bullets and Numbering Bar</link></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06120000.xhp par_id3145669 8 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog. To open this dialog, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialogue box. To open this dialogue box, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> Bar.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06120000.xhp par_id3147576 3 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In the <link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp" name="Web Layout">Web Layout</link>, some numbering/bullet options are not available. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In the <link href="text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp" name="Web Layout">Web Layout</link>, some numbering/bullet options are not available.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06120000.xhp par_id3154317 5 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The distance between the text and the left text frame and the position of the bullets can be determined in the dialog under <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph"><emph>Format - Paragraph</emph></link> by entering the left indent and the first-line indent. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The distance between the text and the left text frame and the position of the bullets can be determined in the dialogue box under <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph"><emph>Format - Paragraph</emph></link> by entering the left indent and the first-line indent.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 07010000.xhp par_id3155364 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 07070000.xhp par_id3153089 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:EditDoc" visibility="hidden">Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.</ahelp> Use the<emph> Edit File</emph> icon to activate or deactivate the edit mode.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:EditDoc" visibility="hidden">Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.</ahelp> Use the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon to activate or deactivate the edit mode.

[ctx: 07070000.xhp par_id3147576 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE">You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose <emph>Edit - Select Text </emph>or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose <emph>Select Text</emph>. The selection cursor does not blink.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE">You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose <emph>Edit - Select Text</emph> or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose <emph>Select Text</emph>. The selection cursor does not blink.</ahelp>

[ctx: 07070200.xhp par_id3163829 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database table record.</ahelp> The<emph> Save Record </emph>icon is found on the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp" name="Database Bar">Table Data bar</link>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database table record.</ahelp> The <emph>Save Record</emph> icon is found on the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp" name="Database Bar">Table Data bar</link>

[ctx: 07090000.xhp par_id3085157 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ExportDirectToPDF" visibility="visible">Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ExportDirectToPDF" visibility="visible">Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialogue box is shown.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Hyperlink Dialog
en_GB: Hyperlink Dialogue Box

[ctx: 09070000.xhp hd_id3145759 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="hyperdia"><link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialog">Hyperlink</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hyperdia"><link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialogue Box">Hyperlink</link></variable>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id3156183 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="hyperdiatext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditHyperlink">Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hyperdiatext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditHyperlink">Opens a dialogue box that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id3155552 3 help.text]
en: Hyperlink Dialog
en_GB: Hyperlink Dialogue Box

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id0122200902231573 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Hyperlink dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Hyperlink dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id3149734 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN">Closes the dialog without saving.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN">Closes the dialogue box without saving.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id3149234 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN">Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN">Resets the entries in the dialogue box to their original state.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070100.xhp par_id3154230 2 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Internet</emph> page of the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link> to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Internet</emph> page of the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialogue box">Hyperlink dialogue box</link> to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses.

[ctx: 09070100.xhp par_id3149164 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_APPLY" visibility="hidden">Inserts the target in the <emph>Target</emph> field of the <emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_APPLY" visibility="hidden">Inserts the target in the <emph>Target</emph> field of the <emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070100.xhp par_id3155388 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_CLOSE" visibility="hidden">Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on <emph>Close</emph> to set the link and leave the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HYPERLINK_MARKWND_CLOSE" visibility="hidden">Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on <emph>Close</emph> to set the link and leave the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070100.xhp par_id3144760 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:BTN_SCRIPT">Opens the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:BTN_SCRIPT">Opens the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070200.xhp par_id3153049 2 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Mail & News</emph> page in the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link> you can edit hyperlinks for e-mail or news addresses.
en_GB: On the <emph>Mail & News</emph> page in the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialogue box">Hyperlink dialogue box</link> you can edit hyperlinks for e-mail or news addresses.

[ctx: 09070200.xhp par_id3149955 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_NEWS">Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.</ahelp> Clicking the hyperlink in the document will open a new message document to the news group you entered in the <emph>Receiver</emph> field.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_NEWS">Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.</ahelp> Clicking the hyperlink in the document will open a new message document to the news group that you entered in the <emph>Receiver</emph> field.

[ctx: 09070300.xhp par_id3154682 2 help.text]
en: Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the <emph>Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link>.
en_GB: Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the <emph>Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialogue box">Hyperlink dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: 09070300.xhp par_id3149095 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_FILEOPEN">Opens the <emph>Open dialog,</emph> where you can select a file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_FILEOPEN">Opens the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box, in which you can select a file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070300.xhp par_id3149811 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_BROWSE">Opens the <emph>Target in Document</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT:BTN_BROWSE">Opens the <emph>Target in Document</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070400.xhp par_id3150445 2 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>New Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link> to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.
en_GB: Use the <emph>New Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialogue box">Hyperlink dialogue box</link> to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.

[ctx: 09070400.xhp par_id3147653 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:BTN_CREATE">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, where you can select a path.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT:BTN_CREATE">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialogue box, in which you can select a path.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10020000.xhp par_id3159224 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:NextPage" visibility="visible">Moves forward to the next page in the document.</ahelp> This function is only active when you select the <emph>Page Preview</emph> function on the <emph>File</emph> menu.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:NextPage" visibility="visible">Moves forwards to the next page in the document.</ahelp> This function is only active when you select the <emph>Page Preview</emph> function on the <emph>File</emph> menu.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp tit help.text]
en: To Document Begin/First Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Document/First Page

[ctx: 10030000.xhp hd_id3149031 1 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp" name="To Document Begin">To Document Begin</link></caseinline> <defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp" name="First Page">First Page</link></defaultinline> </switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp" name="To Beginning of Document">To Beginning of Document</link></caseinline> <defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp" name="First Page">First Page</link></defaultinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3143268 3 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER">To Document Begin</caseinline> <defaultinline>First Page</defaultinline> </switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER">To Beginning of Document</caseinline> <defaultinline>First Page</defaultinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 10040000.xhp tit help.text]
en: To  Document End/Last Page
en_GB: To End of Document/Last Page

[ctx: 10040000.xhp hd_id3154840 1 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp" name="To  Document End">To  Document End</link></caseinline> <defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp" name="Last Page">Last Page</link></defaultinline> </switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp" name="To End of Document">To End of Document</link></caseinline> <defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp" name="Last Page">Last Page</link></defaultinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 10040000.xhp par_id3145313 3 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER">To Document End</caseinline> <defaultinline>Last Page</defaultinline> </switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER">To End of Document</caseinline> <defaultinline>Last Page</defaultinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 12000000.xhp par_id3154860 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the connection to the data source. See <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the connection to the data source. See <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12000000.xhp par_id5943479 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialogue box opens by choosing <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12010000.xhp par_id3150693 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sorts the data of the selected field in ascending order. </ahelp>Text fields are sorted alphabetically, numerical fields are sorted by number.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sorts the data of the selected field in ascending order. </ahelp>Text fields are sorted alphabetically, numeric fields are sorted by number.

[ctx: 12030000.xhp par_id3145345 7 help.text]
en: To filter with several field names simultaneously, click the <emph>Default Filter </emph>icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp" name="Default Filter dialog">Default Filter</link> dialog appears, in which you can combine several filter criteria.
en_GB: To filter with several field names simultaneously, click the <emph>Default Filter</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp" name="Default Filter dialogue box">Default Filter</link> dialogue box appears, in which you can combine several filter criteria.

[ctx: 12050000.xhp par_id3145345 4 help.text]
en: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Refresh </emph>icon to open a submenu with the following commands:
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Refresh</emph> icon to open a sub-menu with the following commands:

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3153577 4 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">In the data source browser, select the record that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon. The record is inserted in the document at the cursor position, with the contents of each individual field of the record copied to a table column. You can also select multiple records and transfer them into the document by clicking the <emph>Data to Text </emph>icon. Each individual record is then written to a new row.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">In the data source browser, select the record that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon. The record is inserted in the document at the cursor position, with the contents of each individual field of the record copied to a table column. You can also select multiple records and transfer them into the document by clicking the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon. Each individual record is then written to a new row.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3145345 5 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In the data source browser, select the records that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon, or drag-and-drop data from the data source browser into the document. This opens the <emph>Insert Database Columns </emph>dialog. Select whether the data should be inserted as a <link href="text/shared/02/12070100.xhp" name="table">table</link>, as <link href="text/shared/02/12070200.xhp" name="fields">fields</link> or as <link href="text/shared/02/12070300.xhp" name="text">text</link>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In the data source browser, select the records that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon, or drag-and-drop data from the data source browser into the document. This opens the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box. Select whether the data should be inserted as a <link href="text/shared/02/12070100.xhp" name="table">table</link>, as <link href="text/shared/02/12070200.xhp" name="fields">fields</link> or as <link href="text/shared/02/12070300.xhp" name="text">text</link>.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3153031 6 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The preferences you set in the<emph> Insert Database Columns </emph>dialog are saved and will be active the next time the dialog is called. This save process is independent of the database and can record the preferences for a maximum of 5 databases.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The preferences you set in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box are saved and will be active the next time that the dialogue box is called. This save process is independent of the database and can record the preferences for a maximum of 5 databases.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3156183 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:RB_AS_TABLE" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Table</emph> option to insert the selected data into the document as a table. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text table is formatted.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:RB_AS_TABLE" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box, select the <emph>Table</emph> option to insert the selected data into the document as a table. In the dialogue box, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text table is formatted.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3153662 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL_IB_DBCOL_ONE_TO">Moves the selected database field into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. </ahelp> You can also double click an entry to move it to the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL_IB_DBCOL_ONE_TO">Moves the selected database field into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. </ahelp> You can also double-click an entry to move it to the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3148685 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL_IB_DBCOL_ONE_FROM">Removes the selected database field from the<emph> Table column(s)</emph> list box</ahelp> The removed field is not inserted into the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL_IB_DBCOL_ONE_FROM">Removes the selected database field from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box</ahelp> The removed field is not inserted into the document.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3144511 33 help.text]
en: If the format you want is not listed, select "Other Formats..." and define the desired format in the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Number Format"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: If the format you want is not listed, select "Other Formats..." and define the desired format in the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Number Format"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3153194 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:RB_HEADL_EMPTY">Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.</ahelp> Using the<emph> Create row only </emph>option, you can define headings in the document, which do not correspond to the database field names.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:RB_HEADL_EMPTY">Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.</ahelp> Using the <emph>Create row only</emph> option, you can define headings in the document, which do not correspond to database field names.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3154299 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:PB_TBL_FORMAT">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp" name="Table Format"><emph>Table Format</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Table Format</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:PB_TBL_FORMAT">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp" name="Table Format"><emph>Table Format</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Table Format</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialogue box, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3154988 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:PB_TBL_AUTOFMT">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat"><emph>AutoFormat</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>AutoFormat</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:PB_TBL_AUTOFMT">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat"><emph>AutoFormat</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>AutoFormat</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialogue box, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070200.xhp par_id3149987 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL_RB_AS_FIELD" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp" name="database fields">database fields</link> work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp" name="Data to Fields"><emph>Data to Fields</emph></link> icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_RADIOBUTTON_DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL_RB_AS_FIELD" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box, select the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp" name="database fields">database fields</link> work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp" name="Data to Fields"><emph>Data to Fields</emph></link> icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record.

[ctx: 12070200.xhp par_id3145090 10 help.text]
en: The <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog lets you define which database fields to insert into the document and how to format the paragraphs.
en_GB: The <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box lets you define which database fields to insert into the document and how to format the paragraphs.

[ctx: 12070200.xhp par_id3158430 15 help.text]
en: By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the "none" entry in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list box. <ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL_LB_DB_PARA_COLL" visibility="visible">This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document.</ahelp> The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and managed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="Style Catalog">Style Catalog</link>.
en_GB: By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the "none" entry in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list box. <ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL_LB_DB_PARA_COLL" visibility="visible">This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document.</ahelp> The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and managed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="Style Catalogue">Style Catalogue</link>.

[ctx: 12070300.xhp par_id3143284 3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:RB_AS_TEXT" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.</ahelp> If you select the <emph>Text</emph> option in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, the content of the data selected in the data source browser is inserted into the document as text. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text is formatted.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_AP_INSERT_DB_SEL:RB_AS_TEXT" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.</ahelp> If you select the <emph>Text</emph> option in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box, the content of the data selected in the data source browser is inserted into the document as text. In the dialogue box, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text is formatted.

[ctx: 12080000.xhp par_id3150476 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataSourceBrowser/InsertContent">Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.</ahelp> The <emph>Data to Fields </emph>icon is only available if the current document is a text document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataSourceBrowser/InsertContent">Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.</ahelp> The <emph>Data to Fields</emph> icon is only available if the current document is a text document.

[ctx: 12090000.xhp bm_id3109850 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>default filters, see standard filters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>databases; standard filters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard filters;databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>default filters; see standard filters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>databases; standard filters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard filters in databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 12090000.xhp par_id3149549 8 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> to refine and to combine <emph>AutoFilter </emph>search options.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> to refine and to combine <emph>AutoFilter</emph> search options.

[ctx: 12090000.xhp par_id3143267 6 help.text]
en: $[officename] saves the current filter settings for the next time that you open this dialog.
en_GB: $[officename] saves the current filter settings for the next time that you open this dialogue box.

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3149716 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterStandardFilter">Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.</ahelp> This dialog is available for spreadsheet documents, database tables and database forms. The dialog for databases does not contain the <emph>More Options</emph> button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterStandardFilter">Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.</ahelp> This dialogue box is available for spreadsheet documents, database tables and database forms. The dialogue box for databases does not contain the <emph>More Options</emph> button.

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3150976 14 help.text]
en: The<emph> Value </emph>list box contains all possible values for the specified <emph>Field name</emph> . Choose the value to be used in the filter. You can also choose the <emph>- empty -</emph> or <emph>-not empty -</emph> entries..
en_GB: The <emph>Value</emph> list box contains all possible values for the specified <emph>Field name</emph>. Choose the value to be used in the filter. You can also choose the <emph>- empty -</emph> or <emph>-not empty -</emph> entries..

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3156118 15 help.text]
en: If you use the filter function in database tables or forms, then type the value in the <emph>Value </emph>text box to be used for filtering.
en_GB: If you use the filter function in database tables or forms, then type the value in the <emph>Value</emph> text box to be used for filtering.

[ctx: 12090101.xhp bm_id3148983 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>comparisons;operators in standard filter dialog</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>operators;standard filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>standard filters;comparison operators</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filters; comparison operators</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>equal sign, see also operators</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>comparisons;operators in default filter dialogue box</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>operators;standard filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>standard filters; comparison operators</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filters; comparison operators</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>equal sign, see also operators</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 12090101.xhp par_id3155364 2 help.text]
en: The following comparative operators can be set under <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialog.
en_GB: The following comparative operators can be set under <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12100100.xhp par_id3149549 12 help.text]
en: While the functions <link href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp" name="Sort in Ascending Order"><emph>Sort in Ascending Order</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp" name="Sort in Descending Order"><emph>Sort in Descending Order</emph></link> sort by one criterion only, you can combine several criteria in the<emph> Sort Order </emph>dialog.
en_GB: While the functions <link href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp" name="Sort in Ascending Order"><emph>Sort in Ascending Order</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp" name="Sort in Descending Order"><emph>Sort in Descending Order</emph></link> sort by one criterion only, you can combine several criteria in the <emph>Sort Order</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12100100.xhp par_id3148620 14 help.text]
en: If you sort the field name "First name" in ascending order and the field name "last name" in descending order, all records will be sorted in ascending order by first name, and then within the first names, in descending order by last name.
en_GB: If you sort the field name "Forename" in ascending order and the field name "Surname" in descending order, all records will be sorted in ascending order by forename, and then within the forenames, in descending order by surname.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp bm_id3146936 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>tables in databases; searching</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>forms; browsing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>records; searching in databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching; databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases; searching records</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables in databases; searching</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms; browsing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>records; searching in databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching; databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases; searching records</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3155434 107 help.text]
en: The<emph> Form </emph>combo box is only visible if the current document is a form document with more than one logical form. It does not appear during a search in tables or queries.
en_GB: The <emph>Form</emph> combo box is only visible if the current document is a form document with more than one logical form. It does not appear during a search in tables or queries.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3154127 26 help.text]
en: Returns all fields containing the search pattern as an exact match to the contents of the field.
en_GB: Returns all fields containing the search pattern as an exact match to the content of the field.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3156736 81 help.text]
en: If the <emph>Apply field format</emph> box is marked, the data source view of the table or form is searched using the formatting set there. If the box is not marked, the database is searched using the formatting saved in the database.
en_GB: If the <emph>Apply field format</emph> check box is marked, the data source view of the table or form is searched using the formatting set there. If the check box is not marked, the database is searched using the formatting saved in the database.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3149959 83 help.text]
en: You have a date field, which is saved in "DD.MM.YY" format in the database (for example, 17.02.65). The format of the entry is changed in the data source view to "DD MMM YYYY" (17 Feb 1965). Following this example, a record containing February 17 is only found when the <emph>Apply field format</emph> option is on:
en_GB: You have a date field, which is saved in "DD.MM.YY" format in the database (for example, 17.02.65). The format of the entry is changed in the data source view to "DD MMM YYYY" (17 Feb 1965). Following this example, a record containing 17th February is only found when the <emph>Apply field format</emph> option is on:

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3154507 31 help.text]
en: However, searching without <emph>Apply field format </emph>is appropriate for larger databases with no formatting issues, because it is faster.
en_GB: However, searching without <emph>Apply field format</emph> is appropriate for larger databases with no formatting issues, because it is faster.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3153355 118 help.text]
en: If you are searching the values of check boxes, and <emph>Apply field format</emph> is on, then you will receive a "1" for marked check boxes, a "0" for unmarked check boxes, and an empty string for undefined (tristate) check boxes. If the search has been carried out with <emph>Apply field format</emph> set to off, you will see the language-dependent default values "TRUE" or "FALSE".
en_GB: If you are searching the values of check boxes, and <emph>Apply field format</emph> is on, then you will receive a "1" for marked check boxes, a "0" for unmarked check boxes, and an empty string for undefined (tri-state) check boxes. If the search has been carried out with <emph>Apply field format</emph> set to off, you will see the language-dependent default values "TRUE" or "FALSE".

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3150995 119 help.text]
en: If you use <emph>Apply field format</emph> when searching in list boxes, you find the text displayed in list boxes. If you do not use <emph>Apply field format,</emph> you will find the contents corresponding to the standard field format.
en_GB: If you use <emph>Apply field format</emph> when searching in list boxes, you find the text displayed in list boxes. If you do not use <emph>Apply field format</emph>, you will find the contents corresponding to the standard field format.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3159267 33 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SEARCH_CASE">Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SEARCH_CASE">Specifies that upper- and lower-case are taken into consideration during the search.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3156316 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SEARCH_STARTOVER">Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SEARCH_STARTOVER">Restarts the search. A forwards search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3150982 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SEARCH_REGULAR">Searches with regular expressions.</ahelp> The same regular expressions that are supported here are also supported in the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp" name="Find & Replace dialog">Find & Replace dialog</link>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SEARCH_REGULAR">Searches with regular expressions.</ahelp> The same regular expressions that are supported here are also supported in the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item><link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp" name="Find & Replace dialogue box">Find & Replace dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3156166 54 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SEARCH_BTN_CLOSE">Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SEARCH_BTN_CLOSE">Closes the dialogue box. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120000.xhp par_id3147226 4 help.text]
en: The<emph> Apply Filter </emph>function retains <link href="text/shared/02/12110000.xhp" name="form-based filters">form-based filters</link> that have been set. You do not need to redefine them.
en_GB: The <emph>Apply Filter</emph> function retains <link href="text/shared/02/12110000.xhp" name="form-based filters">form-based filters</link> that have been set. You do not need to redefine them.

[ctx: 12130000.xhp par_id3163829 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ViewFormAsGrid">Activates an additional table view when in the form view.</ahelp> When the<emph> Data source as table</emph> function is activated, you see the table in an area above the form.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ViewFormAsGrid">Activates an additional table view when in the form view.</ahelp> When the <emph>Data source as table</emph> function is activated, you will see the table in an area above the form.

[ctx: 14010000.xhp par_id3149893 5 help.text]
en: The<emph> Run Query </emph>function allows you to check the query. When you save the query, it is stored in the <emph>Query</emph> tab page.
en_GB: The <emph>Run Query</emph> function allows you to check the query. When you save the query, it is stored in the <emph>Query</emph> tab page.

[ctx: 14020100.xhp par_id3152821 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="tabellehinzufuegentext"><ahelp hid="HID_JOINSH_ADDTAB_TABLELIST" visibility="hidden">Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.</ahelp> In the<emph> Add Tables </emph>dialog, select the tables you need for your current task. </variable> When creating a query or a new table presentation, select the corresponding table to which the query or table presentation should refer. When working with relational databases, select the tables between which you want to build relationships.
en_GB: <variable id="tabellehinzufuegentext"><ahelp hid="HID_JOINSH_ADDTAB_TABLELIST" visibility="hidden">Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.</ahelp> In the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialogue box, select the tables you need for your current task. </variable> When creating a query or a new table presentation, select the corresponding table to which the query or table presentation should refer. When working with relational databases, select the tables between which you want to build relationships.

[ctx: 14020100.xhp par_id3156410 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_JOINSH_ADDTAB_CLOSE">Closes the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_JOINSH_ADDTAB_CLOSE">Closes the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 14030000.xhp par_id3155535 3 help.text]
en: Click the icon again to return to normal mode, in which the changes in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="New Query Design">New Query Design</link> are synchronized with the permitted changes through SQL.
en_GB: Click the icon again to return to normal mode, in which the changes in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp" name="New Query Design">New Query Design</link> are synchronised with the permitted changes through SQL.

[ctx: 18030000.xhp tit help.text]
en: AutoSpellcheck On/Off
en_GB: AutoSpellCheck On/Off

[ctx: 18030000.xhp hd_id3155599 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/18030000.xhp" name="AutoSpellcheck On/Off">AutoSpellcheck On/Off</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/18030000.xhp" name="AutoSpellCheck On/Off">AutoSpellCheck On/Off</link>

[ctx: 18030000.xhp par_id3147571 2 help.text]
en: AutoSpellcheck On/Off
en_GB: AutoSpellCheck On/Off

[ctx: 20020000.xhp par_id3149283 3 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Double-click the<emph> Page Style field </emph>to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp" name="Page Style">Page Style</link> dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page. In the context menu of this field, you can apply a Page Style. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Double-click the <emph>Page Style field</emph> to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp" name="Page Style">Page Style</link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the style for the current page. In the context menu of this field, you can apply a Page Style. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 20020000.xhp par_id3151234 4 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Double-click the <emph>Page Style</emph> field to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp" name="Page Style">Page Style</link> dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Double-click the <emph>Page Style</emph> field to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp" name="Page Style">Page Style</link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the style for the current page. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 20020000.xhp par_id3149346 5 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp" name="Page Style">Slide Design</link> dialog in which you can select the style for the current slide. You can select a different paper format or background. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp" name="Page Style">Slide Design</link> dialogue box in which you can select the style for the current slide. You can select a different paper format or background. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 20020000.xhp par_id3147008 6 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp" name="Page Style">Slide Design</link> dialog in which you select the style for the current page. You can select a different paper format or background. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp" name="Page Style">Slide Design</link> dialogue box in which you select the style for the current page. You can select a different paper format or background. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 20030000.xhp par_id3150935 3 help.text]
en: Double-clicking this field opens the <link href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp" name="Zoom">Zoom</link> dialog, where you can change the current zoom factor.
en_GB: Double-clicking this field opens the <link href="text/shared/01/03010000.xhp" name="Zoom">Zoom</link> dialogue box, in which you can change the current zoom factor.

[ctx: 20050000.xhp par_id3153894 3 help.text]
en: When you click in the field, a popup menu comes up with the available options:
en_GB: When you click in the field, a pop-up menu comes up with the available options:

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3156183 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterToolbox">This icon on the <emph>Picture</emph> bar opens the <emph>Graphic Filter</emph> bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterToolbox">This icon on the <emph>Picture</emph> bar opens the <emph>Graphic Filter</emph> bar, from which you can select various filters to use on the selected picture.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3145345 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterInvert">Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterInvert">Inverts the colour values of a colour image, or the brightness values of a greyscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3144760 help.text]
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3159150 74 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSolarize">Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSolarize">Opens a dialogue box for defining solarisation. Solarisation refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colours become partly inverted.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3150439 75 help.text]
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3147352 77 help.text]
en: Specifies the degree and type of solarization.
en_GB: Specifies the degree and type of solarisation.

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3083443 79 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SOLARIZE_DLG_FILTERSOLARIZE_MTR_THRESHOLD">Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SOLARIZE_DLG_FILTERSOLARIZE_MTR_THRESHOLD">Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarised.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3146921 81 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SOLARIZE_DLG_FILTERSOLARIZE_CBX_INVERT">Specifies to also invert all pixels.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SOLARIZE_DLG_FILTERSOLARIZE_CBX_INVERT">Specifies whether the pixels to be solarised are also to be inverted.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3150875 help.text]
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3163712 83 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSepia">All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSepia">All pixels are set to their grey values, and then the green and blue colour channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red colour channel is not changed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3145365 72 help.text]
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3156443 84 help.text]
en: Aging Degree
en_GB: Ageing Degree

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3155411 85 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SEPIA_DLG_FILTERSEPIA_MTR_SEPIA">Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_SEPIA_DLG_FILTERSEPIA_MTR_SEPIA">Defines the intensity of ageing, in percent. At 0% you see the grey values of all pixels. At 100% only the red colour channel remains.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3146119 help.text]
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3147396 87 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterPoster">Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.</ahelp> This effect is based on the reduction of the number of colors. It makes photos look like paintings.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterPoster">Opens a dialogue box to determine the number of poster colours.</ahelp> This effect is based on the reduction of the number of colours. It makes photos look like paintings.

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3156284 88 help.text]
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3156736 89 help.text]
en: Poster Colors
en_GB: Poster Colours

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3151280 90 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_NUMERICFIELD_RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_POSTER_DLG_FILTERPOSTER_NUM_POSTER">Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_NUMERICFIELD_RID_SVX_GRFFILTER_DLG_POSTER_DLG_FILTERPOSTER_NUM_POSTER">Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3152971 96 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSobel">Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSobel">Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colours are suppressed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3153714 120 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterRelief">Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.</ahelp> You can choose the position of the imaginary light source that determines the type of shadow created, and how the graphic image looks in relief.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterRelief">Displays a dialogue box for creating reliefs.</ahelp> You can choose the position of the imaginary light source that determines the type of shadow created, and how the graphic image looks in relief.

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3163807 104 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterMosaic">Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.</ahelp> The larger the individual rectangles are, the fewer details the graphic image has.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterMosaic">Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same colour.</ahelp> The larger the individual rectangles are, the fewer details the graphic image has.

[ctx: 24020000.xhp hd_id3147574 6 help.text]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: 24020000.xhp par_id3153760 7 help.text]
en: The graphic object is shown in grayscale. A color graphic object can become monochrome in grayscale. You can also use the color sliders to apply a uniform color to the monochrome graphic object.
en_GB: The graphic object is shown in greyscale. A colour graphic object can become monochrome in greyscale. You can also achieve tinted monochrome colours by varying one of the colour parameters.

[ctx: 24030000.xhp par_id3151100 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafRed">Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no red) to +100% (full red) are possible.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafRed">Specifies the proportion of red RGB colour components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no red) to +100% (full red) are possible.

[ctx: 24040000.xhp par_id3143284 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafGreen">Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no green) to +100% (full green) are possible.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafGreen">Specifies the proportion of green RGB colour components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no green) to +100% (full green) are possible.

[ctx: 24050000.xhp par_id3155934 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafBlue">Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no blue) to +100% (full blue) are possible.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafBlue">Specifies the proportion of blue RGB colour components for the selected graphic.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no blue) to +100% (full blue) are possible.

[ctx: 24100000.xhp par_id0514200804261097 help.text]
en: In Impress and Draw no dialog is shown when you click the icon, but you see eight cropping handles. Open the context menu of a selected picture and choose <item type="menuitem">Crop Picture</item>, if you want to use the <link href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp">dialog</link> for cropping.
en_GB: In Impress and Draw no dialogue box is shown when you click the icon, but you see eight cropping handles. Open the context menu of a selected picture and choose <item type="menuitem">Crop Picture</item>, if you want to use the <link href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp">dialogue box</link> for cropping.

[ctx: colortoolbar.xhp tit help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: colortoolbar.xhp hd_id8983733 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp">Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp">Colour</link>

[ctx: colortoolbar.xhp par_id1676381 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">With the Colour toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: colortoolbar.xhp par_id5855281 help.text]
en: To open the Color toolbar, click the Color icon on the Picture toolbar.
en_GB: To open the Colour toolbar, click the Colour icon on the Picture toolbar.

[ctx: more_controls.xhp bm_id5941343 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>more controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>group box creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image button creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image control creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file selection button</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date fields; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time fields; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numerical fields in forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatted fields; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency field creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pattern fields; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table controls; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grid controls; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls; focus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>focus of controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms; focus after opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic control focus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spin button creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scrollbars;controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigation bar;controls</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>more controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>group box creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image button creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image control creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file selection button</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date fields; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time fields; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numeric fields in forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatted fields; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency field creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pattern fields; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table controls; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grid controls; form functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls; focus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>focus of controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms; focus after opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic control focus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spin button creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scrollbars;controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigation bar;controls</bookmark_value>

[ctx: querypropdlg.xhp tit help.text]
en: Query Properties Dialog
en_GB: Query Properties Dialogue Box

[ctx: querypropdlg.xhp hd_id3154780 help.text]
en: Query Properties Dialog
en_GB: Query Properties Dialogue Box

[ctx: querypropdlg.xhp par_id3152820 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Query Properties</emph> dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.
en_GB: In the <emph>Query Properties</emph> dialogue box you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.

[ctx: querypropdlg.xhp par_id3153683 help.text]
en: Adding a Limit to maximize the number of records to return.
en_GB: Adding a Limit to maximise the number of records to return.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp bm_id3149991 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>keyboard;general commands</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;general</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text input fields</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>AutoComplete function in text and list boxes</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>macros; interrupting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>keyboard;general commands</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shortcut keys;general</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text input fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoComplete function in text and list boxes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; interrupting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3151299 4 help.text]
en: A great deal of your application's functionality can be called up by using shortcut keys. For example, the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+O</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+O</defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys are shown next to the <emph>Open</emph> entry in the <emph>File</emph> menu. If you want to access this function by using the shortcut keys, press and hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then press the O key. Release both keys after the dialog appears.
en_GB: A great deal of your application's functionality can be called up by using shortcut keys. For example, the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+O</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+O</defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys are shown next to the <emph>Open</emph> entry in the <emph>File</emph> menu. If you want to access this function by using the shortcut keys, press and hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then press the O key. Release both keys after the dialogue box appears.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp hd_id3156410 9 help.text]
en: Using Shortcut Keys to Control Dialogs
en_GB: Using Shortcut Keys to Control Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3154288 10 help.text]
en: There is always one element highlighted in any given dialog - usually shown by a broken frame. This element, which can be either a button, an option field, an entry in a list box or a check box, is said to have the focus on it. If the focal point is a button, pressing Enter runs it as if you had clicked it. A check box is toggled by pressing the spacebar. If an option field has the focus, use the arrow keys to change the activated option field in that area. Use the Tab key to go from one element or area to the next one, use Shift+Tab to go in the reverse direction.
en_GB: There is always one element highlighted in any given dialog ue box - usually shown by a broken frame. This element, which can be either a button, an option field, an entry in a list box or a check box, is said to have the focus on it. If the focal point is a button, pressing Enter runs it as if you had clicked it. A check box is toggled by pressing the spacebar. If an option field has the focus, use the arrow keys to change the activated option field in that area. Use the Tab key to go from one element or area to the next one, use Shift+Tab to go in the reverse direction.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149177 11 help.text]
en: Pressing ESC closes the dialog without saving changes. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"></caseinline><defaultinline>If you place the focus on a button, not only will you see the dotted line framing the name of the button, but also a thicker shadow under the button selected. This indicates that if you exit the dialog by pressing the Enter key, it is the equivalent of pressing that button itself.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: Pressing ESC closes the dialogue box without saving changes. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"></caseinline><defaultinline>If you place the focus on a button, not only will you see the dotted line framing the name of the button, but also a thicker shadow under the button selected. This indicates that if you exit the dialogue box by pressing the Enter key, it is the equivalent of pressing that button itself.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3150085 130 help.text]
en: Use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog to insert one or more special characters.
en_GB: Use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box to insert one or more special characters.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3145421 13 help.text]
en: The shortcut keys are shown on the right hand side of the menu lists next to the corresponding menu command. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">(Not all of the mentioned keys for controlling dialogs are available on the Macintosh.) </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: The shortcut keys are shown on the right hand side of the menu lists next to the corresponding menu command. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">(Not all of the mentioned keys for controlling dialogue boxes are available on the Macintosh.) </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp hd_id31541231 help.text]
en: Shortcut keys for controlling dialogs
en_GB: Shortcut keys for controlling dialogue boxes

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3153727 17 help.text]
en: Activates the focused button in a dialog
en_GB: Activates the focused button in a dialogue box

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3155412 19 help.text]
en: Terminates the action or dialog. If in $[officename] Help: goes up one level.
en_GB: Terminates the action or dialogue box. If in $[officename] Help: goes up one level.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3147435 21 help.text]
en: Toggles the focused check box in a dialog.
en_GB: Toggles the focused check box in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3151113 23 help.text]
en: Changes the active control field in an option section of a dialog.
en_GB: Changes the active control field in an option section of a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3146975 25 help.text]
en: Advances focus to the next section or element in a dialog.
en_GB: Advances focus to the next section or element in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149665 27 help.text]
en: Moves the focus to the previous section or element in a dialog.
en_GB: Moves the focus to the previous section or element in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3153224 154 help.text]
en: Opens the list of the control field currently selected in a dialog. These shortcut keys apply not only to combo boxes but also to icon buttons with pop-up menus. Close an opened list by pressing the Escape key.
en_GB: Opens the list of the control field currently selected in a dialogue box. These shortcut keys apply not only to combo boxes but also to icon buttons with pop-up menus. Close an opened list by pressing the Escape key.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3148408 177 help.text]
en: Opens <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3150090 166 help.text]
en: Calls the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Calls the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149912 142 help.text]
en: When positioned at the start of a header, a tab is inserted.
en_GB: When positioned at the beginning of a header, a tab is inserted.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_idN10F4B help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3148753 91 help.text]
en: The <emph>Italic</emph> attribute is applied to the selected area. If the cursor is positioned in a word, this word is also marked in italic.
en_GB: The <emph>Italic</emph> attribute is applied to the selected area. If the cursor is positioned in a word, this word is also marked in italics.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3146894 274 help.text]
en: Opens the Properties dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Properties dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3146776 268 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3156370 241 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp hd_id3154108 234 help.text]
en: Step backward (only in object view)
en_GB: Step backwards (only in object view)

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3153386 211 help.text]
en: Re-sizes a Drawing Object (in Handle Selection Mode)
en_GB: Resizes a Drawing Object (in Handle Selection Mode)

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3159244 209 help.text]
en: Opens the properties dialog for a Drawing Object.
en_GB: Opens the properties dialogue box for a Drawing Object.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149753 200 help.text]
en: In Rotation mode, the center of rotation can also be selected.
en_GB: In Rotation mode, the centre of rotation can also be selected.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3145662 341 help.text]
en: A new drawing object with default size is placed in the center of the current view.
en_GB: A new drawing object with default size is placed in the centre of the current view.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp hd_id3148580 344 help.text]
en: Any text or numerical key
en_GB: Any text or numeric key

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id8308969 help.text]
en: The position of the object's center is fixed.
en_GB: The position of the object's centre is fixed.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149018 58 help.text]
en: Sets the focus (if not in design mode) to the first control. The first control is the first one listed in the Form Navigator.
en_GB: Moves the focus (if not in design mode) to the first control. The first control is the first one listed in the Form Navigator.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp bm_id3143272 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>support on the Web</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>getting support</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>forums and support</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Web support</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>support on the Web</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>getting support</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forums and support</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Web support</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id1318380 help.text]
en: The %PRODUCTNAME localization projects offer support pages in local languages. Find an overview of the native language projects at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/international-sites/">http://www.libreoffice.org/international-sites/</link>. You can find help and support in English language on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/">www.libreoffice.org</link>.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME localisation projects offer support pages in local languages. Find an overview of the native language projects at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/international-sites/">http://www.libreoffice.org/international-sites/</link>. You can find help and support in English language on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/">www.libreoffice.org</link>.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3166335 help.text]
en: Ask about %PRODUCTNAME, find help by volunteers, and discuss topics on the public mailing lists. You can find many general and specialized mailing lists on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/">www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/</link>.
en_GB: Ask about %PRODUCTNAME, find help by volunteers, and discuss topics on the public mailing lists. You can find many general and specialised mailing lists on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="http://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/">www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/</link>.

[ctx: 00000100.xhp par_id3150699 help.text]
en: The Help references the default settings of the program on a system that is set to defaults. Descriptions of colors, mouse actions, or other configurable items can be different for your program and system.
en_GB: The Help references the default settings of the program on a system that is set to defaults. Descriptions of colours, mouse actions, or other configurable items can be different for your program and system.

[ctx: 00000110.xhp par_id3154514 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD">Moves forward to the <emph>next</emph> page</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD">Moves forwards to the <emph>next</emph> page</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000110.xhp par_idN108FE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG">Opens the <emph>Find on this page</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG">Opens the <emph>Find on this page</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000110.xhp par_idN10940 help.text]
en: The <emph>Find on this Page</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <emph>Find on this Page</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 00000110.xhp par_idN109AA help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sfx2:CheckBox:RID_DLG_SEARCH:CB_MATCHCASE" visibility="hidden">Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx2:CheckBox:RID_DLG_SEARCH:CB_MATCHCASE" visibility="hidden">Distinguishes between upper-case text and lower-case text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000140.xhp par_id3153323 3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_TP_HELP_SEARCH_PB_SEARCH" visibility="hidden">Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_TP_HELP_SEARCH_PB_SEARCH" visibility="hidden">Click to start a full-text search for the term that you entered.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000140.xhp par_id3156027 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2_CHECKBOX_TP_HELP_SEARCH_CB_FULLWORDS" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2_CHECKBOX_TP_HELP_SEARCH_CB_FULLWORDS" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word that you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000140.xhp par_id3153345 9 help.text]
en: The <emph>Search term</emph> text field stores the words you entered last. To repeat a previous search, click the arrow icon and select the term from the list.
en_GB: The <emph>Search term</emph> text field stores the words that you entered last. To repeat a previous search, click the arrow icon and select the term from the list.

[ctx: 00000140.xhp par_id3147210 15 help.text]
en: The <emph>Complete words only</emph> check box allows you to perform an exact search. If this box is marked, incomplete words will not be found. Do not mark this check box if the search term you enter should also be found as part of a longer word.
en_GB: The <emph>Complete words only</emph> check box allows you to perform an exact search. If this check box is marked, incomplete words will not be found. Do not mark this check box if the search term you enter should also be found as part of a longer word.

[ctx: 00000150.xhp par_id3150771 8 help.text]
en: <emph>Rename</emph> - <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME" visibility="visible">opens a dialog for entering another name for the bookmark</ahelp>.
en_GB: <emph>Rename</emph> - <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME" visibility="visible">opens a dialogue box for entering another name for the bookmark</ahelp>.

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3158397 3 help.text]
en: Your text was corrected with <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> so that the current word began with a capital letter. AutoCorrect changes words at the beginning of a paragraph, and words after the character at the end of a sentence (period, exclamation point, question mark).
en_GB: Your text was corrected with <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> so that the current word began with a capital letter. AutoCorrect changes words at the beginning of a paragraph, and words after the character at the end of a sentence (full stop, exclamation mark, question mark).

[ctx: 06000000.xhp par_id3146060 3 help.text]
en: Your text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="Autocorrect">Autocorrect</link> so that double quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="typographical quotation marks">typographical quotation marks</link>.
en_GB: Your text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> so that double quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="typographical quotation marks">typographical quotation marks</link>.

[ctx: 07000000.xhp par_id3154688 3 help.text]
en: You text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="Autocorrect">Autocorrect</link> so that single quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="typographical quotation marks">typographical quotation marks</link>.
en_GB: You text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> so that single quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="typographical quotation marks">typographical quotation marks</link>.

[ctx: 08000000.xhp hd_id3152823 2 help.text]
en: An URL has been detected and a hyperlink attribute has been set
en_GB: A URL has been detected and a hyperlink attribute has been set

[ctx: 08000000.xhp par_id3150278 3 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text. A string has been detected as an URL and is now shown as a hyperlink.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text. A string has been detected as a URL and is now shown as a hyperlink.

[ctx: 09000000.xhp par_id3149297 3 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> has corrected your text so that the multiple spaces you have entered have now been reduced to one single space.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> has corrected your text so that the multiple spaces you have entered have now been reduced to a single space.

[ctx: 10000000.xhp hd_id3155577 2 help.text]
en: Bold and underline attributes have been recognized and applied
en_GB: Bold and underline attributes have been recognised and applied

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149178 3 help.text]
en: $[officename] comes with sample templates for personal or business letters, which you can customize to your own needs with the help of the wizard. The wizard leads you step-by-step in creating a document template and offers numerous layout and design options. The preview gives you an impression of how the finished letter will appear according to the settings you choose.
en_GB: $[officename] comes with sample templates for personal or business letters, which you can customise to your own needs with the help of the wizard. The wizard leads you step-by-step in creating a document template and offers numerous layout and design options. The preview gives you an impression of how the finished letter will appear according to the settings you choose.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3153824 5 help.text]
en: If you are creating a business letter, you can select a variety of elements to include in your document, which usually do not apply to personal letters, such as a subject line. If you choose the <emph>Personal</emph> letter option, some pages which contain elements specific to business letters will not be included in the wizard dialog.
en_GB: If you are creating a business letter, you can select a variety of elements to include in your document, which usually do not apply to personal letters, such as a subject line. If you choose the <emph>Personal</emph> letter option, some pages which contain elements specific to business letters will not be included in the wizard dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149669 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE">According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disk.</ahelp> $[officename] creates a new document based on the existing templates with the "Untitled X" name (X stands for the consecutive numbering) and displays it on the work area.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE">According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disc.</ahelp> $[officename] creates a new document based on the existing templates with the "Untitled X" name (X stands for the consecutive numbering) and displays it on the work area.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3144433 16 help.text]
en: $[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the chosen template. These settings are used as the default settings the next time you activate the wizard.
en_GB: $[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the chosen template. These settings are used as the default settings the next time that you activate the wizard.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_idN105EC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER">Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER">Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_idN10661 help.text]
en: Postcode/State/City
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_idN10600 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to suppress the footer on the first page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to suppress the footer on the first page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147088 4 help.text]
en: Within the dialog you can modify your entries and options at any time. You can also skip an entire page or even all the wizard pages, in which case the current (or default) settings will remain in effect.
en_GB: Within the dialogue box you can modify your entries and options at any time. You can also skip an entire page or even all the wizard pages, in which case the current (or default) settings will remain in effect.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155628 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the<emph> Back </emph>button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button.<emph> Back </emph>will be active from the second page onwards.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Back</emph> button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button. <emph>Back</emph> will be active from the second page onwards.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156117 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The<emph> Next </emph>button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The <emph>Next</emph> button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020300.xhp par_idN105E9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020400.xhp par_idN105E1 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multipage fax document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multi-page fax document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3156346 10 help.text]
en: According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it on your hard disk. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX" (X stands for an automatic number).
en_GB: According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it on your hard disc. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX" (X stands for an automatic number).

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3149235 13 help.text]
en: $[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the selected document template. These will be used as the default settings the next time you activate the wizard.
en_GB: $[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the selected document template. These will be used as the default settings the next time that you activate the wizard.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105DE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the person who called the meeting.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105E5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the chairperson.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105E8 help.text]
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Secretary

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105EC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the secretary.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105F3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the moderator.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105FA help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the attendees.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN10601 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the observers.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN10608 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the facility personnel.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3166410 3 help.text]
en: Within each wizard page, you can undo, modify, or skip altogether the editing steps. If you decide to skip over one of the pages, the wizard uses the default settings.
en_GB: Within each wizard page, you can undo, modify, or skip the editing steps. If you decide to skip over one of the pages, the wizard uses the default settings.

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3149656 10 help.text]
en: $[officename] saves the current wizard settings and uses them as default the next time you open the wizard.
en_GB: $[officename] saves the current wizard settings and uses them as default the next time that you open the wizard.

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_idN1067B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click <emph>Open</emph> to see a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click <emph>Open</emph> to see a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3145317 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_OPEN">Lists the presentations that you created and saved to the Templates directory that is specified under <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph> in the Options dialog box. To edit the layout and formatting of a presentation with the wizard, select the presentation, and then click <emph>Next</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_AUTOPILOT_OPEN">Lists the presentations that you created and saved to the Templates directory that is specified under <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph> in the Options dialogue box. To edit the layout and formatting of a presentation with the wizard, select the presentation, and then click <emph>Next</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp hd_id3153561 22 help.text]
en: Do not show this dialog again
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue box again

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3153061 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:DLG_ASS:CB_STARTWITH">Specifies that you only want the Wizard to start when you expressly request it with <emph>File - Wizard - Presentation</emph>.</ahelp> This field is only visible when you create a presentation by choosing <emph>File - New - Presentation</emph>. You can also specify whether to show the dialog with the <emph>Start with Wizard</emph> check box in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - General</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:DLG_ASS:CB_STARTWITH">Specifies that you only want the Wizard to start when you expressly request it with <emph>File - Wizard - Presentation</emph>.</ahelp> This field is only visible when you create a presentation by choosing <emph>File - New - Presentation</emph>. You can also specify whether to show the dialogue box with the <emph>Start with Wizard</emph> check box in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress - General</emph>.

[ctx: 01050500.xhp par_id3155552 21 help.text]
en: In the list field, you see all pages belonging to the selected presentation template. All pages with a checkmark in the check box next to their names will be included in the created presentation. To not include a page, clear the check box in front of the page name. Click the small plus sign that is next to the page name to display the corresponding sub-items.
en_GB: In the list field, you see all pages belonging to the selected presentation template. All pages with a mark in the check box next to their names will be included in the created presentation. To exclude a page, unmark the check box in front of the page name. Click the small plus sign that is next to the page name to display the corresponding sub-items.

[ctx: 01090100.xhp par_id3150398 7 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp" name="Form Wizard - Set up a subform">Form Wizard - Set up a subform</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp" name="Form Wizard - Set up a sub-form">Form Wizard - Set up a sub-form</link>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp tit help.text]
en: Form Wizard - Set up a Subform
en_GB: Form Wizard - Set up a Sub-form

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN10543 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp">Form Wizard - Set up a Subform</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp">Form Wizard - Set up a Sub-form</link>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN10553 help.text]
en: Specify if you want to use a subform and enter the subform's properties. A subform is a form that is inserted in another form.
en_GB: Specify if you want to use a sub-form and enter the sub-form's properties. A sub-form is a form that is inserted in another form.

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
en: Add subform
en_GB: Add sub-form

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105B4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to add a subform.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to add a sub-form.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN1055A help.text]
en: Sub form based on existing relation
en_GB: Sub-form based on existing relation

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105C5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to add a sub-form based on an existing relation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105D2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the relation on which the subform is based.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the relation on which the sub-form is based.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105D1 help.text]
en: Sub form based on manual selection of fields
en_GB: Sub-form based on manual selection of fields

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105DF help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to add a sub-form based on a manual selection of fields. </ahelp>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105E2 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp" name="Form Wizard - Add subform fields">Form Wizard - Add subform fields</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp" name="Form Wizard - Add sub-form fields">Form Wizard - Add sub-form fields</link>

[ctx: 01090210.xhp tit help.text]
en: Form Wizard - Add Subform Fields
en_GB: Form Wizard - Add Sub-form Fields

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN10546 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp">Form Wizard - Add Subform Fields</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp">Form Wizard - Add Sub-form Fields</link>

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
en: Specify the table or query you need to create the subform, and which fields you wish to include in the subform.
en_GB: Specify the table or query you need to create the sub-form, and which fields you wish to include in the sub-form.

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN1055D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table or query for which the sub-form is to be created.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN10590 help.text]
en: Fields in my subform
en_GB: Fields in my sub-form

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN10594 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that will be included in the new sub-form.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN10553 help.text]
en: If you chose in step 2 to set up a subform based on manual selection of fields, you can select the joined fields on this wizard page.
en_GB: If you chose in step 2 to set up a sub-form based on manual selection of fields, you can select the joined fields on this wizard page.

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
en: First joined subform field
en_GB: First joined sub-form field

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105B4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the sub-form field that is joined to the main form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105BF help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the sub-form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105CE help.text]
en: Second joined subform field
en_GB: Second joined sub-form field

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105D2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the sub-form field that is joined to the main form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105D9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the sub-form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105DC help.text]
en: Third joined subform field
en_GB: Third joined sub-form field

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105E0 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the sub-form field that is joined to the main form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105E7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the sub-form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105EA help.text]
en: Fourth joined subform field
en_GB: Fourth joined sub-form field

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105EE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the sub-form field that is joined to the main form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105F5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the sub-form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090300.xhp par_idN106C9 help.text]
en: Arrangement of the subform
en_GB: Arrangement of the sub-form

[ctx: 01090500.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: 01090500.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the field borders have a 3D look.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the field borders have a 3-D look.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01100100.xhp par_id3145609 18 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp" name="More about Report Wizard - Labeling Fields">More about Report Wizard - Labeling Fields</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp" name="More about Report Wizard - Labelling Fields">More about Report Wizard - Labelling Fields</link>

[ctx: 01100150.xhp tit help.text]
en: Report Wizard - Labeling Fields
en_GB: Report Wizard - Labelling Fields

[ctx: 01100150.xhp hd_id3144415 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp" name="Report Wizard - Labeling Fields">Report Wizard - Labeling Fields</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp" name="Report Wizard - Labelling Fields">Report Wizard - Labelling Fields</link>

[ctx: 01100300.xhp hd_id3154751 4 help.text]
en: Then by
en_GB: And then by

[ctx: 01100500.xhp par_id3163802 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE">When you click <emph>Finish</emph>, the report will be saved and opened for edit.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE">When you click <emph>Create</emph>, the report will be saved and opened for edit.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_id3147574 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:BUT_NEXT">Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.</ahelp> This button becomes inactive on the last page of the dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:BUT_NEXT">Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.</ahelp> This button becomes inactive on the last page of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3148922 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE2_ASP">When you select the<emph> ASP </emph>option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE2_ASP">When you select the <emph>ASP</emph> option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3146119 41 help.text]
en: To export to ASP, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. You then see the <emph>Export</emph> dialog in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. Once you have selected a directory and entered a file name, click <emph>Export</emph>. For export as ASP, we recommend selecting a "secret" file name for the HTML file (see below for more details). You then see the <emph>HTML Export</emph> dialog. Several files will be written to the directory you have just selected.
en_GB: To export to ASP, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. You then see the <emph>Export</emph> dialogue box in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. Once you have selected a directory and entered a file name, click <emph>Export</emph>. For export as ASP, we recommend selecting a "secret" file name for the HTML file (see below for more details). You then see the <emph>HTML Export</emph> dialogue box. Several files will be written to the directory you have just selected.

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3150715 50 help.text]
en: You have saved the files that have been created during the Export process in the c:\Inet\wwwroot\presentation\ directory. In this directory, the Export creates an HTML file that can be named, for example, as "secret.htm". You entered this name in the Save dialog (see above). The presenter can now browse to the HTML Export files by entering the http://myserver.com/presentation/secret.htm URL in any HTTP Browser having JavaScript support. The presenter is now able to modify the page using some form controls.
en_GB: You have saved the files that have been created during the Export process in the c:\Inet\wwwroot\presentation\ directory. In this directory, the Export creates an HTML file that can be named, for example, as "secret.htm". You entered this name in the Save dialogue box (see above). The presenter can now browse to the HTML Export files by entering the http://myserver.com/presentation/secret.htm URL in any HTTP Browser having JavaScript support. The presenter is now able to modify the page using some form controls.

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3146972 54 help.text]
en: To export, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. This opens the <emph>Export</emph> dialog, in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. After selecting a folder and entering a file name, click <emph>Save</emph>. This opens the <emph>HTML Export Wizard</emph>. This will write some files to the folder you have just selected.
en_GB: To export, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. This opens the <emph>Export</emph> dialogue box, in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. After selecting a folder and entering a file name, click <emph>Save</emph>. This opens the <emph>HTML Export Wizard</emph>. This will write some files to the folder you have just selected.

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3151014 63 help.text]
en: All files having the pl and txt extensions have to be moved into the directory on your HTTP server that has been referred to in the <emph>URL for Perl scripts</emph> text box. This directory has to be configured in a way that the Perl scripts contained there can also be run by an HTTP request.
en_GB: All files having the pl and txt extensions have to be moved into the directory on your HTTP server that has been referred to in the <emph>URL for Perl scripts</emph> text box. This directory must be configured in a way that the Perl scripts contained there can also be run by an HTTP request.

[ctx: 01110300.xhp par_id4653767 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110300.xhp par_id3154860 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE3_GIF">The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE3_GIF">The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110300.xhp par_id3153665 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE3_JPG">The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE3_JPG">The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3155934 2 help.text]
en: Defines the colors for the publication.
en_GB: Defines the colours for the publication.

[ctx: 01110600.xhp hd_id3152924 21 help.text]
en: Select color scheme
en_GB: Select colour scheme

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3153049 22 help.text]
en: Determines the color scheme and the colors for text and background.
en_GB: Determines the colour scheme and the colours for text and background.

[ctx: 01110600.xhp hd_id3147291 23 help.text]
en: Apply color scheme from document
en_GB: Apply colour scheme from document

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3153748 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_DOCCOLORS">Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_DOCCOLORS">Determines the colours from the styles used in the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp hd_id3149095 25 help.text]
en: Use browser colors
en_GB: Use browser colours

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3155338 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_DEFAULT">Uses the default colors of the viewer's Web Browser.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_DEFAULT">Uses the default colours of the viewer's Web Browser.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp hd_id3149388 27 help.text]
en: Use custom color scheme
en_GB: Use custom colour scheme

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3149399 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_USER">Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_USER">Allows you to define your own colours for some presentation objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3149762 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_TEXT">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_TEXT">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the text colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3143270 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_LINK">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_LINK">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the hyperlink colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3156152 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_ALINK">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_ALINK">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the active link colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3150670 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_VLINK">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_VLINK">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the visited link colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3159413 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_BACK">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PUBLISHING:PAGE6_BACK">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the background colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01120300.xhp par_id3152425 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_OPTIONVALUES_ET_OPTIONVALUE" visibility="visible">Select a number or a text as a reference value for the selected option field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_OPTIONVALUES_ET_OPTIONVALUE" visibility="visible">Select a number or a text string as a reference value for the selected option field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130100.xhp hd_id3153088 39 help.text]
en: Create Log file
en_GB: Create log file

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id3149797 40 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE">Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE">Creates a log file in your working directory showing which documents have been converted.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130200.xhp par_id3155388 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT">Opens a dialog to select the desired path.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT">Opens a dialogue box to select the desired path.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp bm_id3154840 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Euro; Euro Converter Wizard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wizards; Euro Converter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converters; Euro converter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currencies; converters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>euro; Euro Converter Wizard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wizards; Euro Converter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converters; Euro Converter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currencies; converters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3149140 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="eurokonv"><ahelp hid=".uno:EuroConverter">Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="eurokonv"><ahelp hid=".uno:EuroConverter">Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euro.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3145669 54 help.text]
en: Only closed files are converted. It is possible, however, to use the Euro Converter in an open $[officename] Calc document. In this case, a separate dialog opens. This dialog is described <link href="text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp" name="at the end of this section">at the end of this section</link>.
en_GB: Only closed files are converted. It is possible, however, to use the Euro Converter in an open $[officename] Calc document. In this case, a separate dialogue box opens. This dialogue box is described <link href="text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp" name="at the end of this section">at the end of this section</link>.

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3155420 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE">Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.</ahelp> To convert fields and tables in $[officename] Writer, first mark the <emph>Also convert fields and tables in text documents </emph>check box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE">Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.</ahelp> To convert fields and tables in $[officename] Writer, first mark the <emph>Also convert fields and tables in text documents</emph> check box.

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3156002 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1">Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1">Specifies the currency to be converted into euro.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3147264 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN">Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN">Opens a dialogue box to select the desired directory or document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3153192 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT">Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT">Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialogue box for entering the password.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3147427 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN">Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3155413 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP">Activates the help for the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP">Activates the help for the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3144766 32 help.text]
en: The <emph>Euro Converter</emph> dialog contains the following functions:
en_GB: The <emph>Euro Converter</emph> dialogue box contains the following functions:

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3148834 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1">Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1">Specifies the currency to be converted into euro.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3153736 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4">All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.</ahelp> All cells must have the same format so that they can be recognized as a selected range.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4">All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.</ahelp> All cells must have the same format so that they can be recognised as a selected range.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3149795 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH">Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH">Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170200.xhp par_id3153311 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="extensions:PushButton:RID_PAGE_ADMININVOKATION:PB_INVOKE_ADMIN_DIALOG">Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="extensions:PushButton:RID_PAGE_ADMININVOKATION:PB_INVOKE_ADMIN_DIALOG">Calls a dialogue box in which you can enter additional settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_idN105C2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the location using a file dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the location using a file dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_idN105C9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is unmarked, the database will be available only by opening the database file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170500.xhp par_id3143284 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="">Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="">Opens a dialogue box that allows you to specify the field assignment.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170500.xhp par_id3149549 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="extensions:PushButton:RID_PAGE_FIELDMAPPING:PB_INVOKE_FIELDS_DIALOG">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment">Templates: Address Book Assignment</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="extensions:PushButton:RID_PAGE_FIELDMAPPING:PB_INVOKE_FIELDS_DIALOG">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment">Templates: Address Book Assignment</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard00.xhp par_idN105C4 help.text]
en: The Web Wizard uses the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) to upload files to a server. You cannot use the wizard to upload the files if you connect to the internet through a proxy server.
en_GB: The Web Wizard uses the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) to upload files to a server. You cannot use the wizard to upload the files if you connect to the Internet through a proxy server.

[ctx: webwizard02.xhp par_idN10565 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34211">Opens a dialog where you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34211">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard04.xhp par_idN10554 help.text]
en: Use this page of the wizard to customize the layout options for the index page of your web site.
en_GB: Use this page of the wizard to customise the layout options for the index page of your web site.

[ctx: webwizard04.xhp par_idN10596 help.text]
en: Optimize the layout for screen resolution:
en_GB: Optimise the layout for screen resolution:

[ctx: webwizard04.xhp par_idN1059E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34244">Optimizes the web site for a 640x480 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34244">Optimises the web site for a 640x480 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard04.xhp par_idN105A5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34245">Optimizes the web site for a 800x600 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34245">Optimises the web site for a 800x600 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard04.xhp par_idN105AC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34246">Optimizes the web site for a 1024x768 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34246">Optimises the web site for a 1024x768 pixel screen resolution.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard05.xhp par_idN1055B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34247">Select the color scheme for the index page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34247">Select the colour scheme for the index page.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard05bi.xhp par_idN10553 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34291">Opens a file open dialog to select a background image file for the index page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34291">Opens a file open dialogue box to select a background image file for the index page.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard07.xhp par_idN10569 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34263">Opens a dialog to select a folder.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34263">Opens a dialogue box to select a folder.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard07.xhp par_idN1057A help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34266">Opens a dialog where you can specify the location of the archive file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34266">Opens a dialogue box in which you can specify the location of the archive file.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard07.xhp par_idN10584 help.text]
en: You cannot use the FTP option if you connect to the internet through a proxy server.
en_GB: You cannot use the FTP option if you connect to the Internet through a proxy server.

[ctx: webwizard07.xhp par_idN1058B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="34269">Opens the <link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard07fc.xhp">FTP Connection</link> dialog where you can edit and test the connection settings for the FTP server.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="34269">Opens the <link href="text/shared/autopi/webwizard07fc.xhp">FTP Connection</link> dialogue box in which you can edit and test the connection settings for the FTP server.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard07fc.xhp par_idN1058A help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="41045">Enter the location of a directory on the FTP server where you want to store your files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="41045">Enter the location of a directory on the FTP server in which you want to store your files.</ahelp>

[ctx: webwizard07fc.xhp par_idN10591 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="41046">Opens a dialog where you can specify the FTP server directory to store the files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="41046">Opens a dialogue box in which you can specify the FTP server directory to store the files.</ahelp>

[ctx: aaa_start.xhp par_id0820200803563860 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Get more templates online</emph> link in the dialog to select and download more templates.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Get more templates online</emph> link in the dialogue box to select and download more templates.

[ctx: aaa_start.xhp par_id3153824 11 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"><link href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Formulas">Working with Formulas</link></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"><link href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Formulae">Working with Formulae</link></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: accessibility.xhp par_id3145071 12 help.text]
en: The user interface is scalable through your <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Window Manager</caseinline><defaultinline>operating system</defaultinline></switchinline> settings. The default font size for dialogs is 12pt, corresponding to a scale of 100%. You can also change the font size for dialogs in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</emph>. The zoom factor of a document can be changed in <emph>View - Zoom</emph>, or by double-clicking the zoom factor displayed in the Status Bar.
en_GB: The user interface is scalable through your <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Window Manager</caseinline><defaultinline>operating system</defaultinline></switchinline> settings. The default font size for dialogue boxes is 12pt, corresponding to a scale of 100%. You can also change the font size for dialogue boxes in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</emph>. The zoom factor of a document can be changed in <emph>View - Zoom</emph>, or by double-clicking the zoom factor displayed in the Status Bar.

[ctx: accessibility.xhp par_id3152349 2 help.text]
en: Please note that accessibility support relies on Java technology for communications with assistive technology tools. This means that the first program startup may take a few seconds longer, because the Java runtime environment has to be started as well.
en_GB: Please note that accessibility support relies on Java technology for communications with assistive technology tools. This means that the first program start-up may take a few seconds longer, because the Java runtime environment must be started as well.

[ctx: active_help_on_off.xhp par_id3149398 5 help.text]
en: A check mark indicates that the extended tips are activated.
en_GB: A tick mark indicates that the extended tips are activated.

[ctx: active_help_on_off.xhp par_id3153825 8 help.text]
en: A question mark appears beside the mouse pointer. You can move this <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> over all controls, icons and menu commands to obtain a description of the command. The <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> is disabled the next time you click the mouse.
en_GB: A question mark appears beside the mouse pointer. You can move this <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> over all controls, icons and menu commands to obtain a description of the command. The <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> is disabled the next time that you click the mouse.

[ctx: activex.xhp par_id3159399 7 help.text]
en: Open the <emph>Optional Components</emph> entry and find the <emph>ActiveX Control</emph> entry. Open the sub menu of the icon and select to install the feature.
en_GB: Open the <emph>Optional Components</emph> entry and find the <emph>ActiveX Control</emph> entry. Open the sub-menu of the icon and select to install the feature.

[ctx: activex.xhp par_id3154072 12 help.text]
en: You may still right-click the link to save the file on your harddisk.
en_GB: You may still right-click the link to save the file on your hard disc.

[ctx: assistive.xhp par_id3149808 11 help.text]
en: When accessibility support in $[officename] is enabled, the Java Runtime Environment is loaded, and increases the startup time for $[officename].
en_GB: When accessibility support in $[officename] is enabled, the Java Runtime Environment is loaded, and increases the start-up time for $[officename].

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp bm_id3149346 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; URL recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>recognizing URLs automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic hyperlink formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>URL;turning off URL recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>predictive text, see also AutoCorrect function/AutoFill function/AutoInput function/word completion/text completion</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; URL recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognising URLs automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic hyperlink formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>URL;turning off URL recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>predictive text, see also AutoCorrect function/AutoFill function/AutoInput function/word completion/text completion</bookmark_value>

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp par_id3166410 7 help.text]
en: When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognizes a word that may be a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link> and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (color and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles.
en_GB: When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognises a word that may be a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link> and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (colour and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles.

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp par_id3153561 2 help.text]
en: If you do not want $[officename] to automatically recognize URLs as you are typing, there are several ways of turning off this feature.
en_GB: If you do not want $[officename] to automatically recognise URLs as you are typing, there are several ways of turning off this feature.

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp par_id3149233 3 help.text]
en: When you are typing and notice that a text has just been automatically converted into a hyperlink, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z to undo this formatting.
en_GB: When you are typing and notice that some text has just been automatically converted into a hyperlink, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z to undo this formatting.

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp par_id3148550 13 help.text]
en: In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Options</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialogue box, select the <emph>Options</emph> tab.

[ctx: autohide.xhp par_id3147242 52 help.text]
en: Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge.
en_GB: Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, resize them or dock them to an edge.

[ctx: autohide.xhp par_id3150275 68 help.text]
en: Double-click inside a vacant area of the window while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. In the Styles and Formatting window, double-click a gray part of the window next to the icons while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F10</item>.
en_GB: Double-click inside a vacant area of the window while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. In the Styles and Formatting window, double-click a grey part of the window next to the icons while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F10</item>.

[ctx: background.xhp bm_id3149346 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>backgrounds; defining colors/pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; backgrounds in all applications</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>watermarks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text, see also text documents, paragraphs and characters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>backgrounds; defining colours/pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; backgrounds in all applications</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>watermarks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text, see also text documents, paragraphs and characters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3149346 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="background"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark)">Defining Graphics or Colors in the Background of Pages (Watermark)</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="background"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Graphics or Colours in the Background of Pages (Watermark)">Defining Graphics or Colours in the Background of Pages (Watermark)</link></variable>

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3149581 26 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select a background color or a background graphic.
en_GB: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select a background colour or a background graphic.

[ctx: border_paragraph.xhp hd_id3147571 15 help.text]
en: <variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Paragraphs">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Paragraphs">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link></variable>

[ctx: border_paragraph.xhp par_id3154285 5 help.text]
en: Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_paragraph.xhp hd_id3149237 8 help.text]
en: Setting a Customized Border Style
en_GB: Setting a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_paragraph.xhp par_id3148948 11 help.text]
en: Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_table.xhp par_id3156346 3 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table </emph>toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table</emph> toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.

[ctx: border_table.xhp hd_id3153666 7 help.text]
en: Setting a Customized Border Style
en_GB: Setting a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_table.xhp par_id3153526 11 help.text]
en: Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: breaking_lines.xhp bm_id6305734 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>line breaks; in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text flow; in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text breaks in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>wrapping text; in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words; wrapping in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>new lines in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;line breaks in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;inserting line breaks</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>line breaks; in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; line breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text flow; in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text breaks in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wrapping text; in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words; wrapping in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic line breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>new lines in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;line breaks in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;inserting line breaks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: breaking_lines.xhp par_id0509200914160968 help.text]
en: You can search for a newline character in the Find & Replace dialog by searching for \n as a regular expression. You can use the text function CHAR(10) to insert a newline character into a text formula.
en_GB: You can search for a newline character in the Find & Replace dialogue box by searching for \n as a regular expression. You can use the text function CHAR(10) to insert a newline character into a text formula.

[ctx: change_title.xhp par_id3153345 5 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>. This opens the <emph>Document Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>. This opens the <emph>Document Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: chart_axis.xhp par_id3147242 4 help.text]
en: A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.
en_GB: A grey border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.

[ctx: chart_axis.xhp par_id3154749 5 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Axis</emph>, then select the axis (or axes) that you would like to edit. A dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Axis</emph>, then select the axis (or axes) that you would like to edit. A dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: chart_barformat.xhp par_id3156136 3 help.text]
en: You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colors) via bitmap graphics:
en_GB: You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colours) via bitmap graphics:

[ctx: chart_barformat.xhp par_id3146797 7 help.text]
en: Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. In the list box select a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.
en_GB: Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. From the list box, choose a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.

[ctx: chart_insert.xhp par_id2356944 help.text]
en: Insert a chart with a default data set, and then use the Data Table dialog to enter your own data for that chart.
en_GB: Insert a chart with a default data set, and then use the Chart Data Table dialogue box to enter your own data for that chart.

[ctx: chart_insert.xhp par_id3150275 4 help.text]
en: Click inside the cell range that you want to present in your chart.
en_GB: Select the cells that contain the data that you want to present in your chart.

[ctx: chart_insert.xhp par_id3155066 32 help.text]
en: In a Writer document, you can insert a chart based on the values in a Writer table.
en_GB: In a Writer document, you can insert a chart obtained from the data of a Writer table.

[ctx: chart_legend.xhp par_id3154824 4 help.text]
en: A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.
en_GB: A grey border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.

[ctx: chart_legend.xhp par_id3153031 5 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Legend</emph> or double-click on the legend. This opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Legend</emph> or double-click on the legend. This opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id3145345 4 help.text]
en: A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.
en_GB: A grey border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id3149811 5 help.text]
en: Double-click on an existing title text. A gray border appears around the text and you can now make changes. Press Enter to create a new line.
en_GB: Double-click on an existing title text. A grey border appears around the text and you can now make changes. Press Enter to create a new line.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id2706991 help.text]
en: If no title text exists, choose <emph>Insert - Title</emph> to enter the text in a dialog.
en_GB: If no title text exists, choose <emph>Insert - Title</emph> to enter the text in a dialogue box.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id3155341 7 help.text]
en: If you want to change the formatting of the main title, choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title</emph>. This opens the <emph>Title</emph> dialog.
en_GB: If you want to change the formatting of the main title, choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title</emph>. This opens the <emph>Title</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id3147336 8 help.text]
en: Select one of the available tabs in the dialog to make modifications.
en_GB: Select one of the available tabs in the dialogue box to make modifications.

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id9590136 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Share Document dialogue box in which you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id6799218 help.text]
en: Some commands are not available (grayed out) when change tracking or document sharing is activated. For a new spreadsheet you cannot apply or insert the grayed out elements.
en_GB: Some commands are not available (greyed out) when change tracking or document sharing is activated. For a new spreadsheet you cannot apply or insert the greyed out elements.

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id6844691 help.text]
en: The user chooses <item type="menuitem">Tools - Share Document</item> to activate the collaboration features for this document. A dialog opens where the user can choose to enable or disable sharing. If the user enables sharing, the document will be saved in shared mode, which is also shown on the title bar.
en_GB: The user chooses <item type="menuitem">Tools - Share Document</item> to activate the collaboration features for this document. A dialogue box opens where the user can choose to enable or disable sharing. If the user enables sharing, the document will be saved in shared mode, which is also shown on the title bar.

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id5800653 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialogue box opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.</ahelp>

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id43946 help.text]
en: If the changes conflict, the Resolve Conflicts dialog will be shown. User A must decide for the conflicts which version to keep, "Keep Mine" or "Keep Other". When all conflicts are resolved, the document is saved. While user A resolves the conflicts, no other user is able to save the shared document.
en_GB: If the changes conflict, the Resolve Conflicts dialogue box will be shown. User A must decide for the conflicts which version to keep, "Keep Mine" or "Keep Other". When all conflicts are resolved, the document is saved. While user A resolves the conflicts, no other user is able to save the shared document.

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id206610 help.text]
en: User A sees a dialog that tells the user the document is locked. The dialog offers to open the document in read-only mode, or to open a copy for editing, or to cancel the Open command.
en_GB: User A sees a dialogue box that tells the user the document is locked. The dialogue box offers to open the document in read-only mode, or to open a copy for editing, or to cancel the Open command.

[ctx: configure_overview.xhp bm_id3152801 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>configuring; $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customizing; $[officename]</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>configuring; $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customising; $[officename]</bookmark_value>

[ctx: configure_overview.xhp par_id3153345 43 help.text]
en: You can customize your $[officename] to suit your needs.
en_GB: You can customise your $[officename] to suit your needs.

[ctx: configure_overview.xhp par_id3155421 49 help.text]
en: To change these, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link> to open the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To change these, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customise"><emph>Tools - Customise</emph></link> to open the <emph>Customise</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: configure_overview.xhp par_id3155388 45 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize">Tools - Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customise">Tools - Customise</link>

[ctx: copy_drawfunctions.xhp par_id3150276 35 help.text]
en: An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current paragraph. You can change the anchor by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or the <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar. This opens a popup menu where you can select the anchor type.
en_GB: An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current paragraph. You can change the anchor by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE Object</emph> toolbar or the <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar. This opens a pop-up menu from which you can choose the anchor type.

[ctx: copytable2application.xhp par_id3147088 10 help.text]
en: Use the clipboard to copy the contents of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted into a text.
en_GB: Use the clipboard to copy the content of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted as text.

[ctx: copytext2application.xhp bm_id3152924 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>sending; AutoAbstract function in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoAbstract function for sending text to presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines; sending to presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; copying by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag and drop; copying and pasting text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;data from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;data from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;data from text documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sending; AutoAbstract function in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoAbstract function for sending text to presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines; sending to presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; copying by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; copying and pasting text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;data from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;data from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;data from text documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp par_id3147399 5 help.text]
en: In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below.
en_GB: In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time that you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below.

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp hd_id3149096 35 help.text]
en: Address Data Source Wizard
en_GB: Address Data Source Wizards

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp par_id3150771 8 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph>. The <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment"><emph>Templates: Address Book Assignment</emph></link> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph>. The <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment"><emph>Templates: Address Book Assignment</emph></link> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp par_id3147084 15 help.text]
en: Under <emph>Field assignment</emph>, match the fields for first name, company, department, and so on to the actual field names used in your address book.
en_GB: Under <emph>Field assignment</emph>, match the fields for forename, company, department, and so on to the actual field names used in your address book.

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp par_idN10784 help.text]
en: When finished, close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: When finished, close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: data_dbase2office.xhp par_id3150771 44 help.text]
en: The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp" name="Text Import"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document.
en_GB: The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp" name="Text Import"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialogue box will appear. Decide which data to include from the text document.

[ctx: data_dbase2office.xhp hd_id3150400 58 help.text]
en: Exporting in CSV Text Format
en_GB: Exporting to CSV Text Format

[ctx: data_dbase2office.xhp par_id3154908 62 help.text]
en: This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp" name="dBase Export"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.
en_GB: This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp" name="dBASE Export"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.

[ctx: data_enter_sql.xhp bm_id3152801 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>SQL; executing SQL commands</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>queries;creating in SQL view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>commands;SQL</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>executing SQL commands</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>SQL; executing SQL commands</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>queries;creating in SQL view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>commands;SQL</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>executing SQL commands</bookmark_value>

[ctx: data_enter_sql.xhp par_id3083443 94 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Query</emph> window, choose <emph>View - Switch Design View On/Off</emph>. Edit the SQL command.
en_GB: In the <emph>Query</emph> window, choose <emph>View - Switch Design View On/Off</emph>. Enter the SQL command that you want to execute, or edit an existing SQL command according to your requirements.

[ctx: data_forms.xhp par_idN10617 help.text]
en: Using forms, you can define how to present the data. Open a text document or a spreadsheet and insert the controls such as push buttons and list boxes. In the properties dialogs of the controls, you can define what data the forms should display.
en_GB: Using forms, you can define how to present the data. Open a text document or a spreadsheet and insert the controls such as push buttons and list boxes. In the properties dialogue boxes of the controls, you can define what data the forms should display.

[ctx: data_forms.xhp par_idN10632 help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new form.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new form.

[ctx: data_forms.xhp par_idN1064C help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new form.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new form.

[ctx: data_im_export.xhp par_id325632 help.text]
en: For example, to ensure the first column has a text format, you must make sure that the first field of the first valid data row contains text. If a field in the first valid data row contains a number, the whole column is set to number format, and only numbers, no text, will be shown in that column.
en_GB: For example, to ensure the first column has a text format, you must ensure that the first field of the first valid data row contains text. If a field in the first valid data row contains a number, the whole column is set to number format, and only numbers, no text, will be shown in that column.

[ctx: data_im_export.xhp par_id4815820 help.text]
en: You see the Copy Table dialog. Most databases need a primary key, so you may want to check the <emph>Create primary key</emph> box.
en_GB: You will see the Copy Table dialogue box. Most databases need a primary key, so you may want to mark the <emph>Create primary key</emph> check box.

[ctx: data_queries.xhp par_idN10632 help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new query.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new query.

[ctx: data_queries.xhp par_idN1064C help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new query.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new query.

[ctx: data_queries.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
en: You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.
en_GB: You will see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.

[ctx: data_register.xhp par_idN105C1 help.text]
en: Data from any <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> can be registered to %PRODUCTNAME. To register means to tell %PRODUCTNAME where the data is located, how it is organized, how to get that data, and more. Once the database is registered, you can use the menu command <emph>View - Data source</emph> to access the data records from your text documents and spreadsheets.
en_GB: Data from any <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> can be registered to %PRODUCTNAME. To register means to tell %PRODUCTNAME where the data is located, how it is organised, how to get that data, and more. Once the database is registered, you can use the menu command <emph>View - Data source</emph> to access the data records from your text documents and spreadsheets.

[ctx: data_report.xhp hd_id3149178 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp" name="Create, Use, and Edit Database Reports">Using and Editing Database Reports</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp" name="Create, Use and Edit Database Reports">Using and Editing Database Reports</link></variable>

[ctx: data_report.xhp par_id3154758 15 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file that you want to create the report for.

[ctx: data_report.xhp par_id3125863 20 help.text]
en: On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp" name="last dialog page of the Report AutoPilot">last dialog page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.
en_GB: On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp" name="last dialogue box page of the Report Wizard">last dialogue box page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.

[ctx: data_reports.xhp par_idN105C1 help.text]
en: A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organized order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatic by following a series of dialogs in the Report Wizard.
en_GB: A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organised order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatically by following a series of dialogue boxes in the Report Wizard.

[ctx: data_reports.xhp par_id3119602 help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new report.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new report.

[ctx: data_reports.xhp par_idN105DC help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new report.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new report.

[ctx: data_search.xhp par_id3149178 65 help.text]
en: In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialog to find any text and values.
en_GB: In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialogue box to find any text and values.

[ctx: data_search.xhp par_id3149811 66 help.text]
en: You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>.
en_GB: You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>.

[ctx: data_search2.xhp par_id3148672 6 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Form-Based Filters</emph> icon <image id="img_id3149807" src="cmd/sc_formfilter.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149807">Icon</alt></image>. The current document is displayed with its form controls as an empty edit mask. The <emph>Form Filter </emph>toolbar appears.
en_GB: On the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Form-Based Filters</emph> icon <image id="img_id3149807" src="cmd/sc_formfilter.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149807">Icon</alt></image>. The current document is displayed with its form controls as an empty edit mask. The <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar will appear.

[ctx: data_tabledefine.xhp bm_id3155448 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>tables in databases; creating in design view (manually)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>designing; database tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>properties;fields in databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields;database tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoValue (Base)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>primary keys;design view</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables in databases; creating in design view (manually)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>designing; database tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;fields in databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields;database tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoValue (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>primary keys;design view</bookmark_value>

[ctx: data_tabledefine.xhp par_id1595507 help.text]
en: Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numerical field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.
en_GB: Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numeric field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN10617 help.text]
en: Data is stored in tables. As an example, your system address book that you use for your e-mail addresses is a table of the address book database. Each address is a data record, presented as a row in that table. The data records consist of data fields, for example the first and the last name fields and the e-mail field.
en_GB: Data is stored in tables. As an example, your system address book that you use for your e-mail addresses is a table of the address book database. Each address is a data record, presented as a row in that table. The data records consist of data fields, for example the forename and surname fields and the e-mail field.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN10632 help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new table.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new table.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN1064C help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new table.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new table.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
en: You see the <link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> window.
en_GB: You will see the <link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> window.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN10782 help.text]
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new table view.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new table view.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN10795 help.text]
en: You see the View Design window, which is almost the same as the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.
en_GB: You will see the View Design window, which is almost the same as the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010100.xhp">Query Design window</link>.

[ctx: database_main.xhp par_id3147531 5 help.text]
en: On the left you can see the <link href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp" name="Data source explorer">Data source explorer</link>. If you select a table or query there, you see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp" name="Database bar">Table Data bar</link>.
en_GB: On the left you can see the <link href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp" name="Data source explorer">Data source explorer</link>. If you select a table or query there, you will see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp" name="Database bar">Table Data bar</link>.

[ctx: database_main.xhp par_id3151380 23 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp" name="Report AutoPilot">Report Wizard</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp" name="Report Wizard">Report Wizard</link>

[ctx: digital_signatures.xhp bm_id7430951 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>certificates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>digital signatures;overview</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>security;digital signatures</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>certificates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>digital signatures;overview</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>security;digital signatures</bookmark_value>

[ctx: digital_signatures.xhp par_id2008200911381426 help.text]
en: The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.
en_GB: The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialogue box. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialogue box will flag the signature as invalid.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id598162 help.text]
en: You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogs to use WebDAV over HTTPS.
en_GB: You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogue boxes to use WebDAV over HTTPS.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id7309793 help.text]
en: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> is enabled. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog box.
en_GB: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes</emph> is marked. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id1388592 help.text]
en: The first time you connect to a WebDAV server, you see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialog.
en_GB: The first time that you connect to a WebDAV server, you will see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id3236182 help.text]
en: If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name you entered in the file dialog, then you see a dialog that allows you to choose from any of the following options:
en_GB: If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name that you entered in the file dialogue box, then you see a dialogue box that allows you to choose from any of the following options:

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id1251258 help.text]
en: <emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id4381847 help.text]
en: If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialog that asks you to enter your user name and password.
en_GB: If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialogue box that asks you to enter your user name and password.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id3397320 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password till end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password until end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp bm_id7430951 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>signing documents with digital signatures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>digital signatures;getting/managing/applying</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>signing documents with digital signatures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>digital signatures;getting/managing/applying</bookmark_value>

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp hd_id344248 help.text]
en: <variable id="digitalsign_send"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying Digital Signatures</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="digitalsign_send"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying Digital Signatures</link> </variable>

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_id944242 help.text]
en: Open your Web browser's preferences dialog, select the Privacy & Security tab page, click on Certificates - Manage Certificates.
en_GB: Open your Web browser's preferences dialogue box, select the Privacy & Security tab page, click on Certificates - Manage Certificates.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_idN10698 help.text]
en: After saving, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link> dialog. Click <emph>Add</emph> to add a public key to the document.
en_GB: After saving, you will see the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp">Digital Signatures</link> dialogue box. Click <emph>Add</emph> to add a public key to the document.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_idN106AE help.text]
en: In the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialog, select your certificate and click OK.
en_GB: In the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialogue box, select your certificate and click OK.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_idN106C0 help.text]
en: You see again the Digital Signatures dialog, where you can add more certificates if you want. Click OK to add the public key to the saved file.
en_GB: You see again the Digital Signatures dialogue box, in which you can add more certificates if you want. Click OK to add the public key to the saved file.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_id2008200911381426 help.text]
en: The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.
en_GB: The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialogue box. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialogue box will flag the signature as invalid.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_idN106F5 help.text]
en: When you open the Basic IDE that contains signed macros, you see an icon <image id="img_id9252296" src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id9252296">Icon</alt></image> in the status bar. You can double-click the icon in the status bar to view the certificate.
en_GB: When you open the Basic IDE that contains signed macros, you will see an icon <image id="img_id9252296" src="xmlsecurity/res/certificate_16.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id9252296">Icon</alt></image> in the status bar. You can double-click the icon in the status bar to view the certificate.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_id5734733 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the View Certificate dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: doc_autosave.xhp hd_id3166410 3 help.text]
en: To create a backup file every time you save a document
en_GB: To create a backup file every time that you save a document

[ctx: doc_autosave.xhp par_id3148474 5 help.text]
en: Mark <emph>Always create backup copy</emph>.
en_GB: Mark <emph>Always create a backup copy</emph>.

[ctx: doc_autosave.xhp par_id3149797 6 help.text]
en: If the <emph>Always create backup copy</emph> option is selected, the old version of the file is saved to the backup directory whenever you save the current version of the file.
en_GB: If the <emph>Always create a backup copy</emph> option is selected, the old version of the file is saved to the backup directory whenever you save the current version of the file.

[ctx: doc_autosave.xhp par_id3148685 7 help.text]
en: You can change the backup directory by choosing <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>, then change the <emph>Backups</emph> path in the dialog.
en_GB: You can change the backup directory by choosing <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>, then change the <emph>Backups</emph> path in the dialogue box.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp bm_id3147834 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>opening; documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files; opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading; documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets;creating/opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations;creating/opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>FTP; opening documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>new documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>empty documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;creating/opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; creating/opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML documents; new</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; new</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>opening; documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files; opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading; documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets;creating/opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations;creating/opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>FTP; opening documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>new documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>empty documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;creating/opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; creating/opening</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML documents; new</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; new</bookmark_value>

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id3150275 3 help.text]
en: The <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open">Open</link> dialog appears.
en_GB: The <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open">Open</link> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id3150985 14 help.text]
en: To restrict the display of files in the <emph>Open</emph> dialog to a certain type select the corresponding <emph>File type</emph> from the list. Select <emph>All Files</emph> to display all files.
en_GB: To restrict the display of files in the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box to a certain type select the corresponding <emph>File type</emph> from the list. Select <emph>All Files</emph> to display all files.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id5509201 help.text]
en: In general, all documents open with the cursor at the start of the document.
en_GB: In general, all documents open with the cursor at the beginning of the document.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id3153092 20 help.text]
en: If you click the arrow next to the <emph>New</emph> icon, a submenu opens in which you can select another document type.
en_GB: If you click the arrow next to the <emph>New</emph> icon, a sub-menu opens in which you can select another document type.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp hd_id0820200803501358 help.text]
en: System File Dialogs or %PRODUCTNAME Dialogs
en_GB: System File Dialogue Boxes or %PRODUCTNAME Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id0820200803501356 help.text]
en: On most operating systems, you can choose to use the system file dialogs or %PRODUCTNAME dialogs.
en_GB: On most operating systems, you can choose to use the system file dialogue boxes or %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id0820200803501429 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</item> to switch the type of open/save dialogs.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</item> to switch the type of open/save dialogue boxes.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id0820200803501449 help.text]
en: The %PRODUCTNAME dialogs support file download and upload using secure https connections.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes support file download and upload using secure https connections.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id3153126 9 help.text]
en: You can enter a URL in the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Open</emph> dialogs. The URL must start with file:/// or ftp:// or http://.
en_GB: You can enter a URL in the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue boxes. The URL must start with file:/// or ftp:// or http://.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id0820200803501548 help.text]
en: If you use the %PRODUCTNAME dialog, you can use the https:// prefix for a secure connection, and you can save a document on the web server.
en_GB: If you use the %PRODUCTNAME dialogue box, you can use the https:// prefix for a secure connection, and you can save a document on the web server.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_idN107C4 help.text]
en: When you open a file by a URL from the Windows file dialog, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialog opens a local copy of the file in the system's temp folder.
en_GB: When you open a file by a URL from the Windows file dialogue box, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialogue box opens a local copy of the file in the system's temp folder.

[ctx: doc_save.xhp par_id3150984 2 help.text]
en: When you save a new file for the first time, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link> dialog opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialog, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.
en_GB: When you save a new file for the first time, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link> dialogue box opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialogue box, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.

[ctx: dragdrop.xhp tit help.text]
en: Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document
en_GB: Dragging-and-Dropping Within a $[officename] Document

[ctx: dragdrop.xhp bm_id3154927 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop;overview</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mouse; pointers when using drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;by drag and drop</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop;overview</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mouse; pointers when using drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop.xhp hd_id3147571 11 help.text]
en: <variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp" name="Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp" name="Dragging-and-Dropping Within a $[officename] Document">Dragging-and-Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link></variable>

[ctx: dragdrop.xhp par_id3156422 14 help.text]
en: If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.
en_GB: If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the sub-menu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.

[ctx: dragdrop_beamer.xhp bm_id3145071 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; data source view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data source view; drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;from data source view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;from data source view</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; data source view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data source view; drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;from data source view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;from data source view</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop_beamer.xhp par_id3153105 37 help.text]
en: To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert database columns"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.
en_GB: To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert database columns"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialogue box appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.

[ctx: dragdrop_beamer.xhp par_id3125864 40 help.text]
en: You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.
en_GB: You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging-and-dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.

[ctx: dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp bm_id3145345 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Gallery;dragging pictures to draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;dropping Gallery pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag and drop;from Gallery to draw objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Gallery;dragging pictures to draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;dropping Gallery pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag-and-drop;from Gallery to draw objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop_gallery.xhp bm_id3154927 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop;to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery; adding pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;adding to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;pictures in Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;to Gallery</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop;to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery; adding pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;adding to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;pictures in Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;to Gallery</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop_gallery.xhp hd_id3154927 49 help.text]
en: <variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp" name="Adding Graphics to the Gallery">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp" name="Adding Graphics to the Gallery">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link></variable>

[ctx: dragdrop_graphic.xhp bm_id3159201 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; drag and drop between documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;pictures, between documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;pictures from other documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; drag-and-drop between documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;pictures, between documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;pictures from other documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop_graphic.xhp par_id3149763 21 help.text]
en: Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: dragdrop_graphic.xhp par_id3155628 22 help.text]
en: Release the mouse button as soon as the gray text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.
en_GB: Release the mouse button as soon as the grey text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.

[ctx: dragdrop_table.xhp par_id3152780 32 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: edit_symbolbar.xhp bm_id3159201 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>customizing; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons;toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toolbars;adding buttons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>configuring; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;buttons in toolbars</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>customising; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons;toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toolbars;adding buttons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>configuring; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;buttons in toolbars</bookmark_value>

[ctx: edit_symbolbar.xhp par_id2439039 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add, edit and remove icons.</ahelp>

[ctx: edit_symbolbar.xhp par_id3147264 87 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click on the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph>, and click on the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab.

[ctx: edit_symbolbar.xhp par_id3154071 88 help.text]
en: In the<emph> Toolbars </emph>box, select the toolbar you want to change.
en_GB: In the <emph>Toolbars</emph> box, select the toolbar you want to change.

[ctx: edit_symbolbar.xhp par_id3148797 89 help.text]
en: Click <emph>Add Commands</emph> , select the new command, then click <emph>Add</emph>.
en_GB: Click <emph>Add Commands</emph>, select the new command, then click <emph>Add</emph>.

[ctx: edit_symbolbar.xhp par_id3152922 90 help.text]
en: If you want, you can rearrange the <emph>Commands </emph>list by selecting a command name and clicking <emph>Move Up</emph> and <emph>Move Down</emph>.
en_GB: If you want, you can rearrange the <emph>Commands</emph> list by selecting a command name and clicking <emph>Move Up</emph> and <emph>Move Down</emph>.

[ctx: email.xhp par_id3153127 4 help.text]
en: $[officename] opens your default e-mail program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another e-mail program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - E-mail</emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: $[officename] opens your default e-mail program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another e-mail program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - E-mail</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: error_report.xhp bm_id3150616 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Error Report Tool</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>reports;error reports</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>crash reports</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>activating;Error Report Tool</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Error Report Tool</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reports;error reports</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>crash reports</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>activating;Error Report Tool</bookmark_value>

[ctx: error_report.xhp par_id3147335 8 help.text]
en: On the main Error Report Tool dialog, you can enter some additional information that may help the developers to localize the error. For example, if the error only appears after a change in your hardware or software environment, or if you clicked on a button, please include that information.
en_GB: On the main Error Report Tool dialogue box, you can enter some additional information that may help the developers to localise the error. For example, if the error only appears after a change in your hardware or software environment, or if you clicked on a button, please include that information.

[ctx: error_report.xhp par_id3153526 12 help.text]
en: You may choose to respond to questions that the developers may have about the reported error. Mark the check box if you allow to be contacted by e-mail, should additional information be required. By default this box is not marked, so you will not get any e-mail.
en_GB: You may choose to respond to questions that the developers may have about the reported error. Mark the check box if you allow to be contacted by e-mail, should additional information be required. By default this check box is not marked, so you will not get any e-mail.

[ctx: error_report.xhp par_id3154366 14 help.text]
en: The error report consists of several files. The main file contains information about the error type, operating system name and version, memory usage, and the description that you entered. You can click the <emph>Show Report</emph> button on the main dialog of the Error Report Tool to view what will get sent in the main file.
en_GB: The error report consists of several files. The main file contains information about the error type, operating system name and version, memory usage, and the description that you entered. You can click the <emph>Show Report</emph> button on the main dialogue box of the Error Report Tool to view what will get sent in the main file.

[ctx: export_ms.xhp bm_id3159233 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>documents; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving; documents in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; to Microsoft Office formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Word documents; saving as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Excel; saving as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>PowerPoint export</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>documents; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving; documents in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; to Microsoft Office formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Word documents; saving as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Excel; saving as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>PowerPoint; saving as</bookmark_value>

[ctx: export_ms.xhp par_id3150084 2 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: export_ms.xhp par_id3153252 7 help.text]
en: If you want the file dialogs to offer another file format as default, select that format in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format </emph>area.
en_GB: If you want the file dialogue boxes to offer another file format as default, select that format in <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format</emph> area.

[ctx: fax.xhp bm_id3156426 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>faxes; sending</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>faxes;configuring $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sending; documents as faxes </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>configuring;fax icon</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>faxes; sending</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>faxes;configuring $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sending; documents as faxes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>configuring;fax icon</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fax.xhp hd_id3166410 6 help.text]
en: Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog
en_GB: Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialogue Box

[ctx: fax.xhp par_id3152996 7 help.text]
en: Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.
en_GB: Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.

[ctx: fax.xhp par_id3155135 8 help.text]
en: Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialog for your fax driver, where you can select the fax recipient.
en_GB: Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialogue box for your fax driver, in which you can select the fax recipient.

[ctx: fax.xhp par_idN106EB help.text]
en: Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customize</emph>.
en_GB: Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customise</emph>.

[ctx: fax.xhp par_idN106F6 help.text]
en: The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customise</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: filternavigator.xhp par_id3150322 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window will appear.

[ctx: filternavigator.xhp par_id3153711 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR">The filter conditions that have been set appear in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR">The filter conditions that have been set appear in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.</ahelp>

[ctx: filternavigator.xhp par_id3156374 16 help.text]
en: You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging and dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.
en_GB: You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging-and-dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN10688 help.text]
en: If you want to find text with any font by name, click the <emph>Format</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog of %PRODUCTNAME Writer.
en_GB: If you want to find text with any font by name, click the <emph>Format</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialogue box of %PRODUCTNAME Writer.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN1069D help.text]
en: After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Search for Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Options </emph>area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace </emph>dialog changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.
en_GB: After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Search for Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN106DD help.text]
en: In the <emph>Attributes</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Font</emph> check box, and click OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Attributes</emph> dialogue box, mark the <emph>Font</emph> check box and click OK.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN106E8 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog, you now can read "Font" below the <emph>Search for</emph> text box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box, you now can read "Font" below the <emph>Search for</emph> text box.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN10702 help.text]
en: To stop searching for the current attributes, reset the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog to normal mode.
en_GB: To stop searching for the current attributes, reset the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box to normal mode.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN1071E help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialogue box

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_id6837672 help.text]
en: Searching for attributes is available in the Find & Replace dialog for text documents.
en_GB: Searching for attributes is available in the Find & Replace dialogue box for text documents.

[ctx: floating_toolbar.xhp par_id3143267 7 help.text]
en: Some toolbar icons, for example the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, can open another toolbar. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar containing further icons.
en_GB: Some toolbar icons, for example the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon, can open another toolbar. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar containing further icons.

[ctx: floating_toolbar.xhp par_id7296975 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Reset</emph> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Reset</emph> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behaviour. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.

[ctx: fontwork.xhp bm_id3696707 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>graphical text art</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>designing; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>TextArt, see Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>WordArt, see Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text effects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>effects; Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>3D text creation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating;3D text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>graphical text art</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>designing; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>TextArt, see Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>WordArt, see Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text effects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>effects; Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>3-D text creation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating;3-D text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fontwork.xhp par_idN106A0 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> dialog, select a Fontwork style and click OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> dialogue box, select a Fontwork style and click OK.

[ctx: fontwork.xhp par_idN10755 help.text]
en: The Fontwork object is inserted into your document. Fontwork objects are Custom Shapes. Using the 3D Settings toolbar, you can switch the view at any time from 2D to 3D and back.
en_GB: The Fontwork object is inserted into your document. Fontwork objects are Custom Shapes. Using the 3-D Settings toolbar, you can switch the view at any time from 2-D to 3-D and back.

[ctx: fontwork.xhp par_idN108D5 help.text]
en: Select the properties from the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar. You can change the line width, line color, fill color, fill style, and more.
en_GB: Select the properties from the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar. You can change the line width, line colour, fill colour, fill style, and more.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_idN10731 help.text]
en: You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add checkboxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document.
en_GB: You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add check boxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_id3147303 12 help.text]
en: To attach a macro to the button, click the <emph>Events</emph> tab, and click the <emph>... </emph>button beside the button action that you want to run the macro. In the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog, locate the macro that you want to use, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: To attach a macro to the button, click the <emph>Events</emph> tab, and click the <emph>...</emph> button beside the button action that you want to run the macro. In the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box, locate the macro that you want to use, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_idN10814 help.text]
en: Close the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Close the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_idN1082F help.text]
en: The <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_idN10837 help.text]
en: Specify the properties for the form and then close the dialog.
en_GB: Specify the properties for the form and then close the dialogue box.

[ctx: gallery_insert.xhp hd_id3145136 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Objects From the Gallery">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Objects From the Gallery">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link></variable>

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id5734733 help.text]
en: You can change the properties (line size, fill color, and more) of all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group and change the individual objects.
en_GB: You can change the properties (line size, fill colour, and more) of all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group and change the individual objects.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id9909665 help.text]
en: The objects that are not part of the group are shown with dimmed colors.
en_GB: The objects that are not part of the group are shown with dimmed colours.

[ctx: hyperlink_edit.xhp par_id333262 help.text]
en: In all document types, you can open the Hyperlink dialog to edit a hyperlink. First set the cursor into the hyperlink or directly in front of the hyperlink, then click the Hyperlink icon on the Standard bar.
en_GB: In all document types, you can open the Hyperlink dialogue box to edit a hyperlink. First set the cursor into the hyperlink or directly in front of the hyperlink, then click the Hyperlink icon on the Standard bar.

[ctx: hyperlink_edit.xhp par_id3150503 31 help.text]
en: As described above, open <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialog">Hyperlink Dialog</link>.
en_GB: As described above, open <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialog">Hyperlink Dialogue Box</link>.

[ctx: hyperlink_edit.xhp par_idN10834 help.text]
en: In the dialog, select the new attributes, and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, select the new attributes, and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: hyperlink_edit.xhp par_id3152361 13 help.text]
en: If the hyperlink is a button, click on the border to select it, or press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking. Open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog through the context menu. You can edit the label text under "Caption," and modify the address in the "URL" field.
en_GB: If the hyperlink is a button, click on the border to select it, or press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking. Open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box through the context menu. You can edit the label text under "Caption," and modify the address in the "URL" field.

[ctx: hyperlink_insert.xhp par_id3149811 8 help.text]
en: Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select <emph>Hyperlink</emph> command from the <emph>Insert</emph> menu. Alternatively click on the <image id="img_id3149763" src="cmd/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149763">Icon</alt></image> Hyperlink icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar. The <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link> appears.
en_GB: Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select <emph>Hyperlink</emph> command from the <emph>Insert</emph> menu. Alternatively click on the <image id="img_id3149763" src="cmd/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149763">Icon</alt></image> Hyperlink icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar. The <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialogue box</link> appears.

[ctx: hyperlink_insert.xhp par_id3146975 34 help.text]
en: If you wish to insert in a text a hyperlink that refers to Table 1, drag the entry Table 1 from the Navigator and drop it in the text. To do this, the <emph>Insert as Hyperlink</emph> drag mode must be selected in the Navigator.
en_GB: If you wish to insert in text a hyperlink that refers to Table 1, drag the entry Table 1 from the Navigator and drop it in the text. To do this, the <emph>Insert as Hyperlink</emph> drag mode must be selected in the Navigator.

[ctx: hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp par_id3145382 48 help.text]
en: You should create the same directory structure on your hard disk as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disk "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the <emph>File - Save As</emph> dialog, and if you have marked the option <emph>Copy local graphics to Internet</emph> under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server.
en_GB: You should create the same directory structure on your hard disc as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disc "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the <emph>File - Save As</emph> dialogue box, and if you have marked the option <emph>Copy local graphics to Internet</emph> under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server.

[ctx: hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp par_id3159158 49 help.text]
en: An absolute path such as "C:\homepage\graphics\picture.gif" would no longer function on the provider server. Neither a server nor the computer of a reader needs to have a C hard drive: operating systems such as Unix or MacOS do not recognize drive letters, and even if the folder homepage\graphics existed, your picture would not be available. It is better to use relative addressing for file links.
en_GB: An absolute path such as "C:\homepage\graphics\picture.gif" would no longer function on the provider server. Neither a server nor the computer of a reader needs to have a C: hard drive; operating systems such as Unix or MacOS do not recognise drive letters, and even if the folder homepage\graphics existed, your picture would not be available. It is better to use relative addressing for file links.

[ctx: hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp par_id3153541 53 help.text]
en: Be sure to organize all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.
en_GB: Be sure to organise all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.

[ctx: imagemap.xhp par_idN1068A help.text]
en: With the picture selected, choose <emph>Edit - ImageMap</emph>. You see the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">ImageMap Editor</link>, which displays the picture at the background.
en_GB: With the picture selected, choose <emph>Edit - ImageMap</emph>. You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">ImageMap Editor</link>, which displays the picture at the background.

[ctx: import_ms.xhp bm_id3153988 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;opening Microsoft documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>documents; importing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>importing; documents in other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>opening; documents from other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>loading; documents from other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;Microsoft documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>saving; default file formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults;document formats in file dialogs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>file formats; saving always in other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office; as default file format</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>files;importing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>XML converters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converters; XML</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Document Converter Wizard</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wizards; document converter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converters; document converter</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>files, see also documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;opening Microsoft documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>documents; importing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>importing; documents in other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>opening; documents from other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>loading; documents from other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;Microsoft documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>saving; default file formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults;document formats in file dialogue boxes</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>file formats; saving always in other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office; as default file format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files;importing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>XML converters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converters; XML</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Document Converter Wizard</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wizards; document converter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converters; document converter</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>files, see also documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: import_ms.xhp par_id3152780 5 help.text]
en: Select a format from the<emph> Files of type</emph> list.
en_GB: Select a format from the <emph>Files of type</emph> list box.

[ctx: import_ms.xhp par_id3159399 8 help.text]
en: If you always want the file dialogs to show another format by default, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - General</emph> and select that format as <emph>Default file format</emph>.
en_GB: If you always want the file dialogue boxes to show another format by default, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - General</emph> and select that format as <emph>Default file format</emph>.

[ctx: import_ms.xhp par_id3153824 11 help.text]
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - AutoPilot - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link>.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - Wizards - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link>.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp bm_id3154136 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>graphics, see also pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images, see also pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting and editing bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>illustrations, see pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pixel graphics; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invert filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>smoothing filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sharpening filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>remove noise filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>solarization filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aging filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>posterizing filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pop-art filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charcoal sketches filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mosaic filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filters;pictures</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>graphics, see also pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images, see also pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting and editing bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>illustrations, see pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pixel graphics; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invert filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>smoothing filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sharpening filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>remove noise filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>solarisation filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ageing filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>posterising filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pop-art filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charcoal sketches filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mosaic filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filters;pictures</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id3154124 13 help.text]
en: A number of filters are located on the <link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp" name="Graphic Filter">Graphic <emph>Filter</emph></link> toolbar, which you can open with the icon on the <emph>Picture</emph> Bar.
en_GB: A number of filters are located on the <link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp" name="Graphic Filter"><emph>Graphic Filter</emph></link> toolbar, which you can open with the icon on the <emph>Picture</emph> Bar.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id3145273 14 help.text]
en: Some of the filters open a dialog, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.
en_GB: Some of the filters open a dialogue box, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp hd_id2572405 help.text]
en: The Picture dialog
en_GB: The Picture dialogue box

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id6457411 help.text]
en: Right-click the picture and choose <emph>Picture</emph> from the submenu to open a properties dialog.
en_GB: Right-click the picture and choose <emph>Picture</emph> from the sub-menu to open a properties dialogue box.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id3148618 19 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id0801200803525078 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Graphics Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You will see the Graphics Export dialogue box. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp>

[ctx: insert_graphic_drawit.xhp bm_id3145136 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>resizing, see also scaling/zooming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scaling, see also zooming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drawings, see also draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>graphic objects, see draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; drawing pictures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; drawings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; copying when moving in presentations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects; adding/editing/copying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>circle drawings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>square drawings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>handles; scaling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scaling; objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resizing;objects, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pasting;draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;scaling/resizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>resizing, see also scaling/zooming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling, see also zooming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings, see also draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphic objects, see draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; drawing pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; copying when moving in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects; adding/editing/copying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circle drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>square drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>handles; scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling; objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with mouse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;objects, by mouse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;scaling/resizing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_graphic_drawit.xhp par_id3148473 4 help.text]
en: If you want to open up draw objects from the center instead of dragging from one corner to the other, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while dragging. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">With some window managers, you may need to hold down also the meta key.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: If you want to open up draw objects from the centre instead of dragging from one corner to the other, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while dragging. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">With some window managers, you may need to hold down also the meta key.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: insert_specialchar.xhp par_id3147576 2 help.text]
en: This function allows you to insert special characters, such as check marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.
en_GB: This function allows you to insert special characters, such as tick marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.

[ctx: insert_specialchar.xhp par_id3147275 6 help.text]
en: In the large selection field click the desired character or several characters in succession. The characters are displayed at the bottom of the dialog. When you close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>, all displayed characters in the selected font are inserted in the current document.
en_GB: In the large selection field click the desired character or several characters in succession. The characters are displayed at the bottom of the dialogue box. When you close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>, all displayed characters in the selected font are inserted in the current document.

[ctx: insert_specialchar.xhp par_id3153031 4 help.text]
en: In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: insert_specialchar.xhp par_id3154897 8 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris:</emph> Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris</emph>: Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp bm_id3158421 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>accessibility;general shortcuts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys; %PRODUCTNAME accessibility</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>accessibility;general shortcuts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shortcut keys; %PRODUCTNAME accessibility</bookmark_value>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3153896 29 help.text]
en: Escape closes an open submenu, a toolbar, or the current free window.
en_GB: Escape closes an open sub-menu, a toolbar, or the current free window.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3153381 19 help.text]
en: Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing submenus.
en_GB: Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing sub-menus.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3150449 27 help.text]
en: Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on the Selection tool to select the first draw object in the document. If you want to edit, size, or move the selected draw object, first use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to set the focus into the document.
en_GB: Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on the Selection tool to select the first draw object in the document. If you want to edit, size, or move the selected draw object, first use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to move the focus into the document.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154320 42 help.text]
en: In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source View">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:
en_GB: In several windows, dialogue boxes, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source View">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:

[ctx: keyboard.xhp hd_id3150592 7 help.text]
en: Size and Position of Windows and Dialogs
en_GB: Size and Position of Windows and Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3155083 3 help.text]
en: Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialog or window.
en_GB: Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialogue box or window.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3145615 69 help.text]
en: If the object is anchored<emph> To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.
en_GB: If the object is anchored <emph>To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3145256 71 help.text]
en: If the object is anchored<emph> As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.
en_GB: If the object is anchored <emph>As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154529 126 help.text]
en: Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the connection.
en_GB: Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box of the connection.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3159096 75 help.text]
en: Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Freeform Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter, an object of the selected type is created in default size.
en_GB: Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Free-form Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter, an object of the selected type is created in default size.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3156016 76 help.text]
en: If you press Enter while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press Esc to set the focus back to the icons and input boxes.
en_GB: If you press Enter while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press Esc to move the focus back to the icons and input boxes.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp hd_id3150894 81 help.text]
en: Controlling the Text Import dialog (CSV file import)
en_GB: Controlling the Text Import dialogue box (CSV file import)

[ctx: keyboard.xhp hd_id3153298 142 help.text]
en: Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialog
en_GB: Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialogue Box

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3153073 143 help.text]
en: Tab switches through all controls in the dialog.
en_GB: Tab switches through all controls in the dialogue box.

[ctx: labels.xhp bm_id3150774 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>labels; creating and synchronizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>business cards; creating and synchronizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synchronizing;labels and business cards</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>labels; creating and synchronising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>business cards; creating and synchronising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synchronising;labels and business cards</bookmark_value>

[ctx: labels.xhp hd_id3153345 81 help.text]
en: Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog
en_GB: Designing Business Cards Through a Dialogue Box

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3146798 70 help.text]
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="File - New - Business Cards"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the<emph> Business Cards </emph>dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="File - New - Business Cards"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the <emph>Business Cards</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3152349 71 help.text]
en: You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3153880 5 help.text]
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="File - New - Labels"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="File - New - Labels"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3151385 85 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Database </emph>and <emph>Table </emph>list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Database</emph> and <emph>Table</emph> list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3150358 33 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, make sure that the <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.
en_GB: On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, ensure that the <emph>Synchronise contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3156424 86 help.text]
en: As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.
en_GB: As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronise Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronise Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp bm_id3147399 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>address labels from databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>labels; from databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>stickers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;creating labels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>address labels from databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>labels; from databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stickers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;creating labels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id3153824 36 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - New - Labels</emph> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - New - Labels</emph> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id3150084 37 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab page, select the format of the label sheets you want to print on.
en_GB: On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab page, select the format of the label sheets that you want to print on.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id0130200903370863 help.text]
en: Choose the database and table from which to get the data.
en_GB: Choose the database and table from which to obtain the data.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id0130200903370924 help.text]
en: Optionally, if you want to type more text, apply formatting, or insert images and line art, you should enable <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> on the <emph>Options</emph> tab. If you enable this, once you leave the Labels dialog box a small window opens with a Synchronize button. Now you only need to work on the first label on the labels document, then click the Synchronize button to copy your work to every label of the document.
en_GB: Optionally, if you want to type more text, apply formatting, or insert images and line art, you should enable <emph>Synchronise contents</emph> on the <emph>Options</emph> tab. If you enable this, once you leave the Labels dialogue box a small window opens with a Synchronise button. Now you only need to work on the first label on the labels document, then click the Synchronise button to copy your work to every label of the document.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id8476821 help.text]
en: When you choose to print the document, you will be asked if you want to print a form letter. Answer Yes to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog. In the Mail Merge dialog, you can select the records for which you want to print labels.
en_GB: When you choose to print the document, you will be asked if you want to print a form letter. Answer Yes to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialogue box. In the Mail Merge dialogue box, you can select the records for which you want to print labels.

[ctx: language_select.xhp bm_id3083278 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>languages; selecting for text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; languages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; language selection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>character styles;language selection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; language selection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph styles; languages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drawings; languages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults;languages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spellcheck; default languages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dictionaries, see also languages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>languages; selecting for text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; languages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters; language selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>character styles;language selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; language selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph styles; languages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; languages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults;languages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spell check; default languages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries, see also languages</bookmark_value>

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3150040 2 help.text]
en: The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.
en_GB: The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spell check, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3149664 8 help.text]
en: Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3145367 11 help.text]
en: Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3159348 17 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3150753 24 help.text]
en: Then open the context menu in the Styles and Formatting window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Then open the context menu in the Styles and Formatting window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3912778 help.text]
en: Most users download the American English version, which gives you English menu commands and English application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.
en_GB: Most users download the American English version, which gives you US English menu commands and application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id121158 help.text]
en: Select another UI language in the "User interface" listbox.
en_GB: Select another UI language in the "User interface" list box.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id130619 help.text]
en: If the listbox doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".
en_GB: If the list box doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".

[ctx: line_intext.xhp bm_id3143206 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>arrows; drawing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indicator lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; drawing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; removing automatic lines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic lines/borders in text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>arrows; drawing in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indicator lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; drawing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; removing automatic lines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic lines/borders in text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3144436 37 help.text]
en: You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, color, and other attributes.
en_GB: You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, colour, and other attributes.

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3159400 41 help.text]
en: On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions </emph>icon to open the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar, and click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.
en_GB: On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions</emph> icon to open the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, and click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3153361 43 help.text]
en: Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.
en_GB: Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar.

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3159149 44 help.text]
en: After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common color, width or other attribute.
en_GB: After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common colour, width or other attribute.

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3153049 38 help.text]
en: Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower listbox.
en_GB: Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click within an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower list box.

[ctx: lineend_define.xhp par_id3154306 18 help.text]
en: In the dialog, click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph>.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph>.

[ctx: lineend_define.xhp par_id3151176 20 help.text]
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: linestyle_define.xhp par_idN10671 help.text]
en: Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: linestyles.xhp par_id3145068 6 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Line</emph> icon <image id="img_id3144510" src="cmd/sc_formatline.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3144510">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Line</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Line</emph> icon <image id="img_id3144510" src="cmd/sc_formatline.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3144510">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Line</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: linestyles.xhp par_idN1070A help.text]
en: Select the line and arrow color in the <emph>Line Color</emph> box.
en_GB: Select the line and arrow colour in the <emph>Line Colour</emph> box.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id3150275 6 help.text]
en: You see the small <emph>Recording</emph> dialog with just one button called <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.
en_GB: You will see the small <emph>Recording</emph> dialogue box with just one button called <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id3148686 9 help.text]
en: The <emph>Macro</emph> dialog appears, in which you can save and run the macro.
en_GB: The <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box appears, in which you can save and run the macro.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id3159158 10 help.text]
en: If you want to abort the recording without saving a macro, click the <emph>Close</emph> button of the <emph>Recording</emph> dialog.
en_GB: If you want to abort the recording without saving a macro, click the <emph>Close</emph> button of the <emph>Recording</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id3148550 12 help.text]
en: If you want the macro to be saved into a new library or module, click the <emph>New Library </emph>or <emph>New Module </emph>button and enter a name for the library or module.
en_GB: If you want the macro to be saved into a new library or module, click the <emph>New Library</emph> or <emph>New Module</emph> button and enter a name for the library or module.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id8014465 help.text]
en: Actions that are not related to the document contents are not recorded. For example, changes made in the Options dialog, macro organizer, customizing.
en_GB: Actions that are not related to the document content are not recorded. For example, changes made in the Options dialogue box, macro organiser, customising.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id2814416 help.text]
en: Selections are recorded only if they are done by using the keyboard (cursor traveling), but not when the mouse is used.
en_GB: Selections are recorded only if they are done by using the keyboard (cursor travelling), but not when the mouse is used.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3159149 4 help.text]
en: Copying Data by Drag and Drop or Menu Commands
en_GB: Copying Data by Drag-and-Drop or Menu Commands

[ctx: measurement_units.xhp bm_id3159201 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>documents;measurement units in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>measurement units;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>units;measurement units</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centimeters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inches</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>distances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;measurement units</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>documents;measurement units in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>measurement units;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>units;measurement units</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centimetres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inches</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>distances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;measurement units</bookmark_value>

[ctx: measurement_units.xhp par_id3154749 4 help.text]
en: In the left pane of the dialog, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.
en_GB: In the left pane of the dialogue box, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.

[ctx: measurement_units.xhp par_id3147335 7 help.text]
en: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: microsoft_terms.xhp par_id3153950 26 help.text]
en: Refresh Data (in Excel)
en_GB: Refresh Data (in Microsoft Excel)

[ctx: microsoft_terms.xhp par_id3150045 31 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Nonprinting Characters">Nonprinting Characters</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp" name="Hidden Paragraphs">Hidden Paragraphs</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Non-printing Characters">Non-printing Characters</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp" name="Hidden Paragraphs">Hidden Paragraphs</link>

[ctx: microsoft_terms.xhp par_id3150297 35 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spellcheck">Spellcheck</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spell check">Spell check</link>

[ctx: ms_doctypes.xhp par_id0815200803314245 help.text]
en: In the list of applications, select the program that should open the current type of files. Make sure that "Always use this program" is selected.
en_GB: In the list of applications, select the program that should open the current type of files. Ensure that "Always use this program" is selected.

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp bm_id3149760 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;document import restrictions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>import restrictions for Microsoft Office</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing password protected files</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;document import restrictions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>import restrictions for Microsoft Office</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing password-protected files</bookmark_value>

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id3147834 2 help.text]
en: $[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyze.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyse.

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id3155342 12 help.text]
en: Tables, frames, and multi-column formatting
en_GB: Tables, frames and multi-column formatting

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id3156424 26 help.text]
en: Tab, line, and paragraph spacing
en_GB: Tab, line and paragraph spacing

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id3149456 23 help.text]
en: Some functions/formulas (see below)
en_GB: Some functions/formulae (see below)

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id0811200801491971 help.text]
en: One example of differences between Calc and Excel is the handling of boolean values. Enter TRUE to cells A1 and A2.
en_GB: One example of differences between Calc and Microsoft Excel is the handling of boolean values. Enter TRUE to cells A1 and A2.

[ctx: ms_user.xhp bm_id3150789 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Office;Microsoft Office and $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;new users information</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;Microsoft Office files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;in Microsoft Office file format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; in MS Office documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Office;Microsoft Office and $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;new users information</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;Microsoft Office files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;in Microsoft Office file format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; in Microsoft Office documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3147008 3 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialogue box.

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3156346 4 help.text]
en: MS Office file...
en_GB: Microsoft Office file...

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3153543 6 help.text]
en: MS Word, *.doc, *.docx
en_GB: Microsoft Word, *.doc, *.docx

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3154898 8 help.text]
en: MS Excel, *.xls, *.xlsx
en_GB: Microsoft Excel, *.xls, *.xlsx

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3147574 10 help.text]
en: MS PowerPoint, *.ppt, *.pps, *.pptx
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint, *.ppt, *.pps, *.pptx

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3149807 18 help.text]
en: From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type </emph>will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialog.
en_GB: From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type</emph> will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialogue box.

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3150486 22 help.text]
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - AutoPilot - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - Wizards - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id0804200804173539 help.text]
en: The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.
en_GB: The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Microsoft Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.

[ctx: navigator.xhp par_id3166461 7 help.text]
en: You may dock the Navigator to any document border or turn it back into a free window (double click on the gray area). You can change the size of the Navigator when it is a free window.
en_GB: You may dock the Navigator to any document border or turn it back into a free window (double-click on the grey area). You can change the size of the Navigator when it is a free window.

[ctx: numbering_stop.xhp bm_id3154186 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>numbering; turning off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullets; turning off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing, see also deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;bullets and numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;removing numbering</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering; turning off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullets; turning off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing, see also deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;bullets and numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;removing numbering</bookmark_value>

[ctx: numbering_stop.xhp par_id3144511 31 help.text]
en: If the cursor is located within a numbered or bulleted list, you can turn off automatic numbers or bullets for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs by clicking the <emph>Bullets On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.
en_GB: If the cursor is located within a numbered or bulleted list, you can turn off automatic numbers or bullets for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs by clicking the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp bm_id3149180 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>page formats; maximizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; maximizing page formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printers; maximum page formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page formats; maximising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; maximising page formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printers; maximum page formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp par_id3159233 38 help.text]
en: Make sure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.
en_GB: Ensure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp par_id3156114 39 help.text]
en: Make sure that the <emph>Web Layout</emph> in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.
en_GB: Ensure that the <emph>Web Layout</emph> in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp par_id3147335 41 help.text]
en: Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click into the respective control, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.
en_GB: Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click within the respective spin button, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp par_id3145120 42 help.text]
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN1066E help.text]
en: Select or click the text or object that you want to apply the formatting to.
en_GB: Select or click the text or object to which you want to apply the formatting.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN106BE help.text]
en: Copies the frame attributes that are defined in <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame</item> dialog. The contents, size, position, linking, hyperlinks, and macros in the frame are not copied.
en_GB: Copies the frame attributes that are defined in <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame</item> dialogue box. The contents, size, position, linking, hyperlinks, and macros in the frame are not copied.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN106CB help.text]
en: Copies the object formatting that is defined in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Graphics</item> or <item type="menuitem">Format - Drawing Object</item> dialogs. The contents, size, position, hyperlinks, and macros in the object are not copied.
en_GB: Copies the object formatting that is defined in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Graphics</item> or <item type="menuitem">Format - Drawing Object</item> dialogue boxes. The contents, size, position, hyperlinks, and macros in the object are not copied.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN106E5 help.text]
en: Copies all formatting attributes. In Impress and Draw, the text contents of the object is also copied.
en_GB: Copies all formatting attributes. In Impress and Draw, the text content of the object is also copied.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN106FF help.text]
en: Copies the formatting that is specified in Table, Text Flow, Borders, and Background tab pages in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Table</item> dialog. The paragraph and character formatting are also copied.
en_GB: Copies the formatting that is specified in Table, Text Flow, Borders, and Background tab pages in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Table</item> dialogue box. The paragraph and character formatting are also copied.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN1070C help.text]
en: Copies the formatting that is specified in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item> dialog as well as the formatting of the cell contents
en_GB: Copies the formatting that is specified in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item> dialogue box as well as the formatting of the cell content

[ctx: pasting.xhp par_idN10743 help.text]
en: Contents that are stored on the clipboard can be pasted into your document using different formats. In %PRODUCTNAME you can choose how to paste the contents using a dialog or a drop-down icon.
en_GB: Contents that are stored on the clipboard can be pasted into your document using different formats. In %PRODUCTNAME you can choose how to paste the contents using a dialogue box or a drop-down icon.

[ctx: pasting.xhp par_idN10762 help.text]
en: Pasting clipboard contents using a dialog
en_GB: Pasting clipboard contents using a dialogue box

[ctx: pasting.xhp par_idN10774 help.text]
en: If you are in a spreadsheet and the contents of the clipboard are spreadsheet cells, then a different <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog appears. Use the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog to copy cells using basic or advanced options.
en_GB: If you are in a spreadsheet and the contents of the clipboard are spreadsheet cells, then a different <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box will appear. Use the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box to copy cells using basic or advanced options.

[ctx: pasting.xhp par_idN1078C help.text]
en: The other options are explained in the help, when you call the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link> dialog from within %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
en_GB: The other options are explained in the help, when you call the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link> dialogue box from within %PRODUCTNAME Calc.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp bm_id3150125 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>printing; black and white</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>black and white printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colors; not printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; printing in black</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; black and white</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>black and white printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; not printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; printing in black</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3149346 4 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialog opens.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialogue box opens.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3155892 5 help.text]
en: Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialog for your printer.
en_GB: Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialogue box for your printer.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3153345 7 help.text]
en: Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog and click <emph>Print</emph>.
en_GB: Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box and click <emph>Print</emph>.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3147573 12 help.text]
en: Under <emph>Quality,</emph> select either <emph>Grayscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Quality</emph>, select either <emph>Greyscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3154307 13 help.text]
en: When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without color. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.
en_GB: When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without colour. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3149786 15 help.text]
en: <emph>Grayscale</emph> converts all colors to a maximum of 256 gradations from black to white. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.
en_GB: <emph>Greyscale</emph> converts all colours to a maximum of 256 gradations from black to white. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3145610 16 help.text]
en: <emph>Black & white</emph> converts all colors into the two values black and white. All borders around objects are printed black. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.
en_GB: <emph>Black & white</emph> converts all colours into the two values black and white. All borders around objects are printed black. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3147559 18 help.text]
en: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print color-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or only for the current printing process.
en_GB: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print colour-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or for only the current printing process.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3154910 22 help.text]
en: Under <emph>Contents,</emph> mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Contents</emph>, mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3153726 29 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing dialogs">Printing dialogs</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing dialogue boxes">Printing dialogue boxes</link>

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3154146 30 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp" name="Tools - Options dialog">Tools - Options dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp" name="Tools - Options dialogue box">Tools - Options dialogue box</link>

[ctx: print_faster.xhp par_idN106D9 help.text]
en: <emph>Printer</emph> - to define options for reducing data while printing directly to a printer
en_GB: <emph>Printer</emph><emph>-</emph> to define options for reducing data while printing directly to a printer

[ctx: protection.xhp bm_id3150620 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>protecting; contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protected contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>contents protection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>encryption of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>passwords for protecting contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>security;protecting contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>form controls; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects;protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>graphics;protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;protecting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>protecting; contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protected contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>contents protection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>encryption of contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>passwords for protecting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>security;protecting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>form controls; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects;protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphics;protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;protecting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3148492 9 help.text]
en: Open the document, entering the correct password. Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and clear the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box.
en_GB: Open the document, entering the correct password. Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and unmark the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3166429 59 help.text]
en: The draw objects that you insert into your documents with the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar can be protected from being accidentally moved or changed in size. You can do the same with form objects inserted with the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: The draw objects that you insert into your documents with the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar can be protected from being accidentally moved or changed in size. You can do the same with form objects inserted with the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3148815 61 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Mark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size</emph> - <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Mark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3154991 63 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Unmark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size</emph> - <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Unmark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.

[ctx: redlining_accept.xhp par_id3153748 26 help.text]
en: Open the document and choose <emph>Edit - Changes - Accept or Reject</emph>. The <emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Open the document and choose <emph>Edit - Changes - Accept or Reject</emph>. The <emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: redlining_accept.xhp par_id3148474 29 help.text]
en: If the list of changes is too long, you can switch to the <emph>Filter</emph> tab in the dialog and specify that you only want to see the changes of certain authors, or only the changes of the last day, or that you want the list to be restricted in some other way.
en_GB: If the list of changes is too long, you can switch to the <emph>Filter</emph> tab in the dialogue box and specify that you only want to see the changes of certain authors, or only the changes of the last day, or that you want the list to be restricted in some other way.

[ctx: redlining_accept.xhp par_id3143271 42 help.text]
en: Color-coded entries display the result of the filter that is set. Entries in black can be accepted or rejected and match the filter criteria. Entries in blue do not themselves match the filter criteria, but have subentries that are included by the filter. Gray entries cannot be accepted or rejected and do not match the filter criterion. Green entries do match the filter but cannot be accepted or rejected.
en_GB: Colour-coded entries display the result of the filter that is set. Entries in black can be accepted or rejected and match the filter criteria. Entries in blue do not themselves match the filter criteria, but have subentries that are included by the filter. Grey entries cannot be accepted or rejected and do not match the filter criterion. Green entries do match the filter but cannot be accepted or rejected.

[ctx: redlining_doccompare.xhp bm_id3154788 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>documents; comparing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comparisons;document versions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>versions; comparing documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changes;comparing to original</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>review function; comparing documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>documents; comparing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comparisons;document versions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>versions; comparing documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changes;comparing with original</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>review function; comparing documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: redlining_doccompare.xhp par_id3145315 36 help.text]
en: A file selection dialog appears. Select your older original document and confirm the dialog.
en_GB: A file selection dialogue box will appear. Select your older original document and confirm the dialogue box.

[ctx: redlining_doccompare.xhp par_id3149762 37 help.text]
en: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> combines both documents into the reviewer's document. All text passages that occur in the reviewer's document but not in the original are identified as having been inserted, and all text passages that got deleted by the reviewer are identified as deletions.
en_GB: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> combines both documents into the reviewer's document. All text passages that occur in the reviewer's document but not in the original are identified as having been inserted, and all text passages that were deleted by the reviewer are identified as deletions.

[ctx: redlining_docmerge.xhp par_id3149177 21 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Changes - Merge Document</emph>. A file selection dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Changes - Merge Document</emph>. A file selection dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: redlining_docmerge.xhp par_id3147576 23 help.text]
en: Select the copy of the document from the dialog. If there have been no subsequent changes to the original document, the copy is merged into the original.
en_GB: Select the copy of the document from the dialogue box. If there have been no subsequent changes to the original document, the copy is merged into the original.

[ctx: redlining_docmerge.xhp par_id3149182 24 help.text]
en: If changes have been made to the original document, an error dialog appears that informs you that the merge is unsuccessful.
en_GB: If changes have been made to the original document, an error dialogue box appears that informs you that the merge is unsuccessful.

[ctx: redlining_enter.xhp par_id3163802 10 help.text]
en: Now start making your changes. You will note that all new text passages that you enter are underlined in color, while all text that you delete remains visible but is crossed out and shown in color.
en_GB: Now start making your changes. You will note that all new text passages that you enter are underlined in colour, while all text that you delete remains visible but is crossed out and shown in colour.

[ctx: redlining_enter.xhp par_id3148473 13 help.text]
en: You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing <emph>Edit - Changes - Comment</emph>. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Accept or Reject Changes"><emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing <emph>Edit - Changes - Comment</emph>. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Accept or Reject Changes"><emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: redlining_enter.xhp par_id3153542 14 help.text]
en: To stop recording changes, choose <emph>Edit - Changes - Record</emph> again. The check mark is removed and you can now save the document.
en_GB: To stop recording changes, choose <emph>Edit - Changes - Record</emph> again. The tick mark is removed and you can now save the document.

[ctx: redlining_enter.xhp par_id3153627 15 help.text]
en: In a text document, you can highlight all lines that you have changed with an additional colored marking. This can be in the form of a red line in the margin, for example.
en_GB: In a text document, you can highlight all lines that you have changed with an additional coloured marking. This can be in the form of a red line in the margin, for example.

[ctx: redlining_navigation.xhp par_id3153885 help.text]
en: Using these commands in conjunction with the <emph>Accept Change</emph> and <emph>Reject Change</emph> commands allows navigating, accepting and rejecting changes without invoking the <emph>Edit - Changes - Accept or Reject</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Using these commands in conjunction with the <emph>Accept Change</emph> and <emph>Reject Change</emph> commands allows navigating, accepting and rejecting changes without invoking the <emph>Edit - Changes - Accept or Reject</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: redlining_protect.xhp hd_id3159201 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="redlining_protect"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp" name="Protecting Records">Protecting Records</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="redlining_protect"><link href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp" name="Protecting Records">Protecting Records</link></variable>

[ctx: redlining_protect.xhp par_id3147088 3 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Protect Records</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp" name="Password"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Protect Records</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp" name="Password"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: redlining_versions.xhp par_id3149399 44 help.text]
en: You can choose to view individual versions of a document, or you can display the differences between versions with color markings.
en_GB: You can choose to view individual versions of a document, or you can display the differences between versions with colour markings.

[ctx: redlining_versions.xhp par_id3149811 45 help.text]
en: In the dialog to open a document, you can select from a combo box which version of this document you want to open.
en_GB: In the dialogue box to open a document, you can select from a combo box which version of this document you want to open.

[ctx: round_corner.xhp bm_id3150040 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>corner roundings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rectangles with round corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>legends;rounding corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>round corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customizing;round corners</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>corner roundings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rectangles with round corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>legends;rounding corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>round corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customising;round corners</bookmark_value>

[ctx: round_corner.xhp par_id3156136 4 help.text]
en: When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centered at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.
en_GB: When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centred at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.

[ctx: scripting.xhp bm_id5277565 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>assigning scripts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>programming;scripting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>form controls;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>controls;assigning macros (Basic)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>menus;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>events;assigning scripts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>assigning scripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>programming;scripting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>form controls;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shortcut keys;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls;assigning macros (Basic)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>menus;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>events;assigning scripts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10728 help.text]
en: You can assign custom scripts (macros) to menu items, icons, dialog controls, and events in %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: You can assign custom scripts (macros) to menu items, icons, dialogue box controls, and events in %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10758 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click the <emph>Menus</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph>, and click the <emph>Menus</emph> tab.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10787 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph>.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN1078E help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Events</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Events</emph>.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10B5D help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialogue box.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10B61 help.text]
en: Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.
en_GB: Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialogue box in which you can assign a script to the selected event.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN107B1 help.text]
en: Open the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog editor, then create a dialog with a control on it.
en_GB: Open the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog editor, then create a dialogue box with a control on it.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10B87 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialogue box.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10B8B help.text]
en: Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.
en_GB: Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialogue box in which you can assign a script to the selected event.

[ctx: space_hyphen.xhp par_id3153561 67 help.text]
en: For additional replacements see the replacements table under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph><emph>- </emph><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="Replace"><emph>Replace</emph></link>. Here you can, among other things, replace a shortcut automatically by a dash, even in another font.
en_GB: For additional replacements see the replacements table under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="Replace"><emph>Replace</emph></link>. Here you can, among other things, replace a shortcut automatically by a dash, even in another font.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3152349 14 help.text]
en: After it starts, the window of the printer administration program <emph>spadmin</emph> appears.
en_GB: After it starts, the window of the printer administration program <emph>spadmin</emph> will appear.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3154639 125 help.text]
en: You should set up the <emph>Generic Printer</emph> in that case. Also make sure that the page margins are set correctly.
en_GB: You should set up the <emph>Generic Printer</emph> in that case. Also ensure that the page margins are set correctly.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3159153 127 help.text]
en: If you are using a printer using the PostScript technology, you should install a description file for the printer (PostScript Printer Definition - PPD) so that you can utilize the specific printer features like paper tray selection, duplex print function and all built-in fonts. You can also use the generic printer driver since it contains the most important data and is suitable for most printers. In that case, you will have to do without the paper tray selection and must correctly set the page margins.
en_GB: If you are using a printer using the PostScript technology, you should install a description file for the printer (PostScript Printer Definition - PPD) so that you can utilise the specific printer features like paper tray selection, duplex print function and all built-in fonts. You can also use the generic printer driver since it contains the most important data and is suitable for most printers. In that case, you will have to do without the paper tray selection and must correctly set the page margins.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3149484 129 help.text]
en: Click <emph>Import</emph> in the driver selection dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>Import</emph> in the driver selection dialogue box.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3149260 347 help.text]
en: Click <emph>Browse</emph> to select the directory where you unpacked the PPD files.
en_GB: Click <emph>Browse</emph> to select the directory in which you unpacked the PPD files.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3156284 22 help.text]
en: In the printer administration program <emph>spadmin</emph>, select the printer from the <emph>Installed printers</emph> list box and click <emph>Properties</emph>. The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog appears containing several tab pages. This is where you can make settings that are used according to the PPD file of the selected printer.
en_GB: In the printer administration program <emph>spadmin</emph>, select the printer from the <emph>Installed printers</emph> list box and click <emph>Properties</emph>. The <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box appears containing several tab pages. This is where you can make settings that are used according to the PPD file of the selected printer.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3145649 265 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Device</emph> tab page, you can activate the special options for your printer. If your printer can only print in black and white, choose "grayscale" under <emph>Color</emph>, otherwise choose "color". If switching to grayscale leads to unfavorable results, you can also select "color" under <emph>Color</emph> and see how the printer or PostScript emulator applies it. Furthermore, on this tab page you can set the precision with which colors are described as well as the PostScript level.
en_GB: On the <emph>Device</emph> tab page, you can activate the special options for your printer. If your printer can only print in black and white, choose "greyscale" under <emph>Colour</emph>, otherwise choose "colour". If switching to greyscale leads to unfavourable results, you can also select "colour" under <emph>Colour</emph> and see how the printer or PostScript emulator applies it. Furthermore, on this tab page you can set the precision with which colours are described as well as the PostScript level.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3153924 266 help.text]
en: You should also set the page margins correctly on the <emph>Additional settings</emph> tab when using the generic printer driver so that your printout is not cropped. You can also enter a description in the Comments field, which will also be displayed on the <emph>Print</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You should also set the page margins correctly on the <emph>Additional settings</emph> tab when using the generic printer driver so that your printout is not cropped. You can also enter a description in the Comments field, which will also be displayed on the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3155443 267 help.text]
en: Some of these settings can also be set for the current printout in the <emph>Print</emph> dialog or the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialog in the $[officename] software with the <emph>Properties</emph> button.
en_GB: Some of these settings can also be set for the current printout in the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box or the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialogue box in the $[officename] software with the <emph>Properties</emph> button.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3149258 136 help.text]
en: To rename the selected printer, click <emph>Rename</emph>. Enter an appropriate name in the dialog that appears and click OK. The name must be unique and should be chosen so that you can recognize the printer and the application. Printer names must be assigned the same for all users because, when documents are exchanged, the selected printer remains unchanged if the recipient has it under the same name.
en_GB: To rename the selected printer, click <emph>Rename</emph>. Enter an appropriate name in the dialogue box that appears and click OK. The name must be unique and should be chosen so that you can recognise the printer and the application. Printer names must be assigned the same for all users because, when documents are exchanged, the selected printer remains unchanged if the recipient has it under the same name.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3153963 137 help.text]
en: To delete the selected printer, click <emph>Remove</emph>. The default printer or a printer that has been created by the system administrator in a server installation cannot be removed using this dialog.
en_GB: To delete the selected printer, click <emph>Remove</emph>. The default printer or a printer that has been created by the system administrator in a server installation cannot be removed using this dialogue box.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3146808 298 help.text]
en: Click <emph>New Printer</emph>. This opens the <emph>Add Printer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>New Printer</emph>. This opens the <emph>Add Printer</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3155111 301 help.text]
en: Enter a command line with which to communicate with the fax in the following dialog. In the command line of each fax sent "(TMP)" is replaced by a temporary file and "(PHONE)" by the telephone number of the recipient fax machine. If "(TMP)" occurs in the command line, the PostScript code is transmitted in a file, otherwise as standard input through a pipe. Click <emph>Next</emph>.
en_GB: Enter a command line with which to communicate with the fax in the following dialogue box. In the command line of each fax sent "(TMP)" is replaced by a temporary file and "(PHONE)" by the telephone number of the recipient fax machine. If "(TMP)" occurs in the command line, the PostScript code is transmitted in a file, otherwise as standard input through a pipe. Click <emph>Next</emph>.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3150826 304 help.text]
en: If these characters including the telephone number are not printed, activate the <emph>Fax number is removed from the printout</emph> option under <emph>Properties</emph> on the <emph>Command</emph> tab page. If no telephone number is entered in the document, a dialog prompting you for it will appear after the printout.
en_GB: If these characters including the telephone number are not printed, activate the <emph>Fax number is removed from the printout</emph> option under <emph>Properties</emph> on the <emph>Command</emph> tab page. If no telephone number is entered in the document, a dialogue box prompting you for it will appear after the printout.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3154196 305 help.text]
en: In $[officename] you can also activate an icon for sending faxes to a default fax. To do this, choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</emph>, click <emph>Add Commands</emph> and add from "Documents" the <emph>Send Default Fax</emph> icon. You can set which fax is used when this button is pressed under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.
en_GB: In $[officename] you can also activate an icon for sending faxes to a default fax. To do this, choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Toolbars</emph>, click <emph>Add Commands</emph> and add from "Documents" the <emph>Send Default Fax</emph> icon. You can set which fax is used when this button is pressed under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3150517 84 help.text]
en: Remember to create one separate print job for each fax, otherwise, the first recipient will receive all the faxes. In the <emph>Tools - Mail Merge</emph> dialog select the <emph>Printer</emph> option and then select the <emph>Single print jobs</emph> check box.
en_GB: Remember to create one separate print job for each fax, otherwise, the first recipient will receive all the faxes. In the <emph>Tools - Mail Merge</emph> dialogue box select the <emph>Printer</emph> option and then mark the <emph>Separate print jobs</emph> check box.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3150524 308 help.text]
en: In spadmin, click <emph>New Printer</emph>. This opens the <emph>Add Printer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In spadmin, click <emph>New Printer</emph>. This opens the <emph>Add Printer</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3155128 311 help.text]
en: In the next dialog, enter a command line for the PostScript->PDF Converter. Enter the directory where the PDF files should be saved. If you do not provide a directory, the user's home directory will be used. In the command line "(TMP)" is replaced by a temporary file and "(OUTFILE)" by the target file, the name of which is created from the document name. If "(TMP)" occurs in the command line, the Postscript code is forwarded in a file, otherwise as standard input through a pipe. If Ghostscript or Adobe Acrobat Distiller is in the search path, you can use one of the predefined command lines. Click <emph>Next</emph>.
en_GB: In the next dialogue box, enter a command line for the PostScript->PDF Converter. Enter the directory where the PDF files should be saved. If you do not provide a directory, the user's home directory will be used. In the command line "(TMP)" is replaced by a temporary file and "(OUTFILE)" by the target file, the name of which is created from the document name. If "(TMP)" occurs in the command line, the Postscript code is forwarded in a file, otherwise as standard input through a pipe. If Ghostscript or Adobe Acrobat Distiller is in the search path, you can use one of the predefined command lines. Click <emph>Next</emph>.

[ctx: standard_template.xhp par_id3152811 2 help.text]
en: When you open a new document with <emph>File - New</emph>, a blank document appears based on a $[officename] template. You can edit, modify, or replace this template so that the new document contains your customized Styles or other contents.
en_GB: When you open a new document with <emph>File - New</emph>, a blank document appears based on a $[officename] template. You can edit, modify, or replace this template so that the new document contains your customised Styles or other contents.

[ctx: standard_template.xhp par_id3146918 16 help.text]
en: You can save a new template with <emph>File - Save As Template</emph> or by selecting "Template" file type in any Save dialog. Save the template in the user directory specified under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph> to be able to access the template from within the <emph>File - New - Templates</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can save a new template with <emph>File - Save As Template</emph> or by selecting "Template" file type in any Save dialogue box. Save the template in the user directory specified under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Paths</emph> to be able to access the template from within the <emph>File - New - Templates</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3152472 6 help.text]
en: Under Windows, type the following text in the <emph>Open </emph>text field and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under Windows, type the following text in the <emph>Open</emph> text field and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3147349 74 help.text]
en: Lists the available command line parameters <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">in a dialog box</caseinline><defaultinline>to the console</defaultinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: Lists the available command line parameters <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">in a dialogue box</caseinline><defaultinline>to the console</defaultinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3146080 14 help.text]
en: Starts minimized. The splash screen is not displayed.
en_GB: Starts minimised. The splash screen is not displayed.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3148914 17 help.text]
en: Neither the start-up logo nor the initial program window will be visible. However, the $[officename] software can be controlled and documents and dialogs opened via the <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org" name="API">API</link>.
en_GB: Neither the start-up logo nor the initial program window will be visible. However, the $[officename] software can be controlled and documents and dialogue boxes opened via the <link href="http://api.libreoffice.org" name="API">API</link>.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3150828 49 help.text]
en: If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks.
en_GB: If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed by quotation marks.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3153655 51 help.text]
en: If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks.
en_GB: If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed by quotation marks.

[ctx: startcenter.xhp tit help.text]
en: Start Center
en_GB: Start Centre

[ctx: startcenter.xhp bm_id0820200802500562 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>backing window</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>start center</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>backing window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>start centre</bookmark_value>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp hd_id0820200802524447 help.text]
en: <variable id="startcenter"><link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Center</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="startcenter"><link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Centre</link></variable>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp par_id0820200802524413 help.text]
en: You see the Start Center when no document is open in %PRODUCTNAME. <ahelp hid=".">Click an icon to open a new document or a file dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: You will see the Start Centre when no document is open in %PRODUCTNAME. <ahelp hid=".">Click an icon to open a new document or to open a file dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp par_id1022200911011855 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Templates icon opens the Templates and Documents dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp par_id0820200803105045 help.text]
en: The <emph>Templates</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp">Templates and Documents</link> dialog.
en_GB: The <emph>Templates</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/guide/aaa_start.xhp">Templates and Documents</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: startcenter.xhp par_id1022200911011975 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp par_id082020080310500 help.text]
en: The <emph>Open a document</emph> icon presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">file open</link> dialog.
en_GB: The <emph>Open a document</emph> icon presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">file open</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: tabs.xhp par_id3153091 10 help.text]
en: Setting centered tabs
en_GB: Setting centred tabs

[ctx: tabs.xhp par_id3154150 11 help.text]
en: Double-click the ruler to open the <link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Double-click the ruler to open the <link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: tabs.xhp par_id3154145 12 help.text]
en: Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page open.
en_GB: Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialogue box appears with the <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page open.

[ctx: tabs.xhp par_id3151059 14 help.text]
en: If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Text Document - General">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Drawing - General">%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Presentation - General">%PRODUCTNAME Impress - General</link></caseinline><defaultinline>(module name) - General</defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Text Document - General">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Drawing - General">%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Presentation - General">%PRODUCTNAME Impress - General</link></caseinline><defaultinline>(module name) - General</defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: text_color.xhp tit help.text]
en: Changing the Color of Text
en_GB: Changing the Colour of Text

[ctx: text_color.xhp bm_id3156014 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text; coloring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; coloring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colors; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts;colors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; colouring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; colouring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colours; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts;colours</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_color.xhp hd_id3156014 42 help.text]
en: <variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp" name="Changing the Color of Text">Changing the Color of Text</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp" name="Changing the Colour of Text">Changing the Colour of Text</link></variable>

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3150040 40 help.text]
en: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abreissleiste" name="toolbar">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colors.
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abreissleiste" name="toolbar">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colours.

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3152781 45 help.text]
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3149795 41 help.text]
en: The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected color. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.
en_GB: The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected colour. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3145120 46 help.text]
en: The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another color, then click the color you want on the toolbar.
en_GB: The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another colour, then click the colour you want on the toolbar.

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3154285 43 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font color">Font color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font colour">Font colour</link>

[ctx: version_number.xhp par_id3149346 5 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Help - About $[officename]</emph>. This opens a dialog containing information about the program.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Help - About $[officename]</emph>. This opens a dialogue box containing information about the program.

[ctx: viewing_file_properties.xhp par_id3147834 2 help.text]
en: You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialog </caseinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialogue box </caseinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: viewing_file_properties.xhp hd_id3150443 5 help.text]
en: To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialog
en_GB: To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialogue box

[ctx: viewing_file_properties.xhp par_id3145121 8 help.text]
en: Right-click and choose<emph> Properties</emph>.
en_GB: Right-click and choose <emph>Properties</emph>.

[ctx: workfolder.xhp bm_id3150789 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>working directory change</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>My Documents folder;changing work directory</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>paths; changing work directory</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pictures; changing paths</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>changing;work directory</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>working directory change</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>My Documents folder;changing working directory</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paths; changing working directory</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; changing paths</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;working directory</bookmark_value>

[ctx: workfolder.xhp par_id3150774 3 help.text]
en: When you start a dialog to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:
en_GB: When you start a dialogue box to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:

[ctx: workfolder.xhp par_id3163802 5 help.text]
en: Click <emph>My Documents </emph>and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.
en_GB: Click <emph>My Documents</emph> and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.

[ctx: workfolder.xhp par_id3153880 6 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialogue box, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.

[ctx: xsltfilter.xhp par_idN10927 help.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customized filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customised filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.

[ctx: xsltfilter.xhp par_idN10947 help.text]
en: <emph>Import Filters</emph> load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link>.
en_GB: <emph>Import Filters</emph> load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: xsltfilter.xhp par_idN10960 help.text]
en: <emph>Export Filters</emph> transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp">Export dialog</link>.
en_GB: <emph>Export Filters</emph> transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp">Export dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: xsltfilter.xhp par_idN10979 help.text]
en: <emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialog</link> and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">File Save As dialog</link>.
en_GB: <emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File Open dialogue box</link> and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">File Save As dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN109FC help.text]
en: In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialog, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.
en_GB: In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialogue box, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN10CA1 help.text]
en: This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.
en_GB: This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN10CC6 help.text]
en: This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogs.
en_GB: This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue boxes.

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN10A82 help.text]
en: To test an <emph>Export</emph> Filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialog:
en_GB: To test an <emph>Export</emph> Filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialogue box:

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN10A99 help.text]
en: To test an <emph>Import</emph> Filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialog, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.
en_GB: To test an <emph>Import</emph> Filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialogue box, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.

[ctx: xsltfilter_distribute.xhp par_idN10ACD help.text]
en: The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is open.
en_GB: The XML Filter Settings dialogue box is only available when a text document is open.

[ctx: xsltfilter_distribute.xhp par_idN10AEA help.text]
en: The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is opened.
en_GB: The XML Filter Settings dialogue box is only available when a text document is opened.

[ctx: 01000000.xhp bm_id3153665 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>options; tools</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults; program configuration</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>settings; program configuration</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>options; tools</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; program configuration</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings; program configuration</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01000000.xhp par_id3151384 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OptionsTreeDialog">This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OptionsTreeDialog">This command opens a dialogue box for a customised program configuration.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01000000.xhp par_id3156344 18 help.text]
en: All your settings are saved automatically. To expand an entry either double click this entry or click the plus sign. To collapse the entry, click the minus sign or double click the entry.
en_GB: All your settings will be automatically saved. To expand an entry either double-click this entry or click the plus sign. To collapse the entry, click the minus sign or double-click the entry.

[ctx: 01000000.xhp par_idN10607 help.text]
en: You see only the entries that are applicable to the current document. If the current document is a text document, you see the %PRODUCTNAME Writer entry, and so on for all modules of %PRODUCTNAME. %PRODUCTNAME Impress and %PRODUCTNAME Draw are treated as the same in this dialog. The common entries are always visible.
en_GB: You will only see the entries that are applicable to the current document. If the current document is a text document, you will see the %PRODUCTNAME Writer entry, and so on for all modules of %PRODUCTNAME. %PRODUCTNAME Impress and %PRODUCTNAME Draw are treated as the same in this dialogue box. The common entries are always visible.

[ctx: 01000000.xhp par_id1013200911280529 help.text]
en: Note for Mac OS X users: The Help mentions the menu path Tools - Options at numerous places. Replace this path with %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences on your Mac OS X main menu. Both menu entries open the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Note for Mac OS X users: The Help mentions the menu path Tools - Options at numerous places. Replace this path with %PRODUCTNAME - Preferences on your Mac OS X main menu. Both menu entries open the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149177 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="optionenallgemein"><ahelp hid="SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS">Use this dialog to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories, and color defaults.</ahelp></variable> These settings are saved automatically.
en_GB: <variable id="optionenallgemein"><ahelp hid="SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS">Use this dialogue box to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories, and colour defaults.</ahelp></variable> These settings are saved automatically.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3153748 27 help.text]
en: User data is used by templates and Wizards in $[officename]. For example, the "First name" and "Last name" data fields are used to automatically insert your name as the author of a new document. You can see this under <emph>File - Properties</emph>.
en_GB: User data is used by templates and Wizards in $[officename]. For example, the "Forename" and "Surname" data fields are used to automatically insert your name as the author of a new document. You can see this under <emph>File - Properties</emph>.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3153031 28 help.text]
en: Some of the user data is included automatically in an internal dictionary so that it is recognized by the spellchecker. If typing errors are made, the program can use this data to suggest replacements. Note that changes to data take effect only after $[officename] is restarted.
en_GB: Some of the user data is included automatically in an internal dictionary so that it is recognised by the spell checker. If typing errors are made, the program can use this data to suggest replacements. Note that changes to data take effect only after $[officename] is restarted.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3145315 7 help.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3153821 31 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/firstname">Type your first name.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/firstname">Type your forename.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3159158 32 help.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3145609 33 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/lastname">Type your last name.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/lastname">Type your surname.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3154909 11 help.text]
en: ZIP
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3145607 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/izip">Type your ZIP in this field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/izip">Type your postcode in this field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3154685 35 help.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3149807 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/icity">Type the city where you live.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/icity">Type the name of the post town where you live.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3154125 37 help.text]
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3150441 38 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/state">Type your state.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/state">Type the name of the county where you live.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3154942 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/email">Type your e-mail address.</ahelp> For example, my.name@my.provider.com
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optuserpage/email">Type your email address.</ahelp> For example, my.name@my.provider.com

[ctx: 01010200.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>saving; options</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults;of saving</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>URL; saving absolute/relative paths</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>relative saving of URLs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>absolute saving of URLs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>saving; options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults;of saving</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>URL; saving absolute/relative paths</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative saving of URLs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>absolute saving of URLs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3145669 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/OptSavePage">In the<emph> General</emph> section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/OptSavePage">In the <emph>General</emph> section, you can select default settings for saving documents, and can select default file formats.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3166460 68 help.text]
en: If <emph>Load user-specific settings with the document </emph>is not selected, the following user-specific settings still apply:
en_GB: If <emph>Load user-specific settings with the document</emph> is not marked, the following user-specific settings still apply:

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id5684987 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If marked, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialogue box. If unmarked, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this check box is marked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3148798 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/docinfo">Specifies that the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog will appear every time you select the <emph>Save As</emph> command.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/docinfo">Specifies that the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box will appear every time that you select the <emph>Save As</emph> command.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp hd_id3145606 7 help.text]
en: Always create backup copy
en_GB: Always create a backup copy

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3149560 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/autosave">Specifies that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/autosave">Specifies that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the time interval between saves.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3145148 36 help.text]
en: The Help tip always displays an absolute path. However, if a document is saved in HTML format, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will enter a relative path if the appropriate check box is selected.
en_GB: The Help tip always displays an absolute path. However, if a document is saved in HTML format, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will enter a relative path if the appropriate check box is marked.

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3155176 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/relative_fsys">Select this box for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern" name="relative saving">relative saving</link> of URLs in the file system.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/relative_fsys">Mark this check box for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern" name="relative saving">relative saving</link> of URLs in the file system.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp hd_id3155334 21 help.text]
en: Save URLs relative to internet
en_GB: Save URLs relative to Internet

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3155608 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/relative_inet">Select this box for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern" name="relative saving">relative saving</link> of URLs to the Internet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/relative_inet">Mark this check box for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#speichern" name="relative saving">relative saving</link> of URLs in the Internet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id8892483 help.text]
en: When you save a document, you can select whether to save the document in the format ODF 1.2, ODF 1.2 (Extended), or in the prior format ODF 1.0/1.1.
en_GB: When you save a document, you can select whether to save the document in the format ODF 1.2, ODF 1.2 (Extended) or in the prior format ODF 1.0/1.1.

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id7198400 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Some companies or organisations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the list box. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id7198401 help.text]
en: The ODF 1.2 Extended (compat) mode is a more backward-compatible ODF 1.2 extended mode. It uses features that are deprecated in ODF1.2 and/or it is 'bug-compatible' to older OpenOffice.org versions. It may be useful, if you need to interchange ODF documents with users, who use pre-ODF1.2 or ODF1.2-only legacy applications.
en_GB: The ODF 1.2 Extended (compat) mode is a more backward-compatible ODF 1.2 extended mode. It uses features that are deprecated in ODF1.2 and/or it is 'bug-compatible' to older OpenOffice.org versions. It may be useful if you need to interchange ODF documents with users who use pre-ODF1.2 or ODF1.2-only legacy applications.

[ctx: 01010200.xhp hd_id3154920 77 help.text]
en: Size optimization for ODF format
en_GB: Size optimisation for ODF format

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_idN10922 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in <emph>Load/Save - General</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in <emph>Load/Save - General</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3149035 64 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/saveas">Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/saveas">Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the <emph>Save as</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3154923 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/paths">To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click <emph>Edit</emph>. You can also double click the entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/paths">To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click <emph>Edit</emph>. You can also double-click the entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3153968 161 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/default">The<emph> Default </emph>button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/default">The <emph>Default</emph> button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3151177 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/edit">Click to display the <emph>Select Path</emph> or <emph>Edit Paths</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/edit">Click to display the <emph>Select Path</emph> or <emph>Edit Paths</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3153418 25 help.text]
en: You can see this folder when you first call the <emph>Open</emph> or <emph>Save</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can see this folder when you first call the <emph>Open</emph> or <emph>Save</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id5284279 help.text]
en: This folder stores your own AutoCorrect texts.
en_GB: This folder stores your own AutoCorrect text strings.

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id973540 help.text]
en: This folder stores your own AutoText texts.
en_GB: This folder stores your own AutoText text strings.

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3148597 28 help.text]
en: This folder is displayed when you first call the dialog for opening or saving a graphic object.
en_GB: This folder is displayed when you first call the dialogue box for opening or saving a graphic object.

[ctx: 01010301.xhp par_id3149762 2 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Edit Paths </emph>dialog, you can select some folders that are available in $[officename].
en_GB: In the <emph>Edit Paths</emph> dialogue box, you can select the folders that contain the AutoText modules or templates that are available in $[officename].

[ctx: 01010301.xhp par_id3153106 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_MULTIPATH:BTN_ADD_MULTIPATH">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog to select another folder or the <emph>Open</emph> dialog to select another file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_MULTIPATH:BTN_ADD_MULTIPATH">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialogue box to select another folder or the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box to select another file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp bm_id7986388 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>writing aids options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries; editing user-defined</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exceptions; user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; dictionary of exceptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spellcheck; dictionary of exceptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ignore list for spellcheck</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spellcheck; ignore list</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyphenation; minimal number of characters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>writing aids options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries; editing user-defined</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exceptions; user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; dictionary of exceptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spell check; dictionary of exceptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ignore list for spell check</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spell check; ignore list</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyphenation; minimum number of characters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3153527 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_LINGU">Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_LINGU">Specifies the properties of the spell checker, thesaurus and hyphenation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3153663 35 help.text]
en: A language module can contain one, two or three submodules: Spellcheck, hyphenation and thesaurus. Each sub-module can be available in one or more languages. If you click in front of the name of the module, you activate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you remove a set mark, you deactivate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you wish to activate or deactivate individual sub-modules, click the<emph> Edit button </emph>to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Edit Modules"><emph>Edit Modules</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: A language module can contain one, two or three submodules: Spell check, hyphenation and thesaurus. Each sub-module can be available in one or more languages. If you click in front of the name of the module, you activate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you remove a set mark, you deactivate all the available sub-modules simultaneously. If you wish to activate or deactivate individual sub-modules, click the <emph>Edit button</emph> to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Edit Modules"><emph>Edit Modules</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3294778 help.text]
en: The configuration allows for two different directories: one folder where the user has write permissions, and one without write permissions. The user can only edit and delete the user dictionaries that are located in the writable path. Other dictionaries can be read only.
en_GB: The configuration allows for two different directories: one folder where the user has write permissions, and one without write permissions. The user can only edit and delete the user-defined dictionaries that are located in the writable path. Other dictionaries can be read-only.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3145673 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU_PB_LINGU_MODULES_EDIT">To edit a language module, select it and click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Edit Modules"><emph>Edit </emph><emph>Modules</emph></link> dialog appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU_PB_LINGU_MODULES_EDIT">To edit a language module, select it and click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Edit Modules"><emph>Edit Modules</emph></link> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3155419 62 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_CLB_EDIT_MODULES_DICS">Lists the available user dictionaries.</ahelp> Mark the user dictionaries that you want to use for spellcheck and hyphenation.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_CLB_EDIT_MODULES_DICS">Lists the available user-defined dictionaries.</ahelp> Mark the user-defined dictionaries that you want to use for spelling and hyphenation.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3146794 64 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU_PB_LINGU_DICS_NEW_DIC">Opens the <emph>New Dictionary</emph> dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU_PB_LINGU_DICS_NEW_DIC">Opens the <emph>New Dictionary</emph> dialogue box, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3149561 72 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SFXDLG_NEWDICT:BTN_EXCEPT">Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.</ahelp> In this way, you can create a custom dictionary of all the words to be avoided. If this exception dictionary is activated, during spellchecking you receive a corresponding note about any words which should be avoided.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SFXDLG_NEWDICT:BTN_EXCEPT">Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.</ahelp> In this way, you can create a custom dictionary of all the words to be avoided. If this exception dictionary is activated, during spell checking you will receive a corresponding note about any words which should be avoided.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3152576 74 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU_PB_LINGU_DICS_EDIT_DIC">Opens the <emph>Edit custom dictionary</emph> dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU_PB_LINGU_DICS_EDIT_DIC">Opens the <emph>Edit custom dictionary</emph> dialogue box, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3147436 75 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Edit custom dictionary </emph>dialog you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries. If you edit an exception dictionary, the dialog has the added facility of defining an exception for a word. During the spellcheck this exception is then listed as a suggestion.
en_GB: In the <emph>Edit custom dictionary</emph> dialogue box you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries. If you edit an exception dictionary, the dialogue box has the added facility of defining an exception for a word. During the spell check this exception is then listed as a suggestion.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3154730 79 help.text]
en: <variable id="ignore">The <emph>IgnoreAllList (All) </emph>includes all words that have been marked with <emph>Ignore</emph> during spellcheck. This list is valid only for the current spellcheck. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="ignore">The <emph>IgnoreAllList (All)</emph> includes all words that have been marked with <emph>Ignore</emph> during a spell check. This list is valid only for the current spell check. </variable>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3151252 84 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT:ED_WORD">You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.</ahelp> If you select a word from this list it is displayed in the text field. If you type a word with a trailing = character, such as "AutoComplete=", the word is never automatically hyphenated and no hyphenation is suggested. Typing "Auto=Complete" results in the word being hyphenated, or a hyphenation suggested, where you insert the = sign.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT:ED_WORD">You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.</ahelp> If you select a word from this list it is displayed in the text field. If you type a word with an equals sign after it, such as "AutoComplete=", the word is neither automatically hyphenated nor is a hyphenation suggested. Typing "Auto=Complete" result in the word being hyphenated, or a hyphenation suggested, at the point where you insert the = sign.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3163808 89 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT:PB_NEW_REPLACE">Adds the word in the <emph>Word </emph>text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the <emph>Suggestion </emph>field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFXDLG_EDITDICT:PB_NEW_REPLACE">Adds the word in the <emph>Word</emph> text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the <emph>Suggestion</emph> field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3145259 40 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_CLB_LINGU_OPTIONS">Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_CLB_LINGU_OPTIONS">Defines the options for spell check and hyphenation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3153231 42 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU_PB_LINGU_OPTIONS_EDIT">If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> You will see a dialog for entering a new value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFXPAGE_LINGU_PB_LINGU_OPTIONS_EDIT">If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> You will see a dialogue box for entering a new value.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp hd_id3150983 43 help.text]
en: Check uppercase words
en_GB: Check upper-case words

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3152582 44 help.text]
en: Specifies that capitalization is checked during spellcheck.
en_GB: Specifies that capitalisation is checked during a spell check.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3150345 50 help.text]
en: Specifies that special regions, such as drawing text, are checked during spellcheck.
en_GB: Specifies that special regions, such as drawing text, text in headers and footers, document tables, and text frames, are checked during a spell check.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3156291 32 help.text]
en: Typing errors are highlighted in the document with a red underline. If you place the cursor over a word marked in this way, you can open the context menu to obtain a list of corrections. Select a correction to replace the word. If you make the same mistake again while editing the document, it will be marked as an error again.
en_GB: Typing errors are highlighted in the document with a red underline. If you place the cursor over a word marked in this way, you can open the context menu to obtain a list of suggested corrections. Select a suggested correction to replace the suspect word with the suggestion. If you make the same mistake again while editing the document, it will be marked as an error again.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3153815 23 help.text]
en: To place the word pair in the <link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="AutoCorrect replacement table">AutoCorrect replacement table</link>, open the <link href="text/shared/01/06040500.xhp" name="AutoCorrect context menu">AutoCorrect context menu</link> and choose <emph>AutoCorrect</emph>. Make your selection from the submenu. The word is replaced and at the same time the word pair is placed in the replacement table.
en_GB: To place the word pair in the <link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="AutoCorrect replacement table">AutoCorrect replacement table</link>, open the <link href="text/shared/01/06040500.xhp" name="AutoCorrect context menu">AutoCorrect context menu</link> and choose <emph>AutoCorrect</emph>. Make your selection from the sub-menu. The word is replaced and at the same time the word pair is placed in the replacement table.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp hd_id3150111 53 help.text]
en: Minimal number of characters for hyphenation
en_GB: Minimum number of characters for hyphenation

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3156029 12 help.text]
en: Sets the minimum number of characters of the word to be hyphenated that must remain at the end of the line.
en_GB: Sets the minimum number of characters that must remain at the end of the line when hyphenating a word.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3149439 14 help.text]
en: Specifies the minimum number of characters of a hyphenated word required at the next line.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of characters required on the next line when hyphenating a word.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3151130 16 help.text]
en: Specifies that you will never be asked for a manual hyphenation. If the field is not marked, when a word is not recognized you will be presented with a dialog for entering hyphens.
en_GB: Specifies that you will never be prompted for manual hyphenation. If the field is not marked, when a word is not recognised you will be presented with a dialogue box for entering hyphens.

[ctx: 01010401.xhp bm_id3154230 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spellcheck; activating for a language</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyphenation; activating for a language</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>thesaurus; activating for a language</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>languages; activating modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries;creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries;creating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spell check; activating for a language</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyphenation; activating for a language</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>thesaurus; activating for a language</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>languages; activating modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries;creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries;creating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010401.xhp par_id3148922 20 help.text]
en: <variable id="sprachenfeld">A language entry has a check mark in front of it if the spellcheck is activated for this language.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sprachenfeld">A language entry has a tick mark in front of it if spell checking is activated for this language.</variable>

[ctx: 01010500.xhp tit help.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 01010500.xhp bm_id3155132 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>colors; models</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours; models</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010500.xhp hd_id3150543 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="Colors">Colors</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010500.xhp" name="Colours">Colours</link>

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3153104 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_COLOR">Allows you to select a color from a color table, edit an existing color, or define new colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_COLOR">Allows you to select a colour from a colour table, edit an existing colour, or define new colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010500.xhp hd_id3150767 3 help.text]
en: Color table
en_GB: Colour table

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3149809 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:EDT_NAME">Specifies the name of a selected color. You can also type a name in this field when defining a new color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:EDT_NAME">Specifies the name of a selected colour. You can also type a name in this field when defining a new colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010500.xhp hd_id3150447 7 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3149560 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:LB_COLOR">Contains a list of available colors. To select a color, choose one from the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:LB_COLOR">Contains a list of available colours. To select a colour, choose one from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010500.xhp hd_id3155132 9 help.text]
en: Color table
en_GB: Colour table

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3152885 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:LB_COLORMODEL">To modify, select the color model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:LB_COLORMODEL">To modify, select the colour model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-Black (CMYK).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id1527756 help.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB color model for printing in color. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of color values using CMYK notation.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB colour model for printing in colour. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of colour values using CMYK notation.

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3147426 40 help.text]
en: If you select RGB, the initials of the three colors will appear and you can set the color from 0 to 255 with the spin button.
en_GB: If you select RGB, the initials of the three colours will appear and you can set the colour from 0 to 255 with the spin button.

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3152940 41 help.text]
en: If you select CMYK, the initials of the four colors will appear and you can set the color from 0 to 255 with the spin button.
en_GB: If you select CMYK, the initials of the four colours will appear and you can set the colour from 0 to 255 with the spin button.

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3154481 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:BTN_ADD">Adds a new color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:BTN_ADD">Adds a new colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3148916 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:BTN_MODIFY">Changes the current color.</ahelp> Note that the color is overwritten without a confirmation.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:BTN_MODIFY">Changes the current colour.</ahelp> Note that the colour is overwritten without a confirmation.

[ctx: 01010500.xhp hd_id3159267 33 help.text]
en: Load Color List
en_GB: Load Colour List

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3154705 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:BTN_LOAD">Accesses the <emph>Open</emph> dialog, which allows you to select a color palette</ahelp>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:BTN_LOAD">Accesses the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to select a colour palette</ahelp>.

[ctx: 01010500.xhp hd_id3147344 36 help.text]
en: Save Color List
en_GB: Save Colour List

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3163808 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:BTN_SAVE">Opens the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog, which enables you to save the current color table under a specified name.</ahelp> If you do not choose this command, the current color table will be automatically saved as default and re-loaded the next time you start $[officename].
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXPAGE_COLOR:BTN_SAVE">Opens the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box, which enables you to save the current colour table under a specified name.</ahelp> If you do not choose this command, the current colour table will be automatically saved as default and re-loaded the next time that you start $[officename].

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_id3154572 38 help.text]
en: The <emph>Load color list</emph> and <emph>Save color list </emph>icons are visible only if you select the <emph>Colors</emph> tab with the <emph>Format - Area</emph> command.
en_GB: The <emph>Load colour list</emph> and <emph>Save colour list</emph> icons are visible only if you select the <emph>Colours</emph> tab with the <emph>Format - Area</emph> command.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp tit help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01010501.xhp hd_id3153126 1 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01010501.xhp bm_id3150771 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>defining;colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors;selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors;adding</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>defining;colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours;selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours;adding</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3150771 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="farbentext"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to define your own colors using the two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart.</ahelp></variable> Click <emph>OK</emph> to display the newly defined color in the preview box of the <emph>Colors</emph> register, where you can then decide if you want to add or replace the new color in the current color palette.
en_GB: <variable id="farbentext"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to define your own colours using the two-dimensional graphic and numeric gradient chart.</ahelp></variable> Click <emph>OK</emph> to display the newly defined colour in the preview box of the <emph>Colours</emph> register, where you can then decide if you want to add or replace the new colour in the current colour palette.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp hd_id3149514 3 help.text]
en: Color Window
en_GB: Colour Window

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3153061 4 help.text]
en: In the two big color windows, you click to select a new color. You can select the color in the left or the right color window as you wish.
en_GB: In the two big colour windows, you click to select a new colour. You can select the colour in the left or the right colour window as you wish.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3148944 5 help.text]
en: In the right color window, you will see the entire color spectrum from the left to the right, with the colors at the top being fully saturated and the colors at the bottom being unsaturated.
en_GB: In the right colour window, you will see the entire colour spectrum from the left to the right, with the colours at the top being fully saturated and the colours at the bottom being unsaturated.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3149670 6 help.text]
en: In the left color window, you will see a selection of colors, displaying a progressive spectrum, varying between the four colors in the four corners of this window. You can change the colors in the four corners as follows:
en_GB: In the left colour window, you will see a selection of colours, displaying a progressive spectrum, varying between the four colours in the four corners of this window. You can change the colours in the four corners as follows:

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3154758 7 help.text]
en: Click the corner of the field in which you want to change the color.
en_GB: Click the corner of the field in which you want to change the colour.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3150398 8 help.text]
en: In the right color window, click the desired new color for the corner field or enter the values, which define the color, in the numeric input fields.
en_GB: In the right colour window, click the desired new colour for the corner field or enter the values, which define the colour, in the numeric input fields.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3151210 9 help.text]
en: Apply the color selected on the right to the small field that is marked in the left color window by clicking the <emph><--</emph> button.
en_GB: Apply the colour selected on the right into the small field that is marked in the left colour window by clicking the <emph><--</emph> button.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3151383 10 help.text]
en: The gradient in the left color window is immediately adjusted with respect to hue, saturation, and brightness.
en_GB: The gradient in the left colour window is immediately adjusted with respect to hue, saturation, and brightness.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id9701528 help.text]
en: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB color model for printing in color. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of color values using CMYK notation.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB colour model for printing in colour. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of colour values using CMYK notation.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3154909 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_COLOR:BTN_1">Click the <emph><--</emph> button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_COLOR:BTN_1">Click the <emph><--</emph> button to replace the selected colour in the colour palette with the colour selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a colour in one of the four corners.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3151043 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_COLOR:BTN_2">Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_COLOR:BTN_2">Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the colour, which corresponds to the selected colour in the left window and updates the respective values in the numeric fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3159252 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_CYAN">Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_CYAN">Sets the Cyan colour value in the CMYK colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3152596 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_MAGENTA">Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_MAGENTA">Sets the Magenta colour value in the CMYK colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3155306 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_YELLOW">Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_YELLOW">Sets the Yellow colour value in the CMYK colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3146148 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_KEY">Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_KEY">Sets the Black colour value or key (black) in the CMYK colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3153726 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_RED">Sets the Red color value in the RGB color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_RED">Sets the Red colour value in the RGB colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3149298 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_GREEN">Sets the Green color value in the RGB color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_GREEN">Sets the Green colour value in the RGB colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3148455 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_BLUE">Sets the Blue color value in the RGB color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_BLUE">Sets the Blue colour value in the RGB colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp hd_id3145647 29 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3154729 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_HUE">Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_HUE">Sets the Hue in the HSB colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3153512 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_SATURATION">Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_SATURATION">Sets the Saturation in the HSB colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3146969 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_LUMINANCE">Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVTOOLS:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COLOR:NUM_LUMINANCE">Sets the Brightness in the HSB colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3154164 35 help.text]
en: In the left preview field, you will see the original color from the parent tab, <emph>Colors</emph>. In the right preview field, you will always see the current result of your work in this dialog.
en_GB: In the left preview field, you will see the original colour from the parent tab, <emph>Colours</emph>. In the right preview field, you will always see the current result of your work in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010600.xhp bm_id3155450 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>opening; dialog settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>saving; dialog settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>years; 2-digit options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>opening; dialogue box settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>saving; dialogue box settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>years; 2-digit options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3153525 38 help.text]
en: Specifies the behavior of the installed help.
en_GB: Specifies the behaviour of the installed help.

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_idN106FA help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays some short help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control in a dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp hd_id3152577 34 help.text]
en: Open/Save dialogs
en_GB: Open/Save dialogue boxes

[ctx: 01010600.xhp hd_id3145366 35 help.text]
en: Use $[officename] dialogs
en_GB: Use $[officename] dialogue boxes

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3149260 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/filedlg">Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/filedlg">Specifies whether $[officename] dialogue boxes are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogue boxes of the operating system are used.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_idN10856 help.text]
en: When you open a file by an URL from the Windows file dialog, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialog opens the remote file.
en_GB: When you open a file by a URL from the Windows file dialogue box, Windows will open a local copy of the file, located in the Internet Explorer cache. The %PRODUCTNAME file dialogue box opens the remote file.

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3153138 37 help.text]
en: The $[officename] dialogs for <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="opening">opening</link> and <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="saving">saving</link> documents are described in $[officename] Help.
en_GB: The $[officename] dialogue boxes for <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="opening">opening</link> and <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="saving">saving</link> documents are described in $[officename] Help.

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3145800 41 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/docstatus">Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.</ahelp> When this option is marked, the very next time the document is closed you are asked if the changes should be saved. The print date is then entered in the document properties as a change.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/docstatus">Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.</ahelp> When this option is marked, the very next time that the document is closed you are asked if the changes should be saved. The print date is then entered in the document properties as a change.

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3147530 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/year">Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/year">Defines a date range, within which the system recognises a two-digit year.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3156343 7 help.text]
en: In $[officename], years are indicated by four digits, so that the difference between 1/1/99 and 1/1/01 is two years. This <emph>Year (two digits)</emph> setting allows the user to define the years in which two-digit dates are added to 2000. To illustrate, if you specify a date of 1/1/30 or later, the entry "1/1/20" is recognized as 1/1/2020 instead of 1/1/1920.
en_GB: In $[officename], years are indicated by four digits, so that the difference between 01/01/99 and 01/01/01 is two years. This <emph>Year (two digits)</emph> setting allows the user to define the years in which two-digit dates are added to 2000. To illustrate, if you specify a date of 01/01/30 or later, the entry "01/01/20" is recognised as 2020-01-01 instead of 1920-01-01.

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id3153665 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/replacements">Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/replacements">Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution only replaces a font when it is displayed on screen or during printing. It does not change the font specified in your document formatting.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id3154073 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/checklb">Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select <emph>Always</emph> to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select <emph>Screen only </emph>to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/checklb">Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select <emph>Always</emph> to replace both the screen font and the printer font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select <emph>Screen only</emph> to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id052020080402332 help.text]
en: Always checkbox
en_GB: Always check box

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id0520200804023432 help.text]
en: Screen only checkbox
en_GB: Screen only check box

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id3154362 57 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/nonpropfontonl">Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the <emph>Fonts</emph> list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/nonpropfontonl">Mark this check box to display only non-proportional fonts in the <emph>Fonts</emph> list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id3158407 46 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:OFA_TP_VIEW:MF_SCALING">Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:OFA_TP_VIEW:MF_SCALING">Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogue boxes and icon labels.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id4664754 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogue boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_idN1073C help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx_CheckBox_OFA_TP_VIEW_CB_SYSTEM_FONT">Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx_CheckBox_OFA_TP_VIEW_CB_SYSTEM_FONT">Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogue boxes. Othwerise another installed font is used.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp hd_id3400982 help.text]
en: Screen font antialiasing
en_GB: Screen font anti-aliasing

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id4743797 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the smallest font size to apply anti-aliasing.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp hd_id1208200812004470 help.text]
en: Use Anti-Aliasing
en_GB: Use anti-aliasing

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id1019200910581186 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent color. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent colour. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id3155530 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:LISTBOX:OFA_TP_VIEW:LB_MOUSEPOS">Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:LISTBOX:OFA_TP_VIEW:LB_MOUSEPOS">Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogue boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp bm_id3147323 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>printing; colors in grayscale</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grayscale printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; printing in grayscale</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; warnings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper size warning</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; colours in greyscale</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>greyscale printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; printing in greyscale</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; warnings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper size warning</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp par_id3154270 77 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapdpi">Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapdpi">Specifies the maximum print quality in DPI. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp hd_id3146313 66 help.text]
en: Intermediate color
en_GB: Intermediate colour

[ctx: 01010900.xhp par_id3145230 81 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor">Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor">Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp hd_id3147323 67 help.text]
en: Convert colors to grayscale
en_GB: Convert colours to greyscale

[ctx: 01010900.xhp par_id3145150 82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray">Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray">Specifies that all colours are printed only as greyscale.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp par_id3152778 84 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans">Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.</ahelp> If you print such a document, a dialog appears in which you can select if the transparency is to be printed in this print instruction.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans">Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.</ahelp> If you print such a document, a dialogue box appears in which you can select if the transparency is to be printed in this print instruction.

[ctx: 01011000.xhp par_id3152940 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optmemorypage/objectcache">Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optmemorypage/objectcache">Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable Quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp bm_id3153527 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>colors; appearance</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options; appearance</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>appearance options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours; appearance</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options; appearance</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>appearance options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3145120 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.</ahelp> You can save the current settings as color scheme and load them later.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Sets the colours for the $[officename] user interface.</ahelp> You can save the current settings as colour scheme and load them later.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp hd_id3154046 3 help.text]
en: Color scheme
en_GB: Colour scheme

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3152349 4 help.text]
en: Save and delete color schemes.
en_GB: Save and delete colour schemes.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3153541 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorschemelb">Selects the color scheme you want to use.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorschemelb">Selects the colour scheme you want to use.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3145609 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/save">Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.</ahelp> The name is added to the <emph>Scheme</emph> box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/save">Saves the current settings as a colour scheme that you can reload later.</ahelp> The name is added to the <emph>Scheme</emph> box.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp hd_id3149669 9 help.text]
en: Name of color scheme
en_GB: Name of colour scheme

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3159413 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME">Enter a name for the color scheme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME">Enter a name for the colour scheme.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3150400 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/delete">Deletes the color scheme shown in the <emph>Scheme</emph> box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/delete">Deletes the colour scheme shown in the <emph>Scheme</emph> box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3149204 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorconfig">Select the colors for the user interface elements.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorconfig">Select the colours for the user interface elements.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3150769 15 help.text]
en: To apply a color to a user interface element, ensure that the checkbox in front of the name is marked. To hide a user interface element, clear the check box.
en_GB: To apply a colour to a user interface element, ensure that the check box in front of the name is marked. To hide a user interface element, unmark the check box.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3145365 20 help.text]
en: In order to enhance cursor visibility, if the user sets the application background color between 40% and 60% gray, it is automatically changed to 40% gray.
en_GB: In order to enhance cursor visibility, if the user sets the application background colour between 40% and 60% grey, it is automatically changed to 40% grey.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3153144 16 help.text]
en: The <emph>Automatic</emph> color setting changes the user interface element to the preset color from the color scheme.
en_GB: The <emph>Automatic</emph> colour setting changes the user interface element to the preset colour from the colour scheme.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3154921 17 help.text]
en: The color settings for "Visited links" and "Unvisited links" only apply to documents created after the settings are applied.
en_GB: The colour settings for "Visited links" and "Unvisited links" only apply to documents created after the settings are applied.

[ctx: 01013000.xhp bm_id3159411 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>disabled persons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text colors for better accessibility</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animations; accessibility options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; hiding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>high contrast mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accessibility; options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options; accessibility</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>disabled persons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text colours for better accessibility</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animations; accessibility options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; hiding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>high-contrast mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accessibility; options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options; accessibility</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01013000.xhp hd_id3149809 3 help.text]
en: Options for high contrast appearance
en_GB: Options for high-contrast appearance

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3153106 4 help.text]
en: High contrast is an operating system setting that changes the system color scheme to improve readability. You can decide how <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> uses the high contrast settings of the operating system.
en_GB: High-contrast is an operating system setting that changes the system colour scheme to improve readability. You can decide how <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> uses the high-contrast settings of the operating system.

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3125863 31 help.text]
en: Cell borders and shadows are always shown in text color when high contrast mode is active. The cell background color is ignored then.
en_GB: Cell borders and shadows are always shown in text colour when high-contrast mode is active. The cell background colour is ignored then.

[ctx: 01013000.xhp hd_id3155132 29 help.text]
en: Automatically detect high contrast mode of operating system
en_GB: Automatically detect high-contrast mode of operating system

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3153768 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autodetecthc">Switches <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autodetecthc">Switches <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> into high-contrast mode when the system background colour is very dark.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01013000.xhp hd_id3154918 19 help.text]
en: Use automatic font color for screen display
en_GB: Use automatic font colour for screen display

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3146984 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autofontcolor">Displays fonts in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autofontcolor">Displays fonts in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> using the system colour settings. This option only affects the screen display.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01013000.xhp hd_id3153091 7 help.text]
en: Use system colors for page previews
en_GB: Use system colours for page previews

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3146923 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/systempagepreviewcolor">Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/systempagepreviewcolor">Applies the high-contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01014000.xhp par_id3150358 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_CB_PASSWORD">Using "simple" authentication method, check this box to make your password persistent.</ahelp> If the password is persistent and the same user starts $[officename] later on, the user name and password will not be requested again. Using "Kerberos", this box is not active.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_CB_PASSWORD">Using "simple" authentication method, mark this check box to make your password persistent.</ahelp> If the password is persistent and the same user starts $[officename] later on, the user name and password will not be requested again. Using "Kerberos", this box is not active.

[ctx: 01020300.xhp par_idN10595 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optemailpage/browse">Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optemailpage/browse">Opens a file dialogue box to select the e-mail program.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020400.xhp par_idN105D8 help.text]
en: When you click any %PRODUCTNAME document hyperlink in your Mozilla or Netscape browser, one of the following can happen:
en_GB: When you click a hyperlink to a %PRODUCTNAME document in your Mozilla or Netscape browser, one of the following can happen:

[ctx: 01020400.xhp par_idN105DE help.text]
en: The browser asks you whether you want to save the document on your disk, or whether you want to use an application to open the document. This request dialog appears by default when you click any %PRODUCTNAME document hyperlink the first time and you did not enable the Browser Plug-in.
en_GB: The browser asks you whether you want to save the document on your disc, or whether you want to use an application to open the document. This request dialogue box appears by default when you click a hyperlink to a %PRODUCTNAME document for the first time and you did not enable the Browser Plug-in.

[ctx: 01020400.xhp par_idN105E6 help.text]
en: The browser opens a new browser window that shows some of the %PRODUCTNAME icons, and displays the document in the browser window. This is the default when you enable the Browser Plug-in. When you click the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon, a copy of the document is downloaded to a temporary folder on your disk, then %PRODUCTNAME starts and loads the copy for editing.
en_GB: The browser opens a new browser window that shows some of the %PRODUCTNAME icons, and displays the document in the browser window. This is the default when you enable the Browser Plug-in. When you click the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon, a copy of the document is downloaded to a temporary folder on your disc, then %PRODUCTNAME starts and loads the copy for editing.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10644 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the "Security options and warning" dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the "Security options and warning" dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id5616626 help.text]
en: The Security options and warnings dialog contains the following controls:
en_GB: The Security options and warnings dialogue box contains the following controls:

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN1064B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="703988739">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="703988739">Mark this check box to see a warning dialogue box when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10652 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="703988740">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="703988740">Mark this check box to see a warning dialogue box when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10659 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="703988741">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="703988741">Mark this check box to see a warning dialogue box when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10660 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="703988742">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="703988742">Mark this check box to see a warning dialogue box when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10667 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="703988743">Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the <emph>Reset</emph> button on <emph>File - Properties - General</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="703988743">Mark this check box to always remove user data from the file properties. If this check box is not marked, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the <emph>Reset</emph> button on <emph>File - Properties - General</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN1067C help.text]
en: Recommend password protection on saving
en_GB: Recommend password-protection on saving

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10680 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="703988744">Select to always enable the <emph>Save with password</emph> option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="703988744">Mark this check box to always enable the <emph>Save with password</emph> option in the file save dialogue boxes. Unmark the check box to save files by default without password.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id4571977 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Enter Master Password dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3472090 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3289590 help.text]
en: The Stored Web Connection Information dialog shows a list of web sites and user names that you entered previously. You can select any entry and remove it from the list. You can view the password for the selected entry.
en_GB: The Stored Web Connection Information dialogue box shows a list of web sites and user names that you entered previously. You can select any entry and remove it from the list. You can view the password for the selected entry.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id1981261 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box in which you can view and change the password for the selected entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10692 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="703992332">Opens the <emph>Macro Security</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="703992332">Opens the <emph>Macro Security</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id8023926 help.text]
en: When importing numbers from an HTML page, the decimal separator and the thousands separator characters differ according to the locale of the HTML page. The clipboard however contains no information about the locale. For example, the characters "1.000" copied from a German Web page most possibly mean "one thousand" because the period is the thousands separator in a German locale. If copied from an English Web page, the same characters stand for the number 1 as in "one dot zero zero zero".
en_GB: When importing numbers from an HTML page, the decimal separator and the thousands separator characters differ according to the locale of the HTML page. The clipboard however contains no information about the locale. For example, the characters "1.000" copied from a German Web page most possibly mean "one thousand" because the dot-on-the-line is the thousands separator in a German locale. If copied from an English Web page, the same characters stand for the number 1 as in "one dot zero zero zero".

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id7658314 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in <emph>Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting</emph> in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If not marked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in <emph>Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting</emph> in the Options dialogue box. If marked, numbers will be interpreted using the 'English (USA)' locale.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id3149295 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:CHECKBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT:CB_UNKNOWN_TAGS">Mark this check box if you want <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tags">tags</link> that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.</ahelp> For an opening tag, an HTML_ON field will be created with the value of the tag name. For a closing tag, an HTML_OFF will be created. These fields will be converted to tags in the HTML export.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:CHECKBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT:CB_UNKNOWN_TAGS">Mark this check box if you want <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tags">tags</link> that are not recognised by $[officename] to be imported as fields.</ahelp> For an opening tag, an HTML_ON field will be created with the value of the tag name. For a closing tag, an HTML_OFF will be created. These fields will be converted to tags in the HTML export.

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id3150449 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:LISTBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT:LB_EXPORT">Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.</ahelp> To export in HTML format select the <emph>HTML Document</emph> file type in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As"><emph>Save As</emph></link> dialog. You can find further instructions in the <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp" name="Import and export filters">Import and export filters</link> description.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:LISTBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT:LB_EXPORT">Defines the settings for exporting HTML documents.</ahelp> To export in HTML format select the <emph>HTML Document</emph> file type in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As"><emph>Save As</emph></link> dialogue box. You can find further instructions in the <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp" name="Import and export filters">Import and export filters</link> description.

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id3145606 42 help.text]
en: To optimize the HTML export, select a browser or HTML standard from the Export box. If "$[officename] Writer" is selected, specific $[officename] Writer instructions are exported.
en_GB: To optimise the HTML export, select a browser or HTML standard from the Export box. If "$[officename] Writer" is selected, specific $[officename] Writer instructions are exported.

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id3149379 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:CHECKBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT:CB_LOCAL_GRF">Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR:CHECKBOX:RID_OFAPAGE_HTMLOPT:CB_LOCAL_GRF">Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040200.xhp par_id3146798 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/helplines">Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the<emph> Helplines While Moving </emph>option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/helplines">Displays snap lnes around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the <emph>Helplines While Moving</emph> option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040200.xhp par_id3153364 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/smoothscroll">Activates the smooth page scrolling function. </ahelp> The scrolling speed depends of the area and of the color depth display.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/smoothscroll">Activates the smooth page scrolling function. </ahelp> The scrolling speed depends of the area and of the colour depth display.

[ctx: 01040200.xhp par_id3146898 39 help.text]
en: If the <emph>Graphics and objects </emph>option is not selected, no graphics will be loaded from the Internet. Graphics within a table and without an indication of their size can cause display problems when using an older HTML standard on the browsed page.
en_GB: If the <emph>Graphics and objects</emph> option is not selected, no graphics will be loaded from the Internet. Graphics within a table and without an indication of their size can cause display problems when using an older HTML standard on the browsed page.

[ctx: 01040200.xhp par_id3159335 47 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/comments">Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/comments">Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comment's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040300.xhp par_id3145609 18 help.text]
en: These settings define the basic fonts for the predefined templates. You can also modify or customize the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040301.xhp" name="default text templates">default text templates</link>.
en_GB: These settings define the basic fonts for the predefined templates. You can also modify or customise the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040301.xhp" name="default text templates">default text templates</link>.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id3153542 44 help.text]
en: The print settings defined on this tab page apply to all subsequent print jobs, until you change the settings again. If you want to change the settings for the current print job only, use the <emph>File - Print</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The print settings defined on this tab page apply to all subsequent print jobs, until you change the settings again. If you want to change the settings for the current print job only, use the <emph>File - Print</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id3155628 4 help.text]
en: Specifies which document contents are to be printed.
en_GB: Specifies which types of document content are to be printed.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id3159150 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to include colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id7242042 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.</ahelp><link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp">Text placeholders</link> are fields.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enable this option to print text placeholders. Unmark this check box to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.</ahelp><link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp">Text placeholders</link> are fields.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id3149410 25 help.text]
en: If you print a document in portrait on a landscape page, two opposing sides in a brochure will be printed next to each other. If you have a printer with double-sided printing capability, you can create an entire brochure from your document without having to collate the pages later. If you have a printer that only has single-sided printing capability, you can achieve this effect by first printing the front pages with the "Front sides / right pages /odd pages" option marked, then re-inserting the entire paper stack in your printer and printing all the back pages with the "Back pages / left pages / even pages" option marked.
en_GB: If you print a document in portrait on a landscape page, two opposing sides in a brochure will be printed next to each other. If you have a printer with double-sided printing capability, you can create an entire brochure from your document without having to collate the pages later. If you have a printer that only has single-sided printing capability, you can achieve this effect by first printing the front pages with the "Front sides / right pages / odd pages" option marked, then re-inserting the entire paper stack in your printer and printing all the back pages with the "Back sides / left pages / even pages" option marked.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id7894222 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id8295541 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If this check box is marked, automatically-inserted blank pages will be printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id3149481 40 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTTABLE_PAGE_CB_NUMFORMATTING">Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTTABLE_PAGE_CB_NUMFORMATTING">Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognised and formatted as numbers.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id3159346 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTTABLE_PAGE_CB_NUMFMT_FORMATTING">If<emph> Number format recognition </emph>is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to <emph>Text</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTTABLE_PAGE_CB_NUMFMT_FORMATTING">If <emph>Number format recognition</emph> is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to <emph>Text</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id3146792 46 help.text]
en: Direct formatting is not influenced by the <emph>Alignment</emph> field. If you center align the cell contents directly, they remain centered irrespective of whether text or numbers are involved.
en_GB: Direct formatting is not influenced by the <emph>Alignment</emph> field. If you centre align the cell content directly, it remains centred irrespective of whether text or numbers are involved.

[ctx: 01040500.xhp hd_id3150645 15 help.text]
en: Behavior of rows/columns
en_GB: Behaviour of rows/columns

[ctx: 01040600.xhp par_id3152938 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTSHDWCRSR_CB_HSPACE">Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Shift+Spacebar </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar</defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTSHDWCRSR_CB_HSPACE">Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as grey boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Shift+Spacebar </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar</defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040600.xhp par_id3156384 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_OPTSHDWCRSR:RB_SHDWCRSFILLMARGIN">Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_OPTSHDWCRSR:RB_SHDWCRSFILLMARGIN">Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centred or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set. </ahelp>

[ctx: 01040700.xhp par_id3144510 4 help.text]
en: Defines the settings for displaying recorded changes. Select the type of change and the corresponding display attribute and color. The preview field shows the effect of the selected display options.
en_GB: Defines the settings for displaying recorded changes. Select the type of change and the corresponding display attribute and colour. The preview field shows the effect of the selected display options.

[ctx: 01040700.xhp hd_id3153105 28 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01040700.xhp par_id3145419 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_TP_REDLINE_OPT_LB_CHG_COL">You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_TP_REDLINE_OPT_LB_CHG_COL">You can also choose a colour to identify each type of recorded change. If "By author" is chosen from the list, the colour is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified according to the corresponding author of the changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040700.xhp hd_id3163713 19 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01040700.xhp par_id3146975 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_REDLINE_OPT:LB_LC_COL">Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_REDLINE_OPT:LB_LC_COL">Specifies the colour for highlighting the changed lines in the text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040900.xhp par_id3154071 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE:CB_AUTO_UPDATE_FIELDS">The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.</ahelp> The following table lists the fields that are updated without regard to this checkbox.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE:CB_AUTO_UPDATE_FIELDS">The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this check box unmarked, some fields are updated each time that a special condition takes place.</ahelp> The following table lists the fields that are updated without regard to this check box.

[ctx: 01040900.xhp par_idN107BC help.text]
en: Editing the text line where the field is in
en_GB: Editing the text line containing the field

[ctx: 01041000.xhp bm_id3577990 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Word documents;compatibility</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;compatibility settings for text import</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>options;compatibility (Writer)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>compatibility settings for MS Word import</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing Word documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>layout;importing Word documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;printer metrics (Writer)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>metrics;document formatting (Writer)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printer metrics for document formatting (Writer)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Word documents;compatibility</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing;compatibility settings for text import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;compatibility (Writer)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>compatibility settings for Microsoft Word import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing Microsoft Word documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>layout;importing Microsoft Word documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;printer metrics (Writer)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>metrics;document formatting (Writer)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printer metrics for document formatting (Writer)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01041000.xhp par_id3155602 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_PRINTER_METRICS">Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.</ahelp> If this box is not checked, a printer independent layout will be used for screen display and printing.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_PRINTER_METRICS">Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.</ahelp> If this check box is not marked, a printer independent layout will be used for screen display and printing.

[ctx: 01041000.xhp par_id3147339 18 help.text]
en: In $[officename] Writer, paragraph spacing is defined differently than in MS Word documents. If you have defined spacing between two paragraphs or tables, spacing is also added in the corresponding MS Word documents.
en_GB: In $[officename] Writer, paragraph spacing is defined differently than in Microsoft Word documents. If you have defined spacing between two paragraphs or tables, spacing is also added in the corresponding Microsoft Word documents.

[ctx: 01041000.xhp par_id3151250 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE:CB_MERGE_PARA_DIST">Specifies whether to add MS Word-compatible spacing between paragraphs and tables in $[officename] Writer text documents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE:CB_MERGE_PARA_DIST">Specifies whether to add Microsoft Word-compatible spacing between paragraphs and tables in $[officename] Writer text documents.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01041000.xhp par_id3145789 20 help.text]
en: If you import an MS Word document, the spaces are automatically added during the conversion.
en_GB: If you import a Microsoft Word document, the spaces are automatically added during the conversion.

[ctx: 01041000.xhp par_id3152777 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_TAB_ALIGNMENT">Specifies how to align text at tab stops beyond the right margin, how to handle decimal tab stops, and how to handle tab stops close to a line break.</ahelp> If this check box is not selected, tab stops are handled in the same way as in other Office applications.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_TAB_ALIGNMENT">Specifies how to align text at tab stops beyond the right margin, how to handle decimal tab stops, and how to handle tab stops close to a line break.</ahelp> If this check box is not marked, tab stops are handled in the same way as in other Office applications.

[ctx: 01041000.xhp par_id4016541 help.text]
en: MS Word and Writer have different approaches on wrapping text around floating screen objects. Floating screen object are Writer frames and drawing objects, and the objects 'text box', 'graphic', 'frame', 'picture' etc. in MS Word.
en_GB: Writer and Microsoft Word have different approaches on wrapping text around floating screen objects. Floating screen objects are Writer frames and drawing objects, and the objects 'text box', 'graphic', 'frame', 'picture' etc. in Microsoft Word.

[ctx: 01041000.xhp par_id7280190 help.text]
en: In MS Word and in current versions of Writer, page header/footer content and footnote/endnote content does not wrap around floating screen objects. Text body content wraps around floating screen objects which are anchored in the page header.
en_GB: In current versions of Writer and in Microsoft Word, page header/footer content and footnote/endnote content does not wrap around floating screen objects. Text body content wraps around floating screen objects which are anchored in the page header.

[ctx: 01050100.xhp bm_id3147226 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>grids; defaults (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults; grids (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>snap grid defaults (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>grids; defaults (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; grids (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>snap grid defaults (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3149294 29 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><variable id="rastertextdraw">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu for the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> submenu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.</variable></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><variable id="rastertextdraw">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu for the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> sub menu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.</variable></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3150791 30 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><variable id="rastertext">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu of the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> submenu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.</variable></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><variable id="rastertext">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu of the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> sub-menu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.</variable></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3153104 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVXPAGE_GRID_MTR_FLD_DRAW_X">Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_METRICFIELD_RID_SVXPAGE_GRID_MTR_FLD_DRAW_X">Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the x-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3148923 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_GRID:MTR_FLD_DRAW_Y">Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_GRID:MTR_FLD_DRAW_Y">Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the y-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3150439 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the x-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3154918 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the y-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp hd_id3149667 9 help.text]
en: Synchronize axes
en_GB: Synchronise axes

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3147350 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_GRID:CBX_SYNCHRONIZE">Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.</ahelp> The resolution and subdivision for the X and Y axes remain the same.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX:CHECKBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_GRID:CBX_SYNCHRONIZE">Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.</ahelp> The resolution and subdivision for the x- and y-axes remain the same.

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id984221 help.text]
en: Set the grid color on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Appearance</link>.
en_GB: Set the grid colour on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Appearance</link>.

[ctx: 01060100.xhp bm_id3147242 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cells; showing grid lines (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>borders; cells on screen (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>grids; displaying lines (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colors; grid lines and cells (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>page breaks; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>guides; showing (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>displaying; zero values (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>zero values; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets; value highlighting</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cells; formatting without effect (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cells; coloring (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>anchors; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colors;restriction (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text overflow in spreadsheet cells</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>references; displaying in color (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects; displaying in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pictures; displaying in Calc</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>charts; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>draw objects; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>row headers; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>column headers; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>scrollbars; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sheet tabs; displaying</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tabs; displaying sheet tabs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>outlines;outline symbols</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; showing grid lines (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>borders; cells on screen (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>grids; displaying lines (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colours; grid lines and cells (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>page breaks; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>guides; showing (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>displaying; zero values (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>zero values; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets; value highlighting</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cells; formatting without effect (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cells; colouing (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>anchors; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colours;restriction (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text overflow in spreadsheet cells</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>references; displaying in color (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects; displaying in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pictures; displaying in Calc</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>charts; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>draw objects; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>row headers; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>column headers; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>scrollbars; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sheet tabs; displaying</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tabs; displaying sheet tabs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>outlines;outline symbols</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3153088 31 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="sc:ListBox:RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT:LB_GRID" visibility="visible">Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.</ahelp> For printing, choose <emph>Format - Page - </emph><link href="text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp" name="Sheet"><emph>Sheet</emph></link> and mark the <emph>Grid</emph> check box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sc:ListBox:RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT:LB_GRID" visibility="visible">Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background colour, or to hide them.</ahelp> For printing, choose <emph>Format - Page - </emph><link href="text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp" name="Sheet"><emph>Sheet</emph></link> and mark the <emph>Grid</emph> check box.

[ctx: 01060100.xhp hd_id3156326 32 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3154286 33 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_LISTBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_LB_COLOR">Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.</ahelp> To see the grid line color that was saved with the document, go to <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance</emph>, under <emph>Scheme</emph> find the entry <emph>Spreadsheet - Grid lines</emph> and set the color to "Automatic".
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_LISTBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_LB_COLOR">Specifies a colour for the grid lines in the current document.</ahelp> To see the grid line colour that was saved with the document, go to <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME</emph><emph>- Appearance</emph>, under <emph>Scheme</emph> find the entry <emph>Spreadsheet - Grid lines</emph> and set the colour to "Automatic".

[ctx: 01060100.xhp hd_id3154218 5 help.text]
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3150440 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_FORMULA">Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_FORMULA">Specifies whether to show formulae instead of results in the cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3146974 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_ANNOT">Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - General</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_ANNOT">Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - General</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3149667 25 help.text]
en: You can type and edit comments with the <link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp" name="Insert - Comment"><emph>Insert - Comment</emph></link> command. Comments that are permanently displayed can be edited by clicking the comment box. Click the Navigator and under the <emph>Comments</emph> entry you can view all comments in the current document. By double clicking a comment in Navigator, the cursor will jump to the corresponding cell containing the comment.
en_GB: You can type and edit comments with the <link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp" name="Insert - Comment"><emph>Insert - Comment</emph></link> command. Comments that are permanently displayed can be edited by clicking the comment box. Click the Navigator and under the <emph>Comments</emph> entry you can view all comments in the current document. By double-clicking a comment in Navigator, the cursor will jump to the corresponding cell containing the comment.

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3154792 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_VALUE">Mark the <emph>Value highlighting</emph> box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, and number cells in blue, no matter how their display is formatted.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_VALUE">Mark the <emph>Value highlighting</emph> box to show the cell content in different colours, depending on type, regardless of how their display is formatted. Text cells are highlighted in black, cells with numbers in blue, and cells containing formulae, logical values, dates, and so on, in green.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3151319 13 help.text]
en: When this command is active, any colors assigned in the document will not be displayed until the function is deactivated.
en_GB: When this command is active, any colours assigned in the document will not be displayed until the function is deactivated.

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3153707 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_CLIP">If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_CLIP">If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighbouring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighbouring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp hd_id3150327 54 help.text]
en: Show references in color
en_GB: Show references in colour

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3153766 55 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_RFIND">Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_RFIND">Specifies that each reference is highlighted in colour in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a coloured border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp hd_id0909200810585881 help.text]
en: Synchronize sheets
en_GB: Synchronise sheets

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id0909200810585870 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If marked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not marked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3154658 51 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_TBLREG">Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.</ahelp> If this box is not checked, you will only be able to switch between the sheets through the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></caseinline><defaultinline>Navigator</defaultinline></switchinline>. Note that there is a slider between the horizontal scrollbar and the sheet tabs that may be set to one end.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_CONTENT_CB_TBLREG">Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.</ahelp> If this check box is not marked, you will only be able to switch between the sheets through the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></caseinline><defaultinline>Navigator</defaultinline></switchinline>. Note that there is a slider between the horizontal scrollbar and the sheet tabs that may be set to one end.

[ctx: 01060300.xhp par_id3150400 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT_CB_FORMAT">Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.</ahelp> If, for example, the contents of the selected cell have the bold attribute, this bold attribute will also apply to adjacent cells. Cells that already have a special format will not be modified by this function. You can see the range in question by pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + * (multiplication sign on the number pad) shortcut. This format also applies to all new values inserted within this range. The normal default settings apply to cells outside this range.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT_CB_FORMAT">Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.</ahelp> If, for example, the content of the selected cell has the bold attribute, this bold attribute will also apply to adjacent cells. Cells that already have a special format will not be modified by this function. You can see the range in question by pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + * (multiplication sign on the number pad) shortcut. This format also applies to all new values inserted within this range. The normal default settings apply to cells outside this range.

[ctx: 01060300.xhp par_id3145366 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT_CB_TEXTFMT">Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.</ahelp> If this box is not checked, a printer independent layout will be used for screen display and printing.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT_CB_TEXTFMT">Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.</ahelp> If this check box is not marked, a printer independent layout will be used for screen display and printing.

[ctx: 01060300.xhp par_id3150872 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT_CB_REPLWARN">Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_LAYOUT_CB_REPLWARN">Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning will appear.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060400.xhp par_id3153825 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS">All user-defined lists are displayed in the<emph> Sort Lists </emph>dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS">All user-defined lists are displayed in the <emph>Sort Lists</emph> dialogue box. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060400.xhp par_id3158409 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS:BTN_COPY">Copies the contents of the cells in the <emph>Copy list from</emph> box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp" name="Copy List"><emph>Copy List</emph></link> dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SCPAGE_USERLISTS:BTN_COPY">Copies the contents of the cells in the <emph>Copy list from</emph> box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp" name="Copy List"><emph>Copy List</emph></link> dialogue box appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialogue box to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060401.xhp par_id3148563 4 help.text]
en: Choose between the options<emph> Rows</emph> and <emph>Columns</emph>. Cells without text will be ignored when copying.
en_GB: Choose between the options <emph>Rows</emph> and <emph>Columns</emph>. Cells without text will be ignored when copying.

[ctx: 01060401.xhp par_id3148664 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SCDLG_COLORROW_BTN_GROUP_ROWS">Select the<emph> Rows </emph>option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SCDLG_COLORROW_BTN_GROUP_ROWS">Select the <emph>Rows</emph> option to summarise the contents of the selected rows in a list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060401.xhp par_id3154216 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SCDLG_COLORROW_BTN_GROUP_COLS">Select the<emph> Columns </emph>option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SCDLG_COLORROW_BTN_GROUP_COLS">Select the <emph>Columns</emph> option to summarise the contents of the selected columns in a list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp bm_id3149399 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>references; iterative (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;iterative references (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>iterative references in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>recursions in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dates; default (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dates; start 1900/01/01 (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dates; start 1904/01/01 (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>case sensitivity;comparing cell contents (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>decimal places displayed (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>precision as shown (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>values; rounded as shown (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>rounding precision (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>search criteria for database functions in cells</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Excel; search criteria</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>references; iterative (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;iterative references (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>iterative references in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recursion in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates; default (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates; start 1900-01-01 (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates; start 1904-01-01 (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>case-sensitivity;comparing cell content (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decimal places displayed (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>precision as shown (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; rounded as shown (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rounding precision (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>search criteria for database functions in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Excel; search criteria</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3147576 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.</ahelp> Defines the behavior of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalization or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.</ahelp> Defines the behaviour of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalisation or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3149795 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/iterate">Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.</ahelp> If the<emph> Iterations </emph>box is not marked, an iterative reference in the table will cause an error message.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/iterate">Specifies whether formulae with iterative references (formulae that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.</ahelp> If the <emph>Iterations</emph> box is not marked, an iterative reference in the table will cause an error message.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153061 62 help.text]
en: You know that the value-added tax is calculated as 'net price times 15%' and that you arrive at the net price by deducting the value-added tax from the selling price. Type the formula <item type="literal">=B5-B7</item> in B6 to calculate the net price, and type the formula <item type="literal">=B6*0.15</item> in cell B7 to calculate the value-added tax.
en_GB: You know that the value-added tax is calculated as 'net price times 17.5%' and that you arrive at the net price by deducting the value-added tax from the selling price. Type the formula <item type="literal">=B5-B7</item> in B6 to calculate the net price, and type the formula <item type="literal">=B6*0.175</item> in cell B7 to calculate the value-added tax.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3154760 63 help.text]
en: Switch on the iterations to correctly calculate the formulas, otherwise a 'Circular reference' error message appears in the <emph>Status</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Switch on the iterations to correctly calculate the formulae, otherwise a 'Circular reference' error message appears in the <emph>Status</emph> Bar.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp hd_id3147396 47 help.text]
en: 12/30/1899 (default)
en_GB: 30/12/1899 (default)

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3145646 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datestd">Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datestd">Sets 1899-12-30 as day zero.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3154018 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datesc10">Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datesc10">Sets 1900-01-01 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153948 52 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/date1904">Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/date1904">Sets 1904-01-01 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp hd_id3153838 26 help.text]
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3146793 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/case">Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/case">Specifies whether to distinguish between upper- and lower-case in text strings when comparing cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153707 28 help.text]
en: <emph>Example:</emph> Type the text 'Test' in cell A1; and the text 'test' in B1. Then type the formula "=A1=B1" in cell C1. If the <emph>Case sensitive</emph> box is marked, FALSE will appear in the cell; otherwise, TRUE will appear in the cell.
en_GB: <emph>Example:</emph> Type the text 'Test' in cell A1; and the text 'test' in B1. Then type the formula "=A1=B1" in cell C1. If the <emph>Case-sensitive</emph> box is marked, FALSE will appear in the cell; otherwise, TRUE will appear in the cell.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153965 29 help.text]
en: The EXACT text function is always case-sensitive, independent of the settings in this dialog.
en_GB: The EXACT text function is always case-sensitive, independent of the settings in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3149211 33 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/match">Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the <emph>Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells</emph> box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/match">Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the <emph>Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells</emph> box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as Microsoft Excel when searching cells in the database functions.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3148814 44 help.text]
en: If <emph>Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells </emph>is not enabled, the "win" search pattern acts like ".*win.*". The search pattern can be at any position within the cell when searching with the Calc database functions.
en_GB: If <emph>Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells</emph> is not enabled, the "win" search pattern acts like ".*win.*". The search pattern can be at any position within the cell when searching with the Calc database functions.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp hd_id3156448 58 help.text]
en: Enable regular expressions in formulas
en_GB: Enable regular expressions in formulae

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3151242 57 help.text]
en: <emph>Example</emph>: Cell E5 contains the text "Europe". Below, in cell E6, is the value 100 and in cell E7 the value 200. If the <emph>Automatically find column and row labels</emph> box is marked, you can write the following formula in cell A1: =SUM(Europe).
en_GB: <emph>Example:</emph> Cell E5 contains the text "Europe". Below, in cell E6, is the value 100 and in cell E7 the value 200. If the <emph>Automatically find column and row labels</emph> box is marked, you can write the following formula in cell A1: =SUM(Europe).

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3155390 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE">The<emph> Changes </emph>dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE">The <emph>Changes</emph> dialogue box specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060600.xhp hd_id3152812 3 help.text]
en: Color Definition for Changes
en_GB: Colour Definition for Changes

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3150792 4 help.text]
en: Defines colors for recorded changes. If you select the "By author" entry, $[officename] will automatically set the color depending on the author who undertook the changes.
en_GB: Defines colours for recorded changes. If you select the "By author" entry, $[officename] will automatically set the colour depending on the author who made the changes.

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3148451 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE:CLB_CONTENT">Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE:CLB_CONTENT">Specifies the colour for changes to cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3147084 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE:CLB_REMOVE">Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE:CLB_REMOVE">Specifies the colour with which to highlight deletions in a document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3151383 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE:CLB_INSERT">Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE:CLB_INSERT">Specifies the colour with which to highlight insertions in a document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3159151 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE:CLB_MOVE">Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC:LISTBOX:RID_SCPAGE_OPREDLINE:CLB_MOVE">Specifies the colour with which to highlight moved cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060700.xhp par_id3158430 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_PRINT_BTN_SKIPEMPTYPAGES">Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp> Cell attributes such as borders or background colors are not considered cell contents. Empty pages are not counted for page numbering.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_PRINT_BTN_SKIPEMPTYPAGES">Specifies that empty pages that have no cell content or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp> Cell attributes such as borders or background colours are not considered cell content. Empty pages are not counted for page numbering.

[ctx: 01060700.xhp par_id3152349 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_PRINT_BTN_SELECTEDSHEETS">Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the <emph>File - Print</emph> dialog or in the <emph>Format - Print Ranges</emph> dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_CHECKBOX_RID_SCPAGE_PRINT_BTN_SELECTEDSHEETS">Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the <emph>File - Print</emph> dialogue box or in the <emph>Format - Print Ranges</emph> dialogue box. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060700.xhp par_id3153349 10 help.text]
en: To select multiple sheets, click on the sheet names on the bottom margin of the workspace while keeping the Ctrl key pressed.
en_GB: To select multiple sheets, click on each desired sheet name on the bottom margin of the workspace while keeping the Ctrl key pressed.

[ctx: 01060800.xhp par_id3156155 help.text]
en: <emph>delete contents</emph> - launch the Delete Contents dialog.
en_GB: <emph>delete contents</emph> - launch the Delete Contents dialogue box.

[ctx: 01060800.xhp par_id3147530 help.text]
en: <emph>delete</emph> - immediately delete the cell content, without the dialog.
en_GB: <emph>delete</emph> - immediately delete the cell content, without the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01060800.xhp par_id3154760 help.text]
en: <emph>data select</emph> - launch the Selection List dialog.
en_GB: <emph>data select</emph> - launch the Selection List dialogue box.

[ctx: 01060900.xhp par_id4155419 help.text]
en: In %PRODUCTNAME Calc function names can be localized. By default, the check box is off, which means the localized function names are used. Checking this check box will swap localized function names with the English ones. This change takes effect in all of the following areas: formula input and display, function wizard, and formula tips. You can of course uncheck it to go back to the localized function names.
en_GB: In %PRODUCTNAME Calc function names can be localised. By default, the check box is off, which means the localised function names are used. Checking this check box will swap localised function names with the English ones. This change takes effect in all of the following areas: formula input and display, function wizard, and formula tips. You can of course uncheck it to go back to the localised function names.

[ctx: 01070100.xhp par_id3156284 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTIONS_CONTENTS_CBX_MOVE_OUTLINE"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.</ahelp> The <emph>Contour of each individual object </emph>option enables you to see if single objects conflict with other objects in the target position. If you do not mark the <emph>Contour of each individual object </emph>option, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> only displays a square contour that includes all selected objects.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTIONS_CONTENTS_CBX_MOVE_OUTLINE"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.</ahelp> The <emph>Contour of each individual object</emph> option enables you to see if single objects conflict with other objects in the target position. If you do not mark the <emph>Contour of each individual object</emph> option, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> only displays a square contour that includes all selected objects.

[ctx: 01070300.xhp bm_id3163802 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>snapping in presentations and drawings</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>points;reducing editing points when snapping (Impress/Draw)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>snapping in presentations and drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>points;reducing editing points when snapping (Impress/Draw)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01070300.xhp par_id3154942 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_GRID_CBX_BIGORTHO">Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the<emph> Extend edges </emph>box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_GRID_CBX_BIGORTHO">Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the <emph>Extend edges</emph> check box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070400.xhp par_id3145608 46 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:TP_PRINT_OPTIONS:RBT_COLOR">Specifies that you want to print in original colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:TP_PRINT_OPTIONS:RBT_COLOR">Specifies that you want to print in original colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070400.xhp hd_id3155131 50 help.text]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: 01070400.xhp par_id3149260 51 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD_RADIOBUTTON_TP_PRINT_OPTIONS_RBT_GRAYSCALE">Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD_RADIOBUTTON_TP_PRINT_OPTIONS_RBT_GRAYSCALE">Specifies that you want to print colours as greyscale.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070400.xhp par_id3147322 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:TP_PRINT_OPTIONS:RBT_BOOKLET">Select the<emph> Brochure </emph>option to print the document in brochure format.</ahelp> You can also decide if you want to print the front, the back or both sides of the brochure.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:RADIOBUTTON:TP_PRINT_OPTIONS:RBT_BOOKLET">Select the <emph>Brochure</emph> option to print the document in brochure format.</ahelp> You can also decide if you want to print the front, the back or both sides of the brochure.

[ctx: 01070400.xhp par_id3145766 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:TP_PRINT_OPTIONS:CBX_FRONT">Select<emph> Front </emph>to print the front of a brochure.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:TP_PRINT_OPTIONS:CBX_FRONT">Select <emph>Front</emph> to print the front of a brochure.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070500.xhp par_id3153367 29 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="CHART"></caseinline><caseinline select="MATH"></caseinline><defaultinline>In a presentation or drawing document, you can also activate this mode through the<emph> Select Text Area Only </emph><link href="text/simpress/02/13190000.xhp" name="icon">icon</link> in the <emph>Option</emph> bar.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="CHART"></caseinline><caseinline select="MATH"></caseinline><defaultinline>In a presentation or drawing document, you can also activate this mode through the <emph>Select Text Area Only</emph> <link href="text/simpress/02/13190000.xhp" name="icon">icon</link> in the <emph>Option</emph> bar.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01070500.xhp par_id3149413 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTIONS_MISC:CBX_MARKED_HIT_MOVES_ALWAYS">Specifies that you want to move an object with the <emph>Rotate</emph> tool enabled. If<emph> Object always moveable </emph>is not marked, the <emph>Rotate</emph> tool can only be used to rotate an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTIONS_MISC:CBX_MARKED_HIT_MOVES_ALWAYS">Specifies that you want to move an object with the <emph>Rotate</emph> tool enabled. If <emph>Object always moveable</emph> is not marked, the <emph>Rotate</emph> tool can only be used to rotate an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070500.xhp par_id3154270 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTIONS_MISC:CBX_CROOK_NO_CONTORTION">Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTIONS_MISC:CBX_CROOK_NO_CONTORTION">Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2-D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070500.xhp par_id3155962 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTIONS_MISC:CBX_START_WITH_ACTUAL_PAGE">Specifies that you always want a presentation to start with the current slide.</ahelp> Unmark<emph> Always with current page</emph> to always start a presentation with the first page.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:TP_OPTIONS_MISC:CBX_START_WITH_ACTUAL_PAGE">Specifies that you always want a presentation to start with the current slide.</ahelp> Unmark <emph>Always with current page</emph> to always start a presentation with the first page.

[ctx: 01070500.xhp par_id3146135 40 help.text]
en: Microsoft PowerPoint adds the bottom spacing of a paragraph to the top spacing of the next paragraph to calculate the total spacing between both paragraphs. $[officename] Impress utilizes only the larger of the two spacings.
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint adds the bottom spacing of a paragraph to the top spacing of the next paragraph to calculate the total spacing between both paragraphs. $[officename] Impress utilises only the larger of the two spacings.

[ctx: 01090000.xhp par_id3166460 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="druckentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SmEditOptions">Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Math.</ahelp></variable> You can also call the dialog by clicking the <emph>Options</emph> button in the <emph>Print</emph> dialog. The settings you define in the <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline></emph> dialog will be permanent settings, whereas the settings in the Print dialog are only valid for the current document.
en_GB: <variable id="druckentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SmEditOptions">Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Math.</ahelp></variable> You can also call the dialogue box by clicking the <emph>Options</emph> button in the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box. The settings you define in the <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline></emph> dialogue box will be permanent settings, whereas the settings in the Print dialogue box are only valid for the current document.

[ctx: 01090100.xhp bm_id3156410 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>printing;formulas in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>title rows; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula texts; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; in original size in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>original size; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; fitting to pages in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format filling printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; scaling in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fitting to pages;print settings in Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing;formulae in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>title rows; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula texts; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; in original size in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>original size; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; fitting to pages in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format filling printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; scaling in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fitting to pages;print settings in Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01090100.xhp par_id3149516 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.</ahelp> <emph>Title</emph> and <emph>Formula text</emph> are only set down by a frame if the corresponding check box is active.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.</ahelp> <emph>Title</emph> and <emph>Formula text</emph> are only set down by a frame if the corresponding check box is marked.

[ctx: 01090100.xhp par_id3153627 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE_RB_ORIGINAL_SIZE">Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.</ahelp> It is possible that with large formulas a part of the command text is cut off.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_RADIOBUTTON_RID_PRINTOPTIONPAGE_RB_ORIGINAL_SIZE">Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.</ahelp> It is possible that with large formulae a part of the command text is cut off.

[ctx: 01090100.xhp par_id3789203 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.</ahelp> In earlier versions of $[officename], all symbols were saved with each formula.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Saves only those symbols which each formula that are used in that formula.</ahelp> In earlier versions of $[officename], all symbols were saved with each formula.

[ctx: 01110100.xhp tit help.text]
en: Default colors
en_GB: Default colours

[ctx: 01110100.xhp bm_id3154751 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>charts; colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors;charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>charts; colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours;charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01110100.xhp hd_id3149760 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp" name="Default colors">Default colors</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp" name="Default colours">Default colours</link>

[ctx: 01110100.xhp par_id3150713 2 help.text]
en: Assigns colors to the data rows. The settings only apply for all newly created charts.
en_GB: Assigns colours to the data rows. The settings only apply for all newly created charts.

[ctx: 01110100.xhp hd_id3154751 3 help.text]
en: Chart colors
en_GB: Chart colours

[ctx: 01110100.xhp par_id3145345 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:LISTBOX:TP_DEF_COLOR:LB_CHART_COLOR_LIST">Displays all the colors available for the data series.</ahelp> Select a data series to change its color. Select the desired color from the adjacent color table.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:LISTBOX:TP_DEF_COLOR:LB_CHART_COLOR_LIST">Displays all the colours available for the data series.</ahelp> Select a data series to change its colour. Select the desired colour from the adjacent colour table.

[ctx: 01110100.xhp hd_id3154823 5 help.text]
en: Color table
en_GB: Colour table

[ctx: 01110100.xhp par_id3149398 6 help.text]
en: This table is used as a means of replacing the chart colors for the selected data rows. For example, if you selected data row 6 and then click on the color green 8, the old color of the data row is replaced by green 8. The name of the selected color is shown below the color table.
en_GB: This table is used as a means of replacing the chart colours for the selected data rows. For example, if you selected data row 6 and then click on the colour green 8, the old colour of the data row is replaced by green 8. The name of the selected colour is shown below the colour table.

[ctx: 01110100.xhp par_id3156347 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SCH:PUSHBUTTON:TP_DEF_COLOR:PB_RESET_TO_DEFAULT">Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SCH:PUSHBUTTON:TP_DEF_COLOR:PB_RESET_TO_DEFAULT">Restores the colour settings that were defined when the program was installed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130100.xhp bm_id3155805 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office; importing/exporting VBA code</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>importing; Microsoft Office documents with VBA code</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>exporting; Microsoft Office documents with VBA code</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>loading; Microsoft Office documents with VBA code</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>saving; VBA code in Microsoft Office documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>VBA code; loading/saving documents with VBA code</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Visual Basic for Applications; loading/saving documents with VBA code</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office; importing/exporting VBA code</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; Microsoft Office documents with VBA code</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; Microsoft Office documents with VBA code</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading; Microsoft Office documents with VBA code</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving; VBA code in Microsoft Office documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>VBA code; loading/saving documents with VBA code</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Visual Basic for Applications; loading/saving documents with VBA code</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id3153088 17 help.text]
en: When saving in another format than Microsoft Format, the Microsoft Basic Code is not saved. For example, if the document contains Microsoft Basic Code and you save it in $[officename] format, you will be warned that the Microsoft Basic Code will not be saved.
en_GB: When saving in a format other than Microsoft Format, the Microsoft Basic Code is not saved. For example, if the document contains Microsoft Basic Code and you save it in $[officename] format, you will be warned that the Microsoft Basic Code will not be saved.

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id3151246 18 help.text]
en: The <emph>Save original Basic code</emph> checkbox takes precedence over the <emph>Load Basic code</emph> check box. If both boxes are marked and you edit the disabled Basic Code in the $[officename] Basic IDE, the original Microsoft Basic code will be saved when saving in the Microsoft format. A message appears to inform you of this.
en_GB: The <emph>Save original Basic code</emph> check box takes precedence over the <emph>Load Basic code</emph> check box. If both boxes are marked and you edit the disabled Basic Code in the $[officename] Basic IDE, the original Microsoft Basic code will be saved when saving in the Microsoft format. A message appears to inform you of this.

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id3148946 19 help.text]
en: To remove any possible Microsoft Basic macro viruses from the Microsoft document, unmark the <emph>Save Original Basic Code </emph>check box and save the document in Microsoft format. The document will be saved without the Microsoft Basic code.
en_GB: To remove any possible Microsoft Basic macro viruses from the Microsoft document, unmark the <emph>Save Original Basic Code</emph> check box and save the document in Microsoft format. The document will be saved without the Microsoft Basic code.

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id0523200811475733 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this check box is not marked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130200.xhp par_id3150670 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_OFAPAGE_MSFLTR2_CLB">The<emph> List Box </emph>field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S). </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_OFAPAGE_MSFLTR2_CLB">The <emph>List Box</emph> field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S). </ahelp>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_idN10685 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogue boxes, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_idN106F1 help.text]
en: If this checkbox is activated, the character shown after "Same as locale setting" is inserted when you press the key on the number pad. If this checkbox is not activated, the character that your keyboard driver software provides is inserted.
en_GB: If this check box is marked, the character shown after "Same as locale setting" is inserted when you press the key on the number pad. If this check box is not marked, the character that your keyboard driver software provides is inserted.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3157909 26 help.text]
en: A change in <emph>Default currency</emph> field will be transmitted to all open documents and will lead to corresponding changes in the dialogs and icons that control the currency format in these documents.
en_GB: A change in <emph>Default currency</emph> field will be transmitted to all open documents and will lead to corresponding changes in the dialogue boxes and icons that control the currency format in these documents.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3157939 help.text]
en: Syntax: <emph>Y</emph> means year, <emph>M</emph> means month, and <emph>D</emph> means day, regardless of localizaton.
en_GB: Syntax: <emph>Y</emph> means year, <emph>M</emph> means month, and <emph>D</emph> means day, regardless of localisation.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3149763 6 help.text]
en: Specifies the languages for spellchecking, thesaurus and hyphenation.
en_GB: Specifies the languages for spelling, thesaurus and hyphenation.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3148663 8 help.text]
en: The spellcheck for the selected language only functions when you have installed the corresponding language module. <embedvar href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp#sprachenfeld"/>
en_GB: The spell check for the selected language only functions when you have installed the corresponding language module. <embedvar href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp#sprachenfeld"/>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3153192 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_WEST_LANG">Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_WEST_LANG">Specifies the language used for the spell check function in western alphabets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3159149 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_ASIAN_LANG">Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_ASIAN_LANG">Specifies the language used for the spell check function in Asian alphabets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3156212 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_COMPLEX_LANG">Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_LISTBOX_OFA_TP_LANGUAGES_LB_COMPLEX_LANG">Specifies the language for the complex text layout spell check.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3150499 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="typotext">Defines the properties for additional languages. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="typotext">Defines the properties for additional languages.</variable>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3153665 3 help.text]
en: The <emph>Searching in Japanese</emph> and <emph>Asian Layout</emph> tab pages are only visible if the <emph>Asian language support</emph> option in the <emph>Languages</emph> tab page is activated and the <emph>Options</emph> dialog is re-opened. The <emph>Complex Text Layout</emph> tab page is only visible if the <emph>CTL support</emph> is enabled.
en_GB: The <emph>Searching in Japanese</emph> and <emph>Asian Layout</emph> tab pages are only visible if the <emph>Asian language support</emph> option in the <emph>Languages</emph> tab page is activated and the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box is re-opened. The <emph>Complex Text Layout</emph> tab page is only visible if the <emph>CTL support</emph> is enabled.

[ctx: 01150100.xhp par_id3149295 18 help.text]
en: Defines the default settings for 'first' and 'last' characters. In the dialog that appears when you choose <emph>Format -</emph><link href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp" name="Asian Typography"><emph>Asian Typography</emph></link>, you can specify whether the list of forbidden characters applies to those at the beginning or end of a line in a paragraph.
en_GB: Defines the default settings for 'first' and 'last' characters. In the dialogue box that appears when you choose <emph>Format -</emph> <link href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp" name="Asian Typography"><emph>Asian Typography</emph></link>, you can specify whether the list of forbidden characters applies to those at the beginning or end of a line in a paragraph.

[ctx: 01150100.xhp par_id3148920 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT_CB_STANDARD">When you mark<emph> Default</emph>, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT_CB_STANDARD">When you mark <emph>Default</emph>, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150100.xhp par_id3156214 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT_ED_START">Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.</ahelp> If a character typed here is positioned at the beginning of a line after a line break, it is automatically moved to the end of the previous line. For example, an exclamation point at the end of a sentence never appears at the start of a line if it is part of the <emph>Not at start of line</emph> list.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT_ED_START">Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.</ahelp> If a character typed here is positioned at the beginning of a line after a line break, it is automatically  moved to the end of the previous line.  For example, an exclamation mark at the end of a sentence never appears at the beginning of a line if it is part of the <emph>Not at start of line</emph> list.

[ctx: 01150100.xhp par_id3153367 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT_ED_END">Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.</ahelp> If a character typed here is positioned at the end of a line due to a line break, it is automatically moved to the beginning of the next line. For example, a currency symbol that appears in front of an amount never appears at the end of a line if it is part of the<emph> Not at end of line</emph> list.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_ASIAN_LAYOUT_ED_END">Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.</ahelp> If a character typed here is positioned at the end of a line due to a line break, it is automatically moved to the beginning of the next line. For example, a currency symbol that appears in front of an amount never appears at the end of a line if it is part of the <emph>Not at end of line</emph> list.

[ctx: 01150300.xhp par_id3155342 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_CTL_RB_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL">Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_OPTIONS_CTL_RB_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL">Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the beginning of the current text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01160100.xhp par_id3147088 3 help.text]
en: The<emph> Connections </emph>facility allows you to stipulate that connections that are no longer needed are not deleted immediately, but are kept free for a certain period of time. If a new connection to the data source is needed in that period, the free connection can be used for this purpose.
en_GB: The <emph>Connections</emph> facility allows you to stipulate that connections that are no longer needed are not deleted immediately, but are kept free for a certain period of time. If a new connection to the data source is needed in that period, the free connection can be used for this purpose.

[ctx: 01160100.xhp par_id3149415 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS_CB_DRIVERPOOLING">Select a driver from the list and mark the <emph>Enable pooling for this driver</emph> checkbox in order to pool its connection.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="OFFMGR_CHECKBOX_RID_OFAPAGE_CONNPOOLOPTIONS_CB_DRIVERPOOLING">Select a driver from the list and mark the <emph>Enable pooling for this driver</emph> check box in order to pool its connection.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01160100.xhp hd_id3155135 10 help.text]
en: Timeout (seconds)
en_GB: Time-out (seconds)

[ctx: 01160200.xhp par_idN10599 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="809226765">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialog to create a new entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="809226765">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialogue box to create a new entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01160200.xhp par_idN105B5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="809226766">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialog to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="809226766">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialogue box to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01160201.xhp par_idN1055A help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="1346114049">Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="1346114049">Opens a file dialogue box in which you can select the database file.</ahelp>

[ctx: java.xhp par_idN10635 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/add">Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.</ahelp> The path is set in the following dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/add">Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.</ahelp> The path is set in the following dialogue box.

[ctx: java.xhp par_idN10657 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/parameters">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp">Java Start Parameters</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/parameters">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp">Java Start Parameters</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: java.xhp par_idN10686 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/classpath">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp">Class Path</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/classpath">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp">Class Path</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: javaclasspath.xhp par_idN1056A help.text]
en: You use this dialog to add folders and archives to the Java class path. These paths are valid for any JRE that you start.
en_GB: You use this dialogue box to add folders and archives to the Java class path. These paths are valid for any JRE that you start.

[ctx: javaparameters.xhp par_idN10549 help.text]
en: You can use this dialog to enter optional start parameters for the Java runtime environment (JRE). The settings that you specify in this dialog are valid for any JRE that you start.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue box to enter optional start parameters for the Java runtime environment (JRE). The settings that you specify in this dialogue box are valid for any JRE that you start.

[ctx: macrosecurity.xhp par_idN1056A help.text]
en: The Macro Security dialog appears when a document contains one or more macros. You can also call the dialog from the <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME - Security</link></emph> page.
en_GB: The Macro Security dialogue box appears when a document contains one or more macros. You can also call the dialogue box from the <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME - Security</link></emph> page.

[ctx: macrosecurity_ts.xhp par_idN10595 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialogue box for the selected certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: macrosecurity_ts.xhp par_idN105B1 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Trusted file locations are used only if the security level is set to "very high". With this setting, document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.</ahelp>

[ctx: macrosecurity_ts.xhp par_idN105B8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a folder selection dialogue box. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge.xhp par_idN10652 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp">Server Authentication</link> dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp">Server Authentication</link> dialogue box in which you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge.xhp par_idN1067B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp">Test Account Settings</link> dialog to test the current settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp">Test Account Settings</link> dialogue box to test the current settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id476699 help.text]
en: If you disable the check, the icon is removed from the menu bar.
en_GB: If you unmark the check box, the icon is removed from the menu bar.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id4057130 help.text]
en: Online Update is a module that can be selected or deselected to be installed. Choose the customized installation in the Setup of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Online Update is a module that can be selected or deselected to be installed. Choose the customised installation in the Setup of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id2143925 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to show a dialog box where you can select another folder.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to show a dialogue box in which you can select another folder.</ahelp>

[ctx: viewcertificate.xhp par_idN10545 help.text]
en: The View Certificate dialog opens when you click the View Certificate button on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link> tab page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">Macro Security</link> dialog.
en_GB: The View Certificate dialogue box opens when you click the View Certificate button on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link> tab page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">Macro Security</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: viewcertificate.xhp par_idN10564 help.text]
en: The dialog has the following tab pages:
en_GB: The dialogue box has the following tab pages:

[ctx: viewcertificate_c.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Certificate Path page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Certificate Path page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: viewcertificate_d.xhp par_idN10562 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Details page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Details page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box displays detailed information about the certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: viewcertificate_g.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The General page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays basic information about the certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The General page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box displays basic information about the certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3150499 2 help.text]
en: A "query" is a special view of a table. A query can display chosen records or chosen fields within records; it can also sort those records. A query can apply to one table to multiple tables, if they are linked by common data fields.
en_GB: A "query" is a special view of a table. A query can display certain records or only a few selected fields per record and, if required, also sort those records. A query can apply to one table to multiple tables, if they are linked by common data fields.

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3149398 43 help.text]
en: Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialog <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert Database Columns">Insert Database Columns</link> opens.
en_GB: Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialogue box <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert Database Columns">Insert Database Columns</link> opens.

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3150443 44 help.text]
en: Decide which columns = data fields you want to include. You can also click the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> button and select a corresponding formatting type. Close the dialog.
en_GB: Decide which columns = data fields you want to include. You can also click the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> button and select a corresponding formatting type. Close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02000002.xhp par_id3150247 2 help.text]
en: If a query in which tables or fields no longer exist is opened, the<emph> Missing Element </emph>dialog appears. This dialog names the missing table or the field which cannot be interpreted and allows you to decide how to continue with the procedure.
en_GB: If a query in which tables or fields no longer exist is opened, the <emph>Missing Element</emph> dialogue box will appear. This dialogue box names the missing table or the field which cannot be interpreted and allows you to decide how to continue with the procedure.

[ctx: 02000002.xhp par_id3156329 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Allows you to cancel the procedure and specify that the query should not be opened.</ahelp> This option corresponds to the function of the <emph>Cancel</emph> dialog button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Allows you to cancel the procedure and specify that the query should not be opened.</ahelp> This option corresponds to the function of the <emph>Cancel</emph> dialogue box button.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3156411 288 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Query Design View </emph>allows you to create and edit a database query.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Query Design View</emph> allows you to create and edit a database query.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3159176 276 help.text]
en: Selecting the <emph>Create View</emph> command from the <emph>Tables</emph> tab page of a database document, you see the <emph>View Design</emph> window that resembles the <emph>Query Design</emph> window described here.
en_GB: Selecting the <emph>Create View</emph> command from the <emph>Tables</emph> tab page of a database document, you will see the <emph>View Design</emph> window that resembles the <emph>Query Design</emph> window described here.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3148799 8 help.text]
en: When you open the query design for the first time, in order to create a new query, you can click <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp" name="Add Tables"><emph>Add Tables</emph></link>. You then see a dialog in which you must first select the table that will be the basis for the query.
en_GB: When you open the query design for the first time, in order to create a new query, you can click <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp" name="Add Tables"><emph>Add Tables</emph></link>. You then see a dialogue box in which you must first select the table that will be the basis for the query.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3155302 16 help.text]
en: To do this, click a field name in a table (for example, the field name "Item-Number" from the Customer table), hold down the mouse button and then drag the field name to the field name of the other table ("Item-Number" from the Item table). When you release the mouse button, a line connecting the two fields in the two windows appears. The corresponding condition that the content of the two field names must be identical is entered in the resulting SQL query.
en_GB: To do this, click a field name in a table (for example, the field name "Item-Number" from the Customer table), hold down the mouse button and then drag the field name to the field name of the other table ("Item-Number" from the Item table). When you release the mouse button, a line connecting the two fields in the two windows will appear. The corresponding condition that the content of the two field names must be identical is entered in the resulting SQL query.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3154791 225 help.text]
en: If you double-click the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, you can specify the type of link in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010101.xhp" name="Relations"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: If you double-click the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, you can specify the type of link in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/02010101.xhp" name="Relations"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3150715 284 help.text]
en: Alternatively, delete the respective entries in <emph>Fields involved </emph>in the <emph>Relations</emph> dialog. Or press Tab until the connecting vector is displayed highlighted, then press Shift+F10 to open the context menu and select <emph>Delete </emph>command.
en_GB: Alternatively, delete the respective entries in <emph>Fields involved</emph> in the <emph>Relations</emph> dialogue box. Or press Tab until the connecting vector is displayed highlighted, then press Shift+F10 to open the context menu and select <emph>Delete</emph> command.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3154479 22 help.text]
en: To remove a field name from the query, click the column header of the field and choose the <emph>Delete</emph> command on the context menu for the column.
en_GB: To remove a field name from the query, click the column header of the field and choose the <emph>Delete</emph> command from the context menu for the column.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3148481 278 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Save</emph> icon on the Standard Bar to save the query. You see a dialog that asks you to enter a name for the query. If the database supports schemas, you can also enter a schema.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Save</emph> icon on the Standard Bar to save the query. You will see a dialogue box that asks you to enter a name for the query. If the database supports schemas, you can also enter a schema.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3150979 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER">If you click the cell, you can select among the sorting options: ascending, descending and not sorted.</ahelp> Text fields will be sorted alphabetically and numerical fields numerically. For most databases, administrators can set the sorting options.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER">If you click the cell, you can select from the sorting options: ascending, descending and not sorted.</ahelp> Text fields will be sorted alphabetically and numeric fields numerically. For most databases, administrators can set the sorting options.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3150436 159 help.text]
en: For example, if the name "Smith" occurs several times in your address database, you can choose the<emph> Distinct Values</emph> command to specify in the query that the name "Smith" will occur only once.
en_GB: For example, if the name "Smith" occurs several times in your address database, you can choose the <emph>Distinct Values</emph> command to specify in the query that the name "Smith" will occur only once.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3152352 160 help.text]
en: For a query involving several fields, the combination of values from all fields must be unique so that the result can be formed from a specific record. For example, you have "Smith in Chicago" once in your address book and "Smith in London" twice. With the<emph> Distinct Values</emph> command, the query will use the two fields "last name" and "city" and return the query result "Smith in Chicago" once and "Smith in London" once.
en_GB: For a query involving several fields, the combination of values from all fields must be unique so that the result can be formed from a specific record. For example, you have "Smith in Chicago" once in your address book and "Smith in London" twice. With the <emph>Distinct Values</emph> command, the query will use the two fields "surname" and "city" and return the query result "Smith in Chicago" once and "Smith in London" once.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3147501 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">Allows you to maximize the number of records with which query returns.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">Allows you to maximise the number of records with which query returns.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3154744 67 help.text]
en: ... The field name is empty. For Yes/No fields with three states, this command automatically queries the undetermined state (neither Yes nor No).
en_GB: ... The field name is empty. For Yes/No fields with three states, this command automatically queries the indeterminate state (neither Yes nor No).

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3146073 268 help.text]
en: <emph>Like </emph>Escape Sequence: {escape 'escape-character'}
en_GB: <emph>Like</emph> Escape Sequence: {escape 'escape-character'}

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3148541 270 help.text]
en: The example will give you all of the entries where the item name begins with 'The *'. This means that you can also search for characters that would otherwise be interpreted as placeholders, such as *, ?, _, % or the period.
en_GB: The example will give you all of the entries where the item name begins with 'The *'. This means that you can also search for characters that would otherwise be interpreted as placeholders, such as *, ?, _, % or the full stop.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3149134 110 help.text]
en: To query the content of a text field, you must put the expression between single quotes. The distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters depends on the database in use. LIKE, by definition, is case-sensitive (though some databases don't see it that strict).
en_GB: To query the content of a text field, you must put the expression between single quotes. The distinction between upper-case and lower-case letters depends on the database in use. LIKE, by definition, is case-sensitive (though some databases are not so strict).

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3159385 243 help.text]
en: IS NULL returns all records for which the Yes/No field has neither of the states Yes or No (selected in gray).
en_GB: IS NULL returns all records for which the Yes/No field has neither of the states Yes or No (selected in grey).

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3157312 114 help.text]
en: You must place the variable between square brackets (=[x]) to create a query with variable parameters. Alternatively, you can use an equal sign followed by a colon (=:x). When the query is executed, the program will display a dialog asking you for the expression to which the variable x should be assigned.
en_GB: You must place the variable between square brackets (=[x]) to create a query with variable parameters. Alternatively, you can use an equal sign followed by a colon (=:x). When the query is executed, the program will display a dialogue box asking you for the expression to which the variable x should be assigned.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3150818 273 help.text]
en: If you query several parameters at the same time, you will see a list field in the dialog containing all of the parameters and an input line alongside each one. Enter the values, preferably from top to bottom, and press the Enter key after each line.
en_GB: If you query several parameters at the same time, you will see a list field in the dialogue box containing all of the parameters and an input line alongside each one. Enter the values, preferably from top to bottom, and press the Enter key after each line.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3157537 116 help.text]
en: If you formulate a parameter query and you save it with the variables, you can later create a query in which only the variables have to be replaced by the expressions that you want. $[officename] asks for these variables in a dialog as soon as you open the query.
en_GB: If you formulate a parameter query and you save it with the variables, you can later create a query in which only the variables have to be replaced by the expressions that you want. $[officename] asks for these variables in a dialogue box as soon as you open the query.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3153596 140 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">The <emph>Parameter Input</emph> dialog asks you which variables you defined in the query. Enter a value for each query variable and confirm by clicking <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">The <emph>Parameter Input</emph> dialogue box asks you which variables you defined in the query. Enter a value for each query variable and confirm by clicking <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3150585 138 help.text]
en: Parameter queries are also used for <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subforms">subforms</link>, since they work exclusively with queries for which the values to be invoked are read internally from a variable.
en_GB: Parameter queries are also used for <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="sub-forms">sub-forms</link>, since they work exclusively with queries for which the values to be invoked are read internally from a variable.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3152570 136 help.text]
en: In $[officename] you do not need any knowledge of SQL for most queries, since you do not have to enter the SQL code. If you create a query in the query design, $[officename] automatically converts your instructions into the corresponding SQL syntax. If, with the help of the <emph>Switch Design View On/Off </emph>button, you change to the SQL view, you can see the SQL commands for a query that has been created previously.
en_GB: In $[officename] you do not need any knowledge of SQL for most queries, since you do not have to enter the SQL code. If you create a query in the query design, $[officename] automatically converts your instructions into the corresponding SQL syntax. If, with the help of the <emph>Switch Design View On/Off</emph> button, you change to the SQL view, you can see the SQL commands for a query that has been created previously.

[ctx: 02010101.xhp bm_id3154015 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>links;relational databases (Base)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inner joins (Base)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>joins in databases (Base)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>left joins (Base)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>right joins (Base)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>full joins (Base)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>links;relational databases (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inner joins (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joins in databases (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left joins (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right joins (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>full joins (Base)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02010101.xhp par_id3151205 2 help.text]
en: If you double-click a connection between two linked fields in the query design, or if you choose <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, the <emph>Join Properties</emph> dialog appears. These properties will be used in all queries created in the future.
en_GB: If you double-click a connection between two linked fields in the query design, or if you choose <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, the <emph>Join Properties</emph> dialogue box will appear. These properties will be used in all queries created in the future.

[ctx: 04000000.xhp hd_id3148944 29 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Subforms">Subforms</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Sub-forms">Sub-forms</link>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3153146 5 help.text]
en: In the form design you can <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp" name="include controls">include controls</link>, <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp" name="apply properties">apply properties</link> to them, define <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp" name="Form properties">Form properties</link>, and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="define subforms">define subforms</link>.
en_GB: In the form design you can <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp" name="include controls">include controls</link>, <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp" name="apply properties">apply properties</link> to them, define <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp" name="Form properties">Form properties</link>, and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="define sub-forms">define sub-forms</link>.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3154924 9 help.text]
en: The<emph> Form Navigator</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156002" src="cmd/sc_showfmexplorer.png" width="4.23mm" height="4.23mm"><alt id="alt_id3156002">Icon</alt></image> on the Form Design bar opens the <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp" name="Form Navigator"><emph>Form Navigator</emph></link>.
en_GB: The <emph>Form Navigator</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156002" src="cmd/sc_showfmexplorer.png" width="4.23mm" height="4.23mm"><alt id="alt_id3156002">Icon</alt></image> on the Form Design bar opens the <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp" name="Form Navigator"><emph>Form Navigator</emph></link>.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3154948 8 help.text]
en: If there is an error when assigning properties to the objects contained in the form (for example, when assigning a non-existent database table to an object), a corresponding error message appears. This error message may contain a <emph>More</emph> button. <ahelp hid="dummy">If you click <emph>More</emph>, a dialog displaying more information about the current problem appears.</ahelp>
en_GB: If there is an error when assigning properties to the objects contained in the form (for example, when assigning a non-existent database table to an object), a corresponding error message will appear. This error message may contain a <emph>More</emph> button. <ahelp hid="dummy">If you click <emph>More</emph>, a dialogue box displaying more information about the current problem will appear.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05000002.xhp par_id3163829 2 help.text]
en: Use this dialog to define the user settings for an Adabas table.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to define the user settings for an Adabas table.

[ctx: 05000002.xhp par_id3149095 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a new user.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhp" name="Enter Password">Enter Password</link> dialog appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a new user.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhp" name="Enter Password">Enter Password</link> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: 05000002.xhp par_id3152780 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the password for the selected user.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhp" name="Change Password">Change Password</link> dialog appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the password for the selected user.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05000003.xhp" name="Change Password">Change Password</link> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: 05000003.xhp par_id3148520 2 help.text]
en: Allows you to enter and confirm a new or changed password. If you have defined a new user, enter the user's name in this dialog.
en_GB: Allows you to enter and confirm a new or changed password. If you have defined a new user, enter the user's name in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 05000003.xhp par_id3147576 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_PASSWORD_ED_OLDPASSWORD">Enter the old password.</ahelp> This field is visible when you have started the dialog via <emph>Change password</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_PASSWORD_ED_OLDPASSWORD">Enter the old password.</ahelp> This field is visible when you have started the dialogue box via <emph>Change password</emph>.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3150398 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY">If this command has a check mark, the data field in this line is a primary key.</ahelp> By clicking the command you activate/deactivate the status. The command is only visible if the data source supports primary keys.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY">If this command has a tick mark, the data field in this line is a primary key.</ahelp> By clicking the command you activate/deactivate the status. The command is only visible if the data source supports primary keys.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3149203 30 help.text]
en: Specifies the number of decimal places for a numerical field or decimal field.
en_GB: Specifies the number of decimal places for a numeric field or decimal field.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3155131 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE">Displays the format code that you can select with the<emph> ... </emph>button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE">Displays the format code that you can select with the <emph>...</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3154146 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT">This button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp" name="Field Format"><emph>Field Format</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT">This button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp" name="Field Format"><emph>Field Format</emph></link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3150685 38 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW">Displays help texts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW">Displays help text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3166460 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DBIndexDesign">The <emph>Index Design </emph>dialog allows you edit the indexes for the current table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DBIndexDesign">The <emph>Index Design</emph> dialogue box allows you to edit the indexes for the current table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3155342 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIDX_INDEXLIST">Displays the available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIDX_INDEXLIST">Displays the available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154758 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIDX_RESETINDEX">Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialog was started.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIDX_RESETINDEX">Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialogue box was started.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154938 16 help.text]
en: As soon as you change a detail of the current index and then select another index, the change is immediately passed to the data source. You can only leave the dialog, or select another index, if the change has been successfully acknowledged by the data source. However, you can undo the change by clicking the <emph>Reset Current Index </emph>icon.
en_GB: As soon as you change a detail of the current index and then select another index, the change is immediately passed to the data source. You can only leave the dialogue box, or select another index, if the change has been successfully acknowledged by the data source. However, you can undo the change by clicking the <emph>Reset Current Index</emph> icon.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3156282 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_CHECKBOX_DLG_INDEXDESIGN_CB_UNIQUE">Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.</ahelp> Checking the <emph>Unique </emph>option prevents duplicate data from being entered in the field and ensures data integrity.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_CHECKBOX_DLG_INDEXDESIGN_CB_UNIQUE">Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.</ahelp> Checking the <emph>Unique</emph> option prevents duplicate data from being entered in the field and ensures data integrity.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3147085 20 help.text]
en: The<emph> Fields</emph> area displays a list of fields in the current table. You can also select multiple fields. In order to remove a field from the selection, select the empty entry at the start of the list.
en_GB: The <emph>Fields</emph> area displays a list of fields in the current table. You can also select multiple fields. In order to remove a field from the selection, select the empty entry at the start of the list.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154190 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_INDEXDESIGN_PB_CLOSE">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_INDEXDESIGN_PB_CLOSE">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3146957 2 help.text]
en: This command opens the <emph>Relation Design </emph>window, which allows you to define relationships between various database tables.
en_GB: This command opens the <emph>Relation Design</emph> window, which allows you to define relationships between various database tables.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149235 4 help.text]
en: When you choose <emph>Tools - Relationships</emph>, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click the <emph>Add Tables</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp" name="Add Tables">Add Tables</link> dialog opens in which you can select the tables that you want.
en_GB: When you choose <emph>Tools - Relationships</emph>, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click the <emph>Add Tables</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp" name="Add Tables">Add Tables</link> dialogue box opens in which you can select the tables that you want.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149168 7 help.text]
en: If you want to define a relation among the different tables, you should enter a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#primaerschluessel" name="primary key">primary key</link> that clearly identifies a data field of the existing table. You can refer to the primary key from other tables to access the data of this table. All data fields referring to this primary key will be identified as an external key.
en_GB: If you want to define a relation between different tables, you should enter a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#primaerschluessel" name="primary key">primary key</link> that clearly identifies a data field of the existing table. You can refer to the primary key from other tables to access the data of this table. All data fields referring to this primary key will be identified as an external key.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149984 18 help.text]
en: Alternatively, you can also click the <emph>New Relation</emph> icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020100.xhp" name="Relations"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can also click the <emph>New Relation</emph> icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020100.xhp" name="Relations"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3155856 15 help.text]
en: By double-clicking a connection line, you can assign certain properties to the relation. The <emph>Relations </emph>dialog opens.
en_GB: By double-clicking a connection line, you can assign certain properties to the relation. The <emph>Relations</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3153880 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_LB_RIGHT_TABLE" visibility="hidden">This is where the two related tables are listed.</ahelp> If you create a new relation, you can select one table from each of the combo boxes in the top part of the dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_REL_PROPERTIES_LB_RIGHT_TABLE" visibility="hidden">This is where the two related tables are listed.</ahelp> If you create a new relation, you can select one table from each of the combo boxes in the top part of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3154047 29 help.text]
en: If you opened the <emph>Relations</emph> dialog for an existing relation by double-clicking the connection lines in the Relation window, then the tables involved in the relation cannot be modified.
en_GB: If you opened the <emph>Relations</emph> dialogue box for an existing relation by double-clicking the connection lines in the Relation window, then the tables involved in the relation cannot be modified.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3153140 22 help.text]
en: When you delete a primary key field with the<emph> Delete cascade </emph>option, all records from other tables that have this key as their foreign key are also deleted. Use this option with great care; it is possible that a major portion of the database can be deleted.
en_GB: When you delete a primary key field with the <emph>Delete cascade</emph> option, all records from other tables that have this key as their foreign key are also deleted. Use this option with great care; it is possible that a major portion of the database can be deleted.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3155535 2 help.text]
en: Dragging-and-dropping a query or table opens the <emph>Copy Table </emph>dialog, which allows you to define the options for copying a query or a table.
en_GB: Dragging-and-dropping a query or table opens the <emph>Copy Table</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to define the options for copying a query or a table.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3148539 16 help.text]
en: With the <emph>Copy Table </emph>dialog you can:
en_GB: With the <emph>Copy Table</emph> dialogue box you can:

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3149264 29 help.text]
en: You can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table area of a database file window. The <emph>Copy table </emph>dialog appears.
en_GB: You can copy a table by dragging-and-dropping the table onto the table area of a database file window. The <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3147275 13 help.text]
en: The table definition must be exactly the same so that data can be copied. Data cannot be copied if a data field in the target table has another format than the data field in the source table.
en_GB: The table definition must be exactly the same so that data can be copied. Data cannot be copied if a data field in the target table has a different format than the data field in the source table.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3156117 31 help.text]
en: Match the data field names in the<emph> Copy Table</emph> dialog on the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhp" name="Apply Columns">Apply Columns</link> page.
en_GB: Match the data field names in the <emph>Copy Table</emph> dialogue box on the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhp" name="Apply Columns">Apply Columns</link> page.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3153252 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_TAB_WIZ_COPYTABLE_RB_APPENDDATA">If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the <emph>Column Info</emph> dialog whose data cannot be copied.</ahelp> If you confirm this dialog with OK, only the data that does not appear in the list will be attached.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_RADIOBUTTON_TAB_WIZ_COPYTABLE_RB_APPENDDATA">If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the <emph>Column Info</emph> dialogue box whose data cannot be copied.</ahelp> If you confirm this dialogue box with OK, only the data that does not appear in the list will be attached.

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3147143 2 help.text]
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Apply columns </emph>dialog is the second window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging-and-dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Apply columns</emph> dialogue box is the second window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3150247 2 help.text]
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The<emph> Type formatting </emph>dialog is the third window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging-and-dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Type formatting</emph> dialogue box is the third window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3145313 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_MULTILISTBOX_TAB_WIZ_TYPE_SELECT_LB_NEW_COLUMN_NAMES">Lists the data fields that will be included in to the copied table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_MULTILISTBOX_TAB_WIZ_TYPE_SELECT_LB_NEW_COLUMN_NAMES">Lists the data fields that will be included in the copied table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3153666 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE">Enter the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE">Enter the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numeric or decimal data fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3153561 18 help.text]
en: $[officename] can automatically recognize field contents when you copy database tables by drag and drop.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically recognise field contents when you copy database tables by drag-and-drop.

[ctx: 05030400.xhp par_id3156027 2 help.text]
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. If you select the <emph>Attach data </emph>check box on the first page of the <emph>Copy table </emph>dialog, the <emph>Assign columns </emph>dialog opens as the second window. You can use this dialog to map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging-and-dropping the table onto the table container. If you mark the <emph>Attach data</emph> check box on the first page of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box, the <emph>Assign columns</emph> dialogue box opens as the second window. You can use this dialogue box to map the content of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table.

[ctx: 05030400.xhp par_id3145071 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_NAMEMATCHING_COLS_AVAIL">Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, select the check box in front of the data field name. To map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.</ahelp> To include all of the source data fields in the destination table, click <emph>All</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_NAMEMATCHING_COLS_AVAIL">Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, mark the check box in front of the data field name. To map the content of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.</ahelp> To include all of the source data fields in the destination table, click <emph>All</emph>.

[ctx: 11000002.xhp bm_id3155449 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>databases;drag and drop (Base)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>databases;drag-and-drop (Base)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3145119 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Prevents an unauthorized user from accessing the database. You only need to enter the password once per session.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Prevents an unauthorised user from accessing the database. You only need to enter the password once per session.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3151054 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_AUTORETRIEVEENABLED">Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.</ahelp> Select this check box if the database does not support the auto-increment feature in its SDBCX layer. In general, the auto-increment is selected for the primary key field.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_AUTORETRIEVEENABLED">Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.</ahelp> Mark this check box if the database does not support the auto-increment feature in its SDBCX layer. In general, the auto-increment is selected for the primary key field.

[ctx: 11020000.xhp hd_id3157892 18 help.text]
en: Use SQL92 naming constraints
en_GB: Use SQL-92 naming constraints

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3153368 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_SQL92CHECK">Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.</ahelp> Each name must begin with a lower or upper case letter, or an underline ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, underlines, and numbers.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_SQL92CHECK">Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL-92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.</ahelp> Each name must begin with a lower- or upper-case letter, or an underline ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, underlines, and numbers.

[ctx: 11020000.xhp hd_id3154011 15 help.text]
en: Use Catalog for file-based databases
en_GB: Use Catalogue for file-based databases

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3148618 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG">Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG">Uses the current data source of the Catalogue. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box unmarked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11030000.xhp hd_id3153539 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030000.xhp" name="dBase">dBASE</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030000.xhp" name="dBASE">dBASE</link>

[ctx: 11030000.xhp par_id3153823 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_SHOWDELETED">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_SHOWDELETED">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you mark this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11030000.xhp par_id3161656 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_INDICIES">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhp" name="Indexes"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_INDICIES">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhp" name="Indexes"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can organise the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11030100.xhp par_id3150247 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organize dBASE database indexes.</ahelp> An index allows you to access a database quickly, provided that you query the data in the selection that was defined through the index. When you design a table, you can define the indexes on the <emph>Indexes </emph>tab page.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organise dBASE database indexes.</ahelp> An index allows you to access a database quickly, provided that you query the data in the selection that was defined through the index. When you design a table, you can define the indexes on the <emph>Indexes</emph> tab page.

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3154288 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="sqltext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sqltext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3147275 23 help.text]
en: You can only enter administration commands in this dialog, such as Grant, Create Table, or Drop Table, and not filter commands. The commands that you can enter depend on the data source, for example, dBASE can only run some of the SQL commands list here.
en_GB: You can only enter administration commands in this dialogue box, such as Grant, Create Table, or Drop Table, and not filter commands. The commands that you can enter depend on the data source, for example, dBASE can only run some of the SQL commands list here.

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3151210 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DIRECTSQL_PB_EXECUTE">Runs the command that you entered in the <emph>Command to execute </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DIRECTSQL_PB_EXECUTE">Runs the command that you entered in the <emph>Command to execute</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11090000.xhp par_id3149164 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time that the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11170000.xhp par_id3156002 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhp" name="Database Statistics">Database Statistics</link> dialog, where you can view statistics about the Adabas database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhp" name="Database Statistics">Database Statistics</link> dialogue box, in which you can view statistics about the Adabas database.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11170100.xhp hd_id3149237 17 help.text]
en: Memory utilization (in %)
en_GB: Memory utilisation (in %)

[ctx: 30000000.xhp par_id3149378 38 help.text]
en: Use the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/30100000.xhp" name="Create New Adabas Database"><emph>Create New Adabas Database</emph></link> dialog to create an Adabas database:
en_GB: Use the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/30100000.xhp" name="Create New Adabas Database"><emph>Create New Adabas Database</emph></link> dialogue box to create an Adabas database:

[ctx: 30000000.xhp par_id3147394 98 help.text]
en: Click <emph>Connect to an existing database</emph>, and then select "Adabas" in the listbox (scroll up in the listbox).
en_GB: Click <emph>Connect to an existing database</emph>, and then select "Adabas" in the list box (scroll up in the list box if necessary).

[ctx: 30100000.xhp par_id3152597 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE">Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.</ahelp> This file stores user data, such as tables and indexes, as well as the SQL catalog (schema info). The data contained in one user table is evenly distributed across all DATADEVSPACEs. The combined size of all DATADEVSPACEs corresponds to the size of the database.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE">Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.</ahelp> This file stores user data, such as tables and indexes, as well as the SQL catalogue (schema info). The data contained in one user table is evenly distributed across all DATADEVSPACEs. The combined size of all DATADEVSPACEs corresponds to the size of the database.

[ctx: 30100000.xhp par_id3153091 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE">Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE">Locate the directory in which you want to save the file, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN10590 help.text]
en: Use SQL92 naming constraints
en_GB: Use SQL-92 naming constraints

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN10594 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Only allows characters that conform to the SQL92 naming convention in a name in a data source. All other characters are rejected. Each name must begin with a lowercase letter, an uppercase letter, or an underscore ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, numbers, and underscores.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Only allows characters that conform to the SQL-92 naming convention in a name in a data source. All other characters are rejected. Each name must begin with a lower-case letter, an upper-case letter, or an underscore ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, numbers, and underscores.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN105D6 help.text]
en: Some databases assign version numbers to fields to track changes to records. The version number of a field is incremented by one each time the contents of the field are changed. <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL">Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp>
en_GB: Some databases assign version numbers to fields to track changes to records. The version number of a field is incremented by one each time that the content of the field is changed. <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL">Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN105FA help.text]
en: Use the catalog name in SELECT statements
en_GB: Use the catalogue name in SELECT statements

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN105FE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalogue. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabaadvpropgen.xhp par_idN10597 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time the statement creates a data field:
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time that the statement creates a data field:

[ctx: dabadoc.xhp par_idN10554 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">The database file window organizes the tables, views, queries, and reports of a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The database file window organises the tables, views, queries and reports of a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN1058D help.text]
en: Use catalog for file-based databases
en_GB: Use catalogue for file-based databases

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10691 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalogue. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10700 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you mark this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10725 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Indexes dialogue box, in which you can organise the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10795 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhp" name="Database Statistics">Database Statistics</link> dialog, where you can view statistics about the Adabas database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11170100.xhp" name="Database Statistics">Database Statistics</link> dialogue box, in which you can view statistics about the Adabas database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN107B0 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select this check box if the first line of the text file contains field names.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box if the first line of the text file contains field names.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN107E9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a dot-on-the-line (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN107F6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a dot-on-the-line (1.000).</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10803 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the format for the text file.</ahelp> The extension that you select affects some of the default settings in this dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the format for the text file.</ahelp> The extension that you select affects some of the default settings in this dialogue box.

[ctx: dabapropcon.xhp par_idN1056C help.text]
en: For example, you can use the wizard to open a database file that is in a format that is usually not recognized by an installed database.
en_GB: For example, you can use the wizard to open a database file that is in a format that is usually not recognised by an installed database.

[ctx: dabapropcon.xhp par_idN10573 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the type of database that you want to connect to.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the type of database to which you want to connect.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN1057C help.text]
en: Ensure that the *.dbf file name extension of the dBASE files is lowercase.
en_GB: Ensure that the *.dbf file name extension of the dBASE files is lower-case.

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN10595 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can select a file or a directory.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select a file or a directory.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN105B5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the folder of the text files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the folder containing the text files that the database uses.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN105D1 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If marked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz01.xhp par_idN105FD help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz01.xhp par_idN10633 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialogue box in which you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialogue box to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02access.xhp par_idN1054F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02adabas.xhp par_idN1054C help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02ado.xhp bm_id7565233 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ADO databases (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>MS ADO interface (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;ADO (Base)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ADO databases (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft ADO interface (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;ADO (Base)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dabawiz02ado.xhp par_idN1057C help.text]
en: To connect with a name to a catalog on a Microsoft SQL server that has a name turner, enter:
en_GB: To connect with a name to a catalogue on a Microsoft SQL server that has a name turner, enter:

[ctx: dabawiz02ado.xhp par_idN1058C help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a database selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a database selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02dbase.xhp par_idN10575 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Open a path selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Open a path selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02jdbc.xhp par_idN10678 help.text]
en: port is the port where the Oracle database listens. Ask your database administrator for the correct port address.
en_GB: port is the port on which the Oracle database listens. Ask your database administrator for the correct port number.

[ctx: dabawiz02ldap.xhp par_idN105CE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP">Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).</ahelp> By default, an SSL connection uses port 636. A regular connection uses port 389.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP">Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).</ahelp> By default, an SSL connection uses port 636. A standard connection uses port 389.

[ctx: dabawiz02odbc.xhp par_idN1055D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialogue box:</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02oracle.xhp par_idN10601 help.text]
en: port is the port where the Oracle database listens. Ask your database administrator for the correct port address.
en_GB: port is the port on which the Oracle database listens. Ask your database administrator for the correct port number.

[ctx: dabawiz02spreadsheet.xhp par_idN10549 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognised as files of the text database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN10576 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN10647 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to access csv files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to access CSV files.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN105BC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a dot-on-the-line (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN105D7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a dot-on-the-line (1.000).</ahelp>

[ctx: menuedit.xhp par_id3147209 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a window in which you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuedit.xhp par_idN105E2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuedit.xhp par_idN105E9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Database Properties dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Database Properties dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuedit.xhp par_idN105F7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Advanced Properties dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105C4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database file, query, form or report. For the database file, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialog. For the other objects, you see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menufilesave.xhp">Save</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database file, query, form or report. For the database file, you will see the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialogue box. For the other objects, you will see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menufilesave.xhp">Save</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105D9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database file with another name. In the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialog, select a path and file name to save.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Saves the current database file with another name. In the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialogue box, select a path and file name to save.</ahelp>

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105F5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105FC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The current database file is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The current database file is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and edit the main text of the e-mail.</ahelp>

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN10603 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and the main text of the e-mail. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.</ahelp>

[ctx: menufilesave.xhp par_idN1054B help.text]
en: In this dialog, you can specify the position and name of a form  that you save within a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link>. The dialog opens automatically when you save a form the first time.
en_GB: In this dialogue box, you can specify the position and name of a form that you save within a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link>. The dialogue box opens automatically when you save a form for the first time.

[ctx: menufilesave.xhp par_idN105B9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to save the form to the database file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to save the form into the database file.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuinsert.xhp par_idN1060F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box with which you can save a new folder in the database file.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_idN1058E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the User Administration dialogue box if the database supports this feature.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_id3153252 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_TABLE_SELECTOR">Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_TABLE_SELECTOR">Opens the Table Filter dialogue box in which you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_idN105C0 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the SQL dialogue box in which you can enter SQL statements.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuview.xhp par_idN10564 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuview.xhp par_idN10587 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuview.xhp par_idN1059C help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: password.xhp par_idN10583 help.text]
en: Remember password till end of session
en_GB: Remember password until end of session

[ctx: password.xhp par_idN10587 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to use the same user name and password without a further dialogue box, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.</ahelp>

[ctx: querywizard04.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
en: This page is only displayed when there are numerical fields in the query that allow the use of aggregate functions.
en_GB: This page is only displayed when there are numeric fields in the query that allow the use of aggregate functions.

[ctx: querywizard04.xhp par_idN105D7 help.text]
en: Select the aggregate function and the field name of the numeric field in the list box. You can enter as many aggregate functions as you want, one in each row of controls.
en_GB: Select the aggregate function and the field name of the numeric field from the list box. You can enter as many aggregate functions as you want, one in each row of controls.

[ctx: rep_datetime.xhp par_id8638874 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Date and Time dialog of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Date and Time</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Date and Time dialogue box of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Date and Time</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id6844386 help.text]
en: <emph>Detail</emph> - drag and drop database fields into the Detail area
en_GB: <emph>Detail</emph> - drag-and-drop database fields into the Detail area

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id1278420 help.text]
en: In addition, you can click the Label Field or Text Box icon in the toolbar, then drag a rectangle in the Page Header or Page Footer area, to define a text that is the same on all pages. You enter the text in the Label box of the corresponding Properties window. You can also add graphics by using the Graphics icon.
en_GB: In addition, you can click the Label Field or Text Box icon in the toolbar, then drag a rectangle in the Page Header or Page Footer area, to define some text that is the same on all pages. You enter the text in the Label box of the corresponding Properties window. You can also add graphics by using the Graphics icon.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id2218390 help.text]
en: Move the mouse to the Properties view. You see two tab pages General and Data.
en_GB: Move the mouse to the Properties view. You will see two tab pages General and Data.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id4051026 help.text]
en: Drag and drop the field names one by one from the Add Field window into the Detail area of the report. Position the fields as you like. Use the icons in the toolbars to align the fields.
en_GB: Drag-and-drop the field names one by one from the Add Field window into the Detail area of the report. Position the fields as you like. Use the icons in the toolbars to align the fields.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id7138889 help.text]
en: Click in the Details area. Then in the Properties window, change some properties, for example the background color.
en_GB: Click in the Details area. Then, in the Properties window, change some properties, for example the background colour.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id1743827 help.text]
en: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon<image id="img_id9557786" src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt id="alt_id9557786">Icon</alt></image> on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialog.
en_GB: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon<image id="img_id9557786" src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt id="alt_id9557786">Icon</alt></image> on the toolbar. You will see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id399182 help.text]
en: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon<image id="Graphic21" src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialog.
en_GB: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon<image id="Graphic21" src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> on the toolbar. You will see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id7599108 help.text]
en: If you like to sort and group, open the Report Builder view, then open the Sorting and Grouping dialog. Select to show a Group Header for the fields that you want to group, and select to hide the Group Header for the fields that you want to be sorted. Close the Sorting and Grouping window and execute the report.
en_GB: If you like to sort and group, open the Report Builder view, then open the Sorting and Grouping dialogue box. Select to show a Group Header for the fields that you want to group, and select to hide the Group Header for the fields that you want to be sorted. Close the Sorting and Grouping window and execute the report.

[ctx: rep_navigator.xhp bm_id5823847 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas in reports;editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions in reports;editing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae in reports;editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions in reports;editing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: rep_navigator.xhp par_id5091708 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you will see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_navigator.xhp par_id1803643 help.text]
en: Open the context menu (right click) on the functions entry, choose to create a new function, and select it.
en_GB: Open the context menu (right-click) on the functions entry, choose to create a new function, and select it.

[ctx: rep_pagenumbers.xhp par_id3424481 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Page Numbers</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Page Numbers dialogue box of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Page Numbers</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_pagenumbers.xhp par_id4441663 help.text]
en: Select an alignment. By default the page numbers are centered between the left and right margins. You can align the field to the left or right. You can also select Inside to print page number on odd pages on the left side and even page numbers on the right side. Select Outside for the opposite alignment.
en_GB: Select an alignment. By default the page numbers are centred between the left and right margins. You can align the field to the left or right. You can also select Inside to print page number on odd pages on the left side and even page numbers on the right side. Select Outside for the opposite alignment.

[ctx: rep_prop.xhp par_id7022003 help.text]
en: If you click the Page Header or Page Footer area without selecting any object, you see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.
en_GB: If you click the Page Header or Page Footer area without selecting any object, you will see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.

[ctx: rep_prop.xhp par_id2561723 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background colour for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_prop.xhp par_id7466963 help.text]
en: If you click the <emph>Detail</emph> area without selecting any object, you see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.
en_GB: If you click the <emph>Detail</emph> area without selecting any object, you will see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.

[ctx: rep_sort.xhp par_id3068636 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link>, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.</ahelp> If you group your report by a certain field, all records with the same value of that field will be kept together in one group.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the Sorting and Grouping dialogue box of <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link>, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.</ahelp> If you group your report by a certain field, all records with the same value of that field will be kept together in one group.

[ctx: tablewizard02.xhp par_idN1059F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numeric or decimal data fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: tablewizard02.xhp par_id6706747 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time the statement creates a data field:
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time that the statement creates a data field:

[ctx: tablewizard03.xhp par_idN10580 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to create a primary key from a concatenation of several existing fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: tablewizard04.xhp par_idN105E4 help.text]
en: Catalog of the table
en_GB: Catalogue of the table

[ctx: tablewizard04.xhp par_idN105EA help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the catalogue for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogues)</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp hd_id3149655 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="wie">To access this command </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="wie">To access this command</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id8789025 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to save the selected bitmap picture as a file. The default file format is the internal format of the image.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to save the selected bitmap picture as a file. The default file format is the internal format of the image.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3146316 8 help.text]
en: <variable id="quali">Choose <emph>View - Color/Grayscale</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="quali">Choose <emph>View - Colour/Greyscale</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3149352 19 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Notes Page </emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Notes Page</emph>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_idN10AF7 help.text]
en: <variable id="masterlayouts">Choose <emph>View - Master - Slide Master </emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="masterlayouts">Choose <emph>View - Master - Slide Master</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3148489 2 help.text]
en: In the context menu of a dimension line, choose <emph>Dimensions</emph>.
en_GB: From the context menu of a dimension line, choose <emph>Dimensions</emph>.

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3151075 2 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Modify - Convert </emph>(<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Modify - Convert</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3147001 5 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Modify - Convert - To 3D</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Modify - Convert - To 3-D</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3155111 28 help.text]
en: Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3D </emph>
en_GB: Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D</emph>

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3150205 6 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Modify - Convert - To 3D Rotation Object</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Modify - Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3152992 29 help.text]
en: Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3D Rotation Body</emph>
en_GB: Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D Rotation Body</emph>

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3153817 7 help.text]
en: If you choose "HTML Document" as your file format, the <emph>HTML Export </emph><link href="text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp" name="AutoPilot">Wizard</link> appears. This wizard guides you through the export process and includes the option to save the pictures in your presentation in GIF or JPG format.
en_GB: If you choose "HTML Document" as your file format, the <emph>HTML Export</emph> <link href="text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp" name="Wizard">Wizard</link> will appear. This wizard guides you through the export process and includes the option to save the pictures in your presentation in GIF or JPG format.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3148604 9 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp" name="Export dialog">Export dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp" name="Export dialogue box">Export dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 01180000.xhp par_id3145587 5 help.text]
en: To change the background of all of the pages in the active file, select a background, click <emph>OK</emph> and click <emph>Yes</emph> in the <emph>Page Settings</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To change the background of all of the pages in the active file, select a background, click <emph>OK</emph> and click <emph>Yes</emph> in the <emph>Page Settings</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01180001.xhp par_id3150299 20 help.text]
en: Select a paper format supported by your printer. You can also create a custom page size by selecting <emph>User </emph>and entering the size dimensions in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.
en_GB: Select a paper format supported by your printer. You can also create a custom page size by selecting <emph>User</emph> and entering the size dimensions in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.

[ctx: 01180001.xhp par_id3152992 22 help.text]
en: Shows the width of the paper format you selected in the <emph>Format </emph>box. If you selected the <emph>User </emph>format, enter a value for the width of the page.
en_GB: Shows the width of the paper format you selected in the <emph>Format</emph> box. If you selected the <emph>User</emph> format, enter a value for the width of the page.

[ctx: 01180001.xhp par_id3149945 24 help.text]
en: Shows the height of the paper format you selected in the <emph>Format </emph>box. If you selected the <emph>User </emph>format, enter a value for the height of the page.
en_GB: Shows the height of the paper format you selected in the <emph>Format</emph> box. If you selected the <emph>User</emph> format, enter a value for the height of the page.

[ctx: 01180002.xhp par_id3150297 3 help.text]
en: The options for this dialog are described <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="here">here</link>.
en_GB: The options for this dialogue box are described <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="here">here</link>.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3149379 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR">Opens the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to other slides or move between open files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR">Opens the Navigator, with which you can quickly jump to other slides or move between open files.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3157874 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN">Switches the mouse pointer to a pen that you can use to write on slides during a slide show.</ahelp> You cannot change the color of the pen.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN">Switches the mouse pointer to a pen that you can use to write on slides during a slide show.</ahelp> You cannot change the colour of the pen.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3148768 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PREV">Moves back one slide in the slide show.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PREV">Moves backwards one slide in the slide show.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3153920 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_NEXT">Move forward one slide in the slide show.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_NEXT">Moves forwards one slide in the slide show.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3150264 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_DRAGTYPE">Drag and drop slides and named objects into the active slide.</ahelp> You can only insert slides and named objects from a saved file. You can only insert named objects as copies.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_DRAGTYPE">Drag-and-drop slides and named objects into the active slide.</ahelp> You can only insert slides and named objects from a saved file. You can only insert named objects as copies.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id9635914 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the submenu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you set the focus to a slide and press the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the sub-menu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you move the focus to a slide and press the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3150744 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/viewdata">Enters the width and the height values of the selected object in the <emph>X axis </emph>and the <emph>Y axis </emph>boxes respectively as well as the fill color of the object in the Start box.</ahelp> The rotation angle of the selected object is not entered.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/viewdata">Enters the width and the height values of the selected object in the <emph>x-Axis</emph> and the <emph>y-Axis</emph> boxes respectively as well as the fill colour of the object in the Start box.</ahelp> The rotation angle of the selected object is not entered.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp hd_id3153084 7 help.text]
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153564 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/x">Enter the horizontal distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/x">Enter the horizontal distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp hd_id3154507 9 help.text]
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3149882 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/y">Enter the vertical distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/y">Enter the vertical distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153738 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/angle">Enter the angle (0 to 359 degrees) by which you want to rotate the duplicate object. Positive values rotate the duplicate object in a clockwise direction and negative values in a counterclockwise direction. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/angle">Enter the angle (0 to 359 degrees) by which you want to rotate the duplicate object. Positive values rotate the duplicate object in a clockwise direction and negative values in a counter-clockwise direction. </ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp hd_id3154866 19 help.text]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3150474 20 help.text]
en: Sets the colors for the selected object and the duplicate object. If you make more than one copy, these colors define the start and end points of a color gradient.
en_GB: Sets the colours for the selected object and the duplicate object. If you make more than one copy, these colours define the start and end points of a colour gradient.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3155987 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/start">Choose a color for the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/start">Choose a colour for the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3147167 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/end">Choose a color for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this color is applied to the last copy. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/end">Choose a colour for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this colour is applied to the last copy. </ahelp>

[ctx: 02130000.xhp hd_id3154485 5 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Rename Slide </caseinline><defaultinline>Rename Page</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Rename Slide</caseinline><defaultinline>Rename Page</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3148702 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:RenamePage">Renames the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide </caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:RenamePage">Renames the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02140000.xhp bm_id3153541 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>layers; deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; layers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>layers; deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; layers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3150207 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:DLG_MORPH:CBX_ATTRIBUTES">Applies cross-fading to the line and fill properties of the selected objects.</ahelp> For example, if the selected objects are filled with different colors, a color transition between the two colors is applied.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:DLG_MORPH:CBX_ATTRIBUTES">Applies cross-fading to the line and fill properties of the selected objects.</ahelp> For example, if the selected objects are filled with different colours, a colour transition between the two colours is applied.

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3154754 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid="SD:MODALDIALOG:DLG_FIELD_MODIFY">Edits the properties of an inserted field.</ahelp></variable> To edit an inserted field, double-click it. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid="SD:MODALDIALOG:DLG_FIELD_MODIFY">Edits the properties of an inserted field.</ahelp></variable> To edit an inserted field, double-click it. <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="IMPRESS">Then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</caseinline> </switchinline><switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="DRAW">Then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</caseinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3145251 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_DRAW">Switches to normal view where you can create and edit your slides.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_DRAW">Switches to normal view in which you can create and edit your slides.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id1977294 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a submenu with commands for the current slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a sub-menu with commands for the current slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3257545 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a file dialog to select a picture. The picture will be scaled and inserted on the background of the current slide master. Use Format - Slide/Page - Background to remove the picture.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a file dialogue box to select a picture. The picture will be scaled and inserted on the background of the current slide master. Use Format - Slide/Page - Background to remove the picture.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3152597 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_OUTLINE">Switches to outline view where you can reorder slides and edit slide titles and headings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_OUTLINE">Switches to outline view in which you can reorder slides and edit slide titles and headings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03110000.xhp par_id3154491 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_NOTES">Switches to notes page view, where you can add notes to your slides.</ahelp> Notes are hidden from the audience when you give your presentation.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_NOTES">Switches to notes page view, in which you can add notes to your slides.</ahelp> Notes are hidden from the audience when you give your presentation.

[ctx: 03150000.xhp par_id3150011 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_MASTERPAGE">Switches to one of several master views, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides in your show.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_MASTERPAGE">Switches to one of several master views, in which you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides in your show.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03150100.xhp par_id3151075 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:SlideMasterPage">Switches to slide master view, where you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides in your show that use the same slide master.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:SlideMasterPage">Switches to slide master view, in which you can add elements that you want to appear on all of the slides in your show that use the same slide master.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03150300.xhp par_id3154491 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:NotesMasterPage">Displays the notes master, where you can set the default formatting for notes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:NotesMasterPage">Displays the notes master, in which you can set the default formatting for notes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03151200.xhp par_idN1052B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_MASTER_LAYOUTS_NOTES">Add header, footer, date, and slide number to the notes master.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_MASTER_LAYOUTS_NOTES">Add header, footer, date and slide number placeholders to the notes master.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03152000.xhp par_idN10697 help.text]
en: The <emph>Header and Footer</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The <emph>Header and Footer</emph> dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: 03152000.xhp par_idN1069D help.text]
en: <emph>Slide</emph> tab page where you can specify options for the current slide or for all slides.
en_GB: <emph>Slide</emph> tab page in which you can specify options for the current slide or for all slides.

[ctx: 03152000.xhp par_idN106A5 help.text]
en: <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> tab page where you can specify options for the notes pages and the handout pages.
en_GB: <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> tab page in which you can specify options for the notes pages and the handout pages.

[ctx: 03180000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Color/Grayscale
en_GB: Colour/Greyscale

[ctx: 03180000.xhp bm_id3153142 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>display qualities of presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; displaying presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>black and white display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grayscale display</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>display qualities of presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; displaying presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>black and white display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>greyscale display</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03180000.xhp hd_id3153142 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp" name="Display Quality">Color/Grayscale</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp" name="Display Quality">Colour/Greyscale</link>

[ctx: 03180000.xhp par_id3151073 2 help.text]
en: Shows slides in color, grayscale, or black and white.
en_GB: Shows slides in colour, greyscale, or black and white.

[ctx: 03180000.xhp hd_id3149123 3 help.text]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 03180000.xhp par_id3154757 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OutputQualityColor">Shows slides in color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OutputQualityColor">Shows slides in colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03180000.xhp hd_id3155333 5 help.text]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3150752 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="fangtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CapturePoint">Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.</ahelp></variable> Snap points and snap lines do not appear in printed output.
en_GB: <variable id="fangtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CapturePoint">Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as a guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.</ahelp></variable> Snap points and snap lines do not appear in printed output.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3157978 4 help.text]
en: To set the snap range, choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Drawing - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Presentation - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link></defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: To set the snap range, choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Drawing - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Presentation - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link></defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp hd_id3153078 7 help.text]
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04030000.xhp hd_id3153932 9 help.text]
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04030000m.xhp par_id3150767 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts a new row above the active cell. The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downward.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts a new row above the active cell. The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downwards.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04110000.xhp par_id3145799 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="dateitext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ImportFromFile">Inserts a file into the active slide. You can insert $[officename] Draw or Impress files, or text from an HTML document or a text file.</ahelp></variable> If you have an active internet connection, you can also insert text from a web page by entering its URL in the <emph>File name </emph>box.
en_GB: <variable id="dateitext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ImportFromFile">Inserts a file into the active slide. You can insert $[officename] Draw or Impress files, or text from an HTML document or a text file.</ahelp></variable> If you have an active Internet connection, you can also insert text from a web page by entering its URL in the <emph>File name</emph> box.

[ctx: 04110100.xhp par_id3159236 7 help.text]
en: At the prompt, click <emph>Yes </emph>to scale the elements to fit on the slide or <emph>No </emph>to preserve the original size of the elements.
en_GB: At the prompt, click <emph>Yes</emph> to scale the elements to fit on the slide or <emph>No</emph> to preserve the original size of the elements.

[ctx: 04110100.xhp par_id3156448 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_PAGES_OBJS:CBX_LINK">Inserts a file or some file elements as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_PAGES_OBJS:CBX_LINK">Inserts a file, or some file elements, as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04130000.xhp par_id3146972 3 help.text]
en: You can only use the <emph>Expand Slide </emph>command if your slide layout contains a title object and an outline object.
en_GB: You can only use the <emph>Expand Slide</emph> command if your slide layout contains a title object and an outline object.

[ctx: 04990600.xhp par_id3153876 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthorField">Inserts the first and last names listed in the $[officename] user data into the active slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthorField">Inserts the forename and surname listed in the $[officename] user data into the active slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090000m.xhp par_id3154643 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, fonts, font effects, borders, and background.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, fonts, font effects, borders and background.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3148485 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="seitenvorlagetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PresentationLayout">Displays the <emph>Slide Design</emph> dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="seitenvorlagetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PresentationLayout">Displays the <emph>Slide Design</emph> dialogue box, in which you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3156020 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PRESLT:BTN_LOAD">Displays the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120100.xhp" name="Load Slide Design"><emph>Load Slide Design</emph></link> dialog, where you can select additional slide designs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_PRESLT:BTN_LOAD">Displays the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120100.xhp" name="Load Slide Design"><emph>Load Slide Design</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select additional slide designs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05130000.xhp par_id31469757 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The icon in the Presentation toolbar opens a submenu. Select the slide layout for the slide.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The icon in the Presentation toolbar opens a sub-menu. Select the slide layout for the slide.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05150000.xhp par_id3148569 88 help.text]
en: The <emph>AutoVertical </emph>and <emph>AutoHorizontal </emph>checkboxes must be cleared before you can assign the <emph>Text position</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>AutoVertical</emph> and <emph>AutoHorizontal</emph> check boxes must be unmarked before you can assign the <emph>Text position</emph>.

[ctx: 05250600.xhp par_id3149121 4 help.text]
en: Select the object(s) that you want to move behind an other object. Right-click and choose <emph>Arrange - Behind Object</emph>, and then click an object in your slide.
en_GB: Select the object(s) that you want to move behind another object. Right-click and choose <emph>Arrange - Behind Object</emph>, and then click an object in your slide.

[ctx: 06040000.xhp par_idN10751 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numeric field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_idN107BC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/simpress/01/animationeffect.xhp">Custom Animation</link> dialog to add another animation effect for the selected object on the slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/simpress/01/animationeffect.xhp">Custom Animation</link> dialogue box to add another animation effect for the selected object on the slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_idN107D1 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/simpress/01/animationeffect.xhp">Custom Animation</link> dialog to change the animation effect for the selected entry on the animation list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/simpress/01/animationeffect.xhp">Custom Animation</link> dialogue box to change the animation effect for the selected entry on the animation list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_idN1080B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog, where you can select and apply properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialogue box, in which you can select and apply properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp bm_id3153246 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>interactions; objects in interactive presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>programs run by mouse click in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>running macros/programs in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; running in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations;exiting by interaction</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exiting;by clicking objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>interactions; objects in interactive presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>programs run by mouse click in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>running macros/programs in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; running in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations;exiting by interaction</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exiting clicking objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; hiding in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sounds;during fading of presentations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3157871 46 help.text]
en: Moves back one slide in the slide show.
en_GB: Moves backwards one slide in the slide show.

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3150655 47 help.text]
en: Moves forward one slide in the slide show.
en_GB: Moves forwards one slide in the slide show.

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3150566 57 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:EDIT:TP_ANIMATION:EDT_DOCUMENT">Enter a path to the file you want to open, or click <emph>Browse </emph>to locate the file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:EDIT:TP_ANIMATION:EDT_DOCUMENT">Enter a path to the file you want to open, or click <emph>Browse</emph> to locate the file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3155986 62 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:EDIT:TP_ANIMATION:EDT_SOUND">Enter a path to the sound file you want to open, or click <emph>Browse </emph>to locate the file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:EDIT:TP_ANIMATION:EDT_SOUND">Enter a path to the sound file you want to open, or click <emph>Browse</emph> to locate the file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3148918 81 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD_EDIT_TP_ANIMATION_EDT_PROGRAM">Enter a path to the program you want to start, or click <emph>Browse </emph>to locate the program.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD_EDIT_TP_ANIMATION_EDT_PROGRAM">Enter a path to the program you want to start, or click <emph>Browse</emph> to locate the program.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3148625 85 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD_EDIT_TP_ANIMATION_EDT_MACRO">Enter a path to the macro you want to run, or click <emph>Browse </emph>to locate the macro.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD_EDIT_TP_ANIMATION_EDT_MACRO">Enter a path to the macro you want to run, or click <emph>Browse</emph> to locate the macro.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id3147373 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/presentationdialog/manualslides">Slides never change automatically when this box is selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/presentationdialog/manualslides">Slides never change automatically when this check box is marked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id3150475 19 help.text]
en: Anything you write with the pen is not saved when you exit the slide show. The color of the pen cannot be changed.
en_GB: Anything you write with the pen is not saved when you exit the slide show. The colour of the pen cannot be changed.

[ctx: 06100100.xhp par_id3151240 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/simpress/ui/definecustomslideshow/remove">Removes a slide from the <emph>Selected slides </emph>list. You need to choose a slide in the <emph>Selected slides </emph>list before you can use this button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/simpress/ui/definecustomslideshow/remove">Removes a slide from the <emph>Selected slides</emph> list. You need to choose a slide in the <emph>Selected slides</emph> list before you can use this button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3153713 5 help.text]
en: The following options are required to convert a bitmap image to a polygon. The converted image is actually a collection of smaller polygons filled with color.
en_GB: The following options are required to convert a bitmap image to a polygon. The converted image is actually a collection of smaller polygons filled with colour.

[ctx: 13050200.xhp hd_id3146314 8 help.text]
en: Number of colors:
en_GB: Number of colours:

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3145790 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_VECTORIZE:NM_LAYERS">Enter the number of colors to be displayed in the converted image. $[officename] generates a polygon for each occurrence of a color in the image.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_VECTORIZE:NM_LAYERS">Enter the number of colours to be displayed in the converted image. $[officename] generates a polygon for each occurrence of a colour in the image.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3159236 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:METRICFIELD:DLG_VECTORIZE:MT_REDUCE">Removes color polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:METRICFIELD:DLG_VECTORIZE:MT_REDUCE">Removes colour polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3145584 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:DLG_VECTORIZE:CB_FILLHOLES">Fills the color gaps caused by applying a point reduction.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SD:CHECKBOX:DLG_VECTORIZE:CB_FILLHOLES">Fills the colour gaps caused by applying a point reduction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050200.xhp hd_id3149944 18 help.text]
en: Vectorized image:
en_GB: Vectorised image:

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3148605 19 help.text]
en: Preview of the converted image. Click <emph>Preview</emph> to generate the vectorized image.
en_GB: Preview of the converted image. Click <emph>Preview</emph> to generate the vectorised image.

[ctx: 13050300.xhp tit help.text]
en: Convert to 3D
en_GB: Convert to 3-D

[ctx: 13050300.xhp hd_id3154017 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp" name="Convert to 3D">Convert to 3D</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp" name="Convert to 3-D">Convert to 3-D</link>

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3155066 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertInto3D">Converts the selected object to a three-dimensional (3D) object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertInto3D">Converts the selected object to a three-dimensional (3-D) object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3147339 8 help.text]
en: <variable id="anmerkung">The selected object is first converted to a contour, and then to a 3D object.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="anmerkung">The selected object is first converted to a contour, and then to a 3-D object.</variable>

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3149127 3 help.text]
en: If you select two or more objects and convert them to 3D, the result is a 3D group that acts as a single object. You can edit the individual objects in the group by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Modify</emph> - <emph>Enter Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Group - Edit Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Modify – Exit Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format – Group – Exit Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> when you are finished.
en_GB: If you select two or more objects and convert them to 3-D, the result is a 3-D group that acts as a single object. You can edit the individual objects in the group by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Modify</emph> - <emph>Enter Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Group - Edit Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Modify – Exit Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format – Group – Exit Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> when you are finished.

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3151242 5 help.text]
en: Converting a group of objects to 3D does not change the stacking order of the individual objects.
en_GB: Converting a group of objects to 3-D does not change the stacking order of the individual objects.

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3145114 4 help.text]
en: You can also convert bitmap images and vector graphics, including clipart, to 3D objects. $[officename] treats bitmaps as rectangles and vector graphics as a group of polygons when converting to 3D.
en_GB: You can also convert bitmap images and vector graphics, including clipart, to 3-D objects. $[officename] treats bitmaps as rectangles and vector graphics as a group of polygons when converting to 3-D.

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3153960 7 help.text]
en: If you want, you can also apply a <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="3D Effect">3D Effect</link> to the converted object.
en_GB: If you want, you can also apply a <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="3-D Effect">3-D Effect</link> to the converted object.

[ctx: 13050400.xhp tit help.text]
en: Convert to 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: Convert to 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: 13050400.xhp hd_id3146974 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp" name="Convert to 3D Rotation Object">Convert to 3D Rotation Object</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp" name="Convert to 3-D Rotation Object">Convert to 3-D Rotation Object</link>

[ctx: 13050500.xhp par_id3155333 3 help.text]
en: You can also copy the selected object and choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special </emph>and select the bitmap format from the list.
en_GB: You can also copy the selected object and choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> and select the bitmap format from the list.

[ctx: 13050600.xhp par_id3147344 3 help.text]
en: You can also copy the selected object and choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special </emph>and select MetaFile from the list.
en_GB: You can also copy the selected object and choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> and select MetaFile from the list.

[ctx: 13050700.xhp par_id3155601 3 help.text]
en: Once you convert a line or a text object to a contour, you can no longer edit it as you normally would. Instead, you can edit the contour as you would any polygon, including using the <emph>Edit – Points </emph>command to adjust its shape.
en_GB: Once you convert a line or a text object to a contour, you can no longer edit it as you normally would. Instead, you can edit the contour as you would any polygon, including using the <emph>Edit – Points</emph> command to adjust its shape.

[ctx: animationeffect.xhp par_idN1056E help.text]
en: The dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: effectoptions.xhp par_idN105BB help.text]
en: Assign an effect to an object, then click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the Effect Options dialog.
en_GB: Assign an effect to an object, then click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the Effect Options dialogue box.

[ctx: effectoptions.xhp par_idN1056E help.text]
en: The dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN106A0 help.text]
en: Specifies the settings and enhancements for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the settings and enhancements for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN10726 help.text]
en: <emph>Other sound</emph> - displays a file open dialog to select a sound file.
en_GB: <emph>Other sound</emph> - displays a file open dialogue box to select a sound file.

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN10737 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="878824973">Select a color to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list</ahelp>:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="878824973">Select a colour to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list</ahelp>:

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN10752 help.text]
en: <emph>Dim with color</emph> - after the animation a dim color fills the shape.
en_GB: <emph>Dim with colour</emph> - after the animation a dim colour fills the shape.

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN10865 help.text]
en: Dim color
en_GB: Dim colour

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN1087B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="878824975">Select the dim color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="878824975">Select the dim colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: effectoptionstext.xhp par_idN105CC help.text]
en: Specifies the text animation settings for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text animation settings for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: effectoptionstext.xhp par_idN10606 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="878855173">Deselect this box to animate only the text, not the shape.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="878855173">Unmark this check box to animate only the text, not the shape.</ahelp>

[ctx: effectoptionstiming.xhp par_idN10562 help.text]
en: Specifies the timing for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the timing for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: effectoptionstiming.xhp par_idN1058F help.text]
en: Rewind when done playing
en_GB: Rewind when finished playing

[ctx: taskpanel.xhp par_idN10557 help.text]
en: The task pane contains pages to specify the master pages, layouts, custom animation, and slide transition. Click another heading to open another page.
en_GB: The task pane contains pages to specify the master pages, layouts, custom animation and slide transition. Click another heading to open another page.

[ctx: taskpanel.xhp par_idN106FA help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Left-click to apply the master page to all slides. Right-click for a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Left-click to apply the master page to all slides. Right-click for a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: taskpanel.xhp par_idN107CB help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to apply a slide design to all selected slides. Right-click for a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to apply a slide design to all selected slides. Right-click for a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3155434 4 help.text]
en: The number of a hidden slide is crossed out. To show a hidden slide, choose <emph>Slide Show - Show/Hide Slide</emph> again.
en_GB: The number of a hidden slide is crossed out. To show a hidden slide, choose <emph>Slide Show - Show Slide</emph>.

[ctx: 08020000.xhp par_id3154321 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Position">Displays the X and Y position of the cursor and the size of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Position">Displays the x- and y-position of the cursor and the size of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10020000.xhp par_id3145822 9 help.text]
en: You can also select the <emph>Zoom In </emph>tool and drag a rectangular frame around the area you want to enlarge.
en_GB: You can also select the <emph>Zoom In</emph> tool and drag a rectangular frame around the area you want to enlarge.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp bm_id3150199 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>flipping around a flip line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mirroring objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D rotation objects; converting to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slanting objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>distorting objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shearing objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>transparency; of objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients; transparent</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; defining gradients interactively</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients; defining colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circles; of objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>flipping around a flip line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mirroring objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3-D rotation objects; converting to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slanting objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>distorting objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shearing objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>transparency; of objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients; transparent</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; defining gradients interactively</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients; defining colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circles; of objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3149018 4 help.text]
en: To open the<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw <emph>Mode </emph>toolbar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Effects </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar. In %PRODUCTNAME Impress, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Mode</emph>.
en_GB: To open the<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw <emph>Mode</emph> toolbar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Effects</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar. In %PRODUCTNAME Impress, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Mode</emph>.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3148489 40 help.text]
en: Rotates or skews the selected 2D object(s) around a pivot point. Drag a corner handle of the object in the direction you want to rotate it. To skew an object, drag a center handle in the direction you want to skew it.
en_GB: Rotates or skews the selected 2-D object(s) around a pivot point. Drag a corner handle of the object in the direction you want to rotate it. To skew an object, drag a centre handle in the direction you want to skew it.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3154022 9 help.text]
en: Each slide has only one pivot point. Double-click an object to move the pivot point to the center of the object. You can also drag the pivot point to a new location on the screen, and then rotate the object.
en_GB: Each slide has only one pivot point. Double-click an object to move the pivot point to the centre of the object. You can also drag the pivot point to a new location on the screen, and then rotate the object.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3153914 10 help.text]
en: If you select a group that includes a 3D object, only the 3D object is rotated. You cannot skew a 3D object, instead, you can rotate it about the X and Y axes by dragging the center handles.
en_GB: If you select a group that includes a 3-D object, only the 3-D object is rotated. You cannot skew a 3-D object, instead, you can rotate it about the x- and y-axes by dragging the centre handles.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp hd_id3155263 33 help.text]
en: In 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: In 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3145169 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertInto3DLathe">Converts the selected 2D object(s) to a 3D object, by rotating the object(s) around a symmetry line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertInto3DLathe">Converts the selected 2-D object(s) to a 3-D object, by rotating the object(s) around a symmetry line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3150332 36 help.text]
en: Drag the symmetry line to a new location to change the shape of the converted object. To change the orientation of the symmetry line, drag one of its end points. Click the object to convert it to 3D.
en_GB: Drag the symmetry line to a new location to change the shape of the converted object. To change the orientation of the symmetry line, drag one of its end points. Click the object to convert it to 3-D.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3149024 34 help.text]
en: In 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: In 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3154258 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InteractiveTransparence">Applies a transparency gradient to the selected object.</ahelp> The transparency line represents a grayscale, with the black handle corresponding to 0% transparency and the white handle to 100% transparency.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InteractiveTransparence">Applies a transparency gradient to the selected object.</ahelp> The transparency line represents a greyscale, with the black handle corresponding to 0% transparency and the white handle to 100% transparency.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3147516 44 help.text]
en: Drag the white handle to change the direction of the transparency gradient. Drag the black handle to change the length of the gradient. You can also drag and drop colors onto the handles from the <emph>Color</emph> Bar to change their grayscale values.
en_GB: Drag the white handle to change the direction of the transparency gradient. Drag the black handle to change the length of the gradient. You can also drag-and-drop colours onto the handles from the <emph>Colour</emph> Bar to change their greyscale values.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3154104 60 help.text]
en: To display the <emph>Color Bar</emph>, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Color Bar</emph>.
en_GB: To display the <emph>Colour Bar</emph>, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Colour Bar</emph>.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3149594 47 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InteractiveGradient">Modifies the gradient fill of the selected object. This command is only available if you applied a gradient to the selected object in <emph>Format - Area</emph>.</ahelp> Drag the handles of the gradient line to change the direction of the gradient or the length of the gradient. You can also drag and drop colors onto the handles from the <emph>Color</emph> Bar to change the color of the gradient endpoints.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InteractiveGradient">Modifies the gradient fill of the selected object. This command is only available if you applied a gradient to the selected object in <emph>Format - Area</emph>.</ahelp> Drag the handles of the gradient line to change the direction of the gradient or the length of the gradient. You can also drag-and-drop colours onto the handles from the <emph>Colour</emph> Bar to change the colour of the gradient endpoints.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3151311 48 help.text]
en: To display the <emph>Color Bar</emph>, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Color Bar</emph>.
en_GB: To display the <emph>Colour Bar</emph>, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Colour Bar</emph>.

[ctx: 10030200.xhp tit help.text]
en: Gluepoints Bar
en_GB: Glue Points Bar

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3159206 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Insert or modify the properties of a gluepoint. A gluepoint is a point where you can attach a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp" name="connector">connector</link> line. </ahelp> By default, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically places a gluepoint at the center of each side of the bounding rectangle for every object you create.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Insert or modify the properties of a glue point. A glue point is a point to which you can attach a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp" name="connector">connector</link> line. </ahelp> By default, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically places a glue point at the centre of each side of the bounding rectangle for every object you create.

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3150393 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueInsertPoint">Inserts a gluepoint where you click in an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueInsertPoint">Inserts a glue point where you click in an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3150864 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionLeft">Connector attaches to the left edge of the selected gluepoint.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionLeft">Connector attaches to the left edge of the selected glue point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3147370 11 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionTop">Connector attaches to the top edge of the selected gluepoint.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionTop">Connector attaches to the top edge of the selected glue point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3149030 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionRight">Connector attaches to the right edge of the selected gluepoint.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionRight">Connector attaches to the right edge of the selected glue point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3149710 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionBottom">Connector attaches to the bottom edge of the selected gluepoint.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionBottom">Connector attaches to the bottom edge of the selected glue point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3147571 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GluePercent">Maintains the relative position of a selected gluepoint when you resize an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GluePercent">Maintains the relative position of a selected glue point when you resize an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3147252 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignLeft">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the left edge of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignLeft">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the left edge of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp hd_id3154214 24 help.text]
en: Glue Point Horizontal Center
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Centre

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3147510 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignCenter">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the center of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignCenter">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the centre of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3150706 25 help.text]
en: Glue Point Horizontal Center
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Centre

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3154096 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignRight">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the right edge of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignRight">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the right edge of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3149930 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignTop">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the top edge of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignTop">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the top edge of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp hd_id3153678 33 help.text]
en: Glue Point Vertical Center
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Centre

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3151310 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignCenter">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the vertical center of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignCenter">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the vertical centre of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3146130 34 help.text]
en: Glue Point Vertical Center
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Centre

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3148397 38 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignBottom">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the bottom edge of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignBottom">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the bottom edge of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10060000.xhp par_id3145112 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:RectangleToolbox">Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the <emph>Rectangles</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:RectangleToolbox">Using Customise Toolbar, you can add the <emph>Rectangles</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10070000.xhp par_id3153248 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:EllipseToolbox">Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the Ellipse icon which opens the <emph>Circles and Ovals</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:EllipseToolbox">Using Customise Toolbar, you can add the Ellipse icon which opens the <emph>Circles and Ovals</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10080000.xhp bm_id3149050 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>toolbars;curves</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>curves; toolbar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>polygons; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; polygons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>freeform lines; drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; freeform lines</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>toolbars;curves</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>curves; toolbar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>polygons; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; polygons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>free-form lines; drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; free-form lines</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 10080000.xhp par_id3147301 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:LineToolbox">The Curve icon on the Drawing bar opens the <emph>Lines</emph> toolbar, where you can add lines and shapes to the current slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:LineToolbox">The Curve icon on the Drawing bar opens the <emph>Lines</emph> toolbar, with which you can add lines and shapes to the current slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10080000.xhp hd_id3149292 94 help.text]
en: Freeform Line, Filled
en_GB: Free-form Line, Filled

[ctx: 10080000.xhp par_id3147256 98 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline">Draws a freeform line where you drag in the slide. When you release, $[officename] creates a closed shape by drawing a straight line segment from the endpoint to the starting point of the line. The shape within the lines will be filled with the current area color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline">Draws a free-form line where you drag in the slide. When you release, $[officename] creates a closed shape by drawing a straight line segment from the endpoint to the starting point of the line. The shape within the lines will be filled with the current area colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10080000.xhp par_id3154264 95 help.text]
en: Freeform Line, Filled
en_GB: Free-form Line, Filled

[ctx: 10080000.xhp hd_id3149340 96 help.text]
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: 10080000.xhp par_id3159192 97 help.text]
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: 10090000.xhp tit help.text]
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: 10090000.xhp bm_id3150208 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>toolbars;3D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D objects; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;3D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cubes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spheres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cylinders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cones</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pyramids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>torus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>half-spheres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing;3D objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>toolbars;3-D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3-D objects; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;3-D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cubes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spheres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cylinders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cones</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pyramids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>torus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hemispheres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing;3-D objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 10090000.xhp hd_id3159238 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp" name="3D Objects">3D Objects</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp" name="3-D Objects">3-D Objects</link>

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3152900 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Objects3DToolbox">Opens the <emph>3D Objects</emph> toolbar. The objects are three dimensional, with depth, illumination, and reflection.</ahelp> Each inserted object initially forms a 3D scene. You can press F3 to enter the scene. For these 3D objects, you can open the 3D Effects dialog to edit the properties.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Objects3DToolbox">Opens the <emph>3-D Objects</emph> toolbar. The objects are three dimensional, with depth, illumination, and reflection.</ahelp> Each inserted object initially forms a 3-D scene. You can press F3 to enter the scene. For these 3-D objects, you can open the 3-D Effects dialogue box to edit the properties.

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3150397 3 help.text]
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3153038 4 help.text]
en: To rotate a 3D object around any of its three axes, click to select the object, and then click again to display its rotation handles. Drag a handle in the direction you want to rotate the object.
en_GB: To rotate a 3-D object around any of its three axes, click to select the object, and then click again to display its rotation handles. Drag a handle in the direction you want to rotate the object.

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3145593 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Cube">Draws a filled cube where you drag in the slide. To draw a 3D rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Cube">Draws a filled cube where you drag in the slide. To draw a 3-D rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3147511 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Cyramid">Draws a pyramid with a square base where you drag in the slide. To draw a pyramid with a rectangular base, hold down Shift while you drag. To define a different polygon for the base of the pyramid, open the <emph>3D Effects </emph>dialog and click the <link href="text/shared/01/05350200.xhp" name="Geometry"><emph>Geometry</emph></link> tab. In the <emph>Segments</emph> area, enter the number of sides for the polygon in the box labeled <emph>Horizontal</emph>, and then click the green checkmark.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Cyramid">Draws a pyramid with a square base where you drag in the slide. To draw a pyramid with a rectangular base, hold down Shift while you drag. To define a different polygon for the base of the pyramid, open the <emph>3-D Effects</emph> dialogue box and click the <link href="text/shared/01/05350200.xhp" name="Geometry"><emph>Geometry</emph></link> tab. In the <emph>Segments</emph> area, enter the number of sides for the polygon in the box labelled <emph>Horizontal</emph>, and then click the green tick mark.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10090000.xhp hd_id3156209 26 help.text]
en: Half-Sphere
en_GB: Hemisphere

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3149484 27 help.text]
en: Half-sphere
en_GB: Hemisphere

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148488 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorToolbox">Open the <emph>Connectors</emph> toolbar, where you can add connectors to objects in the current slide. A connector is a line that joins objects, and remains attached when the objects are moved. If you copy an object with a connector, the connector is also copied.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorToolbox">Open the <emph>Connectors</emph> toolbar, with which you can add connectors to objects in the current slide. A connector is a line that joins objects, and remains attached when the objects are moved. If you copy an object with a connector, the connector is also copied.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148604 4 help.text]
en: When you click a connector and move your mouse pointer over a filled object, or the edge of an unfilled object, gluepoints appear. A gluepoint is a fixed point where you can attach a connector line. You can add custom <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="glue point">gluepoints</link> to an object.
en_GB: When you click a connector and move your mouse pointer over a filled object, or the edge of an unfilled object, glue points appear. A glue point is a fixed point to which you can attach a connector line. You can add custom <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="glue point">glue points</link> to an object.

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3154762 5 help.text]
en: To draw a connector line, click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. You can also drag to an empty part of you document and click. The unattached end of the connector is locked in place, until you drag the end to a different location. To detach a connector, drag either end of the connector line to a different location.
en_GB: To draw a connector line, click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. You can also drag to an empty part of you document and click. The unattached end of the connector is locked in place, until you drag the end to a different location. To detach a connector, drag either end of the connector line to a different location.

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3166468 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Connector">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Connector">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153114 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3145353 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3155374 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrows">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrows">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and arrows at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3151183 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3154054 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3154698 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircles">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircles">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and circles at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148906 31 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLines">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLines">Draws a connector that bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153747 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowStart">Draws a connector that starts with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowStart">Draws a connector that starts with an arrow and bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148686 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowEnd">Draws a connector that ends with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowEnd">Draws a connector that ends with an arrow and bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3158436 40 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrows">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrows">Draws a connector that bends near a glue point and has arrows at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149338 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleStart">Draws a connector that starts with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleStart">Draws a connector that starts with a circle and bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3155187 46 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleEnd">Draws a connector that ends with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleEnd">Draws a connector that ends with a circle and bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149486 49 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircles">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircles">Draws a connector that bends near a glue point and has circles at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149793 52 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLine">Draws a straight line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLine">Draws a straight line connector. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149435 55 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowStart">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowStart">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3155135 58 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowEnd">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowEnd">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148650 61 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrows">Draws a straight line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrows">Draws a straight line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3151297 64 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleStar">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleStar">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3155124 67 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleEnd">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleEnd">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149540 70 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircles">Draws a straight line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircles">Draws a straight line connector with circles at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153698 73 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurve">Draws a curved line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurve">Draws a curved line connector. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149568 76 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowStart">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowStart">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3145079 79 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowEnd">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowEnd">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3154954 82 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrows">Draws a curved line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrows">Draws a curved line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153800 85 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleStart">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleStart">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153977 88 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleEnd">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleEnd">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3156117 91 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircles">Draws a curved line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircles">Draws a curved line connector with circles at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10110000.xhp par_id3147401 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertToolbox">Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, where you can add objects, including charts, spreadsheets, and images, to your document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertToolbox">Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, with which you can add objects, including charts, spreadsheets, and images, to your document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10120000.xhp par_id3145790 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ArrowsToolbox">Open the <emph>Arrows</emph> toolbar, where you can add straight lines, lines with arrows, and dimension lines to the current slide or page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ArrowsToolbox">Open the <emph>Arrows</emph> toolbar, with which you can add straight lines, lines with arrows, and dimension lines to the current slide or page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10130000.xhp tit help.text]
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: 10130000.xhp hd_id3149052 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10130000.xhp" name="3D Effects">3D Effects</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10130000.xhp" name="3-D Effects">3-D Effects</link>

[ctx: 10130000.xhp par_id3145117 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of a 3D object or converts a 2D object to 3D.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of a 3-D object or converts a 2-D object to 3-D.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10130000.xhp par_id3147372 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="Format - 3D Effects"><emph>Format - 3D Effects</emph></link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="Format - 3-D Effects"><emph>Format - 3-D Effects</emph></link>

[ctx: 13010000.xhp par_id3146120 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:GlueEditMode">Insert or modify the properties of a glue point. A glue point is a custom connection point where you can attach a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp" name="connector">connector</link> line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:GlueEditMode">Insert or modify the properties of a glue point. A glue point is a custom connection point to which you can attach a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp" name="connector">connector</link> line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13020000.xhp par_id3154320 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ClickChangeRotation">Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that rotation handles appear after you click an object, and then click it again.</ahelp> Drag a handle to rotate the object in the direction you want.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ClickChangeRotation">Changes the mouse-click behaviour, so that rotation handles appear after you click an object, and then click it again.</ahelp> Drag a handle to rotate the object in the direction you want.

[ctx: 13060000.xhp par_id3149378 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DoubleClickTextEdit">Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that you can double-click an object to add or edit text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DoubleClickTextEdit">Changes the mouse-click behaviour, so that you can double-click an object to add or edit text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13090000.xhp bm_id3152596 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>attributes; objects with</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects; with attributes</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>attributes; objects with</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; with attributes</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154559 22 help.text]
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154900 82 help.text]
en: Bring Forward.
en_GB: Bring Forwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147580 84 help.text]
en: Send Backward.
en_GB: Send Backwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_ii3153331 151 help.text]
en: Selecting lines in a downward direction
en_GB: Selecting lines in a downwards direction

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156274 101 help.text]
en: Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> to draw or resize objects by dragging from the center of the object outward.
en_GB: Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> to draw or resize objects by dragging from the centre of the object outward.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155908 107 help.text]
en: Select adjacent items or a text passage. Click at the start of a selection, move to the end of the selection, and then hold down Shift while you click.
en_GB: Select adjacent items or a text passage. Click at the beginning of a selection, move to the end of the selection, and then hold down Shift while you click.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp tit help.text]
en: Converting 2D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3D Objects
en_GB: Converting 2-D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3-D Objects

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp bm_id3150207 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>3D rotation objects; generating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D objects; generating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D scenes; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting; to curves, polygons, 3D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extrusion objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>3-D rotation objects; generating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3-D objects; generating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3-D scenes; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting; to curves, polygons, 3-D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extrusion objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id3150207 32 help.text]
en: <variable id="3d_create"><link href="text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp" name="Converting 2D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3D Objects">Converting 2D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3D Objects</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3d_create"><link href="text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp" name="Converting 2-D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3-D Objects">Converting 2-D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3-D Objects</link></variable>

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3153914 33 help.text]
en: You can convert two dimensional (2D) objects to create different shapes. $[officename] can convert 2D objects to the following object types:
en_GB: You can convert two dimensional (2-D) objects to create different shapes. $[officename] can convert 2-D objects to the following object types:

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3150051 51 help.text]
en: 3D object with shading and a light source
en_GB: 3-D object with shading and a light source

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3149873 52 help.text]
en: 3D rotation object with shading and a light source
en_GB: 3-D rotation object with shading and a light source

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id31490481 help.text]
en: Two types of 3D objects
en_GB: Two types of 3-D objects

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id31472951 help.text]
en: The Status bar displays "3D scene selected". The 3D scenes are built from objects which have dimensions in x, y, and z coordinates. Examples are the objects inserted by the 3D Objects toolbar, and rectangles, ellipses, or text that got created by the Rectangle, Ellipse, or Text icons left on the Drawing toolbar, or any Custom Shapes, and that got converted to 3D by using the context menu "Convert - To 3D". These 3D scenes can be entered (for example, by pressing F3), and the objects can be rotated in 3D. Microsoft Office doesn't know these real 3D objects. When exporting these 3D scenes to Microsoft Office formats, a snapshot of the current view will be exported as a bitmap. 3D bars in charts are of this type, too.
en_GB: The Status bar displays "3-D scene selected". The 3-D scenes are built from objects which have dimensions in x-, y-, and z-coordinates. Examples are the objects inserted by the 3-D Objects toolbar, and rectangles, ellipses, or text that got created by the Rectangle, Ellipse, or Text icons left on the Drawing toolbar, or any Custom Shapes, and that got converted to 3-D by using the context menu "Convert - To 3-D". These 3-D scenes can be entered (for example, by pressing F3), and the objects can be rotated in 3-D. Microsoft Office doesn't know these real 3-D objects. When exporting these 3-D scenes to Microsoft Office formats, a snapshot of the current view will be exported as a bitmap. 3-D bars in charts are of this type, too.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id31506541 help.text]
en: The Status bar displays "Shape selected". The Custom Shapes can be viewed in a 2D mode or in a 3D mode. At any time, you can switch the view between the two modes. You use the Basic Shapes, Symbol Shapes, and the following icons on the Drawing toolbar to create Custom Shapes. The Custom Shapes can be changed using the 3D Settings toolbar. They do not form a 3D scene, they cannot be illuminated by more than one light source, they show no reflections, and there are some more limitations. You can convert them to a 3D scene, but then they are no longer Custom Shapes. Custom Shapes in 2D or 3D mode can be exported to and imported from Microsoft Office formats.
en_GB: The Status bar displays "Shape selected". The Custom Shapes can be viewed in a 2-D mode or in a 3-D mode. At any time, you can switch the view between the two modes. You use the Basic Shapes, Symbol Shapes, and the following icons on the Drawing toolbar to create Custom Shapes. The Custom Shapes can be changed using the 3-D Settings toolbar. They do not form a 3-D scene, they cannot be illuminated by more than one light source, they show no reflections, and there are some more limitations. You can convert them to a 3-D scene, but then they are no longer Custom Shapes. Custom Shapes in 2-D or 3-D mode can be exported to and imported from Microsoft Office formats.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3147295 35 help.text]
en: Select a 2D object on the slide or page.
en_GB: Select a 2-D object on the slide or page.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id3153738 56 help.text]
en: To convert a 2D object to a polygon:
en_GB: To convert a 2-D object to a polygon:

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3145241 57 help.text]
en: Select a 2D object on the slide or page.
en_GB: Select a 2-D object on the slide or page.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id3153919 60 help.text]
en: To convert a 2D object to a 3D object:
en_GB: To convert a 2-D object to a 3-D object:

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3147172 62 help.text]
en: Select a 2D object on the slide or page.
en_GB: Select a 2-D object on the slide or page.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_idN1088B help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Extrusion On/Off</emph> icon<image id="img_id2490920" src="cmd/sc_extrusiontoggle.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id2490920">Icon</alt></image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, or right-click the object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3D</emph>.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Extrusion On/Off</emph> icon<image id="img_id2490920" src="cmd/sc_extrusiontoggle.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id2490920">Icon</alt></image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, or right-click the object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D</emph>.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3148828 41 help.text]
en: To edit the properties of the 3D object, use the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> toolbar and the <emph>3D Settings</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: To edit the properties of the 3-D object, use the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> toolbar and the <emph>3-D Settings</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_idN108C5 help.text]
en: To convert a text object to 3D, use the <emph>Fontwork</emph> icon<image id="img_id3821222" src="cmd/sc_fontworkgalleryfloater.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id3821222">Icon</alt></image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: To convert a text object to 3-D, use the <emph>Fontwork</emph> icon<image id="img_id3821222" src="cmd/sc_fontworkgalleryfloater.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id3821222">Icon</alt></image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id3145410 65 help.text]
en: To convert a 2D object to a 3D rotation object:
en_GB: To convert a 2-D object to a 3-D rotation object:

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3154260 66 help.text]
en: A 3D rotation object is created by rotating the selected object around its vertical axis.
en_GB: A 3-D rotation object is created by rotating the selected object around its vertical axis.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3147506 67 help.text]
en: Select a 2D object on the slide or page.
en_GB: Select a 2-D object on the slide or page.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3151318 69 help.text]
en: Right-click the object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3D Rotation Object</emph>
en_GB: Right-click the object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object</emph>

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3146125 70 help.text]
en: To edit the properties of the 3D object, use the Line and Filling toolbar and the 3D Settings toolbar.
en_GB: To edit the properties of the 3-D object, use the Line and Filling toolbar and the 3-D Settings toolbar.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3149336 43 help.text]
en: You can rotate the 2D object before converting it to create a more complex shape.
en_GB: You can rotate the 2-D object before converting it to create a more complex shape.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3149377 3 help.text]
en: You can animate drawing objects, text objects, and graphic objects (images) on your slides to make your presentation more interesting. $[officename] Impress provides you with a simple animation editor where you can create animation images (frames) by assembling objects from your slide. The animation effect is achieved by rotating through the static frames that you create.
en_GB: You can animate drawing objects, text objects, and graphic objects (images) on your slides to make your presentation more interesting. $[officename] Impress provides you with a simple animation editor with which you can create animation images (frames) by assembling objects from your slide. The animation effect is achieved by rotating through the static frames that you create.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3148703 59 help.text]
en: Select an object or group of objects that you want to include in your animation and choose<emph> Insert - Animated Image</emph>.
en_GB: Select an object or group of objects that you want to include in your animation and choose <emph>Insert - Animated Image</emph>.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3145086 97 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Apply Object </emph>button <image id="img_id3148489" src="sd/res/get1obj.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3148489">Note Icon</alt></image> to add a single object or a group of objects to the current animation frame.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Apply Object</emph> button <image id="img_id3148489" src="sd/res/get1obj.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3148489">Note Icon</alt></image> to add a single object or a group of objects to the current animation frame.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3150860 98 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Apply Objects Individually </emph>button <image id="img_id3149355" src="sd/res/getallob.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3149355">Tip Icon</alt></image> to create a separate animation frame for each of the selected objects.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Apply Objects Individually</emph> button <image id="img_id3149355" src="sd/res/getallob.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3149355">Tip Icon</alt></image> to create a separate animation frame for each of the selected objects.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3148391 61 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Animation Group </emph>area, select <emph>Bitmap object</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Animation Group</emph> area, select <emph>Bitmap object</emph>.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3150756 63 help.text]
en: Enter the number of seconds you want the frame to display in the <emph>Duration </emph>box (middle box).
en_GB: Enter the number of seconds you want the frame to display in the <emph>Duration</emph> box (middle box).

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3151177 100 help.text]
en: You can preview your animation by using the controls to the left of the <emph>Image Number </emph>box.
en_GB: You can preview your animation by using the controls to the left of the <emph>Image Number</emph> box.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3154939 65 help.text]
en: Select the number of times you want the animation sequence to repeat in the <emph>Loop count </emph>box (right box).
en_GB: Select the number of times you want the animation sequence to repeat in the <emph>Loop count</emph> box (right box).

[ctx: animated_gif_save.xhp par_id3155064 79 help.text]
en: Select <emph>GIF - Graphics Interchange Format (.gif)</emph> in the <emph>File type </emph>list.
en_GB: Select <emph>GIF - Graphics Interchange Format (.gif)</emph> in the <emph>File type</emph> list.

[ctx: animated_objects.xhp par_id3166462 71 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Custom Animation</emph> dialog, click a tab page to choose from a category of effects. Click an effect, then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Custom Animation</emph> dialogue box, click a tab page to choose from a category of effects. Click an effect, then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: animated_objects.xhp par_id2629474 help.text]
en: If you select "Curve", "Polygon", or "Freeform Line", the dialog closes and you can draw your own path. If the drawing is finished and not canceled, the created path is removed from the document and inserted as a motion path effect.
en_GB: If you select "Curve", "Polygon", or "Free-form Line", the dialogue box closes and you can draw your own path. If the drawing is finished and not cancelled, the created path is removed from the document and inserted as a motion path effect.

[ctx: animated_objects.xhp par_id4396801 help.text]
en: A motion path can be selected by clicking on the path. A selected path will support handles, it can be moved and resized like a shape. A double click on a path starts the point edit mode. The point edit mode can also be started by <item type="menuitem">Edit - Points</item> or by pressing <item type="keycode">F8</item>.
en_GB: A motion path can be selected by clicking on the path. A selected path will support handles, it can be moved and resized like a shape. A double-click on a path starts the point edit mode. The point edit mode can also be started by <item type="menuitem">Edit - Points</item> or by pressing <item type="keycode">F8</item>.

[ctx: animated_slidechange.xhp par_id3151287 84 help.text]
en: In <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> View, select the slides that you want to remove the transition effect from.
en_GB: In <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> view, select the slides that you want to remove the transition effect from.

[ctx: animated_slidechange.xhp par_id3146930 85 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>No Transition </emph>in the listbox on the <emph>Tasks</emph> pane.
en_GB: Choose <emph>No Transition</emph> from the list box on the <emph>Tasks</emph> pane.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3155067 34 help.text]
en: You can change the background color or the background fill of the current slide or all of the slides in your document. For a background fill, you can use hatching, a gradient, or a bitmap image.
en_GB: You can change the background colour or the background fill of the current slide or all of the slides in your document. For a background fill, you can use hatching, a gradient, or a bitmap image.

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3150534 49 help.text]
en: To use a color, gradient, or hatching pattern for the slide background
en_GB: To use a colour, gradient, or hatching pattern for the slide background

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3148725 51 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Fill </emph>area, do one of the following:
en_GB: In the <emph>Fill</emph> area, do one of the following:

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3153040 52 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Color</emph>, and then click a color in the list.
en_GB: Select <emph>Colour</emph>, and then choose a colour from the list.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3150866 53 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Gradient</emph>, and then click a gradient style in the list.
en_GB: Select <emph>Gradient</emph>, and then choose a gradient style from the list.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3150338 54 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Hatching</emph>, and then click a hatching style in the list.
en_GB: Select <emph>Hatching</emph>, and then choose a hatching style from the list.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3145356 59 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Fill </emph>area, select <emph>Bitmap</emph>, and then click an image in the list.
en_GB: In the <emph>Fill</emph> area, select <emph>Bitmap</emph>, and then click an image in the list.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3150757 60 help.text]
en: If you want to use a custom image for the slide background, close the <emph>Page Setup </emph>dialog, and then choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>. Click the <emph>Bitmaps </emph>tab, and then click <emph>Import</emph>. Locate the image you want to import and click <emph>Open</emph>. When you return to the <emph>Background </emph>tab, the image you imported will be in the <emph>Bitmap </emph>list.
en_GB: If you want to use a custom image for the slide background, close the <emph>Page Setup</emph> dialogue box, and then choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>. Click the <emph>Bitmaps</emph> tab, and then click <emph>Import</emph>. Locate the image you want to import and click <emph>Open</emph>. When you return to the <emph>Background</emph> tab, the image you imported will be in the <emph>Bitmap</emph> list.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3150263 62 help.text]
en: To display the entire image as the background, clear the <emph>Tile </emph>check box in the <emph>Position </emph>area, and then select <emph>AutoFit</emph>.
en_GB: To display the entire image as the background, unmark the <emph>Tile</emph> check box in the <emph>Position</emph> area, and then select <emph>AutoFit</emph>.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id8217413 help.text]
en: When you switch to the master view, you can move that areas to any position on the master. You can enter additional text and resize the areas. You can select the contents of the areas and apply text formats. For example, you can change the font size or color.
en_GB: When you switch to the master view, you can move that areas to any position on the master. You can enter additional text and resize the areas. You can select the contents of the areas and apply text formats. For example, you can change the font size or colour.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id1876583 help.text]
en: You see a dialog with two tab pages: <emph>Slide</emph> and <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> where you can enter contents to the predefined areas.
en_GB: You see a dialogue box with two tab pages: <emph>Slide</emph> and <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> in which you can enter contents to the predefined areas.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id4101077 help.text]
en: By default, the <emph>Date and Time</emph> checkbox is enabled, but the format is set to Fixed and the text input box is empty, so no date and time is visible on the slides.
en_GB: By default, the <emph>Date and Time</emph> check box is marked, but the format is set to Fixed and the text input box is empty, so no date and time is visible on the slides.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id204779 help.text]
en: By default, the <emph>Footer</emph> checkbox is enabled, but the text input box is empty, so no footer is visible on the slides.
en_GB: By default, the <emph>Footer</emph> check box is marked, but the text input box is empty, so no footer is visible on the slides.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id1453901 help.text]
en: By default, the <emph>Slide number</emph> checkbox is cleared, so no slide numbers are visible.
en_GB: By default, the <emph>Slide number</emph> check box is unmarked, so no slide numbers are visible.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id5259559 help.text]
en: You see the slide master with areas near the bottom. You can move the areas , and you can select the fields and apply some formatting. You can also enter some text here which will be shown next to the fields.
en_GB: You will see the slide master with areas near the bottom. You can move the areas, and you can select the fields and apply some formatting. You can also enter some text here which will be shown next to the fields.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id3156320 18 help.text]
en: You can hide the header or footer on the current slide by choosing <emph>Format</emph> - <link href="text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp" name="Modify Layout">Slide<emph> Layout</emph></link>, and clearing the <emph>Objects on background</emph> check box.
en_GB: You can hide the header or footer on the current slide by choosing <emph>Format</emph> - <link href="text/simpress/01/05130000.xhp" name="Modify Layout">Slide <emph>Layout</emph></link>, and clearing the <emph>Objects on background</emph> check box.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp tit help.text]
en: Using Gluepoints
en_GB: Using Glue Points

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
en: <variable id="gluepoints"><link href="text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp">Using Gluepoints</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="gluepoints"><link href="text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp">Using Glue Points</link></variable>

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803040964 help.text]
en: In Impress and Draw, you can connect each two shapes with a line called a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp">connector</link>. When you draw a connector between shapes, the connector will be attached to a gluepoint on each shape. Each shape has some default gluepoints, and the positions of the default gluepoints depend on the specific shape. You can add your own custom gluepoints to a shape and then attach connectors to the custom gluepoints.
en_GB: In Impress and Draw, you can connect each two shapes with a line called a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp">connector</link>. When you draw a connector between shapes, the connector will be attached to a glue point on each shape. Each shape has some default glue points, and the positions of the default glue points depend on the specific shape. You can add your own custom glue points to a shape and then attach connectors to the custom glue points.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041099 help.text]
en: To add and edit gluepoints
en_GB: To add and edit glue points

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041160 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Insert Glue Point</emph> icon on the Gluepoints toolbar.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Insert Glue Point</emph> icon on the Glue Points toolbar.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041115 help.text]
en: Click inside the shape where you want to add the new gluepoint.
en_GB: Click inside the shape where you want to add the new glue point.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041250 help.text]
en: With the four icons next to the <emph>Insert Glue Point</emph> icon, you choose the directions which will be permitted for a connector at this gluepoint. You can choose one or more directions for a particular gluepoint.
en_GB: With the four icons next to the <emph>Insert Glue Point</emph> icon, you choose the directions which will be permitted for a connector at this glue point. You can choose one or more directions for a particular glue point.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041298 help.text]
en: If the <emph>Glue Point Relative</emph> icon is active, the gluepoint moves when you resize the object to keep its position relative to the object borders.
en_GB: If the <emph>Glue Point Relative</emph> icon is active, the glue point moves when you resize the object to keep its position relative to the object borders.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041223 help.text]
en: If the <emph>Glue Point Relative</emph> icon is not active, the icons next to it are no longer grayed out. With these icons you can decide where a gluepoint will be placed when the size of the object is changed.
en_GB: If the <emph>Glue Point Relative</emph> icon is not active, the icons next to it are no longer greyed out. With these icons you can decide where a glue point will be placed when the size of the object is changed.

[ctx: html_export.xhp par_id3143228 8 help.text]
en: Enter a <emph>File name</emph>, and then click <emph>Export</emph>.
en_GB: Enter a <emph>File name</emph>, and then click <emph>Save</emph> (or <emph>Export</emph>).

[ctx: html_export.xhp par_id3151391 6 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp" name="HTML Export AutoPilot">HTML Export Wizard</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp" name="HTML Export Wizard">HTML Export Wizard</link>

[ctx: html_import.xhp par_id3146313 4 help.text]
en: In the slide where you want to insert the text, choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>.
en_GB: In the slide into which you want to insert the text, choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>.

[ctx: html_import.xhp par_id3143228 8 help.text]
en: Select all of the text that lies below the visible slide area and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X.
en_GB: Select all of the text that lies below the visible slide area and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X.

[ctx: html_import.xhp par_id3153811 9 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert – Slide</emph>, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert – Slide</emph>, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.

[ctx: individual.xhp par_id3153966 62 help.text]
en: Click <emph>New</emph> and enter a name for your slide show in the <emph>Name </emph>box.
en_GB: Click <emph>New</emph> and enter a name for your slide show in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: individual.xhp par_id3153916 64 help.text]
en: You can change the order of the slides in your custom slide show, by dragging and dropping the slides under <emph>Selected Slides</emph>.
en_GB: You can change the order of the slides in your custom slide show, by dragging-and-dropping the slides under <emph>Selected Slides</emph>.

[ctx: individual.xhp par_id3145593 56 help.text]
en: If you want the selected custom slide show to start when you click the <emph>Slide Show</emph> icon on the<emph> Presentation</emph> toolbar, or when you press F5, select <emph>Use Custom Slide Show</emph>.
en_GB: If you want the selected custom slide show to start when you click the <emph>Slide Show</emph> icon on the <emph>Presentation</emph> toolbar, or when you press F5, select <emph>Use Custom Slide Show</emph>.

[ctx: individual.xhp par_id3155932 67 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Start presentation</emph> area, select the <emph>Always with current page</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Start presentation</emph> area, mark the <emph>Always with current page</emph> check box.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3148769 24 help.text]
en: Move to the slide where you want to paste the copied slide, and then press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+V</item>.
en_GB: Move to the slide into which you want to paste the copied slide, and then press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+V</item>.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3147171 28 help.text]
en: Navigate to the slide where you want to move the slide, and then press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+V</item>.
en_GB: Navigate to the slide into which you want to move the slide, and then press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+V</item>.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3083282 29 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Before </emph>or <emph>After</emph> the current slide, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Select <emph>Before</emph> or <emph>After</emph> the current slide, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: layer_new.xhp par_id3155068 12 help.text]
en: Type a name for the layer in the <emph>Name </emph>box.
en_GB: Type a name for the layer in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: layer_new.xhp par_id3156382 15 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Properties </emph>area, set the options for the layer.
en_GB: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, set the options for the layer.

[ctx: layer_tipps.xhp par_id3145587 23 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Properties </emph>area, clear the <emph>Visible </emph>check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Visible</emph> check box.

[ctx: layer_tipps.xhp par_id3154762 25 help.text]
en: In the name tab of the layer, the text color of the name changes to blue.
en_GB: In the name tab of the layer, the text colour of the name changes to blue.

[ctx: layer_tipps.xhp par_id3149352 28 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Properties </emph>area, select the <emph>Visible </emph>check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, mark the <emph>Visible</emph> check box.

[ctx: layer_tipps.xhp par_id3150336 30 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, select the <emph>Locked </emph>check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, mark the <emph>Locked</emph> check box.

[ctx: layer_tipps.xhp par_id3148393 35 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Locked </emph>check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Locked</emph> check box.

[ctx: line_arrow_styles.xhp bm_id3145253 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>line styles;loading</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;about line ends</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>arrows;loading arrow styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;arrow and line styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>loading;arrow and line styles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>line styles;loading</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines;about line ends</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arrows;loading arrow styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;arrow and line styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;arrow and line styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: line_arrow_styles.xhp par_id3154017 49 help.text]
en: You can use styles to organize similar line and arrow types. $[officename] provides a few standard style files that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a style file, or even create a custom style file.
en_GB: You can use styles to organise similar line and arrow types. $[officename] provides a few standard style files that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a style file, or even create a custom style file.

[ctx: line_draw.xhp hd_id2071596 help.text]
en: How to use the Freeform Line tool
en_GB: How to use the Free-form Line tool

[ctx: line_draw.xhp par_id4907681 help.text]
en: On the Drawing toolbar, open the <emph>Curves</emph> toolbar <image id="Graphic2" src="cmd/sc_linetoolbox.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> and select the <emph>Freeform Line</emph><image id="Graphic3" src="cmd/sc_freeline_unfilled.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> tool.
en_GB: On the Drawing toolbar, open the <emph>Curves</emph> toolbar <image id="Graphic2" src="cmd/sc_linetoolbox.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> and select the <emph>Free-form Line</emph><image id="Graphic3" src="cmd/sc_freeline_unfilled.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> tool.

[ctx: line_draw.xhp par_id5792107 help.text]
en: Draw the freeform line as you would do with a pencil.
en_GB: Draw the free-form line as you would do with a pencil.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3151241 51 help.text]
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3151392 59 help.text]
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3149941 60 help.text]
en: Select a data point, and then click the <emph>Split Curve </emph>icon on the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a data point, and then click the <emph>Split Curve</emph> icon on the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3150743 62 help.text]
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3150336 64 help.text]
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3155373 69 help.text]
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3156256 70 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the<emph> Insert Points</emph> icon.
en_GB: On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Insert Points</emph> icon.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3153624 74 help.text]
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3143230 76 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the<emph> Delete Points</emph> icon.
en_GB: On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Delete Points</emph> icon.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3153812 3 help.text]
en: Animated Objects and 3D Objects
en_GB: Animated Objects and 3-D Objects

[ctx: masterpage.xhp par_id3153915 26 help.text]
en: Under <emph>Templates</emph>, select a template with the design that you want to apply. To preview the template, click <emph>More</emph>, and then select the <emph>Preview </emph>box.
en_GB: Under <emph>Templates</emph>, select a template with the design that you want to apply. To preview the template, click <emph>More</emph>, and then select the <emph>Preview</emph> box.

[ctx: masterpage.xhp par_id3150436 18 help.text]
en: To apply the slide design to all of the slides in your presentation, select the <emph>Exchange background page</emph> check box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: To apply the slide design to all of the slides in your presentation, mark the <emph>Exchange background page</emph> check box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: masterpage.xhp par_id3151387 29 help.text]
en: To apply the slide design to the current slide only, clear the <emph>Exchange background page</emph> check box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: To apply the slide design to the current slide only, unmark the <emph>Exchange background page</emph> check box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: orgchart.xhp bm_id3150439 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>connectors; using</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flowcharts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organization charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hot spots in flowcharts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interactions; hot spots</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>connectors; using</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flowcharts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organisation charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hot spots in flowcharts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interactions; hot spots</bookmark_value>

[ctx: orgchart.xhp par_id3146967 43 help.text]
en: Open the <emph>Connectors </emph>toolbar on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, and select a connector line.
en_GB: Open the <emph>Connectors</emph> toolbar on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, and select a connector line.

[ctx: orgchart.xhp hd_id3153730 52 help.text]
en: To add a color fill to a shape:
en_GB: To add a colour fill to a shape:

[ctx: orgchart.xhp par_id3145348 54 help.text]
en: Select <emph>Color</emph>, and then click a color in the list.
en_GB: Select <emph>Colour</emph>, and then choose a colour from the list.

[ctx: orgchart.xhp par_idN108A0 help.text]
en: Select an interaction in the dialog. For example, select to go to the next slide when the user clicks the object.
en_GB: Select an interaction in the dialogue box. For example, select to go to the next slide when the user clicks the object.

[ctx: orgchart.xhp par_id3156257 33 help.text]
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue points">Glue points</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue Points">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: page_copy.xhp par_id3153073 14 help.text]
en: In the presentation containing the slide(s) that you want to copy, choose<emph> View - Slide Sorter</emph>.
en_GB: In the presentation containing the slide(s) that you want to copy, choose <emph>View - Slide Sorter</emph>.

[ctx: page_copy.xhp par_id3147401 5 help.text]
en: Select the slide(s), and then choose<emph> Edit - Copy</emph>.
en_GB: Select the slide(s), and then choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.

[ctx: page_copy.xhp par_id3147298 15 help.text]
en: Change to the presentation where you want to paste the slide(s), and then choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>.
en_GB: Change to the presentation into which you want to paste the slide(s), and then choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp tit help.text]
en: Loading Color, Gradient, and Hatching Lists
en_GB: Loading Colour, Gradient, and Hatching Lists

[ctx: palette_files.xhp bm_id3154510 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>colors;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hatching;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;colors/gradients/hatchings</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hatching;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;colours/gradients/hatchings</bookmark_value>

[ctx: palette_files.xhp hd_id3154510 48 help.text]
en: <variable id="palette_files"><link href="text/simpress/guide/palette_files.xhp" name="Loading Color, Gradient, and Hatching Lists">Loading Color, Gradient, and Hatching Lists</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="palette_files"><link href="text/simpress/guide/palette_files.xhp" name="Loading Colour, Gradient, and Hatching Lists">Loading Colour, Gradient, and Hatching Lists</link></variable>

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3156385 73 help.text]
en: You can use lists to organize colors, gradients, or hatching patterns. $[officename] provides several lists that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a list, or even create custom lists.
en_GB: You can use lists to organise colours, gradients, or hatching patterns. $[officename] provides several lists that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a list, or even create custom lists.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp hd_id3155961 74 help.text]
en: To load a color list:
en_GB: To load a colour list:

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3154656 47 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colors</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colours</emph> tab.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3152896 75 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Load Color List</emph> button.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Load Colour List</emph> button.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3151239 76 help.text]
en: Locate the color list that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>. A color list file has the format [filename].soc.
en_GB: Locate the colour list that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>. A colour list file has the format [filename].soc.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3154762 77 help.text]
en: To save a color list, click the <emph>Save Color List</emph> button, enter a filename, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.
en_GB: To save a colour list, click the <emph>Save Colour List</emph> button, enter a filename, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp bm_id3149871 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>colors; default colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; LibreOffice colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>LibreOffice colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; Tango colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Tango colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; web</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; CMYK</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours; default colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; LibreOffice colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>LibreOffice colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; Tango colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Tango colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; web</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; CMYK</bookmark_value>

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3149871 71 help.text]
en: The CMYK list is optimized for print colors. The colors in the Web and the HTML lists are optimized for displays using a resolution of 256 colors. The palettes libreoffice.soc and tango.soc contain the official LibreOffice and Tango colors respectively.
en_GB: The CMYK list is optimised for print colours. The colours in the Web and the HTML lists are optimised for displays using a resolution of 256 colours. The palettes libreoffice.soc and tango.soc contain the official LibreOffice and Tango colours respectively.

[ctx: print_tofit.xhp par_id3148871 6 help.text]
en: In <emph>Layout settings </emph>area, select the <emph>Fit object to paper format</emph> check box.
en_GB: In <emph>Layout settings</emph> area, mark the <emph>Fit object to paper format</emph> check box.

[ctx: printing.xhp bm_id3153726 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>printing; presentations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>slides; printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>notes; printing in presentations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>outlines; printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>presentations; printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tiled printing of slides</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;layout for handouts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>handout printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>layout;printing handouts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slides; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>notes; printing in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tiled printing of slides</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;layout for handouts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>handout printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>layout;printing handouts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id1104159 help.text]
en: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page of the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, select the "Handouts" entry from the Document listbox.
en_GB: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page of the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box, select the "Handouts" entry from the Document list box.

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id996734 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Page Number</emph> to open the <emph>Header and Footer</emph> dialog box.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Page Number</emph> to open the <emph>Header and Footer</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id5703909 help.text]
en: You see four areas on this dialog with check boxes for Header, Date and time, Footer, and Page number. These four areas correspond to the four areas in the corners of the handout master view.
en_GB: You see four areas on this dialogue box with check boxes for Header, Date and time, Footer, and Page number. These four areas correspond to the four areas in the corners of the handout master view.

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id4984282 help.text]
en: Enter text for header, footer, and date. Check the <emph>Page number</emph> box, if you want to number the handout pages. Ensure the <emph>Header</emph> check box is enabled if you want your header text to be printed.
en_GB: Enter text for header, footer, and date. Mark the <emph>Page number</emph> check box, if you want to number the handout pages. Ensure the <emph>Header</emph> check box is marked if you want your header text to be printed.

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id5674611 help.text]
en: Click the Document listbox and select the type of contents to print.
en_GB: Click the Document list box and select the type of contents to print.

[ctx: rehearse_timings.xhp par_id3153963 16 help.text]
en: Prepare the slides, start the show using a special icon, tell your imaginary audience what you want to tell for the first slide, then advance to the next slide and so on. $[officename] records the display time for each slide, so the next time you play the show with automatic slide changes, the timing will be as recorded.
en_GB: Prepare the slides, start the show using a special icon, tell your imaginary audience what you want to tell for the first slide, then advance to the next slide and so on. $[officename] records the display time for each slide, so the next time that you play the show with automatic slide changes, the timing will be as recorded.

[ctx: rehearse_timings.xhp par_id3149874 4 help.text]
en: Open a presentation, and switch to <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> View.
en_GB: Open a presentation, and switch to <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> view.

[ctx: rehearse_timings.xhp par_id3150651 6 help.text]
en: Start the show with the <emph>Rehearse Timings</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156396" src="cmd/sc_rehearsetimings.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3156396">Icon</alt></image> in the Slide View bar. You see the first slide, and a timer in the bottom corner.
en_GB: Start the show with the <emph>Rehearse Timings</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156396" src="cmd/sc_rehearsetimings.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3156396">Icon</alt></image> in the Slide View bar. You will see the first slide, and a timer in the bottom corner.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551581 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Define the vertical alignment of selected or all cell contents. Split or merge cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Define the vertical alignment of selected or all cell content. Split or merge cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551535 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The selected cell is split into several cells. You see the Split Cells dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The selected cell is split into several cells. You will see the Split Cells dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551651 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell contents are align at the top of the cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell content is aligned at the top of the cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551697 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell contents are aligned vertically centered in the cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell content is aligned vertically centred in the cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551632 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell contents are aligned at the bottom of the cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell content is aligned at the bottom of the cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id7184972 help.text]
en: Go to the Impress slide or Draw page where you want to insert the table.
en_GB: Go to the Impress slide or Draw page into which you want to insert the table.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id8270210 help.text]
en: Select some cell contents and right-click to open the context menu. Choose commands to change the cell's contents, like font size and line spacing.
en_GB: Select some cell content and right-click to open the context menu. Choose commands to change the cell content, like font size and line spacing.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551725 help.text]
en: Select some cells and right-click to open a context menu, where you can insert or delete rows and columns, among other commands.
en_GB: Select some cells and right-click to open a context menu, with which you can insert or delete rows and columns, among other commands.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id3150749 3 help.text]
en: Go to the slide where you want to insert the spreadsheet.
en_GB: Go to the slide into which you want to insert the spreadsheet.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id3145112 12 help.text]
en: Go to the slide where you want to insert the spreadsheet.
en_GB: Go to the slide into which you want to insert the spreadsheet.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id3150537 20 help.text]
en: Locate the file you want to insert, and then click<emph> OK</emph>.
en_GB: Locate the file you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id1616565 help.text]
en: Enable the <emph>Link to file</emph> checkbox to insert the file as a live link.
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Link to file</emph> check box to insert the file as a live link.

[ctx: vectorize.xhp bm_id3153415 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>vectorizing bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting; bitmaps to polygons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps; converting to vector graphics</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vector graphics;converting bitmaps</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>vectorising bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting; bitmaps to polygons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps; converting to vector graphics</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vector graphics;converting bitmaps</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3145131 60 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Catalog</emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Catalogue</emph>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3148448 62 help.text]
en: Catalog
en_GB: Catalogue

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3145318 63 help.text]
en: <variable id="etssba">Choose <emph>Tools - Catalog - Edit</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="etssba">Choose <emph>Tools - Catalogue - Edit</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154594 65 help.text]
en: <variable id="etsaps">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="etsaps">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph></variable>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp bm_id3150299 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>error search; next error</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding ;errors in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>error search; next error</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding;errors in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03040000.xhp bm_id3153770 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>zooming in on formula display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; increasing size of display</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>zooming in on formula display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; increasing size of display</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03050000.xhp bm_id3147338 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>views; zooming out $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula display sizes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; zooming out</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zooming out on formula display</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>views; zooming out $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula display sizes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; zooming out</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zooming out on formula display</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03060000.xhp bm_id3147340 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>views; maximum size</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maximum formula size</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; maximum size</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>views; maximum size</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maximum formula size</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; maximum size</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp bm_id3155963 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>selection options in formulas</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formulas; selections</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>elements;in Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>selection options in formulae</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formulae; selections</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>elements;in Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3153250 7 help.text]
en: You can access the same functions in submenus through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: You can access the same functions in sub-menus through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090100.xhp bm_id3150342 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>unary operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>binary operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators; unary and binary</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus/minus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus/plus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplication signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>NOT operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AND operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logical operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Boolean operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OR operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>concatenating math symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>addition signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subtraction signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slash division sign</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backslash division sign</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indexes; adding to formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>powers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>division signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined operators;unary and binary</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>unary operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>binary operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators; unary and binary</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus/minus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus/plus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplication signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>NOT operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AND operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logical operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Boolean operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OR operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>concatenating mathematical symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>addition signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subtraction signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slash division sign</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backslash division sign</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indexes; adding to formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>powers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>division signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined operators;unary and binary</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090100.xhp par_id3150464 27 help.text]
en: You can also insert user-defined unary operators by typing <emph>uoper</emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window, followed by the syntax for the character. This function is useful for incorporating special characters into a formula. For example, the command <emph>uoper %theta x</emph> produces a small Greek letter theta (a component of the <emph>$[officename] Math</emph> character set). You can also insert characters not in the $[officename] character set by choosing <emph>Tools - Catalog - Edit</emph>.
en_GB: You can also insert user-defined unary operators by typing <emph>uoper</emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window, followed by the syntax for the character. This function is useful for incorporating special characters into a formula. For example, the command <emph>uoper %theta x</emph> produces a small Greek letter theta (a component of the <emph>$[officename] Math</emph> character set). You can also insert characters not in the $[officename] character set by choosing <emph>Tools - Catalogue - Edit</emph>.

[ctx: 03090100.xhp par_id3154725 31 help.text]
en: You can also insert user-defined binary commands by typing <emph>boper</emph> into the <emph>Commands</emph> window. For example, the command <emph>y boper %theta x</emph> produces the small Greek letter theta preceded by a <emph>y</emph> and followed by an <emph>x</emph>. You can also insert characters not in the $[officename] character set by choosing <emph>Tools - Catalog - Edit</emph>.
en_GB: You can also insert user-defined binary commands by typing <emph>boper</emph> into the <emph>Commands</emph> window. For example, the command <emph>y boper %theta x</emph> produces the small Greek letter theta preceded by a <emph>y</emph> and followed by an <emph>x</emph>. You can also insert characters not in the $[officename] character set by choosing <emph>Tools - Catalogue - Edit</emph>.

[ctx: 03090100.xhp par_id3149376 36 help.text]
en: Type <emph>sub</emph> or <emph>sup</emph> in the Commands window to add indexes and powers to the characters in your formula; for example, a sub 2.
en_GB: Type <emph>sub</emph> or <emph>sup</emph> in the Commands window to add indices and powers to the characters in your formula; for example, a sub 2.

[ctx: 03090100.xhp par_id3155383 41 help.text]
en: If you want to use a colon ':' as division sign, choose <emph>Tools - Catalog</emph> or click the <emph>Catalog</emph> icon on the Tools bar. Click the <emph>Edit</emph> button in the dialog that appears, then select the <emph>Special</emph> symbol set. Enter a meaningful name next to <emph>Symbol</emph>, for example, "divide" and then click the colon in the set of symbols. Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>OK</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialog,too. Now you can use the new symbol, in this case the colon, by entering its name in the Commands window, for example, <emph>a %divide b = c</emph>.
en_GB: If you want to use a colon ':' as division sign, choose <emph>Tools - Catalogue</emph> or click the <emph>Catalogue</emph> icon on the Tools bar. Click the <emph>Edit</emph> button in the dialogue box that appears, then select the <emph>Special</emph> symbol set. Enter a meaningful name next to <emph>Symbol</emph>, for example, "divide" and then click the colon in the set of symbols. Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>OK</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialogue box,too. Now you can use the new symbol, in this case the colon, by entering its name in the Commands window, for example, <emph>a %divide b = c</emph>.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3154104 5 help.text]
en: is equal
en_GB: is equal to

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3146904 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XGTY">Inserts the <emph>greater than </emph>relation.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?> gt <?></emph> or <?> > <?> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XGTY">Inserts the <emph>greater than</emph> relation.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?> gt <?></emph> or <?> > <?> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3149231 59 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XAPPROXY">Inserts the <emph>approximately equal</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?> approx <?> </emph>in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XAPPROXY">Inserts the <emph>approximately equal</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?> approx <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3147449 61 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XPARALLELY">Inserts a <emph>parallel </emph>relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?>parallel<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XPARALLELY">Inserts a <emph>parallel</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?>parallel<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3156098 65 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XGESLANTY">Inserts the <emph>greater than or equal to</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?>geslant<?> </emph>in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XGESLANTY">Inserts the <emph>greater than or equal to</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?>geslant<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3150659 73 help.text]
en: toward
en_GB: towards

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3153545 74 help.text]
en: To create the <emph>much greater than</emph> relation with two placeholders, type <emph><?> gg <?> </emph>or <emph>>></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: To create the <emph>much greater than</emph> relation with two placeholders, type <emph><?> gg <?></emph> or <emph>>></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090300.xhp par_id3153518 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_FROMXTOY">Inserts a range statement <emph>upper and lower limit</emph> for integral and summation with one placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>from{<?>} to{<?>} <?></emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. Limit statements must be combined with the appropriate operators. The limits will be centered above/below the summation character.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_FROMXTOY">Inserts a range statement <emph>upper and lower limit</emph> for integral and summation with one placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>from{<?>} to{<?>} <?></emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. Limit statements must be combined with the appropriate operators. The limits will be centred above/below the summation character.

[ctx: 03090300.xhp par_id3146956 45 help.text]
en: By typing <emph>oper</emph> in the Commands window, you can insert <emph>user-defined operators</emph> in $[officename] Math, a feature useful for incorporating special characters into a formula. An example is <emph>oper %theta x</emph>. Using the <emph>oper</emph> command, you can also insert characters not in the default $[officename] character set. <emph>oper</emph> can also be used in connection with limits; for example, <emph>oper %union from {i=1} to n x_{i}</emph>. In this example, the union symbol is indicated by the name <emph>union</emph>. However, this is not one of the predefined symbols. To define it, choose <emph>Tools - Catalog</emph>. select <emph>Special</emph> as the symbol set in the dialog that appears, then click the <emph>Edit</emph> button. In the next dialog, select <emph>Special</emph> as the symbol set again. Enter a meaningful name in the <emph>Symbol</emph> text box, for example, "union" and then click the union symbol in the set of symbols. Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>OK</emph>. Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialog. You are now finished and can type the union symbol in the Commands window, by entering <emph>oper %union</emph>.
en_GB: By typing <emph>oper</emph> in the Commands window, you can insert <emph>user-defined operators</emph> in $[officename] Math, a feature useful for incorporating special characters into a formula. An example is <emph>oper %theta x</emph>. Using the <emph>oper</emph> command, you can also insert characters not in the default $[officename] character set. <emph>oper</emph> can also be used in connection with limits; for example, <emph>oper %union from {i=1} to n x_{i}</emph>. In this example, the union symbol is indicated by the name <emph>union</emph>. However, this is not one of the predefined symbols. To define it, choose <emph>Tools - Catalogue</emph>. select <emph>Special</emph> as the symbol set in the dialogue box that appears, then click the <emph>Edit</emph> button. In the next dialogue box, select <emph>Special</emph> as the symbol set again. Enter a meaningful name in the <emph>Symbol</emph> text box, for example, "union" and then click the union symbol in the set of symbols. Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>OK</emph>. Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialogue box. You are now finished and can type the union symbol in the Commands window, by entering <emph>oper %union</emph>.

[ctx: 03090300.xhp par_id3154243 48 help.text]
en: Limits can be arranged in ways other than centered above/below the operator. Use the options provided by $[officename] Math for working with superscript and subscript indexes. For example, type <emph>sum_a^b c</emph> in the Commands window to arrange the limits to the right of the sum symbol. If your limit entries contain longer expressions, you must put them in group brackets, for example, sum_{i=1}^{2*n} b. When formulas are imported from older versions this is done automatically. To change the spacing (gaps) between the characters choose <emph>Format - Spacing - Category - </emph><link href="text/smath/01/05030000.xhp" name="Indexes"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> or <emph>Format - Spacing - Category - </emph><link href="text/smath/01/05030000.xhp" name="Limits"><emph>Limits</emph></link>. Additional basic information about indexes is given elsewhere in the <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Help">Help</link>.
en_GB: Limits can be arranged in ways other than centred above/below the operator. Use the options provided by $[officename] Math for working with superscript and subscript indices. For example, type <emph>sum_a^b c</emph> in the Commands window to arrange the limits to the right of the sum symbol. If your limit entries contain longer expressions, you must put them in group brackets, for example, sum_{i=1}^{2*n} b. When formulae are imported from older versions this is done automatically. To change the spacing (gaps) between the characters choose <emph>Format - Spacing - Category - </emph><link href="text/smath/01/05030000.xhp" name="Indices"><emph>Indices</emph></link> or <emph>Format - Spacing - Category - </emph><link href="text/smath/01/05030000.xhp" name="Limits"><emph>Limits</emph></link>. Additional basic information about indices is given elsewhere in the <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Help">Help</link>.

[ctx: 03090400.xhp par_id3155578 42 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_NROOTXY">Inserts an nth root function with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>nroot n x</emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_NROOTXY">Inserts an n-th root function with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>nroot n x</emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090500.xhp par_id3147101 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_LRBRACEX">Inserts a placeholder withing braces (curly brackets).</ahelp> You can also type <emph>lbrace<?>rbrace</emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_LRBRACEX">Inserts a placeholder within braces (curly brackets).</ahelp> You can also type <emph>lbrace<?>rbrace</emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090500.xhp par_id3145107 29 help.text]
en: Be sure to put spaces (gaps) between elements when entering them directly in the Commands window. This ensures that the correct structure is recognized.
en_GB: Be sure to put spaces (gaps) between elements when entering them directly in the Commands window. This ensures that the correct structure is recognised.

[ctx: 03090500.xhp par_id3153198 31 help.text]
en: Useful information about <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="indexes and exponents">indexes and exponents</link> as well as <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="scaling">scaling</link> helps you structure formulas effectively. For more information about brackets, see <link href="text/smath/01/03091100.xhp" name="Brackets and Groups">Brackets and Grouping</link>.
en_GB: Useful information about <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="indices and exponents">indices and exponents</link> as well as <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="scaling">scaling</link> helps you structure formulae effectively. For more information about brackets, see <link href="text/smath/01/03091100.xhp" name="Brackets and Groups">Brackets and Grouping</link>.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp bm_id3154011 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>attributes; in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formulas; attributes in</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>accents; in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>attributes; accents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>vector arrows as attributes</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tilde as attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>circumflex attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>bold attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>italic attribute in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>resizing;fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>scaling;fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>attributes; changing fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>changing; fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>attributes; colored characters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colored characters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>attributes; changing defaults</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>circle attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>double dot attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dot attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>line through attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>line above attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>reversed circumflex attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>overline attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wide vector arrow attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wide tilde attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wide circumflex attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>underline attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>triple dot attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>transparent character as attribute</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>attributes; in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formulae; attributes in</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>accents; in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>attributes; accents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>vector arrows as attributes</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tilde as attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>circumflex attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>bold attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>italic attribute in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>resizing;fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>scaling;fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>attributes; changing fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>changing; fonts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>attributes; coloured characters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>coloured characters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>attributes; changing defaults</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>circle attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>double dot attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dot attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>line through attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>line above attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>reversed circumflex attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>overline attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wide vector arrow attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wide tilde attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wide circumflex attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>underline attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>triple dot attribute</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>transparent character as attribute</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3150533 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_ACUTEX">Inserts a placeholder with an acute accent.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>acute <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_ACUTEX">Inserts a placeholder with an acute accent.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>acute<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3150018 23 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_GRAVEX">Inserts a placeholder with a <emph>grave accent</emph> (grave).</ahelp> You can also type <emph>grave <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_GRAVEX">Inserts a placeholder with a <emph>grave accent</emph> (grave).</ahelp> You can also type <emph>grave<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3147167 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_CHECKX">Inserts a placeholder with a reverse circumflex ("checkmark") over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>check <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_CHECKX">Inserts a placeholder with a reverse circumflex ("check mark") over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>check<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3153573 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_CIRCLEX">Inserts a placeholder with a circle over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>circle <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_CIRCLEX">Inserts a placeholder with a circle over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>circle<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3153539 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_VECX">Inserts a placeholder with a vector arrow.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>vec <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_VECX">Inserts a placeholder with a vector arrow.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>vec<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3154570 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_TILDEX">Inserts a placeholder with a tilde.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>tilde <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_TILDEX">Inserts a placeholder with a tilde.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>tilde<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3149815 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_BARX">Inserts a line ("bar") above a placeholder .</ahelp> You can also type <emph>bar <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_BARX">Inserts a line ("bar") above a placeholder .</ahelp> You can also type <emph>bar<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3154900 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DOTX">Inserts a placeholder with a dot over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>dot <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DOTX">Inserts a placeholder with a dot over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>dot<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3149541 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DDOTX">Inserts a placeholder with two dots over it.</ahelp> You can also directly enter <emph>ddot <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DDOTX">Inserts a placeholder with two dots over it.</ahelp> You can also directly enter <emph>ddot<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3153269 59 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_UNDERLINEX">Inserts a line below a placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>underline <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_UNDERLINEX">Inserts a line below a placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>underline<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3153304 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_OVERSTRIKEX">Inserts a placeholder with a line (or overstrike) through it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>overstrike <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_OVERSTRIKEX">Inserts a placeholder with a line (or overstrike) through it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>overstrike<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3154718 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DDDOTX">Inserts three dots over a placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>dddot <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DDDOTX">Inserts three dots over a placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>dddot<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3155074 41 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_PHANTOMX">Inserts a placeholder for a transparent character. This character takes up the space of "a" but does not display it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>phantom <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_PHANTOMX">Inserts a placeholder for a transparent character. This character takes up the space of "a" but does not display it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>phantom<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3147355 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_ITALX">Inserts a placeholder with italic formatting.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>ital <?></emph> or <emph>italic <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_ITALX">Inserts a placeholder with italic formatting.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>ital<?></emph> or <emph>italic<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3149626 48 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>color</emph> command to change the color of your formula. Type <emph>color</emph>, then type the color name (the available colors are white, black, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green and yellow), then the formula, character or character sequence. The input <emph>color green size 20 a</emph> results in a green letter "a" with a font size of 20.
en_GB: Use the <emph>colour</emph> command to change the colour of your formula. Type <emph>colour</emph>, then type the colour name (the available colours are white, black, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green and yellow), then the formula, character or character sequence. The input <emph>colour green size 20 a</emph> results in a green letter "a" with a font size of 20.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3145230 50 help.text]
en: For more information about formatting in <emph>%PRODUCTNAME</emph>         <emph>Math</emph>, see <link href="text/smath/01/03091100.xhp" name="Brackets and Grouping">Brackets and Grouping</link>.
en_GB: For more information about formatting in <emph>%PRODUCTNAME</emph><emph> Math</emph>, see <link href="text/smath/01/03091100.xhp" name="Brackets and Grouping">Brackets and Grouping</link>.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3154221 31 help.text]
en: Information on <link href="text/smath/01/03091300.xhp" name="attributes">attributes</link>, <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="indexes and exponents">indexes and exponents</link>, and <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="scaling">scaling</link> can help you structure your documents more efficiently.
en_GB: Information on <link href="text/smath/01/03091300.xhp" name="attributes">attributes</link>, <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="indices and exponents">indices and exponents</link>, and <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="scaling">scaling</link> can help you structure your documents more efficiently.

[ctx: 03090700.xhp bm_id3153150 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formatting;in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>superscripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>binomials</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; inserting in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subscripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stacks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical arrangement of elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>small gaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; left (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left-justified alignment (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; horizontally centered (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centered horizontally; alignment (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; right (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right-justified alignment in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>matrices; arranging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spaces in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gaps in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; gaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arranging;matrices</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;aligning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aligning formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formatting;in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>superscripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>binomials</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; inserting in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subscripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stacks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical arrangement of elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>small gaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; left (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left-justified alignment (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; horizontally centred (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centred horizontally; alignment (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; right (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right-justified alignment in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>matrices; arranging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spaces in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gaps in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; gaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arranging;matrices</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;aligning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aligning formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3154723 9 help.text]
en: Align to horizontal center
en_GB: Align to horizontal centre

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3146941 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_MATRIX">This icon inserts a matrix with four placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>matrix{<?>#<?>##<?>#<?>}</emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. The position of an element inside this diagram is indicated by two coordinates; the first specifies the line number and the second the column number. You can expand this matrix in any direction in the <emph>Commands</emph> window by adding characters.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_MATRIX">This icon inserts a matrix with four placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>matrix{<?>#<?>##<?>#<?>}</emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. The position of an element inside this diagram is indicated by two coordinates; the first specifies the row number and the second the column number. You can expand this matrix in any direction in the <emph>Commands</emph> window by adding characters.

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3149645 56 help.text]
en: If a line or an expression begins with text, it is aligned on the left by default. You can change this with any of the <emph>align</emph> commands. An example is <emph>stack{a+b-c*d#alignr "text"}</emph>, where "text" appears aligned to the right. Note that text must always be surrounded by quotation marks.
en_GB: If a line or an expression begins with text, it is aligned on the left by default. You can change this with any of the <emph>align</emph> commands. An example is <emph>stack{a+b-c*d#alignr "text"}</emph>, where "text" appears aligned to the right. Note that text must always be enclosed by quotation marks.

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3149966 57 help.text]
en: The standard centralized formulas can be aligned to the left without using the <emph>Format - Alignment</emph> menu. To do this, place an empty character string, that is, the inverted commas which surround any text "", before the section of formula that you want to align. For example, typing <emph>"" a+b newline "" c+d</emph> results in both equations being left-aligned instead of centered.
en_GB: The standard centralised formulae can be aligned to the left without using the <emph>Format - Alignment</emph> menu. To do this, place an empty text string, that is, the inverted commas which surround any text "", before the section of formula that you want to align. For example, typing <emph>"" a+b newline "" c+d</emph> results in both equations being left-aligned instead of centred.

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3155340 31 help.text]
en: Useful information about <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Indexes and Exponents">Indexes and Exponents</link> and <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="Scaling">Scaling</link>, helps you organize your document in the best possible way.
en_GB: Useful information about <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Indices and Exponents">Indices and Exponents</link> and <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="Scaling">Scaling</link>, helps you organise your document in the best possible way.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3150997 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNOTINY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>is not included in</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> notin <?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNOTINY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>is not included in</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> notin <?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3149338 52 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XOWNSY">Use this icon to insert the set operator <emph>includes </emph>with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> owns <?></emph> or <emph><?> ni <?></emph> directly in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XOWNSY">Use this icon to insert the set operator <emph>includes</emph> with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> owns <?></emph> or <emph><?> ni <?></emph> directly in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3147573 54 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XINTERSECTIONY">Use this icon to insert two placeholders with the set operator <emph>intersection of sets </emph>.</ahelp> The same happens if you enter <emph><?> intersection <?></emph> Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XINTERSECTIONY">Use this icon to insert two placeholders with the set operator <emph>intersection of sets</emph>.</ahelp> The same happens if you enter <emph><?> intersection <?></emph> Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3154376 56 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XUNIONY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>union</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> union <?> </emph>directly in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XUNIONY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>union</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> union <?></emph> directly in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3151119 67 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XSUPSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the set operator <emph>is a super set or equal to</emph> with two placeholders.</ahelp> Alternatively, you can enter <emph><?>supseteq<?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XSUPSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the set operator <emph>is a super set or equal to</emph> with two placeholders.</ahelp> Alternatively, you can enter <emph><?>supseteq<?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3149249 49 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUBSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not subset or equal</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?>nsubseteq<?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUBSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not subset or equal</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?>nsubseteq<?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3149995 48 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUPSETY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not superset</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?>nsupset<?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUPSETY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not superset</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?>nsupset<?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3155810 50 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUPSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not superset or equal</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> Instead of this you can type <emph><?>nsupseteq<?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUPSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not superset or equal</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> Instead of this you can type <emph><?>nsupseteq<?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090900.xhp bm_id3151265 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>examples;$[officename] Math formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math;examples</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;examples</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>examples;$[officename] Math formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math;examples</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;examples</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090900.xhp par_id3153624 2 help.text]
en: The following is a list of sample formulas in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>.
en_GB: The following is a list of sample formulae in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>.

[ctx: 03090901.xhp par_id3150301 2 help.text]
en: The following example explains how to create symbols with indexes in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can copy this example to the <emph>Commands</emph> window by using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.
en_GB: The following example explains how to create symbols with indices in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can copy this example to the <emph>Commands</emph> window by using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.

[ctx: 03090902.xhp par_id3150300 2 help.text]
en: Here is another example of creating symbols with indexes in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can copy this example to the <emph>Commands</emph> window using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.
en_GB: Here is another example of creating symbols with indices in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can copy this example to the <emph>Commands</emph> window using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.

[ctx: 03090903.xhp par_id3150300 2 help.text]
en: A third example of how to use <emph>$[officename] Math</emph> to create symbols with indexes is shown below. You can copy the example into the clipboard and use it in your own formula in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: A third example of how to use <emph>$[officename] Math</emph> to create symbols with indices is shown below. You can copy the example into the clipboard and use it in your own formula in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090909.xhp bm_id7562181 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>font sizes;example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sum range example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples ;integral</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>range of integral example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>integrals;example</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>font sizes;example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sum range example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples;integral</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>range of integral example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>integrals;example</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3150342 2 help.text]
en: Note: the quotation marks in the examples are used to emphasize text and do not belong to the content of the formulas and commands.
en_GB: Note: the quotation marks in the examples are used to emphasise text and do not belong to the content of the formulae and commands.

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3146962 3 help.text]
en: When typing example formulas into the <emph>Commands</emph> window, note that spaces are often required for correct structure.
en_GB: When typing example formulae into the <emph>Commands</emph> window, note that spaces are often required for correct structure.

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3149030 17 help.text]
en: The combination of mismatched brackets, single brackets and repositioned left and right brackets occurs often in mathematical formulas. The following is a formula that will create an error when typed:
en_GB: The combination of mismatched brackets, single brackets and repositioned left and right brackets occurs often in mathematical formulae. The following is a formula that will create an error when typed:

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3147526 36 help.text]
en: This differs slightly for competing or mutually influencing attributes. This is often the case with font attributes. For example, which color does the b have in "color yellow color red (a + color green b)", or which size does it have in "size *4 (a + size /2 b)"? Given a base size of 12, does it have the size 48, 6 or even 24 (which could be seen as a combination)? The following are basic resolution rules, which will be followed consistently in the future. In general, the rules apply to all group operations. This only has a visible effect on the font attributes, like "bold", "ital", "phantom", "size", "color" and "font":
en_GB: This differs slightly for competing or mutually influencing attributes. This is often the case with font attributes. For example, which colour does the b have in "colour yellow colour red (a + colour green b)", or which size does it have in "size *4 (a + size /2 b)"? Given a base size of 12, does it have the size 48, 6 or even 24 (which could be seen as a combination)? The following are basic resolution rules, which will be followed consistently in the future. In general, the rules apply to all group operations. This only has a visible effect on the font attributes, like "bold", "ital", "phantom", "size", "colour" and "font":

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3152952 37 help.text]
en: Group operations in sequence are treated as if every single operation is enclosed by braces. They are nested, and in every level there can be no more than one operation. Here is an example of a formula with many group operations: "size 12 color red font sans size -5 (a + size 8 b)" like "{size 12{color red{font sans{size -5 (a + {size 8 b})}}}}".
en_GB: Group operations in sequence are treated as if every single operation is enclosed by braces. They are nested, and in every level there can be no more than one operation. Here is an example of a formula with many group operations: "size 12 colour red font sans size -5 (a + size 8 b)" like "{size 12{colour red{font sans{size -5 (a + {size 8 b})}}}}".

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3154196 40 help.text]
en: "color ..." and "font ..." as well as "size n" (n is a decimal) replace any preceding operations of the same type
en_GB: "colour ..." and "font ..." as well as "size n" (n is a decimal) replace any preceding operations of the same type

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3147587 51 help.text]
en: Examples (with a base size of 12 and 50% for indexes):
en_GB: Examples (with a base size of 12 and 50% for indices):

[ctx: 03091200.xhp tit help.text]
en: Indexes and Exponents
en_GB: Indices and Exponents

[ctx: 03091200.xhp bm_id3150746 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>indexes and exponents in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exponents and indexes in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indices and exponents in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exponents and indices in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091200.xhp hd_id3150746 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Indexes and Exponents">Indexes and Exponents</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Indices and Exponents">Indices and Exponents</link>

[ctx: 03091200.xhp par_id3153730 2 help.text]
en: Here, you will find basic information about indexes and exponents in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can try the examples described here to help you understand the details discussed. (The quotation marks in this text are for emphasis purposes only and are not part of the examples.)
en_GB: Here, you will find basic information about indices and exponents in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can try the examples described here to help you understand the details discussed. (The quotation marks in this text are for emphasis purposes only and are not part of the examples.)

[ctx: 03091300.xhp par_id3146966 3 help.text]
en: The <emph>acute</emph>, <emph>bar</emph>, <emph>breve</emph>, <emph>check</emph>, <emph>circle</emph>, <emph>dot</emph>, <emph>ddot</emph>, <emph>dddot</emph>, <emph>grave</emph>, <emph>hat</emph>, <emph>tilde</emph> and <emph>vec</emph> attributes always have a fixed size and do not become wider (longer) if they are above a long symbol. By default, the attributes are centered.
en_GB: The <emph>acute</emph>, <emph>bar</emph>, <emph>breve</emph>, <emph>check</emph>, <emph>circle</emph>, <emph>dot</emph>, <emph>ddot</emph>, <emph>dddot</emph>, <emph>grave</emph>, <emph>hat</emph>, <emph>tilde</emph> and <emph>vec</emph> attributes always have a fixed size and do not become wider (longer) if they are above a long symbol. By default, the attributes are centred.

[ctx: 03091300.xhp par_id3151180 6 help.text]
en: For some character strings, it is possible that a line inserted with <emph>underline</emph> is too close to the character. In this case, an empty group can solve the problem: <emph>underline Q sub {}</emph> instead of <emph>underline Q</emph>.
en_GB: For some text strings, it is possible that a line inserted with <emph>underline</emph> is too close to the character. In this case, an empty group can solve the problem: <emph>underline Q sub {}</emph> instead of <emph>underline Q</emph>.

[ctx: 03091400.xhp par_id3156316 3 help.text]
en: The factorial is not scaled (example: "fact stack{a#b}" and "fact {a over b}") but is oriented using the baseline or center of the arguments.
en_GB: The factorial is not scaled (example: "fact stack{a#b}" and "fact {a over b}") but is oriented using the baseline or centre of the arguments.

[ctx: 03091500.xhp bm_id3155961 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>$[officename] Math;reference list</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;reference tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reference tables; formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators;in Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>$[officename] Math;reference list</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;reference tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reference tables; formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators;in Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091502.xhp par_id3155844 134 help.text]
en: Toward
en_GB: Towards

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3164961 184 help.text]
en: Inverse cosine or arccosine
en_GB: Inverse cosine or arc cosine

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3165255 188 help.text]
en: Inverse cotangent or arccotangent
en_GB: Inverse cotangent or arc cotangent

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3152358 182 help.text]
en: Inverse sine or arcsine
en_GB: Inverse sine or arc sine

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3165108 186 help.text]
en: Inverse tangent or arctangent
en_GB: Inverse tangent or arc tangent

[ctx: 03091505.xhp par_id3167350 146 help.text]
en: Limes inferior
en_GB: Limit inferior

[ctx: 03091505.xhp par_id3167458 148 help.text]
en: Limes superior
en_GB: Limit superior

[ctx: 03091506.xhp bm_id3161843 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas;in color</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors;in formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae;in colour</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours;in formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091506.xhp par_id3161843 349 help.text]
en: The <emph>color</emph> command changes the character color; first enter the <emph>color</emph> command directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. Then enter the color name (black, white, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green, or yellow). Then enter the characters to be changed.
en_GB: The <emph>colour</emph> command changes the character colour; first enter the <emph>colour</emph> command directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. Then enter the colour name (black, white, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green, or yellow). Then enter the characters to be changed.

[ctx: 03091507.xhp par_idA3162627 help.text]
en: <image id="img_idA3162633" src="starmath/res/mi21618.png" width="0.3335inch" height="0.3335inch"><alt id="alt_idA3162633">Icon</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_idA3162633" src="starmath/res/mi21608.png" width="0.3335inch" height="0.3335inch"><alt id="alt_idA3162633">Icon</alt></image>

[ctx: 03091508.xhp par_id3180903 249 help.text]
en: Normal round left and right bracket
en_GB: Normal left and right round bracket

[ctx: 03091509.xhp par_id3186012 469 help.text]
en: Align to horizontal center
en_GB: Align to horizontal centre

[ctx: 03091600.xhp bm_id3149261 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>mathematical symbols; other</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>real part of complex numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>symbols;for complex numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>partial differentiation symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>infinity symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Nabla operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>there exists symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>there does not exist symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>existence quantor symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>for all symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>universal quantifier symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>h-bar symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lambda-bar symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>imaginary part of a complex number</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>complex numbers; symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weierstrass p symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>up arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>down arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arrows;symbols in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>center dots symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axis-ellipsis</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical dots symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagonal upward dots;symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagonal downward dots;symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>epsilon; back</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>back epsilon symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>placeholders; inserting in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipsis symbols</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>mathematical symbols; other</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>real part of complex numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>symbols;for complex numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>partial differentiation symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>infinity symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Nabla operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>there exists symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>there does not exist symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>existence quantor symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>for all symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>universal quantifier symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>h-bar symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lambda-bar symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>imaginary part of a complex number</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>complex numbers; symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weierstrass p symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>up arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>down arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arrows;symbols in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centre dots symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axis-ellipsis</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical dots symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagonal upward dots;symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagonal downward dots;symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>epsilon; back</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>back epsilon symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>placeholders; inserting in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipsis symbols</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091600.xhp par_idA3155330 help.text]
en: <image id="img_idA3155336" src="starmath/res/mi21618.png" width="0.3335inch" height="0.3335inch"><alt id="alt_idA3155336">Icon</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_idA3155336" src="starmath/res/mi21608.png" width="0.3335inch" height="0.3335inch"><alt id="alt_idA3155336">Icon</alt></image>

[ctx: 03091600.xhp par_id3146757 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DOTSAXIS">This icon inserts an axis-ellipsis (three vertically centered horizontal dots).</ahelp> Command for the <emph>Commands</emph> window: <emph>dotsaxis</emph>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DOTSAXIS">This icon inserts an axis-ellipsis (three vertically centred horizontal dots).</ahelp> Command for the <emph>Commands</emph> window: <emph>dotsaxis</emph>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3156318 5 help.text]
en: The list boxes in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialog display a default font for all elements. To change to a different font, click <emph>Modify</emph>, then select the element type. A new dialog box appears. Select the desired font and check any desired attributes, then click <emph>OK</emph>. To set the changes as the default fonts, click the <emph>Default</emph> button.
en_GB: The list boxes in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialogue box display a default font for all elements. To change to a different font, click <emph>Modify</emph>, then select the element type. A new dialogue box will appear. Select the desired font and mark any desired attributes, then click <emph>OK</emph>. To set the changes as the default font, click the <emph>Default</emph> button.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3154566 16 help.text]
en: In this section of the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialog you can define fonts, with which you can format other text components in the formula. The three basic fonts <emph>Serif, Sans</emph> and <emph>Fixed</emph> are available. You can add any other font to each standard installed basic font. Every font installed on your system is available for you to use. Select the <emph>Modify</emph> button to expand the selection offered in the list box.
en_GB: In this section of the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialogue box you can define fonts, with which you can format other text components in the formula. The three basic fonts <emph>Serif, Sans</emph> and <emph>Fixed</emph> are available. You can add any other font to each standard installed basic font. Every font installed on your system is available for you to use. Select the <emph>Modify</emph> button to expand the selection offered in the list box.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3146932 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:MENUBUTTON:RID_FONTTYPEDIALOG:1">Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the <link href="text/smath/01/05010100.xhp" name="Fonts">Fonts</link> dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:MENUBUTTON:RID_FONTTYPEDIALOG:1">Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the <link href="text/smath/01/05010100.xhp" name="Fonts">Fonts</link> dialogue box, in which you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3155186 31 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:PUSHBUTTON:RID_FONTTYPEDIALOG:2">Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulas.</ahelp> After confirming the changes, click the <emph>Yes</emph> button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:PUSHBUTTON:RID_FONTTYPEDIALOG:2">Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulae.</ahelp> After confirming the changes, click the <emph>Yes</emph> button.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3152598 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="STARMATH_MODALDIALOG_RID_FONTDIALOG">Use this dialog to select the font for the respective category in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="STARMATH_MODALDIALOG_RID_FONTDIALOG">Use this dialogue box to select the font for the respective category in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3148839 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_CHECKBOX_RID_FONTDIALOG_1" visibility="visible">Check this box to assign the bold attribute to the font.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_CHECKBOX_RID_FONTDIALOG_1" visibility="visible">Mark this check box to assign the bold attribute to the font.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3149126 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_CHECKBOX_RID_FONTDIALOG_2" visibility="visible">Check this box to assign the italic attribute to the font.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_CHECKBOX_RID_FONTDIALOG_2" visibility="visible">Mark this check box to assign the italic attribute to the font.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3150213 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="schriftgroessentext"><ahelp hid="SID_FONTSIZE">Use this dialog to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="schriftgroessentext"><ahelp hid="SID_FONTSIZE">Use this dialogue box to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3153005 19 help.text]
en: To permanently change the default size (12 pt) used in $[officename] Math, you must first set the size (for example, 11 pt) and then click the <emph>Default</emph> button.
en_GB: To permanently change the default size (12 pt) used in $[officename] Math, you must first set the size (for example, 11 pt) in the <emph>Base size</emph> control and then click the <emph>Default</emph> button.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3148392 9 help.text]
en: Indexes
en_GB: Indices

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149029 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:METRICFIELD:RID_FONTSIZEDIALOG:5">Select the relative size for the indexes in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:METRICFIELD:RID_FONTSIZEDIALOG:5">Select the relative size for the indices in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3145206 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:PUSHBUTTON:RID_FONTSIZEDIALOG:1">Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulas.</ahelp> A security response appears before saving any changes.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:PUSHBUTTON:RID_FONTSIZEDIALOG:1">Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulae.</ahelp> A security response appears before saving any changes.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp bm_id3154658 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spacing; formula elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;element spacing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spacing; formula elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;element spacing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3153818 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="abstaendetext"><ahelp hid="SID_DISTANCE">Use this dialog to determine the spacing between formula elements. The spacing is specified as a percentage in relation to the base size defined under <emph>Format - Font Size</emph>.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="abstaendetext"><ahelp hid="SID_DISTANCE">Use this dialogue box to determine the spacing between formula elements. The spacing is specified as a percentage in relation to the base size defined under <emph>Format - Font Size</emph>.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3143228 3 help.text]
en: Use the <emph>Category</emph> button to determine the formula element for which you would like to specify the spacing. The appearance of the dialog depends on the selected category. A preview window shows you which spacing is modified through the respective boxes.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Category</emph> button to determine the formula element for which you would like to specify the spacing. The appearance of the dialogue box depends on the selected category. A preview window shows you which spacing is modified through the respective boxes.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp hd_id3154508 15 help.text]
en: Indexes
en_GB: Indices

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3149885 16 help.text]
en: Defines the spacing for superscript and subscript indexes.
en_GB: Defines the spacing for superscript and subscript indices.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3150568 18 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_SUP_DIST">Determines the spacing for superscript indexes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_SUP_DIST">Determines the spacing for superscript indices.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3148772 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_SUB_DIST">Determines the spacing for subscript indexes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_SUB_DIST">Determines the spacing for subscript indices.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp bm_id3148730 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>aligning; multi-line formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multi-line formulas; aligning</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning; multi-line formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multi-line formulae; aligning</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3152999 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="ausrichtungtext"><ahelp hid="SID_ALIGN" visibility="visible">You can define the alignment of multi-line formulas as well as formulas with several elements in one line.</ahelp> Create multi-line formulas by entering a <emph>NEWLINE</emph> command in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="ausrichtungtext"><ahelp hid="SID_ALIGN" visibility="visible">You can define the alignment of multi-line formulae as well as formulae with several elements in one line.</ahelp> Create multi-line formulae by entering a <emph>NEWLINE</emph> command in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</variable>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3148388 4 help.text]
en: Specifies the type of horizontal alignment for multi-line formulas.
en_GB: Specifies the type of horizontal alignment for multi-line formulae.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3154646 7 help.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3150762 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:RADIOBUTTON:RID_ALIGNDIALOG:2" visibility="visible">Aligns the elements of a formula to the center.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:RADIOBUTTON:RID_ALIGNDIALOG:2" visibility="visible">Aligns the elements of a formula to the centre.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3153622 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:PUSHBUTTON:RID_ALIGNDIALOG:1" visibility="visible">Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulas.</ahelp> A security response will appear before saving.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH:PUSHBUTTON:RID_ALIGNDIALOG:1" visibility="visible">Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulae.</ahelp> A security response will appear before saving.

[ctx: 05050000.xhp bm_id3147339 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text mode in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; fit to text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text mode in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; fit to text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3150206 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SID_TEXTMODE">Switches the text mode on or off. In text mode, formulas are displayed as the same height as a line of text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_TEXTMODE">Switches the text mode on or off. In text mode, formulae are displayed as the same height as a line of text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Catalog
en_GB: Catalogue

[ctx: 06010000.xhp bm_id3145799 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>symbols; entering in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>%PRODUCTNAME Math; entering symbols in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>catalog for mathematical symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mathematical symbols;catalog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Greek symbols in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; entering symbols in</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>symbols; entering in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>%PRODUCTNAME Math; entering symbols in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>catalogue for mathematical symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mathematical symbols;catalogue</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Greek symbols in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; entering symbols in</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp hd_id3153715 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/smath/01/06010000.xhp" name="Catalog">Catalog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/smath/01/06010000.xhp" name="Catalogue">Catalogue</link>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3146313 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="symboletext"><ahelp hid="SID_SYMBOLS_CATALOGUE">Opens the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialog, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="symboletext"><ahelp hid="SID_SYMBOLS_CATALOGUE">Opens the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialogue box, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3148699 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_LISTBOX_RID_SYMBOLDIALOG_1">All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_LISTBOX_RID_SYMBOLDIALOG_1">All symbols are organised into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3153811 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SYMBOLDIALOG_1">Click here to open the <link href="text/smath/01/06010100.xhp" name="Edit Symbols">Edit Symbols</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SYMBOLDIALOG_1">Click here to open the <link href="text/smath/01/06010100.xhp" name="Edit Symbols">Edit Symbols</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3154513 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_MODALDIALOG_RID_SYMDEFINEDIALOG">Use this dialog to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.</ahelp> You can also define new symbol sets, assign names to symbols, or to modify existing symbol sets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_MODALDIALOG_RID_SYMDEFINEDIALOG">Use this dialogue box to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.</ahelp> You can also define new symbol sets, assign names to symbols, or to modify existing symbol sets.

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3153965 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_COMBOBOX_RID_SYMDEFINEDIALOG_1">Select the name of the current symbol.</ahelp> The symbol, the name of the symbol, and the set that the symbol belongs to are displayed in the left preview pane at the bottom of the dialog box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="STARMATH_COMBOBOX_RID_SYMDEFINEDIALOG_1">Select the name of the current symbol.</ahelp> The symbol, the name of the symbol, and the set that the symbol belongs to are displayed in the left preview pane at the bottom of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3147296 21 help.text]
en: To change the name of a symbol, select the old name in the <emph>Old symbol</emph> list box. Then enter the new name in the <emph>Symbol</emph> box. Check whether the desired character is in the preview window before you click the <emph>Modify</emph> button. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: To change the name of a symbol, select the old name in the <emph>Old symbol</emph> list box. Then enter the new name in the <emph>Symbol</emph> box. Check that the desired character is in the preview window before you click the <emph>Modify</emph> button. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3145594 22 help.text]
en: To create a new symbol set, type a name for it in the <emph>Symbol set</emph> list box and add at least one symbol. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog. The new symbol set is now available under the new name.
en_GB: To create a new symbol set, type a name for it in the <emph>Symbol set</emph> list box and add at least one symbol. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box. The new symbol set is now available under the new name.

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3153527 18 help.text]
en: You can also click <emph>Cancel</emph> at any time to close the dialog without saving any of the changes.
en_GB: You can also click <emph>Cancel</emph> at any time to close the dialogue box without saving any of the changes.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp bm_id3154659 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>importing; %PRODUCTNAME Math formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>importing; %PRODUCTNAME Math formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3150251 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="formelimportierentext"><ahelp hid="SID_INSERT_FORMULA" visibility="visible">This command opens a dialog for importing a formula.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formelimportierentext"><ahelp hid="SID_INSERT_FORMULA" visibility="visible">This command opens a dialogue box for importing a formula.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3153916 3 help.text]
en: The <emph>Insert</emph> dialog is set up like the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open">Open</link> dialog under <emph>File</emph>. Use the <emph>Insert</emph> dialog to load, edit and display a formula saved as a file in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: The <emph>Insert</emph> dialogue box is set up like the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open">Open</link> dialogue box under <emph>File</emph>. Use the <emph>Insert</emph> dialogue box to load, edit and display a formula saved as a file in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3154702 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys; in formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys; in formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150345 2 help.text]
en: A list of the shortcut keys specific to creating formulas is contained in this section.
en_GB: A list of the shortcut keys specific to creating formulae is contained in this section.

[ctx: align.xhp par_id3150249 3 help.text]
en: To accomplish this, you must define empty groups and character strings. They do not require any space, but carry information that helps in the alignment process.
en_GB: To accomplish this, you must define empty groups and text strings. They do not require any space, but carry information that helps in the alignment process.

[ctx: align.xhp par_id3153912 4 help.text]
en: To create empty groups, enter curly brackets <emph>{}</emph> in the Commands window. In the following example, the goal is to achieve a line break so that the plus signs are beneath one another, even though one less character is entered in the upper line:
en_GB: To create empty groups, enter curly brackets <emph>{}</emph> in the Commands window. In the following example, the goal is to achieve a line break so that the plus signs are beneath one another, even though one fewer character is entered in the upper line:

[ctx: align.xhp par_id3143229 5 help.text]
en: Empty character strings are a simple way to ensure that texts and formulas are left-aligned. They are defined using double inverted commas "" . Make sure you do not use any typographic inverted commas. Example:
en_GB: Empty text strings are a simple way to ensure that text strings and formulae are left-aligned. They are defined using double inverted commas "" . Ensure you do not use any typographic inverted commas. Example:

[ctx: attributes.xhp par_id3148870 3 help.text]
en: Some parts of formulas are always formatted bold or italic by default.
en_GB: Some parts of formulae are always formatted bold or italic by default.

[ctx: brackets.xhp bm_id3152596 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>brackets; merging formula parts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula parts; merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fractions in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;formula parts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>brackets; merging formula parts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula parts; merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fractions in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;formula parts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: brackets.xhp hd_id3154511 2 help.text]
en: Inserting fractions into formulas
en_GB: Inserting fractions into formulae

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3150537 13 help.text]
en: You can compose formulas using the Elements window. Open it with the menu <emph>View - Elements</emph> if it is not already open.
en_GB: You can compose formulae using the Elements window. Open it with the menu <emph>View - Elements</emph> if it is not already open.

[ctx: limits.xhp par_id6756187 help.text]
en: Now the formula is complete. Click into your text document outside the formula to leave the formula editor.
en_GB: Now the formula is complete. Click within your text document outside the formula to leave the formula editor.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3150199 2 help.text]
en: Entering and Editing Formulas
en_GB: Entering and Editing Formulae

[ctx: newline.xhp bm_id1295205 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>line breaks; in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;line breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wrapping text;in formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>line breaks; in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;line breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wrapping text;in formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: newline.xhp hd_id3147339 2 help.text]
en: How to write formulas in $[officename] Math over two lines (with manual line break):
en_GB: How to write formulae in $[officename] Math over two lines (with manual line break):

[ctx: text.xhp par_id755943 help.text]
en: If you have set up Math to convert imported MathType formulas (in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - Microsoft Office), you see the formula with a placeholder instead of the asterisk.
en_GB: If you have set up Math to convert imported MathType formulae (in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - Microsoft Office), you will see the formula with a placeholder instead of the asterisk.

[ctx: text.xhp par_id9961851 help.text]
en: Some formulas start with an = sign. Use "=" to enter that character as direct text.
en_GB: Some formulae start with an = sign. Use "=" to enter that character as direct text.

[ctx: 00000402.xhp par_id3151243 15 help.text]
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F3
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F3

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3155625 6 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Nonprinting Characters</emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Non-printing Characters</emph>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3153716 8 help.text]
en: Nonprinting Characters
en_GB: Non-printing Characters

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3149767 89 help.text]
en: <variable id="litdef">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - </emph><emph>Bibliography Entry</emph> and click <emph>Edit</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="litdef">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph> and click <emph>Edit</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3149294 14 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Drop Caps</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify - Drop Caps</emph> tab

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3154260 17 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Text Flow</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify - Text Flow</emph> tab

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_idN10739 help.text]
en: Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and keep the mouse button pressed. Choose <emph>Load Styles</emph> from the submenu.
en_GB: Open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and keep the mouse button pressed. Choose <emph>Load Styles</emph> from the sub-menu.

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3147525 144 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Outline & Numbering</emph> tab (Paragraph Styles)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify - Outline & Numbering</emph> tab (Paragraph Styles)

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3149298 22 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Columns</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify - Columns</emph> tab

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3149109 29 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Footnote</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify - Footnote</emph> tab

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3155140 136 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Paragraph Styles)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify</emph> (for Paragraph Styles)

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3153356 138 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Character Styles)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify</emph> (for Character Styles)

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3149179 140 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Frame Styles)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify</emph> (for Frame Styles)

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3156364 142 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New</emph> (for Numbering Styles)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify</emph> (for Numbering Styles)

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3148856 54 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Type</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify - Type</emph> tab

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3149774 68 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>Modify/New - Options</emph> tab
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting -</emph> open context menu <emph>New/Modify - Options</emph> tab

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3150039 150 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Character - Hyperlink</emph> tab<emph> - Events</emph> button
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Character - Hyperlink</emph> tab <emph>- Events</emph> button

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3155810 154 help.text]
en: <variable id="tabverb">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Table</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tabverb">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Tables</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3155555 90 help.text]
en: Open <emph>Optimize</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3153755 93 help.text]
en: Open <emph>Optimize</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3148932 105 help.text]
en: Open <emph>Optimize</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3156426 108 help.text]
en: Open <emph>Optimize</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3151249 35 help.text]
en: <variable id="alles">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All </emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="alles">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3154839 36 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields </emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3151187 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".uno:MergeDialog">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog, which helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".uno:MergeDialog">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialogue box, which helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp hd_id3151371 35 help.text]
en: Single print jobs
en_GB: Separate print jobs

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3149553 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3149802 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Navigator">Shows or hides the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken" name="dock">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Navigator">Shows or hides the Navigator, with which you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organise master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken" name="dock">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3154475 3 help.text]
en: To open the Navigator, choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the Ctrl key and double-click on a grey area of the Navigator.
en_GB: To open the Navigator, choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the Ctrl key and double-click in a grey area of the Navigator.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155136 90 help.text]
en: A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text "hidden" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes.
en_GB: A hidden section in a document appears grey in the Navigator, and displays the text "hidden" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3150558 70 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the "Previous" and "Next" arrows.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation">Navigation</link> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the "Previous" and "Next" arrows.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, with which you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the "Previous" and "Next" arrows.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation">Navigation</link> toolbar, with which you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the "Previous" and "Next" arrows.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155325 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_TBX7">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_TBX7">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155932 78 help.text]
en: To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the "Headings" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents.
en_GB: To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the "Headings" category in the list, and then click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155828 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_TBX4">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_TBX4">Sets the drag-and-drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3150954 38 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP">Creates a hyperlink when you drag-and-drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3154371 40 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag-and-drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155589 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag-and-drop in the current document. You cannot drag-and-drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3148826 77 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_OUTLINES">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_OUTLINES">Click <emph>1</emph> to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3148999 62 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the content of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3154330 4 help.text]
en: The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula.
en_GB: The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula.

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3148783 12 help.text]
en: For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas).
en_GB: For table formulae, you can either jump to all table formulae located within your document, or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulae, you jump only to formulae that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulae with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulae).

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3153141 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click either the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3149968 11 help.text]
en: You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="menus">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="keyboard input">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.
en_GB: You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customise"><emph>Tools - Customise</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="menus">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="keyboard input">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3155361 9 help.text]
en: With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog.
en_GB: With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialogue box. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_idN1086E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through table formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_idN10885 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through incorrect table formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3154571 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="autotexttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditGlossary">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autotexttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditGlossary">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153640 5 help.text]
en: The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries.
en_GB: The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialogue box lists the AutoText categories and entries.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3155862 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153300 66 help.text]
en: You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another.
en_GB: You can drag-and-drop AutoText entries from one category to another.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3149607 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the content of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3150786 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp" name="Rename Text Block">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialogue box, in which you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp" name="Rename Text Block">Rename AutoText</link> dialogue box, with which you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3145106 44 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Assign Macro">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, with which you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Assign Macro">Assign Macro</link> dialogue box, with which you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3149583 76 help.text]
en: You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.
en_GB: You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the supplied AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3148937 78 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3154933 42 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153379 68 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3154852 57 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp" name="Edit Paths">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialogue box, in which you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp" name="Edit Paths">Edit Paths</link> dialogue box, in which you can select the directory to store AutoText.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3156064 61 help.text]
en: To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog.
en_GB: To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3154766 11 help.text]
en: Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog.
en_GB: Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3166468 13 help.text]
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3151389 15 help.text]
en: Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box, in which you can create a new entry.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3155620 17 help.text]
en: Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where  you can edit the current entry.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box, with which you can edit the current entry.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3151184 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FieldDialog">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FieldDialog">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialogue box, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable>

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3149106 59 help.text]
en: If you select a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields, </emph>the <link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Edit Links"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens.
en_GB: If you select a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>, the <link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Edit Links"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3149036 60 help.text]
en: If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="User data"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens.
en_GB: If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="User data"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3151371 13 help.text]
en: The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected.
en_GB: The following dialogue box elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3147409 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click "Additional formats" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT">Select the format for the content of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click "Additional formats" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3145256 25 help.text]
en: Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for "Next Page," "Page Numbers" or "Previous Page". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number.
en_GB: Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for "Next Page," "Page Numbers" or "Previous Page". If you want, you can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp hd_id3143276 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Edit  Footnotes">Footnote/Endnote</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Edit Footnotes">Footnote/Endnote</link>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3150772 33 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialog.
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3151251 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialogue box. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type.

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3155539 32 help.text]
en: You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation Bar">Navigation Bar</link>.
en_GB: You can quickly jump to index entries with the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation Bar">Navigation Bar</link>.

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3143275 3 help.text]
en: The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:
en_GB: The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialogue box is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialogue box, and offers the following additional options:

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3149104 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section</emph> list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3152773 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behaviour of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password-protected, you must enter the password first.

[ctx: 03050000.xhp par_id3147514 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Ruler">Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</ahelp> To show the vertical ruler, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - View">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> check box in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Ruler">Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</ahelp> To show the vertical ruler, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - View">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</link></emph>, and then mark the <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> check box in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3153540 17 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Nonprinting Characters On/Off">Nonprinting Characters On/Off</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Non-printing Characters On/Off">Non-printing Characters On/Off</link>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3147171 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Fieldnames">Switches the field display between field names and field contents.</ahelp> A check mark indicates that the field names are displayed, and no check mark indicates that field contents are displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Fieldnames">Switches the field display between field names and field contents.</ahelp> A tick mark indicates that the field names are displayed, and no tick mark indicates that field contents are displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed.

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3149287 4 help.text]
en: To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the<emph> Field codes </emph>checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area.
en_GB: To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then mark the <emph>Field codes</emph> check box in the <emph>Display</emph> area.

[ctx: 03100000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Nonprinting Characters
en_GB: Non-printing Characters

[ctx: 03100000.xhp hd_id3154507 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Nonprinting Characters">Nonprinting Characters</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Non-printing Characters">Non-printing Characters</link>

[ctx: 03100000.xhp par_id3154646 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ControlCodes">Shows nonprinting characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ControlCodes">Shows non-printing characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03100000.xhp par_id3147511 6 help.text]
en: To specify which nonprinting characters are displayed, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Writer - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display of</emph> area.
en_GB: To specify which non-printing characters are displayed, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Writer - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display of</emph> area.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3155182 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/columnrb">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="column">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/columnrb">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="column">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new column.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3149102 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagerb">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagerb">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3145758 13 help.text]
en: You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break.
en_GB: You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert a manual page break.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3150554 18 help.text]
en: To display manual breaks, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="View - Nonprinting Characters"><emph>View - Nonprinting Characters</emph></link>.
en_GB: To display manual breaks, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="View - Non-printing Characters"><emph>View - Non-printing Characters</emph></link>.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155183 6 help.text]
en: The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:
en_GB: The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialogue box contains the following tabs:

[ctx: 04020100.xhp par_id3151310 27 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/dde">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/dde">Creates a <emph>DDE</emph> link. Mark this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE</emph> command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is marked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04020100.xhp par_id3145754 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/filename">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the <emph>DDE </emph>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/filename">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the <emph>DDE</emph> check box is marked, enter the DDE command that you want to use. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 04020100.xhp par_id3147742 47 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/password">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/password">Opens a dialogue box in which you can change the current password.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04020100.xhp par_id3148849 13 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/hide">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip "hidden" is displayed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/hide">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear grey in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip "hidden" is displayed.

[ctx: 04020100.xhp par_idN108E3 help.text]
en: You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document.
en_GB: You see this area of the dialogue box when the current document is an XForms document.

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3153677 3 help.text]
en: To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmark</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark.
en_GB: To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the <emph>Bookmark</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark.

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3151251 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the <emph>Insert Bookmark</emph> dialog and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertbookmark/delete">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the <emph>Insert Bookmark</emph> dialogue box and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialogue box will follow.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_idN1074A help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Caption dialogue box. It has the same information as the dialogue box you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id396130 help.text]
en: Click into the envelope page to make it the current page.
en_GB: Click within the envelope page to make it the current page.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id7657704 help.text]
en: A submenu opens showing some page styles.
en_GB: A sub-menu opens showing some page styles.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id5187536 help.text]
en: Choose the "Default" page style from the submenu.
en_GB: Choose the "Default" page style from the sub-menu.

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3145415 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply  formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text.

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3153527 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return  address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want.
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND">Includes a return address on the envelope. Mark the <emph>Sender</emph> check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender</emph> box, but you can also enter the data that you want.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3149481 8 help.text]
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3149828 12 help.text]
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3155918 22 help.text]
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3150112 26 help.text]
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3147422 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT">Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT">Select the envelope size that you want, or select "User-defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070300.xhp hd_id3155898 7 help.text]
en: Horizontal center
en_GB: Horizontal centre

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3149694 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="ITM_HOR_CNTR">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="ITM_HOR_CNTR">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the centre of the printer tray.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070300.xhp hd_id3151260 13 help.text]
en: Vertical center
en_GB: Vertical centre

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3148968 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="ITM_VER_CNTR">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="ITM_VER_CNTR">Feeds the envelope vertically from the centre of the printer tray.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3147418 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP">Opens the Print Setup dialogue box in which you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3149805 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertField">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> The dialog lists all available fields. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertField">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> Fields contain information that can be automatically updated, such as the date, time, or page number. The dialogue box lists all available fields.</variable>

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3154190 179 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FIELD_INSERT">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FIELD_INSERT">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialogue box, click the <emph>Close</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id5591296 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3153672 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select</emph> list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3148975 11 help.text]
en: Inserts the name of the current user.
en_GB: Inserts the name of the user who first saved the document.

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3146341 9 help.text]
en: Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="$[officename] - User Data">$[officename] - User Data</link></emph>.
en_GB: Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user data that is displayed by choosing <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="$[officename] - User Data">$[officename] - User Data</link></emph>.

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3154631 26 help.text]
en: The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list.
en_GB: The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list.

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3150678 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3145188 39 help.text]
en: If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset </emph>for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty.
en_GB: If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset</emph> for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty.

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3150138 49 help.text]
en: <variable id="datumuhrzeitformat">When you click "Additional formats", the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Number Format"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="datumuhrzeitformat">When you click "Additional formats", the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Number Format"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialogue box opens, in which you can define a custom format. </variable>

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3159197 19 help.text]
en: The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too.
en_GB: The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time that you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3147746 9 help.text]
en: Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with "Set Reference" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible.
en_GB: Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position must be defined with "Set Reference" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3146344 16 help.text]
en: In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered "by hand".
en_GB: In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and must be entered "by hand".

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3154772 18 help.text]
en: References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as "unformatted text" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted.
en_GB: References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to re-enter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as "unformatted text" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id7374187 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the "Insert reference to" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the "Insert reference to" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3156032 17 help.text]
en: In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box.
en_GB: In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3159216 15 help.text]
en: If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert.
en_GB: If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the content of the field that you insert.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id0902200804352037 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select</emph> list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3149881 6 help.text]
en: Inserts text if a certain <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link> is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable "sun", click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp" name="Variables"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box.
en_GB: Inserts text if a certain <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link> is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the <emph>Then</emph> box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable "sun", click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp" name="Variables"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the <emph>Name</emph> box, and its value in the <emph>Value</emph> box.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3147564 48 help.text]
en: Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp" name="Choose Item"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp" name="Choose Item"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3147524 14 help.text]
en: Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden text</emph> check box.
en_GB: Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and unmark the <emph>Fields: Hidden text</emph> check box.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3153677 16 help.text]
en: Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraph</emph> check box.
en_GB: Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and unmark the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraph</emph> check box.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3154830 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3146865 22 help.text]
en: You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format "databasename.tablename.fieldname".
en_GB: You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then</emph> and <emph>Else</emph> boxes using the format "databasename.tablename.fieldname".

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3155912 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the "Execute macro" function field.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, in which you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the "Execute macro" function field.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3147455 65 help.text]
en: This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document.
en_GB: This dialogue box is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3148855 68 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialogue box, in which you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3148434 70 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by Ctrl+Shift+F9.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialogue box by Ctrl+Shift+F9.

[ctx: 04090004.xhp par_id3147490 11 help.text]
en: Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090004.xhp par_id3154784 17 help.text]
en: Inserts the contents of the info fields found on the <emph>User Defined </emph>tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><emph>File - Properties</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Inserts the contents of the info fields found on the <emph>User-defined</emph> tab of the <link href="text/shared/01/01100300.xhp" name="File - Properties"><emph>File - Properties</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090004.xhp par_id3150912 21 help.text]
en: Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog.
en_GB: Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <emph>File Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090004.xhp par_id3146942 23 help.text]
en: Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog.
en_GB: Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <emph>File Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090004.xhp par_id3150033 25 help.text]
en: Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog.
en_GB: Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab of the <emph>File Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090004.xhp par_id0902200804290272 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id0903200802243625 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select</emph> list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id3153669 9 help.text]
en: Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Selection </emph>list.
en_GB: Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Selection</emph> list.

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id3151255 38 help.text]
en: The variables are displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog<link href="text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp" name="Input Field"><emph>Input Field</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark.
en_GB: The variables are displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialogue box <link href="text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp" name="Input Field"><emph>Input Field</emph></link> appears, in which you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark.

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id3148886 25 help.text]
en: For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the <emph>Format </emph>list, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.
en_GB: For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the <emph>Format</emph> list, or click "Additional formats" to define a custom format.

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id7453535 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id3150696 36 help.text]
en: In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tag">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select.
en_GB: In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value</emph> box is converted to an opening HTML <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tag">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select.

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id3156233 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the "Set Variable" and "User Field" field types.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin grey mark in the document. This option is only available for the "Set Variable" and "User Field" field types.

[ctx: 04090006.xhp par_id090220080439090 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select</emph> list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090006.xhp par_id3156122 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numeric, boolean, date and time fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090006.xhp par_idN10772 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="878711313">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="878711313">Opens a file open dialogue box in which you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090006.xhp hd_id3155084 27 help.text]
en: User defined
en_GB: User-defined

[ctx: 04090006.xhp par_idN10803 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialogue box asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialogue box opens in which you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090006.xhp par_idN10816 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Suppresses this dialog from now on. There is no easy way to get it back!</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Suppresses this dialogue box from now on. There is no easy way to get it back!</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090007.xhp par_id3152960 4 help.text]
en: $[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type.
en_GB: $[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognised by an HTML filter depends on the field type.

[ctx: 04090007.xhp par_id3149485 8 help.text]
en: Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:
en_GB: Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognised by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:

[ctx: 04090007.xhp par_id3149562 26 help.text]
en: Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:
en_GB: Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognised by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:

[ctx: 04090100.xhp par_id3154470 7 help.text]
en: To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog.
en_GB: To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090100.xhp par_id3154571 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text">The upper box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box of the Input Field on the <emph>Functions </emph>tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text">The upper box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box of the Input Field on the <emph>Functions </emph>tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialogue box. The lower box displays the content of the field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090200.xhp bm_id3145828 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3149289 15 help.text]
en: Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true.
en_GB: Hidden text: hides the content of the field if the condition is true.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3149802 18 help.text]
en: The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:
en_GB: The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition</emph> box using the following values:

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3147090 23 help.text]
en: If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met.
en_GB: If you leave the <emph>Condition</emph> box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3149953 99 help.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3149601 101 help.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3156241 111 help.text]
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3148945 113 help.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3154128 47 help.text]
en: You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:
en_GB: You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the content of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3154605 51 help.text]
en: Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name
en_GB: Database.Table.Forename AND Database.Table.Surname

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3153059 52 help.text]
en: Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name.
en_GB: Returns TRUE if the record contains the forename and the surname.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3150232 58 help.text]
en: To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, you can choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box.
en_GB: To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, you can choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and unmark the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3154294 63 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type "page == 1".
en_GB: In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type "page == 1".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3150640 65 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "There are several pages".
en_GB: In the <emph>Or</emph> box, type "There are several pages".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3155109 68 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Set Variable".
en_GB: In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click "Set Variable".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3147008 139 help.text]
en: In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type "Profit".
en_GB: In the <emph>Name</emph> box, type "Profit".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3147032 140 help.text]
en: In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type "5000".
en_GB: In the <emph>Value</emph> box, type "5000".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3156317 72 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "Target is met".
en_GB: In the <emph>Or</emph> box, type "Target is met".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp hd_id3155573 74 help.text]
en: To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:
en_GB: To display conditional text based on the content of a database field:

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3155587 144 help.text]
en: The first part of this example inserts a space between the "First Name" and "Last Name" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename].
en_GB: The first part of this example inserts a space between the "Forename" and "Surname" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the content of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename].

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3148811 75 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Mail merge fields".
en_GB: In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click "Mail merge fields".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3148841 76 help.text]
en: In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click "First Name", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for "Last Name".
en_GB: In the <emph>Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click "Forename", and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. Repeat for "Surname".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3147549 78 help.text]
en: In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:
en_GB: In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields</emph> dialogue box:

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3153589 146 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: "Addressbook.addresses.firstname".
en_GB: In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type: "Addressbook.addresses.forename".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3153615 80 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank.
en_GB: In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or</emph> box blank.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3153562 84 help.text]
en: You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field.
en_GB: You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the Forename field.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3150574 147 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.
en_GB: In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialogue box, click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3150605 85 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click "Conditional text".
en_GB: In the <emph>Type</emph> box, click "Conditional text".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3151277 86 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == "Michael"
en_GB: In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type: Addressbook.addresses.forename == "Michael"

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3151303 87 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type "Dear".
en_GB: In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type "Dear".

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3145760 22 help.text]
en: You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries.
en_GB: You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialogue box open while you select and insert entries.

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3145783 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames and captions is not included.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3155920 21 help.text]
en: You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog.
en_GB: You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry</emph> that you entered manually in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3147496 18 help.text]
en: To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>.
en_GB: To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>.

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3154777 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3150161 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialogue box where you can create a custom index.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120200.xhp par_id3154575 3 help.text]
en: You can also preview the index or table in this dialog.
en_GB: You can also preview the index or table in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120201.xhp par_id3154505 37 help.text]
en: You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog.
en_GB: You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120201.xhp par_id3149290 31 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><)</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120201.xhp par_id3153675 39 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120210.xhp par_id3148390 2 help.text]
en: Use this tab to specify and define the type of  <link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp" name="index">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes.
en_GB: Use this tab to specify and define the type of <link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp" name="index">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes.

[ctx: 04120211.xhp par_id3150570 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. </variable>

[ctx: 04120211.xhp par_id3153665 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled </emph>check box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then mark the <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled</emph> check box.

[ctx: 04120211.xhp par_id1209200804373840 help.text]
en: You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog.
en_GB: You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120211.xhp par_id3152772 22 help.text]
en: <variable id="vorlg"><ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="vorlg"><ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialogue box as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04120211.xhp par_id3145776 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialogue box, in which you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3155962 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. </variable>

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3145825 10 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range in which the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120212.xhp hd_id3154502 11 help.text]
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3149880 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_idN10671 help.text]
en: To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.
en_GB: To use multi-level collation with Asian languages, select <emph>Case-sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.

[ctx: 04120212.xhp hd_id3150569 13 help.text]
en: AutoCapitalize entries
en_GB: AutoCapitalise entries

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3148772 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS">Automatically capitalises the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3151184 17 help.text]
en: To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert Index Entry"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert Index Entry"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120213.xhp par_id3145415 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120214.xhp par_id3146320 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120215.xhp par_id3151183 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120216.xhp par_id3147175 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120217.xhp par_id3145825 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120219.xhp par_id3147176 5 help.text]
en: To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want.
en_GB: To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the <emph>Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>></emph> button to move the style to the index level that you want.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3154638 7 help.text]
en: The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button.
en_GB: The <emph>Structure</emph> line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3149292 35 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure</emph> line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3147512 8 help.text]
en: To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type="keycode">Delete</item> key.
en_GB: To delete a code from the <emph>Structure</emph> line, click the code, and then press the <item type="keycode">Delete</item> key.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3149806 9 help.text]
en: To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button.
en_GB: To replace a code from the <emph>Structure</emph> line, click the code, and then click a code button.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3154480 10 help.text]
en: To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button.
en_GB: To add a code to the <emph>Structure</emph> line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3154567 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3149490 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position</emph> box, or mark the <emph>Align right</emph> check box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3153631 20 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure</emph> line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3155137 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS">Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS">Applies the current settings without closing the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3151372 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120222.xhp par_id3153532 3 help.text]
en: Level "S" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area.
en_GB: Level "S" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, mark the <emph>Alphabetic delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area.

[ctx: 04120222.xhp par_id3154573 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120222.xhp hd_id3148977 10 help.text]
en: Alphabetical delimiter
en_GB: Alphabetic delimiter

[ctx: 04120227.xhp par_id3147175 5 help.text]
en: Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries.
en_GB: Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box to add new entries.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id837427 help.text]
en: You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows to enter every word just once, then use the list many times.
en_GB: You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialogue box to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialogue box to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows to enter every word just once, then use the list many times.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp hd_id3154645 19 help.text]
en: To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:
en_GB: To access the Edit Concordance File dialogue box:

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3145420 21 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select "Alphabetical Index".
en_GB: In the <emph>Type</emph> box, select "Alphabetical Index".

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3154107 22 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Options</emph> area, mark the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3155184 6 help.text]
en: "Match case" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered.
en_GB: "Match case" means that upper-case and lower-case letters are considered.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3147220 8 help.text]
en: To enable the "Match case" or "Word only" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box.
en_GB: To enable the "Match case" or "Word only" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then mark the check box.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp hd_id3153629 25 help.text]
en: To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:
en_GB: To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialogue box:

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3155907 14 help.text]
en: For example, to include the word "Boston" in your alphabetical index under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:
en_GB: For example, to include the word "London" in your alphabetical index under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3151370 15 help.text]
en: Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0
en_GB: London;London;Cities;;0;0

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3151383 16 help.text]
en: This also finds "Boston" if it is written in lowercase letters.
en_GB: This also finds "London" if it is written in lower-case letters.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3155866 17 help.text]
en: To include the "Beacon Hill" district in Boston under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line:
en_GB: To include the "Westminster" district in London under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line:

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3150116 18 help.text]
en: Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities;
en_GB: Westminster;London;Cities;

[ctx: 04120300.xhp par_id3149036 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120300.xhp par_id3147579 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120300.xhp par_id3157900 21 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04130000.xhp par_id3155896 25 help.text]
en: In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle.
en_GB: In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialogue box, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle.

[ctx: 04150000.xhp par_id3154638 50 help.text]
en: $[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and click the<emph> Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and mark the <emph>Number recognition</emph> check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area.

[ctx: 04150000.xhp par_id3149036 36 help.text]
en: <variable id="autoformattext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/autoformat">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autoformattext"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/autoformat">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04150000.xhp par_id3153511 16 help.text]
en: On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.
en_GB: On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialogue box, in which you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.

[ctx: 04180400.xhp par_id3154651 4 help.text]
en: You can only change one database at a time in this dialog.
en_GB: You can only change one database at a time in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 04180400.xhp par_idN106DF help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialogue box to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04200000.xhp par_id3149880 4 help.text]
en: An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="View">View</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle.
en_GB: An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="View"><emph>View</emph></link>, and mark the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle.

[ctx: 04200000.xhp par_id3150572 5 help.text]
en: If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script.
en_GB: If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialogue box contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script.

[ctx: 04200000.xhp par_id3149810 14 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>), locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/urlentry">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL</emph> radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>), locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:

[ctx: 04220000.xhp par_id3145827 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPageHeader">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPageHeader">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the sub-menu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.

[ctx: 04220000.xhp par_id3150570 3 help.text]
en: A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers.
en_GB: A tick mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers.

[ctx: 04230000.xhp par_id3149353 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPageFooter">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertPageFooter">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the sub-menu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.

[ctx: 04230000.xhp par_id3150018 3 help.text]
en: A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers.
en_GB: A tick mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers.

[ctx: 04990000.xhp par_id3145827 2 help.text]
en: Inserts a field at the current cursor position. The submenu lists the most common field types. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>Other</emph>.
en_GB: Inserts a field at the current cursor position. The sub-menu lists the most common field types. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>Other</emph>.

[ctx: 05030200.xhp hd_id3145413 9 help.text]
en: Characters at line begin
en_GB: Characters at beginning of line

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3154574 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Mark this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3143275 26 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Mark this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3156279 34 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines</emph> box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines</emph> box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3155918 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines</emph> box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines</emph> box, the position of the break is adjusted.

[ctx: 05030800.xhp par_id3153536 14 help.text]
en: To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <emph>Format - Styles and </emph>Formatting, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.
en_GB: To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.

[ctx: 05030800.xhp par_id3154470 26 help.text]
en: To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format -</emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.
en_GB: To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link>, and then click the <emph>Outline & Numbering</emph> tab.

[ctx: 05030800.xhp par_id3148979 25 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START">Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START">Mark this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040500.xhp par_id3147176 20 help.text]
en: If the <emph>Automatic width</emph> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns.
en_GB: If the <emph>Automatic width</emph> check box is not marked, enter the width and spacing options for the columns.

[ctx: 05040500.xhp par_id3154827 51 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb">Select the item to which you want to apply the column layout.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialogue box by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>.

[ctx: 05040501.xhp par_id3151390 4 help.text]
en: Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into.
en_GB: Sections follow the text flow behaviour of the page they are inserted into.

[ctx: 05040700.xhp par_id3143283 16 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is marked.

[ctx: 05040700.xhp par_id3145776 29 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is marked.

[ctx: 05040800.xhp par_id3151171 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040800.xhp par_id3154193 7 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in fewer characters per line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040800.xhp par_id3147089 1 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3150759 3 help.text]
en: The <emph>Graphics</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The <emph>Graphics</emph> dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: 05060100.xhp par_id3145413 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060100.xhp par_id3154563 12 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060100.xhp par_id3153352 18 help.text]
en: Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles and Formatting window.
en_GB: Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialogue box from the Styles and Formatting window.

[ctx: 05060100.xhp par_id3150463 59 help.text]
en: If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the "Bottom" and "Center" alignment options are available.
en_GB: If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the "Bottom" and "Centre" alignment options are available.

[ctx: 05060200.xhp par_id3150100 31 help.text]
en: <variable id="hintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:WrapThroughTransparent">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:WrapThroughTransparent">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05060201.xhp par_id3154219 40 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_CONTDLG_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_CONTDLG_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo</emph> command.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060201.xhp hd_id3153212 42 help.text]
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: 05060201.xhp par_id3145098 43 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same colour. Click here, and then click a colour in the bitmap. To increase the colour range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060201.xhp par_id3149381 44 help.text]
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: 05060201.xhp par_id3154735 47 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the colour tolerance for the Colour Replacer as a percentage. To increase the colour range that the Colour Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3147391 70 help.text]
en: Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered
en_GB: Non-printing characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3149284 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to save the macros.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location in which you want to save the macros.

[ctx: 05060900.xhp par_id3149105 17 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT">Prevents changes to the content of the selected item.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060900.xhp par_id3147099 29 help.text]
en: You can still copy the contents of the selected item.
en_GB: You can still copy the content of the selected item.

[ctx: 05060900.xhp par_id3151374 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings</emph> from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05080000.xhp par_id3149352 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="objekttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FrameDialog">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="objekttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FrameDialog">Opens a dialogue box in which you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp> </variable>

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3153672 37 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> box in the <emph>Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090100.xhp hd_id3155899 21 help.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3149696 22 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centres the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3155180 24 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp" name="column widths">column widths</link>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the <emph>Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp>$[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp" name="column widths">column widths</link>.

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3154836 28 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3147220 30 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.

[ctx: 05090200.xhp par_id3154280 4 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth">Maintains the current width of the table when you change the width of a column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth">Maintains the current width of the table when you change the width of a column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area on the <emph>Table</emph> tab.

[ctx: 05090200.xhp par_id3153530 6 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns">Resizes the table width in relation to the column width that you enter.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns">Resizes the table width in relation to the column width that you enter.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area on the <emph>Table</emph> tab.

[ctx: 05090200.xhp par_id3154571 8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space-nospin">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space-nospin">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table</emph> tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090201.xhp par_id3150983 10 help.text]
en: To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Text Document - Table">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></emph>.
en_GB: To change the behaviour of tables in a text document, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Text Document - Table">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></emph>.

[ctx: 05090300.xhp par_id3154643 5 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Mark this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05100400.xhp par_id3154558 3 help.text]
en: To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T.
en_GB: To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T.

[ctx: 05130000.xhp par_id3155897 13 help.text]
en: Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break.
en_GB: Use Page Styles to organise the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break.

[ctx: 05130004.xhp par_id3149501 2 help.text]
en: Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organized in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link> window.
en_GB: Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organised in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link> window.

[ctx: 05130004.xhp par_id3151390 3 help.text]
en: When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called "named" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="direct formatting">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Numbering/bullets">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the icons of the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="object bar">object bar</link>.
en_GB: When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called "named" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="direct formatting">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Numbering/bullets">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialogue box or with the icons of the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="object bar">object bar</link>.

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3149349 11 help.text]
en: $[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:
en_GB: $[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialogue box fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3148768 21 help.text]
en: Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style "Business letter".
en_GB: Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialogue box. Name this style "Business letter".

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3150760 25 help.text]
en: You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>.
en_GB: You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Assign</emph>.

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3149753 26 help.text]
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new "Business letter" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type="literal">All Styles</item> or <item type="literal">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialogue box, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new "Business letter" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type="literal">All Styles</item> or <item type="literal">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3150974 15 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION">Mark this check box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05140000.xhp par_idN1071D help.text]
en: You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab page.
en_GB: You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph> tab page.

[ctx: 05140000.xhp par_idN109BB help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu with more commands.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05140000.xhp par_idN10A36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Load Styles dialogue box to import styles from another document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05150000.xhp par_id3151182 2 help.text]
en: Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="Tools - AutoCorrect"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>            <emph>Options</emph></link>.
en_GB: Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="Tools - AutoCorrect"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph></link>.

[ctx: 05150000.xhp par_id1029200810080924 help.text]
en: Opens the AutoCorrect dialog.
en_GB: Opens the AutoCorrect dialogue box.

[ctx: 05150000.xhp par_id3147570 3 help.text]
en: To open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat for Tables">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>.
en_GB: To open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat for Tables">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialogue box, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>.

[ctx: 05150100.xhp tit help.text]
en: While  Typing
en_GB: While Typing

[ctx: 05150100.xhp hd_id3147436 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp" name="While  Typing">While Typing</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp" name="While Typing">While Typing</link>

[ctx: 05150100.xhp par_id3154017 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OnlineAutoFormat">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options </emph>tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OnlineAutoFormat">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options </emph>tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05150101.xhp par_id3149500 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="autoformattabelle"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/AutoFormatTableDialog">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autoformattabelle"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/AutoFormatTableDialog">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading and borders.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05150101.xhp par_id3151168 15 help.text]
en: In the <link href="text/shared/01/05150101.xhp" name="Add AutoFormat"><emph>Add AutoFormat</emph></link> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <link href="text/shared/01/05150101.xhp" name="Add AutoFormat"><emph>Add AutoFormat</emph></link> dialogue box, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 05150200.xhp par_id3149871 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>            <emph>Options</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05150200.xhp par_id3150763 18 help.text]
en: To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph.
en_GB: To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a full stop (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph.

[ctx: 05150300.xhp par_id3152999 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. In a dialogue box, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05150300.xhp par_id3147570 9 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG">Opens a dialogue box in which you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05190000.xhp par_id3145411 13 help.text]
en: When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected.
en_GB: When you split a table that contains formulae, the formulae may be affected.

[ctx: 05200000.xhp tit help.text]
en: Merge Table
en_GB: Merge Tables

[ctx: 05200000.xhp hd_id3154652 1 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp" name="Merge Table">Merge Table</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp" name="Merge Tables">Merge Tables</link>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3148572 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialogue box works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialogue box works on the whole document.</variable>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3153811 3 help.text]
en: To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate.
en_GB: To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialogue box will not find any word to hyphenate.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3150019 38 help.text]
en: To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open.
en_GB: To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialogue box was open.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3147562 19 help.text]
en: To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area.
en_GB: To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then unmark the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154276 18 help.text]
en: To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp" name="Language Settings - Writing Aids">Language Settings - Writing Aids</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box.
en_GB: To disable the Hyphenation dialogue box and always hyphenate automatically, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp" name="Language Settings - Writing Aids">Language Settings - Writing Aids</link></emph>, and mark the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3152950 17 help.text]
en: To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-).
en_GB: To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word into which you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-).

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3147523 32 help.text]
en: To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>+Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-).
en_GB: To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>+Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-).

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154573 33 help.text]
en: To hide custom hyphens, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then clear the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box.
en_GB: To hide custom hyphens, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then unmark the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box.

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_id3155892 62 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas">Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas">Opens a dialogue box with which you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3153533 19 help.text]
en: Lowercase letters
en_GB: Lower-case letters

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3149820 39 help.text]
en: Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is "cc".
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with identical lower-case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is "cc".

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3153358 33 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display "1."
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a full stop (.) to display "1."

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3153154 16 help.text]
en: Uppercase
en_GB: Upper-case

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3147508 18 help.text]
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3152940 20 help.text]
en: Roman numerals (upper case)
en_GB: Roman numerals (upper-case)

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3150359 22 help.text]
en: Roman numerals (lower case)
en_GB: Roman numerals (lower-case)

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3155895 58 help.text]
en: Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "AA".
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with upper-case letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "AA".

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3149297 60 help.text]
en: Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "aa".
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with lower-case letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "aa".

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3148983 28 help.text]
en: Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area.
en_GB: Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Position</emph> area.

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id334242345 help.text]
en: Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <item type="keycode">F11</item> to open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> dialog and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialog enter <item type="input">\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes.
en_GB: Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <item type="keycode">F11</item> to open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> dialogue box and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right-click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialogue box enter <item type="input">\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes.

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3149229 49 help.text]
en: This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area.
en_GB: This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Position</emph> area.

[ctx: 06080100.xhp hd_id3154784 45 help.text]
en: Start of next page
en_GB: Beginning of next page

[ctx: 06090000.xhp bm_id3147402 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>converting; text, into tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>converting; text to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06090000.xhp par_id3150015 15 help.text]
en: The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion.
en_GB: The options available in this dialogue box depending on the type of conversion.

[ctx: 06090000.xhp par_id31542781 19 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box, in which you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06100000.xhp par_id3150350 22 help.text]
en: Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.
en_GB: Paragraphs are separated by non-printing paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.

[ctx: 06100000.xhp par_id3155178 32 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06100000.xhp par_id3154838 36 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06180000.xhp par_id3150249 2 help.text]
en: <variable id="zeinum">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering.
en_GB: <variable id="zeinum">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab, and then unmark the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering.

[ctx: format_object.xhp par_idN10558 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: format_object.xhp par_id2874538 help.text]
en: Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
en_GB: Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialogue box.

[ctx: mailmerge00.xhp par_idN105F6 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Configurable Mail Merge dialogue box</link>

[ctx: mailmerge01.xhp par_idN1057D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge03.xhp par_idN1056C help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialogue box, in which you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge03.xhp par_idN1058B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge03.xhp par_idN105A0 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp tit help.text]
en: Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line
en_GB: Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN1055D help.text]
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN10561 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalised salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN10568 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN10584 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN1058B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN105AE help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalised salutation.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN105BC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge05.xhp tit help.text]
en: Mail Merge Wizard - Layout
en_GB: Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout

[ctx: mailmerge06.xhp tit help.text]
en: Mail Merge Wizard - Prepare Merge
en_GB: Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document

[ctx: mailmerge06.xhp par_idN10568 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.</ahelp> To return to the wizard, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Minimises the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.</ahelp> To return to the wizard, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button.

[ctx: mailmerge06.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp" name="Mail Merge Wizard - Personalise document">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalise document</link>

[ctx: mailmerge07.xhp tit help.text]
en: Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize
en_GB: Mail Merge Wizard - Personalise

[ctx: mailmerge07.xhp par_idN10543 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize Document</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalise Document</link>

[ctx: mailmerge07.xhp par_idN1055D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.</ahelp> After you made your changes, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Minimises the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.</ahelp> After you made your changes, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button.

[ctx: mailmerge07.xhp par_idN1057D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case characters in the search.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge08.xhp tit help.text]
en: Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print & Send
en_GB: Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print or Send

[ctx: mailmerge08.xhp par_idN105F3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialogue box in which you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge08.xhp par_idN10615 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">E-Mail Message</link> dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">E-Mail Message</link> dialogue box in which you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_cusaddlis.xhp tit help.text]
en: Customize Address List
en_GB: Customise Address List

[ctx: mm_cusaddlis.xhp par_idN1053C help.text]
en: Customize Address List
en_GB: Customise Address List

[ctx: mm_cusaddlis.xhp par_idN10540 help.text]
en: Customizes the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.
en_GB: Customises the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.

[ctx: mm_cusgrelin.xhp par_idN10540 help.text]
en: Specify the salutation layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">mail merge</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">e-mail merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients.
en_GB: Specify the salutation layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">mail merge</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">e-mail merge</link> documents. The name of this dialogue box is different for female recipients and male recipients.

[ctx: mm_cusgrelin.xhp par_idN1056D help.text]
en: Customize salutation
en_GB: Customise salutation

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN1055B help.text]
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN1055F help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalised salutation. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN10566 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN1056D help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialogue box for a female recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN10582 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN10589 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialogue box for a male recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN105AC help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalised salutation cannot be created.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_finent.xhp par_idN1055C help.text]
en: Select the data field where you want to search for the text.
en_GB: Select the data field in which you want to search for the text.

[ctx: mm_matfie.xhp par_idN1053D help.text]
en: Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address blocks</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">salutations</link>.
en_GB: Matches the logical field names of the layout dialogue box to the field names in your database when you create new <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address blocks</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">salutations</link>.

[ctx: mm_newaddlis.xhp par_idN10546 help.text]
en: Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents. When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list.
en_GB: Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents. When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialogue box prompts you for the location to save the address list.

[ctx: mm_newaddlis.xhp par_idN10589 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialogue box. You can leave the dialogue box open while you edit the entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_newaddlis.xhp par_idN1059A help.text]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: mm_newaddlis.xhp par_idN1059E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customise Address List</link> dialogue box in which you can rearrange, rename, add and delete fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdblo.xhp par_idN1056E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialogue box in which you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdblo.xhp par_idN10583 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialogue box in which you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN1055E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog opens.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN10589 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialogue box, in which you can create a new address list.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN1059E help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialogue box, in which you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN105B3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN105C8 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialogue box, in which you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seltab.xhp par_idN1055B help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: selection_mode.xhp par_id2962126 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the selection mode from the sub-menu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3147407 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts one or more rows in the table, below the selection. You can insert more than one row by opening the dialog (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Rows</emph>), or by selecting more than one row before clicking the icon.</ahelp> The second method inserts rows of the same height as the originally selected rows.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts one or more rows in the table, below the cursor position or selection. You can insert more than one row by opening the corresponding dialogue box (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Rows</emph>), or by selecting more than one row before clicking the icon.</ahelp> The second method inserts rows of the same height as the originally selected rows.

[ctx: 04100000.xhp par_id3145078 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertColumns">Inserts one or more columns into the table, after the selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the dialog (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Columns</emph>), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon.</ahelp> If the latter method is used, the columns inserted will have the same relative width as the selected columns.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertColumns">Inserts one or more columns into the table, to the right of the cursor position or selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the corresponding dialogue box (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Columns</emph>), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon.</ahelp> If the latter method is used, the columns inserted will have the same relative width as the selected columns.

[ctx: 04220000.xhp par_id3151174 3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeFix" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighboring lines or columns in question.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeFix" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighbouring lines or columns in question.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04250000.xhp par_id3154504 5 help.text]
en: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> recognizes the cell range for the sum function as long as the cells are filled with numbers. Prior to entering the data, you must enable the <emph>Number Recognition</emph> in the context menu of the table.
en_GB: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> identifies the cell range in which you want to use the sum function as long as the cells are filled with numbers. Prior to entering the data, you must enable <emph>Number Recognition</emph> in the context menu of the table.

[ctx: 04250000.xhp par_id3148771 3 help.text]
en: Click <emph>Apply</emph> to accept the sum formula as it appears in the entry line.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Apply</emph> icon to accept the sum formula as it appears in the entry line.

[ctx: 08010000.xhp par_id3145417 3 help.text]
en: You can turn the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> display on or off by double-clicking the<emph> Page Number </emph>field.
en_GB: You can turn the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> display on or off by double-clicking the <emph>Page Number</emph> field.

[ctx: 08080000.xhp par_id3156375 3 help.text]
en: When the cursor is in a named section, the section name appears. When the cursor is in a table, the name of the table cell appears. The size of the object is shown when you edit frames or drawing objects.
en_GB: When the cursor is in a named section, the section name will appear. When the cursor is in a table, the name of the table cell will appear. The size of the object is shown when you edit frames or drawing objects.

[ctx: 08080000.xhp par_id3145416 4 help.text]
en: When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. In this dialog, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the <emph>Table Format</emph> dialog. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialog to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object.
en_GB: When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. In this dialogue box, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the <emph>Table Format</emph> dialogue box. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialogue box to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object.

[ctx: 10070000.xhp par_id3154573 5 help.text]
en: After clicking the <emph>Page Preview: Multiple Pages</emph> icon, the<emph> Multiple pages</emph> dialog opens. Use the two spin buttons to set the number of pages to be displayed.
en_GB: After clicking the <emph>Page Preview: Multiple Pages</emph> icon, the <emph>Multiple pages</emph> dialogue box opens. Use the two spin buttons to set the number of pages to be displayed.

[ctx: 10070000.xhp par_id3149822 10 help.text]
en: The settings you choose in the dialog can also be set using the mouse: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Page Preview: Multiple Pages</emph> icon. Now move the mouse over the desired number of rows and columns.
en_GB: The settings you choose in the dialogue box can also be set using the mouse: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Page Preview: Multiple Pages</emph> icon. Now move the mouse over the desired number of rows and columns.

[ctx: 10110000.xhp par_id3148775 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:PreviewPrintOptions" visibility="visible">Opens a dialog where settings for the printout of your document can be made.</ahelp> The pages are proportionally reduced in size. When printing multiple document pages on one printed page, the whole sheet of paper may not be printed on and a margin may remain.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:PreviewPrintOptions" visibility="visible">Opens a dialogue box where settings for the printout of your document can be made.</ahelp> The pages are proportionally reduced in size. When printing multiple document pages on one printed page, only a portion of the paper may be printed on and a margin may remain.

[ctx: 10110000.xhp par_id3154567 32 help.text]
en: The settings entered on the <emph>Print options</emph> dialog will only be activated if you print out the document using the <emph>Print page view</emph> icon.
en_GB: The settings entered on the <emph>Print options</emph> dialogue box will only be activated if you print out the document using the <emph>Print page view</emph> icon.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp bm_id3149687 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>operators; in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>statistical functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>trigonometric functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;number of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variables;document properties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetical operators in formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>operators; in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>statistical functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>trigonometric functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;number of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variables;document properties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic operators in formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3143270 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="FN_FORMULA_CALC">Opens a submenu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.</ahelp> Place the cursor in a cell in the table or at the position in the document where you want the result to appear. Click the<emph> Formula </emph>icon and choose the desired formula from the submenu.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="FN_FORMULA_CALC">Opens a sub-menu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.</ahelp> Place the cursor in a cell in the table or at the position in the document where you want the result to appear. Click the <emph>Formula</emph> icon and choose the desired formula from the sub-menu.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3149096 3 help.text]
en: The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click <emph>Apply</emph> to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert Fields"><emph>Insert Fields</emph></link> and <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialogs.
en_GB: The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click the <emph>Apply</emph> icon to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert Fields"><emph>Insert Fields</emph></link> and <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialogue boxes.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp hd_id3156260 23 help.text]
en: Basic Functions in the Submenu
en_GB: Basic Functions in the Sub-menu

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3150936 51 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_EQ">Checks if selected values are equal.</ahelp> If they are unequal, the result is zero, otherwise 1 (true) appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_CALC_EQ">Checks if selected values are equal.</ahelp> If they are unequal, the result is zero, otherwise 1 (true) will appear.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3147524 172 help.text]
en: Example: <A1> NEQ 2 displays 0 (wrong), if the content of A1 equals 2.
en_GB: Example: <A1> NEQ 2 displays 0 (false), if the content of A1 equals 2.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3147553 57 help.text]
en: Less than or Equal
en_GB: Less than or Equal to

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3153729 61 help.text]
en: Greater than or Equal
en_GB: Greater than or Equal to

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3150836 65 help.text]
en: Less
en_GB: Less than

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3150720 69 help.text]
en: Greater
en_GB: Greater than

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3147366 130 help.text]
en: 3.1415...
en_GB: 3.14159265358979...

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3147485 133 help.text]
en: 2.71828...
en_GB: 2.71828182845904...

[ctx: 14050000.xhp par_id3154501 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="HID_EDIT_FORMULA">Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the <emph>Formula</emph> icon to display the formulas in submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="HID_EDIT_FORMULA">Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the <emph>Formula</emph> icon to display the formulae in sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: 18030000.xhp par_id3147403 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.</ahelp> Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the Fields dialogue box. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a sub-menu.</ahelp> Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> dialogue box. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a sub-menu.

[ctx: 18030100.xhp par_id3151312 3 help.text]
en: If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.
en_GB: If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.

[ctx: 18030200.xhp par_id3151177 3 help.text]
en: To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and make the desired changes in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.
en_GB: To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and make the desired changes in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.

[ctx: 18030300.xhp par_id3151175 3 help.text]
en: If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the <emph>Page Numbers</emph> command with <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.
en_GB: If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the <emph>Page Numbers</emph> command with <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.

[ctx: 18030400.xhp par_id3149294 3 help.text]
en: If you wish to have the page number formatted with a different numbering style, choose <emph>Insert - Field - Other</emph> to insert the required field, and specify the settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Field"><emph>Field</emph></link> dialog. The format of the field inserted using the <emph>Page Number</emph> command can also be modified using the <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Field"><emph>Edit - Field</emph></link> command.
en_GB: If you wish to have the page number formatted with a different numbering style, choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> to insert the required field, and specify the settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Field"><emph>Field</emph></link> dialogue box. The format of the field inserted using the <emph>Page Number</emph> command can also be modified using the <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Field"><emph>Edit - Field</emph></link> command.

[ctx: 18030500.xhp par_id3156380 3 help.text]
en: If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.
en_GB: If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.

[ctx: 18030600.xhp par_id3148768 3 help.text]
en: If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.
en_GB: If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.

[ctx: 18120000.xhp par_id3147167 3 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Graphic">If the<emph> Graphics On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Tools</emph> bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Graphic">If the <emph>Graphics On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Tools</emph> bar is activated, no graphics are displayed - only empty frames as placeholders.</ahelp>

[ctx: 18130000.xhp par_id3152896 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShadowCursor">Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.</ahelp> You can specify the behavior of the direct cursor by choosing <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShadowCursor">Activates or deactivates the direct cursor.</ahelp> You can specify the behaviour of the direct cursor by choosing <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp" name="Text Document - Formatting Aids">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>.

[ctx: 18130000.xhp par_id3155902 6 help.text]
en: If you place the direct cursor approximately in the middle between the left and the right margin of a page or a table cell, the text you insert will be centered. Similarly, text is right-aligned when the direct cursor is placed on the right margin.
en_GB: If you place the direct cursor approximately in the middle between the left and the right margin of a page or a table cell, the text you insert will be centred. Similarly, text is right-aligned when the direct cursor is placed on the right margin.

[ctx: 18130000.xhp par_id3151255 5 help.text]
en: The AutoCorrect tool automatically removes empty paragraphs, tabs, and spaces that are inserted by the direct cursor. If you want to use the direct cursor, then disable the AutoCorrect tool.
en_GB: The AutoCorrect tool automatically removes empty paragraphs, tabs, and spaces that are inserted by the direct cursor. If you want to use the direct cursor, you must disable the AutoCorrect tool.

[ctx: 19040000.xhp par_id3151173 2 help.text]
en: Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the submenu.
en_GB: Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> dialogue box. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the sub-menu.

[ctx: word_count_stb.xhp hd_id3149687 2 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:StateWordCount">The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp" name="Word Count">word count dialog</link>, which shows extra document statistics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:StateWordCount">The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp" name="Word Count">word count dialogue box</link>, which shows extra document statistics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149957 25 help.text]
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148674 44 help.text]
en: Nonprinting Characters on/off
en_GB: Non-printing Characters on/off

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148604 71 help.text]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153930 121 help.text]
en: Move cursor to left
en_GB: Move cursor to the left

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148656 127 help.text]
en: Go to beginning of word
en_GB: Go to the beginning of word

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153161 132 help.text]
en: Move cursor to right
en_GB: Move cursor to the right

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154093 138 help.text]
en: Go to start of next word
en_GB: Go to the beginning of the next word

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id1764275 help.text]
en: Move cursor to beginning of the previous paragraph
en_GB: Move cursor to the beginning of the previous paragraph

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id1797235 help.text]
en: Select to beginning of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to beginning of previous paragraph
en_GB: Select to the beginning of the paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to the beginning of the previous paragraph

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153331 151 help.text]
en: Selecting lines in a downward direction
en_GB: Selecting lines in a downwards direction

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3729361 help.text]
en: Select to end of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to end of next paragraph
en_GB: Select to the end of the paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to the end of the next paragraph

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154512 153 help.text]
en: Go to beginning of line
en_GB: Go to the beginning of the line

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154544 156 help.text]
en: Go and select to the beginning of a line
en_GB: Go and select to the beginning of the line

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150986 158 help.text]
en: Go to end of line
en_GB: Go to the end of the line

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3151019 161 help.text]
en: Go and select to end of line
en_GB: Go and select to the end of the line

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149396 164 help.text]
en: Go to start of document
en_GB: Go to the beginning of the document

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3151055 167 help.text]
en: Go and select text to start of document
en_GB: Go and select text to the beginning of the document

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147064 173 help.text]
en: Go and select text to end of document
en_GB: Go and select text to the end of the document

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148474 194 help.text]
en: Delete text to end of word
en_GB: Delete text to the end of the word

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3151106 197 help.text]
en: Delete text to beginning of word
en_GB: Delete text to the beginning of the word

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3146919 200 help.text]
en: Delete text to end of sentence
en_GB: Delete text to the end of the sentence

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153532 203 help.text]
en: Delete text to beginning of sentence
en_GB: Delete text to the beginning of the sentence

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3155395 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>tab stops; before headings</bookmark_value>               <bookmark_value>headings; starting with tab stops</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tab stops; before headings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings; starting with tab stops</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154285 218 help.text]
en: If the active cell is empty: goes to the beginning of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to beginning of the active cell, second press goes to beginning of the current table, third press goes to beginning of document.
en_GB: If the active cell is empty: goes to the beginning of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to the beginning of the active cell, second press goes to the beginning of the current table, third press goes to the beginning of the document.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155559 248 help.text]
en: 3 seconds in Delete mode, Arrow key deletes row/column, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key merges cell with neighboring cell
en_GB: 3 seconds in Delete mode, Arrow key deletes row/column, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key merges cell with neighbouring cell

[ctx: anchor_object.xhp bm_id3147828 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>anchors;objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centring;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>

[ctx: anchor_object.xhp par_idN10674 help.text]
en: To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it "as character", then center the paragraph.
en_GB: To centre an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it "as character", then centre the paragraph.

[ctx: anchor_object.xhp par_id3145715 59 help.text]
en: When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item>         submenu.
en_GB: When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> sub-menu.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp bm_id3149973 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3147795 59 help.text]
en: You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.
en_GB: You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels</emph> list.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3145652 62 help.text]
en: To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.
en_GB: To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3151206 71 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the<emph> Navigator</emph> icon <image id="img_id5211883" src="cmd/sc_navigator.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id5211883">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>.
en_GB: On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon <image id="img_id5211883" src="cmd/sc_navigator.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id5211883">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3151238 72 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View </emph>icon <image id="img_id3156338" src="sw/imglst/sc20244.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3156338">Icon</alt></image>.
en_GB: On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156338" src="sw/imglst/sc20244.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3156338">Icon</alt></image>.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3155114 63 help.text]
en: Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.
en_GB: Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3155139 75 help.text]
en: Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph><image id="img_id4217546" src="sw/imglst/sc20174.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id4217546">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icon <image id="img_id6505788" src="sw/imglst/sc20171.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id6505788">Icon</alt></image>.
en_GB: Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph><image id="img_id4217546" src="sw/imglst/sc20174.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id4217546">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icon <image id="img_id6505788" src="sw/imglst/sc20171.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id6505788">Icon</alt></image>.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3145758 64 help.text]
en: To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down Ctrl while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter </emph>or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icons.
en_GB: To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down Ctrl while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> or <emph>Demote Chapter</emph> icons.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3155424 77 help.text]
en: Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.
en_GB: Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_idN1081C help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Promote Level </emph><image id="img_id5564488" src="sw/imglst/sc20172.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id5564488">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level </emph>icon <image id="img_id3159363" src="sw/imglst/sc20173.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3159363">Icon</alt></image>.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Promote Level</emph> <image id="img_id5564488" src="sw/imglst/sc20172.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id5564488">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level</emph> icon <image id="img_id3159363" src="sw/imglst/sc20173.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3159363">Icon</alt></image>.

[ctx: arrange_chapters.xhp par_id3151352 79 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown </emph>icon <image id="img_id3151310" src="sw/imglst/sc20236.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3151310">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown</emph> icon <image id="img_id3151310" src="sw/imglst/sc20236.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3151310">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list.

[ctx: auto_numbering.xhp par_id3147773 22 help.text]
en: Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).
en_GB: Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a full stop, for example, 1) or i).

[ctx: auto_off.xhp bm_id3154250 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>upper-case;changing to lower-case</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after full stops</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_idN1081B help.text]
en: To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z.
en_GB: To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_idN10846 help.text]
en: To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>.
en_GB: To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the tick mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3151220 7 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab
en_GB: Click the <emph>Localised Options</emph> tab

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3151245 25 help.text]
en: Clear the "Replace" check box(es).
en_GB: Unmark the "Replace" check box(es).

[ctx: auto_off.xhp hd_id3155076 8 help.text]
en: To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence
en_GB: To Stop Capitalising the First Letter of a Sentence

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155099 10 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155148 26 help.text]
en: Clear the "Capitalize first letter of every sentence" check box.
en_GB: Unmark the "Capitalise first letter of every sentence" check box.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155488 27 help.text]
en: Clear the "Apply border" check box.
en_GB: Unmark the "Apply border" check box.

[ctx: auto_spellcheck.xhp bm_id3154265 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spellcheck;AutoSpellcheck on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spell check;AutoSpellCheck on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic spell check</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;disabling spell check</bookmark_value>

[ctx: auto_spellcheck.xhp par_id3155531 42 help.text]
en: Activate the <emph>AutoSpellcheck </emph>icon on the Standard bar.
en_GB: Activate the <emph>AutoSpellCheck</emph> icon on the Standard bar.

[ctx: auto_spellcheck.xhp par_id3155569 33 help.text]
en: Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu.
en_GB: Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> sub-menu.

[ctx: auto_spellcheck.xhp par_id3147759 6 help.text]
en: If you choose a word from the <item type="menuitem">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Replace</item> tab.
en_GB: If you choose a word from the <item type="menuitem">AutoCorrect</item> sub-menu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Replace</item> tab.

[ctx: auto_spellcheck.xhp hd_id3147220 32 help.text]
en: To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck
en_GB: To Exclude Words From the Spell check

[ctx: autocorr_except.xhp bm_id3152887 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: autocorr_except.xhp par_id3154254 11 help.text]
en: You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters.
en_GB: You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lower-case letters.

[ctx: autocorr_except.xhp par_id3147786 19 help.text]
en: Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Type the abbreviation followed by a full stop in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital)</emph> box and click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: autocorr_except.xhp par_id3147812 20 help.text]
en: Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals</emph> box and click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: autotext.xhp bm_id3155521 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: autotext.xhp hd_id3155539 48 help.text]
en: To To Create an AutoText Entry
en_GB: To Create an AutoText Entry

[ctx: autotext.xhp par_id3155581 57 help.text]
en: Choose               <item type="menuitem">Edit - AutoText</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - AutoText</item>.

[ctx: autotext.xhp par_id3147761 58 help.text]
en: Select the category where you want to store the AutoText.
en_GB: Select the category in which you want to store the AutoText.

[ctx: autotext.xhp par_id3145644 38 help.text]
en: Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click               <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.
en_GB: Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.

[ctx: autotext.xhp par_id3145668 30 help.text]
en: You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">AutoText</item>         icon on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry.
en_GB: You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry.

[ctx: autotext.xhp par_id3155136 44 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>.

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3149346 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics</link></variable>

[ctx: background.xhp par_id7355265 help.text]
en: You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.
en_GB: You can define a background colour or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3153665 6 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background colour.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3151245 10 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.
en_GB: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background colour or a background graphic.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3154938 14 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.
en_GB: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background colour or a background graphic.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3156280 15 help.text]
en: In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection.
en_GB: In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the colour or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialogue box, the change applies to the selection.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3150767 32 help.text]
en: To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: To apply a background colour to cells, select the cells and click the colour on the <emph>Background Colour</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3147084 33 help.text]
en: To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type="menuitem">Background Color</item> toolbar.
en_GB: To apply a background colour to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the colour on the <item type="menuitem">Background Colour</item> toolbar.

[ctx: border_object.xhp bm_id3146957 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>

[ctx: border_object.xhp par_id3149578 4 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.

[ctx: border_object.xhp hd_id3152474 7 help.text]
en: To Set a Customized Border Style
en_GB: To Set a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_object.xhp par_id3156344 9 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) - Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.

[ctx: border_object.xhp par_id3152933 12 help.text]
en: Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_page.xhp bm_id3156136 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>

[ctx: border_page.xhp par_id3148473 1 help.text]
en: In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].
en_GB: In Writer, borders may be defined for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].

[ctx: border_page.xhp par_id3154046 5 help.text]
en: Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_page.xhp hd_id3145068 8 help.text]
en: To Set a Customized Border Style
en_GB: To Set a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_page.xhp par_id3159149 11 help.text]
en: Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: borders.xhp tit help.text]
en: User Defined Borders in Text Documents
en_GB: User-Defined Borders in Text Documents

[ctx: borders.xhp bm_id6737876 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id3614917 help.text]
en: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User-Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1069368 help.text]
en: You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.
en_GB: You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user-defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id8141117 help.text]
en: In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1076998 help.text]
en: One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected
en_GB: One cell selected in a table that has more than one cell, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id292062 help.text]
en: The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.
en_GB: The thin grey lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1361735 help.text]
en: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.
en_GB: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and colour.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id82399 help.text]
en: The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.
en_GB: The thick grey lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id5110019 help.text]
en: User defined settings
en_GB: User-defined settings

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1820734 help.text]
en: In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.
en_GB: In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4618671 help.text]
en: A gray line
en_GB: A grey line

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1239356 help.text]
en: <image id="img_id2688680" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt id="alt_id2688680">gray line for border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id2688680" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt id="alt_id2688680">grey line for border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id9474166 help.text]
en: A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.
en_GB: A grey line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.

[ctx: calculate.xhp bm_id3149909 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulae; calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate.xhp par_id3155565 11 help.text]
en: You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item>         icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula.
en_GB: You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> bar, and then choose a function for your formula.

[ctx: calculate_clipboard.xhp bm_id3147692 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulae</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulae;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_intable.xhp bm_id3147400 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_intable.xhp par_id3154222 6 help.text]
en: Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The               <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry "=sum".
en_GB: Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> bar.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> bar appears with the entry "=sum".

[ctx: calculate_intext.xhp tit help.text]
en: Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents
en_GB: Calculating Complex Formulae in Text Documents

[ctx: calculate_intext.xhp bm_id3147406 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; complex formulae in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>calculating;formulae/mean values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_intext.xhp hd_id3147406 20 help.text]
en: <variable id="calculate_intext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp" name="Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="calculate_intext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp" name="Calculating Complex Formulae in Text Documents">Calculating Complex Formulae in Text Documents</link></variable>

[ctx: calculate_intext.xhp par_id3156382 28 help.text]
en: Click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item>               icon, and choose "Mean" from the Statistical Functions list.
en_GB: Click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> icon, and choose "Mean" from the Statistical Functions list.

[ctx: calculate_intext2.xhp bm_id3153899 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_intext2.xhp par_id3155551 30 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> bar, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.

[ctx: calculate_multitable.xhp bm_id3154248 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_multitable.xhp par_id3147228 17 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> bar, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.

[ctx: captions.xhp bm_id3147691 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; labelling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; labelling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; labelling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text frames; labelling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: captions.xhp par_id3147765 26 help.text]
en: Select the options that you want, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type="menuitem">Category</item>               box, for example <item type="literal">Figure</item>.
en_GB: Select the options that you want, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, for example <item type="literal">Figure</item>.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp bm_id3147684 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number ranges; defining captions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp hd_id3147684 14 help.text]
en: <variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link></variable>

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3147408 16 help.text]
en: Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.
en_GB: Ensure that the text in your document is organised by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3150527 19 help.text]
en: Select a caption title from the <item type="menuitem">Category</item>               box, and select a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item>               box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type="menuitem">Caption</item>               box.
en_GB: Select a caption title from the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialogue box. If you want, enter text in the <item type="menuitem">Caption</item> box.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3153190 45 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item>               box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3155553 46 help.text]
en: Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the               <item type="menuitem">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type="menuitem">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3155586 40 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialogue box, click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3145567 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp" name="Caption dialog">AutoCaption dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp" name="Caption dialogue box">AutoCaption dialogue box</link>

[ctx: change_header.xhp par_id3150532 27 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu.
en_GB: Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the sub-menu.

[ctx: change_header.xhp par_id3153153 31 help.text]
en: Type a name for the page in the <item type="menuitem">Style name</item>               box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: Type a name for the page in the <item type="menuitem">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: change_header.xhp par_id3147771 28 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               area, select <item type="menuitem">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type="menuitem">Style</item>               box.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box.

[ctx: chapter_numbering.xhp bm_id3147682 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings; numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings; own paragraph styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: chapter_numbering.xhp par_id3154255 36 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item>               tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> tab.

[ctx: chapter_numbering.xhp par_id3155891 37 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Style</item>               box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to.

[ctx: chapter_numbering.xhp par_id3150513 25 help.text]
en: In the               <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click               <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: chapter_numbering.xhp par_id3155571 38 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item>               tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> tab.

[ctx: chapter_numbering.xhp par_id3147782 39 help.text]
en: Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the               <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list.
en_GB: Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list.

[ctx: conditional_text.xhp bm_id3155619 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: conditional_text.xhp par_id3147759 9 help.text]
en: Click "Set variable" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               list.
en_GB: Click "Set variable" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.

[ctx: conditional_text.xhp par_id3147810 57 help.text]
en: Click "Text" in the               <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.
en_GB: Click "Text" in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.

[ctx: conditional_text.xhp par_id3151250 13 help.text]
en: Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               list.
en_GB: Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.

[ctx: conditional_text.xhp par_id3155936 14 help.text]
en: Type <item type="literal">Reminder EQ "3"</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item>               box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three.
en_GB: Type <item type="literal">Reminder EQ "3"</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three.

[ctx: conditional_text.xhp par_id3155136 68 help.text]
en: Replace the number in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item>               box with 3, and then click               <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.
en_GB: Replace the number in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.

[ctx: conditional_text2.xhp bm_id3153108 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: conditional_text2.xhp par_id3153166 9 help.text]
en: Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               list.
en_GB: Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.

[ctx: delete_from_dict.xhp bm_id3147688 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;words from user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>

[ctx: delete_from_dict.xhp par_id3151391 16 help.text]
en: Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type="menuitem">User-defined</item>               list, and then click <item type="menuitem">Edit</item>.
en_GB: Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type="menuitem">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type="menuitem">Edit</item>.

[ctx: dragdroptext.xhp par_id3154236 13 help.text]
en: To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id="img_id3153148" src="res/helpimg/movedata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt id="alt_id3153148">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>
en_GB: To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a grey box.<br/><image id="img_id3153148" src="res/helpimg/movedata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt id="alt_id3153148">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp bm_id3153407 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id3150526 4 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item>               icon.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon.

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id3153179 8 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Organiser</emph> tab.

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id3155588 19 help.text]
en: To add a header to one of the page styles, choose         <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header.
en_GB: To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header.

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id3147772 20 help.text]
en: To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose         <item type="menuitem">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer.
en_GB: To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer.

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id8147221 help.text]
en: Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>.
en_GB: Remove the tick mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>.

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id3145596 13 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialogue box">Insert Break dialogue box</link>

[ctx: field_convert.xhp bm_id3154079 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: field_convert.xhp par_id3154262 10 help.text]
en: Click "Unformatted text" in the               <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list, and then click               <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: Click "Unformatted text" in the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: fields.xhp bm_id3145576 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3150536 195 help.text]
en: To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Appearance</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.
en_GB: To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Appearance</emph>, and unmark the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3152885 7 help.text]
en: To change the color of field shadings, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Appearance"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Appearance</item></link></emph>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type="menuitem">Color setting</item> box.
en_GB: To change the colour of field shadings, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Appearance"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Appearance</item></link></emph>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different colour in the <item type="menuitem">Colour setting</item> box.

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3147812 186 help.text]
en: Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to insert the object for which the placeholder was set.

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3145637 192 help.text]
en: Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to edit the content of the field.

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3151244 10 help.text]
en: Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tipsoption (<item type="menuitem">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type="menuitem">Help</item> menu.
en_GB: Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the <emph>Extended Tips</emph> option (<item type="menuitem">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type="menuitem">Help</item> menu.

[ctx: fields_date.xhp par_id3154491 2 help.text]
en: You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update.
en_GB: You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time that you open the document, or as a field that does not update.

[ctx: fields_date.xhp par_id3153415 5 help.text]
en: Click “Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               list and do one of the following:
en_GB: Click “Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list and do one of the following:

[ctx: fields_date.xhp par_id3155602 6 help.text]
en: To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item>               list.
en_GB: To insert the date as a field that updates each time that you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> list.

[ctx: fields_date.xhp par_id3154241 4 help.text]
en: To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item>               list.
en_GB: To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> list.

[ctx: fields_enter.xhp hd_id3155916 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="fields_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp" name="Adding Input Fields">Adding Input Fields</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="fields_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp" name="Adding Input Fields">Adding Input Fields</link></variable>

[ctx: fields_enter.xhp par_id3153409 2 help.text]
en: An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable.
en_GB: An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialogue box in which you can edit the variable.

[ctx: fields_enter.xhp par_id3145776 3 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item>               and click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.

[ctx: fields_enter.xhp par_id3155620 5 help.text]
en: Click “Input field”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.
en_GB: Click “Input field” in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.

[ctx: fields_enter.xhp par_id3154257 6 help.text]
en: Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>               and type the text for the variable.
en_GB: Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable.

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3145297 104 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item>               area, select the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> check box.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> area, mark the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> check box.

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3155533 105 help.text]
en: In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "Doe"</emph>, where "Doe" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from.
en_GB: In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "Doe"</emph>, where "Doe" is the surname of the user that you want to hide the text from.

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3147268 65 help.text]
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3145615 67 help.text]
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3145679 77 help.text]
en: Zip Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3145729 79 help.text]
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3147344 93 help.text]
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: finding.xhp bm_id1163670 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: finding.xhp hd_id6226081 help.text]
en: The Find & Replace dialog
en_GB: The Find & Replace dialogue box

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6702780 help.text]
en: To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialogue box without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6957304 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id1371807 help.text]
en: If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog.
en_GB: If you closed the dialogue box, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2467421 help.text]
en: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id4286935 help.text]
en: Enter the text to search in the <emph>Search for </emph>text box.
en_GB: Enter the text to search in the <emph>Search for</emph> text box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2696920 help.text]
en: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id896938 help.text]
en: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id9147007 help.text]
en: Check <item type="menuitem">Search for Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Search for</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document.
en_GB: Check <item type="menuitem">Search for Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Search for</item> text box now is a list box, from which you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2448805 help.text]
en: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id4542985 help.text]
en: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id4646748 help.text]
en: When you have enabled Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.
en_GB: When you have enabled Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialogue box offers options to search Asian text.

[ctx: footer_nextpage.xhp bm_id3145819 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>

[ctx: footer_nextpage.xhp par_id3147134 7 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialogue box, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.

[ctx: footer_nextpage.xhp par_id3150517 9 help.text]
en: Click a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item>               list.
en_GB: Click a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.

[ctx: footer_pagenumber.xhp bm_id3155624 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>

[ctx: footer_pagenumber.xhp par_id3155532 6 help.text]
en: Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.
en_GB: Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> followed by a space, click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.

[ctx: footnote_usage.xhp bm_id3145819 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising footnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;footnotes</bookmark_value>

[ctx: footnote_usage.xhp par_id3150937 34 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item>               area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote.

[ctx: footnote_usage.xhp par_id3150508 35 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               area, select <item type="menuitem">Footnote</item>               or <item type="menuitem">Endnote</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Footnote</item> or <item type="menuitem">Endnote</item>.

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp bm_id3147683 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3145808 39 help.text]
en: If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style.
en_GB: If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote elements, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style.

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3147110 51 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Default</item>               area, click the <item type="menuitem">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Default</item> area, click the <item type="menuitem">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon.

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3150931 52 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type="menuitem">Style</item>               list.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> list.

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3150961 53 help.text]
en: Select "White" in the <item type="menuitem">Color</item>               box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color.
en_GB: Select "White" in the <item type="menuitem">Colour</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the colour that best matches the background colour.

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3150519 50 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Synchronise</emph> check box.

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3150709 47 help.text]
en: Enter a value in the <item type="menuitem">Top</item>               and <item type="menuitem">Bottom</item>               boxes.
en_GB: Enter a value in the <item type="menuitem">Top</item> and <item type="menuitem">Bottom</item> boxes.

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN10672 help.text]
en: You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:
en_GB: You will see the Mail Merge Wizard dialogue box. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN10681 help.text]
en: You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You will see the <emph>New</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN10685 help.text]
en: Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.
en_GB: Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialogue box, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN106C5 help.text]
en: Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.
en_GB: Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Unmark the <emph>Insert personalised salutation</emph> check box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN106C6 help.text]
en: If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.
en_GB: If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag-and-drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp tit help.text]
en: Master Documents and Subdocuments
en_GB: Master Documents and Sub-documents

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp bm_id3145246 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sub-documents;properties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; master documents and sub-documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp hd_id3145246 4 help.text]
en: <variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Sub-documents</link></variable>

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3149806 help.text]
en: A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.
en_GB: A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3150096 13 help.text]
en: When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.
en_GB: When you print a master document, the contents of all sub-documents, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3153400 12 help.text]
en: You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments.
en_GB: You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3155854 15 help.text]
en: Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.
en_GB: Styles that are used in sub-documents, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id9033783 help.text]
en: When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments.
en_GB: When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3419598 help.text]
en: Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document.
en_GB: Sub-documents never get changed by changes made to the master document.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3155180 help.text]
en: When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.
en_GB: When you add a document to a master document or create a new sub-document, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a sub-document directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any sub-document for edit.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id5817743 help.text]
en: A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.
en_GB: A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the sub-documents sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each sub-document a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the sub-documents are saved.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id9169591 help.text]
en: When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported.
en_GB: When you save the master document, the styles from the sub-documents are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id1590014 help.text]
en: In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.
en_GB: In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first sub-document. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first sub-document. However, the second sub-document by itself will not be changed. You will see the Style1 paragraphs from the second sub-document with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id5878780 help.text]
en: To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.
en_GB: To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its sub-documents. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its sub-documents from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp tit help.text]
en: Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments
en_GB: Working with Master Documents and Sub-documents

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp bm_id3145246 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sub-documents;starting on new pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sub-documents;removing from master documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;sub-documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp hd_id3145246 4 help.text]
en: <variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Sub-documents</link></variable>

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id1522873 help.text]
en: A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.
en_GB: A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3149873 28 help.text]
en: If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type="menuitem">Text</item>               entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments.
en_GB: If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type="menuitem">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after you edit an existing style in the master document, you will see the changed style when viewing the sub-documents and that new styles that you define in the master document are valid in the sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3145114 33 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>               icon, and do one of the following:
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3156240 34 help.text]
en: To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: To insert an existing file as a sub-document, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3145405 35 help.text]
en: To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.
en_GB: To create a new sub-document, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id8550981 help.text]
en: To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
en_GB: To insert some text between sub-documents, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3154255 20 help.text]
en: Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document.
en_GB: Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the sub-documents in a master document.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3155879 38 help.text]
en: To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator.
en_GB: To open a sub-document for editing, double-click the name of the sub-document in the Navigator.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3155931 39 help.text]
en: To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed.
en_GB: To remove a sub-document from the master document, right-click the sub-document in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The sub-document file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3148677 8 help.text]
en: To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
en_GB: To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document in which you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3149982 10 help.text]
en: To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type="menuitem">Move down</item> or <item type="menuitem">Move up</item>               icon.
en_GB: To reorder the sub-documents in a master document, drag a sub-document to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a sub-document in the list, and click the <item type="menuitem">Move down</item> or <item type="menuitem">Move up</item> icon.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp hd_id3153656 41 help.text]
en: To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page
en_GB: To Start Each Sub-document on a New Page

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3152760 42 help.text]
en: Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example "Heading 1".
en_GB: Ensure that each sub-document starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example "Heading 1".

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3147124 45 help.text]
en: Click the <item type="menuitem">Text Flow</item>               tab.
en_GB: Click the <item type="menuitem">Text Flow</item> tab.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3149770 46 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Breaks</item>               area, select <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               box.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Breaks</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then select “Page” in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3150224 17 help.text]
en: If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select "Right page" in the box.
en_GB: If you want each sub-document to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select "Right page" in the box.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id8371227 help.text]
en: The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type="menuitem">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections.
en_GB: The sub-documents will be exported as sections. Use <item type="menuitem">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections.

[ctx: header_footer.xhp bm_id3155863 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: header_footer.xhp par_id3154255 35 help.text]
en: Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document.
en_GB: Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins in which you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document.

[ctx: header_footer.xhp par_id3155896 39 help.text]
en: To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.
en_GB: To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the sub-menu.

[ctx: header_footer.xhp par_id3147119 43 help.text]
en: To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.
en_GB: To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the sub-menu.

[ctx: header_footer.xhp par_id3153726 40 help.text]
en: You can also choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item>               tab, and then select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item>               or <item type="menuitem">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type="menuitem">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages.
en_GB: You can also choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer on</item>. Unmark the <item type="menuitem">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3147105 27 help.text]
en: You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the         <item type="menuitem">Page</item> tab, and in the         <item type="menuitem">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the         <item type="menuitem">Page layout</item> box.
en_GB: You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type="menuitem">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type="menuitem">Page layout</item> box.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3150536 33 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item>               tab.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialogue box, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3153750 34 help.text]
en: Select               <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.
en_GB: Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organiser</item> tab.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3146865 35 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item>               box, select "Left Page".
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item> box, select "Left Page".

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3150748 38 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item>               tab.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialogue box, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3153172 39 help.text]
en: Select               <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.
en_GB: Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organiser</item> tab.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3147061 40 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item>               box, select "Right Page".
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item> box, select "Right Page".

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp bm_id3155919 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp par_id3155898 25 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item>               box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, "Heading 1".
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, "Heading 1".

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp par_id3147124 26 help.text]
en: Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type="menuitem">Number</item>               box, for example, "1,2,3...".
en_GB: Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type="menuitem">Number</item> box, for example, "1,2,3...".

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp par_id3150219 27 help.text]
en: Type "Chapter" followed by a space in the <item type="menuitem">Before</item>               box.
en_GB: Type "Chapter" followed by a space in the <item type="menuitem">Before</item> box.

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp par_id3150245 28 help.text]
en: Enter a space in the <item type="menuitem">After</item>               box.
en_GB: Enter a space in the <item type="menuitem">After</item> box.

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp par_id3153729 6 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header</item>               or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the sub-menu.

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp par_id3146863 9 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item> and click the               <item type="menuitem">Document</item> tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Document</item> tab.

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp par_id3153175 10 help.text]
en: Click "Chapter" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               list and "Chapter number and name" in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item>               list.
en_GB: Click "Chapter" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list and "Chapter number and name" in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.

[ctx: header_with_line.xhp par_id3155873 22 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>               and select the <item type="menuitem">Header</item>               or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item>               tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item> tab.

[ctx: header_with_line.xhp par_id3147128 23 help.text]
en: To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type="menuitem">More</item>. The <item type="menuitem">Border/Background</item>               dialog opens.
en_GB: To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type="menuitem">More</item>. The <item type="menuitem">Border/Background</item> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: header_with_line.xhp par_id3153742 25 help.text]
en: To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box.
en_GB: To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronise</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp hd_id3148856 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="hidden_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hidden_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></variable>

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3149640 21 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3149970 22 help.text]
en: Click "General" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.
en_GB: Click "General" in the <emph>Format</emph> list.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3145409 5 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3155325 29 help.text]
en: Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.
en_GB: Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3153371 31 help.text]
en: Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box.
en_GB: Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text</emph> box.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3154872 35 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3155902 6 help.text]
en: Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.
en_GB: Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3793450 help.text]
en: You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph.
en_GB: You must enable this feature by removing the tick mark from the <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph> menu. When the tick mark is present, you cannot hide any paragraph.

[ctx: hidden_text_display.xhp bm_id3148856 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: hidden_text_display.xhp par_id5659962 help.text]
en: If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:
en_GB: If you have some text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:

[ctx: hidden_text_display.xhp par_id3152777 7 help.text]
en: Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>.
en_GB: Ensure that <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph> is marked.

[ctx: hyperlinks.xhp par_id3156108 25 help.text]
en: Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Insert as Hyperlink</item>               is selected.
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected.

[ctx: hyphen_prevent.xhp bm_id3149695 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>

[ctx: hyphen_prevent.xhp par_id3153658 41 help.text]
en: Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.
en_GB: Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary</emph> list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.

[ctx: hyphen_prevent.xhp par_id3150218 42 help.text]
en: In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".
en_GB: In the <emph>Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".

[ctx: hyphen_prevent.xhp par_id3147036 29 help.text]
en: To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language </emph>box.
en_GB: To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font</emph> tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language</emph> box.

[ctx: indenting.xhp bm_id3155869 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indenting.xhp par_id2136295 help.text]
en: The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
en_GB: The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text</item> indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.

[ctx: indices_delete.xhp bm_id3155186 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_delete.xhp par_id3155855 12 help.text]
en: Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type="menuitem">View</item>         and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Field Shadings</item>         is selected.
en_GB: Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type="menuitem">View</item> and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Field Shadings</item> is selected.

[ctx: indices_delete.xhp par_id3155893 15 help.text]
en: To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit Index Entry dialog"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>.
en_GB: To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit Index Entry dialogue box"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: indices_edit.xhp bm_id3149695 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_edit.xhp par_id3155871 59 help.text]
en: If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select               <item type="menuitem">Enable</item> in the               <item type="menuitem">Cursor in protected areas</item> section.
en_GB: If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type="menuitem">Enable</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Cursor in protected areas</item> section.

[ctx: indices_edit.xhp par_id3155872 60 help.text]
en: You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box.
en_GB: You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then unmark the <emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box.

[ctx: indices_enter.xhp bm_id3149689 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_enter.xhp par_id3150523 16 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to.
en_GB: In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level to which you want to apply the paragraph style.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp bm_id3155855 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3154259 39 help.text]
en: You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background colour of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3147135 46 help.text]
en: Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3150229 47 help.text]
en: Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.
en_GB: Click an index level in the <emph>Levels</emph> list.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3150934 48 help.text]
en: Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list.
en_GB: Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3148424 53 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Structure</emph> area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.

[ctx: indices_index.xhp bm_id3155911 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_index.xhp par_id3147114 36 help.text]
en: If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type="menuitem">Concordance file</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Options</item>               area, click the <item type="menuitem">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file.
en_GB: If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type="menuitem">Concordance file</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> area, click the <item type="menuitem">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file.

[ctx: indices_index.xhp par_id3150223 28 help.text]
en: Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab.
en_GB: Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialogue box. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetic delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab.

[ctx: indices_literature.xhp bm_id3149687 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_literature.xhp par_id3147123 65 help.text]
en: Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item>               box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes.
en_GB: Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes.

[ctx: indices_literature.xhp par_id3150219 66 help.text]
en: Close the               <item type="menuitem">Bibliography Database</item> window.
en_GB: Close the <item type="menuitem">Bibliography Database</item> window.

[ctx: indices_literature.xhp par_id3153738 70 help.text]
en: Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item>               box.
en_GB: Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box.

[ctx: indices_literature.xhp par_id3153763 71 help.text]
en: Select the publication source for the record in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes.
en_GB: Select the publication source for the record in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes.

[ctx: indices_literature.xhp par_id3146897 73 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Insert Bibliography Entry</item>               dialog, click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialogue box, click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.

[ctx: indices_literature.xhp par_id3147059 54 help.text]
en: Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item>               box.
en_GB: Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> box.

[ctx: indices_multidoc.xhp par_id3147118 45 help.text]
en: Select each index, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose               <item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type="menuitem">Link</item>, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>), and then locate and insert a named index section.
en_GB: Select each index, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type="menuitem">Link</item>, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>), and then locate and insert a named index section.

[ctx: indices_multidoc.xhp par_id3150230 46 help.text]
en: Create a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.
en_GB: Create a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link>, add the files as sub-documents that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.

[ctx: indices_toc.xhp bm_id3147104 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_toc.xhp par_id3146896 20 help.text]
en: If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type="menuitem">Additional Styles</item>            check box in the <item type="menuitem">Create from</item> area, and then click the (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) button next to the check box. In the <item type="menuitem">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item>            or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item>            button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.
en_GB: If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type="menuitem">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type="menuitem">Create from</item> area, and then click the (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) button next to the check box. In the <item type="menuitem">Assign Styles</item> dialogue box, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.

[ctx: indices_userdef.xhp bm_id3154896 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_userdef.xhp par_id3154248 50 help.text]
en: Click the <item type="menuitem">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type="menuitem">Index</item>               box.
en_GB: Click the <item type="menuitem">New User-Defined Index</item> button next to the <item type="menuitem">Index</item> box.

[ctx: indices_userdef.xhp par_id3155886 51 help.text]
en: Type a name for the index in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item>               box and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: Type a name for the index in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: indices_userdef.xhp par_id3147114 52 help.text]
en: Click               <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index.
en_GB: Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index.

[ctx: indices_userdef.xhp par_id3147139 53 help.text]
en: Click               <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.
en_GB: Click <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.

[ctx: indices_userdef.xhp par_id3150509 55 help.text]
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Index/Table</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               box.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Index/Table</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> box.

[ctx: indices_userdef.xhp par_id3150720 20 help.text]
en: If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type="menuitem">Styles</item>, and then click the (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item>         or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item>         button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.
en_GB: If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type="menuitem">Styles</item>, and then click the (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.

[ctx: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp bm_id3154896 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialogue box</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures by dialogue box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp par_id3153396 5 help.text]
en: By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in.
en_GB: By default, the inserted graphic is centred above the paragraph that you clicked in.

[ctx: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp bm_id3152999 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; inserting in text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_graphic_scan.xhp bm_id3156017 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_graphic_scan.xhp par_id3155864 5 help.text]
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Picture - Scan"><emph>Insert - Picture - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Picture - Scan"><emph>Insert - Picture - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the sub-menu.

[ctx: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp bm_id3145078 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decreasing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>increasing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp par_id3153403 8 help.text]
en: To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.
en_GB: To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.

[ctx: join_numbered_lists.xhp bm_id3150495 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>

[ctx: join_numbered_lists.xhp par_id3155911 36 help.text]
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item>               icon twice.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice.

[ctx: join_numbered_lists.xhp par_id3145102 40 help.text]
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item>               icon twice.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp bm_id3151169 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3155870 6 help.text]
en: Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> toolbar.
en_GB: Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> toolbar.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3153388 14 help.text]
en: Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type="menuitem">Standard</item> toolbar.
en_GB: Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type="menuitem">Standard</item> toolbar.

[ctx: load_styles.xhp bm_id3145086 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>

[ctx: load_styles.xhp par_idN10703 help.text]
en: Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu.
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the sub-menu.

[ctx: load_styles.xhp par_id3149632 15 help.text]
en: Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.
en_GB: Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialogue box to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.

[ctx: navigator.xhp bm_id3154897 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: navigator.xhp par_id3153402 2 help.text]
en: The Navigatordisplays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks.
en_GB: The <emph>Navigator</emph> displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks.

[ctx: navigator.xhp par_id3155878 5 help.text]
en: To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box.
en_GB: To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin button.

[ctx: nonprintable_text.xhp bm_id3148856 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>

[ctx: nonprintable_text.xhp par_id3149789 14 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert – Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: nonprintable_text.xhp par_id3145227 17 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box.

[ctx: number_date_conv.xhp par_id3155919 7 help.text]
en: Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> command.
en_GB: Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a tick mark is displayed in front of the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> command.

[ctx: number_date_conv.xhp par_id3155527 11 help.text]
en: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> check box.
en_GB: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and mark or unmark the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> check box.

[ctx: number_sequence.xhp par_id3155048 39 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Variables</item>               tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Variables</item> tab.

[ctx: number_sequence.xhp par_id3156240 40 help.text]
en: Click "Number range" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item>               list.
en_GB: Click "Number range" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.

[ctx: number_sequence.xhp par_id3153363 61 help.text]
en: Type "Quotation" in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item>               box.
en_GB: Type "Quotation" in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3149842 1 help.text]
en: $[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically count and add line numbers to the lines in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3150956 16 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Line Numbering</item>               area, clear the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item>               check box.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Line Numbering</item> area, unmark the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3151096 19 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item>               tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> tab.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3150721 27 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item>               tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> tab.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3148389 28 help.text]
en: Select the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item>               check box.
en_GB: Mark the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3148414 29 help.text]
en: Select <item type="menuitem">Restart at the paragraph</item>               check box.
en_GB: Mark the <item type="menuitem">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3153779 30 help.text]
en: Enter a line number in the <item type="menuitem">Start with</item>               box.
en_GB: Enter a line number in the <item type="menuitem">Start with</item> box.

[ctx: numbering_paras.xhp bm_id3149637 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;numbers in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>

[ctx: numbering_paras.xhp par_id3148691 22 help.text]
en: Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type="menuitem">Start </item>               <item type="menuitem">at</item> box.
en_GB: Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type="menuitem">Start at</item> box.

[ctx: page_break.xhp par_id3153380 14 help.text]
en: Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box.
en_GB: Unmark the <emph>Break</emph> check box.

[ctx: page_break.xhp par_id3154249 15 help.text]
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialogue box">Insert Break dialogue box</link>

[ctx: pagebackground.xhp par_idN10812 help.text]
en: $[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages.
en_GB: $[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you must create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages.

[ctx: pagebackground.xhp par_idN1083F help.text]
en: On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.
en_GB: On the <emph>Organiser</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: pagebackground.xhp par_idN10867 help.text]
en: In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page.
en_GB: In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid colour or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page.

[ctx: pagebackground.xhp par_idN108D1 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item>               box, select a page style that uses the page background.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp bm_id5918759 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id5757621 help.text]
en: Click into the first paragraph of your document.
en_GB: Click within the first paragraph of your document.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id3032319 help.text]
en: Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Double-click directly before the page number field. You will see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id4569231 help.text]
en: For example, the "First Page" page style has "Default" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type="menuitem">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the "next style".
en_GB: For example, the "First Page" page style has "Default" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type="menuitem">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type="menuitem">Organiser</item> tab, you can see the "next style".

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id4473403 help.text]
en: Click into the first page of your document.
en_GB: Click within the first page of your document.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id399182 help.text]
en: You can now for example insert a footer for the "Default" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields.
en_GB: You can now for example insert a footer for the "Default" page style only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id7588732 help.text]
en: Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.
en_GB: Click at the beginning of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id95828 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You will see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp bm_id9683828 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_idN10751 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".
en_GB: On the <emph>Organiser</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id5169225 help.text]
en: A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the "next style", on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page.
en_GB: A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the "next style", on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organiser</item> tab page.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp hd_id166020 help.text]
en: Manually Defined Range of a Page style
en_GB: Manually Defined Range of a Page Style

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id6386913 help.text]
en: The “Default” page style does not set a different "next style" on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the "next style" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by "page breaks with style". All the pages between any two "page breaks with style" use the same page style.
en_GB: The “Default” page style does not set a different "next style" on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organiser</item> tab page. Instead, the "next style" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by "page breaks with style". All the pages between any two "page breaks with style" use the same page style.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id1811578 help.text]
en: To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK.
en_GB: To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the list box, and click OK.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id9935911 help.text]
en: To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.
en_GB: To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the list box.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id4753868 help.text]
en: To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.
en_GB: To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the list box.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id4744407 help.text]
en: To apply the "page break with style" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.
en_GB: To apply the "page break with style" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the list box.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp bm_id7071138 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>applying;page styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp hd_id3155182 1 help.text]
en: <variable id="pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp" name="Creating and Applying Page Styles">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp" name="Creating and Applying Page Styles">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable>

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3153411 3 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>               <emph>.</emph>
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3149614 14 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.
en_GB: On the <emph>Organiser</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3154252 20 help.text]
en: Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Use the tabs in the dialogue box to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3154873 22 help.text]
en: Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to.
en_GB: Click in the page to which you want to apply the page style.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3155888 23 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the               <item type="menuitem">Page Style</item> icon.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Page Style</item> icon.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3150939 19 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item>               box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp bm_id6743064 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_idN106B6 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box, click <emph>Properties</emph>.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_idN1070E help.text]
en: In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.
en_GB: In the properties dialogue box for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_id8947416 help.text]
en: If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialog.
en_GB: If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialogue box.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_idN10628 help.text]
en: Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page.
en_GB: Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box, and click <emph>Options</emph>.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_idN1062C help.text]
en: Select <emph>Brochure</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Pages</emph> area of the <emph>Printer Options</emph> dialogue box, select <emph>Brochure</emph>.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_idN106EA help.text]
en: If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again.
en_GB: If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Printer Options</emph> dialogue box, select <emph>Reversed</emph>, and then print the document again.

[ctx: print_preview.xhp par_idN1067F help.text]
en: To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog.
en_GB: To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: print_small.xhp bm_id3149694 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>multi-page view of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overviews; printing multi-page view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_small.xhp par_id3149829 16 help.text]
en: On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet.
en_GB: In Page Preview mode, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet.

[ctx: print_small.xhp par_id3156098 19 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Page Preview</emph>.

[ctx: printer_tray.xhp bm_id6609088 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>

[ctx: printer_tray.xhp par_id3156108 8 help.text]
en: Click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item>               icon.
en_GB: Click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon.

[ctx: printer_tray.xhp par_id3153416 10 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Paper tray</item>               box, select the paper tray that you want to use.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use.

[ctx: printing_order.xhp bm_id3149688 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>

[ctx: printing_order.xhp par_id3156106 6 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Pages</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Reversed</item>.

[ctx: protection.xhp bm_id3150620 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id4545426 help.text]
en: This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes.
en_GB: This protection is not intended for secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3147173 34 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Section</emph> and under <emph>Write protection</emph> clear the <emph>Protect</emph> check box. Enter the correct password.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Section</emph> and under <emph>Write protection</emph> unmark the <emph>Protect</emph> check box. Enter the correct password.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id363170 help.text]
en: This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes.
en_GB: This protection is not intended for secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3155178 40 help.text]
en: Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>.
en_GB: Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu and choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id814539 help.text]
en: This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes.
en_GB: This protection is not intended for secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3148463 49 help.text]
en: Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>.
en_GB: Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>.

[ctx: references.xhp bm_id3145087 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>

[ctx: references.xhp par_id3145110 44 help.text]
en: Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item>               list.
en_GB: Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list.

[ctx: references.xhp par_id3156257 45 help.text]
en: Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section.
en_GB: Leave the dialogue box open and proceed to the next section.

[ctx: references.xhp par_id7796868 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialogue box, if it is not open already.

[ctx: references_modify.xhp bm_id3149291 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>

[ctx: references_modify.xhp par_id3154255 5 help.text]
en: Use the arrow buttons in the <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item>         dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document.
en_GB: Use the arrow buttons in the <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item> dialogue box to browse through the cross-references in the current document.

[ctx: registertrue.xhp bm_id4825891 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text;register-true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: registertrue.xhp par_idN10671 help.text]
en: Select the <item type="menuitem">Register-true</item> checkbox and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: Mark the <item type="menuitem">Register-true</item> check box and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: registertrue.xhp par_idN1068C help.text]
en: Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.
en_GB: Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialogue box, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.

[ctx: registertrue.xhp par_idN10698 help.text]
en: Clear the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox.
en_GB: Unmark the <emph>Register-true</emph> check box.

[ctx: removing_line_breaks.xhp bm_id3149687 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: reset_format.xhp bm_id3149963 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: resize_navigator.xhp par_id3155861 27 help.text]
en: To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>.
en_GB: To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a grey area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>.

[ctx: ruler.xhp par_id3149164 12 help.text]
en: You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: search_regexp.xhp par_id2142399 help.text]
en: Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: search_regexp.xhp par_id3155861 41 help.text]
en: Select the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.
en_GB: Mark the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.

[ctx: search_regexp.xhp par_id3149641 44 help.text]
en: The wildcard for a single character is a period (.).
en_GB: The wildcard for a single character is a dot (.).

[ctx: search_regexp.xhp par_id3149609 45 help.text]
en: The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*).
en_GB: The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a dot and asterisk (.*).

[ctx: search_regexp.xhp par_id3149854 46 help.text]
en: The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.).
en_GB: The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the beginning of a paragraph is a caret and a dot (^.).

[ctx: section_insert.xhp bm_id3149695 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>

[ctx: section_insert.xhp par_id3156103 28 help.text]
en: If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph.
en_GB: If you select some text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph.

[ctx: section_insert.xhp par_id3153404 29 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item>               box, type a name for the section.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section.

[ctx: section_insert.xhp par_id3153363 34 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item>               box, type a name for the section.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section.

[ctx: section_insert.xhp par_id3153387 35 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Link</item>               area, select the <item type="menuitem">Link</item>               check box. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type="menuitem">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> area, mark the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Under Windows, you can also mark the <item type="menuitem">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: section_insert.xhp par_id3154852 36 help.text]
en: Click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) next to the <item type="menuitem">File name</item>               box.
en_GB: Click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) next to the <item type="menuitem">File name</item> box.

[ctx: section_insert.xhp par_id3149978 38 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item>               box, select the section that you want to insert.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert.

[ctx: sections.xhp bm_id3149832 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>

[ctx: sections.xhp par_id3149855 7 help.text]
en: A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.
en_GB: A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select some text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.

[ctx: sections.xhp par_id3153367 39 help.text]
en: To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.
en_GB: To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.

[ctx: send2html.xhp bm_id3145087 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>

[ctx: send2html.xhp par_id3149825 2 help.text]
en: You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages.
en_GB: You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time that the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages.

[ctx: send2html.xhp par_id3149281 7 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Styles</item>               box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page.

[ctx: shortcut_writing.xhp bm_id3149689 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id3856013 help.text]
en: Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.
en_GB: Save the *.oxt extension file to your hard drive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id1917477 help.text]
en: Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance</item>.
en_GB: Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta coloured underline. You can change the colour in <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance</item>.

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id1998962 help.text]
en: In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.
en_GB: In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - AutoCorrect Options.

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id349131 help.text]
en: When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.
en_GB: When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you will see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Use this dialogue box to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id1216467 help.text]
en: Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.
en_GB: Text that is recognised as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spell check.

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp tit help.text]
en: Checking Spelling and Grammar
en_GB: Checking Spelling Manually

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp bm_id3149684 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spell check; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp par_id0525200902184476 help.text]
en: To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="http://extensions.libreoffice.org/dictionary">extensions web page</link>.
en_GB: To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spelling checker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="http://extensions.libreoffice.org/dictionary">extensions web page</link>.

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp par_id3149828 10 help.text]
en: The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.
en_GB: The spell check starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp par_id3156104 45 help.text]
en: When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type="menuitem">Spellcheck</item>               dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections.
en_GB: When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type="menuitem">Spell check</item> dialogue box opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections.

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp par_id3147107 49 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spellcheck dialog">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spelling and Grammar dialogue box">Spelling and Grammar dialogue box</link>

[ctx: stylist_fillformat.xhp bm_id3145084 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: stylist_fromselect.xhp bm_id3155911 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag-and-drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>

[ctx: stylist_fromselect.xhp par_id3153138 38 help.text]
en: Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item>               from the submenu
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> from the sub-menu

[ctx: stylist_fromselect.xhp par_id3156260 43 help.text]
en: Type a name in the <item type="menuitem">Style Name</item>               box.
en_GB: Type a name in the <item type="menuitem">Style Name</item> box.

[ctx: stylist_fromselect.xhp hd_id3153373 20 help.text]
en: To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop
en_GB: To Create a New Style by Drag-and-Drop

[ctx: stylist_update.xhp bm_id3155915 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>

[ctx: stylist_update.xhp par_id3153119 43 help.text]
en: Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu.
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the sub-menu.

[ctx: subscript.xhp bm_id3155174 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp bm_id3147240 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp par_id634174 help.text]
en: A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.
en_GB: A dialogue box allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.

[ctx: table_cells.xhp bm_id3156377 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;adding/deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_delete.xhp bm_id3149489 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp bm_id3156377 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp bm_id3155870 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>table headings; repeating after page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp par_id3156240 9 help.text]
en: Select the <item type="menuitem">Heading</item>               and the <item type="menuitem">Repeat heading</item>               check boxes.
en_GB: Select the <item type="menuitem">Heading</item> and the <item type="menuitem">Repeat heading</item> check boxes.

[ctx: table_sizing.xhp par_id3146497 help.text]
en: You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type="menuitem">Optimize</item> toolbar on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar.
en_GB: You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type="menuitem">Optimise</item> toolbar on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar.

[ctx: table_sizing.xhp par_id3155891 help.text]
en: You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area.
en_GB: You can specify the behaviour for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area.

[ctx: table_sizing.xhp par_id5366679 help.text]
en: Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table.
en_GB: Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the grey area to resize the table.

[ctx: table_sizing.xhp par_id1279030 help.text]
en: Click inside the table. Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Table Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers.
en_GB: Click inside the table. Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Table Properties</item> to open a dialogue box and set the properties to the numbers.

[ctx: tablemode.xhp bm_id3155856 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behaviour of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behaviour of rows/columns</bookmark_value>

[ctx: tablemode.xhp hd_id3155856 7 help.text]
en: <variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behaviour of Rows and Columns by Keyboard">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>

[ctx: tablemode.xhp par_id3149835 12 help.text]
en: When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.
en_GB: When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behaviour of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighbouring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.

[ctx: tablemode.xhp par_id3156110 8 help.text]
en: To set the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type="menuitem">Fixed</item>, <item type="menuitem">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type="menuitem">Variable</item> icons on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:
en_GB: To set the <item type="menuitem">Behaviour of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type="menuitem">Fixed</item>, <item type="menuitem">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type="menuitem">Variable</item> icons on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> bar. There are three display modes for tables:

[ctx: template_create.xhp bm_id3149688 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: template_create.xhp par_id3149829 66 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">New Template</item>               box, type a name for the new template.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template.

[ctx: template_create.xhp par_id3156098 70 help.text]
en: Select a template category in the <item type="menuitem">Categories</item>               list.
en_GB: Select a template category in the <item type="menuitem">Categories</item> list.

[ctx: template_default.xhp bm_id3155913 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>default templates; defining/resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: template_default.xhp par_id3149620 115 help.text]
en: Close the dialog.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box.

[ctx: templates_styles.xhp bm_id3153396 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising; templates (guide)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; organising (guide)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_animation.xhp bm_id3151182 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_animation.xhp par_id3155178 20 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the               <item type="menuitem">Text Animation</item> tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Text Animation</item> tab.

[ctx: text_animation.xhp par_id3149819 21 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Effect</item>               box, select the animation that you want.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp bm_id3155182 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>characters; upper-case or lower-case</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; upper-case or lower-case</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lower-case letters; text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>upper-case; formatting text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id3155916 2 help.text]
en: You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.
en_GB: You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalise the first letter of each word in a selection.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp hd_id3155861 8 help.text]
en: To Capitalize Text
en_GB: To Capitalise Text

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id3147420 9 help.text]
en: Select the text that you want to capitalize.
en_GB: Select the text that you want to capitalise.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id1120200910485778 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Change Case - Uppercase</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Change Case - Upper-case</item>.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id1120200910485775 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalisation in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalises all letters. "Title" capitalises the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalises all letters, but in a reduced font size.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp hd_id3149644 11 help.text]
en: To Change Text to Lowercase
en_GB: To Change Text to Lower-case

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id3149964 12 help.text]
en: Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.
en_GB: Select the text that you want to change to lower-case.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id112020091049000 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Change Case - Lowercase</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Change Case - Lower-case</item>.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id1120200910490034 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lowercase" in the Effects box.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lower-case" in the Effects box.

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp tit help.text]
en: Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page
en_GB: Using a Frame to Centre Text on a Page

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp bm_id3155177 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text frames; centring on pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centring;text frames on pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>title pages; centring text on</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp hd_id3155177 94 help.text]
en: <variable id="text_centervert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp" name="Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_centervert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp" name="Using a Frame to Centre Text on a Page">Using a Frame to Centre Text on a Page</link></variable>

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp par_id3155920 78 help.text]
en: Select the text that you want to center on the page.
en_GB: Select the text that you want to centre on the page.

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp par_id3152765 82 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item>               area, select <item type="menuitem">To page</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">To page</item>.

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp par_id3149844 95 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Size</item>               area, set the dimensions of the frame.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame.

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp par_id3156114 96 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Position</item>               area, select "Center" in the <item type="menuitem">Horizontal</item>               and <item type="menuitem">Vertical</item>               boxes.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Position</item> area, select "Centre" in the <item type="menuitem">Horizontal</item> and <item type="menuitem">Vertical</item> boxes.

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp par_id3149615 84 help.text]
en: To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type="menuitem">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the         <item type="menuitem">Set No Border</item> box in the         <item type="menuitem">Line Arrangement</item> area.
en_GB: To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type="menuitem">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type="menuitem">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type="menuitem">Line Arrangement</item> area.

[ctx: text_direct_cursor.xhp par_id3155921 41 help.text]
en: To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.
en_GB: To set the behaviour of the direct cursor, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.

[ctx: text_direct_cursor.xhp par_idN106E4 help.text]
en: <image id="img_id5730253" src="res/helpimg/dircurscent.png" width="0.2398in" height="0.3228in"><alt id="alt_id5730253">Icon</alt></image> Centered
en_GB: <image id="img_id5730253" src="res/helpimg/dircurscent.png" width="0.2398in" height="0.3228in"><alt id="alt_id5730253">Icon</alt></image> Centred

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp tit help.text]
en: Emphasizing Text
en_GB: Emphasising Text

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp bm_id3149820 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; emphasising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>emphasising text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp hd_id3149820 65 help.text]
en: <variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasizing Text">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasising Text">Emphasising Text</link></variable>

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp par_id3155922 66 help.text]
en: Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:
en_GB: Here are a few examples of how to emphasise text in a document:

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp par_id3149840 68 help.text]
en: Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>, set the options that you want, for example, the background colour, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: text_frame.xhp tit help.text]
en: Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames
en_GB: Inserting, Editing and Linking Text Frames

[ctx: text_frame.xhp bm_id3149487 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_frame.xhp hd_id3149487 3 help.text]
en: <variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing and Linking Text Frames">Inserting, Editing and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>

[ctx: text_frame.xhp par_id3150223 87 help.text]
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Link Frames</item> icon <image id="img_id3148968" src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt id="alt_id3148968">Icon</alt></image>.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Frame</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Link Frames</item> icon <image id="img_id3148968" src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt id="alt_id3148968">Icon</alt></image>.

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp bm_id3155911 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp par_id3153130 67 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type="menuitem">Drawing</item>               toolbar.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type="menuitem">Drawing</item> toolbar.

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp par_id3154415 71 help.text]
en: Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp" name="Object Rotation Mode"><item type="menuitem">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id="img_id3145405" src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt id="alt_id3145405">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type="menuitem">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar.
en_GB: Click outside of the object, then click the text that you entered. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp" name="Object Rotation Mode"><item type="menuitem">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id="img_id3145405" src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt id="alt_id3145405">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type="menuitem">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar.

[ctx: textdoc_inframe.xhp bm_id3155185 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: textdoc_inframe.xhp par_id3153127 36 help.text]
en: Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box.
en_GB: Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then mark the <emph>Link</emph> check box.

[ctx: textdoc_inframe.xhp par_id3149642 37 help.text]
en: In the <item type="menuitem">File Name</item>               box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) and locate the file.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) and locate the file.

[ctx: textdoc_inframe.xhp par_id3149968 38 help.text]
en: If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the               <item type="menuitem">Sections</item> box.
en_GB: If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the <item type="menuitem">Sections</item> box.

[ctx: using_hyphen.xhp bm_id3149695 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_hyphen.xhp par_id3155918 31 help.text]
en: By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:
en_GB: By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behaviour:

[ctx: using_hyphen.xhp par_id3150101 35 help.text]
en: In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box.
en_GB: In the Hyphenation area, mark the Automatically check box.

[ctx: using_hyphen.xhp par_id3149582 57 help.text]
en: In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, mark the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.

[ctx: using_numbered_lists.xhp bm_id3155186 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_numbered_lists.xhp par_id3149635 16 help.text]
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id="img_id3156108" src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt id="alt_id3156108">Icon</alt></image>.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id="img_id3156108" src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt id="alt_id3156108">Icon</alt></image>.

[ctx: using_numbered_lists.xhp par_id3153390 14 help.text]
en: For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) next to <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Graphics</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item>         area.
en_GB: For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) next to <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Graphics</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> area.

[ctx: using_numbered_lists2.xhp bm_id3147418 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_numbered_lists2.xhp hd_id3147418 15 help.text]
en: <variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link></variable>

[ctx: using_numbered_lists2.xhp par_id3149968 24 help.text]
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id="img_id3153125" src="cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt id="alt_id3153125">Icon</alt></image>.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id="img_id3153125" src="cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt id="alt_id3153125">Icon</alt></image>.

[ctx: using_numbering.xhp bm_id3155174 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_numbering.xhp hd_id3155174 30 help.text]
en: <variable id="using_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp" name="Numbering and Numbering Styles">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="using_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp" name="Numbering and Numbering Styles">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link></variable>

[ctx: using_numbering.xhp par_id3155866 33 help.text]
en: To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item>         icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar.
en_GB: To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar.

[ctx: using_numbering.xhp par_id3149646 35 help.text]
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item>               icon.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item> icon.

[ctx: using_numbering.xhp par_id3149850 37 help.text]
en: Click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item>               tab.
en_GB: Click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item> tab.

[ctx: using_thesaurus.xhp bm_id3145576 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_thesaurus.xhp par_id3156263 19 help.text]
en: Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use.
en_GB: Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialogue box displays the language in use.

[ctx: using_thesaurus.xhp par_id3196263 19 help.text]
en: If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word.
en_GB: If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms sub-menu. Select any of the terms from the sub-menu to replace the word.

[ctx: word_completion.xhp bm_id3148882 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: word_completion.xhp par_idN107AD help.text]
en: Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> .
en_GB: Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph>.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp bm_id3148882 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_id4814294 help.text]
en: If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.
en_GB: If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behaviour. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in subsequent sessions.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_id2593462 help.text]
en: To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:
en_GB: To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN10B4C help.text]
en: Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.
en_GB: Unmark the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN10B56 help.text]
en: If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.
en_GB: If you mark the check box, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN10B94 help.text]
en: If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.
en_GB: If the automatic spell check option is enabled, only the words that are recognised by the spell check are collected.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN107F4 help.text]
en: Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words.
en_GB: Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN10809 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion </link>

[ctx: words_count.xhp bm_id3149686 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: wrap.xhp bm_id3154486 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>

[ctx: wrap.xhp par_id3150231 7 help.text]
en: Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Apply</item>               icon (green check mark).
en_GB: Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Apply</item> icon (green tick mark).

[ctx: wrap.xhp par_id3150947 21 help.text]
en: Close the <item type="menuitem">Contour Editor</item>               window.
en_GB: Close the <item type="menuitem">Contour Editor</item> window.

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_450 help.text]
en: LibreLogo is a native, easily localisable, Logo-like programming language. It is back-compatible with the older Logo systems in the case of the simple Logo programs used in education, eg.
en_GB: LibreLogo is a native, easily localisable, Logo-like programming language. It is back-compatible with the older Logo systems in the case of the simple Logo programs used in education, e.g.

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_500 help.text]
en: Program blocks need space or new line at parenthesization: REPEAT 10 [ FORWARD 10 LEFT 36 ]
en_GB: Program blocks need space or new line at parenthesisation: REPEAT 10 [ FORWARD 10 LEFT 36 ]

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_510 help.text]
en: Lists need close parenthesization: POSITION [0, 0], and not POSITION [ 0, 0 ]
en_GB: Lists need close parenthesisation: POSITION [0, 0], and not POSITION [ 0, 0 ]

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_640 help.text]
en: PRINT FILLCOLOR<br/> p = POSITION<br/> PRINT p<br/> REPEAT 10 [ POSITION ANY POSITION p ]<br/>
en_GB: PRINT FILLCOLOUR<br/> p = POSITION<br/> PRINT p<br/> REPEAT 10 [ POSITION ANY POSITION p ]<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_650 help.text]
en: Alternative parenthesization in function calls
en_GB: Alternative parenthesisation in function calls

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_660 help.text]
en: TO star size color<br/> FILLCOLOR color<br/> REPEAT 5 [ LEFT 72 FORWARD size RIGHT 144 FORWARD size ]<br/> FILL<br/> END<br/> <br/> star 100 “red”<br/> star (100, “green”)<br/> star(100, “blue”)<br/>
en_GB: TO star size colour<br/> FILLCOLOUR colour<br/> REPEAT 5 [ LEFT 72 FORWARD size RIGHT 144 FORWARD size ]<br/> FILL<br/> END<br/> <br/> star 100 “red”<br/> star (100, “green”)<br/> star(100, “blue”)<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_700 help.text]
en: Commands, color constants are case insensitive:
en_GB: Commands, colour constants are case insensitive:

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_720 help.text]
en: Variable names are case sensitive:
en_GB: Variable names are case-sensitive:

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1150 help.text]
en: PENCOLOR “red” ; set red pen color (by color name, see color constants)<br/> PENCOLOR [255, 255, 0] ; set yellow color (RGB list)<br/> PENCOLOR 0xffff00 ; set yellow color (hexa code)<br/> PENCOLOR 0 ; set black color (0x000000)<br/> PENCOLOR ANY ; random color<br/> PENCOLOR [5] ; set red color (by color identifier, see color constants)<br/> PENCOLOR “invisible” ; invisible pen color for shapes without visible outline<br/> PENCOLOR “~red” ; set random red color<br/>
en_GB: PENCOLOUR “red” ; set red pen colour (by colour name, see colour constants)<br/> PENCOLOUR [255, 255, 0] ; set yellow colour (RGB list)<br/> PENCOLOUR 0xffff00 ; set yellow colour (hexa code)<br/> PENCOLOUR 0 ; set black colour (0x000000)<br/> PENCOLOUR ANY ; random colour<br/> PENCOLOUR [5] ; set red colour (by colour identifier, see colour constants)<br/> PENCOLOUR “invisible” ; invisible pen colour for shapes without visible outline<br/> PENCOLOUR “~red” ; set random red colour<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1220 help.text]
en: FILLCOLOR “blue” ; fill with blue color, see also PENCOLOR<br/> FILLCOLOR “invisible” CIRCLE 10 ; unfilled circle<br/>
en_GB: FILLCOLOUR “blue” ; fill with blue colour, see also PENCOLOUR<br/> FILLCOLOUR “invisible” CIRCLE 10 ; unfilled circle<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1330 help.text]
en: RECTANGLE [50, 100] ; draw a rectange shape (50×100pt)<br/> RECTANGLE [50, 100, 50] ; draw a rectangle <br/>
en_GB: RECTANGLE [50, 100] ; draw a rectangle shape (50×100pt)<br/> RECTANGLE [50, 100, 50] ; draw a rectangle <br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1350 help.text]
en: POINT ; draw a point with size and color of the pen<br/>
en_GB: POINT ; draw a point with size and colour of the pen<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1420 help.text]
en: FONTCOLOR “green” ; set font color<br/>
en_GB: FONTCOLOUR “green” ; set font colour<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2030 help.text]
en: Default random value of colors, etc.
en_GB: Default random value of colours, etc.

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2040 help.text]
en: PENCOLOR ANY ; random pen color<br/>
en_GB: PENCOLOUR ANY ; random pen colour<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2120 help.text]
en: PRINT PAGESIZE ; print list of the page sizes in points, eg. [595.30, 841.89]<br/>
en_GB: PRINT PAGESIZE ; print list of the page sizes in points, e.g. [595.30, 841.89]<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2170 help.text]
en: PRINT “text” ; print “text” in a dialog box<br/> PRINT 5 + 10 ; print 15<br/>
en_GB: PRINT “text” ; print “text” in a dialogue box<br/> PRINT 5 + 10 ; print 15<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2190 help.text]
en: PRINT INPUT “Input value?” ; ask and print a string by a query dialog box<br/> PRINT FLOAT (INPUT “First number?”) + FLOAT (INPUT “Second number?”) ; simple calculator<br/>
en_GB: PRINT INPUT “Input value?” ; ask and print a string by a query dialogue box<br/> PRINT FLOAT (INPUT “First number?”) + FLOAT (INPUT “Second number?”) ; simple calculator<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2390 help.text]
en: PRINT COS 0 * PI/180 ; print 1.0 (cosinus of 0° in radians)<br/>
en_GB: PRINT COS 0 * PI/180 ; print 1.0 (cosine of 0° in radians)<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp hd_2710 help.text]
en: Color constants
en_GB: Colour constants

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2720 help.text]
en: PENCOLOR “SILVER” ; set by name<br/> PENCOLOR [1] ; set by identifiers<br/> PENCOLOR “~SILVER” ; random silver color<br/> <br/>
en_GB: PENCOLOUR “SILVER” ; set by name<br/> PENCOLOUR [1] ; set by identifiers<br/> PENCOLOUR “~SILVER” ; random silver colour<br/> <br/>

en: On the following screens, you will be asked to describe how the problem occurred, to choose how to analyze the problem (if needed), to review collected data, and to choose where the problem should be reported. Click 'Forward' to proceed.
en_GB: On the following screens, you will be asked to describe how the problem occurred, to choose how to analyse the problem (if needed), to review collected data, and to choose where the problem should be reported. Click 'Forward' to proceed.

en: Sending an email...
en_GB: Sending an e-mail...

note: #-#-#-#-#  1067 (openobject-server)  #-#-#-#-# module: base
en: Sender's email
en_GB: Sender's e-mail

en: Recipient's email
en_GB: Recipient's e-mail

en: Password change canceled.
en_GB: Password change cancelled.

en: Driver state initialization failed
en_GB: Driver state initialisation failed

en: %s: initialization failed
en_GB: %s: initialisation failed

en: Can't initialize logging
en_GB: Can't initialise logging

en: Can't initialize access manager
en_GB: Can't initialise access manager

en: Policy kit failed to check authorization %d %s
en_GB: Policy kit failed to check authorisation %d %s

en: dynamic label type must use resource relabeling
en_GB: dynamic label type must use resource relabelling

en: resource relabeling is not compatible with 'none' label type
en_GB: resource relabelling is not compatible with 'none' label type

en: label overrides require relabeling to be enabled at the domain level
en_GB: label overrides require relabelling to be enabled at the domain level

en: unable to initialize state mutex
en_GB: unable to initialise state mutex

en: could not initialize domain event timer
en_GB: could not initialise domain event timer

en: cannot initialize mutex
en_GB: cannot initialise mutex

en: Unrecognized family '%s' in network '%s'
en_GB: Unrecognised family '%s' in network '%s'

en: Unrecognized family '%s' in route definition of network'%s'
en_GB: Unrecognised family '%s' in route definition of network'%s'

en: unrecognized network update command code %d
en_GB: unrecognised network update command code %d

en: can't update unrecognized section of network
en_GB: can't update unrecognised section of network

en: Path has to specify the datacenter and compute resource
en_GB: Path has to specify the datacentre and compute resource

en: %s is neither a vCenter 2.5, 4.x nor 5.x server
en_GB: %s is neither a vCentre 2.5, 4.x nor 5.x server

en: This host is not managed by a vCenter
en_GB: This host is not managed by a vCentre

en: vCenter IP address %s too big for destination
en_GB: vCentre IP address %s too big for destination

en: This host is managed by a vCenter with IP address %s, but a mismachting vCenter '%s' (%s) has been specified
en_GB: This host is managed by a vCentre with IP address %s, but a mismachting vCentre '%s' (%s) has been specified

en: Migration not possible without a vCenter
en_GB: Migration not possible without a vCentre

en: Migration source and destination have to refer to the same vCenter
en_GB: Migration source and destination have to refer to the same vCentre

en: Could not initialize CURL
en_GB: Could not initialise CURL

en: Could not initialize CURL mutex
en_GB: Could not initialise CURL mutex

en: Cannot share uninitialized CURL handle
en_GB: Cannot share uninitialised CURL handle

en: Could not initialize CURL (share)
en_GB: Could not initialise CURL (share)

en: Could not initialize a CURL (share) mutex
en_GB: Could not initialise a CURL (share) mutex

en: Cannot unshare uninitialized CURL handle
en_GB: Cannot unshare uninitialised CURL handle

en: Cannot add uninitialized CURL handle to a multi handle
en_GB: Cannot add uninitialised CURL handle to a multi handle

en: Could not initialize CURL (multi)
en_GB: Could not initialise CURL (multi)

en: Cannot remove uninitialized CURL handle from a multi handle
en_GB: Cannot remove uninitialised CURL handle from a multi handle

en: Could not initialize session mutex
en_GB: Could not initialise session mutex

en: Expecting VI API type 'HostAgent' or 'VirtualCenter' but found '%s'
en_GB: Expecting VI API type 'HostAgent' or 'VirtualCentre' but found '%s'

en: Path '%s' does not specify a datacenter
en_GB: Path '%s' does not specify a datacentre

en: Could not find datacenter specified in '%s'
en_GB: Could not find datacentre specified in '%s'

en: HTTP response code %d for call to '%s'. Fault is unknown, deserialization failed
en_GB: HTTP response code %d for call to '%s'. Fault is unknown, deserialisation failed

en: Unable to initialize mutex
en_GB: Unable to initialise mutex

en: Could not initialize openwsman transport
en_GB: Could not initialise openwsman transport

en: Could not initialize options
en_GB: Could not initialise options

en: Could not deserialize pull response item
en_GB: Could not deserialise pull response item

en: Could not free deserialized data
en_GB: Could not free deserialised data

en: failed to initialize netcf
en_GB: failed to initialise netcf

en: Initialization of %s state driver failed: %s
en_GB: Initialisation of %s state driver failed: %s

en: Unable to initialize lockspace %s: error %d
en_GB: Unable to initialise lockspace %s: error %d

en: Unable to initialize lockspace %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise lockspace %s

en: Sanlock plugin is not initialized
en_GB: Sanlock plug-in is not initialised

en: Unable to initialize lease %s: error %d
en_GB: Unable to initialise lease %s: error %d

en: Unable to initialize lease %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise lease %s

en: Plugin %s not accessible
en_GB: Plug-in %s not accessible

en: Failed to load plugin %s: %s
en_GB: Failed to load plug-in %s: %s

en: Missing plugin initialization symbol 'virLockDriverImpl'
en_GB: Missing plug-in initialisation symbol 'virLockDriverImpl'

en: Failed to initialize security drivers
en_GB: Failed to initialise security drivers

en: Failed libxl context initialization
en_GB: Failed libxl context initialisation

en: cannot initialize libxenlight context, probably not running in a Xen Dom0, disabling driver
en_GB: cannot initialise libxenlight context, probably not running in a Xen Dom0, disabling driver

en: unrecognized driver name value %d  in network '%s'
en_GB: unrecognised driver name value %d  in network '%s'

en: Failed to initialize libpciaccess: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise libpciaccess: %s

en: Failed to initialize mutex for driverState
en_GB: Failed to initialise mutex for driverState

en: mutex initialization failed
en_GB: mutex initialisation failed

en: cannot initialize monitor condition
en_GB: cannot initialise monitor condition

en: unrecognized virtio-net-pci 'tx' option
en_GB: unrecognised virtio-net-pci 'tx' option

en: unrecognized format '%s'
en_GB: unrecognised format '%s'

en: cannot initialize cert object: %s
en_GB: cannot initialise cert object: %s

en: canceled by client
en_GB: cancelled by client

en: unrecognized format of block job information
en_GB: unrecognised format of block job information

en: Could not create thread. QEMU initialization might be incomplete
en_GB: Could not create thread. QEMU initialisation might be incomplete

en: Domain requires KVM, but it is not available. Check that virtualization is enabled in the host BIOS, and host configuration is setup to load the kvm modules.
en_GB: Domain requires KVM, but it is not available. Check that virtualisation is enabled in the host BIOS, and host configuration is setup to load the kvm modules.

en: cannot initialize condition variable
en_GB: cannot initialise condition variable

en: failed to initialize SASL library: %d (%s)
en_GB: failed to initialise SASL library: %d (%s)

en: Failed to initialize libssh2 session
en_GB: Failed to initialise libssh2 session

en: Failed to initialize libssh2 known hosts table
en_GB: Failed to initialise libssh2 known hosts table

en: Failed to initialize libssh2 agent handle
en_GB: Failed to initialise libssh2 agent handle

en: Unable to initialize certificate
en_GB: Unable to initialise certificate

en: Unable to initialize diffie-hellman parameters: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise diffie-hellman parameters: %s

en: Failed to initialize TLS session: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise TLS session: %s

en: failed to initialize RADOS
en_GB: failed to initialise RADOS

en: Failed to initialize storage pool '%s': %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise storage pool '%s': %s

en: cannot initialize inotify
en_GB: cannot initialise inotify

en: Unable to initialize audit layer
en_GB: Unable to initialise audit layer

en: daemonized command cannot use virCommandRunAsync
en_GB: daemonised command cannot use virCommandRunAsync

en: daemonized command cannot set working directory %s
en_GB: daemonised command cannot set working directory %s

en: creation of pid file requires daemonized command
en_GB: creation of pid file requires daemonised command

en: Unable to run one time DBus initializer
en_GB: Unable to run one time DBus initialiser

en: Cannot initialize thread local for current identity
en_GB: Cannot initialise thread local for current identity

en: Unable to initialize lockspace mutex
en_GB: Unable to initialise lockspace mutex

en: Can't canonicalize path '%s'
en_GB: Can't canonicalise path '%s'

en: unable to initialize VirtualBox driver API
en_GB: unable to initialise VirtualBox driver API

en: initializing inotify
en_GB: initialising inotify

en: Failed to initialize mutex
en_GB: Failed to initialise mutex

en: Failed to initialize libvirt
en_GB: Failed to initialise libvirt

en: Welcome to %s, the virtualization interactive terminal.
en_GB: Welcome to %s, the virtualisation interactive terminal.

en: migration canceled
en_GB: migration cancelled

en: save canceled
en_GB: save cancelled

en: unrecognized command name '%s'
en_GB: unrecognised command name '%s'

en: unrecognized section name '%s'
en_GB: unrecognised section name '%s'

en: Check that the 'kvm-intel' or 'kvm-amd' modules are loaded & the BIOS has enabled virtualization
en_GB: Check that the 'kvm-intel' or 'kvm-amd' modules are loaded & the BIOS has enabled virtualisation

en: Failed to initialize libvirt Error Handling
en_GB: Failed to initialise libvirt Error Handling

en: Titled Dialog
en_GB: Titled Dialogue

en: Sets the background color or image with optional application menu or icons for minimized applications or launchers, devices and folders.
en_GB: Sets the background colour or image with optional application menu or icons for minimised applications or launchers, devices and folders.

en: The libxfce4ui, libxfcegui4, libxfce4util, thunar-vfs and exo packages are distributed under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: The libxfce4ui, libxfcegui4, libxfce4util, thunar-vfs and exo packages are distributed under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: The packages thunar, xfce4-appfinder, xfce4-panel, xfce4-session, xfce4-settings, xfce-utils, xfconf, xfdesktop and xfwm4 are distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: The packages thunar, xfce4-appfinder, xfce4-panel, xfce4-session, xfce4-settings, xfce-utils, xfconf, xfdesktop and xfwm4 are distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Unable to initialize GTK+.
en_GB: Unable to initialise GTK+.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
    Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
    any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
    ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
    more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
    this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
    Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
    Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option)
    any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
    ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
    more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
    this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
    Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
    License along with this library; if not, write to the 
    Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, 
    Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA.
en_GB: This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
    version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
    License along with this library; if not, write to the 
    Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, 
    Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA.

en: Un_maximize
en_GB: Un_maximise

en: Dialog Header
en_GB: Dialogue Header

note: Description on how to use Light Display Manager displayed on command-line
en: Help Options:
      -c, --config <file>             Use configuration file
          --pid-file <file>           File to write PID into
      -d, --debug                     Print debugging messages
          --test-mode                 Run as unprivileged user
      -v, --version                   Show release version
      -h, --help                      Show help options
en_GB: Help Options:
      -c, --config <file>        Use configuration file
      --pid-file <file>            File to write PID into
      -d, --debug                   Print debugging messages
      --test-mode                 Run as unprivileged user
      -v, --version                  Show release version
      -h, --help                       Show help options

en: Return To Login
en_GB: Return To Log-in

en: Fail to set volume
en_GB: Failed to set volume

en: play files
en_GB: Play media

en: queue files in the playlist
en_GB: Add songs to playlist

en: play the next song in the playlist
en_GB: Jump to next song

en: play the previous song in the playlist
en_GB: Jump to previous song

en: play or pause current playing media
en_GB: Play or pause the currently playing song

en: show current playing song
en_GB: Print the currently playing song and exit

en: change volume (VOLUME 0.0-1.0)
en_GB: Change the volume

en: show information about supported audio file
en_GB: Show information about audio file

en: No playing song
en_GB: No song currently playing

en: Error while reading
en_GB: Error reading

en:  doesn't exist
en_GB:  does not exist

en:  doesn't have enough permission
en_GB:  cannot be read because you do not have permission to access it

en: Error while writting
en_GB: Error while writing

en: See _Lyrics
en_GB: Display _Lyrics

en: New _Automatic Playlist...
en_GB: New _Automatic Playlist…

en: _Get file informations
en_GB: _Get file information

en: Edit Web Radio
en_GB: iRadio

en: Favorite albums
en_GB: Favourite albums

en: Favorite songs
en_GB: Favourite songs

en: Last played songs
en_GB: Recently played

en: Favorite songs of
en_GB: Favourite songs by

en: iPod Property
en_GB: iPod Properties

en: See album information at www.last.fm
en_GB: View album information at last.fm

en: See artist information at www.last.fm
en_GB: View artist information at last.fm

en: Fetching informations
en_GB: Fetching information

en: LastFm
en_GB: last.fm

en: Lyrics not available for this media type
en_GB: Lyrics are not available for this media type

en: New web radio
en_GB: New web radio station

en: Categorie
en_GB: Category

en: See in web browser
en_GB: View in web browser

en: Change wikipedia language
en_GB: Change Wikipedia language

en: Failed to retreive data
en_GB: Failed to retrieve data

en: Wikipedia not available for this media type
en_GB: Wikipedia information is not available for this media type

en: Invalid action
en_GB: [Invalid encoding]

en: Invalid action target
en_GB: [Invalid encoding]

en: Repeat playlist mode
en_GB: Play first song again after all songs are played

en: Search an album cover
en_GB: Search for Album Cover

en: From Amazon
en_GB: From Amazon.com

en: From Google Image
en_GB: From Google Images

en: No result for this request
en_GB: No results found

en: Choose an album cover
en_GB: Load Album Cover

en: Internet search
en_GB: Internet Search

en: Import a file in the library
en_GB: Add a file to the library

en: Export playlist
en_GB: Export Playlist

en: _Browser view
en_GB: _Browser View

en: _Song view
en_GB: _Song View

en: Middle pane
en_GB: _Middle Pane

en: Artist and album
en_GB: _Artist, Album

en: Genre and artist
en_GB: _Genre, Artist

en: Genre, artist and album
en_GB: G_enre, Artist, Album

en: Text color #1:
en_GB: Text colour #1:

en: Text color #2:
en_GB: Text colour #2:

en: Panel color:
en_GB: Panel colour:

en: Panel border color:
en_GB: Panel border colour:

en: Enable osd
en_GB: Enable on-screen display

en: Font & colors
en_GB: Font & Colours

en: C_rop
en_GB: _Remove others

en: Enable trayicon
en_GB: Enable notification area icon

en: Close to systray
en_GB: Stay loaded in notification area when closing main window

en: Color by album
en_GB: Colour by album

en: Lyrics fonts and colors
en_GB: Lyrics fonts and colours

en: Enable Audioscrobbler support
en_GB: Enable song reporting

en: Note: password will be  hidden when window have been closed
en_GB: Note: The password will be hidden when the preferences are closed.

en: Podcast behavior
en_GB: Podcast behaviour

en: does not contains
en_GB: does not contain

en: Set all Track Number Automaticaly
en_GB: Automatically

en: Fetch informations for all track
en_GB: Fetch information for all tracks

en:     * All albums and artists hand-picked
en_GB:     • All albums and artists hand-picked

en:     * Free listening of all songs
en_GB:     • Free listening of all songs

en: Fetch informations
en_GB: Fetch information

en: Select Background Color
en_GB: Select Background Colour

en: Select Foreground Color
en_GB: Select Foreground Colour

en: Customize Look and Feel
en_GB: Customise Look and Feel

en: Customizes look and feel of your desktop and applications
en_GB: Customises look and feel of your desktop and applications

en: Copyright (C) 2011 LXDE Project
en_GB: Copyright © 2012 LXDE Project

en: Customizes look and feel of your desktop
en_GB: Customises the look and feel of your desktop

en: Page1
en_GB: Page 1

en: Page2
en_GB: Page 2

en: Color scheme is not supported by currently selected widget theme.
en_GB: Colour scheme is not supported by the current widget theme.

en: Use customized color scheme
en_GB: Use customised colour scheme

en: <b>Note:</b> Not all of the desktop applications support changing cursor theme on-the-fly. So your changes here might not be fully applied to all applications till next login.
en_GB: <b>Note:</b> Not all desktop applications support changing the cursor theme on-the-fly. So your changes, here, may not be fully applied to all applications until next login.

en: Enable antialising
en_GB: Enable anti-aliasing

en: <b>Antialising</b>
en_GB: <b>Anti-aliasing</b>

en: Unable to extract the file "%s".
    Please ensure that "%s" is writable and that the file is a valid Openbox theme archive.
    The following errors were reported:
    %s
en_GB: Unable to extract the file "%s".
    Please ensure that "%s" is writeable and that the file is a valid Openbox theme archive.
    The following errors were reported:
    %s

en: N: Window icon
    L: Window label (Title)
    I: Iconify (Minimize)
    M: Maximize
    C: Close
    S: Shade (Roll up)
    D: Omnipresent (On all desktops)
en_GB: N: Window icon
    L: Window label (Title)
    I: Iconify (Minimise)
    M: Maximise
    C: Close
    S: Shade (Roll up)
    D: Omnipresent (On all desktops)

en: Beep when there is an error of keyboard input
en_GB: Beep when there is a keyboard input error

en: Really delete this panel?
    <b>Warning: This can not be recovered.</b>
en_GB: Really delete this panel?
    <b>WARNING: This can not be recovered.</b>

en: lxpanel %s - lightweight GTK2+ panel for UNIX desktops
en_GB: lxpanel %s - lightweight GTK2+ panel for Linux & UNIX desktops

note: g_print(_(" -C  -- same as --configure\n"));
en: 
    Visit http://lxde.org/ for detail.
en_GB: 
    Visit http://lxde.org/ for details.

en: Err
en_GB: Error

en: Solid color (with opacity)
en_GB: Solid colour (with opacity)

en: Reserve space, and not covered by maximized windows
en_GB: Reserve space, and not covered by maximised windows

en: Minimize panel when not in use
en_GB: Minimise panel when not in use

en: Size when minimized
en_GB: Size when minimised

note: Add Iconify menu item.
en: Ico_nify
en_GB: Mi_nimise

en: Flash when there is any window requiring attention
en_GB: Flash when there is a window requiring attention

en: Center text
en_GB: Centre text

en: Minimize All Windows
en_GB: Minimise All Windows

en: Network cable is plugged out
en_GB: Network cable is not plugged in

note: messages
en: This wireless network was encrypted.
    You must have the encryption key.
en_GB: This wireless network is encrypted.
    You must have the encryption key.

en: Fiber Distributed Data Interface
en_GB: Fibre Distributed Data Interface

en: Charging color 1
en_GB: Charging colour 1

en: Charging color 2
en_GB: Charging colour 2

en: Discharging color 1
en_GB: Discharging colour 1

en: Discharging color 2
en_GB: Discharging colour 2

en: CPU color
en_GB: CPU colour

en: RAM color
en_GB: RAM colour

en: You cannot turn off all monitors. Otherwise, you will not be able to turn them on again since this tool is not accessable without monitor.
en_GB: You cannot turn off all monitors. Otherwise, you will not be able to turn them on again since this tool is not accessible without monitor.

en: Custom message to show on the dialog
en_GB: Custom message to show on the dialogue

en: Banner to show on the dialog
en_GB: Banner to show on the dialogue

en: <b>Warning:</b> Do <b>NOT</b> touch this unless you know exactly what you are doing.
    
    <b>NOTE:</b> This setting will take effect on next login.
en_GB: <b>WARNING:</b> Do <b>NOT</b> touch this unless you know exactly what you are doing.
    
    <b>NOTE:</b> This setting will take effect on next login.

en: <b>Choose Icon From:</b>
en_GB: <b>Choose icon from:</b>

en: Choose An Icon...
en_GB: Choose an icon...

en: Cursor blink
en_GB: Cursor Blinks:

en: Hide Close buttons
en_GB: Hide Close button

en: Hide scroll bar
en_GB: Hide scroll bar:

en: Tab panel position
en_GB: Tab panel position:

en: Ammo
en_GB: Ammunition

en: Cannot shout!
en_GB: Can not shout!

en: Chat creating failed!
en_GB: Failed to create channel!

en: Defense
en_GB: Defence

note: #-#-#-#-#  929 (ManaPlus)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: input action name
en: Enable/Disable Trading
en_GB: Allow/Disallow Trading

en: Failed adding item for unknown reason.
en_GB: Failed to add item for unknown reason.

en: Failed adding item. Trade partner has no free slot.
en_GB: Failed to add item. Trade partner has no free slot.

en: Failed adding item. Trade partner is over weighted.
en_GB: Failed to add item. Trade partner is over weighted.

note: #-#-#-#-#  929 (ManaPlus)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: error message
en: Got disconnected from server!
en_GB: Disconnected from server!

note: #-#-#-#-#  929 (ManaPlus)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: input action name
en: Pickup
en_GB: Pick up

en: Smilie
en_GB: Smiley

en: The cold hands of the grim reaper are grabbing for your soul.
en_GB: The cold hands of the grim reaper are grasping for your soul.

en: This command tries to make a tab for whispers betweenyou and <nick>.
en_GB: This command tries to make a tab for whispers between you and <nick>.

en: This is what the color looks like
en_GB: This is what the colour looks like

en: You are carrying more than half your weight. You are unable to regain health.
en_GB: You are carrying more than half your maximum load. You are unable to automatically regain health.

en: You cannot do that right now!
en_GB: You can not do that right now!

en: You have not yet reached a high enough lvl!
en_GB: You have not yet reached a high enough level!

en: You screwed up again, dump your body down the tubes and get you another one.
en_GB: You screwed up again, dump your body down the tubes and get yourself another one.

en: Your plan of breaking your enemies weapon by bashing it with your throat failed.
en_GB: Your plan of breaking your enemy's weapon by bashing it with your throat failed.

en: To add <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Selecting this option will cause a warning dialog to be displayed whenever your laptop battery reaches specified value, either as a percentage remaining or a number of minutes remaining. This indicates that the amount of charge remaining in your battery is critically low. charge. You can dismiss this warning dialog yourself, otherwise it will vanish automatically when you plug your laptop into mains power.
en_GB: Selecting this option will cause a warning dialogue to be displayed whenever your laptop battery reaches specified value, either as a percentage remaining or a number of minutes remaining. This indicates that the amount of charge remaining in your battery is critically low. charge. You can dismiss this warning dialogue yourself, otherwise it will vanish automatically when you plug your laptop into mains power.

en: If you are using the Hardware Abstraction Layer (see <xref linkend="battstat-power-backends"/>) then that will be indicated in the about dialog by placing a star next to the author of the HAL backend. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: If you are using the Hardware Abstraction Layer (see <xref linkend="battstat-power-backends"/>) then that will be indicated in the about dialogue by placing a star next to the author of the HAL backend. <placeholder-1/>

note: ==== End of Figure =======================================
en: The <application>Character Palette</application> provides a convenient way to access characters that are not on your keyboard, such as accented characters, mathematical symbols, special symbols, and punctuation marks. You can insert characters from the applet into text strings, for example in text documents or at the command line. You can customize the contents of the applet to suit your requirements.
en_GB: The <application>Character Palette</application> provides a convenient way to access characters that are not on your keyboard, such as accented characters, mathematical symbols, special symbols and punctuation marks. You can insert characters from the applet into text strings, for example in text documents or at the command line. You can customise the contents of the applet to suit your requirements.

en: To add <application>Character Palette</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Character Palette</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Character Palette</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Character Palette</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Customizing Character Palette
en_GB: Customising Character Palette

en: To configure <application>Character Palette</application>, right-click on the applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialog contains the <guilabel>Palettes</guilabel> list box, which lists the palettes that are available from the applet. To close the <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.
en_GB: To configure <application>Character Palette</application>, right-click on the applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialogue contains the <guilabel>Palettes</guilabel> list box, which lists the palettes that are available from the applet. To close the <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialogue, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.

en: To modify a palette, select the palette, then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. Modify the palette in the <guilabel>Edit Palette</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To modify a palette, select the palette, then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. Modify the palette in the <guilabel>Edit Palette</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Select the <guimenuitem>Add a palette</guimenuitem> option from the drop-down list. The <guilabel>Add Palette</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: Select the <guimenuitem>Add a palette</guimenuitem> option from the drop-down list. The <guilabel>Add Palette</guilabel> dialogue is displayed.

en: The Frequency Selector functionality may not be available on your MATE Desktop by default. Please consult your system administrator, vendor documentation, or the documentation that came with this software.
en_GB: The Frequency Selector functionality may not be available on your MATE Desktop by default. Please consult your system administrator, vendor documentation or the documentation that came with this software.

en: To set the CPU frequency, (left-)click on the monitor and a menu will be shown. This menu will offer you a list of available frequencies and/or frequency governors for your machine.
en_GB: To set the CPU frequency, left click on the monitor and a menu will be shown. This menu will offer you a list of available frequencies and/or frequency governors for your machine.

en: The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialog contains the following components:
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialogue contains the following components:

en: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor Preferences Dialog
en_GB: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor Preferences Dialogue

en: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor preferences dialog
en_GB: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor preferences dialogue

en: To add <application>Disk Mounter</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Disk Mounter</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Disk Mounter</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Disk Mounter</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To add <application>Geyes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Geyes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Geyes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Geyes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Invest application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:mate-feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Invest</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:mate-feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: To add <application>Invest</application> to a MATE panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel>. Select <application>Invest</application> in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog, then click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. Click <guilabel>Close</guilabel> when finished.
en_GB: To add <application>Invest</application> to a MATE panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Invest</application> in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when finished.

en: Remove Invest From a Panel
en_GB: Remove Invest from a Panel

en: To remove <application>Invest</application> from a MATE panel, right-click on the icon, then choose <guilabel>Remove From Panel</guilabel>.
en_GB: To remove <application>Invest</application> from a MATE panel, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenuitem>Remove From Panel</guimenuitem>.

en: Right-click on the icon, and select <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel>.
en_GB: Right-click on the icon, and select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>.

en: Click <guilabel>Add</guilabel> to add a stock to <application>Invest</application>.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add a stock to <application>Invest</application>.

en: The default stock symbol is GOOG. Double-click the stock symbol to change the listing.
en_GB: The default stock symbol is <literal>GOOG</literal>. Double-click the stock symbol to change the listing.

en: Click <guilabel>Close</guilabel> when you are finished adding stock symbols.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are finished adding stock symbols.

en: To immediately update the information that is displayed in the applet, right-click on the applet, then choose <guilabel>Refresh</guilabel>.
en_GB: To immediately update the information that is displayed in the applet, right-click on the applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Refresh</guimenuitem>.

en: Click <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> to delete the listing.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to delete the listing.

en: Click <guilabel>Close</guilabel> when you are finished.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are finished.

en: To use the financial charts, view the list of selected stocks, and double-click the stock that you wish to chart. The chart parameters can be customized by clicking <guilabel>Options</guilabel>.
en_GB: To use the financial charts, view the list of selected stocks, and double-click the stock that you wish to chart. The chart parameters can be customised by clicking <guilabel>Options</guilabel>.

en: The Weather Report Applet downloads weather information for a given location from the internet and displays the temperature and a symbol representing the current weather conditions in the panel. When clicked on, more information is given, such as the forecast, the time of sunrise and sunset, wind direction, pressure, and more. All units are customizable.
en_GB: The Weather Report Applet downloads weather information for a given location from the internet and displays the temperature and a symbol representing the current weather conditions in the panel. When clicked on, more information is given, such as the forecast, the time of sunrise and sunset, wind direction, pressure, and more. All units are customisable.

en: To add <application>Weather Report</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Weather Report</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Weather Report</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Weather Report</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: The preferences dialog is accessed by right-clicking on the Weather Report in the panel. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The preferences dialogue is accessed by right-clicking on the Weather Report in the panel. <placeholder-1/>

en: Choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the application popup menu. The application displays the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the application popup menu. The application displays the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the <guilabel>Automatically update every ... minutes</guilabel> option.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the <guilabel>Automatically update every ... minutes</guilabel> option.

en: Go to the right-click menu and select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the units of measurement you want to use.
en_GB: Go to the right-click menu and select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the units of measurement you want to use.

en: To view detailed weather information, right-click on the Weather Report, then choose <guimenuitem>Details</guimenuitem>. The Weather Report displays the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialog. The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialog contains the following default tabbed sections:
en_GB: To view detailed weather information, right-click on the Weather Report, then choose <guimenuitem>Details</guimenuitem>. The Weather Report displays the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialogue. The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialogue contains the following default tabbed sections:

en: By default, the <guilabel>Radar Map</guilabel> tabbed section is not displayed in the <guilabel>Forecast</guilabel> dialog. <application>Weather Report</application> downloads the radar maps from www.weather.com. If the radar map is not available from www.weather.com, Weather Report displays a question mark. To go to the www.weather.com web site, click on the <guibutton>Visit Weather.com</guibutton> button.
en_GB: By default, the <guilabel>Radar Map</guilabel> tabbed section is not displayed in the <guilabel>Forecast</guilabel> dialogue. <application>Weather Report</application> downloads the radar maps from www.weather.com. If the radar map is not available from www.weather.com, Weather Report displays a question mark. To go to the www.weather.com web site, click on the <guibutton>Visit Weather.com</guibutton> button.

en: Go to the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog by selecting <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the right-click menu.
en_GB: Go to the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue by selecting <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the right-click menu.

en: To add <application>System Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>System Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>System Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>System Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Customizing Appearance
en_GB: Customising Appearance

en: Changing the Colors in a Graph
en_GB: Changing the Colours in a Graph

en: To change the colors in a graph, perform the following steps:
en_GB: To change the colours in a graph, perform the following steps:

en: Select the relevant tab in the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> area of the <guilabel>System Monitor Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Select the relevant tab in the <guilabel>Colours</guilabel> area of the <guilabel>System Monitor Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Click on the relevant color selector button in the selected tabbed section.
en_GB: Click on the relevant colour selector button in the selected tabbed section.

en: On the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the line color for the selected parameter.
en_GB: On the <guilabel>Pick a Colour</guilabel> dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the line colour for the selected parameter.

en: The tabbed section for each resource provides color selection buttons that you can use to change the color of the parameters for each resource.
en_GB: The tabbed section for each resource provides colour selection buttons that you can use to change the colour of the parameters for each resource.

en: Select this tab to display the color buttons for the following parameters:
en_GB: Select this tab to display the colour buttons for the following parameters:

en: Use the value defined in red_value as a time remaining to show the warning dialog rather than a percentage.
en_GB: Use the value defined in red_value as a time remaining to show the warning dialogue rather than a percentage.

en: Volume Control...
en_GB: Volume Control…

en: Graph color for input network activity
en_GB: Graph colour for input network activity

en: Graph color for output network activity
en_GB: Graph colour for output network activity

en: Graph color for loopback network usage
en_GB: Graph colour for loopback network usage

en: Note C_olor:
en_GB: Note C_olour:

en: Font Co_lor:
en_GB: Font Co_lour:

en: Note _Color:
en_GB: Note _Colour:

en: Font C_olor:
en_GB: Font C_olour:

en: Error while spawning caja:
    %s
en_GB: Error while spawning Caja:
    %s

en: A MATE trash bin that lives in your panel. You can use it to view the trash or drag and drop items into the trash.
en_GB: A MATE wastebasket that lives in your panel. You can use it to view the waste or drag and drop items into the wastebasket.

en: To add <application>Sticky Notes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Sticky Notes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Sticky Notes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Sticky Notes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To configure the default size for all sticky notes, right-click on the sticky notes icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To configure the default size for all sticky notes, right-click on the sticky notes icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Changing Color and Font
en_GB: Changing Colour and Font

en: To configure the color and font for all sticky notes, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To configure the colour and font for all sticky notes, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the default font color for stickynotes.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the default font colour for stickynotes.

en: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use color from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colors will be used and you will not be able to select new defaults.
en_GB: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use colour from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colours will be used and you will not be able to select new defaults.

en: Note Color
en_GB: Note Colour

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the default base color for sticky notes.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialoug, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the default base colour for sticky notes.

en: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use color from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colors will be used and you will not able to select new defaults.
en_GB: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use coloir from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme coloirs will be used and you will not able to select new defaults.

en: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialog. On the font selector dialog, use the list boxes to choose the default font for sticky notes.
en_GB: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialogue. On the font selector dialogue, use the list boxes to choose the default font for sticky notes.

en: Customizing Behavior
en_GB: Customising Behaviour

en: To customize the behavior of <application>Sticky Notes</application>, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To customise the behaviour of <application>Sticky Notes</application>, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: To specify that sticky notes are visible on all workspaces on the desktop, select <guilabel>Put notes on all workspaces</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Sticky Notes Preferences</guilabel> dialog. If you are using multiple workspaces, this will cause all sticky notes to be visible on all workspaces.
en_GB: To specify that sticky notes are visible on all workspaces on the desktop, select <guilabel>Put notes on all workspaces</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Sticky Notes Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. If you are using multiple workspaces, this will cause all sticky notes to be visible on all workspaces.

en: The option, <guilabel>Force default color and font on notes</guilabel>, will force all sticky notes on your desktop to use the color and font settings specified in the <guilabel>Default Note Properties</guilabel> above (see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>).
en_GB: The option, <guilabel>Force default colour and font on notes</guilabel>, will force all sticky notes on your desktop to use the colour and font settings specified in the <guilabel>Default Note Properties</guilabel> above (see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>).

en: Customizing Individual Notes
en_GB: Customising Individual Notes

en: You can customize the look of each individual sticky note. This can be useful for visually distinguishing different types of notes quickly. To configure the settings for an individual sticky note, right-click on the note's title, then choose <guimenu>Properties</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Note Properties</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: You can customise the look of each individual sticky note. This can be useful for visually distinguishing different types of notes quickly. To configure the settings for an individual sticky note, right-click on the note's title, then choose <guimenu>Properties</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Note Properties</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Use default color
en_GB: Use default colour

en: Select this option to use the default base color for this sticky note. For information on setting the default base color, see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>.
en_GB: Select this option to use the default base colour for this sticky note. For information on setting the default base colour, see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the font color for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the font colour for this sticky note.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the base color for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the base colour for this sticky note.

en: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialog. On the font selector dialog, use the list boxes to choose the font for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialogue. On the font selector dialogue, use the list boxes to choose the font for this sticky note.

en: Panel Trash Manual
en_GB: Panel Wastebasket Manual

en: Panel Trash lets you manage your trash from the panel.
en_GB: Panel Wastebasket lets you manage the wastebasket from the panel.

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free DocumentationLicense (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="ghelp:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="ghelp:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.

en: This manual is part of a collection of MATE documents distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.
en_GB: This manual is part of a collection of MATE documents distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the document, as described in section 6 of the licence.

en: This manual describes version 2.14 of the Panel Trash applet.
en_GB: This manual describes version 2.14 of the Panel Wastebasket applet.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Panel Trash applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Panel Wastebasket applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: The <application>Panel Trash</application> applet lets you manage your Trash from the panel.
en_GB: The <application>Panel Wastebasket</application> applet lets you manage the wastebasket from the panel.

en: The trash on your panel acts identically to the trash on your desktop, however it is useful because your panels are always visible.
en_GB: The wastebasket on your panel acts identically to the wastebasket on your desktop, however it is useful because your panels are always visible.

en: Adding Panel Trash to a Panel
en_GB: Adding Panel Wastebasket to a Panel

en: To add the <application>Panel Trash</application> applet to a panel, perform the following steps:
en_GB: To add the <application>Panel Wastebasket</application> applet to a panel, perform the following steps:

en: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog, then select <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>.
en_GB: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialogue, then select <guilabel>Wastebasket</guilabel>.

en: Panel Trash
en_GB: Panel Wastebasket

en: Moving Items to Trash
en_GB: Moving Items to the Wastebasket

en: To move items to the Trash, drag them from the file manager to the <application>Panel Trash</application> applet.
en_GB: To move items to the wastebasket, drag them from the file manager to the <application>Panel Wastebasket</application> applet.

en: To permanently delete all the items in the Trash, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: To permanently delete all the items in the wastebasket, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Opening Trash
en_GB: Opening Wastebasket

en: To open Trash, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The Trash window opens in <application>Caja</application> file manager.
en_GB: To open the wastebasket, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The wastebasket window opens in <application>Caja</application> file manager.

en: MateConf could not be initialized.
en_GB: MateConf could not be initialised.

en: Mucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Mucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Mucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License and Unicode Copyright for more details.
en_GB: Mucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence and Unicode Copyright for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Mucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Mucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

en: The MATE Control Center provides a central place for the user to setup their MATE experience. It can let you configure anything from the behavior of your window borders to the default font type.
en_GB: The MATE Control Centre provides a central place for the user to setup their MATE experience. It can let you configure anything from the behaviour of your window borders to the default font type.

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="mate-help:fdl"><citetitle> GNU Free Documentation License </citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license can be found <ulink type="help" url="mate-help:fdl">here</ulink>.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="mate-help:fdl"><citetitle> GNU Free Documentation Licence </citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the licence can be found <ulink type="help" url="mate-help:fdl">here</ulink>.

en: This manual describes version 1.5.7 of the MATE Control Center.
en_GB: This manual describes version 1.5.7 of the MATE Control Centre.

en: The <application>MATE Control Center</application> provides a single window from which to launch all preference tools.
en_GB: The <application>MATE Control Centre</application> provides a single window from which to launch all preference tools.

en: To launch the <application>MATE Control Center</application>, type <command>mate-control-center</command> in a terminal window.
en_GB: To launch the <application>MATE Control Centre</application>, type <command>mate-control-center</command> in a terminal window.

en: The <application>MATE Control Center</application> shows icons for all preference tools installed on your system in a window. Select a preference tool to see its description in the status bar.
en_GB: The <application>MATE Control Centre</application> shows icons for all preference tools installed on your system in a window. Select a preference tool to see its description in the status bar.

en: MateDialog is a rewrite of gdialog, the MATE port of dialog which allows you to display dialog boxes from the commandline and shell scripts.
en_GB: MateDialog is a rewrite of gdialog, the MATE port of dialog which allows you to display dialogue boxes from the command line and shell scripts.

en: dialog creator
en_GB: dialogue creator

en: <application>MateDialog</application> enables you to create the following types of simple dialog:
en_GB: <application>MateDialog</application> enables you to create the following types of simple dialogue:

en: When you write scripts, you can use <application>MateDialog</application> to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user, as follows:
en_GB: When you write scripts, you can use <application>MateDialog</application> to create simple dialogues that interact graphically with the user, as follows:

en: You can create a dialog to obtain information from the user. For example, you can prompt the user to select a date from a calendar dialog, or to select a file from a file selection dialog.
en_GB: You can create a dialogue to obtain information from the user. For example, you can prompt the user to select a date from a calendar dialogue, or to select a file from a file selection dialogue.

en: You can create a dialog to provide the user with information. For example, you can use a progress dialog to indicate the current status of an operation, or use a warning message dialog to alert the user.
en_GB: You can create a dialogue to provide the user with information. For example, you can use a progress dialogue to indicate the current status of an operation, or use a warning message dialogue to alert the user.

en: When the user closes the dialog, <application>MateDialog</application> prints the text produced by the dialog to standard error.
en_GB: When the user closes the dialogue, <application>MateDialog</application> prints the text produced by the dialogue to standard error.

en: An access key is a key that enables you to perform an action from the keyboard rather than use the mouse to choose a command from a menu or dialog. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialog option.
en_GB: An access key is a key that enables you to perform an action from the keyboard rather than use the mouse to choose a command from a menu or dialogue. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialogue option.

en: Some <application>MateDialog</application> dialogs support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialog. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:
en_GB: Some <application>MateDialog</application> dialogues support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialogue. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:

en: The user has either pressed <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>, or used the window functions to close the dialog.
en_GB: The user has either pressed <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>, or used the window functions to close the dialogue.

en: The dialog has been closed because the timeout has been reached.
en_GB: The dialogue has been closed because the timeout has been reached.

en: All <application>MateDialog</application> dialogs support the following general options:
en_GB: All <application>MateDialog</application> dialogues support the following general options:

en: Specifies the title of a dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the title of a dialogue.

en: Specifies the icon that is displayed in the window frame of the dialog. There are 4 stock icons also available by providing the following keywords - 'info', 'warning', 'question' and 'error'.
en_GB: Specifies the icon that is displayed in the window frame of the dialogue. There are 4 stock icons also available by providing the following keywords - 'info', 'warning', 'question' and 'error'.

en: Specifies the width of the dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the width of the dialogue.

en: Specifies the height of the dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the height of the dialogue.

en: Specifies the timeout in seconds after which the dialog is closed.
en_GB: Specifies the timeout in seconds after which the dialogue is closed.

en: Displays full help text for all dialogs.
en_GB: Displays full help text for all dialogues.

en: Displays help text for general dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for general dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for calendar dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for calendar dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for text entry dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for text entry dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for error dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for error dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for information dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for information dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for file selection dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for file selection dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for list dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for list dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for progress dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for progress dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for question dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for question dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for warning dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for warning dialogue options.

en: Displays help for text information dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help for text information dialogue options.

en: Displays the <guilabel>About MateDialog</guilabel> dialog, which contains <application>MateDialog</application> version information, copyright information, and developer information.
en_GB: Displays the <guilabel>About MateDialog</guilabel> dialogue, which contains <application>MateDialog</application> version information, copyright information and developer information.

en: Calendar Dialog
en_GB: Calendar Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--calendar</option> option to create a calendar dialog. <application>MateDialog</application> returns the selected date to standard error. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialog uses the current date.
en_GB: Use the <option>--calendar</option> option to create a calendar dialogue. <application>MateDialog</application> returns the selected date to standard error. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialogue uses the current date.

en: The calendar dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The calendar dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the text that is displayed in the calendar dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text that is displayed in the calendar dialogue.

en: Specifies the day that is selected in the calendar dialog. <replaceable>day</replaceable> must be a number between 1 and 31 inclusive.
en_GB: Specifies the day that is selected in the calendar dialogue. <replaceable>day</replaceable> must be a number between 1 and 31 inclusive.

en: Specifies the month that is selected in the calendar dialog. <replaceable>month</replaceable> must be a number between 1 and 12 inclusive.
en_GB: Specifies the month that is selected in the calendar dialogue. <replaceable>month</replaceable> must be a number between 1 and 12 inclusive.

en: Specifies the year that is selected in the calendar dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the year that is selected in the calendar dialogue.

en: Specifies the format that is returned from the calendar dialog after date selection. The default format depends on your locale. <replaceable>format</replaceable> must be a format that is acceptable to the <command>strftime</command> function, for example <literal>%A %d/%m/%y</literal>.
en_GB: Specifies the format that is returned from the calendar dialogue after date selection. The default format depends on your locale. <replaceable>format</replaceable> must be a format that is acceptable to the <command>strftime</command> function, for example <literal>%A %d/%m/%y</literal>.

en: The following example script shows how to create a calendar dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a calendar dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Calendar Dialog Example
en_GB: Calendar Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> calendar dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> calendar dialogue example

en: Use the <option>--file-selection</option> option to create a file selection dialog. <application>MateDialog</application> returns the selected files or directories to standard error. The default mode of the file selection dialog is open.
en_GB: Use the <option>--file-selection</option> option to create a file selection dialogue. <application>MateDialog</application> returns the selected files or directories to standard error. The default mode of the file selection dialogue is open.

en: The file selection dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The file selection dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the file or directory that is selected in the file selection dialog when the dialog is first shown.
en_GB: Specifies the file or directory that is selected in the file selection dialogue when the dialogue is first shown.

en: Allows the selection of multiple filenames in the file selection dialog.
en_GB: Allows the selection of multiple filenames in the file selection dialogue.

en: Allows only selection of directories in the file selection dialog.
en_GB: Allows only selection of directories in the file selection dialogue.

en: Set the file selection dialog into save mode.
en_GB: Set the file selection dialogue into save mode.

en: The following example script shows how to create a file selection dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a file selection dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: File Selection Dialog Example
en_GB: File Selection Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> file selection dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> file selection dialogue example

en: List Dialog
en_GB: List Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--list</option> option to create a list dialog. <application>MateDialog</application> returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard error.
en_GB: Use the <option>--list</option> option to create a list dialogue. <application>MateDialog</application> returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard error.

en: Data for the dialog must specified column by column, row by row. Data can be provided to the dialog through standard input. Each entry must be separated by a newline character.
en_GB: Data for the dialogue must specified column by column, row by row. Data can be provided to the dialogue through standard input. Each entry must be separated by a newline character.

en: The list dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The list dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the column headers that are displayed in the list dialog. You must specify a <option>--column</option> option for each column that you want to display in the dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the column headers that are displayed in the list dialogue. You must specify a <option>--column</option> option for each column that you want to display in the dialogue.

en: Specifies that the first column in the list dialog contains check boxes.
en_GB: Specifies that the first column in the list dialogue contains check boxes.

en: Specifies that the first column in the list dialog contains radio boxes.
en_GB: Specifies that the first column in the list dialogue contains radio boxes.

en: Specifies what string is used when the list dialog returns the selected entries.
en_GB: Specifies what string is used when the list dialogue returns the selected entries.

en: The following example script shows how to create a list dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a list dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: List Dialog Example
en_GB: List Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> list dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> list dialogue example

en: Message Dialogs
en_GB: Message Dialogues

en: <application>MateDialog</application> can create four types of message dialog:
en_GB: <application>MateDialog</application> can create four types of message dialogue:

en: For each type, use the <option>--text</option> option to specify the text that is displayed in the dialog.
en_GB: For each type, use the <option>--text</option> option to specify the text that is displayed in the dialogue.

en: Error Dialog
en_GB: Error Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--error</option> option to create an error dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--error</option> option to create an error dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create an error dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create an error dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Error Dialog Example
en_GB: Error Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> error dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> error dialogue example

en: Use the <option>--info</option> option to create an information dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--info</option> option to create an information dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create an information dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create an information dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Information Dialog Example
en_GB: Information Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> information dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> information dialogue example

en: Question Dialog
en_GB: Question Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--question</option> option to create a question dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--question</option> option to create a question dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create a question dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a question dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Question Dialog Example
en_GB: Question Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> question dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> question dialogue example

en: Warning Dialog
en_GB: Warning Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--warning</option> option to create a warning dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--warning</option> option to create a warning dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create a warning dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a warning dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Warning Dialog Example
en_GB: Warning Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> warning dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> warning dialogue example

en: Progress Dialog
en_GB: Progress Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--progress</option> option to create a progress dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--progress</option> option to create a progress dialogue.

en: The progress dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The progress dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the text that is displayed in the progress dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text that is displayed in the progress dialogue.

en: Specifies the initial percentage that is set in the progress dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the initial percentage that is set in the progress dialogue.

en: Closes the progress dialog when 100% has been reached.
en_GB: Closes the progress dialogue when 100% has been reached.

en: 
            #!/bin/sh
            (
            echo "10" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1
            echo "20" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1
            echo "50" ; sleep 1
            echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1
            echo "75" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1
            echo "100" ; sleep 1
            ) |
            matedialog --progress \
              --title="Update System Logs" \
              --text="Scanning mail logs..." \
              --percentage=0
    
            if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then
                    matedialog --error \
                      --text="Update canceled."
            fi
en_GB: 
            #!/bin/sh
            (
            echo "10" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1
            echo "20" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1
            echo "50" ; sleep 1
            echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1
            echo "75" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1
            echo "100" ; sleep 1
            ) |
            matedialog --progress \
              --title="Update System Logs" \
              --text="Scanning mail logs..." \
              --percentage=0
    
            if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then
                    matedialog --error \
                      --text="Update cancelled."
            fi

en: The following example script shows how to create a progress dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a progress dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Progress Dialog Example
en_GB: Progress Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> progress dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> progress dialogue example

en: Text Entry Dialog
en_GB: Text Entry Dialogue

en: Use the <option>-entry</option> option to create a text entry dialog. <application>MateDialog</application> returns the contents of the text entry to standard error.
en_GB: Use the <option>-entry</option> option to create a text entry dialogue. <application>MateDialog</application> returns the contents of the text entry to standard error.

en: The text entry dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The text entry dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the text that is displayed in the text entry dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text that is displayed in the text entry dialogue.

en: Specifies the text that is displayed in the entry field of the text entry dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text that is displayed in the entry field of the text entry dialogue.

en: Hides the text in the entry field of the text entry dialog.
en_GB: Hides the text in the entry field of the text entry dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create a text entry dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a text entry dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Text Entry Dialog Example
en_GB: Text Entry Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> text entry dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> text entry dialogue example

en: Text Information Dialog
en_GB: Text Information Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--text-info</option> option to create a text information dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--text-info</option> option to create a text information dialogue.

en: The text information dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The text information dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies a file that is loaded in the text information dialog.
en_GB: Specifies a file that is loaded in the text information dialogue.

en: Allows the displayed text to be edited. The edited text is returned to standard error when the dialog is closed.
en_GB: Allows the displayed text to be edited. The edited text is returned to standard error when the dialogue is closed.

en: The following example script shows how to create a text information dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a text information dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Text Information Dialog Example
en_GB: Text Information Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> text information dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> text information dialogue example

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU Lesser General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Display dialog boxes from shell scripts
en_GB: Display dialogue boxes from shell scripts

en: You must specify a dialog type. See 'matedialog --help' for details
en_GB: You must specify a dialogue type. See 'matedialog --help' for details

en: You should use only one List dialog type.
en_GB: You should use only one List dialogue type.

en: Set the dialog title
en_GB: Set the dialogue title

en: Set dialog timeout in seconds
en_GB: Set dialogue timeout in seconds

en: Display calendar dialog
en_GB: Display calendar dialogue

en: Set the dialog text
en_GB: Set the dialogue text

en: Display text entry dialog
en_GB: Display text entry dialogue

en: Display error dialog
en_GB: Display error dialogue

en: Display info dialog
en_GB: Display info dialogue

en: Display file selection dialog
en_GB: Display file selection dialogue

note: Help for file-filter argument (name and patterns for file selection)
en: NAME | PATTERN1 PATTERN2 ...
en_GB: NAME | PATTERN1 PATTERN2 …

en: Display list dialog
en_GB: Display list dialogue

en: Use check boxes for first column
en_GB: Use tick boxes for first column

en: Display progress indication dialog
en_GB: Display progress indication dialogue

en: Dismiss the dialog when 100% has been reached
en_GB: Dismiss the dialogue when 100% has been reached

en: Display question dialog
en_GB: Display question dialogue

en: Sets the label of the Ok button
en_GB: Sets the label of the OK button

en: Display text information dialog
en_GB: Display text information dialogue

en: Display warning dialog
en_GB: Display warning dialogue

en: Display scale dialog
en_GB: Display scale dialogue

en: Display password dialog
en_GB: Display password dialogue

en: Display color selection dialog
en_GB: Display colour selection dialogue

en: Set the color
en_GB: Set the colour

en: Color selection options
en_GB: Colour selection options

en: Show color selection options
en_GB: Show colour selection options

en: Password dialog options
en_GB: Password dialogue options

en: Show password dialog options
en_GB: Show password dialogue options

en: --%s is not supported for this dialog
en_GB: --%s is not supported for this dialogue

en: Two or more dialog options specified
en_GB: Two or more dialogue options specified

en: The <application>Atril Document Viewer</application> application enables you to view documents of various formats like Portable Document Format (PDF) files and PostScript files. <application>Atril Document Viewer</application> follows Freedesktop.org and MATE standards to provide integration with Desktop Environment.
en_GB: The <application>Atril Document Viewer</application> application enables you to view documents of various formats like Portable Document Format (PDF) files and PostScript files. The <application>Atril Document Viewer</application> follows Freedesktop.org and MATE standards to provide integration with Desktop Environment.

en: Shows Atril Document Viewer main window. Contains titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. Menubar contains File, Edit, View, Go and Help menus.
en_GB: Shows Atril Document Viewer main window. This contains a titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. The Menubar contains File, Edit, View, Go and Help menus.

en: If you try to open a document with format that <application>Atril Document Viewer</application> does not recognize, the application displays an error message.
en_GB: If you try to open a document with format that <application>Atril Document Viewer</application> does not recognise, the application displays an error message.

en: When you try to open a password-protected document, <application>Atril Document Viewer</application> displays a security dialog. Type either the user password or the master password in the <guilabel>Enter document password</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Open Document</guibutton>.
en_GB: When you try to open a password-protected document, <application>Atril Document Viewer</application> displays a security dialogue. Type either the user password or the master password in the <guilabel>Enter document password</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Open Document</guibutton>.

en: Atril is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Atril is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Atril is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Atril is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Atril; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Atril; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA

en: Shows Engrampa main window.
en_GB: Shows <application>Engrampa</application> main window.

en: Several <application>Archive Manager</application> dialogs (<guilabel>New</guilabel>, <guilabel>Open</guilabel>, <guilabel>Extract</guilabel>,...) enable you to browse files and folders on your computer. Refer to the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?filechooser-open">Desktop User Guide</ulink> to learn more about using the file browsing dialogs.
en_GB: Several <application>Archive Manager</application> dialogues (<guilabel>New</guilabel>, <guilabel>Open</guilabel>, <guilabel>Extract</guilabel>, etc.) enable you to browse files and folders on your computer. Refer to the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?filechooser-open">Desktop User Guide</ulink> to learn more about using the file browsing dialogues.

en: You can also refer to the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?caja-bookmarks">Bookmarks section</ulink> of the Desktop User Guide to learn how you can use the <guilabel>Places</guilabel> pane to access your favorite locations.
en_GB: You can also refer to the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?caja-bookmarks">Bookmarks section</ulink> of the Desktop User Guide to learn how you can use the <guilabel>Places</guilabel> pane to access your favourite locations.

en: Right-click on the archive, then choose <guilabel>Open</guilabel> from the popup menu.
en_GB: Right-click on the archive, then choose <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> from the popup menu.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Open</guilabel> dialog. Alternatively press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>, or click <guibutton>Open</guibutton> in the toolbar.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Open</guilabel> dialogue. Alternatively press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>, or click <guibutton>Open</guibutton> in the toolbar.

en: If you try to open an archive that was created in a format that <application>Archive Manager</application> does not recognize, the application displays an error message. See <xref linkend="engrampa-intro"/> for a list of supported formats.
en_GB: If you try to open an archive that was created in a format that <application>Archive Manager</application> does not recognise, the application displays an error message. See <xref linkend="engrampa-intro"/> for a list of supported formats.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>Extract</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Extract</guilabel> dialog. Alternatively click <guibutton>Extract</guibutton> in the toolbar.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>Extract</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Extract</guilabel> dialogue. Alternatively click <guibutton>Extract</guibutton> in the toolbar.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>New</guilabel> dialog. Alternatively press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>, or click <guibutton>New</guibutton> in the toolbar.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>New</guilabel> dialogue. Alternatively press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>, or click <guibutton>New</guibutton> in the toolbar.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Add Files</guilabel> dialog, or click <guibutton>Add Files</guibutton> in the toolbar.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Add Files</guilabel> dialogue, or click <guibutton>Add Files</guibutton> in the toolbar.

en: You cannot add folders to the archive with the <guilabel>Add Files</guilabel> dialog. To add a folder see <xref linkend="engrampa-add-folder"/>.
en_GB: You cannot add folders to the archive with the <guilabel>Add Files</guilabel> dialogue. To add a folder see <xref linkend="engrampa-add-folder"/>.

en: The <guilabel>Add Files</guilabel> dialog provides the <guilabel>Add only if newer</guilabel> option, see <xref linkend="engrampa-add-options"/> for more information on this option.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Add Files</guilabel> dialogue provides the <guilabel>Add only if newer</guilabel> option, see <xref linkend="engrampa-add-options"/> for more information on this option.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add a Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add a Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialogue.

en: The <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialog provides several advanced options. See <xref linkend="engrampa-add-options"/> for more information.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialogue provides several advanced options. See <xref linkend="engrampa-add-options"/> for more information.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> dialogue.

en: If some but not all of the files in the archive are protected by a password, and you have not specified the password, <application>Archive Manager</application> does not ask for a password. However, <application>Archive Manager</application> copies only the unprotected files to the new archive.
en_GB: If some, but not all, of the files in the archive are protected by a password, and you have not specified the password, <application>Archive Manager</application> does not ask for a password. However, <application>Archive Manager</application> copies only the unprotected files to the new archive.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Password</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Password</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Password</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Password</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>, to display the <guilabel>Rename</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press <keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>, to display the <guilabel>Rename</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>Delete</keycap> to display the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>Delete</keycap> to display the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> dialogue.

en: <application>Archive Manager</application> shows a confirmation dialog, asking confirmation to update the file in the archive with the changes you made.
en_GB: <application>Archive Manager</application> shows a confirmation dialogue, asking confirmation to update the file in the archive with the changes you made.

en: <application>Archive Manager</application> uses the system-defined associations between file types and programs to determine the appropriate application to launch for a specific file. These assocations can be displayed and modified in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tab of the file properties dialog. If <application>Archive Manager</application> cannot determine the appropriate application, <application>Archive Manager</application> displays the <guilabel>Open Files</guilabel> dialog to let you choose an application, as described in below.
en_GB: <application>Archive Manager</application> uses the system-defined associations between file types and programs to determine the appropriate application to launch for a specific file. These assocations can be displayed and modified in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tab of the file properties dialogue. If <application>Archive Manager</application> cannot determine the appropriate application, <application>Archive Manager</application> displays the <guilabel>Open Files</guilabel> dialogue to let you choose an application, as described below.

en: Right click the file.
en_GB: Right-click the file.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open With...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open With</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: <application>Archive Manager</application> displays the <guilabel>Open Files</guilabel> dialog, which lists all of the applications that can open files of the specified type. To select one of the applications, double-click the application name or click on the application name and then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Alternatively, enter the application name in the <guilabel>Application</guilabel> text box and then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton> to launch the application of your choice.
en_GB: <application>Archive Manager</application> displays the <guilabel>Open Files</guilabel> dialogue, which lists all of the applications that can open files of the specified type. To select one of the applications, double-click the application name or click on the application name and then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Alternatively, enter the application name in the <guilabel>Application</guilabel> text box and then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton> to launch the application of your choice.

en: To view the properties of an archive, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. The <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog displays the following information about the archive: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To view the properties of an archive, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Archive</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialogue. The <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialogue displays the following information about the archive: <placeholder-1/>

en: For information on how to customize the way that <application>Archive Manager</application> displays the archive contents, see <xref linkend="engrampa-archive-custom"/>.
en_GB: For information on how to customise the way that <application>Archive Manager</application> displays the archive contents, see <xref linkend="engrampa-archive-custom"/>.

en: If the archive contains no errors, <application>Archive Manager</application> opens the <guilabel>Test Result</guilabel> dialog to list each file in the archive, and indicates that each file has status <literal>OK</literal>.
en_GB: If the archive contains no errors, <application>Archive Manager</application> opens the <guilabel>Test Result</guilabel> dialogue to list each file in the archive, and indicates that each file has status <literal>OK</literal>.

en: If the archive contains some error, <application>Archive Manager</application> opens the <guilabel>Test Result</guilabel> dialog displaying the part of the archive contains the error.
en_GB: If the archive contains an error, <application>Archive Manager</application> opens the <guilabel>Test Result</guilabel> dialogue displaying the part of the archive contains the error.

en: Not all the archive types support the integrity testing, the following is the list of archive types that can be tested for integrity: 7-Zip, RAR, ZIP, ACE, ARJ and Zoo.
en_GB: Not all the archive types support the integrity testing; the following is the list of archive types that can be tested for integrity: 7-Zip, RAR, ZIP, ACE, ARJ and Zoo.

en: Customizing the Archive Display
en_GB: Customising the Archive Display

en: You can customize the way that <application>Archive Manager</application> displays the archive contents, as follows:
en_GB: You can customise the way that <application>Archive Manager</application> displays the archive contents as follows:

en: <application>Archive Manager</application> updates the display immediately, when you make any of the above customizations.
en_GB: <application>Archive Manager</application> updates the display immediately when you make any of the above customisations.

en: If you tested the archive in the current <application>Archive Manager</application> session, the <guilabel>Last Output</guilabel> dialog displays the results of the last test.
en_GB: If you tested the archive in the current <application>Archive Manager</application> session, the <guilabel>Last Output</guilabel> dialogue displays the results of the last test.

en: If you did not test the archive in the current <application>Archive Manager</application> session, the <guilabel>Last Output</guilabel> dialog displays a list of all files in the archive, but does not indicate any status for the files. Instead, the <guilabel>Last Output</guilabel> dialog provides the compressed size of each file and the percentage of compression, and the date and time at which the file was last modified.
en_GB: If you did not test the archive in the current <application>Archive Manager</application> session, the <guilabel>Last Output</guilabel> dialogue displays a list of all files in the archive, but does not indicate any status for the files. Instead, the <guilabel>Last Output</guilabel> dialogue provides the compressed size of each file and the percentage of compression, and the date and time at which the file was last modified.

en: To open the <guilabel>Last Output</guilabel> dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Last Output</guimenuitem></menuchoice>: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To open the <guilabel>Last Output</guilabel> dialogue, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Last Output</guimenuitem></menuchoice>: <placeholder-1/>

en: Choose <guimenuitem>Create Archive</guimenuitem> from the file manager popup menu to display the <application>Archive Manager</application><guilabel>Create Archive</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>Create Archive</guimenuitem> from the file manager popup menu to display the <application>Archive Manager</application><guilabel>Create Archive</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Choose the location where to save the archive file, from the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> drop-down list. If the location is not present in the list choose <guilabel>Other...</guilabel> to select it with the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose the location where to save the archive file, from the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> drop-down list. If the location is not present in the list choose <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to select it with the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> dialogue.

en: You can use the file manager to extract files from an archive, in the following ways: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: You can use the file manager to extract files from an archive in the following ways: <placeholder-1/>

en: If the archive is encrypted, <application>Archive Manager</application> will ask to enter the password before extracting the files.
en_GB: If the archive is encrypted, <application>Archive Manager</application> will ask you to enter the password before extracting the files.

en: Select this option to split the archive in more files of the specified dimension.
en_GB: Select this option to split the archive into more files of the specified dimension.

en: The <guilabel>Add Files</guilabel> and <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialogs provide the following option:
en_GB: The <guilabel>Add Files</guilabel> and <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialogues provide the following option:

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialogue.

en: The following options are available in the <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialog and allow to automatically select and add all files that satisfy certain criteria:
en_GB: The following options are available in the <guilabel>Add a Folder</guilabel> dialogue and allow you to automatically select and add all files that satisfy certain criteria:

en: Click on this button to save the current selection of advanced add options to a file. The <guilabel>Save Options</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Enter a descriptive filename in the <guilabel>Options Name</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: Click on this button to save the current selection of advanced add options to a file. The <guilabel>Save Options</guilabel> dialogue is displayed. Enter a descriptive filename in the <guilabel>Options Name</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: Click on this button to load or delete a previously saved selection of advanced add options. The <guilabel>Load Options</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: Click on this button to load or delete a previously saved selection of advanced add options. The <guilabel>Load Options</guilabel> dialogue is displayed.

en: To delete a set of options, select the options file in the list box, then click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Load Options</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: To delete a set of options, select the options file in the list box, then click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Load Options</guilabel> dialogue.

en: The <guilabel>Extract</guilabel> dialog provides the following options, which are saved when you quit <application>Archive Manager</application>:
en_GB: The <guilabel>Extract</guilabel> dialogue provides the following options, which are saved when you quit <application>Archive Manager</application>:

en: Engrampa is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Engrampa is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Engrampa is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Engrampa is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Engrampa; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Engrampa; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA

en: please wait...
en_GB: please wait…

[ctx: File]
en: New...
en_GB: New…

[ctx: File]
en: Open...
en_GB: Open…

[ctx: File]
en: Save As...
en_GB: Save As…

en: Countertop
en_GB: Worktop

en: Fibers
en_GB: Fibres

en: C_olors
en_GB: C_olours

en: Drag a color to an object to change it to that color
en_GB: Drag a colour to an object to change it to that colour

en: Open with other Application...
en_GB: Open with Other Application…

en: Where to position newly open tabs in browser windows.
en_GB: Where to position newly-opened tabs in browser windows.

en: If set to true, then Caja will exit when all windows are destroyed. This is the default setting. If set to false, it can be started without any window, so caja can serve as a daemon to monitor media automount, or similar tasks.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will exit when all windows are destroyed. This is the default setting. If set to false, it can be started without any window, so Caja can serve as a daemon to monitor media automount, or similar tasks.

en: Enables the classic Caja behavior, where all windows are browsers
en_GB: Enables the classic Caja behaviour, where all windows are browsers

en: Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying Trash
en_GB: Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying the Wastebasket

en: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to delete files, or empty the Trash.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to delete files, or empty the Wastebasket.

en: If set to true, then Caja will have a feature allowing you to delete a file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the trash. This feature can be dangerous, so use caution.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will have a feature allowing you to delete a file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the wastebasket. This feature can be dangerous, so use caution.

en: What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or double clicked). Possible values are "launch" to launch them as programs, "ask" to ask what to do via a dialog, and "display" to display them as text files.
en_GB: What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or double clicked). Possible values are "launch" to launch them as programs, "ask" to ask what to do via a dialogue, and "display" to display them as text files.

en: Show the package installer for unknown mime types
en_GB: Show the package installer for unknown MIME types

en: Whether to show the user a package installer dialog in case an unknown mime type is opened, in order to search for an application to handle it.
en_GB: Whether to show the user a package installer dialogue in case an unknown MIME type is opened, in order to search for an application to handle it.

en: Default Background Color
en_GB: Default Background Colour

en: Color for the default folder background. Only used if background_set is true.
en_GB: Colour for the default folder background. Only used if background_set is true.

en: Default Side Pane Background Color
en_GB: Default Side Pane Background Colour

en: If this preference is set, all columns in the compact view have the same width. Otherwise, the width of each column is determined seperately.
en_GB: If this preference is set, all columns in the compact view have the same width. Otherwise, the width of each column is determined separately.

en: Trash icon visible on desktop
en_GB: Wastebasket icon visible on desktop

en: If this is set to true, an icon linking to the trash will be put on the desktop.
en_GB: If this is set to true, an icon linking to the wastebasket will be put on the desktop.

en: Desktop trash icon name
en_GB: Desktop wastebasket icon name

en: This name can be set if you want a custom name for the trash icon on the desktop.
en_GB: This name can be set if you want a custom name for the wastebasket icon on the desktop.

en: Whether the navigation window should be maximized.
en_GB: Whether the navigation window should be maximised.

en: Whether the navigation window should be maximized by default.
en_GB: Whether the navigation window should be maximised by default.

en: If set to true, then Caja will automatically open a folder when media is automounted. This only applies to media where no known x-content/* type was detected; for media where a known x-content type is detected, the user configurable action will be taken instead.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will automatically open a folder when media is automounted. This only applies to media where no known x-content/* type was detected; for media where a known x-content type is detected, the user-configurable action will be taken instead.

note: #-#-#-#-#  958 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# label, accelerator name, stock id
en: Create L_auncher...
en_GB: Create L_auncher…

note: tooltip
en: Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or color
en_GB: Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or colour

note: name, stock id label, accelerator
en: Visible _Columns...
en_GB: Visible _Columns…

en: Add Emblems...
en_GB: Add Emblems…

en: Create a New Color:
en_GB: Create a New Colour:

en: Color _value:
en_GB: Colour _value:

en: Select an Image File to Add as a Pattern
en_GB: Select an image file to Add as a Pattern

en: The color cannot be installed.
en_GB: The colour cannot be installed.

en: Sorry, but you must specify an unused color name for the new color.
en_GB: Sorry, but you must specify an unused colour name for the new colour.

en: Sorry, but you must specify a non-blank name for the new color.
en_GB: Sorry, but you must specify a non-blank name for the new colour.

en: Select a Color to Add
en_GB: Select a Colour to add

en: _Add a New Pattern...
en_GB: _Add a New Pattern…

en: _Add a New Color...
en_GB: _Add a New Colour…

en: _Add a New Emblem...
en_GB: _Add a New Emblem…

en: Click on a color to remove it
en_GB: Click on a colour to remove it

en: _Remove a Pattern...
en_GB: _Remove a Pattern…

en: _Remove a Color...
en_GB: _Remove a Colour…

en: _Remove an Emblem...
en_GB: _Remove an Emblem…

en: Caja is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Caja is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Caja is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Caja is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Caja; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Caja; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA

en: Caja lets you organize files and folders, both on your computer and online.
en_GB: Caja lets you organise files and folders, both on your computer and online.

en: _Backgrounds and Emblems...
en_GB: _Backgrounds and Emblems…

en: Display patterns, colors, and emblems that can be used to customize appearance
en_GB: Display patterns, colours, and emblems that can be used to customise appearance

en: _Send to...
en_GB: _Send to…

en: Send file by mail, instant message...
en_GB: Send file by mail, instant message…

en: Send files by mail, instant message...
en_GB: Send files by mail, instant message…

en: Run <command>eom</command> at the prompt in a terminal such as <application>mate-terminal</application>, or from the <application>Run Application</application> dialog.
en_GB: Run <command>eom</command> at the prompt in a terminal such as <application>mate-terminal</application>, or from the <application>Run Application</application> dialogue.

en: To view all of the images in the directory fullscreen, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F11</keycap>. To view them as a slide show, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F5</keycap>. To return to the collection view, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key, or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>. For more information about how to customize the slide show, see <xref linkend="eom-prefs-slideshow"/>.
en_GB: To view all of the images in the directory fullscreen, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Full Screen</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F11</keycap>. To view them as a slide show, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycap>F5</keycap>. To return to the collection view, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key, or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>. For more information about how to customise the slide show, see <xref linkend="eom-prefs-slideshow"/>.

en: In this case you can also use the slideshow mode, where <application>Image Viewer</application> automatically switches to the next image in your collection. You can start a slideshow by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycap>F5</keycap>. The slideshow can be paused/continued by pressing <keycap>P</keycap>. To stop the slideshow, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> or <keycap>F5</keycap> key, or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>. For more information about how to customize the slide show, see <xref linkend="eom-prefs-slideshow"/>.
en_GB: In this case you can also use the slideshow mode, where <application>Image Viewer</application> automatically switches to the next image in your collection. You can start a slideshow by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Slideshow</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycap>F5</keycap>. The slideshow can be paused/continued by pressing <keycap>P</keycap>. To stop the slideshow, press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> or <keycap>F5</keycap> key, or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>. For more information about how to customise the slide show, see <xref linkend="eom-prefs-slideshow"/>.

en: To restore an image from the Trash, open the Trash folder in <application>Caja</application> file manager and move the image file to another folder. To delete the image permanently, empty the Trash. To find out more about using the Trash, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?caja-trash">User Guide</ulink>.
en_GB: To restore an image from the wastebasket, open the wastebasket folder in <application>Caja</application> file manager and move the image file to another folder. To delete the image permanently, empty the wastebasket. To find out more about using the wastebasket, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?caja-trash">User Guide</ulink>.

en: Shows Eye of MATE <placeholder-1/> dialog when saving multiple images.
en_GB: Shows Eye of MATE <placeholder-1/> dialogue when saving multiple images.

en: Maybe you don't want your image centered or want it scaled down even further. To do that you need to open the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend="eom-print-image"/>) and then select the <guilabel>Image Settings</guilabel> tab which offers you the following options:
en_GB: Maybe you don't want your image centered or want it scaled down even further. To do that you need to open the <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialogue (see <xref linkend="eom-print-image"/>) and then select the <guilabel>Image Settings</guilabel> tab which offers you the following options:

en: Shows Eye of MATE toolbar editor window.
en_GB: Shows <application>Eye of MATE</application> toolbar editor window.

en: If activated, Eye of MATE won't ask for confirmation when moving images to the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the trash and would be deleted instead.
en_GB: If activated, Eye of MATE won't ask for confirmation when moving images to the wastebasket. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the wastebasket and would be deleted instead.

en: The data is not valid or unrecognized
en_GB: The data is not valid or unrecognised

en: The encrypted data is not valid or unrecognized
en_GB: The encrypted data is not valid or unrecognised

en: The crypto mechanism is invalid or unrecognized
en_GB: The crypto mechanism is invalid or unrecognised

en: The signature is unrecognized or corrupted
en_GB: The signature is unrecognised or corrupted

en: The device is invalid or unrecognizable
en_GB: The device is invalid or unrecognisable

en: The device is write protected
en_GB: The device is write-protected

en: Unable to initialize the random number generator
en_GB: Unable to initialise the random number generator

en: The module has not been initialized
en_GB: The module has not been initialised

en: The module has already been initialized
en_GB: The module has already been initialised

en: To add <application>Volume Control</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Volume Control</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Volume Control</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Volume Control</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Customizing Volume Control
en_GB: Customising Volume Control

en: <application>Volume Control</application> populates the <guilabel>Volume Control Preferences</guilabel> dialog dynamically, based on the functionality supported by your sound card.
en_GB: <application>Volume Control</application> populates the <guilabel>Volume Control Preferences</guilabel> dialogue dynamically, based on the functionality supported by your sound card.

en: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Volume Control Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Volume Control Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Updated to Docbook 4.1.2, for MATE 2.0
en_GB: Updated to DocBook 4.1.2 for MATE 2.0

en: This was the original release, for MATE 1.2
en_GB: This was the original release for MATE 1.2

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the MATE Volume Control application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:mate-feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>MATE Volume Control</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:mate-feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: To Start MATE Volume Control
en_GB: To Start <application>MATE Volume Control</application>

en: When You Start MATE Volume Control
en_GB: When You Start <application>MATE Volume Control</application>

en: MATE Volume Control Window
en_GB: <application>MATE Volume Control</application> Window

en: To lock the left and right mixer channels together, select the <guilabel>Lock</guilabel> option for that mixer. When you lock the mixer channels, <application>MATE Volume Control</application> synchronizes both faders.
en_GB: To lock the left and right mixer channels together, select the <guilabel>Lock</guilabel> option for that mixer. When you lock the mixer channels, <application>MATE Volume Control</application> synchronises both faders.

en: <application>MATE Volume Control</application> populates the <guilabel>Mate Volume Control Preferences</guilabel> dialog dynamically, based on the functionality supported by your sound card.
en_GB: <application>MATE Volume Control</application> populates the <application>MATE Volume Control Preferences</application> dialogue dynamically, based on the functionality supported by your sound card.

en: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog, then select <guilabel>Clock</guilabel>.
en_GB: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialogue, then select <guilabel>Clock</guilabel>.

en: Display Internet time in the applet. Internet time is the same all over the world, which enables Internet users to synchronize to a common time. The day is divided into 1000 parts called ".beats".
en_GB: Display Internet time in the applet. Internet time is the same all over the world, which enables Internet users to synchronise to a common time. The day is divided into 1000 parts called ".beats".

en: You can customize the image shown and the command that is run when it is clicked.
en_GB: You can customise the image shown and the command that is run when it is clicked.

en: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog, then select <guilabel>Fish</guilabel>.
en_GB: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialogue, then select <guilabel>Fish</guilabel>.

en: Click on the applet to display the <guilabel>Wanda the Fish</guilabel> dialog. The dialog typically displays a fortune cookie. You can configure the applet to specify the command to run when you click on the applet. See <xref linkend="fish-settings"/> for more information.
en_GB: Click on the applet to display the <guilabel>Wanda the Fish</guilabel> dialogue. The dialogue typically displays a fortune cookie. You can configure the applet to specify the command to run when you click on the applet. See <xref linkend="fish-settings"/> for more information.

note: Show date in tooltip. Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display a date. Please leave "%%s" as it is: * it will be used to insert the timezone name later.
en: %A %B %d (%%s)
en_GB: %A %d %B (%%s)

en: Set System Time...
en_GB: Set System Time…

note: Languages that have a single word that translates as either "state" or "province" should use that instead of "region".
en: <small><i>Type a city, region, or country name and then select a match from the pop-up.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i>Type a city, region, or country name and then select a match from the popup.</i></small>

en: <small>Set...</small>
en_GB: <small>Set…</small>

en: Move windows to current workspace when unminimized
en_GB: Move windows to current workspace when unminimised

en: If true, then when unminimizing a window, move it to the current workspace. Otherwise, switch to the workspace of the window.
en_GB: If true, then when unminimising a window, move it to the current workspace. Otherwise, switch to the workspace of the window.

en: Restoring Minimized Windows
en_GB: Restoring Minimised Windows

en: Enable program list in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Enable program list in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialog is made available. Whether or not the listing is expanded when the dialog is shown is controlled by the show_program_list key.
en_GB: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialogue is made available. Whether or not the listing is expanded when the dialogue is shown is controlled by the show_program_list key.

en: Expand program list in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Expand program list in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialog is expanded when the dialog is opened. This key is only relevant if the enable_program_list key is true.
en_GB: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialogue is expanded when the dialogue is opened. This key is only relevant if the enable_program_list key is true.

en: Enable autocompletion in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Enable autocompletion in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, autocompletion in the "Run Application" dialog is made available.
en_GB: If true, autocompletion in the "Run Application" dialogue is made available.

en: If true, a dialog is shown asking for confirmation if the user wants to remove a panel.
en_GB: If true, a dialogue is shown asking for confirmation if the user wants to remove a panel.

en: The orientation of the panel. Possible values are "top", "bottom", "left", "right". In expanded mode the key specifies which screen edge the panel is on. In un-expanded mode the difference between "top" and "bottom" is less important - both indicate that this is a horizontal panel - but still give a useful hint as to how some panel objects should behave. For example, on a "top" panel a menu button will pop up its menu below the panel, whereas on a "bottom" panel the menu will be popped up above the panel.
en_GB: The orientation of the panel. Possible values are "top", "bottom", "left", "right". In expanded mode the key specifies which screen edge the panel is on. In un-expanded mode the difference between "top" and "bottom" is less important – both indicate that this is a horizontal panel – but still give a useful hint as to how some panel objects should behave. For example, on a "top" panel a menu button will pop up its menu below the panel, whereas on a "bottom" panel the menu will be popped up above the panel.

en: Center panel on x-axis
en_GB: Centre panel on x-axis

en: If true, the x and x_right keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the center of the x-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position - i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the x and x_right keys specify the location of the panel.
en_GB: If true, the x and x_right keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the centre of the x-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position — i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the x and x_right keys specify the location of the panel.

en: Center panel on y-axis
en_GB: Centre panel on y-axis

en: If true, the y and y_bottom keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the center of the y-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position - i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the y and y_bottom keys specify the location of the panel.
en_GB: If true, the y and y_bottom keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the centre of the y-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position — i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the y and y_bottom keys specify the location of the panel.

en: Specifies the background color for the panel in #RGB format.
en_GB: Specifies the background colour for the panel in #RGB format.

en: Background color opacity
en_GB: Background colour opacity

en: Specifies the opacity of the background color format. If the color is not completely opaque (a value of less than 65535), the color will be composited onto the desktop background image.
en_GB: Specifies the opacity of the background colour format. If the colour is not completely opaque (a value of less than 65535), the colour will be composited onto the desktop background image.

en: _Add to Drawer...
en_GB: _Add to Drawer…

en: Replace a currently running panel
en_GB: Replace a currently-running panel

en: Protect your computer from unauthorized use
en_GB: Protect your computer from unauthorised use

en: Run Application...
en_GB: Run Application…

note: FIXME icon
en: Connect to Server...
en_GB: Connect to Server…

en: Shut Down...
en_GB: Shut Down…

en: Application Launcher...
en_GB: Application Launcher…

en: A separator to organize the panel items
en_GB: A separator to organise the panel items

en: And many, many others...
en_GB: And many, many others…

en: _Add to Panel...
en_GB: _Add to Panel…

en: Choose an application...
en_GB: Choose an application…

en: Choose a file...
en_GB: Choose a file…

en: Change desktop appearance and behavior, get help, or log out
en_GB: Change desktop appearance and behaviour, get help, or log out

note: keep those strings in sync with the ones in * panel-action-button.c Translators: this string is used ONLY if you translated * "1" (msgctxt: "panel:showusername") to "1"
en: Log Out %s...
en_GB: Log Out %s…

en: Could not display properties dialog
en_GB: Could not display properties dialogue

en: Solid c_olor
en_GB: Solid c_olour

en: Clear Recent Documents...
en_GB: Clear Recent Documents…

en: Choose a file to append to the command...
en_GB: Choose a file to append to the command…

en: URI list dropped on run dialog had wrong format (%d) or length (%d)
en_GB: URI list dropped on run dialogue had wrong format (%d) or length (%d)

en: Could not display run dialog
en_GB: Could not display run dialogue

en: Run with _file...
en_GB: Run with _file…

en: Top Centered Panel
en_GB: Top Centred Panel

en: Bottom Centered Panel
en_GB: Bottom Centred Panel

en: Left Centered Panel
en_GB: Left Centred Panel

en: Right Centered Panel
en_GB: Right Centred Panel

en: Is Authorized
en_GB: Is Authorised

en: Whether the process is authorized
en_GB: Whether the process is authorised

en: Whether authorization can be obtained
en_GB: Whether authorisation can be obtained

en: The text to display when the user cannot obtain authorization through authentication.
en_GB: The text to display when the user cannot obtain authorisation through authentication.

en: Not authorized to make changes
en_GB: Not authorised to make changes

en: The tooltip to display when the user cannot obtain authorization through authentication.
en_GB: The tooltip to display when the user cannot obtain authorisation through authentication.

en: Select user...
en_GB: Select user…

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
    02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
    02110-1301, USA.

en: The version of the installed version of the schema. Do not edit this value, it is used so that configure changes between versions can be detected.
en_GB: The version of the installed version of the schema. Do not edit this value; it is used so that configuration changes between versions can be detected.

note: TRANSLATORS: computer will just shutdown
en: The UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shutdown.
en_GB: The UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shut down.

en: The statistics program allows you to visualize the power consumption of your laptop hardware.
en_GB: The statistics program allows you to visualise the power consumption of your laptop hardware.

en: This has been removed from the information window of previous versions of MATE Power Manager as the data interface is now using DBUS rather than internal IPC. This allows other applications to query and display the data if required.
en_GB: This has been removed from the information window of previous versions of <application>MATE Power Manager</application> as the data interface is now using DBus rather than internal IPC. This allows other applications to query and display the data if required.

en: This graph shows the power history charge used by the composite primary battery. This line represents the amount of power that is either being used to charge the batteries in the system, or the power being used by the system from the batteries. You should see the line go up when processor intensive tasks are performed, and down when the system is at idle, or when the screen is dimmed. A legend is shown with this graph when data events have been received.
en_GB: This graph shows the power history charge used by the composite primary battery. This line represents the amount of power that is either being used to charge the batteries in the system, or the power being used by the system from the batteries. You should see the line go up when processor-intensive tasks are performed, and down when the system is idle, or when the screen is dimmed. A legend is shown with this graph when data events have been received.

en: As soon as the session is marked at idle, <application>MATE Power Manager</application> starts its own 'system' timer. When the timeout set in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> is reached, and the CPU load is idle, then the idle action is performed, which is usually to turn off the screen, or to suspend or hibernate.
en_GB: As soon as the session is marked as idle, <application>MATE Power Manager</application> starts its own 'system' timer. When the timeout set in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> is reached, and the CPU load is idle, then the idle action is performed, which is usually to turn off the screen, or to suspend or hibernate.

en: To make this clearer, the sliders in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> are set to start at the value of the session-timeout + 1 minute, as we cannot logically trigger before the session is marked as idle. If you adjust the value of the 'session idle' timeout in <command>mate-screensaver-preferences</command> then the start of the sliders in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> will change accordingly.
en_GB: To make this clearer, the sliders in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> are set to start at the value of the session-timeout plus one minute, as we cannot logically trigger before the session is marked as idle. If you adjust the value of the 'session idle' timeout in <command>mate-screensaver-preferences</command> then the start of the sliders in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> will change accordingly.

en: By default, <application>MATE Power Manager</application> supports a simple locking scheme. This means that the screen will lock if set to "Lock screen" in mate-screensaver when the lid is closed, or the system performs a suspend or hibernate action.
en_GB: By default, <application>MATE Power Manager</application> supports a simple locking scheme. This means that the screen will lock if set to <guilabel>Lock screen</guilabel> in mate-screensaver when the lid is closed, or the system performs a suspend or hibernate action.

en: Then the policy keys can be set to force a mate-screensaver lock and unlock when the action is performed:
en_GB: Then the policy keys can be set to force a <application>mate-screensaver</application> lock and unlock when the action is performed:

en: The inhibit applet allows the user to prevent the computer auto-sleeping when inactive. This may be required with old or proprietary programs such as VMWare or Matlab. Just click the icon for the auto-suspend to be inhibited, and click it again for normal operation.
en_GB: The inhibit applet allows the user to prevent the computer auto-sleeping when inactive. This may be required with old or proprietary programs such as <application>VMWare</application> or <application>Matlab</application>. Just click the icon for the auto-suspend to be inhibited, and click it again for normal operation.

en: Don't use this applet if you just use MATE software, instead file a bug to make the application use the Inhibit() and UnInhibit() methods as this should 'just work'.
en_GB: Don't use this applet if you just use MATE software; instead file a bug to make the application use the <function>Inhibit()</function> and <function>UnInhibit()</function> methods as this should 'just work'.

en: The Suspend state is a power saving feature which is the lowest level of power consumption that preserves program data in the computer's memory. When your computer is in the Suspended state, computation will not be performed until normal activity is resumed. It will not resume until signaled by an external event such as a keyboard button press. It generally takes a few seconds to suspend and then resume your computer.
en_GB: The Suspend state is a power saving feature which is the lowest level of power consumption that preserves program data in the computer's memory. When your computer is in the Suspended state, computation will not be performed until normal activity is resumed. It will not resume until signalled by an external event such as a keyboard button press. It generally takes a few seconds to suspend and then resume your computer.

en: The Hibernation state saves the complete state of the computer to hard disk and turns off the power, so that the computer appears to be off. It will not resume until signaled by an external event such as a keyboard button press. This is the lowest power sleeping state available. If you remove AC power on a desktop, or run out of battery power on a laptop then work will not be lost. It can take up to a minute or more to hibernate and wake your computer.
en_GB: The Hibernation state saves the complete state of the computer to hard disk and turns off the power, so that the computer appears to be off. It will not resume until signalled by an external event such as a keyboard button press. This is the lowest power sleeping state available. If you remove AC power on a desktop, or run out of battery power on a laptop then work will not be lost. It can take up to a minute or more to hibernate and wake your computer.

en: mate-screensaver is a session daemon that monitors user input, and if the mouse has not been moved, or the keyboard been pressed then it starts a timeout. When the value of this timeout reaches the value set in mate-screensaver-preferences, then the login is marked as 'session idle'. This is when <application>MATE Power Manager</application> performs all the session idle actions such as enabling low-power mode and lowering the laptop panel brightness.
en_GB: <application>mate-screensaver</application> is a session daemon that monitors user input, and if the mouse has not been moved, or the keyboard been pressed then it starts a timeout. When the value of this timeout reaches the value set in <application>mate-screensaver-preferences</application>, then the login is marked as 'session idle'. This is when <application>MATE Power Manager</application> performs all the session idle actions such as enabling low-power mode and lowering the laptop panel brightness.

en: As soon as the session is marked at idle, <application>MATE Power Manager</application> starts its own 'system' timer. When the timeout set in mate-power-preferences is reached, and the CPU load is idle, then the idle action is performed, which is usually to turn off the screen, or to suspend or hibernate.
en_GB: As soon as the session is marked as idle, <application>MATE Power Manager</application> starts its own 'system' timer. When the timeout set in <application>mate-power-preferences</application> is reached, and the CPU load is idle, then the idle action is performed, which is usually to turn off the screen, or to suspend or hibernate.

en: In <application>MATE Power Manager</application> 2.14 the timeouts were not obviously linked to mate-screensaver, but the timeouts are linked in reality. This is because the mate-screensaver declares the session "idle" and then <application>MATE Power Manager</application> starts. Therefore the real time to suspend is actually the MATE Screensaver timeout PLUS the <application>MATE Power Manager</application> time.
en_GB: In <application>MATE Power Manager</application> 2.14 the timeouts were not obviously linked to <application>mate-screensaver</application>, but the timeouts are linked in reality. This is because <application>mate-screensaver</application> declares the session "idle" and then <application>MATE Power Manager</application> starts. Therefore the real time to suspend is actually the MATE Screensaver timeout <emphasis>plus</emphasis> the <application>MATE Power Manager</application> time.

en: In <application>MATE Power Manager</application> 2.16 and newer, the sliders in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> are set to start at the value of the session-timeout + 1 minute, as we cannot logically trigger before the session is marked as idle. If you adjust the value of the 'session idle' timeout in <command>mate-screensaver-preferences</command> then the start of the sliders in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> will change accordingly. This makes it more obvious for new users.
en_GB: In <application>MATE Power Manager</application> 2.16 and newer, the sliders in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> are set to start at the value of the session-timeout plus one minute, as we cannot logically trigger before the session is marked as idle. If you adjust the value of the 'session idle' timeout in <command>mate-screensaver-preferences</command> then the start of the sliders in <command>mate-power-preferences</command> will change accordingly. This makes it more obvious for new users.

en: You might be able to use the percentage charge for g-p-m to use as the policy data. Open <command>mateconf-editor</command>, and then change the key <command>/apps/mate-power-manager/general/use_time_for_policy</command> to false. You can do this easily by doing: <command> mateconftool-2 --set --type bool /apps/mate-power-manager/general/use_time_for_policy false </command>
en_GB: You might be able to use the percentage charge for <application>MATE Power Manager</application> to use as the policy data. Open <command>mateconf-editor</command>, and then change the key <command>/apps/mate-power-manager/general/use_time_for_policy</command> to false. You can do this easily by doing: <command> mateconftool-2 --set --type bool /apps/mate-power-manager/general/use_time_for_policy false</command>

en: You will have to use sudo or a root account to edit this file.
en_GB: You will have to use <command>sudo</command> or a root account to edit this file.

en: Before showing items such as "Suspend" and "Hibernate" in the menu g-p-m checks two things:
en_GB: Before showing items such as "Suspend" and "Hibernate" in the menu <application>MATE Power Manager</application> checks two things:

en: If there are no mateconf keys returned by the second check above, you need to reinstall your mateconf schema as per matebug:341256: (as root):
en_GB: If there are no MateConf keys returned by the second check above, you need to reinstall your MateConf schema as per <ulink url="http://bugzilla.mate.org/show_bug.cgi?id=341256">matebug:341256</ulink> (as root):

en: If you click the mouse, or scroll the scroll-wheel without moving the pointer, then mate-screensaver will detect the session as being idle. This is a limitation of X.org, but is worked around in newer versions of mate-screensaver.
en_GB: If you click the mouse, or scroll the scroll wheel without moving the pointer, then <application>mate-screensaver</application> will detect the session as being idle. This is a limitation of X.org, but is worked around in newer versions of <application>mate-screensaver</application>.

en: Copying files in Caja
en_GB: Copying files in <application>Caja</application>

en: Doing a long kernel compile or Matlab simulation
en_GB: Doing a long kernel compile or <application>Matlab</application> simulation

en: During a SELinux relabel
en_GB: During an SELinux relabel

en: Then you can use the Inhibit() and UnInhibit() DBUS methods built into the newest versions of <application>MATE Power Manager</application>. Here is a simple demonstration in python:
en_GB: Then you can use the <function>Inhibit()</function> and <function>UnInhibit()</function> DBus methods built into the newest versions of <application>MATE Power Manager</application>. Here is a simple demonstration in Python:

en: There is an <ulink url="http://svn.mate.org/viewcvs/mate-power-manager/trunk/test/gpm-inhibit-test.c?view=markup">example</ulink> which shows developers how to add Inhibit and UnInhibit DBUS methods into existing programs.
en_GB: There is an <ulink url="http://svn.mate.org/viewcvs/mate-power-manager/trunk/test/gpm-inhibit-test.c?view=markup">example</ulink> which shows developers how to add <function>Inhibit()</function> and <function>UnInhibit()</function> DBus methods into existing programs.

en: Are <application>MATE Power Manager</application> and MATE Screensaver inhibit methods the same?
en_GB: Are <application>MATE Power Manager</application> and <application>MATE Screensaver</application> inhibit methods the same?

en: If you call the inhibit methods on mate-screensaver, then mate-screensaver will not mark your session as idle. This means that the screen will not dim, the screensaver will not start and the computer will not suspend automatically.
en_GB: If you call the inhibit methods on <application>mate-screensaver</application>, then <application>mate-screensaver</application> will not mark your session as idle. This means that the screen will not dim, the screensaver will not start and the computer will not suspend automatically.

en: While playing a movie full-screen, totem should use the mate-screensaver inhibit methods. The idea is that totem does not have to worry at all about power management. The only thing it wants to assert is that even though there are no key presses or mouse movements, the session is still being used.
en_GB: While playing a movie full-screen, <application>Totem</application> should use the <application>mate-screensaver</application> inhibit methods. The idea is that <application>Totem</application> does not have to worry at all about power management. The only thing it wants to assert is that even though there are no key presses or mouse movements, the session is still being used.

en: The only applications that should use the <application>MATE Power Manager</application> inhibit method are things that want to assert that the session can be marked as idle, but important things are still happening, so it should not power down. For example, when copying 4.5GB of files in Caja, you want the screensaver to display, and the LCD panel to dim, but you don't want the computer to think that it is idle and shutdown, suspend or hibernate.
en_GB: The only applications that should use the <application>MATE Power Manager</application> inhibit method are things that want to assert that the session can be marked as idle, but important things are still happening, so it should not power down. For example, when copying 4.5GB of files in <application>Caja</application>, you want the screensaver to display, and the LCD panel to dim, but you don't want the computer to think that it is idle and shutdown, suspend or hibernate.

en: <application>MATE Power Manager</application> does not spin down my hard-drive!
en_GB: <application>MATE Power Manager</application> does not spin down my hard disk!

en: Here the power consumption data for a typical notebook hard disk (IDE/SATA):
en_GB: Here are the power consumption data for a typical notebook hard disk (IDE/SATA):

en: If you do not read/write from/to the hard disk the disk regulates power, but never shuts down the device. The reason is easy: you lost more power with each startup than to leave the hard disk online somewhere between 'Active idle' and 'Low power idle' (depends on the model/manufacturer).
en_GB: If you do not read/write from/to the hard disk the disk regulates power, but never shuts down the device. The reason is easy: you lose more power with each startup than by leaving the hard disk online somewhere between 'Active idle' and 'Low power idle' (depends on the model/manufacturer).

en: You BIOS could be faulty, and might need a work-around. Please send a bug report.
en_GB: Your BIOS could be faulty, and might need a work-around. Please file a bug report.

en: You can use the dbus-send program. For example, you can set the DPMS mode by running the following:
en_GB: You can use the <command>dbus-send</command> program. For example, you can set the DPMS mode by running the following:

en: See the developers guide file in CVS for the full list.
en_GB: See the developers' guide file in CVS for the full list.

en: HAL might not *yet* support your distro, or you might have found a bug in <application>MATE Power Manager</application>. Refer to the reporting bugs section.
en_GB: HAL might not <emphasis>yet</emphasis> support your distro, or you might have found a bug in <application>MATE Power Manager</application>. Refer to the reporting bugs section (<xref linkend="about"/>) for more information.

en: Why does not my video adaptor come back after a suspend? It just displays black!
en_GB: Why does my video adaptor not come back after a suspend? It just displays black!

en: You may need to add a s3 command to your kernel boot string so that the kernel can re-initialize your video card. See <ulink url="http://www.kernel.org/git/?p=linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git;a=blob;hb=HEAD;f=Documentation/power/video.txt">this document</ulink> for more details, or to see if your system has been identified as needing any extra switches.
en_GB: You may need to add an s3 command to your kernel boot string so that the kernel can re-initialise your video card. See <ulink url="http://www.kernel.org/git/?p=linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git;a=blob;hb=HEAD;f=Documentation/power/video.txt">this document</ulink> for more details, or to see if your system has been identified as needing any extra switches.

en: Using the new pm-utils should make all this stuff just work in the future using HAL fdi matching against machine DMI and video card vendor and product IDs.
en_GB: Using the new pm-utils should make all this stuff just work in the future using HAL FDI matching against machine DMI and video card vendor and product IDs.

en: MATE Power Manager was written by Richard Hughes <email>richard@hughsie.com</email>. To find more information about MATE Power Manager, please visit the <ulink url="http://www.mate.org/projects/mate-power-manager" type="http"><application>MATE Power Manager</application> web page</ulink>.
en_GB: <application>MATE Power Manager</application> was written by Richard Hughes <email>richard@hughsie.com</email>. To find more information about <application>MATE Power Manager</application>, please visit the <ulink url="http://www.mate.org/projects/mate-power-manager" type="http"><application>MATE Power Manager</application> web page</ulink>.

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink url="mate-power-manager:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this licence can be found at this <ulink url="mate-power-manager:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: Set this to TRUE to offer an option in unlock dialog to logging out after a delay. The Delay is specified in the "logout_delay" key.
en_GB: Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialogue to allow logging out after a delay. The delay is specified in the "logout_delay" key.

en: The number of minutes after the screensaver activation before a logout option will appear in unlock dialog. This key has effect only if the "logout_enable" key is set to TRUE.
en_GB: The number of minutes after the screensaver activation before a logout option will appear in the unlock dialogue. This key has effect only if the "logout_enable" key is set to TRUE.

en: The number of seconds of inactivity before signalling to power-management. This key is set and maintained by the session power-management agent.
en_GB: The number of seconds of inactivity before signalling to power management. This key is set and maintained by the session power management agent.

en: Time before power-management baseline
en_GB: Time before power management baseline

note: translators: the word "image" here * represents a command line argument
en: image - floats images around the screen
en_GB: image — floats images around the screen

en: Color to use for images background
en_GB: Colour to use for image background

en: Launch screen saver and locker program
en_GB: Launch screensaver and locker program

en: Default graph mem color
en_GB: Default graph memory colour

en: If TRUE, system-monitor operates in 'Solaris mode' where a task's cpu usage is divided by the total number of CPUs. Else it operates in 'Irix mode'.
en_GB: If TRUE, system-monitor operates in 'Solaris mode' where a task's CPU usage is divided by the total number of CPUs. Otherwise, it operates in 'Irix mode'.

en: Show process 'writable memory' column on startup
en_GB: Show process 'writeable memory' column on startup

en: Whether information about all filesystems should be displayed
en_GB: Whether information about all file systems should be displayed

en: Whether to display information about all filesystems (including types like 'autofs' and 'procfs'). Useful for getting a list of all currently mounted filesystems.
en_GB: Whether to display information about all file systems (including types like 'autofs' and 'procfs'). Useful for getting a list of all currently mounted file systems.

en: Width of process 'writable memory' column
en_GB: Width of process 'writeable memory' column

en: Show user own process
en_GB: Show user-owned processes

note: xgettext: 540MiB (53 %) of 1.0 GiB
en: %s (%.1f %%) of %s
en_GB: %s (%.1f%%) of %s

en: Cannot change the priority of process with pid %d to %d.
    %s
en_GB: Cannot change the priority of process with PID %d to %d.
    %s

en: Cannot kill process with pid %d with signal %d.
    %s
en_GB: Cannot kill process with PID %d with signal %d.
    %s

note: xgettext: secondary alert message
en: Killing a process may destroy data, break the session or introduce a security risk. Only unresponding processes should be killed.
en_GB: Killing a process may destroy data, break the session or introduce a security risk. Only unresponsive processes should be killed.

note: xgettext: secondary alert message
en: Ending a process may destroy data, break the session or introduce a security risk. Only unresponding processes should be ended.
en_GB: Ending a process may destroy data, break the session or introduce a security risk. Only unresponsive processes should be ended.

en: Show _all filesystems
en_GB: Show _all file systems

en: You can create a new profile, and apply the new profile to the terminal to modify characteristics such as font, color and effects, scroll behavior, window title, and compatibility. You can also specify a command that runs automatically when you start <application>MATE Terminal</application> in the profile.
en_GB: You can create a new profile, and apply the new profile to the terminal to modify characteristics such as font, colour and effects, scroll behaviour, window title, and compatibility. You can also specify a command that runs automatically when you start <application>MATE Terminal</application> in the profile.

en: You define each terminal profile in the <guilabel>Edit Profiles</guilabel> dialog, which you access from the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. You can define as many different profiles as you require. When you start a terminal, you can choose the profile that you want to use for the terminal. Alternatively, you can change the terminal profile while you use the terminal. To specify an initial profile for a terminal when you start the application from a command line, use the following command:
en_GB: You define each terminal profile in the <guilabel>Edit Profiles</guilabel> dialogue, which you access from the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. You can define as many different profiles as you require. When you start a terminal, you can choose the profile that you want to use for the terminal. Alternatively, you can change the terminal profile while you use the terminal. To specify an initial profile for a terminal when you start the application from a command line, use the following command:

en: The name of the current profile appears in the titlebar of the <application>MATE Terminal</application>, unless you specify a different titlebar name in the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: The name of the current profile appears in the titlebar of the <application>MATE Terminal</application>, unless you specify a different titlebar name in the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Profile</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>New Profile</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Profile</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the <guilabel>New Profile</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Click <guibutton>Create</guibutton> to display the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Create</guibutton> to display the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialogue.

en: You edit profiles in the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialog. You can access the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialog in the following ways:
en_GB: You edit profiles in the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialogue. You can access the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialogue in the following ways:

en: Select the name of the profile that you want to delete in the <guilabel>Profiles</guilabel> list, then click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Delete Profile</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: Select the name of the profile that you want to delete in the <guilabel>Profiles</guilabel> list, then click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Delete Profile</guilabel> dialogue is displayed.

en: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Edit Profiles</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Edit Profiles</guilabel> dialogue.

en: See <xref linkend="mate-terminal-prefs"/> for information about the options that you can choose in the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialog to change the appearance of the terminal window. For example, you can change the background color, or the location of the scrollbar.
en_GB: See <xref linkend="mate-terminal-prefs"/> for information about the options that you can choose in the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialogue to change the appearance of the terminal window. For example, you can change the background colour, or the location of the scrollbar.

en: The number of lines that you can scroll back to in the terminal window is determined by the <guilabel>Scrollback</guilabel> setting in the <guilabel>Scrolling</guilabel> tabbed section of the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialog. You can also scroll up or down one line at a time by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: The number of lines that you can scroll back to in the terminal window is determined by the <guilabel>Scrollback</guilabel> setting in the <guilabel>Scrolling</guilabel> tabbed section of the <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialogue. You can also scroll up or down one line at a time by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To view the keyboard shortcut settings that are defined for <application>MATE Terminal</application>, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard Shortcuts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Keyboard Shortcuts</guilabel> dialog contains the following items:
en_GB: To view the keyboard shortcut settings that are defined for <application>MATE Terminal</application>, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard Shortcuts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Keyboard Shortcuts</guilabel> dialogue contains the following items:

en: Deselect this option to disable the access keys that are defined to enable you to use the keyboard instead of the mouse to select a menu item. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialog option. In some cases, you must press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key in combination with the access key to perform the action.
en_GB: Deselect this option to disable the access keys that are defined to enable you to use the keyboard instead of the mouse to select a menu item. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialogue option. In some cases, you must press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key in combination with the access key to perform the action.

en: The <guilabel>Shortcut Keys</guilabel> section of the dialog lists the shortcut keys that are defined for each menu item.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Shortcut Keys</guilabel> section of the dialogue lists the shortcut keys that are defined for each menu item.

en: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Set Title</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Set Title</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Add or Remove Terminal Encodings</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Add or Remove Terminal Encodings</guilabel> dialogue.

en: The <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialog contains the following tabbed sections that you can use to configure <application>MATE Terminal</application>:
en_GB: The <guilabel>Editing Profile</guilabel> dialogue contains the following tabbed sections that you can use to configure <application>MATE Terminal</application>:

en: Select the <guilabel>Use colours from system theme</guilabel> option to use the colors that are specified in the MATE Desktop theme that is selected in the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab of the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs-theme"><application>Appearance</application> preference tool</ulink>.
en_GB: Select the <guilabel>Use colours from system theme</guilabel> option to use the colours that are specified in the MATE Desktop theme that is selected in the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab of the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs-theme"><application>Appearance</application> preference tool</ulink>.

en: Use the <guilabel>Built-in schemes</guilabel> drop-down list to specify the foreground and background colors for the terminal. <application>MATE Terminal</application> supports the following foreground and background color combinations:
en_GB: Use the <guilabel>Built-in schemes</guilabel> drop-down list to specify the foreground and background colours for the terminal. <application>MATE Terminal</application> supports the following foreground and background colour combinations:

en: This option enables you to select colors that are not in the selected color scheme.
en_GB: This option enables you to select colours that are not in the selected colour scheme.

en: The actual display of the foreground and background colors can vary depending on the color scheme that you choose. For example, if you choose <guilabel>White on black</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Linux console</guilabel> color scheme, the application displays the foreground and background colors as light gray on black. The <guilabel>Built-in schemes</guilabel> drop-down list is only enabled if the <guilabel>Use colours from system theme</guilabel> option is unselected.
en_GB: The actual display of the foreground and background colours can vary depending on the colour scheme that you choose. For example, if you choose <guilabel>White on black</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Linux console</guilabel> colour scheme, the application displays the foreground and background colours as light gray on black. The <guilabel>Built-in schemes</guilabel> drop-down list is only enabled if the <guilabel>Use colours from system theme</guilabel> option is unselected.

en: Click on the <guibutton>Text colour</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Choose terminal text colour</guilabel> dialog. Use the color wheel or the spin boxes to customize the color that you want to use as the text color, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Text colour</guibutton> button is only enabled if the <guilabel>Use colours from system theme</guilabel> option is unselected.
en_GB: Click on the <guibutton>Text colour</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Choose terminal text colour</guilabel> dialogue. Use the colour wheel or the spin boxes to customise the colour that you want to use as the text colour, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Text colour</guibutton> button is only enabled if the <guilabel>Use colours from system theme</guilabel> option is unselected.

en: Click on the <guibutton>Background colour</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Choose terminal background colour</guilabel> dialog. Use the color wheel or the spin boxes to customize the color that you want to use as the background color, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Background colour</guibutton> button is only enabled if the <guilabel>Use colours from system theme</guilabel> option is unselected.
en_GB: Click on the <guibutton>Background colour</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Choose terminal background colour</guilabel> dialogue. Use the colour wheel or the spin boxes to customise the colour that you want to use as the background colour, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Background colour</guibutton> button is only enabled if the <guilabel>Use colours from system theme</guilabel> option is unselected.

en: The terminal emulation can only use 16 colors at a time to draw text. The color palette specifies these 16 colors. Applications that run in the terminal use an index number to specify a color from this palette.
en_GB: The terminal emulation can only use 16 colours at a time to draw text. The colour palette specifies these 16 colours. Applications that run in the terminal use an index number to specify a colour from this palette.

en: Use the <guilabel>Built-in schemes</guilabel> drop-down list to choose a preset color schemes. The color palette below and the contents of the terminal window both update to show the scheme.
en_GB: Use the <guilabel>Built-in schemes</guilabel> drop-down list to choose a preset colour schemes. The colour palette below and the contents of the terminal window both update to show the scheme.

en: Use the <guilabel>Colour palette</guilabel> to customize the 16 default colors in the custom color palette. To customize a color, click on the color to display the <guilabel>Palette entry</guilabel> dialog. Use the color wheel or the spin boxes to customize the color, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: Use the <guilabel>Colour palette</guilabel> to customise the 16 default colours in the custom colour palette. To customise a colour, click on the colour to display the <guilabel>Palette entry</guilabel> dialogue. Use the colour wheel or the spin boxes to customise the colour, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Select this option to use the background color that is specified in the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tabbed section as the background color for the terminal.
en_GB: Select this option to use the background colour that is specified in the <guilabel>Colours</guilabel> tabbed section as the background colour for the terminal.

en: <small><i><b>Note:</b> Terminal applications have these colors available to them.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i><b>Note:</b> Terminal applications have these colours available to them.</i></small>

en: <small><i><b>Note:</b> These options may cause some applications to behave incorrectly.  They are only here to allow you to work around certain applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behavior.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i><b>Note:</b> These options may cause some applications to behave incorrectly.  They are only here to allow you to work around certain applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behaviour.</i></small>

en: MATE Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: MATE Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: MATE Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: MATE Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with MATE Terminal; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with MATE Terminal; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA

en: List of VFS schemes pluma supports in write mode. The 'file' scheme is writable by default.
en_GB: List of VFS schemes pluma supports in write mode. The 'file' scheme is writeable by default.

en: Style for the toolbar buttons. Possible values are "PLUMA_TOOLBAR_SYSTEM" to use the system's default style, "PLUMA_TOOLBAR_ICONS" to display icons only, "PLUMA_TOOLBAR_ICONS_AND_TEXT" to display both icons and text, and "PLUMA_TOOLBAR_ICONS_BOTH_HORIZ" to display prioritized text beside icons. Note that the values are case-sensitive, so make sure they appear exactly as mentioned here.
en_GB: Style for the toolbar buttons. Possible values are "PLUMA_TOOLBAR_SYSTEM" to use the system's default style, "PLUMA_TOOLBAR_ICONS" to display icons only, "PLUMA_TOOLBAR_ICONS_AND_TEXT" to display both icons and text, and "PLUMA_TOOLBAR_ICONS_BOTH_HORIZ" to display prioritised text beside icons. Note that the values are case-sensitive, so make sure they appear exactly as mentioned here.

en: Sorted list of encodings used by pluma for automatically detecting the encoding of a file. "CURRENT" represents the current locale encoding. Only recognized encodings are used.
en_GB: Sorted list of encodings used by pluma for automatically detecting the encoding of a file. "CURRENT" represents the current locale encoding. Only recognised encodings are used.

en: ContrastHigh
en_GB: Contrast High

en: Unable to launch the Personal File Sharing preferences
en_GB: Unable to launch the Personal File Sharing Preferences

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Manual
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Manual

en: Disk Usage Analyzer is a graphical, menu-driven viewer that you can use to view and monitor your disk usage and folder structure.
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser is a graphical, menu-driven viewer that you can use to view and monitor your disk usage and folder structure.

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Manual 1.0
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Manual 1.0

en: This manual describes version 2.15 of Disk Usage Analyzer.
en_GB: This manual describes version 2.15 of Disk Usage Analyser.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Disk Usage Analyzer application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:mate-feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Disk Usage Analyser application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:mate-feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> is a graphical, menu-driven application to analyse disk usage in any Mate environment. <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> can easily scan either the whole filesystem tree, or a specific user-requested directory branch (local or remote).
en_GB: <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> is a graphical, menu-driven application to analyse disk usage in any Mate environment. <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> can easily scan either the whole filesystem tree, or a specific user-requested directory branch (local or remote).

en: It also auto-detects in real-time any changes made to your home directory as far as any mounted/unmounted device. <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> also provides a full graphical treemap window for each selected folder.
en_GB: It also auto-detects in real-time any changes made to your home directory as far as any mounted/unmounted device. <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> also provides a full graphical treemap window for each selected folder.

en: <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> can be started in three ways:
en_GB: <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> can be started in three ways:

en: If you want to start <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> from a terminal window, just type:
en_GB: If you want to start <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> from a terminal window, just type:

en: If launched from Mate menu, <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> starts and remains in a stand-by state, waiting for user action.
en_GB: If launched from Mate menu, <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> starts and remains in a stand-by state, waiting for user action.

en: When you start <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> from the Mate Menu, the following window is displayed.
en_GB: When you start <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> from the Mate Menu, the following window is displayed.

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Window
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Window

en: Shows Disk Usage Analyzer main window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars, and statusbar.
en_GB: Shows Disk Usage Analyser main window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars, and statusbar.

en: If you run a full filesystem scan, <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> window will start drawing the tree as soon as the thread starts scanning the filesystem. If any large partition is mounted on the filesystem, that will be scanned too.
en_GB: If you run a full filesystem scan, the <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> window will start drawing the tree as soon as the thread starts scanning the filesystem. If any large partition is mounted on the filesystem, that will be scanned too.

en: To start a full filesystem scan select <menuchoice><guimenu>Analyzer</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scan Filesystem</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu, or press on the <guibutton>Scan Filesystem</guibutton> toolbar button.
en_GB: To start a full filesystem scan select <menuchoice><guimenu>Analyser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scan Filesystem</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu, or press on the <guibutton>Scan Filesystem</guibutton> toolbar button.

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Full filesystem scan
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Full filesystem scan

en: Shows Disk Usage Analyzer full filesystem scan window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars, and statusbar.
en_GB: Shows Disk Usage Analyser full filesystem scan window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars, and statusbar.

en: When you run a full filesystem scan, <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> window will start drawing the tree as soon as the thread starts scanning the filesystem. If any large partition is mounted on the filesystem, that will be scanned too.
en_GB: When you run a full filesystem scan, the <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> window will start drawing the tree as soon as the thread starts scanning the filesystem. If any large partition is mounted on the filesystem, that will be scanned too.

en: <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> will display sizes in the directory tree as allocated space. This means that the displayed sizes refer to the actual disk usage and not to the apparent directory size. If you want to view the apparent file size, uncheck <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Allocated Space</guimenuitem></menuchoice> .
en_GB: <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> will display sizes in the directory tree as allocated space. This means that the displayed sizes refer to the actual disk usage and not to the apparent directory size. If you want to view the apparent file size, uncheck <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Allocated Space</guimenuitem></menuchoice> .

en: <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> will not count the /proc dir, nor any file size that is not related to a "plain" file, so symlinks, character blocks, device blocks will not be part of the directory size.
en_GB: <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> will not count the /proc dir, nor any file size that is not related to a "plain" file, so symlinks, character blocks, device blocks will not be part of the directory size.

en: Hard-links are managed in a different way: this first hardlink is counted as a normal file, while the subsequent links to the same inode device are not counted in the total, but highlighted in the right-hand column of the window.
en_GB: Hard-links are managed in a different way: this first hard-link is counted as a normal file, while the subsequent links to the same inode device are not counted in the total, but highlighted in the right-hand column of the window.

en: To start a single folder scan select <menuchoice><guimenu>Analyzer</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scan Folder...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu, or press on the <guibutton>Scan Folder</guibutton> toolbar button.
en_GB: To start a single folder scan select <menuchoice><guimenu>Analyser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scan Folder...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu, or press on the <guibutton>Scan Folder</guibutton> toolbar button.

en: If you need to scan a remote server-folder, just click on the toolbar icon <guibutton>Scan Remote Folder</guibutton> or select <menuchoice><guimenu>Analyzer</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scan Remote Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu and you will get the following dialog box. <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> can connect to a server through ssh, ftp, smb, http and https.
en_GB: If you need to scan a folder on a remote server, just click on the toolbar icon <guibutton>Scan Remote Folder</guibutton> or select <menuchoice><guimenu>Analyser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scan Remote Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu and you will get the following dialogue box. <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> can connect to a server through ssh, ftp, smb, http and https.

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Remote folder scan
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Remote folder scan

en: Shows Disk Usage Analyzer remote folder dialog window.
en_GB: Shows Disk Usage Analyser remote folder dialogue window.

en: To change the <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> application preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: To change the <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> application preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Preferences Window
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Preferences Window

en: If this option is checked, <application>Disk Usage Analyzer</application> will constantly monitor any external changes to home directory and warn the user if a file is added/removed.
en_GB: If this option is checked, <application>Disk Usage Analyser</application> will constantly monitor any external changes to home directory and warn the user if a file is added/removed.

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Treemap Window
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Treemap Window

en: The treemap is constructed via recursive subdivision of the initial rectangle. The size of each sub-rectangle corresponds to the size of the node. The direction of subdivision alternates per level: first horizontally, next vertically, etcetera. As a result, the initial rectangle is partitioned into smaller rectangles, such that the size of each rectangle reflects the size of the leaf. The structure of the tree is also reflected in the treemap, as a result of its construction. Color and annotation can be used to give extra information about the leaves.
en_GB: The treemap is constructed via recursive subdivision of the initial rectangle. The size of each sub-rectangle corresponds to the size of the node. The direction of subdivision alternates per level: first horizontally, then vertically, etc. As a result, the initial rectangle is partitioned into smaller rectangles, such that the size of each rectangle reflects the size of the leaf. The structure of the tree is also reflected in the treemap, as a result of its construction. Colour and annotation can be used to give extra information about the leaves.

en: Ringschart
en_GB: Ring chart

en: <guilabel>Ringschart</guilabel> is a graphical representation of the disk usage by a concrete folder. When launching the application, it is notified the usage of the file system as it can be seen in the next figure:
en_GB: <guilabel>Ring chart</guilabel> is a graphical representation of the disk usage by a concrete folder. When launching the application, the filesystem usage is displayed as can be seen in the next figure:

en: Disk Usage Analyzer showing a ringschart with the file system usage
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser showing a ring chart with the file system usage

en: After launching the application, it is showed the file system usage. Graphical representation on the right.
en_GB: After launching the application, the file system usage is shown. A graphical representation is on the right.

note: ==== End of Figure ====
en: When you start scanning a folder, the tree of subfolders is created and listed on the left side. Each row contains information for the name, how much space it is taking up (percentage and size in KB, MB or GB) and the number of items (adding files and directories). When this process ends up, the <guilabel>Ringschart</guilabel> is drawn on the right side. If you stop it before it has been completed, only a partial representation is done based on the directories whose usage was computed.
en_GB: When you start scanning a folder, the tree of subfolders is created and listed on the left side. Each row contains information for the name, how much space it is taking up (percentage and size in KB, MB or GB) and the number of items (adding files and directories). When this process is finished, the <guilabel>Ring chart</guilabel> is drawn on the right side. If you stop it before it has been completed, only a partial representation is done based on the directories whose usage was computed.

en: Disk Usage Analyzer showing a ringschart with the usage of a folder
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser showing a ring chart with the usage of a folder.

note: ==== End of Figure ====
en: The <guilabel>Ringschart</guilabel> is composed of a set of nested rings around a central circle. This circle symbolizes the root folder of the partial tree (that is, the folder that the user has selected for scanning). Each ring represents a level in the partial tree, so i.e. the subfolders of the root folder will be represented in the first ring, and deeper levels in the tree correspond to outer rings in the chart. Each subfolder is represented by a sector of the ring, its angle being proportional to the size of the folder's contents, and painted with a different color to ease visualization. Up to five levels can be drawn; in case that a folder in that last fifth level contains even more subfolders, this situation will be pointed by the presence of a black curve close to the edge of that folder's ring sector. When a folder with no further subfolders is selected to be the root of the partial tree, only the inner circle will be drawn. When the mouse pointer hovers one of the folders in the graphic, it will be highlighted and a tooltip will appears with information about its name and size. If there are any subfolders, small grey tooltips will appear, indicating their names. It's possible that not all of the subfolders' names are displayed, to avoid overlappings.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Ring chart</guilabel> is composed of a set of nested rings around a central circle. This circle symbolises the root folder of the partial tree (that is, the folder that the user has selected for scanning). Each ring represents a level in the partial tree, i.e. the subfolders of the root folder will be represented in the first ring, and deeper levels in the tree correspond to outer rings in the chart. Each subfolder is represented by a sector of the ring, its angle being proportional to the size of the folder's contents, and painted with a different colour to ease visualisation. Up to five levels can be drawn; in case that a folder in that last fifth level contains even more subfolders, this situation will be pointed by the presence of a black curve close to the edge of that folder's ring sector. When a folder with no further subfolders is selected to be the root of the partial tree, only the inner circle will be drawn. When the mouse pointer hovers one of the folders in the graphic, it will be highlighted and a tooltip will appear with information about its name and size. If there are any subfolders, small grey tooltips will appear, indicating their names. It's possible that not all of the subfolders' names are displayed, to avoid overlapping.

en: You can go up and down the rows in the list (optionally expanding those with subfolders), the graphic representation will change using the selected folder as the root of the partial tree to be represented. The folders can also be navigated from the <guilabel>ringschart</guilabel> itself. If you click with the left button of your mouse inside a folder, you'll move deeper by setting the root of the graphic to that folder. If you press the middle button (no matter the place as long as you click inside the <guilabel>ringschart</guilabel> frame) you'll get the opposite behaviour, going back one step in the hierarchy.
en_GB: You can go up and down the rows in the list (optionally expanding those with subfolders); the graphic representation will change using the selected folder as the root of the partial tree to be represented. The folders can also be navigated from the <guilabel>ring chart</guilabel> itself. If you left-click inside a folder, you'll move deeper by setting the root of the graphic to that folder. If you middle-click anywhere inside the <guilabel>ring chart</guilabel> frame you'll get the opposite behaviour, going back one step in the hierarchy.

en: The percentage of its parent's radius that is used by a given folder is directly proportional to the relation between it's own size and its parent's. It's easy to understand that the size of a folder is equal or smaller than its parent's. Although only directories are shown in this graphical representation, files are taken into account to calculate the amount of space occupied by folders.
en_GB: The percentage of its parent's radius that is used by a given folder is directly proportional to the relation between its own size and its parent's. It's easy to understand that the size of a folder is equal to or smaller than its parent's. Although only directories are shown in this graphical representation, files are taken into account to calculate the amount of space occupied by folders.

en: Subfolders tooltips visible
en_GB: Subfolder tooltips visible

note: set statusbar, percentage and allocated/normal size
en: Calculating percentage bars...
en_GB: Calculating percentage bars…

en: View as Rings Chart
en_GB: View as Ring Chart

en: This key defines whether the window should be maximized and it's used to remember the state of the dictionary window across sessions. Setting it to TRUE will make the window always appear as maximized.
en_GB: This key defines whether the window should be maximised and it's used to remember the state of the dictionary window across sessions. Setting it to TRUE will make the window always appear as maximised.

en: P_review...
en_GB: P_review…

en: Show the panel's "Run Application" dialog box
en_GB: Show the panel's "Run Application" dialogue box

en: Initialize session from savefile
en_GB: Initialise session from savefile

en: Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximized and have no decorations
en_GB: Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximised and have no decorations

en: Gradients should have at least two colors
en_GB: Gradients should have at least two colours

en: GTK color specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse "%s"
en_GB: GTK colour specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse "%s"

en: GTK color specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse "%s"
en_GB: GTK colour specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse "%s"

en: Did not understand state "%s" in color specification
en_GB: Did not understand state "%s" in colour specification

en: Did not understand color component "%s" in color specification
en_GB: Did not understand colour component "%s" in colour specification

en: Blend format is "blend/bg_color/fg_color/alpha", "%s" does not fit the format
en_GB: Blend format is "blend/bg_colour/fg_colour/alpha", "%s" does not fit the format

en: Could not parse alpha value "%s" in blended color
en_GB: Could not parse alpha value "%s" in blended colour

en: Alpha value "%s" in blended color is not between 0.0 and 1.0
en_GB: Alpha value "%s" in blended colour is not between 0.0 and 1.0

en: Shade format is "shade/base_color/factor", "%s" does not fit the format
en_GB: Shade format is "shade/base_colour/factor", "%s" does not fit the format

en: Could not parse shade factor "%s" in shaded color
en_GB: Could not parse shade factor "%s" in shaded colour

en: Shade factor "%s" in shaded color is negative
en_GB: Shade factor "%s" in shaded colour is negative

en: Could not parse color "%s"
en_GB: Could not parse colour "%s"

en: Should not have "resize" attribute on <%s> element for maximized/shaded states
en_GB: Should not have "resize" attribute on <%s> element for maximised/shaded states

en: Should not have "resize" attribute on <%s> element for maximized states
en_GB: Should not have "resize" attribute on <%s> element for maximised states

en: /Windows/_Dialog
en_GB: /Windows/_Dialogue

en: /Windows/_Modal dialog
en_GB: /Windows/_Modal dialogue

en: Modal Dialog Box
en_GB: Modal Dialogue Box

en: _Dialog
en_GB: _Dialogue

en: _Modal dialog
en_GB: _Modal dialogue

en: Show a diagnostic dialog
en_GB: Show a diagnostic dialogue

en: Error: "gdb" can't be found
en_GB: Error: 'gdb' can't be found

en: An unknown error occured
en_GB: An unknown error occurred

en: Unrecognized bookmark format.
en_GB: Unrecognised bookmark format.

en: To use the above URI open a news aggregator. There is usually a menu or button "New Subscription", "New News Feed" or similar.
    Alternatively go to Preferences, Applications in Midori, and select a News Aggregator. Next time you click the news feed icon, it will be added automatically.
en_GB: To use the above URI, open a news aggregator. There is usually a menu or button labelled 'New Subscription', 'New News Feed' or similar. Alternatively, you can go to Preferences -> Applications in Midori, and select a News Aggregator. Next time you click the news feed icon, it will be added automatically.

en: This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Move Tab _Backward
en_GB: Move Tab _Backwards

en: _Move Tab Forward
en_GB: _Move Tab Forwards

en: The file "%s" can't be saved in this folder.
en_GB: The file '%s' can't be saved in this folder.

en: There is not enough free space to download "%s".
en_GB: There is not enough free space to download '%s'.

en: A comma separated list of languages preferred for rendering multilingual webpages, for example "de", "ru,nl" or "en-us;q=1.0, fr-fr;q=0.667"
en_GB: A comma-separated list of preferred languages for rendering multilingual webpages, for example 'de', 'ru,nl' or 'en-us;q=1.0, fr-fr;q=0.667'

en: New tab behavior:
en_GB: New tab behaviour:

note: i18n: Referer here is not a typo but a technical term
en: Whether the "Referer" header should be shortened to the hostname
en_GB: Whether the 'Referer' header should be shortened to the hostname

en: Failed to initialize history: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise history: %s

en: Choose an application or command to open "%s":
en_GB: Choose an application or command to open '%s':

en: Type the address of a preconfigured filter list in the text entry and click "Add" to add it to the list. You can find more lists at %s.
en_GB: Type the address of a preconfigured filter list in the text entry and click 'Add' to add it to the list. You can find more lists at %s.

en: Colorful Tabs
en_GB: Colourful Tabs

en: Download files with "%s" or a custom command
en_GB: Download files with '%s' or a custom command

en: Failed to find required Atom "entry" elements in XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find required Atom 'entry' elements in XML data.

en: Failed to find required Atom "feed" elements in XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find required Atom 'feed' elements in XML data.

en: Failed to find "channel" element in RSS XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find 'channel' element in RSS XML data.

en: Failed to find required RSS "item" elements in XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find required RSS 'item' elements in XML data.

en: Failed to find required RSS "channel" elements in XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find required RSS 'channel' elements in XML data.

en: Master password required
    to open password database
en_GB: A username and a password are required
    to open this location:

en: Tab closing behavior
en_GB: Tab closing behaviour

en: Customize Keyboard shortcuts
en_GB: Customise Keyboard shortcuts

en: Customize Sh_ortcuts…
en_GB: Customise Sh_ortcuts…

en: _Customize Toolbar…
en_GB: _Customise Toolbar…

en: Couldn't create bookmarks table: %s
en_GB: Could not create bookmarks table: %s

en: Couldn't import from old database: %s
en_GB: Could not import from old database: %s

note: i18n: Trash, or wastebin, containing closed tabs
en: The trash couldn't be saved. %s
en_GB: The Bin couldn't be saved. %s

en: Show a dialog after Midori crashed
en_GB: Show a dialogue after Midori crashed

en: The trash couldn't be loaded: %s
en_GB: The Bin couldn't be loaded: %s

en: The following errors occured:
en_GB: The following errors occurred:

en: Could not open database of extenstion: %s
en_GB: Could not open database of extension: %s

en: This action will delete all cookie permissions. You will be asked for permissions again for each web site visited.
en_GB: This action will delete all cookie permissions. You will once again be asked for permissions for each website you visit.

en: Below is a list of all web sites and the policy set for them. You can delete policies by marking the entries and clicking on <i>Delete</i>.You can also add a policy for a domain manually by entering the domain below, choosing the policy and clicking on <i>Add</i>.
en_GB: Below is a list of all websites and the policy set for them. You can delete policies by marking the entries and clicking on <i>Delete</i>.You can also add a policy for a domain manually by entering the domain below, choosing the policy and clicking on <i>Add</i>.

en: A fatal error occurred which prevents the cookie permission manager extension to continue. You should disable it.
en_GB: A fatal error occurred which prevents the cookie permission manager extension from continuing. You should disable it.

en: Till session end
en_GB: Until session end

en: Expire date
en_GB: Expiry date

en: If true this extension ask for policy for every unknown domain.If false this extension uses the global cookie policy set in Midori settings.
en_GB: If set, this extension will ask for a policy for every unknown domain. Otherwise, the global cookie policy set in Midori settings is used.

en: Analog gamma correction
en_GB: Analogue gamma correction

en: Analog gamma red
en_GB: Analogue gamma red

en: Analog gamma green
en_GB: Analogue gamma green

en: Analog gamma blue
en_GB: Analogue gamma blue

en: Bind analog gamma
en_GB: Bind analogue gamma

en: Selects the scan mode (e.g., lineart, monochrome, or color).
en_GB: Selects the scan mode (e.g., lineart, monochrome, or colour).

en: Gamma-correction table.  In color mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).
en_GB: Gamma-correction table.  In colour mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).

en: In RGB-mode use same values for each color
en_GB: In RGB-mode use same values for each colour

en: Color Lineart
en_GB: Colour Lineart

en: Color Halftone
en_GB: Colour Halftone

en: Grayscale scan
en_GB: Greyscale scan

en: Do a grayscale rather than color scan
en_GB: Do a greyscale rather than colour scan

en: Analog Gain
en_GB: Analogue Gain

en: Increase or decrease the analog gain of the CCD array
en_GB: Increase or decrease the analogue gain of the CCD array

en: Fine color
en_GB: Fine colour

en: lamp not stabilized
en_GB: lamp not stabilised

en: problem not analyzed (unknown SCSI class)
en_GB: problem not analysed (unknown SCSI class)

en: Extra color adjustments
en_GB: Extra colour adjustments

en: Color correction
en_GB: Colour correction

en: Sets the color correction table for the selected output device.
en_GB: Sets the colour correction table for the selected output device.

en: Color correction coefficients
en_GB: Colour correction coefficients

en: Color Filter
en_GB: Colour Filter

en: When using gray or lineart this option selects the used color.
en_GB: When using grey or lineart this option selects the used colour.

en: Gray mode color
en_GB: Grey mode colour

en: Selects which scan color is used gray mode (default: green).
en_GB: Selects which scan colour is used grey mode (default: green).

en: Emulate Grayscale
en_GB: Emulate Greyscale

en: If enabled, image will be scanned in color mode and then converted to grayscale by software. This may improve image quality in some circumstances.
en_GB: If enabled, image will be scanned in colour mode and then converted to grayscele by software. This may improve image quality in some circumstances.

en: If enabled, some images involved in scanner processing are saved to analyze them.
en_GB: If enabled, some images involved in scanner processing are saved to analyse them.

en: Color (48 bits)
en_GB: Colour (48 bits)

en: NTSC Gray
en_GB: NTSC Grey

en: XPA Gray
en_GB: XPA Grey

en: Set the scanners color matrix.
en_GB: Set the scanners colour matrix.

en: Custom color matrix.
en_GB: Custom colour matrix.

en: Mono Color Matrix
en_GB: Mono Colour Matrix

en: Custom color matrix for grayscale scans.
en_GB: Custom colour matrix for greyscale scans.

en: Color channels gain settings
en_GB: Colour channels gain settings

en: Gray gain
en_GB: Grey gain

en: Sets gray channel gain
en_GB: Sets grey channel gain

en: Grayscale 4 bits
en_GB: Greyscale 4 bits

en: Grayscale 8 bits
en_GB: Greyscale 8 bits

en: Color balance
en_GB: Colour balance

en: If checked the scanner does not perform backtracking
en_GB: If ticked the scanner does not perform backtracking

en: If checked the color calibration before a scan is done by the backend
en_GB: If ticked the colour calibration before a scan is done by the backend

en: If checked the backend automatically tries to determine an optimal value for the threshold.
en_GB: If ticked the backend automatically tries to determine an optimal value for the threshold.

en: Selects which radiance level should be considered "50 % gray".
en_GB: Selects which radiance level should be considered "50 % grey".

en: Sets the color balance values to the firmware provided values.
en_GB: Sets the colour balance values to the firmware provided values.

en: Fast gray mode
en_GB: Fast grey mode

en: Scan in fast gray mode (lower quality).
en_GB: Scan in fast grey mode (lower quality).

en: Request that all previews are done in the fastest (low-quality) mode. This may be a non-color mode or a low resolution mode.
en_GB: Request that all previews are done in the fastest (low-quality) mode. This may be a non-colour mode or a low resolution mode.

en: Color48
en_GB: Colour48

en: Color24
en_GB: Colour24

en: Gray16
en_GB: Grey16

en: Gray8
en_GB: Grey8

en: When enabled, scan process will not start immediately. To proceed, press "SCAN" button (for MP150) or "COLOR" button (for other models). To cancel, press "GRAY" button.
en_GB: When enabled, scan process will not start immediately. To proceed, press "SCAN" button (for MP150) or "COLOUR" button (for other models). To cancel, press "GREY" button.

en: Analog frontend
en_GB: Analogue frontend

en: Color36
en_GB: Colour36

en: Grayify
en_GB: Greyify

en: Load the image as grayscale.
en_GB: Load the image as greyscale.

en: Color RAW
en_GB: Colour RAW

en: Color RGB
en_GB: Colour RGB

en: Color RGB TEXT
en_GB: Colour RGB TEXT

en: Color pattern
en_GB: Colour pattern

en: Simulate a three-pass scanner. In color mode, three frames are transmitted.
en_GB: Simulate a three-pass scanner. In colour mode, three frames are transmitted.

en: Set the order of frames in three-pass color mode.
en_GB: Set the order of frames in three-pass colour mode.

en: Select the kind of test picture. Available options:
    Solid black: fills the whole scan with black.
    Solid white: fills the whole scan with white.
    Color pattern: draws various color test patterns depending on the mode.
    Grid: draws a black/white grid with a width and height of 10 mm per square.
en_GB: Select the kind of test picture. Available options:
    Solid black: fills the whole scan with black.
    Solid white: fills the whole scan with white.
    Color pattern: draws various colour test patterns depending on the mode.
    Grid: draws a black/white grid with a width and height of 10 mm per square.

en: Color 36
en_GB: Colour 36

en: Multi-level black & white (grayscale mode)
en_GB: Multi-level black & white (greyscale mode)

en: Multi-level RGB color (one pass color)
en_GB: Multi-level RGB colour (one pass colour)

en: Color channels offset settings
en_GB: Colour channels offset settings

en: Gray offset
en_GB: Grey offset

en: Sets gray channel offset
en_GB: Sets grey channel offset

en: uncheck
en_GB: untick

en: Editing behavior
en_GB: Editing behaviour

en: The behavior mode to use in editing mode
en_GB: The behaviour mode to use in editing mode

en: Favicons database not initialized yet
en_GB: Favicons database not initialised yet

en: Allow modal dialogs
en_GB: Allow modal dialogues

en: Whether it is possible to create modal dialogs
en_GB: Whether it is possible to create modal dialogues

en: Too much time drift. Resynchronizing.
en_GB: Too much time drift. Resynchronising.

en: Cannot resolve Teredo server address "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot resolve Teredo server address “%s”: %s

en: Tunneling driver error (%s): %m
en_GB: Tunnelling driver error (%s): %m

en: Please make sure another instance of the program is not already running.
en_GB: Please make sure another instance of the programme is not already running.

en: %s tunneling interface creation failure
en_GB: %s tunnelling interface creation failure

en: Error: your operating system does not seem to provide a network tunneling
    device driver, which is required.
    %s
en_GB: Error: your operating system does not seem to provide a network tunnelling
    device driver, which is required.
    %s

en: Make sure your Linux kernel includes the "Universal TUNTAP driver"
    (CONFIG_TUN option), possibly as a module.
en_GB: Make sure your Linux kernel includes the “Universal TUNTAP driver”
    (CONFIG_TUN option), possibly as a module.

en: Error: cannot open device file %s (%s)
    IPv6 tunneling will not work.
en_GB: Error: cannot open device file %s (%s)
    IPv6 tunnelling will not work.

en: Try "%s -h | more" for more information.
en_GB: Try “%s -h | more” for more information.

en: Usage: %s [OPTIONS] [SERVER_NAME]
    Creates a Teredo tunneling interface for encapsulation of IPv6 over UDP.
    
      -c, --config     specify an configuration file
      -f, --foreground run in the foreground
      -h, --help       display this help and exit
      -p, --pidfile    override the location of the PID file
      -u, --user       override the user to set UID to
      -V, --version    display program version and exit
en_GB: Usage: %s [OPTIONS] [SERVER_NAME]
    Creates a Teredo tunnelling interface for encapsulation of IPv6 over UDP.
    
      -c, --config     specify an configuration file
      -f, --foreground run in the foreground
      -h, --help       display this help and exit
      -p, --pidfile    override the location of the PID file
      -u, --user       override the user to set UID to
      -V, --version    display programme version and exit

en: Miredo: Teredo IPv6 tunneling software %s (%s)
     built %s on %s (%s)
en_GB: Miredo: Teredo IPv6 tunnelling software %s (%s)
     built %s on %s (%s)

en: Written by Remi Denis-Courmont.
en_GB: Written by Rémi Denis-Courmont.

en: Copyright (C) 2004-%u Remi Denis-Courmont
    This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.
    There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or
    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
en_GB: Copyright © 2004-%u Rémi Denis-Courmont
    This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.
    There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or
    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

en: Duplicate parameter "%s" for option -%c
    would override previous value "%s".
en_GB: Duplicate parameter “%s” for option -%c
    would override previous value “%s”.

en: Invalid number (or capacity exceeded) "%s" for option -%c
en_GB: Invalid number (or capacity exceeded) “%s” for option -%c

en: That is usually an indication that you are trying to start
    the program as an user with insufficient system privileges.
    This program should normally be started by root.
en_GB: That is usually an indication that you are trying to start
    the programme as an user with insufficient system privileges.
    This programme should normally be started by root.

en: User "%s": %s
en_GB: User “%s”: %s

en: Error: This program is not supposed to keep root
    privileges. That is potentially very dangerous
    (all the more as it has never been externally audited).
en_GB: Error: This programme is not supposed to keep root
    privileges. That is potentially very dangerous
    (all the more as it has never been externally audited).

en: Using deprecated "restricted" relay type which is STRONGLY DISCOURAGED (at line %u).
en_GB: Using deprecated “restricted” relay type which is STRONGLY DISCOURAGED (at line %u).

en: Invalid relay type "%s" at line %u
en_GB: Invalid relay type “%s” at line %u

en: libteredo cannot be initialized
en_GB: libteredo cannot be initialised

en: Invalid server hostname "%s": %s
en_GB: Invalid server host name “%s”: %s

en: Make sure another instance of the program is not already running.
en_GB: Make sure another instance of the programme is not already running.

en: Invalid integer value "%s" for %s: %s
en_GB: Invalid integer value “%s” for %s: %s

en: Invalid boolean value "%s" for %s
en_GB: Invalid Boolean value “%s” for %s

en: Invalid hostname "%s" at line %u: %s
en_GB: Invalid host name “%s” at line %u: %s

en: Unknown syslog facility "%s" at line %u
en_GB: Unknown syslog facility “%s” at line %u

en: Attach modal dialogs
en_GB: Attach modal dialogues

en: When true, instead of having independent titlebars, modal dialogs appear attached to the titlebar of the parent window and are moved together with the parent window.
en_GB: When true, instead of having independent titlebars, modal dialogues appear attached to the titlebar of the parent window and are moved together with the parent window.

en: Determines whether hidden windows (i.e., minimized windows and windows on other workspaces than the current one) should be kept alive.
en_GB: Determines whether hidden windows (i.e., minimised windows and windows on workspaces other than the current one) should be kept alive.

en: If enabled, dropping windows on vertical screen edges maximizes them vertically and resizes them horizontally to cover half of the available area. Dropping windows on the top screen edge maximizes them completely.
en_GB: If enabled, dropping windows on vertical screen edges maximises them vertically and resizes them horizontally to cover half of the available area. Dropping windows on the top screen edge maximises them completely.

en: GTK custom color specification must have color name and fallback in parentheses, e.g. gtk:custom(foo,bar); could not parse "%s"
en_GB: GTK custom colour specification must have colour name and fallback in parentheses, e.g. gtk:custom(foo,bar); could not parse "%s"

en: Attached Modal Dialog
en_GB: Attached Modal Dialogue

en: Auto maximize nearly monitor sized windows
en_GB: Auto maximise nearly monitor sized windows

en: If enabled, new windows that are initially the size of the monitor automatically get maximized.
en_GB: If enabled, new windows that are initially the size of the monitor automatically get maximised.

en: Add color to Patterns
en_GB: Add colour to Patterns

en: Colorize: alter Hue and Saturation with the current brush
en_GB: Colourize: alter Hue and Saturation with the current brush

en: Color details
en_GB: Colour details

en: Newly chosen color, and the color most recently used for painting
en_GB: Newly chosen colour, and the colour most recently used for painting

en: Add color to Palette
en_GB: Add colour to Palette

en: <b>Gamut mask editor</b>
    
    Edit the gamut mask here, or turn it off or on. Gamut masks are like a piece of
    tracing paper with cut-out holes, placed over the color wheel to limit the
    range of colors you can select. This allows you to plan your color schemes in
    advance, which is useful for color scripting or to create specific moods. The
    theory is that the corners of each mask shape represent a <i>subjective</i>
    primary color, and that each shape contains all the colors which can be mixed
    using those corner primaries. Subjective secondary colors lie at the midpoints
    of the shape edges, and the center of the shape is the subjective neutral tone
    for the shape.
    
    Click to add shapes if the wheel is blank. Shapes can be dragged around and
    their outlines can be adjusted by adding or moving the control points. Make a
    shape too small to be useful to remove it: dragging a shape to the edge of the
    disc is a quick way of doing this. You can delete shapes by dragging them
    inside other shapes too. The entire mask can be rotated by turning the edge of
    the disc to generate new and unexpected color schemes.
    
    Gamut masks can be saved to GIMP-format palette files, and loaded from them.
    The New button lets you choose one of several templates as a starting point.
en_GB: <b>Gamut mask editor</b>
    
    Edit the gamut mask here, or turn it off or on. Gamut masks are like a piece of
    tracing paper with cut-out holes, placed over the colour wheel to limit the
    range of colours you can select. This allows you to plan your colour schemes in
    advance, which is useful for colour scripting or to create specific moods. The
    theory is that the corners of each mask shape represent a <i>subjective</i>
    primary colour, and that each shape contains all the colours which can be mixed
    using those corner primaries. Subjective secondary colours lie at the midpoints
    of the shape edges, and the center of the shape is the subjective neutral tone
    for the shape.
    
    Click to add shapes if the wheel is blank. Shapes can be dragged around and
    their outlines can be adjusted by adding or moving the control points. Make a
    shape too small to be useful to remove it: dragging a shape to the edge of the
    disc is a quick way of doing this. You can delete shapes by dragging them
    inside other shapes too. The entire mask can be rotated by turning the edge of
    the disc to generate new and unexpected colour schemes.
    
    Gamut masks can be saved to GIMP-format palette files, and loaded from them.
    The New button lets you choose one of several templates as a starting point.

en: One main range of colors, with a complementary accent for variation and highlights.
en_GB: One main range of colours, with a complementary accent for variation and highlights.

en: Set the color using cylindrical hue/chroma/luma space. The circular slices are equiluminant.
en_GB: Set the colour using cylindrical hue/chroma/luma space. The circular slices are equiluminant.

en: Color name:
en_GB: Colour name:

en: Color swatch palette. Drop colors here and drag them around to organize.
en_GB: Colour swatch palette. Drop colours here and drag them around to organize.

en: Empty palette slot (drag a color here)
en_GB: Empty palette slot (drag a colour here)

en: Set current color
en_GB: Set current colour

en: Color History and other tools
en_GB: Colour History and other tools

note: Colour changing
en: Change Color
en_GB: Change Colour

en: Color Window
en_GB: Colour Window

en: The top layer only, without blending colors.
en_GB: The top layer only, without blending colours.

en: Subtracts the darker color from the lighter of the two.
en_GB: Subtracts the darker colour from the lighter of the two.

en: Applies the saturation of the top layer's colors to the hue and luminosity of the backdrop.
en_GB: Applies the saturation of the top layer's colours to the hue and luminosity of the backdrop.

en: Increase color brightness
en_GB: Increase colour brightness

en: Decrease color brightness
en_GB: Decrease colour brightness

en: Rotate color hue anticlockwise
en_GB: Rotate colour hue anticlockwise

en: Rotate color hue clockwise
en_GB: Rotate colour hue clockwise

en: Increase color saturation
en_GB: Increase colour saturation

en: Decrease color saturation
en_GB: Decrease colour saturation

[ctx: Menu|Brush|Shortcut Keys|]
en: Restore Color
en_GB: Restore Colour

[ctx: Menu|]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Menu|Color|]
en: Adjust Color
en_GB: Adjust Colour

[ctx: Menu|Color|]
en: Pick Color
en_GB: Pick Colour

[ctx: Menu|Color|]
en: Color History
en_GB: Colour History

[ctx: Menu|Color|]
en: Change Color
en_GB: Change Colour

en: Color changer popup (crossed bowl)
en_GB: Colour changer popup (crossed bowl)

en: Color changer popup (wash)
en_GB: Colour changer popup (wash)

[ctx: Menu|Color|]
en: Change Color (ring)
en_GB: Change Colour (ring)

en: Color changer popup (concentric rings)
en_GB: Colour changer popup (concentric rings)

[ctx: Menu|Color|]
en: Color Details
en_GB: Colour Details

en: Color details dialog with text entry
en_GB: Colour details dialog with text entry

[ctx: Menu|Color]
en: Next Palette Color
en_GB: Next Palette Colour

en: Next color in the palette
en_GB: Next colour in the palette

[ctx: Menu|Color|]
en: Previous Palette Color
en_GB: Previous Palette Colour

en: Previous color in the palette
en_GB: Previous colour in the palette

[ctx: Menu|Scratchpad|]
en: Color Dabs
en_GB: Colour Dabs

[ctx: Menu|Scratchpad|Color Dabs|]
en: Saturation Spread for Current Color
en_GB: Saturation Spread for Current Colour

[ctx: Menu|Color|]
en: Colors Window
en_GB: Colours Window

en: Set the color used for painting
en_GB: Set the colour used for painting

en: Mix colors and make sketches on separate scrap pages
en_GB: Mix colours and make sketches on separate scrap pages

en: Access and organize files
en_GB: Access and organise files

en: You cannot move the volume “%s” to the trash.
en_GB: You cannot move the volume “%s” to the wastebasket.

en: %-I:%M %P
en_GB: %-H:%M

en: %b %-d %Y
en_GB: %-d %b %Y

en: %a, %b %e %Y %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %a, %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S

en: %a, %b %e %Y %T
en_GB: %a, %e %b %Y %T

en: Are you sure you want to permanently delete “%B” from the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to permanently delete “%B” from the wastebasket?

note: Translators: %B is a file name
en: “%B” can't be put in the trash. Do you want to delete it immediately?
en_GB: “%B” can't be put in the wastebasket. Do you want to delete it immediately?

en: This remote location does not support sending items to the trash.
en_GB: This remote location does not support sending items to the wastebasket.

en: If set to true, then Nautilus will ask for confirmation when you attempt to delete files, or empty the Trash.
en_GB: If set to true, then Nautilus will ask for confirmation when you attempt to delete files, or empty the Wastebasket.

en: If set to true, then Nautilus will have a feature allowing you to delete a file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the trash. This feature can be dangerous, so use caution.
en_GB: If set to true, then Nautilus will have a feature allowing you to delete a file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the wastebasket. This feature can be dangerous, so use caution.

en: Don't recognize this file server type.
en_GB: Don't recognise this file server type.

en: The link “%s” is broken. Move it to Trash?
en_GB: The link “%s” is broken. Move it to Wastebasket?

en: Move the open folder out of the trash to “%s”
en_GB: Move the open folder out of the wastebasket to “%s”

en: Move the selected folder out of the trash to “%s”
en_GB: Move the selected folder out of the wastebasket to “%s”

en: Move the selected folders out of the trash to “%s”
en_GB: Move the selected folders out of the wastebasket to “%s”

en: Move the selected folders out of the trash
en_GB: Move the selected folders out of the wastebasket

en: Move the selected file out of the trash to “%s”
en_GB: Move the selected file out of the wastebasket to “%s”

en: Move the selected files out of the trash to “%s”
en_GB: Move the selected file out of the wastebasket to “%s”

en: Move the selected files out of the trash
en_GB: Move the selected files out of the wastebasket

en: Move the selected item out of the trash to “%s”
en_GB: Move the selected item out of the wastebasket to “%s”

en: Move the selected items out of the trash to “%s”
en_GB: Move the selected item out of the wastebasket to “%s”

en: Move the selected items out of the trash
en_GB: Move the selected items out of the wastebasket

note: Translator: This is the filename used for when you dnd text to a directory
en: Dropped Text.txt
en_GB: Dropped text.txt

en: Files is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Files is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Files is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Files is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Nautilus; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Nautilus; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA

en: Access and organize your files.
en_GB: Access and organise your files.

note: TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line.
en: The GNOME Translation Project <gnome-i18n@gnome.org>
en_GB: David Lodge <dave@cirt.net>
    Philip Withnall <pwithnall@svn.gnome.org>

en: The field is here to give the user a human readable name for a profile in the Nact interface. If not set there will be a default auto generated string set by default
en_GB: The field is here to give the user a human readable name for a profile in the Nact interface. If not set there will be a default auto-generated string set by default

en: Set Breakpoint with Dialog...
en_GB: Set Breakpoint with Dialogue…

en: Set a breakpoint at the current line using a dialog
en_GB: Set a breakpoint at the current line using a dialogue

en: Set Breakpoint...
en_GB: Set Breakpoint…

en: Set Watchpoint with Dialog...
en_GB: Set Watchpoint with Dialogue…

en: Set a watchpoint using a dialog
en_GB: Set a watchpoint using a dialogue

en: _Open Source File...
en_GB: _Open Source File…

en: Load _Executable...
en_GB: Load _Executable…

en: _Connect to Remote Target...
en_GB: _Connect to Remote Target…

en: Loading files from target executable...
en_GB: Loading files from target executable…

en: Assembly flavor
en_GB: Assembly flavour

note: 'Edit Connections...' item
en: Edit Connections...
en_GB: Edit Connections…

en: Preparing network connection '%s'...
en_GB: Preparing network connection '%s'…

en: User authentication required for network connection '%s'...
en_GB: User authentication required for network connection '%s'…

en: Requesting a network address for '%s'...
en_GB: Requesting a network address for '%s'…

en: Starting VPN connection '%s'...
en_GB: Starting VPN connection '%s'…

en: User authentication required for VPN connection '%s'...
en_GB: User authentication required for VPN connection '%s'…

en: Requesting a VPN address for '%s'...
en_GB: Requesting a VPN address for '%s'…

en: Preparing mobile broadband connection '%s'...
en_GB: Preparing mobile broadband connection '%s'…

en: Configuring mobile broadband connection '%s'...
en_GB: Configuring mobile broadband connection '%s'…

en: User authentication required for mobile broadband connection '%s'...
en_GB: User authentication required for mobile broadband connection '%s'…

note: Default connection item
en: New Mobile Broadband (CDMA) connection...
en_GB: New Mobile Broadband (CDMA) connection…

en: Preparing ethernet network connection '%s'...
en_GB: Preparing ethernet network connection '%s'…

en: Configuring ethernet network connection '%s'...
en_GB: Configuring ethernet network connection '%s'…

en: User authentication required for ethernet network connection '%s'...
en_GB: User authentication required for ethernet network connection '%s'…

en: Requesting an ethernet network address for '%s'...
en_GB: Requesting an ethernet network address for '%s'…

note: Start the spinner to show the progress of the unlock
en: Sending unlock code...
en_GB: Sending unlock code…

note: Default connection item
en: New Mobile Broadband connection...
en_GB: New Mobile Broadband connection…

note: Default connection item
en: New Mobile Broadband (GSM) connection...
en_GB: New Mobile Broadband (GSM) connection…

en: _Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi Network...
en_GB: _Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi Network…

en: Create _New Wi-Fi Network...
en_GB: Create _New Wi-Fi Network…

en: Preparing Wi-Fi network connection '%s'...
en_GB: Preparing Wi-Fi network connection '%s'…

en: Configuring Wi-Fi network connection '%s'...
en_GB: Configuring Wi-Fi network connection '%s'…

en: User authentication required for Wi-Fi network '%s'...
en_GB: User authentication required for Wi-Fi network '%s'…

en: Requesting a Wi-Fi network address for '%s'...
en_GB: Requesting a Wi-Fi network address for '%s'…

en: _Aging time:
en_GB: _Ageing time:

en: The DHCP client identifier allows the network administrator to customize your computer's configuration.  If you wish to use a DHCP client identifier, enter it here.
en_GB: The DHCP client identifier allows the network administrator to customise your computer's configuration.  If you wish to use a DHCP client identifier, enter it here.

en: Import a saved VPN configuration...
en_GB: Import a saved VPN configuration…

en: The connection editor dialog could not be initialized due to an unknown error.
en_GB: The connection editor dialogue could not be initialised due to an unknown error.

en: Unknown error creating connection editor dialog.
en_GB: Unknown error creating connection editor dialogue.

en: Error initializing editor
en_GB: Error initialising editor

en: Mobile wizard was canceled
en_GB: Mobile wizard was cancelled

en: Detecting phone configuration...
en_GB: Detecting phone configuration…

en: My plan is not listed...
en_GB: My plan is not listed…

en: This assistant helps you easily set up a mobile broadband connection to a cellular (3G) network.
en_GB: This assistant helps you easily set up a mobile broadband connection to a mobile (3G) network.

en: C_onnection:
en_GB: Co_nnection:

en: Edit Color "%s"
en_GB: Edit Colour "%s"

en: Set Color
en_GB: Set Colour

en: Double-click to edit this color, or drag-and-drop between colors
en_GB: Double-click to edit this colour, or drag-and-drop between colours

en: _False Color
en_GB: _False Colour

note: module: account
en: If you unreconciliate transactions, you must also verify all the actions that are linked to those transactions because they will not be disabled
en_GB: If you unreconciliate transactions, you must also verify all actions linked to those transactions as they will not be disabled

note: module: account
en: If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the payment term without removing it.
en_GB: If the active field is set to False, it will let you hide the payment term without removing it.

note: module: account
en: Gives the type of the analytic journal. When it needs for a document (eg: an invoice) to create analytic entries, OpenERP will look for a matching journal of the same type.
en_GB: Gives the type of the analytic journal. When it needs a document (eg: an invoice) to create analytic entries, OpenERP will look for a matching journal of the same type.

note: module: account
en: Installs localized accounting charts to match as closely as possible the accounting needs of your company based on your country.
en_GB: Installs localised accounting charts to match as closely as possible the accounting needs of your company based on your country.

note: module: account
en: This view is used by accountants in order to record entries massively in OpenERP. Journal items are created by OpenERP if you use Bank Statements, Cash Registers, or Customer/Supplier payments.
en_GB: This view is used by accountants to record entries massively in OpenERP. Journal items are created by OpenERP if you use Bank Statements, Cash Registers, or Customer/Supplier payments.

note: module: account
en: When journal period is created. The state is 'Draft'. If a report is printed it comes to 'Printed' state. When all transactions are done, it comes in 'Done' state.
en_GB: When journal period is created. The state is 'Draft'. If a report is printed it changes to 'Printed' state. When all transactions are done, it changes to 'Done' state.

note: module: account
en: If you unreconciliate transactions, you must also verify all the actions that are linked to those transactions because they will not be disable
en_GB: If you unreconciliate transactions, you must also verify all actions linked to those transactions as they will not be disabled

note: module: account
en: Centralized Journal
en_GB: Centralised Journal

note: module: account
en: Receivable Accounts
en_GB: Accounts Receivable

note: module: base
en: Salesman
en_GB: Salesperson

note: module: account_budget
en: Theoritical Amount
en_GB: Theoretical Amount

note: module: account_payment
en: Desitination Account
en_GB: Destination Account

note: module: association
en: Helps you to manage and organize your events.
en_GB: Helps you to manage and organise your events.

note: module: association
en: Lets you create wiki pages and page groups in order to keep track of business knowledge and share it with and  between your employees.
en_GB: Lets you create wiki pages and page groups to keep track of business knowledge and share it with and between your employees.

note: module: base
en: The second argument of the many2many field %s must be a SQL table !You used %s, which is not a valid SQL table name.
en_GB: The second argument of the many2many field %s must be a SQL table! You used %s, which is not a valid SQL table name.

note: module: base
en: 
    Project management module tracks multi-level projects, tasks, work done on tasks, eso.
    ======================================================================================
    
    It is able to render planning, order tasks, eso.
    
    Dashboard for project members that includes:
    --------------------------------------------
        * List of my open tasks
        * List of my delegated tasks
        * Graph of My Projects: Planned vs Total Hours
        * Graph of My Remaining Hours by Project
en_GB: 
    The Project management module tracks multi-level projects, tasks, work done on tasks, etc.
    ======================================================================================
    
    It is able to render plans, order tasks, etc.
    
    Dashboard for project members that includes:
    --------------------------------------------
        * List of my open tasks
        * List of my delegated tasks
        * Graph of My Projects: Planned vs Total Hours
        * Graph of My Remaining Hours by Project

note: module: base
en: Display Menu Tips
en_GB: Display menu tips

note: module: base
en: Model name on which the method to be called is located, e.g. 'res.partner'.
en_GB: Model name in which the method to be called is located, e.g. 'res.partner'.

note: module: base
en: 
    Organization and management of events.
    ======================================
    
    This module allows you to create retro planning for managing your events.
en_GB: 
    Organisation and management of events.
    ======================================
    
    This module allows you to create retro planning to manage your events.

note: module: base
en: Properties of base fields cannot be altered in this manner! Please modify them through Python code, preferably through a custom addon!
en_GB: Properties of base fields cannot be altered in this manner! Please modify them through Python code, preferably by a custom addon!

note: module: base
en: The name of the language must be unique !
en_GB: The name of the language must be unique!

note: module: base
en: 
            This module provide a class import_framework to help importing 
            complex data from other software
en_GB: 
            This module provide a class import_framework to help import 
            complex data from other software

note: module: base
en: Config Wizard Steps
en_GB: Configuration Wizard Steps

note: module: base
en: The user this filter is available to. When left empty the filter is usable by the system only.
en_GB: The user this filter is available to. If empty the filter is usable by the system only.

note: module: base
en: You can not remove the admin user as it is used internally for resources created by OpenERP (updates, module installation, ...)
en_GB: You can not remove the user 'admin' as it is used internally for resources created by OpenERP (updates, module installation etc)

note: module: base
en: If you check this, then the second time the user prints with same attachment name, it returns the previous report.
en_GB: On checking this successive reports are generated from cache.

note: module: base
en: 
    Module to automate letters for unpaid invoices, with multi-level recalls.
    ==========================================================================
    
    You can define your multiple levels of recall through the menu:
        Accounting/Configuration/Miscellaneous/Follow-Ups
    
    Once it is defined, you can automatically print recalls every day through simply clicking on the menu:
        Accounting/Periodical Processing/Billing/Send followups
    
    It will generate a PDF with all the letters according to the the
    different levels of recall defined. You can define different policies
    for different companies. You can also send mail to the customer.
    
    Note that if you want to check the followup level for a given partner/account entry, you can do from in the menu:
        Accounting/Reporting/Generic Reporting/Partners/Follow-ups Sent
en_GB: 
    Module to automate letters for unpaid invoices, with multi-level recalls.
    ==========================================================================
    
    You can define your multiple levels of recall through the menu:
        Accounting/Configuration/Miscellaneous/Follow-Ups
    
    Once it is defined, you can automatically print recalls each day by simply clicking on the menu:
        Accounting/Periodical Processing/Billing/Send followups
    
    It will generate a PDF with all the letters according to the the
    different levels of recall defined. You can define different policies
    for different companies. You can also send mail to the customer.
    
    Note that if you want to check the followup level for a given partner/account entry, you can do from in the menu:
        Accounting/Reporting/Generic Reporting/Partners/Follow-ups Sent

note: module: base
en: Miscellaneous Suppliers
en_GB: Miscellaneous suppliers

note: module: base
en: Custom fields must have a name that starts with 'x_' !
en_GB: The name of custom fields must begin with 'x_' !

note: module: base
en: Export done
en_GB: Export completed

note: module: base
en: You can not remove the model '%s' !
en_GB: You cannot remove the model '%s' !

note: module: base
en: Want to check Ean ?
en_GB: Want to check Ean?

note: module: base
en: Provides fields that be used to fetch the mobile number, e.g. you select the invoice, then `object.invoice_address_id.mobile` is the field which gives the correct mobile number
en_GB: Provides fields used to fetch the mobile number, e.g. you select the invoice, then `object.invoice_address_id.mobile` is the field which gives the correct mobile number

note: module: base
en: Manual: Launched manually.
    Automatic: Runs whenever the system is reconfigured.
    Launch Manually Once: after hacing been launched manually, it sets automatically to Done.
en_GB: Manual: Launched manually.
    Automatic: Runs whenever the system is reconfigured.
    Launch Manually Once: after having been launched manually, it sets automatically to Done.

note: module: base
en: The module adds google contact in partner address and add google calendar events details in Meeting
en_GB: The module adds google contact in partner address and google calendar events details in Meeting

note: module: base
en: Expression containing a value specification. 
    When Formula type is selected, this field may be a Python expression  that can use the same values as for the condition field on the server action.
    If Value type is selected, the value will be used directly without evaluation.
en_GB: Expression containing a value specification. 
    When Formula type is selected, this field may be a Python expression that can use the same values as the condition field on the server action.
    If Value type is selected, the value will be used directly without evaluation.

note: module: base
en: Users added to this group are automatically added in the following groups.
en_GB: Users added to this group are automatically added to the following groups.

note: module: base
en: Invalid XML for View Architecture!
en_GB: Invalid XML code in Arch fields of View!

note: module: base
en: Keep track of your planning
    This module helps you to manage your plannings.
    ===============================================
    
    This module is based on the analytic accounting and is totally integrated with
    * the timesheets encoding
    * the holidays management
    * the project management
    
    So that, each department manager can know if someone in his team has still unallocated time for a given planning (taking in consideration the validated leaves) or if he still needs to encode tasks.
    
    At the end of the month, the planning manager can also check if the encoded timesheets are respecting the planned time on each analytic account.
en_GB: Keep track of your planning
    This module helps you to manage your plans.
    ===============================================
    
    This module is based on the analytic accounting and is totally integrated with
    * timesheet encoding
    * holiday management
    * project management
    
    So that, each department manager can know if someone in his team has still unallocated time for a given planning (taking in consideration the validated leaves) or if he still needs to encode tasks.
    
    At the end of the month, the planning manager can also check if the encoded timesheets are respecting the planned time on each analytic account.

note: module: base
en: %W - Week number of the year (Monday as the first day of the week) as a decimal number [00,53]. All days in a new year preceding the first Monday are considered to be in week 0.
en_GB: %W - Week number of the year (Monday being the first day of the week) as an integer [00,53]. All days in a new year preceding the first Monday are considered to be in week 0.

note: module: base
en: Operation Canceled
en_GB: Operation Cancelled

note: module: base
en: 
    This is a complete document management system.
    ==============================================
    
        * User Authentication
        * Document Indexation :- .pptx and .docx files are not supported in Windows platform.
        * Dashboard for Document that includes:
            * New Files (list)
            * Files by Resource Type (graph)
            * Files by Partner (graph)
            * Files Size by Month (graph)
    
    ATTENTION:
        - When you install this module in a running company that have already PDF files stored into the database,
          you will lose them all.
        - After installing this module PDF's are no longer stored into the database,
          but in the servers rootpad like /server/bin/filestore.
en_GB: 
    This is a complete document management system.
    ==============================================
    
        * User Authentication
        * Document Indexation :- .pptx and .docx files are not supported in Windows platform.
        * Dashboard for Document that includes:
            * New Files (list)
            * Files by Resource Type (graph)
            * Files by Partner (graph)
            * Files Size by Month (graph)
    
    ATTENTION:
        - When you install this module in a running company that already has PDF files stored into the database,
          you will lose them all.
        - After installing this module PDFs are no longer stored into the database,
          but in the servers root path like /server/bin/filestore.

note: module: base
en: '%s' contains too many dots. XML ids should not contain dots ! These are used to refer to other modules data, as in module.reference_id
en_GB: '%s' contains too many dots. XML ids should not contain dots! These are used to refer to other modules' data, as in module.reference_id

note: module: base
en: Synchronize Terms
en_GB: Synchronise Terms

note: module: base
en: 
    Organization and management of Events.
    ======================================
    
    This module allows you
        * to manage your events and their registrations
        * to use emails to automatically confirm and send acknowledgements for any registration to an event
        * ...
    
    Note that:
        - You can define new types of events in
            Association / Configuration / Types of Events
en_GB: 
    Organisation and management of Events.
    ======================================
    
    This module allows you
        * to manage your events and their registrations
        * to use emails to automatically confirm and send acknowledgements for any registration to an event
        * ...
    
    Note that:
        - You can define new types of events in
            Association / Configuration / Types of Events

note: module: base
en: Date : %(date)s
    
    Dear %(partner_name)s,
    
    Please find in attachment a reminder of all your unpaid invoices, for a total amount due of:
    
    %(followup_amount).2f %(company_currency)s
    
    Thanks,
    --
    %(user_signature)s
    %(company_name)s
en_GB: Date : %(date)s
    
    Dear %(partner_name)s,
    
    Please find in attachment a reminder of all your unpaid invoices, for a total amount due of:
    
    %(followup_amount).2f %(company_currency)s
    
    Thanks,
    
    -- 
    %(user_signature)s
    %(company_name)s

note: module: base
en: 
    This module adds generic sharing tools to your current OpenERP database.
    ========================================================================
    
    It specifically adds a 'share' button that is available in the Web client to
    share any kind of OpenERP data with colleagues, customers, friends, etc.
    
    The system will work by creating new users and groups on the fly, and by
    combining the appropriate access rights and ir.rules to ensure that the
    shared users only have access to the data that has been shared with them.
    
    This is extremely useful for collaborative work, knowledge sharing,
    synchronization with other companies, etc.
en_GB: 
    This module adds generic sharing tools to your current OpenERP database.
    ========================================================================
    
    It specifically adds a 'share' button that is available in the Web client to
    share any kind of OpenERP data with colleagues, customers, friends, etc.
    
    The system will work by creating new users and groups on the fly, and by
    combining the appropriate access rights and ir.rules to ensure that the
    shared users only have access to the data that has been shared with them.
    
    This is extremely useful for collaborative work, knowledge sharing,
    synchronisation with other companies, etc.

note: module: base
en: 
        The base module to manage lunch
    
        keep track for the Lunch Order ,Cash Moves ,CashBox ,Product.
        Apply Different Category for the product.
en_GB: 
        The base module to manage lunch
    
        keep track for the Lunch Order, Cash Moves, CashBox, Product.
        Apply Different Category for the product.

note: module: base
en: 
    VAT validation for Partners' VAT numbers
    ========================================
    
    After installing this module, values entered in the VAT field of Partners will
    be validated for all supported countries. The country is inferred from the
    2-letter country code that prefixes the VAT number, e.g. ``BE0477472701``
    will be validated using the Belgian rules.
    
    There are two different levels of VAT number validation:
    
     * By default, a simple off-line check is performed using the known validation
       rules for the country, usually a simple check digit. This is quick and 
       always available, but allows numbers that are perhaps not truly allocated,
       or not valid anymore.
     * When the "VAT VIES Check" option is enabled (in the configuration of the user's
       Company), VAT numbers will be instead submitted to the online EU VIES
       database, which will truly verify that the number is valid and currently
       allocated to a EU company. This is a little bit slower than the simple
       off-line check, requires an Internet connection, and may not be available
       all the time. If the service is not available or does not support the
       requested country (e.g. for non-EU countries), a simple check will be performed
       instead.
    
    Supported countries currently include EU countries, and a few non-EU countries
    such as Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Norway or Russia. For unsupported countries,
    only the country code will be validated.
en_GB: 
    VAT validation for Partners' VAT numbers
    ========================================
    
    After installing this module, values entered in the VAT field of Partners will
    be validated for all supported countries. The country is inferred from the
    2-letter country code that prefixes the VAT number, e.g. ``BE0477472701``
    will be validated using the Belgian rules.
    
    There are two different levels of VAT number validation:
    
     * By default, a simple off-line check is performed using the known validation
       rules for the country, usually a simple check digit. This is quick and 
       always available, but allows numbers that are perhaps not truly allocated,
       or not valid anymore.
     * When the "VAT VIES Check" option is enabled (in the configuration of the user's
       Company), VAT numbers will be instead submitted to the online EU VIES
       database, which will truly verify that the number is valid and currently
       allocated to a EU company. This is a little slower than the simple
       off-line check, requires an Internet connection, and may not be available
       all the time. If the service is not available or does not support the
       requested country (e.g. for non-EU countries), a simple check will be performed
       instead.
    
    Supported countries currently include EU countries, and a few non-EU countries
    such as Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Norway or Russia. For unsupported countries,
    only the country code will be validated.

note: module: base
en: Helps you get the most out of your points of sales with fast sale encoding, simplified payment mode encoding, automatic picking lists generation and more.
en_GB: Get the most out of your points of sale with fast sale encoding, simplified payment mode encoding, automatic pick list generation and more.

note: module: base
en: 
    This module allows your user to easily and efficiently participate in enterprise innovation.
    ============================================================================================
    
    It allows everybody to express ideas about different subjects.
    Then, other users can comment on these ideas and vote for particular ideas.
    Each idea has a score based on the different votes.
    The managers can obtain an easy view of best ideas from all the users.
    Once installed, check the menu 'Ideas' in the 'Tools' main menu.
en_GB: 
    This module allows your user to easily and efficiently participate in enterprise innovation.
    ============================================================================================
    
    It allows everybody to express ideas about different subjects.
    Then, other users can comment on these ideas and vote for particular ideas.
    Each idea has a score based on the different votes.
    Managers can obtain an easy view of best ideas from all the users.
    Once installed, check the menu 'Ideas' in the 'Tools' main menu.

note: module: base
en: 
    This is the base module to manage the accounting chart for Ecuador in OpenERP.
    ==============================================================================
    
    Accounting chart and localization for Ecuador.
en_GB: 
    This is the base module to manage the accounting chart for Ecuador in OpenERP.
    ==============================================================================
    
    Accounting chart and localisation for Ecuador.

note: module: base
en: 
    Base module for the Brazilian localization
    ==========================================
    
    This module consists in:
    
     - Generic Brazilian chart of accounts
     - Brazilian taxes such as:
    
            - IPI
            - ICMS
            - PIS
            - COFINS
            - ISS
            - IR
            - IRPJ
            - CSLL
    
     - Tax Situation Code (CST) required for the electronic fiscal invoicing (NFe)
    
    The field tax_discount has also been added in the account.tax.template and account.tax objects to allow the proper computation of some Brazilian VATs such as ICMS. The chart of account creation wizard has been extended to propagate those new data properly.
    
    It's important to note however that this module lack many implementations to use OpenERP properly in Brazil. Those implementations (such as the electronic fiscal Invoicing which is already operational) are brought by more than 15 additional modules of the Brazilian Launchpad localization project https://launchpad.net/openerp.pt-br-localiz and their dependencies in the extra addons branch. Those modules aim at not breaking with the remarkable OpenERP modularity, this is why they are numerous but small. One of the reasons for maintaining those modules apart is that Brazilian Localization leaders need commit rights agility to complete the localization as companies fund the remaining legal requirements (such as soon fiscal ledgers, accounting SPED, fiscal SPED and PAF ECF that are still missing as September 2011). Those modules are also strictly licensed under AGPL V3 and today don't come with any additional paid permission for online use of 'private modules'.
en_GB: 
    Base module for the Brazilian localization
    ==========================================
    
    This module consists in:
    
     - Generic Brazilian chart of accounts
     - Brazilian taxes such as:
    
            - IPI
            - ICMS
            - PIS
            - COFINS
            - ISS
            - IR
            - IRPJ
            - CSLL
    
     - Tax Situation Code (CST) required for the electronic fiscal invoicing (NFe)
    
    The field tax_discount has also been added in the account.tax.template and account.tax objects to allow the proper computation of some Brazilian VATs such as ICMS. The chart of account creation wizard has been extended to propagate those new data properly.
    
    It's important to note however that this module lacks many implementations to use OpenERP properly in Brazil. Those implementations (such as the electronic fiscal Invoicing which is already operational) are brought by more than 15 additional modules of the Brazilian Launchpad localization project https://launchpad.net/openerp.pt-br-localiz and their dependencies in the extra addons branch. Those modules aim at not breaking the remarkable OpenERP modularity, this is why they are numerous but small. One of the reasons for maintaining those modules apart is that Brazilian Localization leaders need commit rights agility to complete the localization as companies fund the remaining legal requirements (such as soon fiscal ledgers, accounting SPED, fiscal SPED and PAF ECF that are still missing as September 2011). Those modules are also strictly licensed under AGPL V3 and today don't come with any additional paid permission for online use of 'private modules'.

note: module: base
en: %U - Week number of the year (Sunday as the first day of the week) as a decimal number [00,53]. All days in a new year preceding the first Sunday are considered to be in week 0.
en_GB: %U - Week number of the year (Sunday being the first day of the week) as an integer [00,53]. All days in a new year preceding the first Sunday are considered to be in week 0.

note: module: base
en: Display this bank account on the footer of printed documents like invoices and sales orders.
en_GB: Display this bank account on the footer of printed documents such as invoices and sales orders.

note: module: base
en: 
    The sales journal modules allows you to categorise your sales and deliveries (picking lists) between different journals.
    ========================================================================================================================
    
    This module is very helpful for bigger companies that
    works by departments.
    
    You can use journal for different purposes, some examples:
        * isolate sales of different departments
        * journals for deliveries by truck or by UPS
    
    Journals have a responsible and evolves between different status:
        * draft, open, cancel, done.
    
    Batch operations can be processed on the different journals to
    confirm all sales at once, to validate or invoice packing, ...
    
    It also supports batch invoicing methods that can be configured by partners and sales orders, examples:
        * daily invoicing,
        * monthly invoicing, ...
    
    Some statistics by journals are provided.
en_GB: 
    The sales journal modules lets you categorise your sales and deliveries (picking lists) between different journals.
    ========================================================================================================================
    
    This module is very helpful for larger companies that
    work by departments.
    
    You can use journal for different purposes, some examples:
        * isolate sales of different departments
        * journals for deliveries by truck or by UPS
    
    Journals have a responsible and cycle between different status:
        * draft, open, cancel, done.
    
    Batch operations can be processed on the different journals to
    confirm all sales at once, to validate or invoice packing, ...
    
    It also supports batch invoicing methods that can be configured by partners and sales orders, examples:
        * daily invoicing,
        * monthly invoicing, ...
    
    Some statistics by journals are provided.

note: module: base
en: 
    This module aims to manage employee's expenses.
    ===============================================
    
    The whole workflow is implemented:
        * Draft expense
        * Confirmation of the sheet by the employee
        * Validation by his manager
        * Validation by the accountant and invoice creation
        * Payment of the invoice to the employee
    
    This module also uses the analytic accounting and is compatible with
    the invoice on timesheet module so that you will be able to automatically
    re-invoice your customer's expenses if your work by project.
en_GB: 
    This module aims to manage employee's expenses.
    ===============================================
    
    The whole workflow is implemented:
        * Draft expense
        * Confirmation of the sheet by the employee
        * Validation by their manager
        * Validation by the accountant and invoice creation
        * Payment of the invoice to the employee
    
    This module also uses the analytic accounting and is compatible with
    the invoice on timesheet module so that you will be able to automatically
    re-invoice your customer's expenses if your work by project.

note: module: base
en: Add or not the corporate RML header
en_GB: Optionally add the corporate RML header

note: module: base
en: Enter the field/expression that will return the list. E.g. select the sale order in Object, and you can have loop on the sales order line. Expression = `object.order_line`.
en_GB: Enter the field/expression that will return the list. E.g. selecting the sale order in Object, you can loop on the sales order line: Expression = `object.order_line`.

note: module: base
en: 
    Helpdesk Management.
    ====================
    
    Like records and processing of claims, Helpdesk and Support are good tools
    to trace your interventions. This menu is more adapted to oral communication,
    which is not necessarily related to a claim. Select a customer, add notes
    and categorize your interventions with a channel and a priority level.
en_GB: 
    Helpdesk Management.
    ====================
    
    Like records and processing of claims, Helpdesk and Support are good tools
    to trace your interventions. This menu is more adapted to oral communication,
    which is not necessarily related to a claim. Select a customer, add notes
    and categorise your interventions with a channel and a priority level.

note: module: base
en: 
    Module for resource management.
    ===============================
    
    A resource represent something that can be scheduled
    (a developer on a task or a work center on manufacturing orders).
    This module manages a resource calendar associated to every resource.
    It also manages the leaves of every resource.
en_GB: 
    Module for resource management.
    ===============================
    
    A resource represents something that can be scheduled
    (a developer on a task or a work centre on manufacturing orders).
    This module manages a resource calendar associated to every resource.
    It also manages the leave of every resource.

note: module: base
en: 
    Synchronization with all objects.
    =================================
    
    Configure servers and trigger synchronization with its database objects.
en_GB: 
    Synchronisation with all objects.
    =================================
    
    Configure servers and trigger synchronization with its database objects.

note: module: base
en: The Object name must start with x_ and not contain any special character !
en_GB: The Object name must start with x_ and not contain any special characters!

note: module: base
en: Tools / Customization
en_GB: Tools / Customisation

note: module: base
en: Arguments sent to the client along withthe view tag
en_GB: Arguments sent to the client along with the view tag

note: module: base
en: 
    This module implements all concepts defined by the Getting Things Done methodology.
    ===================================================================================
    
    This module implements a simple personnal Todo list based on tasks. It adds in
    the project application an editable list of tasks simplified to the minimum
    required fields.
    
    The todo list is based on the GTD methodology. This world-wide used methodology
    is used for personal time management improvement.
    
    Getting Things Done (commonly abbreviated as GTD) is an action management
    method created by David Allen, and described in a book of the same name.
    
    GTD rests on the principle that a person needs to move tasks out of the mind by
    recording them externally. That way, the mind is freed from the job of
    remembering everything that needs to be done, and can concentrate on actually
    performing those tasks.
en_GB: 
    This module implements all concepts defined by the Getting Things Done methodology.
    ===================================================================================
    
    This module implements a simple personal Todo list based on tasks. It adds in
    the project application an editable list of tasks simplified to the minimum
    required fields.
    
    The todo list is based on the GTD methodology. This globally used methodology
    is used for personal time management improvement.
    
    Getting Things Done (commonly abbreviated as GTD) is an action management
    method created by David Allen, and described in a book of the same name.
    
    GTD rests on the principle that a person needs to move tasks out of the mind by
    recording them externally. That way, the mind is freed from the job of
    remembering everything that needs to be done, and can concentrate on actually
    performing those tasks.

note: module: base
en: Serialization Field
en_GB: Serialisation Field

note: module: base
en: 
    This module allows users to perform segmentation within partners.
    =================================================================
    
    It uses the profiles criteria from the earlier segmentation module and improve it. Thanks to the new concept of questionnaire. You can now regroup questions into a questionnaire and directly use it on a partner.
    
    It also has been merged with the earlier CRM & SRM segmentation tool because they were overlapping.
    
        * Note: this module is not compatible with the module segmentation, since it's the same which has been renamed.
en_GB: 
    This module lets users perform segmentation within partners.
    =================================================================
    
    It improves the profiles criteria from the earlier segmentation module. Thanks to the new concept of questionnaire. You can now regroup questions into a questionnaire and directly use it on a partner.
    
    It also has been merged with the earlier CRM & SRM segmentation tool because they were overlapping.
    
        * Note: this module is not compatible with the module segmentation, since it's the same which has been renamed.

note: module: base
en: The Selection Options expression is not a valid Pythonic expression.Please provide an expression in the [('key','Label'), ...] format.
en_GB: The Selection Options expression is not a valid Pythonic expression. Please provide an expression in the [('key','Label'), ...] format.

note: module: base
en: eMail Gateway for Leads
en_GB: email Gateway for Leads

note: module: base
en: 
    The base module to manage quotations and sales orders.
    ======================================================
    
    Workflow with validation steps:
    -------------------------------
        * Quotation -> Sales order -> Invoice
    
    Invoicing methods:
    ------------------
        * Invoice on order (before or after shipping)
        * Invoice on delivery
        * Invoice on timesheets
        * Advance invoice
    
    Partners preferences:
    ---------------------
        * shipping
        * invoicing
        * incoterm
    
    Products stocks and prices
    --------------------------
    
    Delivery methods:
    -----------------
        * all at once
        * multi-parcel
        * delivery costs
    
    Dashboard for Sales Manager that includes:
    ------------------------------------------
        * Quotations
        * Sales by Month
        * Graph of Sales by Salesman in last 90 days
        * Graph of Sales per Customer in last 90 days
        * Graph of Sales by Product's Category in last 90 days
en_GB: 
    The base module to manage quotations and sales orders.
    ======================================================
    
    Workflow with validation steps:
    -------------------------------
        * Quotation -> Sales order -> Invoice
    
    Invoicing methods:
    ------------------
        * Invoice on order (before or after shipping)
        * Invoice on delivery
        * Invoice on timesheets
        * Advance invoice
    
    Partners preferences:
    ---------------------
        * shipping
        * invoicing
        * incoterm
    
    Products stocks and prices
    --------------------------
    
    Delivery methods:
    -----------------
        * all at once
        * multi-parcel
        * delivery costs
    
    Dashboard for Sales Manager that includes:
    ------------------------------------------
        * Quotations
        * Sales by Month
        * Graph of Sales by Salesperson in last 90 days
        * Graph of Sales per Customer in last 90 days
        * Graph of Sales by Product's Category in last 90 days

note: module: base
en: 
    This is the module to manage the English and French - Canadian accounting chart in OpenERP.
    ===========================================================================================
    
    Canadian accounting charts and localizations.
en_GB: 
    This is the module to manage the English and French - Canadian accounting chart in OpenERP.
    ===========================================================================================
    
    Canadian accounting charts and localisations.

note: module: base
en: Select module package to import (.zip file):
en_GB: Select module package to import (*.zip file):

note: module: base
en: 
    This module defines 'portals' to customize the access to your OpenERP database
    for external users.
    
    A portal defines customized user menu and access rights for a group of users
    (the ones associated to that portal).  It also associates user groups to the
    portal users (adding a group in the portal automatically adds it to the portal
    users, etc).  That feature is very handy when used in combination with the
    module 'share'.
en_GB: 
    This module defines 'portals' to customise access to your OpenERP database
    for external users.
    
    A portal defines customised user menu and access rights for a group of users
    (the ones associated to that portal).  It also associates user groups to the
    portal users (adding a group in the portal automatically adds it to the portal
    users, etc).  That feature is very handy when used in combination with the
    module 'share'.

note: module: base
en: 
    Module to manage invoice payment.
    =================================
    
    This module provides :
    ----------------------
    * a more efficient way to manage invoice payment.
    * a basic mechanism to easily plug various automated payment.
en_GB: 
    Module to manage invoice payment.
    =================================
    
    This module provides :
    ----------------------
    * A more efficient way to manage invoice payment.
    * A basic mechanism to easily plug various automated payment.

note: module: base
en: 
    This module provides some features to improve the layout of the invoices.
    =========================================================================
    
    It gives you the possibility to:
    --------------------------------
        * order all the lines of an invoice
        * add titles, comment lines, sub total lines
        * draw horizontal lines and put page breaks
    
    Moreover, there is one option which allows you to print all the selected invoices with a given special message at the bottom of it. This feature can be very useful for printing your invoices with end-of-year wishes, special punctual conditions.
en_GB: 
    This module provides some features to improve the layout of the invoices.
    =========================================================================
    
    It gives you the possibility to:
    --------------------------------
        * Order all the lines of an invoice
        * Add titles, comment lines, sub total lines
        * Draw horizontal lines and put page breaks
    
    Moreover, there is one option which allows you to print all the selected invoices with a given special message at the bottom. This feature can be very useful for printing your invoices with end-of-year wishes, special punctual conditions.

note: module: base
en: You can install new modules in order to activate new features, menu, reports or data in your OpenERP instance. To install some modules, click on the button "Install" from the form view and then click on "Start Upgrade".
en_GB: You can install new modules to activate new features, menu, reports or data in your OpenERP instance. To install modules, click on the button "Install" from the form view and then click on "Start Upgrade".

note: module: base
en: Recursivity Detected.
en_GB: Recursion detected.

note: module: base
en: Recursion error in modules dependencies !
en_GB: Recursion error in modules dependencies!

note: module: base
en: This wizard helps you add a new language to your OpenERP system. After loading a new language it becomes available as default interface language for users and partners.
en_GB: This wizard helps you add a new language to your OpenERP system. After loading a new language it becomes available as the default interface language for users and partners.

note: module: base
en: RML  (deprecated - use Report)
en_GB: RML (deprecated - use Report)

note: module: base
en: Error ! You can not create recursive categories.
en_GB: Error! You can not create recursive categories.

note: module: base
en: Agrega una nomenclatura contable para Honduras. También incluye impuestos y la moneda Lempira. -- Adds accounting chart for Honduras.  It also includes taxes and the Lempira currency
en_GB: Adds accounting chart for Honduras.  It also includes taxes and the Lempira currency

note: module: base
en: 
    Piano dei conti italiano di un'impresa generica.
    ================================================
    
    Italian accounting chart and localization.
en_GB: 
    Italian accounting chart and localization.
    ================================================

note: module: base
en: If you need another language than the official ones available, you can import a language pack from here. Other OpenERP languages than the official ones can be found on launchpad.
en_GB: If you need a language other than the official ones available, you can import a language pack from here. Other unofficial OpenERP languages can be found on launchpad.

note: module: base
en: 
    Accounting Access Rights.
    =========================
    
    This module gives the admin user the access to all the accounting features
    like the journal items and the chart of accounts.
    
    It assigns manager and user access rights to the Administrator, and only
    user rights to Demo user.
en_GB: 
    Accounting Access Rights.
    =========================
    
    This module gives the admin user access to all the accounting features
    such as journal items and the chart of accounts.
    
    It assigns manager and user access rights to the Administrator, and only
    user rights to Demo user.

note: module: base
en: 
    This improve OpenERP multi-currency handling in analytic accountiong, overall for multi-company.
    
    This module is based on the work made in all c2c_multicost* available on the v5.0 stable version and
    allow you to shar analytic account between company (even if currency differs in each one).
    
    What has been done here:
    
      * Adapt the owner of analytic line (= to company that own the general account associated with en analytic line)
      * Add multi-currency on analytic lines (similar to financial accounting)
      * Correct all "costs" indicators into analytic account to base them on the right currency (owner's company)
      * By default, nothing change for single company implementation.
    
    As a result, we can now really share the same analytic account between companies that doesn't have the same 
    currency. This setup becomes True, Enjoy !
    
    - Company A : EUR
    - Company B : CHF
    
    - Analytic Account A : USD, owned by Company A
        - Analytic Account B : CHF, owned by Company A
        - Analytic Account C : EUR, owned by Company B
en_GB: 
    This improves OpenERP multi-currency handling in analytic accountiong, overall for multi-company.
    
    This module is based on the work made in all c2c_multicost* available on the v5.0 stable version and
    allow you to share analytic account between company (even if currency differs in each one).
    
    What has been done here:
    
      * Adapt the owner of analytic line (= to company that own the general account associated with en analytic line)
      * Add multi-currency on analytic lines (similar to financial accounting)
      * Correct all "costs" indicators into analytic account to base them on the right currency (owner's company)
      * By default, nothing change for single company implementation.
    
    As a result, we can now really share the same analytic account between companies that don't have the same 
    currency. This setup becomes True, Enjoy !
    
    - Company A : EUR
    - Company B : CHF
    
    - Analytic Account A : USD, owned by Company A
        - Analytic Account B : CHF, owned by Company A
        - Analytic Account C : EUR, owned by Company B

note: module: base
en: 
    This modules allows you to track your customers/suppliers claims and grievances.
    ================================================================================
    
    It is fully integrated with the email gateway so that you can create
    automatically new claims based on incoming emails.
en_GB: 
    This modules allows you to track your customers/suppliers claims and grievances.
    ================================================================================
    
    It is fully integrated with the email gateway so you can automatically create
    new claims based on incoming emails.

note: module: base
en: Request Date
en_GB: Request date

note: module: base
en: 
    This module allows you to anonymize a database.
    ===============================================
    
    This module allows you to keep your data confidential for a given database.
    This process is useful if you want to use the migration process and protect
    your own or your customer’s confidential data. The principle is that you run
    an anonymization tool which will hide your confidential data(they are replaced
    by ‘XXX’ characters). Then you can send the anonymized database to the migration
    team. Once you get back your migrated database, you restore it and reverse the
    anonymization process to recover your previous data.
en_GB: 
    This module allows you to anonymise a database.
    ===============================================
    
    This module lets you keep your data confidential for a given database.
    This process is useful if you want to use the migration process and protect
    your own or your customer’s confidential data. The principle is that you run
    an anonymisation tool which will hide your confidential data (they are replaced
    by ‘XXX’ characters). Then you can send the anonymized database to the migration
    team. Once you get back your migrated database, you restore it and reverse the
    anonymisation process to recover your previous data.

note: module: base
en: 
    This module helps to configure the system at the installation of a new database.
    ================================================================================
    
    Shows you a list of applications features to install from.
en_GB: 
    This module helps configure the system at the installation of a new database.
    ================================================================================
    
    Shows you a list of applications features to install from.

note: module: base
en: 
    This is the module used by OpenERP SA to redirect customers to its partners, based on geolocalization.
    ======================================================================================================
    
    You can geolocalize your opportunities by using this module.
    
    Use geolocalization when assigning opportunities to partners.
    Determine the GPS coordinates according to the address of the partner.
    The most appropriate partner can be assigned.
    You can also use the geolocalization without using the GPS coordinates.
en_GB: 
    This is the module used by OpenERP SA to redirect customers to its partners, based on geolocalisation.
    ======================================================================================================
    
    You can geolocalise your opportunities using this module.
    
    Use geolocalisation when assigning opportunities to partners.
    Determine the GPS coordinates according to the address of the partner.
    The most appropriate partner can be assigned.
    You can also use the geolocalisation without GPS coordinates.

note: module: base
en: Optional help text for the users with a description of the target view, such as its usage and purpose.
en_GB: Optional help text for users with a description of the target view, such as its usage and purpose.

note: module: base
en: Telecom sector
en_GB: Telecomm sector

note: module: base
en: Customized Architecture
en_GB: Customised Architecture

note: module: base
en: We suggest to reload the menu tab to see the new menus (Ctrl+T then Ctrl+R).
en_GB: We suggest reloading the menu tab to see the new menus (Ctrl+T then Ctrl+R).

note: module: base
en: The selected language has been successfully installed. You must change the preferences of the user and open a new menu to view the changes.
en_GB: The selected language has been successfully installed. You must change the user's preferences and open a new menu to view the changes.

note: module: base
en: Email contents, may contain expressions enclosed in double brackets based on the same values as those available in the condition field, e.g. `Dear [[ object.partner_id.name ]]`
en_GB: E-mail contents, may contain expressions enclosed in double brackets based on the same values as those available in the condition field, e.g. `Dear [[ object.partner_id.name ]]`

note: module: base
en: Partners Geo-Localization
en_GB: Partners Geo-Localisation

note: module: base
en: 
    With this module, the WebDAV server for documents is activated.
    ===============================================================
    
    You can then use any compatible browser to remotely see the attachments of OpenObject.
    
    After installation, the WebDAV server can be controlled by a [webdav] section in the server's config.
    Server Configuration Parameter:
    
        [webdav]
        ; enable = True ; Serve webdav over the http(s) servers
        ; vdir = webdav ; the directory that webdav will be served at
        ; this default val means that webdav will be
        ; on "http://localhost:8069/webdav/
        ; verbose = True ; Turn on the verbose messages of webdav
        ; debug = True ; Turn on the debugging messages of webdav
        ; since the messages are routed to the python logging, with
        ; levels "debug" and "debug_rpc" respectively, you can leave
        ; these options on
    
    Also implements IETF RFC 5785 for services discovery on a http server,
    which needs explicit configuration in openerp-server.conf, too.
en_GB: 
    This module activates the WebDAV server for documents.
    ===============================================================
    
    You can then use any compatible browser to remotely see the attachments of OpenObject.
    
    After installation, the WebDAV server can be controlled by a [webdav] section in the server's config.
    Server Configuration Parameter:
    
        [webdav]
        ; enable = True ; Serve webdav over the http(s) servers
        ; vdir = webdav ; the directory that webdav will be served at
        ; this default val means that webdav will be
        ; on "http://localhost:8069/webdav/
        ; verbose = True ; Turn on the verbose messages of webdav
        ; debug = True ; Turn on the debugging messages of webdav
        ; since the messages are routed to the python logging, with
        ; levels "debug" and "debug_rpc" respectively, you can leave
        ; these options on
    
    Also implements IETF RFC 5785 for services discovery on a http server,
    which needs explicit configuration in openerp-server.conf, too.

note: module: base
en: Please keep in mind that documents currently displayed may not be relevant after switching to another company. If you have unsaved changes, please make sure to save and close all forms before switching to a different company. (You can click on Cancel in the User Preferences now)
en_GB: Please keep in mind that documents currently displayed may not be relevant after switching to another company. If you have unsaved changes, please save and close all forms before switching to a different company. (You can click on Cancel in the User Preferences now)

note: module: base
en: Only if this bank account belong to your company
en_GB: Only if this bank account belongs to your company

note: module: base
en: 
    This module allows you to manage your Purchase Requisition.
    ===========================================================
    
    When a purchase order is created, you now have the opportunity to save the related requisition.
    This new object will regroup and will allow you to easily keep track and order all your purchase orders.
en_GB: 
    This module lets you manage your Purchase Requisition.
    ===========================================================
    
    When a purchase order is created, you now have the opportunity to save the related requisition.
    This new object will regroup and will let you easily track and order all your purchase orders.

note: module: base
en: 
    This module provides facility to the user to install mrp and sales modulesat a time.
    ====================================================================================
    
    It is basically used when we want to keep track of production
    orders generated from sales order.
    It adds sales name and sales Reference on production order.
en_GB: 
    This module provides facility to the user to install mrp and sales modules at a time.
    ====================================================================================
    
    It is used when we want to keep track of production
    orders generated from sales order.
    It adds sales name and sales Reference on production order.

note: module: base
en: A group is a set of functional areas that will be assigned to the user in order to give them access and rights to specific applications and tasks in the system. You can create custom groups or edit the ones existing by default in order to customize the view of the menu that users will be able to see. Whether they can have a read, write, create and delete access right can be managed from here.
en_GB: A group is a set of functional areas that will be assigned to the user which gives them access and rights to specific applications and tasks in the system. You can create custom groups or edit the existing ones to customise the menu view that users can see. Whether they can have read, write, create and delete access rights can be managed from here.

note: module: base
en: This is the latest UK OpenERP localisation necesary to run OpenERP accounting for UK SME's with:
        - a CT600-ready chart of accounts
        - VAT100-ready tax structure
        - InfoLogic UK counties listing
        - a few other adaptations
en_GB: This is the latest UK OpenERP localisation necessary to run OpenERP accounting for UK SMEs with:
        - a CT600-ready chart of accounts
        - VAT100-ready tax structure
        - InfoLogic UK counties listing
        - a few other adaptations

note: module: base
en: Financial and accounting asset management.
        This Module manages the assets owned by a company or an individual. It will keep track of depreciation's occurred on
        those assets. And it allows to create Move's of the depreciation lines.
en_GB: Financial and accounting asset management.
        This Module manages the assets owned by a company or individual. It will keep track of depreciation's occurred on
        those assets. And it allows to create moves of the depreciation lines.

note: module: base
en: A customer is an entity you do business with, like a company or an organization. A customer can have several contacts or addresses which are the people working for this company. You can use the history tab, to follow all transactions related to a customer: sales order, emails, opportunities, claims, etc. If you use the email gateway, the Outlook or the Thunderbird plugin, don't forget to register emails to each contact so that the gateway will automatically attach incoming emails to the right partner.
en_GB: A customer is an entity you do business with, like a company or an organisation. A customer can have several contacts or addresses for the people who work for this company. You can use the history tab to follow all transactions related to a customer: sales order, emails, opportunities, claims, etc. If you use the email gateway, the Outlook or the Thunderbird plugin, don't forget to register emails to each contact so that the gateway will automatically attach incoming emails to the right partner.

note: module: base
en: For one2many fields, the field on the target model that implement the opposite many2one relationship
en_GB: For one2many fields, the field on the target model that implements the opposite many2one relationship

note: module: base
en: This ISO code is the name of po files to use for translations
en_GB: PO files must use this ISO code for transalations

note: module: base
en: When the operation of transition comes from a button pressed in the client form, signal tests the name of the pressed button. If signal is NULL, no button is necessary to validate this transition.
en_GB: When the operation of transition comes from a button press in the client form, signal tests the name of the pressed button. If signal is NULL, no button is necessary to validate this transition.

note: module: base
en: Secondary Log
en_GB: Copy text 	 Secondary Log

note: module: base
en: Email Configuration
en_GB: E-mail Configuration

note: module: base
en: Check this box if the partner is an Employee.
en_GB: Check this box if the partner is an employee.

note: module: base
en: You cannot perform this operation. New Record Creation is not allowed for this object as this object is for reporting purpose.
en_GB: You cannot perform this operation. New Record Creation is not allowed for this object as it is for reporting purposes.

note: module: base
en: The name of the module must be unique !
en_GB: The module name must be unique !

note: module: base
en: The company this user is currently working for.
en_GB: The company this user currently works for.

note: module: base
en: If you are working on the American market, you can manage the different federal states you are working on from here. Each state is attached to one country.
en_GB: If you are working in the USA market, you can manage the different federal states from here. Each state is attached to one country.

note: module: base
en: 
    This module aims to manage employee's attendances.
    ==================================================
    
    Keeps account of the attendances of the employees on the basis of the
    actions(Sign in/Sign out) performed by them.
en_GB: 
    This module aims to manage employees' attendances.
    ==================================================
    
    Keeps account of the attendances of employees based on the
    actions (Sign in/Sign out) performed by them.

note: module: base
en: Customers (also called Partners in other areas of the system) helps you manage your address book of companies whether they are prospects, customers and/or suppliers. The partner form allows you to track and record all the necessary information to interact with your partners from the company address to their contacts as well as pricelists, and much more. If you installed the CRM, with the history tab, you can track all the interactions with a partner such as opportunities, emails, or sales orders issued.
en_GB: Customers (also called Partners in other areas of the system) helps you manage your address book of companies whether they are prospects, customers and/or suppliers. The partner form allows you to track and record all the necessary information to interact with your partners from the company address to their contacts as well as pricelists, and much more. If you installed the CRM, with the history tab, you can track all interactions with a partner such as opportunities, emails, or sales orders issued.

note: module: base
en: Customized Views
en_GB: Customised Views

note: module: base
en: Object %s does not exists
en_GB: Copy text 	 Object %s does not exist

note: module: base
en: It gives the status if the tip has to be displayed or not when a user executes an action
en_GB: It shows if the tip is to be displayed or not when a user executes an action

note: module: base
en: Fund Raising
en_GB: Fundraising

note: module: base
en: This method does not exist anymore
en_GB: This method no longer exists

note: module: base
en: Manage the partner titles you want to have available in your system. The partner titles is the legal status of the company: Private Limited, SA, etc.
en_GB: Manage the partner titles you want to have available in your system. The partner title is the legal status of the company: Private Limited, SA, etc.

note: module: base
en: Customized views are used when users reorganize the content of their dashboard views (via web client)
en_GB: Customised views are used when users reorganise the content of their dashboard views (via web client)

note: module: base
en: You cannot delete the language which is Active !
    Please de-activate the language first.
en_GB: You cannot delete a language which is active !
    Please de-activate the language first.

note: module: base
en: Wood Suppliers
en_GB: Wood suppliers

note: module: base
en: Updatable
en_GB: Updateable

note: module: base
en: Create and manage users that will connect to the system. Users can be deactivated should there be a period of time during which they will/should not connect to the system. You can assign them groups in order to give them specific access to the applications they need to use in the system.
en_GB: Create and manage users that will connect to the system. Users can be deactivated should there be a period of time during which they will/should not connect to the system. You can assign them groups to give them specific access to the applications they need to use.

note: module: base
en: Invalid search criterions
en_GB: Invalid search criteria

note: module: base
en: The name of the group must be unique !
en_GB: The group name must be unique !

note: module: fetchmail
en: Here is what we got instead:
     %s
en_GB: This is what we got instead:
     %s

note: module: base
en: The configuration wizards are used to help you configure a new instance of OpenERP. They are launched during the installation of new modules, but you can choose to restart some wizards manually from this menu.
en_GB: The configuration wizards help you configure a new instance of OpenERP. They are launched during the installation of new modules, but you can restart some wizards manually from this menu.

note: module: base
en: The code of the country must be unique !
en_GB: The country code must be unique !

note: module: base
en: Create and manage the companies that will be managed by OpenERP from here. Shops or subsidiaries can be created and maintained from here.
en_GB: Create and manage the companies that will be managed by OpenERP here. Shops or subsidiaries can be created and maintained here.

note: module: base
en: This wizard will detect new terms to translate in the application, so that you can then add translations manually or perform a complete export (as a template for a new language example).
en_GB: This wizard will detect new terms to translate in the application, so that you can add translations manually or perform a complete export (as a template for a new language example).

note: module: base
en: Publisher warranty contract successfully registered!
en_GB: Copy text 	 Publisher warranty contract successfully registered!

note: module: base
en: Synchronize Translation
en_GB: Synchronise Translation

note: module: base
en: Manage and customize the items available and displayed in your OpenERP system menu. You can delete an item by clicking on the box at the beginning of each line and then delete it through the button that appeared. Items can be assigned to specific groups in order to make them accessible to some users within the system.
en_GB: Manage and customize the items available and displayed in your OpenERP system menu. You can delete an item by clicking on the box at the beginning of each line and then delete it through the button that appears. Items can be assigned to specific groups to make them accessible to some users within the system.

note: module: base
en: The name of the country must be unique !
en_GB: The country name must be unique!

note: module: base
en: After-Sale Services
en_GB: After-Sales Services

note: module: base
en: Manage the partner categories in order to better classify them for tracking and analysis purposes. A partner may belong to several categories and categories have a hierarchy structure: a partner belonging to a category also belong to his parent category.
en_GB: Manage the partner categories to better classify them for tracking and analysis purposes. A partner may belong to several categories. Categories have a hierarchy structure: a partner belonging to a category also belong to his parent category.

note: module: base_iban
en: This IBAN does not pass the validation check, please verify it
en_GB: This IBAN fails the validation check, please verify it

note: module: base_vat
en: Check this box if the partner is subjected to the VAT. It will be used for the VAT legal statement.
en_GB: Check this box if the partner is subject to VAT. It will be used for the VAT legal statement.

note: module: crm_profiling
en: Check                             this box if you want to use this tab as part of the                              segmentation rule. If not checked, the criteria beneath will be ignored
en_GB: Check this box if you want to use this tab as part of the segmentation rule. If not checked, the criteria beneath will be ignored

note: module: document_ftp
en: Server address or IP and port to which users should connect to for DMS access
en_GB: Server address or IP and port to which users should connect for DMS access

note: module: event_project
en: Error ! Closing Date cannot be set before Beginning Date.
en_GB: Error ! Closing Date cannot be before Beginning Date.

note: module: fetchmail
en: Whether a full original copy of each email should be kept for referenceand attached to each processed message. This will usually double the size of your message database.
en_GB: Whether a full original copy of each email should be kept for reference and attached to each processed message. This will usually double the size of your message database.

note: module: fetchmail
en: Whether attachments should be downloaded. If not enabled, incoming emails will be stripped of any attachments before being processed
en_GB: Whether attachments should be downloaded. If not enabled, incoming emails will be stripped of attachments before processing

note: module: hr
en: SSN No
en_GB: NI No

en: 
    <b>An unknown error has been reported.</b>
    
    <b>You do not have a valid OpenERP publisher warranty contract !</b>
    If you are using OpenERP in production, it is highly suggested to subscribe
    a publisher warranty program.
    
    The OpenERP publisher warranty contract provides you a bugfix guarantee and an
    automatic migration system so that we can fix your problems within a few
    hours. If you had a publisher warranty contract, this error would have been sent
    to the quality team of the OpenERP editor.
    
    The publisher warranty program offers you:
    * Automatic migrations on new versions,
    * A bugfix guarantee,
    * Monthly announces of potential bugs and their fixes,
    * Security alerts by email and automatic migration,
    * Access to the customer portal.
    
    You can use the link bellow for more information. The detail of the error
    is displayed on the second tab.
en_GB: 
    <b>An unknown error has been reported.</b>
    
    <b>You do not have a valid OpenERP publisher warranty contract !</b>
    If you are using OpenERP in production, you are strongly recommended to subscribe
    to a publisher warranty program.
    
    The OpenERP publisher warranty contract provides you a bugfix guarantee and an
    automatic migration system so that we can fix your problems within a few
    hours. If you had a publisher warranty contract, this error would have been sent
    to the quality team of the OpenERP editor.
    
    The publisher warranty program offers you:
    * Automatic migrations on new versions,
    * A bugfix guarantee,
    * Monthly announces of potential bugs and their fixes,
    * Security alerts by email and automatic migration,
    * Access to the customer portal.
    
    You can use the link bellow for more information. The detail of the error
    is displayed on the second tab.

en: 
    <b>An unknown error has been reported.</b>
    
    Your publisher warranty contract does not cover all modules installed in your system !
    If you are using OpenERP in production, it is highly suggested to upgrade your
    contract.
    
    If you have developed your own modules or installed third party module, we
    can provide you an additional publisher warranty contract for these modules. After
    having reviewed your modules, our quality team will ensure they will migrate
    automatically for all future stable versions of OpenERP at no extra cost.
    
    Here is the list of modules not covered by your publisher warranty contract:
    %s
    
    You can use the link bellow for more information. The detail of the error
    is displayed on the second tab.
en_GB: 
    <b>An unknown error has been reported.</b>
    
    Your publisher warranty contract does not cover all the modules installed in your system !
    If you are using OpenERP in production, it is strongly recommended to upgrade your
    contract.
    
    If you have developed your own modules or installed third party module, we
    can provide an additional publisher warranty contract for these modules. After
    reviewing your modules, our quality team will ensure they will migrate
    automatically for all future stable versions of OpenERP at no extra cost.
    
    Here is the list of modules not covered by your publisher warranty contract:
    %s
    
    You can use the link below for more information. The detail of the error
    is displayed on the second tab.

en: You can use special operation by pressing +, - or =.  Plus/minus adds/decrease the variable to the current selected date. Equals set part of selected date. Available variables: 12h = 12 hours, 8d = 8 days, 4w = 4 weeks, 1m = 1 month, 2y = 2 years. Some examples:
    * +21d : adds 21 days to selected year
    * =23w : set date to the 23th week of the year
    * -4m : decrease 4 months to the current date
    You can also use "=" to set the date to the current date/time and '-' to clear the field.
en_GB: You can use special operations by pressing +, - or =. Plus/minus adds/decreases the variable to the current selected date. Equals set part of selected date. Available variables: 12h = 12 hours, 8d = 8 days, 4w = 4 weeks, 1m = 1 month, 2y = 2 years. Some examples:
    * +21d : add 21 days to selected year
    * =23w : set date to the 23th week of the year
    * -4m : decrease 4 months to the current date
    You can also use "=" to set the date to the current date/time and '-' to clear the field.

en: greater than equal to
en_GB: greater than or equal to

en: less than equal to
en_GB: less than or equal to

en: No available plugin for this resource !
en_GB: No available plugin for this resource!

en: specify alternate config file
en_GB: specify alternate configuration file

en: Can not generate graph !
en_GB: Cannot generate graph !

en: The gantt view is not available in this GTK Client, you should use the web interface or switch to the calendar view.
en_GB: The Gantt view is not available in this GTK Client, you should use the web interface or switch to the calendar view.

en: Enlarge the Diagram
en_GB: Enlarge the diagram

en: Shrink the Diagram
en_GB: Shrink the diagram

en: Show the diagram at its normal size
en_GB: Show the diagram at normal size

en: Print the Diagram
en_GB: Print the diagram

en: Invalid form, correct red fields !
en_GB: Invalid form, please correct the red fields !

en: You must save this record to use the action button !
en_GB: You must save this record to use the relate button !

en: You must save a record to use the relate button !
en_GB: You must save this record to use the relate button !

en: Input Error !
en_GB: Input Error.

en: Are you sure to remove those records ?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to remove those records ?

en: Importation Error !
en_GB: Error Importing !

en: Record is not saved ! 
     Do you want to clear current record ?
en_GB: Record is not saved ! 
     Do You want to Clear Current Record ?

en: You must select one or several records !
en_GB: You must select one or more records !

en: The default language of the interface has been modified, do not forget to restart the client to have the interface in your language
en_GB: The default language of the interface has been modified. Do not forget to restart the client to enable this change.

en:                     GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                           Version 3, 29 June 2007
    
     Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
     of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
    
                                Preamble
    
      The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
    software and other kinds of works.
    
      The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
    to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
    the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
    share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
    software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
    GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
    any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
    your programs, too.
    
      When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
    price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
    have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
    them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
    want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
    free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
    
      To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
    these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
    certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
    you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
    
      For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
    gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
    freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
    or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
    know their rights.
    
      Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
    (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
    giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
    
      For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
    that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
    authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
    changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
    authors of previous versions.
    
      Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
    modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
    can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
    protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
    pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
    use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
    have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
    products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
    stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
    of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
    
      Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
    States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
    software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
    avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
    make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
    patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
    
      The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
    modification follow.
    
                           TERMS AND CONDITIONS
    
      0. Definitions.
    
      "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
    
      "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
    works, such as semiconductor masks.
    
      "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
    License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
    "recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
    
      To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
    in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
    exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
    earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
    
      A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
    on the Program.
    
      To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
    permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
    infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
    computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
    distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
    public, and in some countries other activities as well.
    
      To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
    parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
    a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
    
      An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
    to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
    feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
    tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
    extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
    work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
    the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
    menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
    
      1. Source Code.
    
      The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
    for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
    form of a work.
    
      A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
    standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
    interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
    is widely used among developers working in that language.
    
      The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
    than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
    packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
    Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
    Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
    implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
    "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
    (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
    (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
    produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
    
      The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
    the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
    work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
    control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
    System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
    programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
    which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
    includes interface definition files associated with source files for
    the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
    linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
    such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
    subprograms and other parts of the work.
    
      The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
    can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
    Source.
    
      The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
    same work.
    
      2. Basic Permissions.
    
      All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
    copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
    conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
    permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
    covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
    content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
    rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
    
      You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
    convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
    in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
    of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
    with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
    the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
    not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
    for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
    and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
    your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
    
      Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
    the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
    makes it unnecessary.
    
      3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
    
      No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
    measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
    11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
    similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
    measures.
    
      When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
    circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
    is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
    the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
    modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
    users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
    technological measures.
    
      4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
    
      You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
    receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
    appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
    keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
    non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
    keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
    recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
    
      You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
    and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
    
      5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
    
      You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
    produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
    terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
    
        a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
        it, and giving a relevant date.
    
        b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
        released under this License and any conditions added under section
        7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
        "keep intact all notices".
    
        c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
        License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
        License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
        additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
        regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
        permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
        invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
    
        d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
        Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
        interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
        work need not make them do so.
    
      A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
    works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
    and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
    in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
    "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
    used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
    beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
    in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
    parts of the aggregate.
    
      6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
    
      You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
    of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
    machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
    in one of these ways:
    
        a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
        (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
        Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
        customarily used for software interchange.
    
        b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
        (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
        written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
        long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
        model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
        copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
        product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
        medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
        more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
        conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
        Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
    
        c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
        written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
        alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
        only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
        with subsection 6b.
    
        d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
        place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
        Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
        further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
        Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
        copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
        may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
        that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
        clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
        Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
        Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
        available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
    
        e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
        you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
        Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
        charge under subsection 6d.
    
      A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
    from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
    included in conveying the object code work.
    
      A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
    tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
    or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
    into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
    doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
    product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
    typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
    of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
    actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
    is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
    commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
    the only significant mode of use of the product.
    
      "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
    procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
    and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
    a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
    suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
    code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
    modification has been made.
    
      If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
    specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
    part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
    User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
    fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
    Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
    by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
    if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
    modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
    been installed in ROM).
    
      The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
    requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
    for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
    the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
    network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
    adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
    protocols for communication across the network.
    
      Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
    in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
    documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
    source code form), and must require no special password or key for
    unpacking, reading or copying.
    
      7. Additional Terms.
    
      "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
    License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
    Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
    be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
    that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
    apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
    under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
    this License without regard to the additional permissions.
    
      When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
    remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
    it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
    removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
    additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
    for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
    
      Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
    add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
    that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
    
        a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
        terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
    
        b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
        author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
        Notices displayed by works containing it; or
    
        c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
        requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
        reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
    
        d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
        authors of the material; or
    
        e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
        trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
    
        f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
        material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
        it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
        any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
        those licensors and authors.
    
      All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
    restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
    received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
    governed by this License along with a term that is a further
    restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
    a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
    License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
    of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
    not survive such relicensing or conveying.
    
      If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
    must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
    additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
    where to find the applicable terms.
    
      Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
    form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
    the above requirements apply either way.
    
      8. Termination.
    
      You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
    provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
    modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
    this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
    paragraph of section 11).
    
      However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
    license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
    provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
    finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
    holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
    prior to 60 days after the cessation.
    
      Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
    reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
    violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
    received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
    copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
    your receipt of the notice.
    
      Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
    licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
    this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
    reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
    material under section 10.
    
      9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
    
      You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
    run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
    occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
    to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
    nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
    modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
    not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
    covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
    
      10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
    
      Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
    receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
    propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
    for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
    
      An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
    organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
    organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
    work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
    transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
    licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
    give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
    Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
    the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
    
      You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
    rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
    not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
    rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
    (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
    any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
    sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
    
      11. Patents.
    
      A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
    License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
    work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
    
      A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
    owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
    hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
    by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
    but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
    consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
    purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
    patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
    this License.
    
      Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
    patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
    make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
    propagate the contents of its contributor version.
    
      In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
    agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
    (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
    sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
    party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
    patent against the party.
    
      If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
    and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
    to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
    publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
    then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
    available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
    patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
    consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
    license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
    actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
    covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
    in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
    country that you have reason to believe are valid.
    
      If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
    arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
    covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
    receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
    or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
    you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
    work and works based on it.
    
      A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
    the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
    conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
    specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
    work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
    in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
    to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
    the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
    parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
    patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
    conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
    for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
    contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
    or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
    
      Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
    any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
    otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
    
      12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
    
      If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
    otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
    excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
    covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
    License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
    not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
    to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
    the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
    License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
    
      13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
    
      Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
    permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
    under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
    combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
    License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
    but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
    section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
    combination as such.
    
      14. Revised Versions of this License.
    
      The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
    the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
    be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
    address new problems or concerns.
    
      Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
    Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
    Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
    option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
    version or of any later version published by the Free Software
    Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
    GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
    by the Free Software Foundation.
    
      If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
    versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
    public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
    to choose that version for the Program.
    
      Later license versions may give you additional or different
    permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
    author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
    later version.
    
      15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
    
      THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
    APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
    HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
    OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
    THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
    PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
    IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
    ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
    
      16. Limitation of Liability.
    
      IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
    WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
    THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
    GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
    USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
    DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
    PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
    EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
    SUCH DAMAGES.
    
      17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
    
      If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
    above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
    reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
    an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
    Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
    copy of the Program in return for a fee.
    
                         END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
en_GB:                     GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                           Version 3, 29 June 2007
    
     Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
     of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
    
                                Preamble
    
      The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
    software and other kinds of works.
    
      The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
    to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
    the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
    share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
    software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
    GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
    any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
    your programs, too.
    
      When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
    price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
    have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
    them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
    want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
    free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
    
      To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
    these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
    certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
    you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
    
      For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
    gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
    freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
    or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
    know their rights.
    
      Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
    (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
    giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
    
      For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
    that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
    authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
    changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
    authors of previous versions.
    
      Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
    modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
    can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
    protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
    pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
    use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
    have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
    products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
    stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
    of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
    
      Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
    States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
    software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
    avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
    make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
    patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
    
      The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
    modification follow.
    
                           TERMS AND CONDITIONS
    
      0. Definitions.
    
      "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
    
      "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
    works, such as semiconductor masks.
    
      "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
    License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
    "recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
    
      To "modify" a work means to copy fro

en: <b>Connect to a OpenERP server</b>
en_GB: <b>Connect to an OpenERP server</b>

en: Check this box if you want demonstration data to be installed on your new database. These data will help you to understand OpenERP, with predefined products, partners, etc.
en_GB: Check this box if you want demonstration data to be installed in your new database. Demo data will help you understand OpenERP, with predefined products, partners, etc.

en: Choose the name of the database that will be created. The name must not contain any special character. Exemple: 'terp'.
en_GB: Choose the name of the database that will be created. The name must not contain any special characters. Example: 'terp'.

en: Launch actions about this resource
en_GB: Launch actions for this resource

en: Open ERP - Forms widget
en_GB: OpenERP - Forms widget

en: OpenERP - Dialog
en_GB: OpenERP - Dialogue

en: Requests:
en_GB: Requests :

en: Save as CSV
en_GB: Save As CSV

en: This is the password of the user that have the rights to administer databases. This is not a OpenERP user, just a super administrator. If you did not changed it, the password is 'admin' after installation.
en_GB: This is the password of the user that has the rights to administer databases. This is not an OpenERP user, just a super administrator. If you did not change it, the password is 'admin' after installation.

en: set the timezone of this clock to be local timezone
en_GB: set the timezone of this clock to the local timezone

note: ------------------------foreground-------------------------
en: Foreground (=text) color:
en_GB: Foreground (=text) colour:

en: Cross this to use system default instead of selected color
en_GB: Cross this to use system default instead of selected colour

en: backward
en_GB: backwards

note: foreground color
en: set foreground _color:
en_GB: set foreground _colour:

note: background color
en: set _background color:
en_GB: set _background colour:

en: Add new category with color
en_GB: Add new category with colour

en: Colors of categories - Orage
en_GB: Colours of categories - Orage

en: This is special category, which can be used to color this appointment in list views.
en_GB: This is special category, which can be used to colour this appointment in list views.

en: update colors for categories.
en_GB: update colours for categories.

en: Often you want to get alarm:
     1) before Event start
     2) before Todo end
     3) after Todo start
en_GB: Often you want an alarm:
     1) before Event start
     2) before Todo end
     3) after Todo start

en: Use this if you want regular repeating event
en_GB: Use this if you want a regular repeating event

en: --toggle (-t) 		make orage visible/unvisible
en_GB: --toggle (-t) 		make orage visible/invisible

en: Title: %s
     Location: %s
     Start:	%s
     Due:	%s
     Done:	%s
     Note:
    %s
en_GB: Title: %s
     Start:	%s
     End:	%s
     Note:
    %s

en: Title: %s
     Location: %s
     Start:	%s
     End:	%s
     Note:
    %s
en_GB: Title: %s
     Start:	%s
     End:	%s
     Note:
    %s

en: Provide access to graphical desktop environments via synthesized speech and/or refreshable braille
en_GB: Provide access to graphical desktop environments via synthesised speech and/or refreshable braille

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '(' (U+0028)
en: left paren
en_GB: left bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ')' (U+0029)
en: right paren
en_GB: right bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '.' (U+002e)
en: dot
en_GB: full stop

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '[' (U+005b)
en: left bracket
en_GB: left square bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ']' (U+005d)
en: right bracket
en_GB: right square bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¡' (U+00a1)
en: inverted exclamation point
en_GB: inverted exclamation mark

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '✓' (U+2713) It can be used as a bullet in a list.
en: check mark
en_GB: tick mark

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '✔' (U+2714) It can be used as a bullet in a list.
en: heavy check mark
en_GB: heavy tick mark

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '⁽' (U+207d)
en: superscript left paren
en_GB: superscript left parenthesis

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '⁾' (U+207e)
en: superscript right paren
en_GB: superscript right parenthesis

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '₍' (U+208d)
en: subscript left paren
en_GB: subscript left parenthesis

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '₎' (U+208e)
en: subscript right paren
en_GB: subscript right parenthesis

note: Translators: the Orca "Find" dialog allows a user to search for text in a window and then move focus to that text. For example, they may want to find the "OK" button.
en: Opens the Orca Find dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Orca Find dialogue.

note: Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows users to set their preferences for Orca.
en: Displays the preferences configuration dialog.
en_GB: Displays the preferences configuration dialogue.

note: Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows users to set their preferences for a specific application within Orca.
en: Displays the application preferences configuration dialog.
en_GB: Displays the application preferences configuration dialogue.

note: Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text- to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as 
en: Cycles to the next capitalization style.
en_GB: Cycles to the next capitalisation style.

note: Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten mes
en: Toggle whether we provide chat room specific message histories.
en_GB: Toggle whether we provide chat room-specific message histories.

note: Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document.
en: Goes to previous check box.
en_GB: Goes to previous tick box.

note: Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document.
en: Goes to next check box.
en_GB: Goes to next tick box.

note: Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document.
en: Displays a list of check boxes.
en_GB: Displays a list of tick boxes.

note: Translators: If this checkbox is checked, then Orca will provide the user with chat room specific message histories rather than just a single history which contains the latest messages from all the chat rooms that they are in.
en: Provide chat room specific _message histories
en_GB: Provide chat room-specific _message histories

note: Translators: This is a label which will appear in the list of available speech engines as a special item. It refers to the default engine configured within the speech subsystem. Apart from this item, the user will have a chance to select a particular speech engine by its real name (Festival, IBMTTS,
en: Default Synthesizer
en_GB: Default Synthesiser

[ctx: structural navigation]
note: Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which contains the label of a check box.
en: Check Box
en_GB: Tick Box

[ctx: structural navigation]
note: Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box.
en: Check Boxes
en_GB: Tick Boxes

note: Translators: This is a label for an option to tell Orca whether or not it should speak table cell coordinates in document content.
en: Speak _cell coordinates
en_GB: Speak _cell co-ordinates

note: Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a
en: Capitalization style set to icon.
en_GB: Capitalisation style set to icon.

note: Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a
en: Capitalization style set to none.
en_GB: Capitalisation style set to none.

note: Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a
en: Capitalization style set to spell.
en_GB: Capitalisation style set to spell.

note: Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten mes
en: Do not provide chat room specific message histories.
en_GB: Do not provide chat room-specific message histories.

note: Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten mes
en: Provide chat room specific message histories.
en_GB: Provide chat room-specific message histories.

note: Translators: The following string instructs the user how to navigate amongst the list of commands presented in learn mode, as well as how to exit the list when finished.
en: Use Up and Down Arrow to navigate the list. Press Escape to exit.
en_GB: Use Up and Down Arrows to navigate the list. Press Escape to exit.

note: Translators: This is to inform the user of the presence of the red squiggly line which indicates that a given word is not spelled correctly.
en: misspelled
en_GB: misspelt

note: Translators: Orca tries to provide more compelling output of the spell check dialog in some applications. The first thing it does is let the user know what the misspelled word is.
en: Misspelled word: %s
en_GB: Misspelt word: %s

note: Translators: This is for navigating document content by moving from check box to check box. This is a detailed message which will be presented to the user if no more check boxes can be found.
en: No more check boxes.
en_GB: No more tick boxes.

note: Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the end of a braille message containing the app which just claimed focus.
en: (%d dialog) | (%d dialogs)
en_GB[0]: (%d dialogue)
en_GB[1]: (%d dialogues)

note: Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the end of a spoken message containing the app which just claimed focus.
en: %d unfocused dialog | %d unfocused dialogs
en_GB[0]: %d unfocused dialogue
en_GB[1]: %d unfocused dialogues

note: Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box.
en: partially checked
en_GB: partially ticked

note: Translators: This state represents an item on the screen that has been set insensitive (or grayed out).
en: grayed
en_GB: greyed

[ctx: text]
note: Translators: Certain objects (such as form controls on web pages) can have STATE_EDITABLE set to inform the user that this field can be filled out. It is assumed that form fields will be editable; if they lack this state, we need to present that information to the user. This string is the spoken ver
en: read only
en_GB: read-only

en: Orca Find Dialog
en_GB: Orca Find Dialogue

en: You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialog open.
    Please close it before opening a new one.
en_GB: You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialogue open.
    Please close it before opening a new one.

en: Speech synthesi_zer:
en_GB: Speech s_ynthesiser:

en: Work online / offline
en_GB: Work online/offline

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this attribute specifies the background color of the text. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: background color
en_GB: background colour

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this attribute specifies the foreground color of the text. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: foreground color
en_GB: foreground colour

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "justification". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: ultra condensed
en_GB: ultra-condensed

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: extra condensed
en_GB: extra-condensed

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: semi condensed
en_GB: semi-condensed

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: semi expanded
en_GB: semi-expanded

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: extra expanded
en_GB: extra-expanded

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: ultra expanded
en_GB: ultra-expanded

note: Translators: If this application has more than one unfocused alert or dialog window, inform user of how to refocus these.
en: Press alt+f6 to give focus to child windows.
en_GB: Press Alt+F6 to give focus to child windows.

note: Translators: this gives tips on how to navigate items in a layered pane.
en: To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type ahead searching.
en_GB: To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type-ahead searching.

note: Translators: this is the tutorial string for when first landing on the desktop, describing how to access the system menus.
en: To get to the system menus press the alt+f1 key.
en_GB: To get to the system menus press the Alt+F1 key.

note: Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing on a spin button.
en: Use up or down arrow to select value. Or type in the desired numerical value.
en_GB: Use up or down arrow to select value, or type in the desired numerical value.

note: Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to navigate menues.
en: To navigate, press left or right arrow. To move through items press up or down arrow.
en_GB: To navigate, press the left or right arrows. To move through items press the up or down arrows.

note: Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to navigate into sub menues.
en: To enter sub menu, press right arrow.
en_GB: To enter a sub-menu, press the right arrow.

note: Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing on a slider.
en: To decrease press left arrow, to increase press right arrow. To go to minimum press home, and for maximum press end.
en_GB: To decrease, press the left arrow; to increase, press the right arrow. To go to minimum press home, and for maximum press end.

en: Ctrl+PageDn
en_GB: Ctrl+PageDown

en: PageUp/PageDn
en_GB: PageUp/PageDown

en: assign background color to day note
en_GB: assign background colour to day note

en: toggle strikethrough
en_GB: toggle strike-through

en: A handy personal organizer
en_GB: A handy personal organiser

en: day till end of year | days till end of year
en_GB[0]: day till end of year
en_GB[1]: days until end of year

en: Select day color
en_GB: Select day colour

en: Strikethrough past day notes
en_GB: Strike-through past day notes

en: Header color
en_GB: Header colour

en: Weekend days color
en_GB: Weekend days colour

en: Event marker color
en_GB: Event marker colour

en: Current day marker color
en_GB: Current day marker colour

en: Birthday marker color
en_GB: Birthday marker colour

en: Namedays
en_GB: Name-days

en: Hare
en_GB: Rabbit

en: Fowl
en_GB: Rooster

en: Home state
en_GB: Home county

en: Work state
en_GB: Work county

en: Cell phone 2
en_GB: Mobile phone 2

en: Cell phone 3
en_GB: Mobile phone 3

en: Cell phone 4
en_GB: Mobile phone 4

en: Color of contact tags
en_GB: Colour of contact tags

en: Color of links
en_GB: Colour of links

en: handy personal organizer
en_GB: handy personal organiser

en: Simultaneously use two or more copies of OSMO can be a cause of data loss.
en_GB: Simultaneous use two or more copies of OSMO can be a cause of data loss.

en: Draw rows in alternating colors
en_GB: Draw rows in alternating colours

en: Color of items that are due in the next 7 days
en_GB: Colour of items that are due in the next 7 days

en: Color of items that are past due
en_GB: Colour of items that are past due

en: Show in bold tasks with high priority
en_GB: Show in bold, tasks with high priority

en: url '%s' is invalid
en_GB: URL '%s' is invalid

en: library not initialized
en_GB: library not initialised

en: library already initialized
en_GB: library already initialised

en: database not initialized
en_GB: database not initialised

en: transaction already initialized
en_GB: transaction already initialised

en: transaction not initialized
en_GB: transaction not initialised

en: file type not recognized: %s%s
en_GB: file type not recognised: %s%s

en: config file %s, line %d: directive '%s' in section '%s' not recognized.
en_GB: config file %s, line %d: directive '%s' in section '%s' not recognised.

en: failed to initialize alpm library (%s)
en_GB: failed to initialise alpm library (%s)

en: Licenses       :
en_GB: Licences       :

en:       --color <when>   colorize the output
en_GB:       --color <when>   colourise the output

en: failed to synchronize any databases
en_GB: failed to synchronise any databases

en: Synchronizing package databases...
en_GB: Synchronising package databases...

en: Unrecognized reference: %s
en_GB: Unrecognised reference: %s

en:   -m, --nocolor    Disable colorized output messages
en_GB:   -m, --nocolor    Disable colourised output messages

en:   -V, --version    Show version information and exit
en_GB: -V, --version Show version information and exit

en:   --verifysource   Download source files (if needed) and perform integrity checks
en_GB:  --verifysource Download source files (if needed) and perform integrity checks

en:   -f, --finger              List fingerprint for specified or all keyids
en_GB:   -f, --finger        List fingerprint for specified or all keyids

en:   -v, --verify              Verify the file(s) specified by the signature(s)
en_GB:   -v, --verify        Verify the file(s) specified by the signature(s)

en:   --init                    Ensure the keyring is properly initialized
en_GB:   --init                    Ensure the keyring is properly initialised

en:   --populate                Reload the default keys from the (given) keyrings\n                            in '%s'
en_GB:   --populate                Reload the default keys from the (given) keyrings\n in '%s'

en: You must have correct permissions to optimize the database.
en_GB: You must have correct permissions to optimise the database.

en: Finished. Your pacman database has been optimized.
en_GB: Finished. Your pacman database has been optimised.

en:   -q, --quiet       minimize output\n
en_GB:   -q, --quiet       minimise output\n

en:   --nocolor         remove color from output\n
en_GB:   --nocolor         remove colour from output\n

en:   --nocolor         turn off color in output\n
en_GB:   --nocolor         turn off colour in output\n

en: failed to initialize PAM
en_GB: failed to initialise PAM

en: %lu tasks, %s, %.1f KiBps, ETA %d:%02d:%02d
en_GB: %lu tasks, %s, %.1f KBps, ETA %d:%02d:%02d

en: Couldn't parse %s color "%s"
en_GB: Couldn't parse %s colour "%s"

en: _Behavior
en_GB: _Behaviour

en: _Colors
en_GB: _Colours

en: Sending "%s" to %s returned an unrecognized response: "%s"
en_GB: Sending "%s" to %s returned an unrecognised response: "%s"

en: Warning: Following-Up to too many groups.
en_GB: Warning: Following-up to too many groups.

en: _Organization:
en_GB: _Organisation:

en: Enable visualization when playing audio file
en_GB: Enable visualisation when playing audio file

en: Visualization type:
en_GB: Visualisation type:

en: Always minimize to tray when window is closed
en_GB: Always minimise to tray when window is closed

en: Minimize to tray?
en_GB: Minimise to tray?

en: %s: libuser initialization error:
en_GB: %s: libuser initialisation error:

en: %s: user account has no support for password aging.
en_GB: %s: user account has no support for password ageing.

en: minimum password lifetime (root only)
en_GB: minium password lifetime (root only)

en: %s: expired authentication tokens updated successfully.
en_GB: %s: expired authentication tokens updated successfully

en: Unknown website, please post a bugreport to request this pastebin to be added (%s)
en_GB: Website unknown, please post a bug report requesting this pastebin be added (%s)

en: 	-r <parent posts ID:defaults to none>
en_GB: 	-r <parent post's ID:defaults to none>

en: Could not find any json library.
en_GB: Could not find a json library.

en: Unable to read or parse the result page, it could be a server timeout or a change server side, try with another pastebin.
en_GB: Unable to read or parse the result page, it could be a server time-out or a server-side change, try with another pastebin.

en: Copyright (C) 2009 - 2013
en_GB: Copyright © 2009 - 2013

en: _Font of label text:
en_GB:  Label text _Font:

en: C_olor of label text:
en_GB: Label text C_olour:

en: Color of _shadow:
en_GB: _Shadow Colour:

en: Show "_Trash Bin" icon on desktop
en_GB: Show "_Rubbish Bin" icon on desktop

en: _Show menus provided by window managers when desktop is clicked
en_GB: _Show menus provided by window manager when desktop is clicked

en: Fill with background color only
en_GB: Fill with background colour only

en: Center on the screen
en_GB: Centre on the screen

en: Delay of auto-selection in single click mode (0 to disable)
en_GB: Delay auto-selection in single click mode (0 to disable)

en: _Move deleted files to "trash bin" instead of erasing from disk
en_GB: _Move deleted files to "Rubbish Bin" instead of erasing from disk

en: _Erase files on removable media instead of "trash bin" creation
en_GB: _Erase files on removable media instead of "Rubbish Bin" creation

en: Confi_rm before moving files into "trash bi_n"
en_GB: Confi_rm before moving files into "Rubbish Bi_n"

en: Size of _big icons:
en_GB: Size of _large icons:

en: <b>Directories Tree</b>
en_GB: <b> Directory Tree</b>

en: _Trash bin
en_GB: _Rubbish Bin

en: _Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup
en_GB: _Mount mountable volumes automatically on program start-up

en: _Use Application Startup Notify by default
en_GB: _Use Application Start-up Notify by default

en: If checked then use Startup Notify for application if another not stated explicitly.
    If unchecked then use Startup Notify only if that is defined for application.
en_GB: If checked then use Start-up Notify for application if another not stated explicitly.
    If unchecked then use Start-up Notify only if that is defined for application.

en: Auto (move if on the same FS, copy otherwise)
en_GB: Auto (move if on the same file system, otherwise copy)

en: Please select the action you want to perform:
en_GB: Select the action you want to perform:

en: _Trash Can
en_GB: _Rubbish Bin

en: You are in super user mode
en_GB: You are in Super User mode

en: Switch user command is not set.
en_GB: Switch User command is not set

en: Add following folder to bookmarks:
    '%s'
    Enter a name for the new bookmark item:
en_GB: Add following folder to Bookmarks:
    '%s'
    Enter a name for the new bookmark item:

en: Turn off desktop manager if it's running
en_GB: Turn off desktop manager if it‘s running

en: Open desktop preference dialog
en_GB: Open desktop preference dialogue

en: Open Preferences dialog on the page N
en_GB: Open Preferences dialogue on the page N

en: Change desktop wallpapers and behavior of desktop manager
en_GB: Change desktop wallpapers and behaviour of desktop manager

en: Run %s as console program without a gui
en_GB: Run %s as a console program without a gui

en: Opens an actions list
en_GB: Opens an action list

en: &License
en_GB: &Licence

en: Convert the color mode of an image
en_GB: Convert the colour mode of an image

en: Maximize image contrast
en_GB: Maximise image contrast

en: Colorize grayscale image
en_GB: Colourise greyscale image

en: Treshold
en_GB: Threshold

en: Equalize the image histogram
en_GB: Equalise the image histogram

en: Invert the colors of an image
en_GB: Invert the colours of an image

en: Adjust saturation from grayscale to high
en_GB: Adjust saturation from greyscale to high

en: Guinea-Bissa
en_GB: Guinea-Bissau

en: Heard and Mc Donald Islands
en_GB: Heard and McDonald Islands

en: Catalog #s
en_GB: Catalogue #s

en: Show a quit confirmation dialog for unsaved changes
en_GB: Show a quit confirmation dialogue for unsaved changes

en: Use standardized artist names
en_GB: Use standardised artist names

en: <br/>Translated to LANG by %s
en_GB: <br/>Translated to British English by %s

en: <p align="center"><span style="font-size:15px;font-weight:bold;">MusicBrainz Picard</span><br/>
    Version %(version)s</p>
    <p align="center"><strong>Supported formats</strong><br/>%(formats)s</p>
    <p align="center"><strong>Please donate</strong><br/>
    Thank you for using Picard. Picard relies on the MusicBrainz database, which is operated by the MetaBrainz Foundation with the help of thousands of volunteers. If you like this application please consider donating to the MetaBrainz Foundation to keep the service running.</p>
    <p align="center"><a href="http://metabrainz.org/donate">Donate now!</a></p>
    <p align="center"><strong>Credits</strong><br/>
    <small>Copyright © 2004-2011 Robert Kaye, Lukáš Lalinský and others%(translator-credits)s</small></p>
    <p align="center"><a href="http://musicbrainz.org/doc/MusicBrainz_Picard">http://musicbrainz.org/doc/MusicBrainz_Picard</a></p>
en_GB: <p align="center"><span style="font-size:15px;font-weight:bold;">MusicBrainz Picard</span><br/>
    Version %(version)s</p>
    <p align="center"><strong>Supported formats</strong><br/>%(formats)s</p>
    <p align="center"><strong>Please donate</strong><br/>
    Thank you for using Picard. Picard relies on the MusicBrainz database, which is operated by the MetaBrainz Foundation with the help of thousands of volunteers. If you like this application please consider donating to the MetaBrainz Foundation to keep the service running.</p>
    <p align="center"><a href="http://metabrainz.org/donate/index.html">Donate now!</a></p>
    <p align="center"><strong>Credits</strong><br/>
    <small>Copyright © 2004-2011 Robert Kaye, Lukáš Lalinský and others%(translator-credits)s</small></p>
    <p align="center"><a href="http://musicbrainz.org/doc/MusicBrainz_Picard">http://musicbrainz.org/doc/MusicBrainz_Picard</a></p>

en: Catalog Number
en_GB: Catalogue Number

en: Authorize buddy?
en_GB: Authorise buddy?

en: Please Update the necessary fields.
en_GB: Please update the necessary fields.

en: Message was not sent, because you are not signed on.
en_GB: Message was not sent because you are not signed on.

en: The account has disconnected and you are no longer in this chat. You will be automatically rejoined in the chat when the account reconnects.
en_GB: The account has disconnected and you are no longer in this chat. You will automatically rejoin the chat when the account reconnects.

en: %s is not a valid color. See '/help msgcolor' for valid colors.
en_GB: %s is not a valid colour. See '/help msgcolor' for valid colours.

en: users:  Show the list of users in the chat.
en_GB: users: Show the list of users in the chat.

en: plugins: Show the plugins window.
en_GB: plugins: Show the plugins window

en: buddylist: Show the buddylist.
en_GB: buddylist: Show the buddy list.

en: statuses: Show the savedstatuses window.
en_GB: statuses: Show the saved-statuses window.

en: msgcolor &lt;class&gt; &lt;foreground&gt; &lt;background&gt;: Set the color for different classes of messages in the conversation window.<br>    &lt;class&gt;: receive, send, highlight, action, timestamp<br>    &lt;foreground/background&gt;: black, red, green, blue, white, gray, darkgray, magenta, cyan, default<br><br>EXAMPLE:<br>    msgcolor send cyan default
en_GB: msgcolor &lt;class&gt; &lt;foreground&gt; &lt;background&gt;: Set the colour for different classes of messages in the conversation window.<br>    &lt;class&gt;: receive, send, highlight, action, timestamp<br>    &lt;foreground/background&gt;: black, red, green, blue, white, gray, darkgray, magenta, cyan, default<br><br>EXAMPLE:<br>    msgcolor send cyan default

en: You have mail!
en_GB: You have email!

en: Plugin need to be loaded before you can configure it.
en_GB: Plugin needs to be loaded before you can configure it.

en: You can (un)load plugins from the following list.
en_GB: You are (un)load plugins from the following list.

en: Pounce Who
en_GB: Pounce on Whom

en: Open an IM window
en_GB: Open a message window

en: Hit 'Enter' to find more rooms of this category.
en_GB: Press 'Enter' to find more rooms of this category.

en: No Sound
en_GB: No Sounds

en: Are you sure you want to delete "%s"
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete "%s"?

en: Substatus
en_GB: Sub-status

en: Use different status for following accounts
en_GB: Use different status for the following accounts

en: Someone speaks in a chat
en_GB: Someone speaks in chat

en: Someone says your name in a chat
en_GB: Someone says your name in chat

en: <b>Conversation with %s on %s:</b><br>
en_GB: <h1>Conversation with %s on %s:</b><br>

en: History Plugin Requires Logging
en_GB: History Plug-in Requires Logging

en: When a new conversation is opened this plugin will insert the last conversation into the current conversation.
en_GB: When a new conversation is opened this plug-in will insert the last conversation into the current conversation.

en: Online Buddies
en_GB: Online buddies

en: Offline Buddies
en_GB: Offline buddies

en: Missing protocol plugin for %s
en_GB: Missing protocol plug-in for %s

en: Plugin magic mismatch %d (need %d)
en_GB: Plug-in magic mismatch %d (need %d)

en: The required plugin %s was not found. Please install this plugin and try again.
en_GB: The required plug-in %s was not found. Please install this plug-in and try again.

en: Unable to load the plugin
en_GB: Unable to load the plug-in.

en: The required plugin %s was unable to load.
en_GB: The required plug-in %s could not be loaded.

en: Unable to load your plugin.
en_GB: Unable to load your plug-in.

note: *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: DBus Plugin Example
en_GB: DBus Plug-in Example

en: Unset Idle Time for All Idled Accounts
en_GB: Unset Idle Time For All Idled Accounts

en: Allows you to hand-configure how long you've been idle
en_GB: Allows you to hand-configure how long you've been idle for

note: *< name *< version *  summary
en: Test plugin IPC support, as a client.
en_GB: Test plug-in IPC support, as a client.

note: *  description
en: Test plugin IPC support, as a client. This locates the server plugin and calls the commands registered.
en_GB: Test plug-in IPC support, as a client. This locates the server plug-in and calls the commands registered.

note: *< name *< version *  summary
en: Test plugin IPC support, as a server.
en_GB: Test plug-in IPC support, as a server.

note: *  description
en: Test plugin IPC support, as a server. This registers the IPC commands.
en_GB: Test plug-in IPC support, as a server. This registers the IPC commands.

en: One or more messages may have been undeliverable.
en_GB: One or more messages may not have been delivered.

en: Mono Plugin Loader
en_GB: Mono Plug-in Loader

en: Loads .NET plugins with Mono.
en_GB: Loads .NET plug-ins with Mono.

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id
en: Perl Plugin Loader
en_GB: Perl Plug-in Loader

note: *< name *< version *< summary
en: Provides support for loading perl plugins.
en_GB: Provides support for loading perl plug-ins.

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id
en: Simple Plugin
en_GB: Simple Plug-in

en: Buddy Goes _Idle
en_GB: Buddy Becomes _Idle

en: Tcl Plugin Loader
en_GB: Tcl Plug-in Loader

en: Provides support for loading Tcl plugins
en_GB: Provides support for loading Tcl plug-ins

en: Unable to establish connection with the local mDNS server.  Is it running?
en_GB: Unable to establish connection with the local mDNS server - is it running?

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: Bonjour Protocol Plugin
en_GB: Bonjour Protocol Plug-in

en: Unable to send the message, the conversation couldn't be started.
en_GB: Unable to send the message: the conversation couldn't be started.

en: Save Buddylist...
en_GB: Send Buddylist...

en: Couldn't load buddylist
en_GB: Couldn't load buddy list

en: Please, fill in the following fields
en_GB: Please fill in the following fields

en: Please, enter your search criteria below
en_GB: Please enter your search criteria below

en: Unable to change password. Error occurred.
en_GB: Unable to change password. An error occurred.

en: Password was changed successfully!
en_GB: Password successfully changed!

en: Please, enter your current password and your new password for UIN:
en_GB: Please enter your current password and your new password for UIN:

en: Change Gadu-Gadu Password
en_GB: Change Gadu-Gadu password

en: Birth Year
en_GB: Year of birth

note: magic major_version minor_version plugin type ui_requirement flags dependencies priority id name version
en: Gadu-Gadu Protocol Plugin
en_GB: Gadu-Gadu Protocol Plug-in

note: summary
en: Polish popular IM
en_GB: Polish popular IM system

en: Don't use encryption
en_GB: Do not use encryption

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version
en: IRC Protocol Plugin
en_GB: IRC Protocol Plug-in

note: *  summary
en: The IRC Protocol Plugin that Sucks Less
en_GB: The IRC Protocol Plug-in that Sucks Less

en: Cannot join %s: Registration is required.
en_GB: Cannot join %s: Registration required.

en: SASL authentication failed
en_GB: SASL Authentication failed

en: Organization Name
en_GB: Organisation Name

en: Organization Unit
en_GB: Organisation Unit

en: (Re-)Request authorization
en_GB: (Re-)Request authorisation

en: Initializing Stream
en_GB: Initialising Stream

en: Initializing SSL/TLS
en_GB: Initialising SSL/TLS

en: Re-initializing Stream
en_GB: Re-initialising Stream

en: Recipient Unavailable
en_GB: Recipient unavailable

en: Authorization Aborted
en_GB: Authorisation Aborted

en: Incorrect encoding in authorization
en_GB: Incorrect encoding in authorisation

en: Invalid Authorization Mechanism
en_GB: Invalid Authorisation Mechanism

en: Authorization mechanism too weak
en_GB: Authorisation mechanism too weak

en: Account does not support PEP, can't set mood
en_GB: Account does not support PEP, cannot set mood

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: XMPP Protocol Plugin
en_GB: XMPP Protocol Plug-in

en: Please specify a new nickname for you.
en_GB: Please specify a new nickname for yourself.

en: Buddy list synchronization issue in %s (%s)
en_GB: Buddy list synchronisation issue in %s (%s)

en: Set your home phone number.
en_GB: Set your home telephone number.

en: Set your work phone number.
en_GB: Set your work telephone number.

en: Do you want to allow or disallow people on your buddy list to send you MSN Mobile pages to your cell phone or other mobile device?
en_GB: Do you want to allow or disallow people on your buddy list to send you MSN Mobile pages to your mobile phone or other mobile device?

en: Set Home Phone Number...
en_GB: Set Home Telephone Number...

en: Set Work Phone Number...
en_GB: Set Work Telephone Number...

en: Error retrieving profile
en_GB: Error retreiving profile

en: Hometown
en_GB: Home town

en: Humor
en_GB: Humour

en: Favorite Quote
en_GB: Favourite Quote

en: Significant Other
en_GB: Partner

en: Work Phone 2
en_GB: Work Telephone 2

en: Favorite Things
en_GB: Favourite Things

en: Windows Live ID authentication:Unable to connect
en_GB: Windows Live ID authentication: Unable to connect

en: Windows Live ID authentication:Invalid response
en_GB: Windows Live ID authentication: Invalid response

en: %s invited you to view his/her webcam, but this is not yet supported.
en_GB: %s invited you to view their webcam, but this is not yet supported.

en: Message could not be sent, not allowed while invisible:
en_GB: Message could not be sent; not allowed while invisible:

note: display the form to the user and wait for his/her input
en: MXit Authorization
en_GB: MXit Authorisation

en: This username is unavailable.
en_GB: This username is not available.

en: Could not recognize the host of the username you entered
en_GB: Could not recognise the host of the username you entered

en: %s appears to be offline and did not receive the message that you just sent.
en_GB: %s appears to be offline and did not receive the message that you have just sent.

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: Novell GroupWise Messenger Protocol Plugin
en_GB: Novell GroupWise Messenger Protocol Plug-in

en: Please authorize me so I can add you to my buddy list.
en_GB: Please authorise me so I can add you to my buddy list.

en: Authorization Denied Message:
en_GB: Authorisation Denied Message:

en: You required encryption in your account settings, but one of the servers doesn't support it.
en_GB: You required encryption in your account settings, but one of the servers does not support it.

en: Having Coffee
en_GB: Having coffee

note: TODO: Don't call this with ssi
en: Finalizing connection
en_GB: Finalising connection

en: Received authorization
en_GB: Received authorisation

en: Unable to initialize connection
en_GB: Unable to initialise connection

en: ICQ authorization denied.
en_GB: ICQ authorisation denied.

en: Username formatting can change only capitalization and whitespace.
en_GB: Username formatting can change only capitalisation and whitespace.

en: The maximum profile length of %d byte has been exceeded.  It has been truncated for you. | The maximum profile length of %d bytes has been exceeded.  It has been truncated for you.
en_GB[0]: The maximum profile length of %d byte has been exceeded.  It has been truncated it for you.
en_GB[1]: The maximum profile length of %d bytes has been exceeded.  It has been truncated it for you.

en: Authorization Given
en_GB: Authorisation Given

en: Authorization Granted
en_GB: Authorisation Granted

en: Authorization Denied
en_GB: Authorisation Denied

en: Re-request Authorization
en_GB: Re-request Authorisation

en: Require authorization
en_GB: Require authorisation

en: Web aware (enabling this will cause you to receive SPAM!)
en_GB: Web aware (enabling this will cause you to receive spam!)

en: you are not waiting for authorization
en_GB: you are not waiting for authorisation

en: You are awaiting authorization from the following buddies
en_GB: You are awaiting authorisation from the following buddies

en: You can re-request authorization from these buddies by right-clicking on them and selecting "Re-request Authorization."
en_GB: You can re-request authorisation from these buddies by right-clicking on them and selecting "Re-request Authorisation."

note: ICQ actions
en: Set Privacy Options...
en_GB: Show Privacy Options...

en: Change Currently Registered Email Address...
en_GB: Change Currently Registered Email Address

en: Show Buddies Awaiting Authorization
en_GB: Show Buddies Awaiting Authorisation

note: Translators: This string is a menu option that, if selected, will cause you to appear offline to the chosen user when your status is set to Invisible (this is the default).
en: Don't Appear Online
en_GB: Do not Appear Online

note: Translators: This string is a menu option that, if selected, will cause you to appear offline to the chosen user if you are invisible, and appear online to the chosen user if you are not invisible (this is the default).
en: Don't Appear Offline
en_GB: Do not Appear Offline

en: Available Conferences
en_GB: Available Conference

en: Synchronize List with Server
en_GB: Synchronise List with Server

en: You cannot receive buddy notifications until you import his/her public key.  You can use the Get Public Key command to get the public key.
en_GB: You cannot receive buddy notifications until you import their public key.  You can use the Get Public Key command to get the public key.

en: To add the buddy you must import his/her public key. Press Import to import a public key.
en_GB: To add the buddy you must import their public key. Press Import to import a public key.

en: Channel authentication is used to secure the channel from unauthorized access. The authentication may be based on passphrase and digital signatures. If passphrase is set, it is required to be able to join. If channel public keys are set then only users whose public keys are listed are able to join.
en_GB: Channel authentication is used to secure the channel from unauthorised access. The authentication may be based on passphrase and digital signatures. If passphrase is set, it is required to be able to join. If channel public keys are set then only users whose public keys are listed are able to join.

en: Creating connection failed
en_GB: Connection creation failed

en: Birth Day
en_GB: Date of Birth

en: Roomlist
en_GB: Room List

en: Your VCard File
en_GB: Your vCard File

en: Create SILC Key Pair...
en_GB: Create SILC key pair...

en: Topic too long
en_GB: Topic too long.

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary
en: SILC Protocol Plugin
en_GB: SILC Protocol Plug-in

en: Organization: 	%s
en_GB: Organisation: 	%s

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version
en: SIP/SIMPLE Protocol Plugin
en_GB: SIP/SIMPLE Protocol Plug-in

note: *  summary
en: The SIP/SIMPLE Protocol Plugin
en_GB: The SIP/SIMPLE Protocol Plug-in

en: Publish status (note: everyone may watch you)
en_GB: Publish status (note: anyone can watch you)

en: list: List rooms on the Yahoo network
en_GB: list:  List rooms on the Yahoo network

en: %s has sent you a webcam invite, which is not yet supported.
en_GB: %s has sent you a webcam invitation, which is not yet supported.

en: Authorization denied message:
en_GB: Authorisation denied message:

en: Can't send SMS. Unable to obtain mobile carrier.
en_GB: Cannot send SMS. Unable to obtain mobile carrier.

en: Can't send SMS. Unknown mobile carrier.
en_GB: Cannot send SMS. Unknown mobile carrier.

note: -15
en: Maybe the room is full
en_GB: Perhaps the room is full

en: Maybe they're not in a chat?
en_GB: Perhaps they're not in a chat?

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: Zephyr Protocol Plugin
en_GB: Zephyr Protocol Plug-in

en: Access denied: HTTP proxy server forbids port %d tunneling
en_GB: Access denied: HTTP proxy server forbids port %d tunnelling

en: %s became unidle
en_GB: %s is no longer idle

en: +++ %s became unidle
en_GB: +++ %s is no longer idle

en: Error Reading %s
en_GB: Error reading %s

en: The background color for the buddy list
en_GB: The background colour for the buddy list

note: Group Note to translators: These two strings refer to the background color of a buddy list group when in its expanded state
en: Expanded Background Color
en_GB: Expanded Background Colour

en: The background color of an expanded group
en_GB: The background colour of an expanded group

note: Note to translators: These two strings refer to the background color of a buddy list group when in its collapsed state
en: Collapsed Background Color
en_GB: Collapsed Background Colour

en: The background color of a collapsed group
en_GB: The background colour of a collapsed group

note: Buddy Note to translators: These two strings refer to the background color of a buddy list contact or chat room
en: Contact/Chat Background Color
en_GB: Contact/Chat Background Colour

en: The background color of a contact or chat
en_GB: The background colour of a contact or chat

en: Add _Buddy...
en_GB: Add _Buddy

en: Add C_hat...
en_GB: Add C_hat

en: /Tools/Plu_gins
en_GB: /Tools/Plu_g-ins

en: /Buddies/Show/Empty Groups
en_GB: /Buddies/Show/ Empty Groups

en: Buddy's _username:
en_GB: Buddy _username:

en: Valencian-Catalan
en_GB: Valencian Catalan

en: <font size="4"><b>Help from other Pidgin users</b></font> is available by e-mailing <a href="mailto:support@pidgin.im">support@pidgin.im</a><br/>This is a <b>public</b> mailing list! (<a href="http://pidgin.im/pipermail/support/">archive</a>)<br/>We can't help with third-party protocols or plugins!<br/>This list's primary language is <b>English</b>.  You are welcome to post in another language, but the responses may be less helpful.<br/>
en_GB: <font size="4"><b>Help from other Pidgin users</b></font> is available by e-mailing <a href="mailto:support@pidgin.im">support@pidgin.im</a><br/>This is a <b>public</b> mailing list! (<a href="http://pidgin.im/pipermail/support/">archive</a>)<br/>We cannot help with third-party protocols or plugins!<br/>This list's primary language is <b>English</b>.  You are welcome to post in another language, but the responses may be less helpful.<br/>

en: Color to draw hyperlinks.
en_GB: Colour to draw hyperlinks.

en: Hyperlink visited color
en_GB: Hyperlink visited colour

en: Color to draw hyperlink after it has been visited (or activated).
en_GB: Colour to draw hyperlinks after they has been visited (or activated).

en: Hyperlink prelight color
en_GB: Hyperlink prelight colour

en: Color to draw hyperlinks when mouse is over them.
en_GB: Colour to draw hyperlinks when mouse is over them.

en: Sent Message Name Color
en_GB: Sent Message Name Colour

en: Received Message Name Color
en_GB: Received Message Name Colour

en: Color to draw the name of a message you received.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of a message you received.

en: "Attention" Name Color
en_GB: "Attention" Name Colour

en: Color to draw the name of a message you received containing your name.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of a message you received containing your name.

en: Action Message Name Color
en_GB: Action Message Name Colour

en: Color to draw the name of an action message.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of an action message.

en: Action Message Name Color for Whispered Message
en_GB: Action Message Name Colour for Whispered Message

en: Color to draw the name of a whispered action message.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of a whispered action message.

en: Whisper Message Name Color
en_GB: Whisper Message Name Colour

en: Color to draw the name of a whispered message.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of a whispered message.

en: Typing notification color
en_GB: Typing notification colour

en: The color to use for the typing notification
en_GB: The colour to use for the typing notification

en: <span size='larger' weight='bold'>Unrecognized file type</span>
    
    Defaulting to PNG.
en_GB: <span size='larger' weight='bold'>Unrecognised file type</span>
    
    Defaulting to PNG.

en: Select Text Color
en_GB: Select Text Colour

en: Foreground _color
en_GB: Foreground _colour

en: don't automatically login
en_GB: do not automatically login

en: The following plugins will be unloaded.
en_GB: The following plug-ins will be unloaded.

en: Multiple plugins will be unloaded.
en_GB: Multiple plug-ins will be unloaded.

en: Unload Plugins
en_GB: Unload Plug-ins

en: Configure Pl_ugin
en_GB: Configure Pl_ug-in

en: <b>Plugin Details</b>
en_GB: <b>Plug-in Details</b>

en: Ret_urns from away
en_GB: Ret_urn from away

en: Ope_n an IM window
en_GB: Ope_n a message window

en: _Placement:
en_GB: _Placement

en: _Open link in:
en_GB: _Open Link in:

en: M_ute sounds
en_GB: M_ute Sounds

en: Click to change your buddyicon for this account.
en_GB: Click to change your buddy icon for this account.

en: Click to change your buddyicon for all accounts.
en_GB: Click to change your buddy icon for all accounts.

en: Response Probability:
en_GB: Responses Probability:

en: Buddy is "extended" away
en_GB: Buddy is away for an extended period

en: The buddy with the <i>largest score</i> is the buddy who will have priority in the contact.
en_GB: The buddy with the <i>highest score</i> is the buddy who will have priority in the contact.

en: Conversation Colors
en_GB: Conversation Colours

en: Customize colors in the conversation window
en_GB: Customise colours in the conversation window

en: Select Color for %s
en_GB: Select Colour for %s

note: *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: Test to see that all ui signals are working properly.
en_GB: Test to see that all UI signals are working properly.

note: Count xprop method button
en: Insert count of new message into _X property
en_GB: Insert count of new messages into _X property

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id
en: Pidgin Demonstration Plugin
en_GB: Pidgin Demonstration Plug-in

note: *< name *< version *  summary
en: An example plugin that does stuff - see the description.
en_GB: An example plug-in that does stuff - see the description.

note: *  description
en: This is a really cool plugin that does a lot of stuff:
    - It tells you who wrote the program when you log in
    - It reverses all incoming text
    - It sends a message to people on your list immediately when they sign on
en_GB: This is a really cool plug-in that does a lot of stuff:
    - It tells you who wrote the program when you log in
    - It reverses all incoming text
    - It sends a message to people on your list immediately when they sign on

en: Hyperlink Color
en_GB: Hyperlink Colour

en: Visited Hyperlink Color
en_GB: Visited Hyperlink Colour

en: Highlighted Message Name Color
en_GB: Highlighted Messages Name Colour

en: Typing Notification Color
en_GB: Typing Notification Colour

en: Authorization dialog
en_GB: Authorisation dialog

en: Co_nversations:
en_GB: Co_nversations

note: *< name *< version *  summary
en: Customizes the message timestamp formats.
en_GB: Customises the message timestamp formats.

note: *  description
en: This plugin allows the user to customize conversation and logging message timestamp formats.
en_GB: This plug-in allows the user to customize conversation and logging message timestamp formats.

note: *  description
en: This plugin enables variable alpha transparency on conversation windows and the buddy list.
    
    * Note: This plugin requires Win2000 or greater.
en_GB: This plug-in enables variable alpha transparency on conversation windows and the buddy list.
    
    * Note: This plug-in requires Win2000 or greater.

note: $R3 will display the URL that the Dictionary failed to download from
en: Error Installing Spellchecking ($R3).$\rIf retrying fails, manual installation instructions are at: http://developer.pidgin.im/wiki/Installing%20Pidgin#manual_win32_spellcheck_installation
en_GB: Error installing spellchecking ($R3).$\rIf retrying fails, manual installation instructions are at: http://developer.pidgin.im/wiki/Installing%20Pidgin#manual_win32_spellcheck_installation

note: Installer Subsection Text
en: Localizations
en_GB: Localisations

en: Pidgin requires a compatible GTK+ Runtime (which doesn't appear to be already present).$\rAre you sure you want to skip installing the GTK+ Runtime?
en_GB: Pidgin requires a compatible GTK+ Runtime (which does not appear to be already present).$\rAre you sure you want to skip installing the GTK+ Runtime?

en: Displayed when a buddy goes offline.
en_GB: Displayed when a buddy goes offline

en: Displayed when a buddy returns from idle.
en_GB: Displayed when a buddy returns from idle

en: New notification
en_GB: New notifications

en: The end all, be all, toaster popup plugin
en_GB: The be all, and end all, toaster popup plugin

en: Guifications:
    The end all, be all, toaster popup plugin
en_GB: Guifications:
    The be all, and end all, toaster popup plugin

en: The MusicTracker Plugin allows you to customize your status message with information about currently playing song from your music player. Portions initially adopted from pidgin-currenttrack project.
en_GB: The MusicTracker Plugin allows you to customise your status message with information about currently playing song from your music player. Portions initially adopted from pidgin-currenttrack project.

en: Customize playing status format, or disable status changing altogether for specific accounts
en_GB: Customise playing status format, or disable status changing altogether for specific accounts

en: Left click to set primary color. Right click to set secondary color.
en_GB: Left click to set primary colour. Right click to set secondary colour.

en: Click to select region of similar color.
en_GB: Click to select region of similar colour.

en: Left click to draw with primary color, right click to draw with secondary color.
en_GB: Left click to draw with primary colour, right click to draw with secondary colour.

en: Click and drag to draw an ellipse (right click for secondary color). Hold shift to constrain to a circle.
en_GB: Click and drag to draw an ellipse (right click for secondary colour). Hold shift to constrain to a circle.

en: Click and drag to draw a rounded rectangle (right click for secondary color). Hold shift to constrain to a square.
en_GB: Click and drag to draw a rounded rectangle (right click for secondary colour). Hold shift to constrain to a square.

en: Recolor
en_GB: Recolour

en: Left click to replace the secondary color with the primary color.
en_GB: Left click to replace the secondary colour with the primary colour.

en: Left click to place cursor, then type desired text. Text color is primary color.
en_GB: Left click to place cursor, then type desired text. Text colour is primary colour.

en: Center Align
en_GB: Centre Align

en: Left click to fill a region with the primary color, right click to fill with the secondary color.
en_GB: Left click to fill a region with the primary colour, right click to fill with the secondary colour.

en: Click and drag to draw a rectangle (right click for secondary color). Hold shift to constrain to a square.
en_GB: Click and drag to draw a rectangle (right click for secondary colour). Hold shift to constrain to a square.

en: Click and drag to draw gradient from primary to secondary color.  Right click to reverse.
en_GB: Click and drag to draw gradient from primary to secondary colour.  Right click to reverse.

en: Left click to draw freeform, one-pixel wide lines with the primary color, right click to use the secondary color.
en_GB: Left click to draw freeform, one-pixel wide lines with the primary colour, right click to use the secondary colour.

en: Left click to erase to transparent, right click to erase to secondary color.
en_GB: Left click to erase to transparent, right click to erase to secondary colour.

en: Freeform Shape
en_GB: Free-form Shape

en: Choose Primary Color
en_GB: Choose Primary Colour

en: Choose Secondary Color
en_GB: Choose Secondary Colour

en: Choose Palette Color
en_GB: Choose Palette Colour

en: Released under the MIT X11 License.
en_GB: Released under the MIT X11 Licence.

en: Set Number of Colors
en_GB: Set Number of Colours

en: Rotate 90° Counter-Clockwise
en_GB: Rotate 90° Anti-Clockwise

en: Color Burn
en_GB: Colour Burn

en: Color Dodge
en_GB: Colour Dodge

en: Stylize
en_GB: Stylise

en: Center Offset
en_GB: Centre Offset

en: Color Range
en_GB: Colour Range

en: Use low quality for previews, small images, and small angles.  Use high quality for final quality, large images, and large angles.
en_GB: Use low quality for previews, small images and small angles.  Use high quality for final quality, large images and large angles.

en: %s has canceled a ship's movement.
en_GB: %s has cancelled a ship's movement.

note: Tooltip for Center menu entry
en: Center the map
en_GB: Centre the map

note: Label for the option to display log messages in color
en: Messages with color
en_GB: Messages with colour

note: Tooltip for the option to display log messages in color
en: Show new messages with color
en_GB: Show new messages with colour

note: Label for the option to display chat in color of player
en: Chat in color of player
en_GB: Chat in colour of player

note: Tooltip for the option to display chat in color of player
en: Show new chat messages in the color of the player
en_GB: Show new chat messages in the colour of the player

note: Label for the option to display the summary with colors
en: Summary with color
en_GB: Summary with colour

note: Tooltip for the option to display the summary with colors
en: Use colors in the player summary
en_GB: Use colours in the player summary

en: Ship movement canceled.
en_GB: Ship movement cancelled.

note: Label
en: Select the resource you wish to monopolize.
en_GB: Select the resource you wish to monopolise.

note: Header for the translator_credits. Use your own language name
en: Pioneers is translated to <your language here> by:
en_GB: Pioneers is translated to British by:

en: Randomize terrain
en_GB: Randomise terrain

en: Randomize the terrain
en_GB: Randomise the terrain

note: Port indicator for brick
en: Brick port|B
en_GB: B

note: Port indicator for grain
en: Grain port|G
en_GB: G

note: Port indicator for ore
en: Ore port|O
en_GB: O

note: Port indicator for wool
en: Wool port|W
en_GB: W

note: Port indicator for lumber
en: Lumber port|L
en_GB: L

note: East
en: East|E
en_GB: E

note: North east
en: North East|NE
en_GB: NE

note: North west
en: North West|NW
en_GB: NW

note: West
en: West|W
en_GB: W

note: South west
en: South West|SW
en_GB: SW

note: South east
en: South East|SE
en_GB: SE

note: Commandline meta-server: daemon
en: Daemonize the meta-server on start
en_GB: Daemonise the meta-server on start

note: Commandline meta-server: pidfile
en: Pidfile to create when daemonizing (implies -d)
en_GB: Pidfile to create when daemonising (implies -d)

en: Randomize turn order
en_GB: Randomise turn order

en: 
        %prog [PROJECT_FILE]               # Start the video editor.
        %prog -i [-a] [MEDIA_FILE1 ...]    # Start the editor and create a project.
        %prog PROJECT_FILE -r OUTPUT_FILE  # Render a project.
        %prog PROJECT_FILE -p              # Preview a project.
en_GB: 
        %prog [PROJECT_FILE]               # Start the video editor.
        %prog -i [-a] [MEDIA_FILE1 …]    # Start the editor and create a project.
        %prog PROJECT_FILE -r OUTPUT_FILE  # Render a project.
        %prog PROJECT_FILE -p              # Preview a project.

en: Make sure you have installed gst-plugins-good and is available in the GStreamer plugin path.
en_GB: Make sure you have installed gst-plugins-good and that it's available in the GStreamer plugin path.

en: You do not have a recent enough version of the GTK+ Python bindings (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of the GTK+ Python bindings (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the GTK+ Python bindings greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the GTK+ Python bindings greater than or equal to %s

en: You do not have a recent enough version of the GStreamer Python bindings (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of the GStreamer Python bindings (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the GStreamer Python bindings greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the GStreamer Python bindings greater than or equal to %s

en: You do not have a recent enough version of GStreamer (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of GStreamer (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the GStreamer greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the GStreamer greater than or equal to %s

en: You do not have a recent enough version of the cairo Python bindings (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of the cairo Python bindings (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the cairo Python bindings greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the cairo Python bindings greater than or equal to %s

en: You do not have a recent enough version of the GNonLin GStreamer plugin (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of the GNonLin GStreamer plugin (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the GNonLin GStreamer plugin greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the GNonLin GStreamer plugin greater than or equal to %s

en: Make sure you have the distutils python module installed
en_GB: Make sure you have the distutils Python module installed

note: woot, nothing decodable
en: Can not decode file.
en_GB: Cannot decode file.

en: Timeout while analyzing file.
en_GB: Timeout while analysing file.

en: Analyzing the file took too long.
en_GB: Analysing the file took too long.

en: You do not have a GStreamer source element to handle protocol '%s'
en_GB: You do not have a GStreamer source element to handle the '%s' protocol

en: An internal error occurred while analyzing this file: %s
en_GB: An internal error occurred while analysing this file: %s

en: <b>Video:</b> %d x %d <i>pixels</i> at %.2f<i>fps</i>
en_GB: <b>Video:</b> %d×%d <i>pixels</i> at %.2f<i>fps</i>

en: <b>Image:</b> %d x %d <i>pixels</i>
en_GB: <b>Image:</b> %d×%d <i>pixels</i>

en: 23,976 fps
en_GB: 23.976 fps

en: 29,97 fps
en_GB: 29.97 fps

en: 59,94 fps
en_GB: 59.94 fps

en: 8 KHz
en_GB: 8 kHz

en: 11 KHz
en_GB: 11 kHz

en: 22 KHz
en_GB: 22 kHz

en: 44.1 KHz
en_GB: 44.1 kHz

en: 48 KHz
en_GB: 48 kHz

en: 96 KHz
en_GB: 96 kHz

en: Properties For: %d object | Properties For: %d objects
en_GB[0]: Properties for: %d object
en_GB[1]: Properties for: %d objects

en: No properties...
en_GB: No properties…

en: Edit Project Settings...
en_GB: Edit Project Settings…

en: Error while analyzing a file
en_GB: Error while analysing a file

en: Render project...
en_GB: Render project…

en: _Plugins...
en_GB: _Plugins…

en: Import from _Webcam...
en_GB: Import from _Webcam…

en: _Make screencast...
en_GB: _Make screencast…

en: _Capture Network Stream...
en_GB: _Capture Network Stream…

en: GNU Lesser General Public License
    See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html for more details
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence
    See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html for more details

en: Locate missing file...
en_GB: Locate missing file…

en: Customize:
en_GB: Customise:

en: This plugin is already installed in your system.
    If you agree, version %(v1)s will be replaced with version %(v2)s
en_GB: This plugin is already installed on your system.
    If you agree, version %(v1)s will be replaced with version %(v2)s

en: Import clips...
en_GB: Import clips…

en: _Import clips...
en_GB: _Import clips…

en: Import _folder of clips...
en_GB: Import _folder of clips…

en: Errors occured while importing.
en_GB: Errors occurred while importing.

en: An error occured while importing.
en_GB: An error occurred while importing.

en: Error while analyzing files
en_GB: Error while analysing files

en: Browse projects...
en_GB: Browse projects…

en: One or more GStreamer errors has occured!
en_GB: One or more GStreamer errors has occurred!

en: The background color for clips in video tracks.
en_GB: The background colour for clips in video tracks.

en: The background color for clips in audio tracks.
en_GB: The background colour for clips in audio tracks.

en: Selected clips will be tinted with this color.
en_GB: Selected clips will be tinted with this colour.

note: Translators: "non local" means the project is not stored on a local filesystem
en: %s doesn't yet handle non local projects
en_GB: %s doesn't yet handle non-local projects

en: Optional - overrides resource name in gantt view.
en_GB: Optional - overrides resource name in Gantt view.

en: Couldn't find a suitable file module for loading '%s'
en_GB: Could not find a suitable file module for loading '%s'

en: Couldn't find a suitable file module for loading project
en_GB: Could not find a suitable file module for loading project

en: Can't connect to database server
en_GB: Cannot connect to database server

en: Could not add a predecessor relation, because the tasks are already related.
en_GB: Could not add a predecessor relation as the tasks are already related.

en: Cannot add a predecessor, because it would result in a loop.
en_GB: Cannot add a predecessor because it would result in a loop.

en: Cannot move the task, because it would result in a loop.
en_GB: Cannot move the task because it would result in a loop.

en: File "%s" exists, do you want to overwrite it?
en_GB: File "%s" exists. Do you want to overwrite it?

en: Couldn't import file.
en_GB: Could not import file.

en: Edit Organization
en_GB: Edit Organisation

en: Could not create properties dialog.
en_GB: Could not create properties dialogue.

en: Can't create tables in database %s
en_GB: Cannot create tables in database %s

en: Can't add new predecessor. No task selected!
en_GB: Cannot add new predecessor: no task selected!

en: You are about to open an edit dialog each for %i tasks. Are you sure that you want to do that?
en_GB: You are about to open an edit dialogue each for %i tasks. Are you sure that you want to do that?

en: If you don't save, changes made the last minute will be discarded.
en_GB: If you do not save, changes made within the last minute will be discarded.

en: If you don't save, changes made the last hour will be discarded.
en_GB: If you do not save, changes made within the last hour will be discarded.

en: Options:
      -r          : force <device> to be mounted read-only
      -w          : force <device> to be mounted read-write
      -s, --sync  : mount <device> with the 'sync' option (default: 'async')
      --noatime   : mount <device> with the 'noatime' option (default: 'atime')
      -e, --exec  : mount <device> with the 'exec' option (default: 'noexec')
      -t <fs>     : mount as file system type <fs> (default: autodetected)
      -c <charset>: use given I/O character set (default: 'utf8' if called
                    in an UTF-8 locale, otherwise mount default)
      -u <umask>  : use specified umask instead of the default (only for
                    file sytems which actually support umask setting)
     --passphrase <file>
                    read passphrase from file instead of the terminal
                    (only for LUKS encrypted devices)
      -d, --debug : enable debug output (very verbose)
      -h, --help  : print help message and exit successfuly
      --version   : print version number and exit successfully
en_GB: Options:
      -r : force <device> to be mounted read-only
      -w : force <device> to be mounted read-write
      -s, --sync : mount <device> with the 'sync' option (default: 'async')
      --noatime : mount <device> with the 'noatime' option (default: 'atime')
      -e, --exec : mount <device> with the 'exec' option (default: 'noexec')
      -t <fs> : mount as file system type <fs> (default: autodetected)
      -c <charset>: use given I/O character set (default: 'utf8' if called
                    in an UTF-8 locale, otherwise mount default)
      -u <umask> : use specified umask instead of the default (only for
                    file sytems which actually support umask setting)
     --passphrase <file>
                    read passphrase from file instead of the terminal
                    (only for LUKS encrypted devices)
      -d, --debug : enable debug output (very verbose)
      -h, --help : print help message and exit successfully
      --version : print version number and exit successfully

en: Usage:
    
    %s [options] <device>
      Umount <device> from a directory below %s if policy requirements
      are met (see pumount(1) for details). The mount point directory is removed
      afterwards.
    
    Options:
      -l, --lazy  : umount lazily, see umount(8)
      -d, --debug : enable debug output (very verbose)
      -h, --help  : print help message and exit successfuly
      --version   : print version number and exit successfully
en_GB: Usage:
    
    %s [options] <device>
      Umount <device> from a directory below %s if policy requirements
      are met (see pumount(1) for details). The mount point directory is removed
      afterwards.
    
    Options:
      -l, --lazy : umount lazily, see umount(8)
      -d, --debug : enable debug output (very verbose)
      -h, --help : print help message and exit successfuly
      --version : print version number and exit successfully

en: &New catalog...
en_GB: &New catalogue...

en: Add path to the list of directories where catalogs lie.
en_GB: Add path to the list of directories where catalogues lie.

en: Automatically translate when updating catalog
en_GB: Automatically translate when updating catalogue

en: Broken catalog file: plural form msgstr used without msgid_plural
en_GB: Broken catalogue file: plural form msgstr used without msgid_plural

en: Broken catalog file: singular form msgstr used together with msgid_plural
en_GB: Broken catalogue file: singular form msgstr used together with msgid_plural

en: C&atalog
en_GB: C&atalogue

en: Cannot extract catalogs from RPM file.
en_GB: Cannot extract catalogues from RPM file.

en: Catalog modified. Do you want to save changes?
en_GB: Catalogue modified. Do you want to save changes?

en: Catalogs &manager
en_GB: Catalogues &manager

en: Do you really want to do mass update of
    all catalogs in this project?
en_GB: Do you really want to do mass update of
    all catalogues in this project?

en: Entries in the catalog are probably incorrect.
en_GB: Entries in the catalogue are probably incorrect.

en: Error loading message catalog file '%s'.
en_GB: Error loading message catalogue file '%s'.

en: Error saving catalog
en_GB: Error saving catalogue

en: Failed to load extracted catalog.
en_GB: Failed to load extracted catalogue.

en: Failed to merge gettext catalogs.
en_GB: Failed to merge gettext catalogues.

en: GNU gettext catalogs (*.po)|*.po|All files (*.*)|*.*
en_GB: GNU gettext catalogues (*.po)|*.po|All files (*.*)|*.*

en: New catalog from POT file...
en_GB: New catalogue from POT file...

en: Open catalog
en_GB: Open catalogue

en: Open catalog template
en_GB: Open catalogue template

en: Open catalogs manager on Poedit startup
en_GB: Open catalogues manager on Poedit startup

en: Personalize
en_GB: Personalise

en: Poedit - Catalogs manager
en_GB: Poedit - Catalogues manager

en: Regenerate translation memory from catalogs in paths listed above.
en_GB: Regenerate translation memory from catalogues in paths listed above.

en: Save catalog
en_GB: Save catalogue

en: Select catalog's language
en_GB: Select catalogue's language

en: Show summary after catalog update
en_GB: Show summary after catalogue update

en: The catalog couldn't be saved in '%s' charset as
    specified in catalog settings. It was saved in UTF-8 instead
    and the setting was modified accordingly.
en_GB: The catalogue couldn't be saved in '%s' charset as
    specified in catalogue settings. It was saved in UTF-8 instead
    and the setting was modified accordingly.

en: There were errors when loading the catalog. Some data may be missing or corrupted as the result.
en_GB: There were errors when loading the catalogue. Some data may be missing or corrupted as the result.

en: These strings are no longer in the sources.
    Poedit will remove them from the catalog now.
en_GB: These strings are no longer in the sources.
    Poedit will remove them from the catalogue now.

en: These strings were found in the sources but were not in the catalog.
    Poedit will add them to the catalog now.
en_GB: These strings were found in the sources but were not in the catalogue.
    Poedit will add them to the catalogue now.

en: Update all catalogs in the project
en_GB: Update all catalogues in the project

en: Update catalog - synchronize it with sources
en_GB: Update catalogue - synchronise it with sources

en: This window shows the list of available modules. You can enable/disable a module by checking/unchecking the check box in front of it.
en_GB: This window shows the list of available modules. You can enable/disable a module by ticking/unticking the tickbox in front of it.

en: If the Covers module is enabled, the popup also shows the album cover.
en_GB: If the Covers module is enabled, the pop-up also shows the album cover.

en: Labeling
en_GB: Labelling

en: Customized
en_GB: Customised

en: Switch to dialog
en_GB: Switch to dialogue

en: Your email address
en_GB: Your e-mail address

en: email address
en_GB: E-mail Address

en: This email address is already in use. Please supply a different email address.
en_GB: This e-mail address is already in use. Please supply a different e-mail address.

en: Registration using free email addresses is prohibited. Please supply a different email address.
en_GB: Registration using free e-mail addresses is prohibited. Please supply a different e-mail address.

en: Pootle is developed by Translate.org.za and a community of passionate localization experts. We want Pootle to help your localization work reach its full potential.
en_GB: Pootle is developed by Translate.org.za and a community of passionate localisation experts. We want Pootle to help your localisation work reach its full potential.

en: Optimizations
en_GB: Optimisations

en: Can't find the aeidon package. Pootle requires Gaupol or aeidon to support subtitle formats.
en_GB: Cannot find the aeidon package. Pootle requires Gaupol or aeidon to support subtitle formats.

en: Pootle is configured to use memcached as a caching backend, but can't connect to the memcached server. Caching is currently disabled.
en_GB: Pootle is configured to use memcached as a caching back-end, but can't connect to the memcached server. Caching is currently disabled.

en: Pootle is configured to use memcached as caching backend, but Python support for memcached is not installed. Caching is currently disabled.
en_GB: Pootle is configured to use memcached as caching back-end, but Python support for memcached is not installed. Caching is currently disabled.

en: The "from" address used to send registration emails is not specified. Also review the mail server settings.
en_GB: The "from" address used to send registration e-mails is not specified. Also review the mail server settings.

en: Running in live translation mode. Live translation is useful as a tool to learn about Pootle and localization, but has high impact on performance.
en_GB: Running in live translation mode. Live translation is useful as a tool to learn about Pootle and localisation, but has high impact on performance.

en: Error: "%s" while attempting to access the Pootle database, will try to initialize database.
en_GB: Error: "%s" while attempting to access the Pootle database, will try to initialise database.

en: Initialized database, you will be redirected to the front page in 10 seconds
en_GB: Initialised database, you will be redirected to the front page in 10 seconds

en: Pootle initialized the database. You will be redirected to the front page in 10 seconds.
en_GB: Pootle initialised the database. You will be redirected to the front page in 10 seconds.

en: A Pootle account has been created for you using this email address.
en_GB: A Pootle account has been created for you using this e-mail address.

en: This message is sent to verify that the email address is in fact correct. If you did not want to register an account, you may simply ignore the message.
en_GB: This message is sent to verify that the e-mail address is in fact correct. If you did not want to register an account, you may simply ignore the message.

en: Please check your email to activate your account.
en_GB: Please check your e-mail to activate your account.

en: cpu package %i
en_GB: CPU package %i

en: cpu package
en_GB: CPU package

en: Estimated power: %5.1f    Measured power: %5.1f    Sum: %5.1f
en_GB: Estimated power: %5.1f    Measured power:  %5.1f   Sum: %5.1f

en: An error occurred while opening `%s': %s.
en_GB: An error occurred while opening ‘%s’: %s.

en: `%s' is not a system or portable file.
en_GB: ‘%s’ is not a system or portable file.

en: Error opening `%s' for writing as a system file: %s.
en_GB: Error opening ‘%s’ for writing as a system file: %s.

en: An I/O error occurred writing CSV file `%s'.
en_GB: An I/O error occurred writing CSV file ‘%s’.

en: Unrecognized character in field.
en_GB: Unrecognised character in field.

en: Unrecognized month format.  Months may be specified as Arabic or Roman numerals or as at least 3 letters of their English names.
en_GB: Unrecognised month format.  Months may be specified as Arabic or Roman 
    numerals or as at least 3 letters of their English names.

en: Trailing garbage `%.*s' following date.
en_GB: Trailing garbage ‘%.*s’ following date.

en: Unrecognized weekday name.  At least the first two letters of an English weekday name must be specified.
en_GB: Unrecognised weekday name.  At least the first two letters of an English weekday name must be specified.

en: `%c' expected in date field.
en_GB: ‘%c’ expected in date field.

en: Not opening pipe file `%s' because SAFER option set.
en_GB: Not opening pipe file ‘%s’ because SAFER option set.

en: Invalid cell range `%s'
en_GB: Invalid cell range ‘%s’

en: Selected sheet or range of spreadsheet `%s' is empty.
en_GB: Selected sheet or range of spreadsheet ‘%s’ is empty.

en: Error closing portable file `%s': %s.
en_GB: Error closing portable file ‘%s’: %s.

en: Unrecognized version code `%c'.
en_GB: Unrecognised version code ‘%c’.

en: Invalid variable name `%s' in position %d.
en_GB: Invalid variable name ‘%s’ in position %d.

en: Error opening `%s' for writing as a portable file: %s.
en_GB: Error opening ‘%s’ for writing as a portable file: %s.

en: An I/O error occurred writing portable file `%s'.
en_GB: An I/O error occurred writing portable file ‘%s’.

en: Error opening `%s' for reading as a system file: %s.
en_GB: Error opening ‘%s’ for reading as a system file: %s.

en: Unrecognized record type %d.
en_GB: Unrecognised record type %d.

en: Error closing system file `%s': %s.
en_GB: Error closing system file ‘%s’: %s.

en: Compression bias is not the usual value of 100, or system file uses unrecognized floating-point format.
en_GB: Compression bias is not the usual value of 100, or system file uses 
    unrecognised floating-point format.

en: Invalid variable name `%s'.
en_GB: Invalid variable name ‘%s’.

en: Long variable mapping from %s to invalid variable name `%s'.
en_GB: Long variable mapping from %s to invalid variable name ‘%s’.

en: Duplicate value label for `%.*s' on %s.
en_GB: Duplicate value label for ‘%.*s’ on %s.

en: An I/O error occurred writing system file `%s'.
en_GB: An I/O error occurred writing system file ‘%s’.

en: Error removing `%s': %s.
en_GB: Error removing ‘%s’: %s.

en: Syntax error at `%s'
en_GB: Syntax error at ‘%s’

en: Opening `%s': %s.
en_GB: Opening ‘%s’: %s.

en: Unknown format type `%s'.
en_GB: Unknown format type ‘%s’.

en: Dummy variable name `%s' hides dictionary variable `%s'.
en_GB: Dummy variable name ‘%s’ hides dictionary variable ‘%s’.

en: Dummy variable name `%s' is given twice.
en_GB: Dummy variable name ‘%s’ is given twice.

en: Unrecognized subcommand name `%s'.
en_GB: Unrecognised subcommand name ‘%s’.

en: Can't find `%s' in include file search path.
en_GB: Can’t find ‘%s’ in include file search path.

en: Multiple modes exist for varible `%s'.  Using %g as the threshold value.
en_GB: Multiple modes exist for varible ‘%s’.  Using %g as the threshold value.

en: Could not open `%s' for reading as a data file: %s.
en_GB: Could not open ‘%s’ for reading as a data file: %s.

en: An error occurred while opening `%s' for writing as a data file: %s.
en_GB: An error occurred while opening ‘%s’ for writing as a data file: %s.

en: I/O error occurred writing data file `%s'.
en_GB: I/O error occurred writing data file ‘%s’.

en: Output file `%s' exists but REPLACE was not specified.
en_GB: Output file ‘%s’ exists but REPLACE was not specified.

en: Number of variables on left side of `=' (%zu) does not match number of variables on right side (%zu), in parenthesized group %d of RENAME subcommand.
en_GB: Number of variables on left side of ‘=’ (%zu) does not match number of 
    variables on right side (%zu), in parenthesised group %d of RENAME 
    subcommand.

en: %s: %s must be positive integer or `auto'
en_GB: %s: %s must be positive integer or ‘auto’

en: ascii: closing output file `%s'
en_GB: ascii: closing output file ‘%s’

en: ascii: opening output file `%s'
en_GB: ascii: opening output file ‘%s’

en: error opening output file `%s'
en_GB: error opening output file ‘%s’

en: %s: unknown option `%s'
en_GB: %s: unknown option ‘%s’

en: error writing output file `%s'
en_GB: error writing output file ‘%s’

en: `%s' is not a valid length.
en_GB: ‘%s’ is not a valid length.

en: syntax error in paper size `%s'
en_GB: syntax error in paper size ‘%s’

en: unknown paper type `%.*s'
en_GB: unknown paper type ‘%.*s’

en: error opening input file `%s'
en_GB: error opening input file ‘%s’

en: error reading file `%s'
en_GB: error reading file ‘%s’

en: paper size file `%s' does not state a paper size
en_GB: paper size file ‘%s’ does not state a paper size

en: %s: `%s' is `%s' but a Boolean value is required
en_GB: %s: ‘%s’ is ‘%s’ but a Boolean value is required

en: %s: `%s' is `%s' but one of the following is required: %s
en_GB: %s: ‘%s’ is ‘%s’ but one of the following is required: %s

en: %s: `%s' is `%s' but a nonnegative integer is required
en_GB: %s: ‘%s’ is ‘%s’ but a nonnegative integer is required

en: %s: `%s' is `%s' but a positive integer is required
en_GB: %s: ‘%s’ is ‘%s’ but a positive integer is required

en: %s: `%s' is `%s' but an integer is required
en_GB: %s: ‘%s’ is ‘%s’ but an integer is required

en: %s: `%s' is `%s' but an integer greater than %d is required
en_GB: %s: ‘%s’ is ‘%s’ but an integer greater than %d is required

en: %s: `%s' is `%s' but a file name that contains `#' is required.
en_GB: %s: ‘%s’ is ‘%s’ but a file name that contains ‘#’ is required.

en: `%s': bad font specification
en_GB: ‘%s’: bad font specification

en: error opening output file `%s': %s
en_GB: error opening output file ‘%s’: %s

en: error writing output file `%s': %s
en_GB: error writing output file ‘%s’: %s

en: %s: output option missing `='
en_GB: %s: output option missing ‘=’

en: could not access definition for terminal `%s'
en_GB: could not access definition for terminal ‘%s’

en: Saved file `%s'
en_GB: Saved file ‘%s’

en: Save the changes to `%s' before closing?
en_GB: Save the changes to ‘%s’ before closing?

en: Could not open `%s': %s
en_GB: Could not open ‘%s’: %s

en: `%s' is empty.
en_GB: ‘%s’ is empty.

en: Cannot parse field content `%.*s' as format %s: %s
en_GB: Cannot parse field content ‘%.*s’ as format %s: %s

en: %s = `%s'
en_GB: %s = ‘%s’

en: %s is not a recognized encoding or locale name
en_GB: %s is not a recognised encoding or locale name

en: _Analyze
en_GB: _Analyse

en: _Minimize All Windows
en_GB: _Minimise All Windows

en: Analyze statistical data with a free alternative to SPSS
en_GB: Analyse statistical data with a free alternative to SPSS

note: error
en: An error occured during Medline Query
en_GB: An error occurred during Medline Query

en: Please, select an entry type from previous page.
en_GB: Please select an entry type from previous page.

en: Select sort criterions
en_GB: Select sort criteria

en: method `%s' provides no iterator
en_GB: method '%s' provides no iterator

en: <b>Warning!</b>
    You are about to quit leaving documents with unsaved changes. If you continue, you will loose any changes that you have made.
en_GB: <b>Warning!</b>
    You are about to quit leaving documents with unsaved changes. If you continue, you will lose any changes that you have made.

en: Nothing more to undo!
en_GB: No changes left to undo!

en: Nothing more to redo!
en_GB: No changes left to redo!

en: The EMT potential is a many-body potential, giving a
    good description of the late transition metals crystalling
    in the FCC crystal structure.  The elements described by the
    main set of EMT parameters are Al, Ni, Cu, Pd, Ag, Pt, and
    Au, the Al potential is however not suitable for materials
    science application, as the stacking fault energy is wrong.
    
    A number of parameter sets are provided.
    
    <b>Default parameters:</b>
    
    The default EMT parameters, as published in K. W. Jacobsen,
    P. Stoltze and J. K. Nørskov, <i>Surf. Sci.</i> <b>366</b>, 394 (1996).
    
    <b>Alternative Cu, Ag and Au:</b>
    
    An alternative set of parameters for Cu, Ag and Au,
    reoptimized to experimental data including the stacking
    fault energies by Torben Rasmussen (partly unpublished).
    
    <b>Ruthenium:</b>
    
    Parameters for Ruthenium, as published in J. Gavnholt and
    J. Schiøtz, <i>Phys. Rev. B</i> <b>77</b>, 035404 (2008).
    
    <b>Metallic glasses:</b>
    
    Parameters for MgCu and CuZr metallic glasses. MgCu
    parameters are in N. P. Bailey, J. Schiøtz and
    K. W. Jacobsen, <i>Phys. Rev. B</i> <b>69</b>, 144205 (2004).
    CuZr in A. Paduraru, A. Kenoufi, N. P. Bailey and
    J. Schiøtz, <i>Adv. Eng. Mater.</i> <b>9</b>, 505 (2007).
en_GB: The EMT potential is a many-body potential, giving a
    good description of the late transition metals crystalling
    in the FCC crystal structure.  The elements described by the
    main set of EMT parameters are Al, Ni, Cu, Pd, Ag, Pt, and
    Au, the Al potential is however not suitable for materials
    science application, as the stacking fault energy is wrong.
    
    A number of parameter sets are provided.
    
    <b>Default parameters:</b>
    
    The default EMT parameters, as published in K. W. Jacobsen,
    P. Stoltze and J. K. Nørskov, <i>Surf. Sci.</i> <b>366</b>, 394 (1996).
    
    <b>Alternative Cu, Ag and Au:</b>
    
    An alternative set of parameters for Cu, Ag and Au,
    reoptimised to experimental data including the stacking
    fault energies by Torben Rasmussen (partly unpublished).
    
    <b>Ruthenium:</b>
    
    Parameters for Ruthenium, as published in J. Gavnholt and
    J. Schiøtz, <i>Phys. Rev. B</i> <b>77</b>, 035404 (2008).
    
    <b>Metallic glasses:</b>
    
    Parameters for MgCu and CuZr metallic glasses. MgCu
    parameters are in N. P. Bailey, J. Schiøtz and
    K. W. Jacobsen, <i>Phys. Rev. B</i> <b>69</b>, 144205 (2004).
    CuZr in A. Paduraru, A. Kenoufi, N. P. Bailey and
    J. Schiøtz, <i>Adv. Eng. Mater.</i> <b>9</b>, 505 (2007).

en: The Brenner potential is a reactive bond-order potential for
    carbon and hydrocarbons.  As a bond-order potential, it takes
    into account that carbon orbitals can hybridize in different
    ways, and that carbon can form single, double and triple
    bonds.  That the potential is reactive means that it can
    handle gradual changes in the bond order as chemical bonds
    are formed or broken.
    
    The Brenner potential is implemented in Asap, based on a
    C implentation published at http://www.rahul.net/pcm/brenner/ .
    
    The potential is documented here:
      Donald W Brenner, Olga A Shenderova, Judith A Harrison,
      Steven J Stuart, Boris Ni and Susan B Sinnott:
      "A second-generation reactive empirical bond order (REBO)
      potential energy expression for hydrocarbons",
      J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 14 (2002) 783-802.
      doi: 10.1088/0953-8984/14/4/312
en_GB: The Brenner potential is a reactive bond-order potential for
    carbon and hydrocarbons.  As a bond-order potential, it takes
    into account that carbon orbitals can hybridise in different
    ways, and that carbon can form single, double and triple
    bonds.  That the potential is reactive means that it can
    handle gradual changes in the bond order as chemical bonds
    are formed or broken.
    
    The Brenner potential is implemented in Asap, based on a
    C implentation published at http://www.rahul.net/pcm/brenner/ .
    
    The potential is documented here:
      Donald W Brenner, Olga A Shenderova, Judith A Harrison,
      Steven J Stuart, Boris Ni and Susan B Sinnott:
      "A second-generation reactive empirical bond order (REBO)
      potential energy expression for hydrocarbons",
      J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 14 (2002) 783-802.
      doi: 10.1088/0953-8984/14/4/312

note: Spin polarized
en: Spin polarized
en_GB: Spin polarised

en: szp - Single Zeta polarized
en_GB: szp - Single Zeta polarised

en: dzp - Double Zeta polarized
en_GB: dzp - Double Zeta polarised

note: Upper left: Choose how the atoms are colored.
en: Choose how the atoms are colored:
en_GB: Choose how the atoms are coloured:

en: By atomic number, default "jmol" colors
en_GB: By atomic number, default "jmol" colours

en: All the same color
en_GB: All the same colour

en: Create a color scale:
en_GB: Create a colour scale:

en: Named colors
en_GB: Named colours

en: Incorrect color specification
en_GB: Incorrect colour specification

en: 
        Global commands work on all frames or only on the current frame
        - Assignment of a global variable may not reference a local one
        - use 'Current frame' switch to switch off application to all frames
        <c>e</c>:		total energy of one frame
        <c>fmax</c>:	maximal force in one frame
        <c>A</c>:	unit cell
        <c>E</c>:		total energy array of all frames
        <c>F</c>:		all forces in one frame
        <c>M</c>:	all magnetic moments
        <c>R</c>:		all atomic positions
        <c>S</c>:	all selected atoms (boolean array)
        <c>D</c>:	all dynamic atoms (boolean array)
        examples: <c>frame = 1</c>, <c>A[0][1] += 4</c>, <c>e-E[-1]</c>
    
        Atom commands work on each atom (or a selection) individually
        - these can use global commands on the RHS of an equation
        - use 'selected atoms only' to restrict application of command
        <c>x,y,z</c>:	atomic coordinates
        <c>r,g,b</c>:	atom display color, range is [0..1]
        <c>rad</c>:	atomic radius for display
        <c>s</c>:		atom is selected
        <c>d</c>:		atom is movable
        <c>f</c>:		force
        <c>Z</c>:	atomic number
        <c>m</c>:	magnetic moment
        examples: <c>x -= A[0][0], s = z > 5, Z = 6</c>
    
        Special commands and objects:
        <c>sa,cf</c>:	(un)restrict to selected atoms/current frame
        <c>frame</c>:	frame number
        <c>center</c>:	centers the system in its existing unit cell
        <c>del S</c>:	delete selection
        <c>CM</c>:	center of mass
        <c>ans[-i]</c>:	ith last calculated result
        <c>exec file</c>: executes commands listed in file
        <c>cov[Z]</c>:(read only): covalent radius of atomic number Z
        <c>gui</c>:	advanced: ag window python object
        <c>img</c>:	advanced: ag images object
en_GB: 
        Global commands work on all frames or only on the current frame
        - Assignment of a global variable may not reference a local one
        - use 'Current frame' switch to switch off application to all frames
        <c>e</c>:		total energy of one frame
        <c>fmax</c>:	maximal force in one frame
        <c>A</c>:	unit cell
        <c>E</c>:		total energy array of all frames
        <c>F</c>:		all forces in one frame
        <c>M</c>:	all magnetic moments
        <c>R</c>:		all atomic positions
        <c>S</c>:	all selected atoms (boolean array)
        <c>D</c>:	all dynamic atoms (boolean array)
        examples: <c>frame = 1</c>, <c>A[0][1] += 4</c>, <c>e-E[-1]</c>
    
        Atom commands work on each atom (or a selection) individually
        - these can use global commands on the RHS of an equation
        - use 'selected atoms only' to restrict application of command
        <c>x,y,z</c>:	atomic coordinates
        <c>r,g,b</c>:	atom display colour, range is [0..1]
        <c>rad</c>:	atomic radius for display
        <c>s</c>:		atom is selected
        <c>d</c>:		atom is movable
        <c>f</c>:		force
        <c>Z</c>:	atomic number
        <c>m</c>:	magnetic moment
        examples: <c>x -= A[0][0], s = z > 5, Z = 6</c>
    
        Special commands and objects:
        <c>sa,cf</c>:	(un)restrict to selected atoms/current frame
        <c>frame</c>:	frame number
        <c>center</c>:	centers the system in its existing unit cell
        <c>del S</c>:	delete selection
        <c>CM</c>:	centre of mass
        <c>ans[-i]</c>:	ith last calculated result
        <c>exec file</c>: executes commands listed in file
        <c>cov[Z]</c>:(read only): covalent radius of atomic number Z
        <c>gui</c>:	advanced: ag window python object
        <c>img</c>:	advanced: ag images object

en: Colors ...
en_GB: Colours ...

en: Movie ...
en_GB: Film ...

en: Energy _Minimization
en_GB: Energy _Minimisation

en: Minimize the energy
en_GB: Minimise the energy

en: Energy minimization
en_GB: Energy minimisation

en: Minimize the energy with respect to the positions.
en_GB: Minimise the energy with respect to the positions.

note: Update display to reflect cancellation of simulation.
en: Minimization CANCELLED after %i steps.
en_GB: Minimisation CANCELLED after %i steps.

note: Update display to reflect succesful end of simulation.
en: Minimization completed in %i steps.
en_GB: Minimisation completed in %i steps.

note: Minimization progress frame Box containing frame and spacing
en: Energy minimization:
en_GB: Energy minimisation:

en: The mount point %s must be on a linux file system.
en_GB: The mount point %s must be on a Linux file system.

en: We apologize, but your form has expired. Please continue filling out the form from this page.
en_GB: We apologise, but your form has expired. Please continue filling out the form from this page.

en: The phone nubmer is too long
en_GB: The phone number is too long

en: You are not authorized to access %s
en_GB: You are not authorised to access %s

en: Unauthorized: %s
en_GB: Unauthorised: %s

en: Unauthorized. Please try logging in again.
en_GB: Unauthorised. Please try logging in again.

en: The attribute %(attr)s doesn't exist on %(obj)s.
en_GB: The attribute %(attr)s does not exist on %(obj)s.

en: You don't have permissions to access:
en_GB: You do not have permissions to access:

en: Limit Summary
en_GB: Summary

en: Unknown instance
en_GB: Unknown Instance

en: From here you can create a new domain to organize projects, groups and users.
en_GB: From here you can create a new domain to organise projects, groups and users.

en: Flavors
en_GB: Flavours

en: Flavor
en_GB: Flavour

en: Create Flavor
en_GB: Create Flavour

en: Edit Flavor
en_GB: Edit Flavour

en: Flavor Name
en_GB: Flavour Name

en: Unable to retrieve flavor list.
en_GB: Unable to retrieve flavour list.

en: Unable to retrieve flavor data.
en_GB: Unable to retrieve flavour data.

en: Flavor ID should be UUID4 or integer. Leave this field blank or use 'auto' to set a random UUID4.
en_GB: Flavour ID should be UUID4 or integer. Leave this field blank or use 'auto' to set a random UUID4.

en: Name may only contain letters, numbers, underscores, periods and hyphens.
en_GB: Name may only contain letters, numbers, underscores, full stops and hyphens.

en: Flavor Info
en_GB: Flavour Info

en: From here you can create a new flavor to organize projects.
en_GB: From here you can create a new flavour to organize projects.

en: Unable to get flavor list
en_GB: Unable to get flavour list

en: The name "%s" is already used by another flavor.
en_GB: The name "%s" is already used by another flavour.

en: The ID "%s" is already used by another flavor.
en_GB: The ID "%s" is already used by another flavour.

en: Unable to retrieve flavor access list. Please try again later.
en_GB: Unable to retrieve flavour access list. Please try again later.

en: Flavor Access
en_GB: Flavour Access

en: You can control access to this flavor by moving projects from the left column to the right column. Only projects in the right column can use the flavor. If there are no projects in the right column, all projects can use the flavor.
en_GB: You can control access to this flavour by moving projects from the left column to the right column. Only projects in the right column can use the flavour. If there are no projects in the right column, all projects can use the flavour.

en: No projects selected. All projects can use the flavor.
en_GB: No projects selected. All projects can use the flavour.

en: Created new flavor "%s".
en_GB: Created new flavour "%s".

en: Unable to create flavor "%s".
en_GB: Unable to create flavour "%s".

en: Unable to create flavor.
en_GB: Unable to create flavour.

en: Unable to set flavor access for project %s.
en_GB: Unable to set flavour access for project %s.

en: From here you can edit the flavor details.
en_GB: From here you can edit the flavour details.

en: Modified flavor "%s".
en_GB: Modified flavour "%s".

en: Unable to modify flavor "%s".
en_GB: Unable to modify flavour "%s".

en: Modified flavor information, but unable to modify flavor access.
en_GB: Modified flavour information, but unable to modify flavour access.

en: Unable to create flavor extra spec.
en_GB: Unable to create flavour extra spec.

en: Unable to retrieve flavor extra spec data.
en_GB: Unable to retrieve flavour extra spec data.

en: From here you can alter the sizing of the current flavor.
en_GB: From here you can alter the sizing of the current flavour.

en: Note: this will not affect the resources allocated to any existing instances using this flavor.
en_GB: Note: this will not affect the resources allocated to any existing instances using this flavour.

en: Create Flavor Extra Spec
en_GB: Create Flavour Extra Spec

en: Create a new "extra spec" key-value pair for a flavor.
en_GB: Create a new "extra spec" key-value pair for a flavour.

en: Edit Flavor Extra Spec
en_GB: Edit Flavour Extra Spec

en: Update an "extra spec" key-value pair for a flavor.
en_GB: Update an "extra spec" key-value pair for a flavour.

en: Flavor Extra Specs
en_GB: Flavour Extra Specs

en: From here you can create a new group to organize users and roles.
en_GB: From here you can create a new group to organise users and roles.

en: From here you can create a new project to organize users.
en_GB: From here you can create a new project to organise users.

en: Project Groups
en_GB: Projects

en: Initialize Databases
en_GB: Initialise Databases

en: Unable to retrieve flavors.
en_GB: Unable to retrieve flavours.

en: Flavor Details
en_GB: Flavour Details

en: Project Limits
en_GB: Projects

en: You can customize your instance after it's launched using the options available here.
en_GB: You can customise your instance after it's launched using the options available here.

en: The "Customization Script" field is analogous to "User Data" in other systems.
en_GB: The "Customisation Script" field is analogous to "User Data" in other systems.

en: Unable to retrieve instance flavors.
en_GB: Unable to retrieve instance flavours.

en: Customization Script
en_GB: Customisation Script

en: Old Flavor
en_GB: Old Flavour

en: New Flavor
en_GB: New Flavour

en: Choose the flavor to launch.
en_GB: Choose the flavour to launch.

en: Flavor Choice
en_GB: Flavour Choice

en: Please  choose a new flavor that can not be same as the old one.
en_GB: Please choose a new flavour that can not be same as the old one.

en: Select an New Flavor
en_GB: Select an New Flavour

en: No flavors available.
en_GB: No flavours available.

en: Create a VIP for this pool. Assign a name and description for the VIP. Specify an IP address and port for the VIP. Choose the protocol and session persistence method for the VIP.Specify the max connections allowed. Admin State is UP (checked) by default.
en_GB: Create a VIP for this pool. Assign a name and description for the VIP. Specify an IP address and port for the VIP. Choose the protocol and session persistence method for the VIP. Specify the max connections allowed. Admin State is UP (checked) by default.

en: Authorization algorithm
en_GB: Authorisation algorithm

en: Authorization mode
en_GB: Authorisation mode

en: The page you were looking for doesn't exist
en_GB: The page you were looking for does not exist

en: Unable to retrieve authorized projects.
en_GB: Unable to retrieve authorised projects.

en: You are not authorized for any projects.
en_GB: You are not authorised for any projects.

en: DATE_FORMAT
en_GB: N j, Y

en: TIME_FORMAT
en_GB: P

en: YEAR_MONTH_FORMAT
en_GB: F Y

en: MONTH_DAY_FORMAT
en_GB: F j

en: External Diff Apps:
en_GB: External Diff Applications:

en: Set up external_merge app in qconfig under the Merge tab
en_GB: Set up external_merge application in qconfig under the Merge tab

en: Plugins installed: %(rows)d
en_GB: Plug-ins installed: %(rows)d

en: Close Error Dialog
en_GB: Close Error Dialogue

en: Light-weight checkout
en_GB: Lightweight checkout

en: The uri of the resource
en_GB: The URI of the resource

en: Whether to enable accesibility enhanced keyboard navigation
en_GB: Whether to enable accessibility enhanced keyboard navigation

en: Gnometris is GNOME's version of Tetris, the classic game of interlocking four-piece blocks. As they fall from the top, the player must orient them to fit the other blocks at the bottom so that they form a complete horizontal line, in which case that line disappears and the player gains points.
en_GB: <application>Gnometris</application> is GNOME's version of Tetris, the classic game of interlocking four-piece blocks. As they fall from the top, the player must orient them to fit the other blocks at the bottom so that they form a complete horizontal line, in which case that line disappears and the player gains points.

note: synopsis of game
en: <application>Gnometris</application> comes from the classic falling-block game, <application>Tetris</application>. The goal of the game is to create complete horizontal lines of blocks, which will disappear. The blocks come in seven different shapes made from four blocks each: one straight, two L-shaped, one square, and two S-shaped. The blocks fall from the top center of the screen in a random order. You rotate the blocks and move them across the screen to drop them in complete lines. You score by dropping blocks fast and completing lines. As your score gets higher, you level up and the blocks fall faster.
en_GB: <application>Gnometris</application> comes from the classic falling-block game, <application>Tetris</application>. The goal of the game is to create complete horizontal lines of blocks, which will disappear. The blocks come in seven different shapes made from four blocks each: one straight, two L-shaped, one square, and two S-shaped. The blocks fall from the top centre of the screen in a random order. You rotate the blocks and move them across the screen to drop them in complete lines. You score by dropping blocks fast and completing lines. As your score gets higher, you level up and the blocks fall faster.

en: <keycap>Down</keycap> and the <keycap>Space Bar</keycap> move the block down the screen faster.<keycap>Down</keycap> moves the block down faster. <keycap>Space-bar</keycap> moves the block directly to the bottom.
en_GB: <keycap>Down</keycap> and the <keycap>Space bar</keycap> move the block down the screen faster.<keycap>Down</keycap> moves the block down faster. <keycap>Space bar</keycap> moves the block directly to the bottom.

en: To begin a new game, go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The game will begin dropping blocks from the center of the top of the window. The default start-up of the game has no blocks in the game window and shows the next block that will fall in the upper right hand corner. <guilabel>Score</guilabel> shows the number of points you have earned. <guilabel>Lines</guilabel> shows the number of lines you have completed. <guilabel>Level</guilabel> shows the level of difficulty you are on.
en_GB: To begin a new game, go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The game will begin dropping blocks from the centre of the top of the window. The default start-up of the game has no blocks in the game window and shows the next block that will fall in the upper right-hand corner. <guilabel>Score</guilabel> shows the number of points you have earned. <guilabel>Lines</guilabel> shows the number of lines you have completed. <guilabel>Level</guilabel> shows the level of difficulty you are on.

en: Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>End Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to end your current game without quiting Gnometris.
en_GB: Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Game</guimenu><guimenuitem>End Game</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to end your current game without quitting <application>Gnometris</application>.

en: Quiting the <application>Gnometris</application>
en_GB: Quitting <application>Gnometris</application>

en: Customizing <application>Gnometris</application>
en_GB: Customising <application>Gnometris</application>

en: Customizing Game Start-up
en_GB: Customising Game Start-up

en: By going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, you can customize a variety of features for the start-up of each Gnometris game: number and density of pre-filled rows, and starting level. "Pre-filled rows" refers to how many rows will already have blocks in them when you start each new game.
en_GB: By going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, you can customise a variety of features for the start-up of each <application>Gnometris</application> game: number and density of pre-filled rows, and starting level. <guilabel>Pre-filled rows</guilabel> refers to how many rows will already have blocks in them when you start each new game.

en: Customizing the Blocks
en_GB: Customising the Blocks

en: From <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, you can customize a variety of features related to the blocks: previewing the next block, block colors, and block rotation.
en_GB: From <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, you can customise a variety of features related to the blocks: previewing the next block, block colours, and block rotation.

en: Use Random Block Colors
en_GB: Use Random Block Colours

en: Choose if you want the various block configurations to be color coded or randomly colored. If you use the colors to help you identify blocks, random colors will make the game more difficult.
en_GB: Choose if you want the various block configurations to be colour coded or randomly coloured. If you use the colours to help you identify blocks, random colours will make the game more difficult.

en: Customizing the Look of <application>Gnometris</application>
en_GB: Customising the Look of <application>Gnometris</application>

en: Under <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, you can customize the look of <application>Gnometris</application>: images for the blocks.
en_GB: Under <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, you can customise the look of <application>Gnometris</application>: images for the blocks.

en: If you drag your favorite image into the <application>Gnometris</application> window it will be used as the background. If you want a solid color as the background drag one in from either the color picker or from <application>nautlilus'</application><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem> dialog (the reset item from that dialog also works).
en_GB: If you drag your favourite image into the <application>Gnometris</application> window it will be used as the background. If you want a solid colour as the background, drag one in from either the colour picker or from <application>Nautlilus</application>' <guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem> dialogue (the reset item from that dialogue also works).

en: <application>Gnometris</application> was written by J. Marcin Gorycki in 1999 and maintained by Gnome Games Team since then. This manual was written by Angela Boyle. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, follow the directions in this <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback-bugs" type="help">document</ulink>.
en_GB: <application>Gnometris</application> was written by J. Marcin Gorycki in 1999 and maintained by the GNOME Games Team since then. This manual was written by Angela Boyle. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, follow the directions in this <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback-bugs" type="help">document</ulink>.

en: Quarry Control Center
en_GB: Quarry Control Centre

en: File named `%s' already exists. Do you want to overwrite it with the one you are saving?
en_GB: File named ‘%s’ already exists. Do you want to overwrite it with the one you are saving?

en: Go to the current variation's last node
en_GB: Go to the current variation’s last node

en: /File/_New Game...
en_GB: /File/_New Game…

en: /File/Ne_w Game Record...
en_GB: /File/Ne_w Game Record…

en: /File/_Resume Game...
en_GB: /File/_Resume Game…

en: /File/_Export...
en_GB: /File/_Export…

en: /File/Export.../_ASCII Diagram
en_GB: /File/Export…/_ASCII Diagram

en: /File/Export.../_Sensei's Library Diagram
en_GB: /File/Export…/_Sensei’s Library Diagram

en: /Edit/Delete Node's C_hildren
en_GB: /Edit/Delete Node’s C_hildren

en: /View/_Recenter on Current Node
en_GB: /View/_Recentre on Current Node

en: /View/_Control Center
en_GB: /View/_Control Centre

en: /Go/_Go to Named Node...
en_GB: /Go/_Go to Named Node…

en: Save changes to game record `%s' before closing?
en_GB: Save changes to game record ‘%s’ before closing?

en: Adjourn & Save As...
en_GB: Adjourn & Save As…

en: Error saving to file `%s'
en_GB: Error saving to file ‘%s’

en: You can later resume the game by pressing the `Resume Game' button in Quarry Control Center, or selecting `Resume Game' item from the `File' menu.
en_GB: You can later resume the game by pressing the ‘Resume Game’ button in Quarry Control Centre, or selecting ‘Resume Game’ item from the ‘File’ menu.

en: The game is adjourned and saved in file `%s'
en_GB: The game is adjourned and saved in file ‘%s’

en: Sensei's Library diagram has been exported to clipboard
en_GB: Sensei’s Library diagram has been exported to clipboard

en: You can usually paste the diagram in another application using `Ctrl+C' key combination or by selecting appropriate menu item.
en_GB: You can usually paste the diagram in another application using ‘Ctrl+C’ key combination or by selecting appropriate menu item.

en: Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Paul Pogonyshev and others
en_GB: Copyright © 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Paul Pogonyshev and others

note: TRANSLATORS: Note that game name will be in `normal' form.
en: GTP engine `%s' reported it could handle %s game, but failed to initialize itself for it
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ reported it could handle %s game, but failed to initialise itself for it

en: GTP engine `%s' cannot handle %dx%d board size, sorry
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ cannot handle %d×%d board size, sorry

en: GTP engine `%s' failed to clean the board
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ failed to clean the board

en: GTP engine `%s' failed to set initial time limits (it could ignore them, but not fail)
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ failed to set initial time limits (it could ignore them, but not fail)

en: GTP engine `%s' failed to set handicap stones on board
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ failed to set handicap stones on board

en: GTP engine is scoring...
en_GB: GTP engine is scoring…

en: comment|Empty
en_GB: Empty

en: * ERROR: unrecognized response line:
en_GB: * ERROR: unrecognised response line:

note: TRANSLATORS: Don't put ellipsis here, this string will most often go to fixed-width font terminals.
en: * WARNING: future GTP version, I don't know about it...
en_GB: * WARNING: future GTP version, I don’t know about it...

en: You can always change and expand game information later. Just choose `Edit/Game Information' menu item or press `Info' button on the main toolbar.
en_GB: You can always change and expand game information later. Just choose ‘Edit/Game Information’ menu item or press ‘Info’ button on the main toolbar.

en: Error reading file `%s'
en_GB: Error reading file ‘%s’

en: File `%s' doesn't appear to be a valid SGF file
en_GB: File ‘%s’ doesn’t appear to be a valid SGF file

en: Quarry uses SGF file format for storing game records. SGF files would normally have `sgf' extension, but that's not necessarily true. Please make sure you select a proper SGF file.
en_GB: Quarry uses SGF file format for storing game records. SGF files would normally have ‘sgf’ extension, but that’s not necessarily true. Please make sure you select a correct SGF file.

en: Open SGF File...
en_GB: Open SGF File…

en: Parsing file `%s'...
en_GB: Parsing file ‘%s’…

en: Use _old-style file selection dialog
en_GB: Use _old-style file selection dialogue

en: File Chooser Dialog Style
en_GB: File Chooser Dialogue Style

en: _Recenter view on the current node
en_GB: _Recentre view on the current node

en: Track Tree's Current Node
en_GB: Track Tree’s Current Node

en: Pick Checkerboard Pattern Color
en_GB: Pick Chequered Pattern Colour

en: Checkerboard _pattern color:
en_GB: Chequered _pattern colour:

en: Checkerboard pattern _opacity:
en_GB: Chequered pattern _opacity:

en: Use _solid color:
en_GB: Use _solid colour:

en: Choose a Background Texture...
en_GB: Choose a Background Texture…

en: Pick Color for Grid and Labels
en_GB: Pick Colour for Grid and Labels

en: _Grid and labels color:
en_GB: _Grid and labels colour:

en: Pick Color for Markup
en_GB: Pick Colour for Markup

en: You can use `%n' and `%v' strings in <i>Screen name</i> field. They will substituted with name and version of the engine correspondingly. By default, `%n %v' is used.
en_GB: You can use ‘%n’ and ‘%v’ strings in <i>Screen name</i> field. They will substituted with name and version of the engine correspondingly. By default, ‘%n %v’ is used.

en: Choose GTP Engine...
en_GB: Choose GTP Engine…

en: Querying engine's name, version and known commands...
en_GB: Querying engine’s name, version and known commands…

en: Please make sure you typed engine's filename correctly and that you have permission to execute it.
en_GB: Please make sure you typed engine’s filename correctly and that you have permission to execute it.

en: Waiting for the engine to quit...
en_GB: Waiting for the engine to quit…

en: The engine might have crashed, quit prematurely or disconnected. Please verify command line, including options, and consult engine's documentation if needed.
en_GB: The engine might have crashed, quit prematurely or disconnected. Please verify command line, including options, and consult engine’s documentation if needed.

en: Perhaps engine's binary has been deleted or changed. You will probably need to alter engine's command line in the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Perhaps engine’s binary has been deleted or changed. You will probably need to alter engine’s command line in the Preferences dialogue.

en: Resume Game...
en_GB: Resume Game…

en: The game stored in file `%s' (%s) is not supported by Quarry
en_GB: The game stored in file ‘%s’ (%s) is not supported by Quarry

en: handicap|Not set
en_GB: Not set

en: komi|Not set
en_GB: Not set

en: A_uto-close this dialog
en_GB: A_uto-close this dialogue

en: If you don't save, changes from the last %d second will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last %d seconds will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d second will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d seconds will be lost permanently.

en: If you don't save, changes from the last minute will be discarded.
en_GB: If you don’t save, changes from the last minute will be discarded.

note: TRANSLATORS: Cannot be one minute one second, actually.
en: If you don't save, changes from the last minute and %d second will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last minute and %d seconds will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last minute and %d second will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last minute and %d seconds will be lost permanently.

en: If you don't save, changes from the last %d minute will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last %d minutes will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d minute will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d minutes will be lost permanently.

note: TRANSLATORS: Cannot be one hour one minute, actually.
en: If you don't save, changes from the last hour and %d minute will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last hour and %d minutes will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last hour and %d minute will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last hour and %d minutes will be lost permanently.

en: If you don't save, changes from the last %d hour will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last %d hours will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d hour will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d hours will be lost permanently.

en: find|_Next
en_GB: _Next

en: find|_Previous
en_GB: _Previous

note: TRANSLATORS: Not important currently. TRANSLATORS: Use your language's natural capitalization for the name of the game.  I.e. it doesn't have to start with a capital letter.
en: Nine Men's Morris
en_GB: Nine Men’s Morris

note: TRANSLATORS: Not important currently. TRANSLATORS: Use your language's natural capitalization for the name of the game.  I.e. it doesn't have to start with a capital letter.
en: Philosopher's Football
en_GB: Philosopher’s Football

[ctx: AboutDlg|]
en: <b>A modern, distributed IRC Client</b><br><br>&copy;2005-2013 by the Quassel Project<br><a href="http://quassel-irc.org">http://quassel-irc.org</a><br><a href="irc://irc.freenode.net/quassel">#quassel</a> on <a href="http://www.freenode.net">Freenode</a><br><br>Quassel IRC is dual-licensed under <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.txt">GPLv2</a> and <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.txt">GPLv3</a>.<br>Most icons are &copy; by the <a href="http://www.oxygen-icons.org">Oxygen Team</a> and used under the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html">LGPL</a>.<br><br>Please use <a href="http://bugs.quassel-irc.org">http://bugs.quassel-irc.org</a> to report bugs.
en_GB: <b>A modern, distributed IRC Client</b><br><br>&copy;2005-20010 by the Quassel Project<br><a href="http://quassel-irc.org">http://quassel-irc.org</a><br><a href="irc://irc.freenode.net/quassel">#quassel</a> on <a href="http://www.freenode.net">Freenode</a><br><br>Quassel IRC is dual-licensed under <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.txt">GPLv2</a> and <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.txt">GPLv3</a>.<br>Most icons are &copy; by the <a href="http://www.oxygen-icons.org">Oxygen Team</a> and used under the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html">LGPL</a>.<br><br>Please use <a href="http://bugs.quassel-irc.org">http://bugs.quassel-irc.org</a> to report bugs.

[ctx: BufferViewEditDlg|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: ChatViewSettingsPage|]
en: Show colored text in the chat window
en_GB: Show coloured text in the chat window

[ctx: ChatViewSettingsPage|]
en: Allow colored text (mIRC color codes)
en_GB: Allow coloured text (mIRC colour codes)

[ctx: ChatViewSettingsPage|]
en: Custom Colors
en_GB: Custom Colours

[ctx: ChatViewSettingsPage|]
en: Use Sender Coloring
en_GB: Use Sender Colouring

[ctx: ContextMenuActionProvider|]
en: Client info
en_GB: Client

[ctx: Core|]
en: Could not initialize any storage backend! Exiting...
en_GB: Could not initialise any storage backend! Exiting...

[ctx: Core|]
en: Currently, Quassel supports SQLite3 and PostgreSQL. You need to build your
    Qt library with the sqlite or postgres plugin enabled in order for quasselcore
    to work.
en_GB: Currently, Quassel supports SQLite3 and PostgreSQL. You need to build your
    Qt library with the sqlite or postgres plug-in enabled in order for quasselcore
    to work.

[ctx: Core|]
en: Could not setup storage!
en_GB: Could not set-up storage!

[ctx: Core|]
en: Closing server for basic setup.
en_GB: Closing server for basic set-up.

[ctx: Core|]
en: <b>Client not initialized!</b><br>You need to send an init message before trying to login.
en_GB: <b>Client not initialised!</b><br>You need to send an init message before trying to log-in.

[ctx: Core|]
en: initialized and authenticated successfully as "%1" (UserId: %2).
en_GB: initialised and authenticated successfully as "%1" (UserId: %2).

[ctx: Core|]
en: Could not initialize session for client:
en_GB: Could not initialise session for client:

[ctx: CoreConfigWizardIntroPage|]
en: This wizard will guide you through the setup of your Quassel Core.
en_GB: This wizard will guide you through the set-up of your Quassel Core.

[ctx: CoreConnection|]
en: Unencrypted connection canceled
en_GB: Unencrypted connection cancelled

[ctx: CoreConnection|]
en: Synchronizing to core...
en_GB: Synchronising to core...

[ctx: CoreConnection|]
en: Login canceled
en_GB: Login cancelled

[ctx: CoreConnection|]
en: Synchronizing to %1...
en_GB: Synchronising to %1...

[ctx: CoreConnection|]
en: Synchronized to %1
en_GB: Synchronised to %1

[ctx: CoreInfoDlg|]
en: %n Day(s) | %n Day(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Day
en_GB[1]: %n Days

[ctx: CoreUserInputHandler|]
en: [usage] /showkey <nick|channel> shows the encryption key for nick or channel or just /showkey when in a channel or query.
en_GB: [usage] /delkey <nick|channel> deletes the encryption key for nick or channel or just /delkey when in a channel or query.

[ctx: CoreUserInputHandler|]
en: The key for %1 is %2
en_GB: Homepage for %1 is %2

[ctx: DebugBufferViewOverlay|]
en: Is initialized:
en_GB: Is initialised:

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois]
en_GB: [Whois] %1

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: Received non-RFC-compliant RPL_ISUPPORT: this can lead to unexpected behavior!
en_GB: Received non RFC compliant RPL_ISUPPORT: this can lead to unexpected behaviour!

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois] %1 is online via %2 (%3)
en_GB: %1 is online via %2 (%3)

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whowas] %1 was online via %2 (%3)
en_GB: [Whowas] %1 was %2 (%3)

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois] %1 is idling for %2 (since %3)
en_GB: [Whois] %1 is idling for %2 (%3)

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois] End of /WHOIS list
en_GB: [Who] End of /WHO list for %1

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: Channel %1 has %2 users. Topic is: "%3"
en_GB: Channel %1 has %2 users. Topic is: %3

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois] %1 is authed as %2
en_GB: [Whois] %1 is away: "%2"

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: Received CTCP-PING answer from %1 with %2 seconds round trip time
en_GB: Received CTCP PING answer from %1 with %2 seconds round trip time

[ctx: IdentityPage|]
en: Setup Identity
en_GB: Set-up Identity

[ctx: IndicatorNotificationConfigWidget|]
en: Show messages in application indicator
en_GB: Show messages in indicator

[ctx: InputWidget|]
en: Clear Color
en_GB: Clear Colour

[ctx: ItemViewSettingsPage|]
en: Use Custom Colors
en_GB: Use Custom Colours

[ctx: ItemViewSettingsPage|]
en: Custom Nick List Colors
en_GB: Custom Nick List Colours

[ctx: KNotificationBackend|]
en: %n pending highlight(s) | %n pending highlight(s)
en_GB[0]: %n pending highlight
en_GB[1]: %n pending highlights

[ctx: MainWin|]
en: &Full Screen Mode
en_GB: &Fullscreen mode

[ctx: MultiLineEdit|]
en: Do you really want to paste %n line(s)? | Do you really want to paste %n line(s)?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to paste %n line?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to paste %n lines?

[ctx: NetworkEditDlg|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: NetworkModelController|]
en: Do you want to delete the following buffer(s) permanently? | Do you want to delete the following buffer(s) permanently?
en_GB[0]: Do you want to delete the following buffer permanently?
en_GB[1]: Do you want to delete the following buffers permanently?

[ctx: NetworkPage|]
en: Setup Network Connection
en_GB: Set-up Network Connection

[ctx: QObject|]
en: This wizard will help you to set up your default identity and your IRC network connection.<br>This only covers basic settings. You can cancel this wizard any time and use the settings dialog for more detailed changes.
en_GB: This wizard will help you to set up your default identity and your IRC network connection.<br>This only covers basic settings. You can cancel this wizard any time and use the settings dialogue for more detailed changes.

[ctx: QssParser|]
en: Illegal IRC color specification (must be between 00 and 0f): %1
en_GB: Illegal IRC colour specification (must be between 00 and 0f): %1

[ctx: QssParser|]
en: Invalid palette color role specification: %1
en_GB: Invalid palette colour role specification: %1

[ctx: QssParser|]
en: Unknown palette color role: %1
en_GB: Unknown palette colour role: %1

[ctx: ServerEditDlg|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: ShortcutsModel|]
en: Action
en_GB: Action:

[ctx: SqliteStorage|]
en: SQLite is a file-based database engine that does not require any setup. It is suitable for small and medium-sized databases that do not require access via network. Use SQLite if your Quassel Core should store its data on the same machine it is running on, and if you only expect a few users to use your core.
en_GB: SQLite is a file-based database engine that does not require any set-up. It is suitable for small and medium-sized databases that do not require access via network. Use SQLite if your Quassel Core should store its data on the same machine it is running on, and if you only expect a few users to use your core.

[ctx: SslInfoDlg|]
en: <b>Organization:</b>
en_GB: <b>Organisation:</b>

[ctx: SslInfoDlg|]
en: <b>Organizational unit:</b>
en_GB: <b>Organisational unit:</b>

[ctx: SystrayNotificationBackend|]
en: %n pending highlight(s) | %n pending highlight(s)
en_GB[0]: %n pending highlight
en_GB[1]: %n pending highlights

[ctx: SystrayNotificationBackend::ConfigWidget|]
en: Show a message in a popup
en_GB: Show messages in indicator

[ctx: TabCompleter|]
en: Tab completion
en_GB: Tab Completion

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n Owner(s) | %n Owner(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Owner
en_GB[1]: %n Owners

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n Admin(s) | %n Admin(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Admin
en_GB[1]: %n Admins

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n Operator(s) | %n Operator(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Operator
en_GB[1]: %n Operators

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n Half-Op(s) | %n Half-Op(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Half-Op
en_GB[1]: %n Half-Ops

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n User(s) | %n User(s)
en_GB[0]: %n User
en_GB[1]: %n Users

en: Initializing device backend.
en_GB: Initialising device backend.

en: Device backend initialized.
en_GB: Device backend initialised.

en: Uninitialized iPod
en_GB: Uninitialised iPod

en: GStreamer output pipeline could not be initialized. The pipeline might be invalid, or the device may be in use. Check the player preferences.
en_GB: GStreamer output pipeline could not be initialised. The pipeline might be invalid, or the device may be in use. Check the player preferences.

en: command|filename
en_GB: filename

en: command|tag
en_GB: tag

en: _Customize Headers...
en_GB: _Customise Headers...

en: Option %r not recognized.
en_GB: Option %r not recognised.

en: Option %r requires an argument.
en_GB: Option '%r' requires an argument.

en: %r is not a unique prefix.
en_GB: '%r' is not a unique prefix.

[ctx: Style|]
en: Contact nick color
en_GB: Contact nick colour

[ctx: Style|]
en: My nick color
en_GB: My nick colour

[ctx: chatAppearance|]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Communication by Telepathy
en_GB: 通过 Telepathy 交流

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Protocol support by Telepathy
en_GB: Protocol Support by Telepathy

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Avant window navigator dock integration
en_GB: Avant window navigator clock integration

[ctx: BirthdayReminder|]
en: %1's birhday
en_GB: %1's birthday

[ctx: Account|]
en: Authorization failed
en_GB: Authorisation failed

[ctx: AuthDialog|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: AuthDialog|]
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Ubuntu'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Droid Sans';"></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li {white-space: pre-wrap;}
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Ubuntu'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style="-qtparagraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'DroidSans';"></p></body></html>

[ctx: ContactInfo|]
en: Recieved authorizarion request from %1:
en_GB: Received authorisation request from %1:

[ctx: ContactInfo|]
en: Send authorizarion request to %1:
en_GB: Send authorisation request to %1:

[ctx: ContactList|]
en: &Quit
en_GB: %Quit

[ctx: Core::MobileNotificationSettings|]
en: Disable notifications when chat is active
en_GB: Disable notifications whe chat is active

[ctx: Core::MobileSettingsWindow|]
en: qutIM settings - %1
en_GB: qutIM settings- %1

[ctx: Core::ProfileDialog|]
en: Incorrect password
en_GB: Incorrect Password

[ctx: Core::ServiceChooser|]
en: <b>Name: </b> %1 <br />
en_GB: <b>Name:</b> %1 <br />

[ctx: Core::ServiceChooser|]
en: <b>Description: </b> %1 <br />
en_GB: <b>Description:</b> %1 <br />

[ctx: Core::SubmitPage|]
en: Dont's ask me later
en_GB: Don't ask me later

[ctx: Core::SubmitPage|]
en: Information to be transferred to the qutIM's authors:
en_GB: Information to be transfered to the qutIM's authors:

[ctx: FileTransferDialog|]
en: File transfer manager
en_GB: FIle transfer manager

[ctx: KeySequenceWidget|]
en: No shortcut defined
en_GB: No shortcut is defined

[ctx: Localization|Localized language name]
en: <Language>
en_GB: English

[ctx: Localization|Localized country name, empty if localization is country-independent]
en: <Country>
en_GB: United Kingdom

[ctx: MobileSearchForm|]
en: Select account:
en_GB: Select account

[ctx: Notification|]
en: A new conference message has been received
en_GB: A new conference message hast been received

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Authorization dialog
en_GB: Authorisation dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Simple authorization dialog
en_GB: Simple authorisation dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: File transfer settings
en_GB: FIle transfer manager

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Default implementation of the file transfer settings widget
en_GB: Default qutIM implementation search window

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Simple add contact dialog
en_GB: Simple add contact dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Localization
en_GB: Localisation

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Default qutIM localization engine
en_GB: Default qutIM localisation engine

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Simple about dialog
en_GB: Simple about dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Default qutIM implementation of search window
en_GB: Default qutIM implementation search window

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Simple Settings dialog
en_GB: Simple Settings dialogue

[ctx: ProfileCreationPage|]
en: It will be shown in chat dialogs
en_GB: It will be shown in chat dialogues

[ctx: ProfileCreationPage|]
en: Choose cryptograhic module:
en_GB: Choose cryptographic module:

[ctx: Settings|]
en: Localization
en_GB: Localisation

[ctx: Shortcut|]
en: Find next
en_GB: FInd next

[ctx: SimplePasswordWidget|]
en: Password Request
en_GB: Password request

[ctx: qutim_sdk_0_3::FileTransferJob|]
en: Initiation
en_GB: Initation

[ctx: qutim_sdk_0_3::FileTransferJob|]
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

[ctx: qutim_sdk_0_3::ModuleManager|]
en: Could not init plugin: 
     %1
en_GB: Could not init plugin:  
     %1

[ctx: qutim_sdk_0_3::StatisticsHelper|]
en: <b>Short:</b> %1 <br /><b>Version:</b> %2 <br /><b>Full:</b> %3 <br /><b>qutIM Version:</b> %4 <br /><b>Qt Version:</b> %5 (%6 bit) <br /><b>Screen resolution:</b> %7 x %8 <br /><b>System locale:</b> %9<br />
en_GB: <b>Short:</b> %1 <br/><b>Version:</b> %2 <br/><Full:</b> %3 <br /><b>qutIM Version:</b> %4 <br /><b>Qt Version:</b> %5 (%6 bit) <br /><b>Screen resolution:</b> %7 x %8 <br /><b>System locale:</b> %9<br />

[ctx: userInformationClass|]
en: userInformation
en_GB: UserInformation

[ctx: userInformationClass|]
en: Request details
en_GB: Request details:

[ctx: HistoryManager::ClientConfigPage|]
en: If your history encoding differs from the system one, choose the appropriate encoding for history.
en_GB: If your history encoding differs from the systems one, choose the appropriate encoding for history.

[ctx: HistoryManager::DumpHistoryPage|]
en: Manager merges history, it make take several minutes.
en_GB: Manager merges history, it may take several minutes.

[ctx: Jabber::JMUCSession|]
en: You has been banned at
en_GB: You have been banned at

[ctx: Jabber::JMUCSession|]
en: You has been kicked from
en_GB: You have been kicked from

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Convertes internal XMPP data of tune to Qt data types
en_GB: Converts internal XMPP data of tune to Qt data types

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: KDE Emoticons
en_GB: KDE Emoticions

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Handles qutIM's craches by KCrash
en_GB: Handles qutIM's crashes by KCrash

[ctx: Logger::LoggerPlugin|]
en: New session started, happy debuging ^_^
en_GB: New session started, happy debugging ^_^

[ctx: Dialog|]
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Droid Sans'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Notes:</span></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">You can use the templates:</p>
    <ul style="-qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">{reciever} - Name of the recipient </li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">{sender} - Name of the sender  (profile name)</li>
    <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">{time} - Current time</li></ul>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:1; text-indent:0px;"></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
     <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
     p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
     </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Droid Sans'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
     <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Notes:</span></p>
     <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">You can use the templates:</p>
     <ul style="-qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">{reciever} - Name of the recipient </li>
     <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">{sender} - Name of the sender (profile name)</li>
     <li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">{time} - Current time</li></ul>
     <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:1; text-indent:0px;"></p></body></html>

[ctx: Dialog|]
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Droid Sans'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">In progress...</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
     <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
     p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
     </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Droid Sans'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
     <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">In progress...</span></p></body></html>

[ctx: Main|]
en: Dont's ask me later
en_GB: Don't ask me later

[ctx: Main|]
en: Information to be transferred to the qutIM's authors:
en_GB: Information to be transfered to the qutIM's authors:

[ctx: MeegoIntegration::AboutDialogWrapper|]
en: <div><b>qutIM</b> %1 is licensed under GNU General Public License, version 2 or (at your option) any later version.</div><div>qutIM resources such as themes, icons, sounds may come along with a different license.</div><br><hr><br>
en_GB: <div><b>qutIM</b> %1 is licensed under GNU General Public Licence, version 2 or (at your option) any later version.</div><div>qutIM resources such as themes, icons, sounds may be come along with a different licence.</div><br><hr><br>

[ctx: MeegoIntegration::AccountCreatorList|]
en: Are you sure want to remove %1
en_GB: Are you sure want to remove %1?

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Meego password dialog
en_GB: Meego password dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Simple password dialog on QML elements
en_GB: Simple password dialogue on QML elements

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Meego authorization dialog
en_GB: Meego authorisation dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Simple authorization dialog on QML elements
en_GB: Simple authorisation dialogue on QML elements

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: MeeGo Add contact dialog
en_GB: MeeGo Add contact dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: MeeGo about dialog
en_GB: MeeGo about dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: MeeGo join group chat dialog
en_GB: MeeGo join group chat dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Simple join group chat dialog
en_GB: Simple join group chat dialogue

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Simple MeeGo settings dialog
en_GB: Simple MeeGo settings dialogue

[ctx: QuetzalAccountWizardPage|]
en: Registration is succesfull
    Complete account creating by clicking on Finish button
en_GB: Registration is successful
    Complete account creating by clicking on Finish button

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Blocks spam by qurstion-answer pair
en_GB: Blocks spam by question-answer pair

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: UnreadMessagesKeeper
en_GB: UnreadMessageKeeper

[ctx: Plugin|]
en: Plugin shows a current weather in your city.
en_GB: Plugin shows the current weather in your city.

[ctx: WSettingsClass|]
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><img src=":/icons/weather_big.png" /></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:600;">Weather qutIM plugin</span></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt;">v0.2.0</span></p>
    <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt;"></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:600;">Author: </span></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt;">Nikita Belov</span></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><a href="mailto:null@deltaz.org"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">null@deltaz.org</span></a></p>
    <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#000000;"></p>
    <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#000000;"></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; color:#000000;">(c) 2008-2010</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
     <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
     p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
     </style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><img src=":/icons/weather_big.png" /></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:600;">Weather qutIM plugin</span></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt;">v0.2.0</span></p>
     <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt;"></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:600;">Author: </span></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt;">Nikita Belov</span></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><a href="mailto:null@deltaz.org"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">null@deltaz.org</span></a></p>
     <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#000000;"></p>
     <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline; color:#000000;"></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:10pt; color:#000000;">(c) 2008-2010</span></p></body></html>

[ctx: weatherSettingsClass|]
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Verdana'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><img src=":/icons/weather_big.png" /></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-weight:600;">Weather qutIM plugin</span></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans';">v0.1.2 (<a href="http://deltaz.ru/node/65"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Info</span></a>)</span></p>
    <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans';"></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-weight:600;">Author: </span></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans';">Nikita Belov</span></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><a href="mailto:null@deltaz.ru"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">null@deltaz.ru</span></a></p>
    <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; text-decoration: underline; color:#000000;"></p>
    <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; text-decoration: underline; color:#000000;"></p>
    <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; color:#000000;">(c) 2008-2009</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
     <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
     p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
     </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Verdana'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><img src=":/icons/weather_big.png" /></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-weight:600;">Weather qutIM plugin</span></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans';">v0.1.2 (<a href="http://deltaz.ru/node/65"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Info</span></a>)</span></p>
     <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans';"></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-weight:600;">Author: </span></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans';">Nikita Belov</span></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><a href="mailto:null@deltaz.ru"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">null@deltaz.ru</span></a></p>
     <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; text-decoration: underline; color:#000000;"></p>
     <p align="center" style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; text-decoration: underline; color:#000000;"></p>
     <p align="center" style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; color:#000000;">(c) 2008-2009</span></p></body></html>

[ctx: WThumbnailsProvider|]
en: &middot; %n message(s) from chats. | &middot; %n message(s) from chats.
en_GB[0]: &middot;%n message(s) from chats.
en_GB[1]: &middo; %n message(s) from chats.

[ctx: YandexNarodAuthorizator|]
en: Authorization failured
en_GB: Authorization failed

[ctx: YandexNarodSettingsClass|]
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Liberation Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Verdana'; font-size:8pt;"></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap;}
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Liberation Sans'; font-size:10pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indnt:0; text-indent:0px; font-family:'Verdana'; font-size:8pt;"></p></body></html>

[ctx: YandexNarodSettingsClass|]
en: %N - file name; %U - file URL; %S - file size
en_GB: %N - file name; %U - file URL; %S -file size

[ctx: yandexnarodManageClass|]
en: Actions:
en_GB: Actions

note: image file extensions are recognized RAW files plus TIFF and JPG
en: list image file extensions the program recognizes and exit
en_GB: list image file extensions the program recognises and exit

en: You can backup your journal to a zip file to avoid data loss.
en_GB: You can backup your journal to a zip file, to avoid data loss.

en: Insert an image from the harddisk
en_GB: Insert an image from the hard disk

en: Free time
en_GB: Spare time

en: Today I went to the //pet shop// and bought a **tiger**. Then we went to the --pool-- park and had a nice time playing ultimate frisbee. Afterwards we watched "__Life of Brian__".
en_GB: Today I went to the //pet shop// and bought a **tiger**. Then we went to the --beach-- and had a nice time playing ultimate frisbee. Afterwards we watched "__Life of Brian__".

en: Everything you enter will be saved automatically at regular intervals and when you exit the program.
en_GB: Everything you enter will be saved automatically at regular intervals and when you exit the programme.

en: === Journey ===
    **Date:**
    
    **Location:**
    
    **Participants:**
    
    **The trip:**
    First we went to xxxxx then we got to yyyyy ...
    
    **Pictures:** [Image folder ""/path/to/the/images/""]
en_GB: === Journey ===
    **Date:**
    
    **Location:**
    
    **Participants:**
    
    **The trip:**
    First we went to xxxxx then we got to yyyyy…
    
    **Pictures:** [Image folder ""/path/to/the/images/""]

en: Current-match color
en_GB: Current-match colour

en: Match color
en_GB: Match colour

en: The background color used to highlight matches of the search expression.
en_GB: The background colour used to highlight matches of the search expression.

en: The background color used to highlight the currently selected match of the search expression.
en_GB: The background colour used to highlight the currently selected match of the search expression.

en: C_urrent match color:
en_GB: C_urrent match colour:

en: _Match color:
en_GB: _Match colour:

en: hundreds of colors
en_GB: hundreds of colours

en: thousands of colors
en_GB: thousands of colours

en: millions of colors
en_GB: millions of colours

en: billions of colors
en_GB: billions of colours

en: unknown colors
en_GB: unknown colours

en: Waiting for authentication...
en_GB: Waiting for authentication…

note: Other error
en: Error tuning station: %i - %s
en_GB: Error tuning station: %i — %s

en: _Create Audio CD...
en_GB: _Create Audio CD…

en: Duplicate Audio CD...
en_GB: Duplicate Audio CD…

en: Connect to _DAAP share...
en_GB: Connect to _DAAP share…

en: Updates IM status according to the current song (works with Empathy, Gossip, and Pidgin)
en_GB: Updates IM status according to the current song (works with Empathy, Gossip and Pidgin)

en: ♫ Listening to music... ♫
en_GB: ♫ Listening to music… ♫

en: _Initialize
en_GB: _Initialise

en: Rhythmbox has detected a device that is probably an uninitialized or corrupted iPod. It must be initialized before Rhythmbox can use it, but this will destroy any song metadata already present. If you wish Rhythmbox to initialize the iPod, please fill in the information below. If the device is not an iPod, or you do not wish to initialize it, please click cancel.
en_GB: Rhythmbox has detected a device that is probably an uninitialised or corrupted iPod. It must be initialised before Rhythmbox can use it, but this will destroy any song metadata already present. If you wish Rhythmbox to initialise the iPod, please fill in the information below. If the device is not an iPod, or you do not wish to initialise it, please click cancel.

en: Do you want to initialize your iPod?
en_GB: Do you want to initialise your iPod?

en: Unable to initialize new iPod
en_GB: Unable to initialise new iPod

en: New Internet _Radio Station...
en_GB: New Internet _Radio Station…

en: Choose lyrics folder...
en_GB: Choose lyrics folder…

en:     * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalog (no other service allows that)
en_GB:     * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalogue (no other service allows that)

en: Loading Magnatune catalog
en_GB: Loading Magnatune catalogue

en: Unable to load catalog
en_GB: Unable to load catalogue

en: Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalog, please file a bug.
en_GB: Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalogue, please file a bug.

en: An error occurred while trying to authorize the download.
    The Magnatune server returned:
    %s
en_GB: An error occurred while trying to authorise the download.
    The Magnatune server returned:
    %s

en: Interactive python console
en_GB: Interactive Python console

en: Show Rhythmbox's python console
en_GB: Show Rhythmbox's Python console

en: Enable remote python debugging with rpdb2
en_GB: Enable remote Python debugging with rpdb2

en: Send selected tracks by email or instant message
en_GB: Send selected tracks by e-mail or instant message

en: Displays visualizations
en_GB: Displays visualisations

en: _New Podcast Feed...
en_GB: _New Podcast Feed…

en: A sample plugin in C with no features
en_GB: A sample plug-in in C with no features

en: _New Playlist...
en_GB: _New Playlist…

en: _Load from File...
en_GB: _Load from File…

en: _Save to File...
en_GB: _Save to File…

en: Add Music...
en_GB: Add Music…

en: Rhythmbox is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Rhythmbox is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.

en: Rhythmbox is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Rhythmbox is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with Rhythmbox; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
    51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with Rhythmbox; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
    51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA

en: Synchronize media player with the library
en_GB: Synchronise media player with the library

en: Show settings dialog
en_GB: Show settings dialogue

en: %s: %s
    
    Try %s --help to see a full list of
    available command line options.
en_GB: %s: %s
    Try %s --help to see a full list of available command line options.

en: Are you sure you want to send image '%s' to trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to send image '%s' to the Wastebasket?

en: An error occurred when sending image '%s' to trash.
    
    %s
en_GB: An error occurred when sending image '%s' to the wastebasket.
    
    %s

en: Override background color:
en_GB: Override background colour:

en: The thumbnail bar can be automatically hidden when the window is fullscreen.
en_GB: The thumbnailbar can be automatically hidden 
    when the image-viewer is fullscreen.

en: Show an analog clock that displays the current time when the window is fullscreen
en_GB: The thumbnailbar can be automatically hidden 
    when the image-viewer is fullscreen.

en: Maximize window on startup when opening an image
en_GB: Maximise window on startup when opening an image

en: This is a percentage of activity, based on the periods of activity vs. the total time RSIBreak has been running. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.
en_GB: This is a percentage of activity, based on the periods of activity vs. the total time RSIBreak has been running. The colour indicates the level of your activity. When the colour is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.

en: This is the time of the last finished short break. The color of this text gradually turns from green to red, indicating when you can expect the next tiny break.
en_GB: This is the time of the last finished short break. The colour of this text gradually turns from green to red, indicating when you can expect the next tiny break.

en: This is the time of the last finished long break.The color of this text gradually turns from green to red,indicating when you can expect the next big break.
en_GB: This is the time of the last finished long break.The colour of this text gradually turns from green to red,indicating when you can expect the next big break.

en: This is a percentage of activity during the last minute. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.
en_GB: This is a percentage of activity during the last minute. The colour indicates the level of your activity. When the colour is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.

en: This is a percentage of activity during the last hour. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.
en_GB: This is a percentage of activity during the last hour. The colour indicates the level of your activity. When the colour is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.

en: This is a percentage of activity during the last 6 hours. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.
en_GB: This is a percentage of activity during the last 6 hours. The colour indicates the level of your activity. When the colour is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.

en: With this checkbox you indicate that you want the timers for the next break to be reset if you are sufficiently idle (you are idle more that the duration of the corresponding break)
en_GB: With this tickbox you indicate that you want the timers for the next break to be reset if you are sufficiently idle (you are idle more that the duration of the corresponding break)

en: With this checkbox you indicate that you want to see when the timers are reset. This happens when you have been idle for a while.
en_GB: With this tickbox you indicate that you want to see when the timers are reset. This happens when you have been idle for a while.

en: Simple Gray Effect
en_GB: Simple Grey Effect

en: Check this option to disable and hide the skip button. This way you can prevent skipping the break.
en_GB: Tick this option to disable and hide the skip button. This way you can prevent skipping the break.

en: Check this option to disable and hide the lock button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button.
en_GB: Tick this option to disable and hide the lock button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button.

en: Check this option to disable and hide the postpone break button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button.
en_GB: Tick this option to disable and hide the postpone break button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button.

en: Check this option to disable the skip shortcut. This way you can prevent skipping the break.
en_GB: Tick this option to disable the skip shortcut. This way you can prevent skipping the break.

en: With this checkbox you can indicate if you want to see the popup when it is time to break. It will count down to zero, so you know how long this break will be.
en_GB: With this tickbox you can indicate if you want to see the popup when it is time to break. It will count down to zero, so you know how long this break will be.

en: With this checkbox you can indicate if you want to see the popup flash when there is activity.
en_GB: With this tickbox you can indicate if you want to see the popup flash when there is activity.

note: ($RT::DatabaseName)
en: %1 already exists and has RT's tables in place, but does not contain RT's metadata. The 'Initialize Database' step later on can insert metadata into this existing database. If this is acceptable, click 'Customize Basics' below to continue customizing RT.
en_GB: %1 already exists and has RT's tables in place, but does not contain RT's metadata. The 'Initialise Database' step later on can insert metadata into this existing database. If this is acceptable, click 'Customise Basics' below to continue customising RT.

note: ($RT::DatabaseName)
en: %1 already exists, but does not contain RT's tables or metadata. The 'Initialize Database' step later on can insert tables and metadata into this existing database. if this is acceptable, click 'Customize Basic' below to continue customizing RT.
en_GB: %1 already exists, but does not contain RT's tables or metadata. The 'Initialise Database' step later on can insert tables and metadata into this existing database. if this is acceptable, click 'Customise Basic' below to continue customising RT.

note: ($RT::DatabaseName)
en: %1 appears to be fully initialized.  We won't need to create any tables or insert metadata, but you can continue to customize RT by clicking 'Customize Basics' below
en_GB: %1 appears to be fully initialised. We won't need to create any tables or insert metadata, but you can continue to customise RT by clicking 'Customise Basics' below

en: (Check box to delete)
en_GB: (Tick box to delete)

en: (Check boxes to disable notifications to the listed recipients)
en_GB: (Tick boxes to disable notifications to the listed recipients)

en: (Check boxes to enable notifications to the listed recipients)
en_GB: (Tick boxes to enable notifications to the listed recipients)

en: <p>All iCal feeds embed a secret token which authorizes you.  If the URL one of your iCal feeds got exposed to the outside world, you can get a new secret, <b>breaking all existing iCal feeds</b> below.</p>
en_GB: <p>All iCal feeds embed a secret token which authorises you.  If the URL one of your iCal feeds got exposed to the outside world, you can get a new secret, <b>breaking all existing iCal feeds</b> below.</p>

en: Autoreply To Requestors
en_GB: Autoreply to Requestors

en: By default, RT will use the timezone of your system.  This lets you set a global default for the display of dates and times in RT.  Your users can choose a different Timezone in their preferences.
en_GB: By default, RT will use the time zone of your system.  This lets you set a global default for the display of dates and times in RT.  Your users can choose a different time zone in their preferences.

en: Click "Initialize Database" to create RT's database and insert initial metadata. This may take a few moments
en_GB: Click "Initialise Database" to create RT's database and insert initial metadata. This may take a few moments

en: Condition is mandatory argument
en_GB: Condition is a mandatory argument

en: Connection succeeded
en_GB: Connection successful

en: Couldn't apply custom field to an object as it's global already
en_GB: Couldn't apply custom field to an object as it's already global

en: Customize Basics
en_GB: Customise Basics

en: Customize Email Addresses
en_GB: Customise Email Addresses

en: Customize Email Configuration
en_GB: Customise Email Configuration

en: Fill boxes with color using
en_GB: Fill boxes with colour using

note: ($args{'RightName'})
en: Invalid right. Couldn't canonicalize right '%1'
en_GB: Invalid right. Couldn't canonicalise right '%1'

en: LocalizedDateTime
en_GB: LocalisedDateTime

en: RT is used by Fortune 100 companies, one-person businesses, government agencies, educational institutions, hospitals, nonprofits, NGOs, libraries, open source projects and all sorts of other organizations on all seven continents. (Yes, even Antarctica.)
en_GB: RT is used by Fortune 100 companies, one-person businesses, government agencies, educational institutions, hospitals, nonprofits, NGOs, libraries, open source projects and all sorts of other organisations on all seven continents. (Yes, even Antarctica.)

en: We are able to find your database and connect as the DBA.  You can click on 'Customize Basics' to continue customizing RT.
en_GB: We are able to find your database and connect as the DBA.  You can click on 'Customise Basics' to continue customising RT.

en: We need to know the name of the database RT will use and where to find it.  We also need to know the username and password of the user RT should use. RT can create the database and user for you, which is why we ask for the username and password of a user with DBA privileges.  During step 6 of the installation process we will use this information to create and initialize RT's database.
en_GB: We need to know the name of the database RT will use and where to find it.  We also need to know the username and password of the user RT should use. RT can create the database and user for you, which is why we ask for the username and password of a user with DBA privileges.  During step 6 of the installation process we will use this information to create and initialise RT's database.

en: You are not an authorized user
en_GB: You are not an authorised user

en: No writable URI for %s available
en_GB: No writeable URI for %s available

en: Failed to create preferences dialog: %s
en_GB: Failed to create preferences dialogue: %s

en: Select colors...
en_GB: Select colours...

note: ../themes/Crux/theme.jl
en: Accent color for focused windows (if unset uses the GTK+ selection color).
en_GB: Accent colour for focused windows (if unset uses the GTK+ selection colour).

note: ../themes/gradient/theme.jl
en: `From' color of inactive frames in `gradient' frame style.
en_GB: `From' colour of active frames in `gradient' frame style.

note: ../themes/gradient/theme.jl
en: `To' color of inactive frames in `gradient' frame style.
en_GB: `To' colour of inactive frames in `gradient' frame style.

note: ../themes/gradient/theme.jl
en: `From' color of active frames in `gradient' frame style.
en_GB: `From' colour of active frames in `gradient' frame style.

note: ../themes/gradient/theme.jl
en: `To' color of active frames in `gradient' frame style.
en_GB: `To' colour of active frames in `gradient' frame style.

note: ../themes/mono/theme.jl
en: Color of inactive frames (if unset use GTK+ background color).
en_GB: Colour of inactive frames (if unset use GTK+ background colour).

note: ../themes/mono/theme.jl
en: Color of active frames (if unset use GTK+ selection color).
en_GB: Colour of active frames (if unset use GTK+ selection colour).

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: decoration mode
    
    Set the mode 'when to draw a titlebar and window buttons'.  The decoration mode 'all' means that all windows, even transients/dialogs, will get a titlebar and buttons.  None means no window will get any :-).  Usually transients only have a contents-border.  This option is for reimplementing a sawfish feature that is gone in the latest version.
en_GB: decoration mode
    
    Set the mode 'when to draw a titlebar and window buttons'.  The decoration mode 'all' means that all windows, even transients/dialogues, will get a titlebar and buttons.  None means no window will get any :-).  Usually transients only have a contents-border.  This option is for reimplementing a sawfish feature that is gone in the latest version.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize title string
    
    See the tooltip for the 'title string' option below for more information.  (NOTE: I hope the redrawing problems with this option are solved.  If not, write an email please!)
en_GB: customise title string
    
    See the tooltip for the 'title string' option below for more information.  (NOTE: I hope the redrawing problems with this option are solved.  If not, write an e-mail please!)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: title string
    
    The string you insert here will be your new title string.  Variables always start with a dollar-sign ($) and are replaced with their actual values.  To get the value of an environment variable use $(variable), eg $(DISPLAY).  To get the value of an rep/sawfish function use $[fuction], eg $[current-time-string].  The following vars are built-in: $name, $fullname, $width, $width-content, $height, $height-content, $depth, $x-pos, $y-pos, $current-ws and $last-ws. (NOTE: I hope the redrawing problems with this option are solved.  If not, write an email please!
en_GB: title string
    
    The string you insert here will be your new title string.  Variables always start with a dollar-sign ($) and are replaced with their actual values.  To get the value of an environment variable use $(variable), eg $(DISPLAY).  To get the value of an rep/sawfish function use $[fuction], eg $[current-time-string].  The following vars are built-in: $name, $fullname, $width, $width-content, $height, $height-content, $depth, $x-pos, $y-pos, $current-ws and $last-ws. (NOTE: I hope the redrawing problems with this option are solved.  If not, write an e-mail please!

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize title position
    
    By default the title string is centered horizontally and vertically.
en_GB: customise title position
    
    By default the title string is centred horizontally and vertically.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: real-center
en_GB: real-centre

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: title string horizontal alignment
    
    'real-center' means to take the whole titlebar into account while centering the string. when selecting 'center' only the distance between the buttons is taken into account.
en_GB: title string horizontal alignment
    
    'real-centre' means to take the whole titlebar into account while centring the string. when selecting 'centre' only the distance between the buttons is taken into account.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: title string horizontal align adjustment (-10000 - 10000 pixel)
    
    The horizontal position of the title string can only be adjusted if the horizontal alignment is not 'center'.  The range also depends on the setting of the option above.  It the title string is already aligned left, you cannot adjust it to be even further left because there are button in the way.
en_GB: title string horizontal align adjustment (-10000 - 10000 pixel)
    
    The horizontal position of the title string can only be adjusted if the horizontal alignment is not 'centre'.  The range also depends on the setting of the option above.  It the title string is already aligned left, you cannot adjust it to be even further left because there are button in the way.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: gradient titlebar background (experimental)
    
    When activating the gradient background the normal titlebar background colors will be ignored.  Besides the button background colors will be ignored.  (NOTE: This can be very cpu intensive if you set the quality to a low value, i.e., high quality.)
en_GB: gradient titlebar background (experimental)
    
    When activating the gradient background the normal titlebar background colours will be ignored.  Besides the button background colours will be ignored.  (NOTE: This can be very cpu intensive if you set the quality to a low value, i.e., high quality.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: gradient mode
    
    With gradient mode vertical or diagonal only the first or last (reversed) 2 colors in the list are used.
en_GB: gradient mode
    
    With gradient mode vertical or diagonal only the first or last (reversed) 2 colours in the list are used.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: gradient color mode
    
    the custom mode will respect the colors set in the list below.
en_GB: gradient colour mode
    
    the custom mode will respect the colours set in the list below.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: 
    
    With gradient mode vertical or diagonal only the first or last (reversed) 2 colors in the list are used.  Besides the gradient color mode must be set to custom to activate this list.
en_GB: 
    
    With gradient mode vertical or diagonal only the first or last (reversed) 2 colours in the list are used.  Besides the gradient colour mode must be set to custom to activate this list.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: reverse colors
en_GB: reverse colours

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colors hue (0 - 360)
    
    This value changes the hue of a color, by moving (0 - 360) degress around the color cycle...180 for example inverts the color
en_GB: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colours hue (0 - 360)
    
    This value changes the hue of a colour, by moving (0 - 360) degrees around the colour cycle...180 for example inverts the colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colors saturation (0 - 100% of the focused color)
    
    The saturation of a color is a measurement of the color intensity
en_GB: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colours saturation (0 - 100% of the focused colour)
    
    The saturation of a colour is a measurement of the colour intensity

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colors brightness (0 - 100% of the focused color)
en_GB: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colours brightness (0 - 100% of the focused colour)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused titlebar color
    
    This is one of the 4 base colors.  You can set these 4 colors and keep the extended colors deactivated.  All other color options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colors.
en_GB:   focused titlebar colour
    
    This is one of the 4 base colours.  You can set these 4 colours and keep the extended colours deactivated.  All other colour options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused titlebar color
    
    This is one of the 4 base colors.  You can set these 4 colors and keep the extended colors deactivated.  All other color options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colors.
en_GB: unfocused titlebar colour
    
    This is one of the 4 base colours.  You can set these 4 colours and keep the extended colours deactivated.  All other colour options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused title string color
    
    This is one of the 4 base colors.  You can set these 4 colors and keep the extended colors deactivated.  All other color options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colors.
en_GB:   focused title string colour
    
    This is one of the 4 base colours.  You can set these 4 colours and keep the extended colours deactivated.  All other colour options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused title string color
    
    This is one of the 4 base colors.  You can set these 4 colors and keep the extended colors deactivated.  All other color options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colors.
en_GB: unfocused title string colour
    
    This is one of the 4 base colours.  You can set these 4 colours and keep the extended colours deactivated.  All other colour options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize extended title string colors
    
    You can customize additional colors of the title string.  If you deactivate this, these colors will be set to the focused title string color.
en_GB: customize extended title string colours
    
    You can customise additional colours of the title string.  If you deactivate this, these colours will be set to the focused title string colour.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused highlighted title string color
en_GB:   focused highlighted title string colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused highlighted title string color
en_GB: unfocused highlighted title string colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused clicked title string color
en_GB:   focused clicked title string colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused clicked title string color
en_GB: unfocused clicked title string colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize button position (-1 -2 -3 .. title string .. +3 +2 +1)
    
    Enabling this will allow you to set the positon of each button in the titlebar manually.  A negative/positiv value means the button will be drawn on left/right side of the titlebar.
en_GB: customise button position (-1 -2 -3 .. title string .. +3 +2 +1)
    
    Enabling this will allow you to set the positon of each button in the titlebar manually.  A negative/positive value means the button will be drawn on left/right side of the titlebar.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: maximize button position
en_GB: maximise button position

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize sticky button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests.
    Button1: toggle sticky state of window
en_GB: customise sticky button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests.
    Button1: toggle sticky state of window

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize previous button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: send window to previous workspace - button2 workspace-list - button3 send window to first workspace - button6 pack window left
en_GB: customise previous button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: send window to previous workspace - button2 workspace-list - button3 send window to first workspace - button6 pack window left

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize next button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: send window to next workspace - button2 workspace-list - button3 send window to last workspace - button6 pack window right
en_GB: customise next button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: send window to next workspace - button2 workspace-list - button3 send window to last workspace - button6 pack window right

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize configure button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: start sawfish-config - button3: toggle custom title string
en_GB: customise configure button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: start sawfish-config - button3: toggle custom title string

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize info button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: window list - button3 window snooper (not included by default)
en_GB: customise info button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: window list - button3 window snooper (not included by default)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: always on top depth (-1000 - 1000)
    
    A window will have this depth after you have pressed the always-on-top button.  0 is the normal window level.  Every positive value means above other windows, a negative value means below.  Keep it at a positive value in order to have the always-on-top button do it's job.
en_GB: always on top depth (-1000 - 1000)
    
    A window will have this depth after you have pressed the always-on-top button.  0 is the normal window level.  Every positive value means above other windows, a negative value means below.  Keep it at a positive value in order to have the always-on-top button do its job.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize always-on-top button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: sets window depth to the adjusted value.
en_GB: customise always-on-top button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: sets window depth to the adjusted value.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize button-colors
    
    When you active this you will be able to set custom button colors.  By default the button colors depend on the titlebar colors.
en_GB: customise button-colors
    
    When you active this you will be able to set custom button colours.  By default the button colours depend on the titlebar colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused button background color
en_GB:   focused button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused button background color
en_GB: unfocused button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused highlighted button background color
en_GB:   focused highlighted button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused highlighted button background color
en_GB: unfocused highlighted button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused clicked button background color
en_GB:   focused clicked button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused clicked button background color
en_GB: unfocused clicked button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused button foreground color
en_GB:   focused button foreground colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused button foreground color
en_GB: unfocused button foreground colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused highlighted button foreground color
en_GB:   focused highlighted button foreground colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused clicked button foreground color
en_GB:   focused clicked button foreground colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: border width for maximized windows (0 - 1000 pixel)
    
    When you like having a big border around your windows you might have noticed that sawfish still draws that big border when the window is maximized.  If you don't want that, set the border width for maximized windows smaller than the border width for unmaximized windows.  (NOTE: this feature is still buggy as sawfish does not resize the windows correctly yet, so the best might be to set it to the normal border width.)
en_GB: border width for maximized windows (0 - 1000 pixel)
    
    When you like having a big border around your windows you might have noticed that sawfish still draws that big border when the window is maximised.  If you don't want that, set the border width for maximised windows smaller than the border width for unmaximised windows.  (NOTE: this feature is still buggy as sawfish does not resize the windows correctly yet, so the best might be to set it to the normal border width.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize border for focused windows (experimental)
    
    (NOTE: this works but it is VERY cpu intensive and might slow down your computer noticably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)
en_GB: customize border for focused windows (experimental)
    
    (NOTE: this works but it is VERY CPU intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: border width for focused windows (0 - 1000 pixel)
    
    (NOTE: this works but it is VERY cpu intensive and might slow down your computer noticably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)
en_GB: border width for focused windows (0 - 1000 pixel)
    
    (NOTE: this works but it is VERY CPU intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: corners width adjustement for maximized windows (0 - 100 pixel)
en_GB: corners width adjustment for maximised windows (0 - 100 pixel)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: fake shadow (experimental)
    
    Draw a small additional border around your windows emulating a solid shadow effect.  Use the options below to adjust its width and direction.  (NOTE: this is VERY cpu intensive and might slow down your computer noticably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)
en_GB: fake shadow (experimental)
    
    Draw a small additional border around your windows emulating a solid shadow effect.  Use the options below to adjust its width and direction.  (NOTE: this is VERY CPU intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: shadow color
en_GB: shadow colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize border colors
    
    You can customize your border colors here. If you deactivate this, these colors will be set to the focused title string color.
en_GB: customize border colors
    
    You can customize your border colours here. If you deactivate this, these colours will be set to the focused title string colour.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused border color
en_GB:   focused border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused border color
en_GB: unfocused border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused highlighted border color
en_GB:   focused highlighted border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused highlighted border color
en_GB: unfocused highlighted border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused clicked border color
en_GB:   focused clicked border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused clicked border color
en_GB: unfocused clicked border colour

note: ../themes/simple/theme.jl
en: Color of inactive frames in `simple' frame style.
en_GB: Colour of inactive frames in `simple' frame style.

note: ../themes/simple/theme.jl
en: Color of active frames in `simple' frame style.
en_GB: Colour of active frames in `simple' frame style.

note: ../themes/smaker/theme.jl
en: Color to use when drawing text.
en_GB: Colour to use when drawing text.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/move-cursor.jl
en: Move cursor center
en_GB: Move cursor centre

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/move-cursor.jl
en: Move the cursor to the center of the screen
en_GB: Move the cursor to the centre of the screen

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/grow-pack.jl
en: Whether growing is considered to be maximization.
en_GB: Whether growing is considered to be maximisation.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/grow-pack.jl
en: Whether and how to move the pointer when packing windows.
    `maybe' means that the pointer is moved along with the window, if the
    pointer was within the window area before packing. `always' warps the
    pointer to the center of the window if it isn't already in the
    window, then does like `maybe'.  `never' means not to warp the
    pointer.
en_GB: Whether and how to move the pointer when packing windows.
    `maybe' means that the pointer is moved along with the window, if the
    pointer was within the window area before packing. `always' warps the
    pointer to the centre of the window if it isn't already in the
    window, then does like `maybe'.  `never' means not to warp the
    pointer.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/move-resize.jl
en: Move window center
en_GB: Move window centre

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/ext/tooltips.jl
en: Color used for the tooltips background
en_GB: Colour used for the tooltips background

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/ext/tooltips.jl
en: Color used for the tooltips foreground
en_GB: Colour used for the tooltips foreground

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/ext/match-window.jl
en: Never maximize
en_GB: Never maximise

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Minimizing a window also removes its: \w
en_GB: Minimising a window also removes its: \w

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Unminimizing a window also restores its: \w
en_GB: Unminimising a window also restores its: \w

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Minimize the window.
en_GB: Minimise the window.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Restore the window from its minimized state.
en_GB: Restore the window from its minimised state.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Minimize all windows on the current workspace.
en_GB: Minimise all windows on the current workspace.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Lock position and size while windows are maximized.
    
    Remember that after you resize a maximized window, you can't unmaximize it any more.
en_GB: Lock position and size while windows are maximised.
    
    Remember that after you resize a maximised window, you can't unmaximise it any more.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize discard
en_GB: Maximise discard

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Don't treat window as maximized any more, keeping the size and the position. You'll be able to move and resize, but won't be able to unmaximize.
en_GB: Don't treat window as maximised any more, keeping the size and the position. You'll be able to move and resize, but won't be able to unmaximise.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the dimensions of the window.
en_GB: Maximise the dimensions of the window.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Restore the dimensions of the window to its original,
    unmaximized, state.
en_GB: Restore the dimensions of the window to its original,
    unmaximised, state.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the vertical dimension of the window.
en_GB: Maximise the vertical dimension of the window.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the horizontal dimension of the window.
en_GB: Maximise the horizontal dimension of the window.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window toggle
en_GB: Maximise window toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between maximized and unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between maximised and unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window horizontally toggle
en_GB: Maximise window horizontally toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between horizontally maximized and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between horizontally maximized and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window vertically toggle
en_GB: Maximise window vertically toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between vertically maximized and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between vertically maximised and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window
en_GB: Maximise fill window

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the window without obscuring any other windows.
en_GB: Maximise the window without obscuring any other windows.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window vertically
en_GB: Maximise fill window vertically

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the window vertically without obscuring any other windows.
en_GB: Maximise the window vertically without obscuring any other windows.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise fill window horizontally

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the window horizontally without obscuring any other windows.
en_GB: Maximise the window horizontally without obscuring any other windows.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window toggle
en_GB: Maximise fill window toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between maximized-filled and unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between maximised-filled and unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window horizontally toggle
en_GB: Maximise fill window horizontally toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between horizontally maximized-filled and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between horizontally maximised-filled and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window vertically toggle
en_GB: Maximise fill window vertically toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between vertically maximized-filled and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between vertically maximised-filled and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window fullscreen
en_GB: Maximise window fullscreen

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Fullscreen maximize the window.
en_GB: Fullscreen maximise the window.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window fullscreen toggle
en_GB: Maximise window fullscreen toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between fullscreen maximized and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between fullscreen maximised and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window fullxinerama
en_GB: Maximise window fullxinerama

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Fullscreen maximize the window across all Xinerama screens.
en_GB: Fullscreen maximise the window across all Xinerama screens.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window fullxinerama toggle
en_GB: Maximise window fullxinerama toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between fullscreen maximized
    across all Xinerama and unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between fullscreen maximised
    across all Xinerama and unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/shading.jl
en: If the window is shaded (see `shade-window'), restore it to it's usual
    state.
en_GB: If the window is shaded (see `shade-window'), restore it to its usual
    state.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/util/prompt.jl
en: Prompt message's colors.
en_GB: Prompt message's colours.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/frames.jl
en: Use custom font colors for frames
en_GB: Use custom font colours for frames

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/frames.jl
en: Font color for active frames
en_GB: Font colour for active frames

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/frames.jl
en: Font color for inactive frames
en_GB: Font colour for inactive frames

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/custom.jl
en: Mini/Maximizing
en_GB: Mini/Maximising

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/keymaps.jl
en: maximize-button-keymap
en_GB: maximise-button-keymap

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/keymaps.jl
en: Keymap containing bindings active when the pointer is in the maximize
    button of a window. (Only mouse-bindings are evaluated in this map.)
en_GB: Keymap containing bindings active when the pointer is in the maximise
    button of a window. (Only mouse-bindings are evaluated in this map.)

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/focus.jl
en: Whether focusing a window doesn't change it's position in the stack.
en_GB: Whether focusing a window doesn't change its position in the stack.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/integration/gnome.jl
en: _Customize GNOME
en_GB: _Customise GNOME

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/integration/kde.jl
en: _Customize KDE
en_GB: _Customise KDE

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/integration/xfce.jl
en: _Customize XFCE
en_GB: _Customise XFCE

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Passwords and Encryption Keys</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">Gnome Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Passwords and Encryption Keys</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: The <guilabel>Passphrase for New PGP Key</guilabel> dialog will open. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Passphrase for New PGP Key</guilabel> dialogue will open. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key.

en: Use similar practices to generating a strong password when choosing a passphrase. The main difference between a password and a passphrase is that, in a passphrase, spaces are valid characters.
en_GB: Use similar practises to generating a strong password when choosing a passphrase. The main difference between a password and a passphrase is that, in a passphrase, spaces are valid characters.

en: The <guilabel>Passphrase for New Secure Shell Key</guilabel> dialog opens. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Passphrase for New Secure Shell Key</guilabel> dialogue opens. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key.

en: <guilabel>Marginal</guilabel>: This person checks for photo ID before signing a key, but does not necessarily scrutinize the IDs.
en_GB: <guilabel>Marginal</guilabel>: This person checks for photo ID before signing a key, but does not necessarily scrutinise the IDs.

en: <guilabel>Full</guilabel>: This person scrutinizes each and every person's photo IDs before signing them (e.g. they only sign keys that truely belong to the person asking for the signature).
en_GB: <guilabel>Full</guilabel>: This person scrutinises each and every person's photo ID before signing them (e.g. they only sign keys that truely belong to the person asking for the signature).

en: After following the instructions above, you will be presented with a dialog to fill in. The fields are detailed below.
en_GB: After following the instructions above, you will be presented with a dialogue to fill in. The fields are detailed below.

en: Photo IDs allow a key owner to embed one or more pictures of themselves in a key. These identities can be signed just like normal user IDs. A photo ID must be in JPEG format and is recommended to be no larger than 240x288 pixels.
en_GB: A Photo ID allows a key owner to embed one or more pictures of themselves in a key. These identities can be signed just like a normal user ID. A photo ID must be in JPEG format and is recommended to be no larger than 240x288 pixels.

en: Each OpenPGP key has a single master key used to sign only. Subkeys are used to encrypt and to sign as well. In this way, if your sub key is compromised, you don't need to revoke your master key.
en_GB: Each OpenPGP key has a single master key used to sign only. A subkey is used to encrypt and to sign as well. In this way, if your subkey is compromised, you don't need to revoke your master key.

en: From the date dialog choose the new expiration date or select <guilabel>Never expires</guilabel> for no expiration date.
en_GB: From the date dialogue choose the new expiration date or select <guilabel>Never expires</guilabel> for no expiration date.

en: To import keys choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Key</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select, from the file chooser, a file containing at least one ASCII armored public key.
en_GB: To import keys choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Key</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select, from the file chooser, a file containing at least one ASCII armoured public key.

en: Select an ASCII armored public block of text,
en_GB: Select an ASCII armoured public block of text,

en: You can also export keys to the clipboard in an ASCII armored block of text: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: You can also export keys to the clipboard in an ASCII armoured block of text: <placeholder-1/>

en: To change the unlock password of the keyring, first select the appropriate keyring and then press <guibutton>Change Unlock Password</guibutton> button. You will then be prompted to type the old password in the <guilabel>Old password</guilabel> text box, the new password in the <guilabel>New password</guilabel> text box and confirm it in the <guilabel>Confirm password</guilabel> text box. To apply the settings, press <guibutton>Change</guibutton>. If the old password is correct, you will get a status message indicating the success of the operation. If the old password is not correct you will be asked to check its correctness.
en_GB: To change the unlock password of the keyring, first select the appropriate keyring and then press the <guibutton>Change Unlock Password</guibutton> button. You will then be prompted to type the old password in the <guilabel>Old password</guilabel> text box, the new password in the <guilabel>New password</guilabel> text box and confirm it in the <guilabel>Confirm password</guilabel> text box. To apply the settings, press <guibutton>Change</guibutton>. If the old password is correct, you will get a status message indicating the success of the operation. If the old password is not correct you will be asked to check its correctness.

en: To remove a keyring, , first select the appropriate keyring and then press <guibutton>Remove Keyring</guibutton> button.
en_GB: To remove a keyring, first select the appropriate keyring and then press the <guibutton>Remove Keyring</guibutton> button.

en: Keep your and other's keys up to date by syncing keys periodically with remote keyservers. Syncing will make sure that you have the latest signatures made on all of your keys so that the web of trust will be the most useful.
en_GB: Keep your and other's keys up to date by synchronising keys periodically with remote keyservers. Synchronising will make sure that you have the latest signatures made on all of your keys so that the web of trust will be the most useful.

en: Key Sharing is provided by DNS-SD, also known as Bonjour or Rendevous. Enabling key sharing will add the local <application>Passwords and Encryption Keys</application> users' public key rings to the remote search dialog. Using these local "key servers" will most likely be faster than accessing remote servers.
en_GB: Key Sharing is provided by DNS-SD, also known as Bonjour or Rendevous. Enabling key sharing will add the local <application>Passwords and Encryption Keys</application> users' public key rings to the remote search dialogue. Using these local "key servers" will most likely be faster than accessing remote servers.

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A <ulink url="ghelp:gpl" type="help">copy of this license</ulink> is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A <ulink url="ghelp:gpl" type="help">copy of this licence</ulink> is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: New password...
en_GB: New password…

en: Armored PGP keys
en_GB: Armoured PGP keys

en: PGP keys are for encrypting email or files
en_GB: PGP keys are for encrypting e-mail or files

en: Encrypt files and email to the key's owner
en_GB: Encrypt files and e-mail to the key's owner

en: Ssh Key
en_GB: SSH Key

en: Your email address, or a reminder of what this key is for.
en_GB: Your e-mail address, or a reminder of what this key is for.

en: If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that computer to recognize your new key.
en_GB: If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that computer to recognise your new key.

en: invalid email address
en_GB: invalid e-mail address

en: Opps, %s hit an error!
en_GB: Oops, %s hit an error!

en: Email alert to system administrator.
en_GB: E-mail alert to system administrator.

en: 
        SELinux has denied the $SOURCE access to potentially
        mislabeled files $TARGET_PATH.  This means that SELinux will not
        allow httpd to use these files. If httpd should be allowed this access to these files you should change the file context to one of the following types, %s.
        Many third party apps install html files
        in directories that SELinux policy cannot predict.  These directories
        have to be labeled with a file context which httpd can access.
en_GB: 
        SELinux has denied the $SOURCE access to potentially
        mislabeled files $TARGET_PATH.  This means that SELinux will not
        allow httpd to use these files. If httpd should be allowed this access to these files you should change the file context to one of the following types, %s.
        Many third party apps install html files
        in directories that SELinux policy cannot predict.  These directories
        have to be labelled with a file context which httpd can access.

en: 
    
        SELinux has denied $SOURCE "$ACCESS" access to device $TARGET_PATH.
        $TARGET_PATH is mislabeled, this device has the default label of the /dev directory, which should not
        happen.  All Character and/or Block Devices should have a label.
    
        You can attempt to change the label of the file using
    
        restorecon -v '$TARGET_PATH'.
    
        If this device remains labeled device_t, then this is a bug in SELinux policy.
    
        Please file a bg report.
    
        If you look at the other similar devices labels, ls -lZ /dev/SIMILAR, and find a type that would work for $TARGET_PATH,
        you can use chcon -t SIMILAR_TYPE '$TARGET_PATH', If this fixes the problem, you can make this permanent by executing
        semanage fcontext -a -t SIMILAR_TYPE '$FIX_TARGET_PATH'
    
        If the restorecon changes the context, this indicates that the application that created the device, created it without
        using SELinux APIs.  If you can figure out which application created the device, please file a bug report against this application.
en_GB: 
    
        SELinux has denied $SOURCE "$ACCESS" access to device $TARGET_PATH.
        $TARGET_PATH is mislabeled, this device has the default label of the /dev directory, which should not
        happen.  All Character and/or Block Devices should have a label.
    
        You can attempt to change the label of the file using
    
        restorecon -v '$TARGET_PATH'.
    
        If this device remains labelled device_t, then this is a bug in SELinux policy.
    
        Please file a bg report.
    
        If you look at the other similar devices labels, ls -lZ /dev/SIMILAR, and find a type that would work for $TARGET_PATH,
        you can use chcon -t SIMILAR_TYPE '$TARGET_PATH', If this fixes the problem, you can make this permanent by executing
        semanage fcontext -a -t SIMILAR_TYPE '$FIX_TARGET_PATH'
    
        If the restorecon changes the context, this indicates that the application that created the device, created it without
        using SELinux APIs.  If you can figure out which application created the device, please file a bug report against this application.

en: 
        SELinux prevented httpd $ACCESS access to $TARGET_PATH.
    
        httpd scripts are not allowed to write to content without explicit 
        labeling of all files.  If $TARGET_PATH is writable content. it needs 
        to be labeled httpd_sys_rw_content_t or if all you need is append you can label it httpd_sys_ra_content_t.   Please refer to 'man httpd_selinux' for more information on setting up httpd and selinux.
en_GB: 
        SELinux prevented httpd $ACCESS access to $TARGET_PATH.
    
        httpd scripts are not allowed to write to content without explicit 
        labeling of all files.  If $TARGET_PATH is writable content. it needs 
        to be labelled httpd_sys_rw_content_t or if all you need is append you can label it httpd_sys_ra_content_t.   Please refer to 'man httpd_selinux' for more information on setting up httpd and selinux.

en: 
        SELinux denied qemu access to the block device $TARGET_PATH.
        If this is a virtualization image, it needs to be labeled with a virtualization file context (virt_image_t). You can relabel $TARGET_PATH to be virt_image_t using chcon.  You also need to execute semanage fcontext -a -t virt_image_t '$FIX_TARGET_PATH' to add this
        new path to the system defaults. If you did not intend to use $TARGET_PATH as a qemu
        image it could indicate either a bug or an intrusion attempt.
en_GB: 
        SELinux denied qemu access to the block device $TARGET_PATH.
        If this is a virtualisation image, it needs to be labelled with a virtualisation file context (virt_image_t). You can relabel $TARGET_PATH to be virt_image_t using chcon.  You also need to execute semanage fcontext -a -t virt_image_t '$FIX_TARGET_PATH' to add this
        new path to the system defaults. If you did not intend to use $TARGET_PATH as a qemu
        image it could indicate either a bug or an intrusion attempt.

en: 
        SELinux denied qemu access to $TARGET_PATH.
        If this is a virtualization image, it has to have a file context label of
        virt_image_t. The system is setup to label image files in directory./var/lib/libvirt/images
        correctly.  We recommend that you copy your image file to /var/lib/libvirt/images.
        If you really want to have your qemu image files in the current directory, you can relabel $TARGET_PATH to be virt_image_t using chcon.  You also need to execute semanage fcontext -a -t virt_image_t '$FIX_TARGET_PATH' to add this
        new path to the system defaults. If you did not intend to use $TARGET_PATH as a qemu
        image it could indicate either a bug or an intrusion attempt.
en_GB: 
        SELinux denied qemu access to $TARGET_PATH.
        If this is a virtualisation image, it has to have a file context label of
        virt_image_t. The system is setup to label image files in directory./var/lib/libvirt/images
        correctly.  We recommend that you copy your image file to /var/lib/libvirt/images.
        If you really want to have your qemu image files in the current directory, you can relabel $TARGET_PATH to be virt_image_t using chcon.  You also need to execute semanage fcontext -a -t virt_image_t '$FIX_TARGET_PATH' to add this
        new path to the system defaults. If you did not intend to use $TARGET_PATH as a qemu
        image it could indicate either a bug or an intrusion attempt.

en: GTKtalog catalog
en_GB: GTKtalog catalogue

en: license terms
en_GB: licence terms

en: message catalog
en_GB: message catalogue

en: Export Photo/Video
en_GB: Export Photos/Videos

en: Export Photo
en_GB: Export Photos

en: and lower
en_GB: and

en: Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos:
en_GB: Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognised as Photos or Videos:

en: _Trash File | _Trash Files
en_GB[0]: _Move File
en_GB[1]: _Move Files

en: Re_vert External Edit
en_GB: Re_vert External Edits

en: Remove Photo From Library
en_GB: Remove Photos From Library

en: _Modify original file
en_GB: _Modify original files

en: %m/%d/%Y, %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y, %H:%M:%S

en: %m/%d/%Y, %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y, %H:%M:%S

en: Removing Photo From Library
en_GB: Removing Photos From Library

en: This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the file to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone. | This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the files to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[0]: This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the file to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[1]: This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the files to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.

en: This will remove the video from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the file to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone. | This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the files to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[0]: This will remove the video from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the file to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[1]: This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the files to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.

en: This will remove the photo from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the file to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone. | This will remove %d photos from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the files to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[0]: This will remove the photo from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the file to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[1]: This will remove %d photos from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the files to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.

en: The photo or video cannot be moved to your desktop trash.  Delete this file? | %d photos/videos cannot be moved to your desktop trash.  Delete these files?
en_GB[0]: The photo or video cannot be moved to your desktop wastebasket.  Delete this file?
en_GB[1]: %d photos/videos cannot be moved to your desktop wastebasket.  Delete these files?

en: You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.
    
    In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.
    
    In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the Preferences dialogue.

en: Move Photos to Trash
en_GB: Move Photos to Wastebasket

en: Restore Photos from Trash
en_GB: Restore Photos from Wastebasket

en: Move the photos to the Shotwell trash
en_GB: Move the photos to the Shotwell wastebasket

en: Moving Photos to Trash
en_GB: Moving Photos to Wastebasket

en: Restoring Photos From Trash
en_GB: Restoring Photos From Wastebasket

en: Empty T_rash
en_GB: Empty _Wastebasket

en: Delete all photos in the trash
en_GB: Delete all photos in the wastebasket

en: Emptying Trash...
en_GB: Emptying Wastebasket...

en: Adjust the photo's color and tone
en_GB: Adjust the photo's colour and tone

en: Tag Photo as "%s"
en_GB: Tag Photos as "%s"

en: Tag the selected photo as "%s"
en_GB: Tag the selected photos as "%s"

en: Remove Tag "%s" From _Photo
en_GB: Remove Tag "%s" From _Photos

en: Remove Tag "%s" From Photo
en_GB: Remove Tag "%s" From Photos

en: Remove the selected photos from the trash
en_GB: Remove the selected photos from the wastebasket

en: %a %b %d, %Y
en_GB: %a %d %b, %Y

en: %d, %Y
en_GB: %d %b, %Y

en: Reset Colors
en_GB: Reset Colours

en: Reset all color adjustments to original
en_GB: Reset all colour adjustments to original

en: You are not currently logged into Flickr.
    
    Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser.  You will have to authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account.
en_GB: You are not currently logged into Flickr.
    
    Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser.  You will have to authorise Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account.

en: Verifying authorization...
en_GB: Verifying authorisation...

en: You are not currently logged into Picasa Web Albums.
    
    Click Login to log into Picasa Web Albums in your Web browser. You will have to authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Picasa Web Albums account.
en_GB: You are not currently logged into Picasa Web Albums.
    
    Click Login to log into Picasa Web Albums in your Web browser. You will have to authorise Shotwell Connect to link to your Picasa Web Albums account.

en: Welcome to the F-Spot library import service.
    
    Please select a library to import, either by selecting one of the existing libraries found by Shotwell or by selecting an alternative F-Spot database file.
en_GB: Welcome to the F-Spot library import service.
    
    Please select a library to import either by selecting one of the existing libraries found by Shotwell or by selecting an alternative F-Spot database file.

en: Authorization _Number:
en_GB: Authorisation _Number:

en: First-launch Behavior
en_GB: First-launch Behaviour

en: 16 colors   - (4bit)
en_GB: 16 colours   - (4bit)

en: 64 colors   - (6bit)
en_GB: 64 colours   - (6bit)

en: 256 colors  - (8bit)
en_GB: 256 colours  - (8bit)

en: Reduce colors
en_GB: Reduce colours

en: Automatically reduce colors after taking a screenshot
en_GB: Automatically reduce colours after taking a screenshot

en: Choose border color
en_GB: Choose border colour

en: Start Selection Tool with a customized selection size
en_GB: Start Selection Tool with a customised selection size

en: Show as custom color:
en_GB: Show as custom colour:

en: Choose fill color
en_GB: Choose fill colour

en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid colour that you specify

en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the background color of the application
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the background colour of the application

en: Minimize to tray when closing main window
en_GB: Minimise to tray when closing main window

en: Ask before moving files to trash
en_GB: Ask before moving files to the bin

en: Move file to trash when closing tab
en_GB: Move file to the bin when closing tab

en: <b>Please note:</b> If a plugin allows authorized uploading you can enter your credentials above. Plugins with OAuth support are configured automatically the first time you use them.
en_GB: <b>Please note:</b> If a plugin allows authorised uploading you can enter your credentials above. Plugins with OAuth support are configured automatically the first time you use them.

en: The following plugins are installed
en_GB: The following plug-ins are installed

en: Account-settings could not be saved!
en_GB: Account settings could not be saved!

en: Account-settings could not be restored!
en_GB: Account settings could not be restored!

en: Error while moving the file %s to trash.
en_GB: Error while moving the file %s to bin.

en: Are you sure you want to move %s to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move %s to the bin?

en: Are you sure you want to move the selected files to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move the selected files to the bin?

en: Updating plugin information
en_GB: Updating plug-in information

en: Please wait while Shutter updates the plugin information
en_GB: Please wait while Shutter updates the plug-in information

en: Authorized Upload
en_GB: Authorised Upload

en: Choose a plugin
en_GB: Choose a plug-in

en: No plugin specified
en_GB: No plug-in specified

en: <b>Please note:</b> If a plugin allows only authorized uploading you need to enter your credentials in preferences first to make it appear in the list above.
en_GB: <b>Please note:</b> If a plugin allows only authorised uploading you need to enter your credentials in preferences first to make it appear in the list above.

en: Folder %s is synchronized with Ubuntu One. The selected file will be copied to that folder before being published. | Folder %s is synchronized with Ubuntu One. The selected files will be copied to that folder before being published.
en_GB[0]: Folder %s is synchronised with Ubuntu One. The selected file will be copied to that folder before being published.
en_GB[1]: Folder %s is synchronised with Ubuntu One. The selected files will be copied to that folder before being published.

en: Folder %s is not synchronized with Ubuntu One. Please choose an alternative folder.
en_GB: Folder %s is not synchronised with Ubuntu One. Please choose an alternative folder.

en: Synchronization complete
en_GB: Synchronisation complete

en: Synchronization in progress...
en_GB: Synchronisation in progress...

en: Login with username %s failed.
en_GB: Log-in with username %s failed.

en: Adjust fill color and opacity
en_GB: Adjust fill colour and opacity

en: Stroke color
en_GB: Stroke colour

en: Choose stroke color
en_GB: Choose stroke colour

en: Adjust stroke color and opacity
en_GB: Adjust stroke colour and opacity

en: Click-Drag to scale (try Control to scale uniformly)
en_GB: Click+Drag to scale (try Ctrl to scale uniformly)

en: Click to paint (try Control or Shift for a straight line)
en_GB: Click to paint (try Ctrl or Shift for a straight line)

en: Click to censor (try Control or Shift for a straight line)
en_GB: Click to censor (try Ctrl or Shift for a straight line)

en: Click-Drag to create a pixelized region
en_GB: Click-Drag to create a pixelised region

en: Do you want to save the changed background color?
en_GB: Do you want to save the changed background colour?

en: The background is likely to be transparent if you decide to ignore the background color.
en_GB: The background is likely to be transparent if you decide to ignore the background colour.

en: Save Background Color
en_GB: Save Background Colour

en: _Ignore Background Color
en_GB: _Ignore Background Colour

en: _Save Background Color
en_GB: _Save Background Colour

en: Change Background Color...
en_GB: Change Background Colour...

en: Choose font color
en_GB: Choose font colour

en: Pixelize selected areas of your screenshot to hide private data
en_GB: Pixelise selected areas of your screenshot to hide private data

en: Perseptive rotation around left edge of image
en_GB: Perspective rotation around left edge of image

en: Rotation around image vertical centerline
en_GB: Rotation around image vertical centre line

en: Rotation around image horizontal centerline
en_GB: Rotation around image horizontal centre line

en: Rotation around the image center
en_GB: Rotation around the image centre

en: off - No automatic adjustment
    
    c - Center bounding box in output
    
    zc - Zoom to fill and center bounding box in output
    
    out - Creates an output image of size needed to hold the transformed image
en_GB: off - No automatic adjustment
    
    c - Centre bounding box in output
    
    zc - Zoom to fill and centre bounding box in output
    
    out - Creates an output image of a size needed to hold the transformed image

en: Sky color
en_GB: Sky colour

en: Choose sky color
en_GB: Choose sky colour

en: The parameter d describes the linear scaling of the image. Using d=1, and a=b=c=0 leaves the image as it is. Choosing other d-values scales the image by that amount. a,b and c distort the image. Using negative values shifts distant points away from the center.
    
    Defined by Barrel Correction Distortion, by Helmut Dersch.
    http://www.all-in-one.ee/~dersch/barrel/barrel.html
en_GB: The parameter d describes the linear scaling of the image. Using d=1, and a=b=c=0 leaves the image as it is. Choosing other d-values scales the image by that amount. a,b and c distort the image. Using negative values shifts distant points away from the centre.
    
    Defined by Barrel Correction Distortion, by Helmut Dersch.
    http://www.all-in-one.ee/~dersch/barrel/barrel.html

en: The base grain size or pixelization size used to create the detail in the border
en_GB: The base grain size or pixelisation size used to create the detail in the border

en: The pad size of constant color around the perimeter of the border
en_GB: The pad size of constant colour around the outside of the border

en: Invert the colors of the image
en_GB: Invert the colours of the image

en: Add sepia color toning to the image
en_GB: Add sepia colour toning to the image

en: Choose color
en_GB: Choose colour

en: The color of the shadow
en_GB: The colour of the shadow

en: Please click on the button below to authorize with Dropbox. Press 'Apply' when you are done.
en_GB: Please click on the button below to authorise with Dropbox. Press 'Apply' when you are done.

en: Authorize with Dropbox
en_GB: Authorise with Dropbox

en: Maybe you or Dropbox revoked or expired an access token. Please close this dialog and try again. Your account will be re-authenticated the next time you upload a file.
en_GB: Maybe you or Dropbox revoked or expired an access token. Please close this dialogue and try again. Your account will be re-authenticated the next time you upload a file.

note: Tooltip for rotate left (counter-clockwise) button
en: Rotate the page to the left (counter-clockwise)
en_GB: Rotate the page to the left (anti-clockwise)

en: Window width in pixels
en_GB: Window width (in pixels)

en: Window height in pixels
en_GB: Window height (in pixels)

en: TRUE if the application window is maximized
en_GB: TRUE if the application window is maximised

en: Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, colors and post-processing.
en_GB: Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, colours and post-processing.

en: Width of scanned image in pixels
en_GB: Width of scanned image (in pixels)

en: The width of scanned image in pixels. This value is updated to what the last scanned page was.
en_GB: The width of scanned image in pixels. This value is updated to the width of the last image scanned.

en: Height of scanned image in pixels
en_GB: Height of scanned image (in pixels)

en: The height of scanned image in pixels. This value is updated to what the last scanned page was.
en_GB: The height of scanned image in pixels. This value is updated to the height of the last image scanned.

en: Width of paper in tenths of a mm
en_GB: Width of paper (in tenths of a mm)

en: Height of paper in tenths of a mm
en_GB: Height of paper (in tenths of a mm)

en: The resolution in dots-per-inch of the previously scanned image.
en_GB: The resolution of the last image scanned (in dots-per-inch).

en: The directory to save files to. Defaults to the documents directory if unset.
en_GB: The folder where files are saved. Default is the Documents folder.

note: The license this software is under (GPL3+)
en: This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

note: i18n: file: settings.ui:60 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, saveModeCB)
en: Open the save dialog for every image
en_GB: Open the save dialogue for every image

note: i18n: file: settings.ui:65 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, saveModeCB)
en: Open the save dialog for the first image only
en_GB: Open the save dialogue for the first image only

en: The image will be saved in the PNG format, as Skanlite only supports saving 16 bit color images in the PNG format.
en_GB: The image will be saved in the PNG format, as Skanlite only supports saving 16 bit colour images in the PNG format.

[ctx: Error message]
en: Printer initialization failed
en_GB: Printer initialisation failed

[ctx: Noun: type of payement]
en: Check
en_GB: Cheque

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KTitleWidget, kAmortizationTableTitle) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QTableWidget, kAmortizationTable) i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QTableWidget, kAmortizationTable)
en: Amortization Table
en_GB: Amortisation Table

en: Loan amortization table calculator
en_GB: Loan amortisation table calculator

[ctx: List of categories.It is not needed to translate each item. You can set the list you want. ';' must be used to separate categories. ' > ' must be used to separate categorie and sub caterogie (no limit of level).]
en: Alimony;Auto;Auto > Fuel;Auto > Insurance;Auto > Lease;Auto > Loan;Auto > Registration;Auto > Service;Bank Charges;Bank Charges > Interest Paid;Bank Charges > Service Charge;Bills;Bills > Electricity;Bills > Fuel Oil;Bills > Local Taxes;Bills > Mortgage;Bills > Natural Gas;Bills > Rent;Bills > TV;Bills > Telephone;Bills > Water & Sewage;Bonus;Business;Business > Auto;Business > Capital Goods;Business > Legal Expenses;Business > Office Rent;Business > Office Supplies;Business > Other;Business > Revenue;Business > Taxes;Business > Travel;Business > Utilities;Business > Wages & Salary;Car;Car > Fuel;Car > Insurance;Car > Lease;Car > Loan;Car > Registration;Car > Service;Cash Withdrawal;Charity;Charity > Donations;Child Care;Child Support;Clothing;Disability;Div Income;Div Income > Ord dividend;Div Income > Stock dividend;Education;Education > Board;Education > Books;Education > Fees;Education > Loans;Education > Tuition;Employment;Employment > Benefits;Employment > Foreign;Employment > Lump sums;Employment > Other employ;Employment > Salary & wages;Food;Food > Dining Out;Food > Groceries;Gardening;Gift Received;Gifts;Healthcare;Healthcare > Dental;Healthcare > Doctor;Healthcare > Hospital;Healthcare > Optician;Healthcare > Prescriptions;Holidays;Holidays > Accomodation;Holidays > Travel;Household;Household > Furnishings;Household > Repairs;Insurance;Insurance > Auto;Insurance > Disability;Insurance > Home and Contents;Insurance > Life;Insurance > Medical;Int Inc;Int Inc > Bank Interest;Int Inc > Gross;Int Inc > Net;Int Inc > Other savings;Invest. income;Invest. income > 1st option;Invest. income > Dividend;Invest. income > Foreign;Invest. income > Other savings;Invest. income > Other trusts;Invest. income > Other trusts#Capital;Invest. income > Other trusts#Dist. rec'd;Invest. income > Other trusts#Estate;Investment Income;Investment Income > Dividends;Investment Income > Interest;Investment Income > Long-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Short-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Tax-Exempt Interest;Job Expense;Job Expense > Non-Reimbursed;Job Expense > Reimbursed;Legal Fees;Leisure;Leisure > Books & Magazines;Leisure > Entertaining;Leisure > Films & Video Rentals;Leisure > Hobbies;Leisure > Sporting Events;Leisure > Sports Goods;Leisure > Tapes & CDs;Leisure > Theatre & Concerts etc;Leisure > Toys & Games;Loan;Loan > Loan Interest;Long-Term Capital gains;Mortgage;Mortgage > Interest;Mortgage > PMI;Mortgage > Principle;Motor;Motor > Fuel;Motor > Loan;Motor > Service;Other Expense;Other Expense > Unknown;Other Income;Other Income > Child Support;Other Income > Employee Share Option;Other Income > Gifts Received;Other Income > Loan Principal Received;Other Income > Lottery or Premium Bond Prizes;Other Income > Student loan;Other Income > Tax Refund;Other Income > Unemployment Benefit;Pension;Pension > Employer;Personal Care;Pet Care;Pet Care > Food;Pet Care > Supplies;Pet Care > Vet's Bills;Recreation;Retirement Accounts;Retirement Accounts > 401(k)403(b) Plan Contributions;Retirement Accounts > 529 Plan Contributions;Retirement Accounts > IRA Contributions;Retirement Income;Retirement Income > 401(k);Retirement Income > 401(k) > 403(b) Distributions;Retirement Income > IRA Distributions;Retirement Income > Pensions & Annuities;Retirement Income > State Pension Benefits;Short-Term Capital gains;Social Security Benefits;Taxes;Taxes > AMT;Taxes > Federal Tax;Taxes > Federal Taxes;Taxes > Local Tax;Taxes > Local Taxes;Taxes > Other Invest;Taxes > Other Tax;Taxes > Property Taxes;Taxes > Social Security;Taxes > State Tax;Taxes > State Taxes;Travel;Travel > Accomodations;Travel > Car Rental;Travel > Fares;Utilities;Utilities > Electricity;Utilities > Garbage & Recycling;Utilities > Gas;Utilities > Sewer;Utilities > Telephone;Utilities > Water;Wages & Salary;Wages & Salary > Benefits;Wages & Salary > Bonus;Wages & Salary > Commission;Wages & Salary > Employer Pension Contributions;Wages & Salary > Gross Pay;Wages & Salary > Net Pay;Wages & Salary > Overtime;Wages & Salary > Workman's Comp
en_GB: Alimony;Auto;Car > Fuel;Car > Insurance;Car > Lease;Car > Loan;Car > Registration;Car > Service;Bank Charges;Bank Charges > Interest Paid;Bank Charges > Service Charge;Bills;Bills > Electricity;Bills > Fuel Oil;Bills > Council Tax;Bills > Mortgage;Bills > Natural Gas;Bills > Rent;Bills > TV;Bills > Telephone;Bills > Water & Sewage;Bonus;Business;Business > Car;Business > Capital Goods;Business > Legal Expenses;Business > Office Rent;Business > Office Supplies;Business > Other;Business > Revenue;Business > Taxes;Business > Travel;Business > Utilities;Business > Wages & Salary;Car;Car > Fuel;Car > Insurance;Car > Lease;Car > Loan;Car > Registration;Car > Service;Cash Withdrawal;Charity;Charity > Donations;Child Care;Child Support;Clothing;Disability;Div Income;Div Income > Ord dividend;Div Income > Stock dividend;Education;Education > Board;Education > Books;Education > Fees;Education > Loans;Education > Tuition;Employment;Employment > Benefits;Employment > Foreign;Employment > Lump sums;Employment > Other employ;Employment > Salary & wages;Food;Food > Dining Out;Food > Groceries;Gardening;Gift Received;Gifts;Healthcare;Healthcare > Dental;Healthcare > Doctor;Healthcare > Hospital;Healthcare > Optician;Healthcare > Prescriptions;Holidays;Holidays > Accomodation;Holidays > Travel;Household;Household > Furnishings;Household > Repairs;Insurance;Insurance > Car;Insurance > Disability;Insurance > Home and Contents;Insurance > Life;Insurance > Medical;Int Inc;Int Inc > Bank Interest;Int Inc > Gross;Int Inc > Net;Int Inc > Other savings;Invest. income;Invest. income > 1st option;Invest. income > Dividend;Invest. income > Foreign;Invest. income > Other savings;Invest. income > Other trusts;Invest. income > Other trusts#Capital;Invest. income > Other trusts#Dist. rec'd;Invest. income > Other trusts#Estate;Investment Income;Investment Income > Dividends;Investment Income > Interest;Investment Income > Long-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Short-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Tax-Exempt Interest;Job Expense;Job Expense > Non-Reimbursed;Job Expense > Reimbursed;Legal Fees;Leisure;Leisure > Books & Magazines;Leisure > Entertaining;Leisure > Films & Video Rentals;Leisure > Hobbies;Leisure > Sporting Events;Leisure > Sports Goods;Leisure > Tapes & CDs;Leisure > Theatre & Concerts etc;Leisure > Toys & Games;Loan;Loan > Loan Interest;Long-Term Capital gains;Mortgage;Mortgage > Interest;Mortgage > PMI;Mortgage > Principle;Motor;Motor > Fuel;Motor > Loan;Motor > Service;Other Expense;Other Expense > Unknown;Other Income;Other Income > Child Support;Other Income > Employee Share Option;Other Income > Gifts Received;Other Income > Loan Principal Received;Other Income > Lottery or Premium Bond Prizes;Other Income > Student loan;Other Income > Tax Refund;Other Income > Unemployment Benefit;Pension;Pension > Employer;Personal Care;Pet Care;Pet Care > Food;Pet Care > Supplies;Pet Care > Vet's Bills;Recreation;Retirement Accounts;Retirement Accounts > Private Pension Contributions;Retirement Accounts > Employer Pension Contributions;Retirement Accounts > National Insurance Contributions;Retirement Income;Retirement Income > Private Pension;Retirement Income > State Pension; Retirement Income > Employer Pension & Annuities;Short-Term Capital gains;Benefits;Taxes;Taxes > Income Tax;Taxes > Council Tax;Taxes > Other Invest;Taxes > Other Tax;Taxes > Property Taxes;Taxes > National Insurance;Travel;Travel > Accomodations;Travel > Car Rental;Travel > Fares;Utilities;Utilities > Electricity;Utilities > Gas;Utilities > Sewer Waste;Utilities > Telephone;Utilities > Water;Wages & Salary;Wages & Salary > Benefits;Wages & Salary > Bonus;Wages & Salary > Commission;Wages & Salary > Employer Pension Contributions;Wages & Salary > Gross Pay;Wages & Salary > Net Pay;Wages & Salary > Overtime;Wages & Salary > Workman's Comp

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, kNumberLbl) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (SKGLineEdit, kNumberEdit)
en: Number of the operation, for example the Check number, or a Transfer reference.
en_GB: Number of the operation, for example the Cheque number, or a Transfer reference.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontFutureColor), group (skrooge_operation)
en: Color of font for future operations
en_GB: Colour of font for future operations

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontNotValidatedColor), group (skrooge_operation)
en: Color of font for non-validated operations
en_GB: Colour of font for non-validated operations

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontSubOperationColor), group (skrooge_operation)
en: Color of font for sub operations
en_GB: Colour of font for sub operations

[ctx: Successful message after an user action]
en: Operation canceled
en_GB: Operation cancelled

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (SKGComboBox, kTypeEdit)
en: Operation mode (how you made the operation). 
    Examples: Credit Card, Check, Transfer...
en_GB: Operation mode (how you made the operation). 
    Examples: Credit Card, Cheque, Transfer...

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontDisabledColor), group (skrooge_scheduled)
en: Color of font for disabled schedule
en_GB: Colour of font for disabled schedule

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_check_on_open)
en: If checked, Skrooge will insert relevant occurrences when starting.
en_GB: If ticked, Skrooge will insert relevant occurrences when starting.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kNbDecimal) i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QSpinBox, kNbDecimal)
en: The number of decimal to display of the unit.
en_GB: The number of decimals to display of the unit.

[ctx: Noun]
en: Nb of occurrences
en_GB: No. of occurrences

[ctx: Noun, after the dot]
en: Nb decimal
en_GB: No. decimals

[ctx: Noun, user action]
en: Alternate row colors
en_GB: Alternate row colours

en: S&ynchronize
en_GB: S&ynchronise

en: Network Neighborhood
en_GB: Network Neighbourhood

en: Preview Dialog
en_GB: Preview Dialogue

en: Marking this check box will show the details of the selected login information below.
en_GB: Marking this tick box will show the details of the selected login information below.

en: The synchronization prefix has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.
en_GB: The synchronisation prefix has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.

en: The exclude pattern for synchronization has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.
en_GB: The exclude pattern for synchronisation has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.

en: The include pattern for synchronization has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.
en_GB: The include pattern for synchronisation has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.

en: The backup suffix for synchronization has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.
en_GB: The backup suffix for synchronisation has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.

en: The backup directory for synchronization has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.
en_GB: The backup directory for synchronisation has not been filled in.
    Please enter it now.

en: The advanced network neighborhood browser for KDE.
en_GB: The advanced network neighbourhood browser for KDE.

en: Advanced Network Neighborhood Browser
en_GB: Advanced Network Neighbourhood Browser

en: The search dialog could not be created.
en_GB: The search dialogue could not be created.

en: The password dialog mode is used and logins are remembered.
en_GB: The password dialogue mode is used and logins are remembered.

en: The password dialog mode is used and logins are not remembered.
en_GB: The password dialogue mode is used and logins are not remembered.

en: Synchronizing %1
en_GB: Synchronising %1

en: If you tick this checkbox, the share will be bookmarked and you can access it e.g. through the "Bookmarks" menu entry in the main window.
en_GB: If you tick this tickbox, the share will be bookmarked and you can access it e.g. through the "Bookmarks" menu entry in the main window.

en: Synchronize the destination with the source
en_GB: Synchronise the destination with the source

en: This is the file you want to print on the remote printer. Currently only a few mimetypes are supported such as PDF, Postscript, plain text, and images. If the file's mimetype is not supported, you need to convert it.
en_GB: This is the file you want to print on the remote printer. Currently only a few mimetypes are supported such as PDF, Postscript, plain text and images. If the file's mimetype is not supported, you need to convert it.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:131 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDiskUsage), group (UserInterface)
en: Show the space that is used on the share (as a percentage.)
en_GB: Show the space that is used on the share (as a percentage).

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:136 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreviewHiddenItems), group (UserInterface)
en: Display hidden files and directories in the preview dialog. The hidden files and directories are those whose names begin with a period.  They are usually needed for very specific purposes (storing the configuration information for an application, etc.). Since they are not of any importance for your regular work, you normally do not need to enable this feature.
en_GB: Display hidden files and directories in the preview dialogue. The hidden files and directories are those whose names begin with a full-stop.  They are usually needed for very specific purposes (storing the configuration information for an application, etc.). Since they are not of any importance for your regular work, you normally do not need to enable this feature.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:145 i18n: ectx: label, entry (LookupDomains), group (Network)
en: Scan the network neighborhood for available workgroups and domains
en_GB: Scan the network neighbourhood for available workgroups and domains

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:146 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LookupDomains), group (Network)
en: This is the default method to retrieve the initial browse list. It discovers all workgroups and domains by looking for all known master browsers on your network neighborhood.
en_GB: This is the default method to retrieve the initial browse list. It discovers all workgroups and domains by looking for all known master browsers on your network neighbourhood.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:176 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MasterBrowsersRequireAuth), group (Network)
en: The master browsers in your network neighborhood require a login to return the browse list. This setting is rarely needed and might even cause a master browser to return an empty browse list. It will not have any effect when you let Smb4K scan broadcast areas.
en_GB: The master browsers in your network neighbourhood require a login to return the browse list. This setting is rarely needed and might even cause a master browser to return an empty browse list. It will not have any effect when you let Smb4K scan broadcast areas.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:563 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NoInodeDataCaching), group (Samba)
en: Directly read from and write to files opened on the share. In some cases this can provide better performance than the default behavior which caches reads and writes.
en_GB: Directly read from and write to files opened on the share. In some cases this can provide better performance than the default behaviour which caches reads and writes.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:578 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CustomCIFSOptions), group (Samba)
en: Here you can enter advanced options for the CIFS file system in a comma-separated list (refer to the manual page of mount.cifs to learn more). The list will be added AS IS to the "-o" argument of mount.cifs. Please do not enter options that have already been defined in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Here you can enter advanced options for the CIFS file system in a comma-separated list (refer to the manual page of mount.cifs to learn more). The list will be added AS IS to the "-o" argument of mount.cifs. Please do not enter options that have already been defined in the configuration dialogue.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:667 i18n: ectx: label, entry (RsyncPrefix), group (Synchronization)
en: Synchronization prefix:
en_GB: Synchronisation prefix:

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:773 i18n: ectx: label, entry (RemoveSourceFiles), group (Synchronization)
en: Remove synchronized source files
en_GB: Remove synchronised source files

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:774 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RemoveSourceFiles), group (Synchronization)
en: Remove all synchronized source files (--remove-source-files). This tells rsync to remove from the sending side the non-directory items that are a part of the transfer and have been successfully duplicated on the receiving side.
en_GB: Remove all synchronised source files (--remove-source-files). This tells rsync to remove from the sending side the non-directory items that are a part of the transfer and have been successfully duplicated on the receiving side.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:779 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteExtraneous), group (Synchronization)
en: Delete extraneous files from destination (--delete). This tells rsync to delete all files from the receiving side that are not present on the sending side, but only for the directories that are being synchronized.
en_GB: Delete extraneous files from destination (--delete). This tells rsync to delete all files from the receiving side that are not present on the sending side, but only for the directories that are being synchronised.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:784 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteBefore), group (Synchronization)
en: Delete files on the receiving side before the transfer starts (--delete-before). This is the default behavior if --delete or --delete-excluded is specified without one of the --delete-WHEN options.
en_GB: Delete files on the receiving side before the transfer starts (--delete-before). This is the default behaviour if --delete or --delete-excluded is specified without one of the --delete-WHEN options.

note: i18n: file: core/smb4k.kcfg:847 i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (KeepPartial), group (Synchronization)
en: Keep partially transferred files (--partial). The default behavior is that any partially transferred file is deleted if the transfer is interrupted.
en_GB: Keep partially transferred files (--partial). The default behaviour is that any partially transferred file is deleted if the transfer is interrupted.

en: When you insert an audio CD, <application>Sound Juicer</application> will automatically retrieve the track data from <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink>. <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> is a free service that provides a database of data for most published CDs. <application>Sound Juicer</application> uses the CD's serial number and the positions and lengths of the tracks to match against CD in the <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> database.
en_GB: When you insert an audio CD, <application>Sound Juicer</application> will automatically retrieve the track data from <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink>. <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> is a free service that provides a database of data for most published CDs. <application>Sound Juicer</application> uses the CD's serial number and the positions and lengths of the tracks to match against CDs in the <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> database.

en: Occasionally, more than one CD will have the same layout. If more than one CD is found, <application>Sound Juicer</application> will present a dialog allowing you to choose which CD data to use. If the wrong CD is detected, or if <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> does not contain any matching CDs, you will have to enter the track information manually. Also, if you choose, you can add the information for the CD to <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> database with a banner that will appear.
en_GB: Occasionally, more than one CD will have the same layout. If more than one CD is found, <application>Sound Juicer</application> will present a dialogue allowing you to choose which CD data to use. If the wrong CD is detected, or if <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> does not contain any matching CDs, you will have to enter the track information manually. Also, if you choose, you can add the information for the CD to <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> database with a banner that will appear.

en: The top of the window contains text boxes for the title, artist, year, and genre of the CD. Below that is a list of the audio tracks on the CD. You can set the track title and artist for each track. <application>Sound Juicer</application> uses this information to name the files and folders where your music is stored. The track and album information is also encoded directly into the audio files. Many music players, including portable devices, use this information to organize and display the audio files.
en_GB: The top of the window contains text boxes for the title, artist, year, and genre of the CD. Below that is a list of the audio tracks on the CD. You can set the track title and artist for each track. <application>Sound Juicer</application> uses this information to name the files and folders where your music is stored. The track and album information is also encoded directly into the audio files. Many music players, including portable devices, use this information to organise and display the audio files.

en: When you edit the artist for the CD, the artist for each track is automatically updated, but only if they also matched before the change (so that changling the album artist of a compilation doesn't change all of the track artists too). Most CDs are by a single artist, and this feature saves you the time of entering the artist for each track.
en_GB: When you edit the artist for the CD, the artist for each track is automatically updated, but only if they also matched before the change (so that changing the album artist of a compilation doesn't change all of the track artists too). Most CDs are by a single artist, and this feature saves you the time of entering the artist for each track.

en: Some CDs, however, are compilations of songs by different artists. For these CDs, you will have to enter the artist for each track. To set the artist for a track, first select the track, then click on the artist. You can set the artist for the CD to a value like "Various" or simply leave it blank, depending on how you prefer to organize your music.
en_GB: Some CDs, however, are compilations of songs by different artists. For these CDs, you will have to enter the artist for each track. To set the artist for a track, first select the track, then click on the artist. You can set the artist for the CD to a value like "Various" or simply leave it blank, depending on how you prefer to organise your music.

en: If you choose to make a custom genre, it will be remembered and in the future.
en_GB: If you choose to make a custom genre, it will be remembered in the future.

en: Extracting a CD can take a long time, depending on the speed of your computer. You can safely minimize <application>Sound Juicer</application> or move to another workspace to continue using your computer while the audio is being extracted.
en_GB: Extracting a CD can take a long time, depending on the speed of your computer. You can safely minimise <application>Sound Juicer</application> or move to another workspace to continue using your computer while the audio is being extracted.

en: Whether or not to eject the CD when <application>Sound Juicer</application> is finished extracting,
en_GB: Whether to eject the CD when <application>Sound Juicer</application> is finished extracting,

en: Whether or not to open the music folder when <application>Sound Juicer</application> is finished extracting,
en_GB: Whether to open the music folder when <application>Sound Juicer</application> is finished extracting,

en: If you have multiple CD drives in your computer, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>CD drive</guilabel> under <guilabel>Device</guilabel> allows you to select which drive to use. The check boxes <guibutton>Eject when finished</guibutton> and <guibutton>Open music folder when finished </guibutton>allow you to control whether <application>Sound Juicer</application> will eject the CD from the drive, and whether it will open your music folder respectively, when it has finished extracting the audio files.
en_GB: If you have multiple CD drives in your computer, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>CD drive</guilabel> under <guilabel>Device</guilabel> allows you to select which drive to use. The check boxes <guibutton>Eject when finished</guibutton> and <guibutton>Open music folder when finished</guibutton> allow you to control whether <application>Sound Juicer</application> will eject the CD from the drive, and whether it will open your music folder, respectively, when it has finished extracting the audio files.

en: The <guilabel>Track Names</guilabel> section allows you to control how the files and folders are named. <application>Sound Juicer</application> can store audio files in seperate folders, helping you keep your music organized. You can choose how these folders are created and named using the <guilabel>Folder hierarchy</guilabel> drop-down list. By default, <application>Sound Juicer</application> creates a folder for the album artist and a subfolder for the album.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Track Names</guilabel> section allows you to control how the files and folders are named. <application>Sound Juicer</application> can store audio files in seperate folders, helping you keep your music organised. You can choose how these folders are created and named using the <guilabel>Folder hierarchy</guilabel> drop-down list. By default, <application>Sound Juicer</application> creates a folder for the album artist and a subfolder for the album.

en: At the bottom of the <guilabel>Track Names</guilabel> section, an example path is shown. This lets you know what a file name might look like and where it is placed, according to your settings for <guilabel> Folder hierarchy</guilabel>, <guilabel>File name</guilabel>, and <guibutton> Strip special characters</guibutton>.
en_GB: At the bottom of the <guilabel>Track Names</guilabel> section, an example path is shown. This lets you know what a file name might look like and where it is placed, according to your settings for <guilabel> Folder hierarchy</guilabel>, <guilabel>File name</guilabel>, and <guibutton>Strip special characters</guibutton>.

en: The AAC (short for Advanced Audio Coding) audio format is a standardized lossy format. It is a successor to the MP3 format and it achieves better sound quality than the MP3 format. Many software players and hardware players support the AAC format.
en_GB: The AAC (short for Advanced Audio Coding) audio format is a standardised lossy format. It is a successor to the MP3 format and it achieves better sound quality than the MP3 format. Many software players and hardware players support the AAC format.

en: You can click the <guibutton>Edit Profiles</guibutton> button to edit the available audio formats. The profile editor dialog provides direct access to the audio conversion. Profiles are defined with <application>GStreamer</application> pipelines. <application>GStreamer</application> is the underlying multimedia library used by <application>Sound Juicer</application> and other multimedia applications. A full explanation of audio profiles is outside the scope of this document.
en_GB: You can click the <guibutton>Edit Profiles</guibutton> button to edit the available audio formats. The profile editor dialogue provides direct access to the audio conversion. Profiles are defined with <application>GStreamer</application> pipelines. <application>GStreamer</application> is the underlying multimedia library used by <application>Sound Juicer</application> and other multimedia applications. A full explanation of audio profiles is outside the scope of this document.

en: Edit _Profiles...
en_GB: Edit _Profiles…

en: _Submit Track Names...
en_GB: _Submit Track Names…

en: Do not specify an extension. %at -- album title %aT -- album title (lowercase) %aa -- album artist %aA -- album artist (lowercase) %as -- album artist (sortable) %aS -- album artist (sortable lowercase) %tn -- track number (i.e 8) %tN -- track number, zero padded (i.e 08) %tt -- track title %tT -- track title (lowercase) %ta -- track artist %tA -- track artist (lowercase) %ts -- track artist (sortable) %tS -- track artist (sortable lowercase) %dn -- disc and track number (i.e Disk 2 - 6, or 6) %dN -- disc number, zero padded (i.e d02t06, or 06)
en_GB: Do not specify an extension. %at -- album title %aT -- album title (lowercase) %aa -- album artist %aA -- album artist (lowercase) %as -- album artist (sortable) %aS -- album artist (sortable lowercase) %tn -- track number (i.e 8) %tN -- track number, zero padded (i.e 08) %tt -- track title %tT -- track title (lowercase) %ta -- track artist %tA -- track artist (lowercase) %ts -- track artist (sortable) %tS -- track artist (sortable lowercase) %dn -- disc and track number (i.e. Disk 2 - 6, or 6) %dN -- disc number, zero padded (i.e d02t06, or 06)

en: Sound Juicer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Sound Juicer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Sound Juicer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Sound Juicer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

note: Set statusbar message
en: Retrieving track listing...please wait.
en_GB: Retrieving track listing…please wait.

en: File exists already
en_GB: File already exists

en: Conversion Canceled
en_GB: Conversion Cancelled

en: When an external application requests to download a file, start the download automatically instead of displaying the "Add File for Download" dialog.
en_GB: When an external application requests to download a file, start the download automatically instead of displaying the "Add File for Download" dialogue.

note: TRANSLATORS: "Planet name" displayed when "flying" to another planet with Ctrl+G.
en: SpaceShip
en_GB: Spaceship

en: This equation was published by P. M. Muller and F. R. Stephenson in the article <em>The accelerations of the earth and moon from early astronomical observations</em> (%1).
en_GB: This equation was published by P. M. Muller and F. R. Stephenson in the article <em>The accelerations of the Earth and Moon from early astronomical observations</em> (%1).

en: This formula was published by F. R. Stephenson and L. V. Morrison in the article <em>Long-term changes in the rotation of the earth - 700 B.C. to A.D. 1980</em> (%1).
en_GB: This formula was published by F. R. Stephenson and L. V. Morrison in the article <em>Long-term changes in the rotation of the Earth - 700 B.C. to A.D. 1980</em> (%1).

en: This formula was adopted by M. Chapront-Touze & J. Chapront in the shortened version of the ELP 2000-85 lunar theory in their <em>Lunar Tables and Programs from 4000 B.C. to A.D. 8000</em> (1991).
en_GB: This formula was adopted by M. Chapront-Touze & J. Chapront in the shortened version of the ELP 2000-85 lunar theory, presented in their <em>Lunar Tables and Programs from 4000 B.C. to A.D. 8000</em> (1991).

en: This solution by S. Islam, M. Sadiq and M. S. Qureshi, based on Meeus & Simons (2000), was published in article <em>Error Minimization of Polynomial Approximation of DeltaT</em> (%1) and revisited by Sana Islam in 2013.
en_GB: This solution by S. Islam, M. Sadiq and M. S. Qureshi, based on Meeus & Simons (2000), was published in article <em>Error Minimisation of Polynomial Approximation of DeltaT</em> (%1) and revisited by Sana Islam in 2013.

en: Stereographic projection is known since the antiquity and was originally known as the planisphere projection. It preserves the angles at which curves cross each other but it does not preserve area.
en_GB: Stereographic projection is known since antiquity and was originally known as the planisphere projection. It preserves the angles at which curves cross each other but it does not preserve area.

en: The mercator projection is one of the most used world map projection. It preserves direction and shapes but distorts size, in an increasing degree away from the equator.
en_GB: The Mercator projection is one of the most used world map projections. It preserves direction and shapes but distorts size, in an increasing degree away from the equator.

en: Galactic longitude/latitude: %1/%2
en_GB: Galactic Longitude/Latitude: %1/%2

en: Finished downloading new star catalogs!
    Restart Stellarium to display them.
en_GB: Finished downloading new star catalogues!
    Restart Stellarium to display them.

en: All available star catalogs have been installed.
en_GB: All available star catalogues have been installed.

en: Get catalog %1 of %2
en_GB: Get catalogue %1 of %2

en: The following links are external web links, and will launch your web browser:
en_GB: The following links are external Web links, and will launch your Web browser:

en: OSX Developer: %1
en_GB: OS X Developer: %1

en: The selected landscape could not be (completely) removed.
en_GB: The selected landscape could not be removed completely.

note: TRANSLATORS: The parameter is a file/directory path that may be quite long.
en: Stellarium cannot open for reading or writing %1
en_GB: Stellarium cannot open %1 for reading or writing

en: This script displays the constellations of the Zodiac. That means the constellations which lie along the line which the Sun traces across the celestial sphere over the course of a year.
en_GB: This script displays the constellations of the Zodiac. That means the constellations which lie along the line which the Sun traces across the celestial sphere, over the course of a year.

en: Phobos occultations of Earth are common, as are occultations of Jupiter. But occultations of both on the same day are very rare. Here's one that takes place 1/23/2048. In real speed.
en_GB: Phobos occultations of Earth are common, as are occultations of Jupiter. But occultations of both on the same day are very rare. Here is one that takes place 1/23/2048. In real speed.

en: Phobos races ahead of Mars and transits the sun, passes through it and then retrogrades back towards the sun and just partially transits it again (only seen in the southern hemisphere of Deimos), then Mars totally eclipses the sun while Phobos transits in darkness between Mars and Deimos. When Phobos emerges from Mars it is still eclipsed and dimmed in Mars' shadow, only to light up later.
en_GB: Phobos races ahead of Mars and transits the Sun, passes through it and then retrogrades back towards the Sun and just partially transits it again (only seen in the southern hemisphere of Deimos). Then Mars totally eclipses the Sun while Phobos transits in darkness between Mars and Deimos. When Phobos emerges from Mars it is still eclipsed and dimmed in Mars' shadow, only to light up later.

en: Flash of the supernova observed by Tycho Brahe in 1572. The Supernovae plugin has to be enabled.
en_GB: Flash of the supernova observed by Tycho Brahe in 1572. The Supernovae plug-in has to be enabled.

en: Center on selected object
en_GB: Centre on selected object

en: Move a telescope to a given set of coordinates
en_GB: Move telescope to a given set of coordinates

en: You can enter values in decimal degrees, or using dms format, for example: +1d 12m 8s
en_GB: You can enter values in decimal degrees or using dms format. For example: +1d 12m 8s

en: Enter the altitude in meter
en_GB: Enter the altitude in metres

en: Name/City:
en_GB: Name/Town:

en: The direction you're looking when Stellarium starts
en_GB: The direction you're looking in when Stellarium starts

en: Right ascension/Declination (J2000)
en_GB: Right Ascension/Declination (J2000)

en: Catalog number(s)
en_GB: Catalogue number(s)

en: Right ascension/Declination (of date)
en_GB: Right Ascension/Declination (of date)

en: Mask out everything outside a central circle in the main view
en_GB: Mask everything outside a central circle in the main view

en: When enabled, the "auto zoom out" key will also set the initial viewing direction
en_GB: When enabled, the "auto zoom out" key will also set the initial viewing direction.

en: Display solar shadows on planets and moons (For that feature needed OpenGL version 2 or higher)
en_GB: Display solar shadows on planets and moons (For that feature OpenGL version 2 or higher is needed)

en: Star catalog updates
en_GB: Star catalogue updates

en: Add/Remove Landscapes
en_GB: Add/remove landscapes

note: TRANSLATORS: Satellite group: Satellites belonging to the GPS constellation (the Global Positioning System)
en: gps
en_GB: GPS

note: TRANSLATORS: Satellite group: Satellites belonging to the Iridium constellation (Iridium is a proper name)
en: iridium
en_GB: Iridium

note: TRANSLATORS: The translated names of the button and the tab are filled in automatically. You can check the original names in Stellarium. File names are not translated.
en: Clicking the "%1" button in the "%2" tab of this dialog will revert to the default %3 file.  The old file will be backed up as %4.  This can be found in the user data directory, under "modules/Satellites/".
en_GB: Clicking the "%1" button in the "%2" tab of this dialogue will revert to the default %3 file.  The old file will be backed up as %4.  This can be found in the user data directory, under "modules/Satellites/".

en: The Satellites plugin is still under development.  Some features are incomplete, missing or buggy.
en_GB: The Satellites plug-in is still under development.  Some features are incomplete, missing or buggy.

en: 1. Make sure the satellite(s) you wish to add are included in one of the URLs listed in the Sources tab of the satellites configuration dialog. 2. Go to the Satellites tab, and click the '+' button.  Select the satellite(s) you wish to add and select the "add" button.
en_GB: 1. Make sure the satellite(s) you wish to add are included in one of the URLs listed in the Sources tab of the satellites configuration dialog. 2. Go to the Satellites tab, and click the '+' button. Select the satellite(s) you wish to add and select the "add" button.

en: Catalog Number: %1
en_GB: Catalogue Number: %1

en: Catalog number:
en_GB: Catalogue number:

en: This plug-in allows Stellarium to send "slew" commands to a telescope on a computerized mount (a "GoTo telescope").
en_GB: This plug-in allows Stellarium to send "slew" commands to a telescope on a computerised mount (a "GoTo telescope").

en: Move telescope #%1 to the point currently in the center of the screen
en_GB: Move telescope #%1 to the point currently in the centre of the screen

en: error, unknown color part "%1"
en_GB: error, unknown colour part "%1"

en: An interface for adding asteroids and comets to Stellarium. It can download object lists from the Minor Planet Center's website and perform searches in its online database. Still a work in progress.
en_GB: An interface for adding asteroids and comets to Stellarium. It can download object lists from the Minor Planet Center's Web site and perform searches in its online database. Still a work in progress.

en: This plugin allows you to see some bright historical supernovae.
en_GB: This plug-in allows you to see some bright historical supernovae.

en: This plugin allows you to see some bright historical supernovae:
en_GB: This plug-in allows you to see some bright historical supernovae:

note: TRANSLATORS: The numbers contain the opening and closing tag of an HTML link
en: If you want to read full information about this plugin, its history and format of catalog, you can %1get info here%2.
en_GB: If you want to read full information about this plugin, its history and format of catalogue, you can %1get info here%2.

en: Update catalog from Internet
en_GB: Update catalogue from Internet

en: A plugin that shows some bright novae in the Milky Way galaxy.
en_GB: A plug-in that shows some bright novae in the Milky Way galaxy.

en: This plugin uses a very simple model for calculation of light curves for novae stars.
en_GB: This plug-in uses a very simple model for calculation of light curves for novae stars.

en: If a nova has no values for decay of magnitude then this plugin will use generalized values for it.
en_GB: If a nova has no values for decay of magnitude then this plug-in will use generalised values for it.

note: TRANSLATORS: The numbers contain the opening and closing tag of an HTML link
en: If you want to read full information about this plugin, its history and catalog format, you can %1get info here%2.
en_GB: If you want to read full information about this plug-in, its history and catalogue format, you can %1get info here%2.

en: The Quasars plugin provides visualization of some quasars brighter than 16 visual magnitude. A catalogue of quasars compiled from "Quasars and Active Galactic Nuclei" (13th Ed.)
en_GB: The Quasars plugin provides visualisation of some quasars brighter than 16 visual magnitude. A catalogue of quasars compiled from "Quasars and Active Galactic Nuclei" (13th Ed.)

note: TRANSLATORS: The numbers contain the opening and closing tag of an HTML link
en: If you want read full information about plugin, his history and format of catalog you can %1get info here%2.
en_GB: If you want read full information about plugin, his history and format of catalogue you can %1get info here%2.

en: NASA's Exoplanet Exploration Program
en_GB: NASA's Exoplanet Exploration Programme

en: The Habitable Exoplanets Catalog
en_GB: The Habitable Exoplanets Catalogue

en: Reports an analysis of source observability (rise, set, and transit times), as well as the epochs of year when the source is best observed. It assumes that a source is observable if it is above the horizon during a fraction of the night. The plugin also gives the day for largest separation from the Sun and the days of Acronychal and Cosmical rise/set.<br><br> An explanation of the quantities shown by this script is given in the 'About' tab of the configuration window
en_GB: Reports an analysis of source observability (rise, set, and transit times), as well as the epochs of year when the source is best observed. It assumes that a source is observable if it is above the horizon during a fraction of the night. The plug-in also gives the day for largest separation from the Sun and the days of Acronychal and Cosmical rise/set.<br><br> An explanation of the quantities shown by this script is given in the 'About' tab of the configuration window

en: Plugin that analyzes the observability of the selected source (or the screen center, if no source is selected). The plugin can show rise, transit, and set times, as well as the best epoch of the year (i.e., largest angular separation from the Sun), the date range when the source is above the horizon at dark night, and the dates of Acronychal and Cosmical rise/set.<br>Ephemeris of the Solar-System objects and parallax effects are taken into account.<br><br> The author thanks Alexander Wolf and Georg Zotti for their advice.<br><br>Ivan Marti-Vidal (Onsala Space Observatory)
en_GB: Plug-in that analyses the observability of the selected source (or the screen centre, if no source is selected). The plug-in can show rise, transit, and set times, as well as the best epoch of the year (i.e., largest angular separation from the Sun), the date range when the source is above the horizon at dark night, and the dates of Acronychal and Cosmical rise/set.<br>Ephemeris of the Solar-System objects and parallax effects are taken into account.<br><br> The author thanks Alexander Wolf and Georg Zotti for their advice.<br><br>Ivan Marti-Vidal (Onsala Space Observatory)

en: Font color and size
en_GB: Font colour and size

en: Lace-work nebula
en_GB: Lacework nebula

en: Pin-wheel nebula
en_GB: Pinwheel nebula

en: Coddington's nebula
en_GB: Coddington's Nebula

en: Fleming's Triangular nebula
en_GB: Fleming's Triangular Nebula

en: Graff's cluster
en_GB: Graff's Cluster

en: Armory
en_GB: Armoury

en: Rigil Kent
en_GB: Rigil Kentaurus

en: Kruger 60
en_GB: Krüger 60

note: TRANS: multiplication symbol (default: '×')
en: mul_sym
en_GB: ×

note: TRANS: division symbol (default: '÷')
en: div_sym
en_GB: ÷

note: TRANS: equal symbol (default: '=')
en: equ_sym
en_GB: =

note: TRANS: The format used to display the weekday and date (example: Tuesday 10/21/2008) We recommend to use the same font size as for the time display.  See http://docs.python.org/lib/module-time.html for available
en: <markup><span lang="en" font_desc="Sans 20"><span foreground="#B20008">%A</span>, <span foreground="#5E008C">%m</span>/<span foreground="#B20008">%d</span>/<span foreground="#9A5200">%Y</span></span></markup>
en_GB: <markup><span lang="en" font_desc="Sans 20"><span foreground="#B20008">%A</span>, <span foreground="#5E008C">%d</span>/<span foreground="#B20008">%m</span>/<span foreground="#9A5200">%Y</span></span></markup>

note: TRANS: The rules to print the time in the localized language. Example syntax: time(h, 15) => a quarter to hour(h) am_pm(h) | The left hand side of the rule defines a pattern with a variable 'h' and a value '15'. The right hand side, when applied, will use the text "a quarter to " and call the first 
en: time(h, m) => What Time Is It?
en_GB:         time(12, 0) => <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour(12)</span> |
            time(0, 0) => <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour(0)</span> |
            time(h, 0) => <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour(h)</span> o'clock am_pm(h) |
            time(h, m) [m < 31] => <span foreground="\#00B20D">min(m)</span> past <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour(h)</span> am_pm(h) |
            time(h, m) [30 < m] => <span foreground="\#00B20D">min(m)</span> to <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour1(h)</span> am_pm(h) |
            min(1) => one minute |
            min(2) => two minutes |
            min(3) => three minutes |
            min(4) => four minutes |
            min(5) => five minutes |
            min(6) => six minutes |
            min(7) => seven minutes |
            min(8) => eight minutes |
            min(9) => nine minutes |
            min(10) => ten minutes |
            min(11) => eleven minutes |
            min(12) => twelve minutes |
            min(13) => thirteen minutes |
            min(14) => fourteen minutes |
            min(15) => a quarter |
            min(16) => sixteen minutes |
            min(17) => seventeen minutes |
            min(18) => eighteen minutes |
            min(19) => nineteen minutes |
            min(20) => twenty minutes |
            min(21) => twenty-one minutes |
            min(22) => twenty-two minutes |
            min(23) => twenty-three minutes |
            min(24) => twenty-four minutes |
            min(25) => twenty-five minutes |
            min(26) => twenty-six minutes |
            min(27) => twenty-seven minutes |
            min(28) => twenty-eight minutes |
            min(29) => twenty-nine minutes |
            min(30) => half |
            min(31) => twenty-nine minutes |
            min(32) => twenty-eight minutes |
            min(33) => twenty-seven minutes |
            min(34) => twenty-six minutes |
            min(35) => twenty-five minutes |
            min(36) => twenty-four minutes |
            min(37) => twenty-three minutes |
            min(38) => twenty-two minutes |
            min(39) => twenty-one minutes |
            min(40) => twenty minutes |
            min(41) => nineteen minutes |
            min(42) => eighteen minutes |
            min(43) => seventeen minutes |
            min(44) => thirteen minutes |
            min(45) => a quarter |
            min(46) => fourteen minutes |
            min(47) => thirteen minutes |
            min(48) => twelve minutes |
            min(49) => eleven minutes |
            min(50) => ten minutes |
            min(51) => nine minutes |
            min(52) => eight minutes |
            min(53) => seven minutes |
            min(54) => six minutes |
            min(55) => five minutes |
            min(56) => four minutes |
            min(57) => three minutes |
            min(58) => two minutes |
            min(59) => one minute |
            min(60) => sixty minutes |
            hour(0) => midnight |
            hour(1) => one |
            hour(2) => two |
            hour(3) => three |
            hour(4) => four |
            hour(5) => five |
            hour(6) => six |
            hour(7) => seven |
            hour(8) => eight |
            hour(9) => nine |
            hour(10) => ten |
            hour(11) => eleven |
            hour(12) => noon |
            hour(13) => one |
            hour(14) => two |
            hour(15) => three |
            hour(16) => four |
            hour(17) => five |
            hour(18) => six |
            hour(19) => seven |
            hour(20) => eight |
            hour(21) => nine |
            hour(22) => ten |
            hour(23) => eleven |
            hour1(0) => one |
            hour1(1) => two |
            hour1(2) => three |
            hour1(3) => four |
            hour1(4) => five |
            hour1(5) => six |
            hour1(6) => seven |
            hour1(7) => eight |
            hour1(8) => nine |
            hour1(9) => ten |
            hour1(10) => eleven |
            hour1(11) => noon |
            hour1(12) => one |
            hour1(13) => two |
            hour1(14) => three |
            hour1(15) => four |
            hour1(16) => five |
            hour1(17) => six |
            hour1(18) => seven |
            hour1(19) => eight |
            hour1(20) => nine |
            hour1(21) => ten |
            hour1(22) => eleven |
            hour1(23) => midnight |
            am_pm(h) [ h < 12] => AM |
            am_pm(_) => PM

en: The Chart view shows the proportion of your expenses that is in each category.
    You can categorize transactions in the Register view.
en_GB: The Chart view shows the proportion of your expenses that is in each category.
    You can categorise transactions in the Register view.

en:  %B %d, %Y
en_GB:  %d %B %Y

en: soccer ball
en_GB: football

en: New catalog list %s was found
en_GB: New catalogue list %s was found

en: Sorry, we only found english books.
en_GB: Sorry, we only found English books.

note: TRANS: "summary" option from activity.info file TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: Is it possible to have my own encyclopedia? Yes! Find your favorite information on the web and package it with InfoSlicer creating incredible collections.
en_GB: Is it possible to have my own encyclopaedia? Yes! Find your favorite information on the web and package it with InfoSlicer creating incredible collections.

en: Mark arcticles from "Custom" panel and try again.
en_GB: Mark articles from "Custom" panel and try again.

note: TRANS: "summary" option from activity.info file TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: Be a DJ, be a VJ. Play your favorite videos and songs. Share with your friends the songs you love, watch movies and educational videos together, and much more!
en_GB: Be a DJ, be a VJ. Play your favourite videos and songs. Share with your friends the songs you love, watch movies and educational videos together, and much more!

en: Set font color
en_GB: Set font colour

en: Set background color
en_GB: Set background colour

en: Choose Color
en_GB: Choose Colour

note: TRANS: "summary" option from activity.info file TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: oscilloscope program for visualizing microphone input
en_GB: oscilloscope program for visualising microphone input

note: TRANS: "name" option from activity.info file
en: Memorize
en_GB: Memorise

note: TRANS: "summary" option from activity.info file TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: scaled images of a ruler, protractor, and a checker board
en_GB: scaled images of a ruler, protractor, and a chequer board

note: TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: Speak is a talking face for the XO laptop. Anything you type will be spoken aloud using the XO's speech synthesizer, espeak. You can adjust the accent, rate and pitch of the voice as well as the shape of the eyes and mouth. This is a great way to experiment with the speech synthesizer, learn to type or just have fun making a funny face for your XO.
en_GB: Speak is a talking face for the XO laptop. Anything you type will be spoken aloud using the XO's speech synthesizer, espeak. You can adjust the accent, rate and pitch of the voice as well as the shape of the eyes and mouth. This is a great way to experiment with the speech synthesiser, learn to type or just have fun making a funny face for your XO.

en: returns the gray level as a value between 0 and 65535
en_GB: returns the grey level as a value between 0 and 65535

en: Error on initialization of the camera
en_GB: Error on initialisation of the camera

en: return a personalized calibration
en_GB: return a personalised calibration

en: follow a color or calibration
en_GB: follow a colour or calibration

en: set a threshold for a RGB color
en_GB: set a threshold for a RGB colour

en: average color
en_GB: average colour

en: if set to 0 then color averaging is off during calibration;for other values, it is on
en_GB: if set to 0 then colour averaging is off during calibration;for other values, it is on

en: set the color mode of the camera to RGB
en_GB: set the colour mode of the camera to RGB

en: set the color mode of the camera to YUV
en_GB: set the colour mode of the camera to YUV

en: set the color mode of the camera to HSV
en_GB: set the colour mode of the camera to HSV

en: get color
en_GB: get colour

en: get the color of an object
en_GB: get the colour of an object

en: color distance
en_GB: colour distance

en: set the distance to identify a color
en_GB: set the distance to identify a colour

en: Returns the distance of the signal to the camera in millimeters
en_GB: Returns the distance of the signal to the camera in milimetres

en: angle to center
en_GB: angle to centre

en: get the angle to the center of the dohyo
en_GB: get the angle to the centre of the dohyo

en: distance to center
en_GB: distance to centre

en: get the distance to the center of the dohyo
en_GB: get the distance to the centre of the dohyo

en: synchronize two motors connected in PORT B and PORT C
en_GB: synchronise two motors connected in PORT B and PORT C

en: gray sensor
en_GB: grey sensor

en: color sensor
en_GB: colour sensor

en: Set color sensor light.
en_GB: Set colour sensor light.

en: Read value from analog port. Value may be between 0 and 1.
en_GB: Read value from analogue port. Value may be between 0 and 1.

en: read analog input 1 voltage
en_GB: read analogue input 1 voltage

en: read analog input 2 voltage
en_GB: read analogue input 2 voltage

en: read analog sensor input voltage
en_GB: read analogue sensor input voltage

en: A Logo-inspired turtle that draws colorful pictures with snap-together visual programming blocks
en_GB: A Logo-inspired turtle that draws colourful pictures with snap-together visual programming blocks

en: turns turtle counterclockwise (angle in degrees)
en_GB: turns turtle anticlockwise (angle in degrees)

en: moves turtle to position xcor, ycor; (0, 0) is in the center of the screen.
en_GB: moves turtle to position xcor, ycor; (0, 0) is in the centre of the screen.

en: fills the background with (color, shade)
en_GB: fills the background with (colour, shade)

en: set color
en_GB: set colour

en: sets color of the line drawn by the turtle
en_GB: sets colour of the line drawn by the turtle

en: set gray
en_GB: set grey

en: sets gray level of the line drawn by the turtle
en_GB: sets grey level of the line drawn by the turtle

en: holds current pen color (can be used in place of a number block)
en_GB: holds current pen colour (can be used in place of a number block)

en: holds current gray level (can be used in place of a number block)
en_GB: holds current grey level (can be used in place of a number block)

en: Palette of pen colors
en_GB: Palette of pen colours

en: connects action to toolbar run buttons
en_GB: connects action to tool-bar run buttons

en: trash
en_GB: wastebasket

en: empty trash
en_GB: empty wastebasket

en: permanently deletes items in trash
en_GB: permanently deletes items in wastebasket

en: restore all blocks from trash
en_GB: restore all blocks from wastebasket

en: move all blocks to trash
en_GB: move all blocks to wastebasket

en: Restore blocks from trash
en_GB: Restore all blocks from wastebasket

en: Average RGB color from camera is pushed to the stack
en_GB: Average RGB colour from camera is pushed to the stack

en: RGB color under the turtle is pushed to the stack
en_GB: RGB colour under the turtle is pushed to the stack

en: returns the color that the turtle "sees"
en_GB: returns the colour that the turtle "sees"

en: emptys FILO (first-in-last-out heap)
en_GB: empties FILO (first-in-last-out heap)

en: declutters canvas by hiding blocks
en_GB: de-clutters canvas by hiding blocks

en: hides the Sugar toolbars
en_GB: hides the Sugar tool-bars

en: uturn
en_GB: U- turn

en: make a uturn
en_GB: make a U-turn

en: u turn
en_GB: U-turn

en: set text color
en_GB: set text colour

en: sets color of text drawn by the turtle
en_GB: sets colour of text drawn by the turtle

en: returns the object gray level as a number between 0 and 1023
en_GB: returns the object grey level as a number between 0 and 1023

en: synchronize
    
    motors
en_GB: synchronise two motors

en: Get battery level of the brick
en_GB: Get battery level of brick.

en: set the speed of the Butia motors as a value between 0 and 1023, passed by an argument
en_GB: set the speed of the Butia motors to a value between 0 and 1023, passed by an argument

en: follow a RGB color
en_GB: follow a RGB colour

en: synchronize motors
    steering
en_GB: synchronise motors
    steering

en: follow a turtle color
en_GB: follow a turtle colour

en: calibrate a color to follow
en_GB: calibrate a colour to follow

en: Get the angle to the center of the opponent.
en_GB: Get the angle to the centre of the opponent.

en: holds current text color (can be used in place of a number block)
en_GB: holds current text colour (can be used in place of a number block)

en: bottom block in a collapsibe stack: click to collapse
en_GB: bottom block in a collapsible stack: click to collapse

en: Trashcan
en_GB: Trash-can

en: Center justify
en_GB: Centre justify

en: Save colors
en_GB: Save colours

en: Saving colors
en_GB: Saving colours

en: Do you want to save these colors?
en_GB: Do you want to save these colours?

en: A restart is required before your new colors will appear.
en_GB: A restart is required before your new colours will appear.

en: Same GNOME is a puzzle game, of which the objective is to clear the window of as many pieces as possible by clicking on groups of the same colored pieces. That group will vanish and the pieces on top will fall until there are none left or no more color groups.
en_GB: Same GNOME is a puzzle game, of which the objective is to clear the window of as many pieces as possible by clicking on groups of the same coloured pieces. That group will vanish and the pieces on top will fall until there are none left or no more colour groups.

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">copy of this license</ulink> is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">copy of this licence</ulink> is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: Your desktop configuration has successfully been updated,
    but you must restart the X Window System for the changes
    to take effect.
en_GB: Your desktop configuration has successfully been updated.
    You must restart the X Window System for the changes
    to take effect.

en: Your desktop configuration cannot be updated, please make sure that the package switchdesk has correctly been installed on the machine.
en_GB: Your desktop configuration cannot be updated. Please make sure that the package 'switchdesk' has been correctly installed on the machine.

en: _Change only applies to current display
en_GB: _Change applies only to current display

en: You haven't selected a sync service or device yet. Sync services let you synchronize your data between your netbook and a web service. You can also sync directly with some devices.
en_GB: You haven't selected a sync service or device yet. Sync services let you synchronise your data between your netbook and a web service. You can also sync directly with some devices.

en: Server authorization failed
en_GB: Server authorisation failed

en: Google Sync can back up and synchronize your contacts with your Gmail contacts.
en_GB: Google Sync can back up and synchronise your contacts with your Gmail contacts.

en: Fill color of the layer
en_GB: Fill colour of the layer

en: Center of the circle
en_GB: Centre of the circle

en: unable to initialize
en_GB: unable to initialise

en: Color of the text
en_GB: Colour of the text

en: Hi-Color
en_GB: Hi-Colour

en: Lo-Color
en_GB: Lo-Colour

en: Defines the where the center will be
en_GB: Defines the where the centre will be

en: Inside Color
en_GB: Inside Colour

en: Color of the Set
en_GB: Colour of the Set

en: Outside Color
en_GB: Outside Colour

en: Color outside the Set
en_GB: Colour outside the Set

en: Color Inside
en_GB: Colour Inside

en: Color Outside
en_GB: Colour Outside

en: Color Cycle
en_GB: Colour Cycle

en: Smooth the coloration outside the set
en_GB: Smooth the colouration outside the set

en: Where the sphere distortion is centered
en_GB: Where the sphere distortion is centred

en: When cheked, the area outside the Radius are not distorted
en_GB: When checked, the area outside the Radius is not distorted

en: Size of the stretch relative to its Center
en_GB: Size of the stretch relative to its Centre

en: Where the stretch distortion is centered
en_GB: Where the stretch distortion is centred

en: Lenght of the loop
en_GB: Length of the loop

en: When checked, loops are mirrored centered at Local Time
en_GB: When checked, loops are mirrored centred on Local Time

en: How much is expanded the result perpendicular to the source line
en_GB: How much the result is expanded perpendicularly to the source line

en: When checked, renders quickly but with artifacts
en_GB: When checked, renders quickly but with artefacts

en: Center of the pattern
en_GB: Centre of the pattern

en: Color Correct
en_GB: Colour Correct

en: Light Color
en_GB: Light Colour

en:  Color
en_GB:  Colour

en: Color of checkers
en_GB: Colour of checkers

en: Center of the checkers
en_GB: Centre of the checkers

en: Determines the interpolation between withpoints. (0) Linear (1) Smooth
en_GB: Determines the interpolation between width points. (0) Linear (1) Smooth

en: When checked outline renders faster, but less accurate
en_GB: When checked outline renders faster, but less accurately

en: Center of the cone
en_GB: Centre of the cone

en: Rotation of the gradient around the center
en_GB: Rotation of the gradient around the centre

en: When checked the gradient is summetrical at the center
en_GB: When checked the gradient is symmetrical at the centre

en: Center of the gradient
en_GB: Centre of the gradient

en: Increase to obtain fine details of the noise
en_GB: Increase to obtain finer details of the noise

en: Gradient to be used for coloring the plant
en_GB: Gradient to be used for colouring the plant

en: Layer_Shape Color
en_GB: Layer_Shape Colour

en: Size of Color mismatch (app:%d, lib:%d)
en_GB: Size of Colour mismatch (app:%d, lib:%d)

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "Module"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "Module"

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "Layers"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "Layers"

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "Targets"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "Targets"

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "Importers"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "Importers"

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "ValueNodes"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "ValueNodes"

en: %0.2f%% Gray
en_GB: %0.2f%% Grey

en: Target initialization failure
en_GB: Target initialisation failure

en: Gradient Color
en_GB: Gradient Colour

en: Left Hand Side of the add
en_GB: Left Hand Side of the addition

en: Right Hand Side of the add
en_GB: Right Hand Side of the addition

en: Value that multiplies the add
en_GB: Value that multiplies the addition

en: First operand of the AND operation
en_GB: First operand of the conjunction

en: Second operand of the AND operation
en_GB: Second operand of the conjunction

en: When checked, the amount would loop
en_GB: When checked, the amount loops

en: The red component of the color
en_GB: The red component of the colour

en: The green component of the color
en_GB: The green component of the colour

en: The blue component of the color
en_GB: The blue component of the colour

en: The alpha of the color
en_GB: The alpha of the colour

en: Defines the Off and On position relative to neighbours
en_GB: Defines the Off and On positions relative to neighbours

en: The left side of the comparison
en_GB: The left hand side of the comparison

en: The right side of the comparison
en_GB: The right hand side of the comparison

en: Value node used to do the NOT operation
en_GB: Value node to negate

en: Value node used for the OR boolean operation
en_GB: Value node used for the disjunction

en: Specifies how much biased is the source gradeint in the repetition [0,1]
en_GB: Specifies how much biased is the source gradient in the repetition [0,1]

en: When checked, 'Start Color' is used as the start of the resulting gradient
en_GB: When checked, 'Start Colour' is used as the start of the resulting gradient

en: When checked, 'End Color' is used as the start of the resulting gradient
en_GB: When checked, 'End Colour' is used as the start of the resulting gradient

en: Start Color
en_GB: Start Colour

en: End Color
en_GB: End Colour

en: The Segment where the tangent is linked to
en_GB: The Segment the tangent is linked to

en: The Segment where the vertex is linked to
en_GB: The Segment the vertex is linked to

en: The angle where the sine is calculated from
en_GB: The angle the sine is calculated from

en: Value that define whether the step is centerd on the value [0,1]
en_GB: Value that define whether the step is centred on the value [0,1]

en: One color of the gradient stripes
en_GB: One colour of the gradient stripes

en: Other color of the gradient stripes
en_GB: Other colour of the gradient stripes

en: The start color of the gradient
en_GB: The start colour of the gradient

en: The end color of the gradient
en_GB: The end colour of the gradient

en: The vector where the angle is calculated from
en_GB: The vector the angle is calculated from

en: The vector where the length is calculated from
en_GB: The vector the length is calculated from

en: The vector where the X coordinate is extracted from
en_GB: The vector the X coordinate is extracted from

en: The vector where the Y coordinate is extracted from
en_GB: The vector the Y coordinate is extracted from

en: Copyright 2001-2013
    Robert B. Quattlebaum Jr.,
    Adrian Bentley and Synfig contributors
en_GB: Copyright 2001-2013
     Robert B. Quattlebaum Jr.,
     Adrian Bentley and Synfig contributors

en: Keyframe Dialog
en_GB: Keyframe Dialogue

en: <b>Time settings</b>
en_GB: b>Time settings</b>

en: Visually Linear Color Selection
en_GB: Visually Linear Colour Selection

en: Frames per second of the new created document
en_GB: Frames per second of the newly created document

en: Add Color
en_GB: Add Colour

en: Add current outline color
    to the palette
en_GB: Add current outline colour
    to the palette

en: You have given the file name an extension
    which I do not recognize. Are you sure this is what you want?
en_GB: You have given the file name an extension
    which I do not recognise. Are you sure this is what you want?

en: Unable to set layer color
en_GB: Unable to set layer colour

en: Swap Fill and
    Outline Colors
en_GB: Swap Fill and
    Outline Colours

en: Reset Colors to Black and White
en_GB: Reset Colours to Black and White

en: Failed to initialize synfig!
en_GB: Failed to initialise synfig!

en: Init About Dialog...
en_GB: Init About Dialogue...

en: Init Color Dialog...
en_GB: Init Colour Dialogue...

en: Init Gradient Dialog...
en_GB: Init Gradient Dialogue...

en: Init Setup Dialog...
en_GB: Init Setup Dialogue...

en: Init Input Dialog...
en_GB: Init Input Dialogue...

en: Shows the Render Settings Dialog
en_GB: Shows the Render Settings Dialogue

en: Shows the Preview Settings Dialog
en_GB: Shows the Preview Settings Dialogue

en: Lock past  keyframes
en_GB: Lock past keyframes

en: Metallballs Layer
en_GB: Metaballs Layer

en: Color Correct Layer
en_GB: Colour Correct Layer

en: Luna Key Layer
en_GB: Luma Key Layer

en: Solid Color Layer
en_GB: Solid Colour Layer

en: Preview Options Dialog
en_GB: Preview Options Dialogue

en: Render Options Dialog
en_GB: Render Options Dialogue

en: Const interpolation
en_GB: Constant interpolation

en: A Activepoint already exists at this point in time
en_GB: An Activepoint already exists at this point in time

en: Apply Outline Color
en_GB: Apply Outline Colour

en: Apply Fill Color
en_GB: Apply Fill Colour

en: Layer did not recognize parameter name
en_GB: Layer did not recognise parameter name

en: ValueDesc is not recognized or supported.
en_GB: ValueDesc is not recognised or supported.

en: It is forbidden to set lower boundary equal or bigger than upper boundary
en_GB: It is forbidden to set lower boundary equal or superior to upper boundary

en: DNS Configuration File %s Initialisation Error:
en_GB: DNS Configuration File %s Initialization Error:

en: DNS Configuration Initialisation Error:
en_GB: DNS Configuration Initialization Error:

note: both "." (hint) and "." (master zone) specified - named_checkconf does not complain, named starts, but named gets really screwed all other duplicate zones are not tolerated by named-checkconf & named
en: Zone File Initialisation Error:
en_GB: Zone File Initialization Error:

en: Zone File Initialisation %s:
en_GB: Zone File Initialization %s:

en:  If no forwarders statement is present or an empty list for forwarders is given, then no forwarding will be done for the domain, canceling the effects of any forwarders in the options statement.
en_GB:  If no forwarders statement is present or an empty list for forwarders is given, then no forwarding will be done for the domain, cancelling the effects of any forwarders in the options statement.

en:  Thus if you want to use this type of zone to change the behavior of the global forward option (that is, "forward first to", then "forward only", or vice versa, but want to use the same servers as set globally) you need to respecify the global forwarders.
en_GB:  Thus if you want to use this type of zone to change the behaviour of the global forward option (that is, "forward first to", then "forward only", or vice versa, but want to use the same servers as set globally) you need to respecify the global forwarders.

en:  You can set particular domains to use different forwarders, or have a different forward only/first behavior, or not forward at all.
en_GB:  You can set particular domains to use different forwarders, or have a different forward only/first behaviour, or not forward at all.

en: Failed to synchronize hardware clock. This may be because there is no hardware clock accessible, e.g. when running in a virtualized environment.
en_GB: Failed to synchronise hardware clock. This may be because there is no hardware clock accessible, e.g. when running in a virtualised environment.

en: S_ynchronize date and time over the network
en_GB: S_ynchronise date and time over the network

en: Synchronize date and time on your computer with a remote time server using the Network Time Protocol:
en_GB: Synchronise date and time on your computer with a remote time server using the Network Time Protocol:

en: Firewall authorization
en_GB: Firewall authorisation

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: A firewall allows other computers to access selected services on your computer and helps to prevent unauthorized access beyond these selections. Select the services to which the firewall should allow access.
en_GB: A firewall allows other computers to access selected services on your computer and helps to prevent unauthorised access beyond these selections. Select the services to which the firewall should allow access.

en: A firewall protects against unauthorized network intrusions. Enabling a firewall blocks all incoming connections. Disabling a firewall allows all connections and is not recommended.
en_GB: A firewall protects against unauthorised network intrusions. Enabling a firewall blocks all incoming connections. Disabling a firewall allows all connections and is not recommended.

en: Select <i>"Expert"</i> if you are familiar with firewall configurations or if you need to add user customized rules. Otherwise, choose <i>"Beginner"</i>.
en_GB: Select <i>"Expert"</i> if you are familiar with firewall configurations or if you need to add user customised rules. Otherwise, choose <i>"Beginner"</i>.

en: _Behavior:
en_GB: _Behaviour:

en: Basic Settings
en_GB: Basic settings

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Arabic (azerty)
en_GB: Arabic (azerty)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Arabic (azerty/digits)
en_GB: Arabic (azerty/digits)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Arabic (digits)
en_GB: Arabic (digits)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Arabic (qwerty)
en_GB: Arabic (qwerty)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Arabic (qwerty/digits)
en_GB: Arabic (qwerty/digits)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Belgian (be-latin1)
en_GB: Belgian (be-latin1)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Bengali (Inscript)
en_GB: Bengali (Inscript)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Bengali (Probhat)
en_GB: Bengali (Probhat)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Bulgarian
en_GB: Bulgarian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Bulgarian (Phonetic)
en_GB: Bulgarian (Phonetic)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Brazilian (ABNT2)
en_GB: Brazilian (ABNT2)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|French Canadian
en_GB: French Canadian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Croatian
en_GB: Croatian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Czech
en_GB: Czech

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Czech (qwerty)
en_GB: Czech (qwerty)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|German
en_GB: German

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|German (latin1)
en_GB: German (latin1)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|German (latin1 w/ no deadkeys)
en_GB: German (latin1 w/ no deadkeys)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Devanagari (Inscript)
en_GB: Devanagari (Inscript)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Dvorak
en_GB: Dvorak

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Danish
en_GB: Danish

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Danish (latin1)
en_GB: Danish (latin1)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Spanish
en_GB: Spanish

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Estonian
en_GB: Estonian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Finnish
en_GB: Finnish

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Finnish (latin1)
en_GB: Finnish (latin1)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|French
en_GB: French

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|French (latin9)
en_GB: French (latin9)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|French (latin1)
en_GB: French (latin1)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|French (pc)
en_GB: French (pc)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Swiss French
en_GB: Swiss French

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Swiss French (latin1)
en_GB: Swiss French (latin1)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Greek
en_GB: Greek

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Gujarati (Inscript)
en_GB: Gujarati (Inscript)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Punjabi (Inscript)
en_GB: Punjabi (Inscript)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Hungarian
en_GB: Hungarian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Hungarian (101 key)
en_GB: Hungarian (101 key)

en: keyboard|Irish
en_GB: Irish

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Icelandic
en_GB: Icelandic

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Italian
en_GB: Italian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Italian (IBM)
en_GB: Italian (IBM)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Italian (it2)
en_GB: Italian (it2)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Japanese
en_GB: Japanese

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Korean
en_GB: Korean

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Latin American
en_GB: Latin American

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Macedonian
en_GB: Macedonian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Dutch
en_GB: Dutch

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Norwegian
en_GB: Norwegian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Polish
en_GB: Polish

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Portuguese
en_GB: Portuguese

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Romanian
en_GB: Romanian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Romanian Standard
en_GB: Romanian Standard

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Romanian Cedilla
en_GB: Romanian Cedilla

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Romanian Standard Cedilla
en_GB: Romanian Standard Cedilla

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Russian
en_GB: Russian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Serbian
en_GB: Serbian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Serbian (latin)
en_GB: Serbian (latin)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Swedish
en_GB: Swedish

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Swiss German
en_GB: Swiss German

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Swiss German (latin1)
en_GB: Swiss German (latin1)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Slovak (qwerty)
en_GB: Slovak (qwerty)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Slovenian
en_GB: Slovenian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Tajik
en_GB: Tajik

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Tamil (Inscript)
en_GB: Tamil (Inscript)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Tamil (Typewriter)
en_GB: Tamil (Typewriter)

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Turkish
en_GB: Turkish

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|United Kingdom
en_GB: United Kingdom

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|Ukrainian
en_GB: Ukrainian

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|U.S. International
en_GB: U.S. International

note: Translators: the word before the bar is just context and doesn't need to be translated. Only after will be translated.
en: keyboard|U.S. English
en_GB: U.S. English

en: _Use touch tone dialing
en_GB: _Use touch tone dialling

en: Do you really want to delete this job?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete these jobs?

en: canceling job
en_GB: cancelling job

en: Held until day-time
en_GB: Held until day time

en: Default behavior
en_GB: Default behaviour

en: Draft (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: Draft (auto-detect paper type)

en: Draft grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: Draft greyscale (auto-detect paper type)

en: Normal (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: Normal (auto-detect paper type)

en: Normal grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: Normal greyscale (auto-detect paper type)

en: High quality (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: High quality (auto-detect paper type)

en: High quality grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: High quality greyscale (auto-detect paper type)

en: Best quality (color on photo paper)
en_GB: Best quality (colour on photo paper)

en: Normal quality (color on photo paper)
en_GB: Normal quality (colour on photo paper)

en: 300 dpi, color, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 300 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge

en: 300 dpi, draft, color, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 300 dpi, draft, colour, black + colour cartridge

en: 300 dpi, draft, grayscale, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 300 dpi, draft, greyscale, black + colour cartridge

en: 300 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 300 dpi, greyscale, black + colour cartridge

en: 600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 600 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge

en: 600 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 600 dpi, greyscale, black + colour cartridge

en: 600 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper
en_GB: 600 dpi, photo, black + colour cartridge, photo paper

en: 600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge, photo paper, normal
en_GB: 600 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge, photo paper, normal

en: 1200 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper
en_GB: 1200 dpi, photo, black + colour cartridge, photo paper

en: Landscape (90 degrees)
en_GB: Landscape (90°)

en: Reverse landscape (270 degrees)
en_GB: Reverse landscape (270°)

en: Reverse portrait (180 degrees)
en_GB: Reverse portrait (180°)

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.

en: These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not be covered by their commercial support.  See the support and license terms of the driver's supplier.
en_GB: These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not be covered by their commercial support.  See the support and licence terms of the driver's supplier.

en: Yes, I accept this license
en_GB: Yes, I accept this licence

en: No, I do not accept this license
en_GB: No, I do not accept this licence

en: <b>License Terms</b>
en_GB: <b>Licence Terms</b>

en: <b>Job history</b>
en_GB: <b>Job History</b>

en: <b>Browse servers</b>
en_GB: <b>Browse Servers</b>

en: Enable the 'Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the server settings using the printing administration tool.
en_GB: Enable the Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the server settings using the printing administration tool.

en: Customize the runlevels in which a service is enabled.
en_GB: Customise the runlevels in which a service is enabled.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307  USA
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307  USA

en: Customize Runlevels
en_GB: Customise Runlevels

en: system-config-users is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    system-config-users is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with system-config-users; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA
en_GB: system-config-users is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    system-config-users is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with system-config-users; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA

en: This software is made available under the GNU General Public Licence.
    See the file COPYING for the full license terms.
en_GB: This software is made available under the GNU General Public Licence.
    See the file COPYING for the full licence terms.

en: Audio format not recognized
en_GB: Audio format not recognised

en: Audio file format not recognized: %s
en_GB: Audio file format not recognised: %s

note: HELP_RENAME_FORMAT
en: This field describes the desired format of the file name. 
    Audio Tag Tool can use this information to rename files or 
    organize them into subdirectories, based on the content of 
    their tags. 
    
    Each ID3 field has a corresponding symbol, as listed below: 
    
      <title>
      <artist>
      <album>
      <year>
      <comment>
      <track>
      <genre>
    
    Renaming example: 
    
    To have all file names consist of the track number followed 
    by the track title, a format such as "<track> - <title>" can 
    be used. 
    
    Moving example: 
    
    The file name format can include sub-directories. If in the 
    previous example we had wanted the files to be placed in 
    a directory with the album name, we would have used the 
    format "<album>/<track> - <title>".
en_GB: This field describes the desired format of the file name. 
    Audio Tag Tool can use this information to rename files or 
    organise them into subdirectories, based on the content of 
    their tags. 
    
    Each ID3 field has a corresponding symbol, as listed below: 
    
      <title>
      <artist>
      <album>
      <year>
      <comment>
      <track>
      <genre>
    
    Renaming example: 
    
    To have all file names consist of the track number followed 
    by the track title, a format such as "<track> - <title>" can 
    be used. 
    
    Moving example: 
    
    The file name format can include sub-directories. If in the 
    previous example we had wanted the files to be placed in 
    a directory with the album name, we would have used the 
    format "<album>/<track> - <title>".

en: File audio format not recognized: %s
en_GB: File audio format not recognised: %s

en: Tali is like Yahtzee for GNOME or like poker with dice. The player rolls dice to try to make the best possible combinations, like 4 of a kind, small straight, and full house. The player is allowed 3 rolls per turn and can hold certain dice with each roll.
en_GB: Tali is like Yahtzee for GNOME, or like poker with dice. The player rolls dice to try to make the best possible combinations, like four of a kind, small straight, and full house. The player is allowed 3 rolls per turn and can hold certain dice with each roll.

en: When you have a hand you like or have run out of chances to throw the dice, click on a row corresponding to what you think is your best scoring combination. It is very possible to have a score of zero and if you click on the wrong row, you will be scored accordingly. (Say for example, you get yahtzee -- 5 of a kind -- and click on the large straight row, you will receive a zero in your large straight score).
en_GB: When you have a hand you like, or have run out of chances to throw the dice, click on a row corresponding to what you think is your best scoring combination. It is very possible to have a score of zero and if you click on the wrong row, you will be scored accordingly. (Say for example, you get yahtzee – 5 of a kind – and click on the large straight row, you will receive a zero in your large straight score).

en: There is one exception to this rule, if you roll a yahtzee a second time you can put it in the yahtzee row again for an extra fifty points. You can keep doing this each time you get another yahtzee. At the end of the game you will be given extra rolls to fill in the other rows. Be warned that if you score zero in your yahtzee row (i.e. you filled that row with something that wasn't a yahtzee) then you can't put a yahtzee in afterward, zero is all you will score.
en_GB: There is one exception to this rule: if you roll a yahtzee a second time you can put it in the yahtzee row again for an extra fifty points. You can keep doing this each time you get another yahtzee. At the end of the game you will be given extra rolls to fill in the other rows. Be warned that if you score zero in your yahtzee row (i.e. you filled that row with something that wasn't a yahtzee) then you can't put a yahtzee in afterward, zero is all you will score.

en: As an alternative to using the mouse, the keys 1 through 5 toggle the dice just as if you had clicked them. The key 1 corresponds to the first die and so on. Use the usual controls to roll the dice and select a row. i.e. use tab to switch between the roll button and the score area, use the arrow keys to navigate up and down the rows and use space to select.
en_GB: As an alternative to using the mouse, the keys <keycap>1</keycap> through <keycap>5</keycap> toggle the dice just as if you had clicked them. The key <keycap>1</keycap> corresponds to the first die and so on. Use the usual controls to roll the dice and select a row. i.e. use <keycap>Tab</keycap> to switch between the roll button and the score area, use the arrow keys to navigate up and down the rows and use space to select.

en: GNOME Tali preferences dialog box.
en_GB: GNOME Tali preferences dialogue box.

en: Selects the number of human players. As described above you are only allowed six total players.
en_GB: Selects the number of human players. As described above you are only allowed six players in total.

en: Make the computer opponents pause between rolls of the dice so you can see what they are doing. Slows down game play some.
en_GB: Make the computer opponents pause between rolls of the dice so you can see what they are doing. Slows down game play a little.

en: Play either the regular version (similar to Yahtzee) or the version with colors (similar to Kismet). When you change game type, you must restart the game to see use the new game type.
en_GB: Play either the regular version (similar to Yahtzee) or the version with colours (similar to Kismet). When you change the game type, you must restart the game.

en: The 63 points needed for the bonus in the upper half corresponds to getting three of each die type in each row. If you score more than three dice in the fives and sixes rows then you can afford to place a bad roll in either the ones row or the twos row and still get the bonus. In the Colors version, you get a bonus of 55 if your upper half total is between 71 and 77, and a bonus of 75 if your upper half total is greater than 77.
en_GB: The 63 points needed for the bonus in the upper half corresponds to getting three of each die type in each row. If you score more than three dice in the fives and sixes rows then you can afford to place a bad roll in either the ones row or the twos row and still get the bonus. In the Colours version, you get a bonus of 55 if your upper half total is between 71 and 77, and a bonus of 75 if your upper half total is greater than 77.

en: Don't forget about multiple yahtzees, if you roll a second yahtzee you can also put it in the yahtzee row for even more points. This only applies to the regular game.
en_GB: Don't forget about multiple yahtzees: if you roll a second yahtzee you can also put it in the yahtzee row for even more points. This only applies to the regular game.

en: When you switch game type, the game does not use the new dice images until you restart gtali. It should play correctly with the "wrong" dice.
en_GB: When you switch game type, the game does not use the new dice images until you restart <application>GNOME Tali</application>. It should play correctly with the "wrong" dice.

en: Four of the dice have the same number. The score is the total of all the dice. e.g. 2, 5, 5, 5, 5. In the Colors game, the score is 25 plus the total of all the dice.
en_GB: Four of the dice have the same number. The score is the total of all the dice. e.g. 2, 5, 5, 5, 5. In the Colours game, the score is 25 plus the total of all the dice.

en: Five identical dice. e.g. 3, 3, 3, 3, 3. In the Colors game, the score is 50 plus the total of all the dice.
en_GB: Five identical dice. e.g. 3, 3, 3, 3, 3. In the Colours game, the score is 50 plus the total of all the dice.

en: Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of three with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. e.g. 1, 1, 1, 4, 4. In the Colors game, the score is 15 plus the total of all the dice.
en_GB: Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of three with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. e.g. 1, 1, 1, 4, 4. In the Colours game, the score is 15 plus the total of all the dice.

en: Full House Same Color
en_GB: Full House Same Colour

en: This category is only used in the Colors game. Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of three with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. The numbers must be all the same color. e.g. 3, 3, 3, 4, 4. Two dice are the same color if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The score is 20 plus the total of all the dice.
en_GB: This category is only used in the Colours game. Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of three with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. The numbers must be all the same colour. e.g. 3, 3, 3, 4, 4. Two dice are the same colour if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The score is 20 plus the total of all the dice.

en: Two Pair Same Color
en_GB: Two Pair Same Colour

en: This category is only used in the Colors game. Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of two with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. The pairs must be all the same color. e.g. 3, 3, 4, 4. Two dice are the same color if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The fifth die can be any value. The score is the total of all the dice.
en_GB: This category is only used in the Colours game. Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of two with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. The pairs must be all the same colour. e.g. 3, 3, 4, 4. Two dice are the same colour if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The fifth die can be any value. The score is the total of all the dice.

en: This category is only used in the Colors game. Five dice that are all the same "color": Two dice are the same color if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The fifth die can be any value. The score is 35 points.
en_GB: This category is only used in the Colours game. Five dice that are all the same "colour": Two dice are the same colour if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The fifth die can be any value. The score is 35 points.

en: File Catalog
en_GB: File Catalogue

en: If checked, KDE auto-completion will be enabled in the text edit box for this field.
en_GB: If ticked, KDE auto-completion will be enabled in the text edit box for this field.

en: If checked, Tellico will parse the values in the field for multiple values, separated by a semi-colon.
en_GB: If ticked, Tellico will parse the values in the field for multiple values, separated by a semi-colon.

en: If checked, this field may be used to group the entries in the group view.
en_GB: If ticked, this field may be used to group the entries in the group view.

en: Game Boy Color
en_GB: Game Boy Colour

en: Centering
en_GB: Centreing

en: If checked, the input from a webcam will be used to scan barcodes for searching.
en_GB: If ticked, the input from a webcam will be used to scan barcodes for searching.

en: Auto capitalize &titles and names
en_GB: Auto capitalise &titles and names

en: If checked, titles and names will be automatically capitalized.
en_GB: If checked, titles and names will be automatically capitalised.

en: <qt>A list of words which should not be capitalized. Multiple values should be separated by a semi-colon.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>A list of words which should not be capitalised. Multiple values should be separated by a semi-colon.</qt>

en: Select the template to use for the current type of collections. Not all templates will use the font and color settings.
en_GB: Select the template to use for the current type of collections. Not all templates will use the font and colour settings.

en: This color is passed to the template used in the Entry View.
en_GB: This colour is passed to the template used in the Entry View.

en: Highlight color:
en_GB: Highlight colour:

en: Highlighted text color:
en_GB: Highlighted text colour:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseColorBook), group (Options - book) i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseColorVideo), group (Options - video) i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseColorAlbum), group (Options - album) i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseColorBibtex), group (Options - bibtex) i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseCo
en: Template background color
en_GB: Template background colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColorBook), group (Options - book) i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColorVideo), group (Options - video) i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColorAlbum), group (Options - album) i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColorBibtex), group (Options - bibtex) i18n: ectx: label, entry (textCo
en: Template text color
en_GB: Template text colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedBaseColorBook), group (Options - book) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedBaseColorVideo), group (Options - video) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedBaseColorAlbum), group (Options - album) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedBaseColorBibtex), group (Option
en: Template highlight color
en_GB: Template highlight colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedTextColorBook), group (Options - book) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedTextColorVideo), group (Options - video) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedTextColorAlbum), group (Options - album) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedTextColorBibtex), group (Option
en: Template highlighted text color
en_GB: Template highlighted text colour

en: If checked, only the fields currently visible in the view will be exported.
en_GB: If ticked, only the fields currently visible in the view will be exported.

en: Loan Dialog
en_GB: Loan Dialogue

en: <qt>Checking this box will add a <em>To-do</em> item to your active calendar, which can be viewed using KOrganizer. The box is only active if you set a due date.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Ticking this box will add a <em>To-do</em> item to your active calendar, which can be viewed using KOrganizer. The box is only active if you set a due date.</qt>

en: New &File Catalog
en_GB: New &File Catalogue

en: Create a new file catalog
en_GB: Create a new file catalogue

en: Import Ant Movie Catalog Data...
en_GB: Import Ant Movie Catalogue Data...

en: Import an Ant Movie Catalog data file
en_GB: Import an Ant Movie Catalogue data file

en: <h3>Tellico is a tool for managing collections of books, videos, music, and whatever else you want to catalog.</h3><h3>New entries can be added to your collection by <a href="tc:///coll_new_entry">entering data manually</a> or by <a href="tc:///edit_search_internet">downloading data</a> from various Internet sources.</h3>
en_GB: <h3>Tellico is a tool for managing collections of books, videos, music, and whatever else you want to catalogue.</h3><h3>New entries can be added to your collection by <a href="tc:///coll_new_entry">entering data manually</a> or by <a href="tc:///edit_search_internet">downloading data</a> from various Internet sources.</h3>

en: <qt><p>You are saving a file with many images, which causes Tellico to slow down significantly. Do you want to save the images separately in Tellico's data directory to improve performance?</p><p>Your choice can always be changed in the configuration dialog.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>You are saving a file with many images, which causes Tellico to slow down significantly. Do you want to save the images separately in Tellico's data directory to improve performance?</p><p>Your choice can always be changed in the configuration dialogue.</p></qt>

en: If checked, the images in the document will be included in the XML stream as base64 encoded elements.
en_GB: If ticked, the images in the document will be included in the XML stream as base64 encoded elements.

en: ActivityWatch plugin unavailable: please install python-notify
en_GB: ActivityWatch plug-in unavailable: please install python-notify

en: Name *%s* already exist
en_GB: Name *%s* already exists

en: If you activate this, the resulting filename will only contain lowercase letters.
en_GB: If you activate this, the resulting filename will contain only lowercase letters.

en: Menu|Add
en_GB: Add

en: Menu|Bisect
en_GB: Bisect

en: Menu|Blame
en_GB: Blame

en: Menu|Branch
en_GB: Branch

en: Menu|Checkout
en_GB: Checkout

en: Menu|Clean
en_GB: Clean

en: Menu|Clone
en_GB: Clone

en: Menu|Commit
en_GB: Commit

en: Menu|Diff
en_GB: Diff

en: Menu|Fetch
en_GB: Fetch

en: Menu|Grep
en_GB: Grep

en: Menu|Init
en_GB: Init

en: Menu|Log
en_GB: Log

en: Menu|Merge
en_GB: Merge

en: Menu|Move
en_GB: Move

en: Menu|Pull
en_GB: Pull

en: Menu|Push
en_GB: Push

en: Menu|Rebase
en_GB: Rebase

en: Menu|Reset
en_GB: Reset

en: Menu|Remove
en_GB: Remove

en: Menu|Show
en_GB: Show

en: Menu|Stash
en_GB: Stash

en: Menu|Status
en_GB: Status

en: Menu|Tag
en_GB: Tag

en: Menu|Changelist
en_GB: Changelist

en: Menu|Cleanup
en_GB: Cleanup

en: Menu|Copy
en_GB: Copy

en: Menu|Delete
en_GB: Delete

en: Menu|Export
en_GB: Export

en: Menu|Import
en_GB: Import

en: Menu|Info
en_GB: Info

en: Menu|Lock
en_GB: Lock

en: Menu|Edit Properties
en_GB: Edit Properties

en: Menu|Relocate
en_GB: Relocate

en: Menu|Resolved
en_GB: Resolved

en: Menu|Resolve
en_GB: Resolve

en: Menu|Revert
en_GB: Revert

en: Menu|Switch
en_GB: Switch

en: Menu|Unlock
en_GB: Unlock

en: Menu|Update
en_GB: Update

en: Store password a plaintext?
en_GB: Store password in plaintext?

en: Tomboy is a simple desktop note-taking application, with some powerful built-in features to help you organize your ideas.
en_GB: Tomboy is a simple desktop note-taking application, with some powerful built-in features to help you organise your ideas.

en: Tomboy is a desktop note-taking application for GNOME. It is simple and easy to use, and allows you to organize the ideas and information you deal with every day. Tomboy has some very useful editing features to help you customize your notes, including:
en_GB: Tomboy is a desktop note-taking application for GNOME. It is simple and easy to use, and allows you to organise the ideas and information you deal with every day. Tomboy has some very useful editing features to help you customize your notes, including:

en: To add Tomboy to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select Tomboy Notes in the Add to the panel dialog, then click <menuchoice><guibutton>Add</guibutton></menuchoice>. You should see a yellow note icon appear in the panel, representing Tomboy. The panel icon is illustrated in <xref linkend="tomboy-panel"/>.
en_GB: To add Tomboy to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select Tomboy Notes in the Add to the panel dialogue, then click <menuchoice><guibutton>Add</guibutton></menuchoice>. You should see a yellow note icon appear in the panel, representing Tomboy. The panel icon is illustrated in <xref linkend="tomboy-panel"/>.

en: To get an overview of all the notes managed by Tomboy, select the <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Search All Notes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item from the panel menu. By default, the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog will display the notes in the order that they were last modified. Click the <guilabel>Note</guilabel> or <guilabel>Last Changed</guilabel> column headings to change the sort order. Click the column heading a second time to toggle between ascending and descending order.
en_GB: To get an overview of all the notes managed by Tomboy, select the <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Search All Notes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item from the panel menu. By default, the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue will display the notes in the order that they were last modified. Click the <guilabel>Note</guilabel> or <guilabel>Last Changed</guilabel> column headings to change the sort order. Click the column heading a second time to toggle between ascending and descending order.

en: You can find specific notes by entering text into the search field in the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog. The list of notes will automatically update to list only the notes which have matching text.
en_GB: You can find specific notes by entering text into the search field in the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue. The list of notes will automatically update to list only the notes which have matching text.

en: To open a note in the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog, do one of the following:
en_GB: To open a note in the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue, do one of the following:

en: Notes are modified and edited through the main window for each note. The toolbar at the top of each note allows you to stylize the note and perform other note-related functions. We discuss the functions of each item on the toolbar in the following sections.
en_GB: Notes are modified and edited through the main window for each note. The toolbar at the top of each note allows you to apply a style to the note and perform other note-related functions. We discuss the functions of each item on the toolbar in the following sections.

en: Clicking the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button will open the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog described earlier (<xref linkend="search-all-notes"/>.)
en_GB: Clicking the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button will open the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue described earlier (<xref linkend="search-all-notes"/>.)

en: Select this option to synchronize your notes with a central server. For more information on note synchronization, see <xref linkend="synchronization"/>.
en_GB: Select this option to synchronise your notes with a central server. For more information on note synchronisation, see <xref linkend="synchronization"/>.

en: Select this option to print the current note. You will be presented with the standard GNOME print dialog.
en_GB: Select this option to print the current note. You will be presented with the standard GNOME print dialogue.

en: The <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button will pop up a dialog box asking if you want to permanently delete the note and its contents. Click the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button to discard the note permanently, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort the process. Links to this note from other notes will still exist, but will re-create the note upon activation.
en_GB: The <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button will pop up a dialogue box asking if you want to permanently delete the note and its contents. Click the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button to discard the note permanently, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort the process. Links to this note from other notes will still exist, but will re-create the note upon activation.

en: To create a new notebook from the Search All Notes dialog:
en_GB: To create a new notebook from the Search All Notes dialogue:

en: Using your mouse, right click in the left hand box and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>New Notebook</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Using your mouse, right-click in the left-hand box and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>New Notebook</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: To add notes to a notebook, you can add a note from the <guilabel>Search All Notes</guilabel> dialog or directly within a note.
en_GB: To add notes to a notebook, you can add a note from the <guilabel>Search All Notes</guilabel> dialogue or directly within a note.

en: To move an existing note from the Search All Notes dialog:
en_GB: To move an existing note from the Search All Notes dialogue:

en: As you type a note, you can add the note directly to an existing notebook using the <guimenu>Notebook</guimenu> button. The <guimenu>Notebook</guimenu> button is represented by the <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/notebook-icon.png"/> icon.
en_GB: As you type a note, you can add the note directly to an existing notebook using the <guibutton>Notebook</guibutton> button. The <guibutton>Notebook</guibutton> button is represented by the <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/notebook-icon.png"/> icon.

en: Using your mouse, right click on a Notebook that you have created and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open Template Note</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Using your mouse, right-click on a Notebook that you have created and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open Template Note</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: This will open a new note that will be used as the template. Any text typed in this note will appear in all notes created in this Notebook. Create a new note in the notebook by using your mouse, right click on a notebook and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>New Note</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: This will open a new note that will be used as the template. Any text typed in this note will appear in all notes created in this Notebook. Create a new note in the notebook by using your mouse, right-click on a notebook and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>New Note</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Using your mouse, right click on a Notebook that you have created and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Delete Notebook</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Using your mouse, right-click on a Notebook that you have created and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Delete Notebook</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Using your mouse, left click on the Notebook you want to delete.
en_GB: Using your mouse, left-click on the Notebook you want to delete.

en: Note Synchronization
en_GB: Note Synchronisation

en: Tomboy can now keep your notes synchronized between multiple computers by relying on a central server.
en_GB: Tomboy can now keep your notes synchronised between multiple computers by relying on a central server.

en: Configure note synchronization
en_GB: Configure note synchronisation

en: You can configure your note synchronization preferences in the <guilabel>Synchronization</guilabel> tab of the <interface>Tomboy Preferences</interface> dialog. Default conflict handling behavior can be configured by selecting the <guibutton>Advanced...</guibutton> button.
en_GB: You can configure your note synchronisation preferences in the <guilabel>Synchronisation</guilabel> tab of the <interface>Tomboy Preferences</interface> dialogue. Default conflict handling behavior can be configured by selecting the <guibutton>Advanced...</guibutton> button.

en: Tomboy Synchronization Preferences
en_GB: Tomboy Synchronisation Preferences

en: Configure note synchronization service (WebDAV)
en_GB: Configure note synchronisation service (WebDAV)

en: In order to synchronize your notes with a WebDAV server, you will need the wdfs FUSE file system installed. Follow the documentation for your operating system to set up FUSE for your user. You will also need the GNOME Keyring installed.
en_GB: In order to synchronise your notes with a WebDAV server, you will need the wdfs FUSE file system installed. Follow the documentation for your operating system to set up FUSE for your user. You will also need the GNOME Keyring installed.

en: Choose <guimenuitem>WebDAV</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Fill in the connection information for your server, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronize your notes.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>WebDAV</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Fill in the connection information for your server, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronise your notes.

en: Configure note synchronization service (SSH)
en_GB: Configure note synchronisation service (SSH)

en: In order to synchronize your notes with an SSH server, you will need the sshfs FUSE file system installed. Follow the documentation for your operating system to set up FUSE for your user. You will also need an SSH key for your SSH server account, which should be added to a running SSH daemon. This can be done using the GNOME <application>Seahorse</application> application.
en_GB: In order to synchronise your notes with an SSH server, you will need the sshfs FUSE file system installed. Follow the documentation for your operating system to set up FUSE for your user. You will also need an SSH key for your SSH server account, which should be added to a running SSH daemon. This can be done using the GNOME <application>Seahorse</application> application.

en: Choose <guimenuitem>SSH</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Fill in the connection information for your server, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronize your notes.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>SSH</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Fill in the connection information for your server, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronise your notes.

en: Configure note synchronization service (Local Folder)
en_GB: Configure note synchronisation service (Local Folder)

en: You may want to synchronize your notes to a local folder if that folder is available to your other systems, or if that folder represents a local mount of a remote server.
en_GB: You may want to synchronise your notes to a local folder if that folder is available to your other systems, or if that folder represents a local mount of a remote server.

en: Choose <guimenuitem>Local Folder</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Choose the desired synchronization <guilabel>Folder Path</guilabel>, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronize your notes.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>Local Folder</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Choose the desired synchronisation <guilabel>Folder Path</guilabel>, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronise your notes.

en: Synchronize your notes
en_GB: Synchronise your notes

en: You can synchronize your notes at any time by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Synchronize Notes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from any note or from the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog.
en_GB: You can synchronise your notes at any time by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Synchronise Notes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from any note or from the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue.

en: Handling synchronization conflicts
en_GB: Handling synchronisation conflicts

en: When synchronizing notes between multiple computers, conflicts may occur. Usually this is the result of not synchronizing regularly when switching between systems. Tomboy will detect conflicts in the content of your notes and help you to avoid loss of important data.
en_GB: When synchronising notes between multiple computers, conflicts may occur. Usually this is the result of not synchronising regularly when switching between systems. Tomboy will detect conflicts in the content of your notes and help you to avoid loss of important data.

en: If a conflict is detected during note synchronization, the <interface>Note Conflict</interface> dialog will appear. If you do not need the changes you made in your local note, you can select <guilabel>Overwrite local note</guilabel>. If you would like to keep your local changes in a new note, select <guilabel>Rename local note</guilabel>.
en_GB: If a conflict is detected during note synchronisation, the <interface>Note Conflict</interface> dialogue will appear. If you do not need the changes you made in your local note, you can select <guilabel>Overwrite local note</guilabel>. If you would like to keep your local changes in a new note, select <guilabel>Rename local note</guilabel>.

en: To set preferences for Tomboy, right-click on the icon in the panel, and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. You will see a dialog similar to the one displayed in <xref linkend="pref-editing"/>. There are two categories of preferences, <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hotkeys</guilabel>. Preferences for each tab will be described below.
en_GB: To set preferences for Tomboy, right-click on the icon in the panel, and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. You will see a dialogue similar to the one displayed in <xref linkend="pref-editing"/>. There are two categories of preferences, <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hotkeys</guilabel>. Preferences for each tab will be described below.

en: Enable this checkbox to underline misspellings in red, and provide suggestions in the right click context menu. Enable or disable the checkbox using the mouse or the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Enable this checkbox to underline misspellings in red, and provide suggestions in the right-click context menu. Enable or disable the checkbox using the mouse or the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Enter the key combination to open the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog.
en_GB: Enter the key combination to open the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue.

en: Customize the icons that are used by editing the add-in preferences in the <link linkend="prefs-plugins">Preferences Dialog</link>. After highlighting the Bugzilla Add-in, click <guibutton>Preferences</guibutton> to open the <interface>Bugzilla Add-in Settings</interface> dialog. To add a new icon, click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, select an icon on your computer, provide a Bugzilla host name (e.g., bugzilla.gnome.org), and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Any Bugzilla URL that is dragged and dropped from one of these custom host names will now use the icon you specified.
en_GB: Customise the icons that are used by editing the add-in preferences in the <link linkend="prefs-plugins">Preferences Dialogue</link>. After highlighting the Bugzilla Add-in, click <guibutton>Preferences</guibutton> to open the <interface>Bugzilla Add-in Settings</interface> dialogue. To add a new icon, click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, select an icon on your computer, provide a Bugzilla host name (e.g., bugzilla.gnome.org), and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Any Bugzilla URL that is dragged and dropped from one of these custom host names will now use the icon you specified.

en: After selecting this option, you will be presented with a dialog that allows you to choose where to save the <acronym>HTML</acronym> file. Enter the destination filename and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to save the file, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort the operation.
en_GB: After selecting this option, you will be presented with a dialogue that allows you to choose where to save the <acronym>HTML</acronym> file. Enter the destination filename and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to save the file, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort the operation.

en: To customize the content of the default "Today" note, create a new note and change the title of the note to be, "Today: Template". Change the content of the template note to whatever you like. When new "Today" notes are created, it will then use the content of your "Today: Template" note.
en_GB: To customise the content of the default "Today" note, create a new note and change the title of the note to be, "Today: Template". Change the content of the template note to whatever you like. When new "Today" notes are created, it will then use the content of your "Today: Template" note.

en: Enable the Delete Note confirmation dialog
en_GB: Enable the Delete Note confirmation dialogue

en: If disabled, the "Delete Note" confirmation dialog will be suppressed.
en_GB: If disabled, the "Delete Note" confirmation dialogue will be suppressed.

en: Unique identifier for this Tomboy client, used when communicating with a sychronization server.
en_GB: Unique identifier for this Tomboy client, used when communicating with a sychronisation server.

en: Time (in milliseconds) Tomboy should wait for a response when using FUSE to mount a sync share.
en_GB: Time (in milliseconds) Tomboy should wait for a response when using FUSE to mount a synchronisation share.

en: Path on SSH server to Tomboy synchronization directory (optional).
en_GB: Path on SSH server to Tomboy synchronisation directory (optional).

en: URL of SSH server containing Tomboy synchronization directory.
en_GB: URL of SSH server containing Tomboy synchronisation directory.

en: The port to use when connecting to the synchronization server via SSH. Set to -1 or less if default SSH port settings should be used instead.
en_GB: The port to use when connecting to the synchronisation server via SSH. Set to -1 or less if default SSH port settings should be used instead.

en: Change the <b>Today: Template</b> note to customize the text that new Today notes have.
en_GB: Change the <b>Today: Template</b> note to customise the text that new Today notes have.

en: <b>{0}</b> of <b>{1}</b> Sticky Note was successfully imported. | <b>{0}</b> of <b>{1}</b> Sticky Notes were successfully imported.
en_GB[0]: <b>{0}</b> of <b>{1}</b> Sticky Note was successfully imported.
en_GB[1]: <b>{0}</b> of <b>{1}</b> Sticky Notes was successfully imported.

en: Authorization Failed, Try Again
en_GB: Authorisation Failed, Try Again

note: Translators: Title of web page presented to user after they authorized Tomboy for sync
en: Tomboy Web Authorization Successful
en_GB: Tomboy Web Authorisation Successful

note: Translators: Body of web page presented to user after they authorized Tomboy for sync
en: Please return to the Tomboy Preferences window and press Save to start synchronizing.
en_GB: Please return to the Tomboy Preferences window and press Save to start synchronising.

en: Connected. Press Save to start synchronizing
en_GB: Connected. Press Save to start synchronising

note: Translators: The user must take action in their web browser to continue the authorization process
en: Authorizing in browser (Press to reset connection)
en_GB: Authorising in browser (Press to reset connection)

en: <note-content>Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Tomboy!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organizing your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Tomboy Notes menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organize the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Tomboy</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Tomboy</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>
en_GB: <note-content>Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Tomboy!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organising your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Tomboy Notes menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organise the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Tomboy</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Tomboy</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>

en: Get More Add-Ins...
en_GB: Get More Add-Ins…

en: Tomboy is ready to synchronize your notes. Would you like to synchronize them now?
en_GB: Tomboy is ready to synchronise your notes. Would you like to synchronise them now?

en: This synchronization addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and {0} correctly installed and configured
en_GB: This synchronisation addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and {0} correctly installed and configured

en: An error ocurred while connecting to the specified server:
en_GB: An error occurred while connecting to the specified server:

en: Nothing Commited
en_GB: Nothing Committed

en: Patch series description is sent in initial summary email with [PATCH 0 of N] subject.  It should describe the effects of the entire patch series.  When emailing a bundle, these fields make up the message subject and body. Flags is a comma separated list of tags which are inserted into the message subject prefix.
en_GB: Patch series description is sent in initial summary e-mail with [PATCH 0 of N] subject.  It should describe the effects of the entire patch series.  When e-mailing a bundle, these fields make up the message subject and body. Flags is a comma separated list of tags which are inserted into the message subject prefix.

en: unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored
en_GB: unrecognised profiling format '%s' - Ignored

en: print license
en_GB: print licence

en: TortoiseHg Dialogs (version %s), Mercurial (version %s)
en_GB: TortoiseHg Dialogues (version %s), Mercurial (version %s)

en: Specify visual diff tool, as described in the [merge-tools] section of your Mercurial configuration files.  If left unspecified, TortoiseHg will use the selected merge tool. Failing that it uses the first applicable tool it finds.
en_GB: Specify visual diff tool, as described in the [merge-tools] section of your Mercurial configuration files.  If left unspecified TortoiseHg will use the selected merge tool. Failing that it uses the first applicable tool it finds.

en: Show a full directory path of the repository in the dialog title instead of just the root directory name.  Default: False
en_GB: Show a full directory path of the repository in the dialogue title instead of just the root directory name.  Default: False

en: Author Coloring
en_GB: Author Colouring

en: Color changesets by author name.  If not enabled, the changes are colored green for merge, red for non-trivial parents, black for normal. Default: False
en_GB: Colour changesets by author name.  If not enabled, the changes are coloured green for merge, red for non-trivial parents, black for normal. Default: False

en: Branch Colors
en_GB: Branch Colours

en: Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
en_GB: Name or e-mail address of the person in charge of the repository.

en: Comma separated list of archive formats allowed for downloading
en_GB: Comma-separated list of archive formats allowed for downloading

en: Email address to use in the "From" header and for the SMTP envelope
en_GB: E-mail address to use in the "From" header and for the SMTP envelope

en: Comma-separated list of recipient email addresses
en_GB: Comma-separated list of recipient e-mail addresses

en: Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipient email addresses
en_GB: Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipient e-mail addresses

en: Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipient email addresses
en_GB: Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipient e-mail addresses

en: Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is "smtp" (default), use SMTP (configured below).  Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail (takes "-f" option for sender, list of recipients on command line, message on stdin). Normally, setting this to "sendmail" or "/usr/sbin/sendmail" is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
en_GB: Optional. Method to use to send e-mail messages. If value is "smtp" (default), use SMTP (configured below).  Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail (takes "-f" option for sender, list of recipients on command line, message on stdin). Normally, setting this to "sendmail" or "/usr/sbin/sendmail" is enough to use sendmail to send messages.

en: Normalize file line endings during and after patch to lf or crlf.  Strict does no normalization.  Auto does per-file detection, and is the recommended setting. Default: strict
en_GB: Normalise file line endings during and after patch to lf or crlf.  Strict does no normalisation.  Auto does per-file detection, and is the recommended setting. Default: strict

en: Ignore WS Amount
en_GB: Ignore White Space Amount

en: Sub menu items:
en_GB: Submenu items:

en: Temporary files are removed when this dialog is closed
en_GB: Temporary files are removed when this dialogue is closed

en: Repository status & changes
en_GB: Repository status and changes

en: Synchronize with remote repository
en_GB: Synchronise with remote repository

en: Show About Dialog
en_GB: Show About Dialogue

en: DnD Synchronize
en_GB: DnD Synchronise

en: Synchronize with dragged repository
en_GB: Synchronise with dragged repository

en: The display area displays the movie or a visualization of the current song.
en_GB: The display area displays the movie or a visualisation of the current song.

en: To open a video or an audio file, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guisubmenu>Open</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. The <application>Select Movies or Playlists</application> dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To open a video or an audio file, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guisubmenu>Open</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. The <application>Select Movies or Playlists</application> dialogue is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: If you try to open a file format that <application>Totem Movie Player</application> does not recognize, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the <ulink url="http://projects.gnome.org/totem/#codecs" type="http"><application>Totem Movie Player</application> website</ulink>.
en_GB: If you try to open a file format that <application>Totem Movie Player</application> does not recognise, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the <ulink url="http://projects.gnome.org/totem/#codecs" type="http"><application>Totem Movie Player</application> website</ulink>.

en: To open a file by URI (location), choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Open Location</application> dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button.
en_GB: To open a file by URI (location), choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Open Location</application> dialogue is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button.

en: Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Play Disc</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Insert the disc in your computer's optical drive, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Play Disc</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>K</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skip to</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Skip to</application> dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>K</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skip to</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Skip to</application> dialogue is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fit Window to Movie</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and choose a scale ratio.
en_GB: To change the size of the original movie or visualisation, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fit Window to Movie</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and choose a scale ratio.

en: To make the <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window always on top of other application windows, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select the <guilabel>Always on Top</guilabel> plugin to enable it. The <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing.
en_GB: To make the <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window always on top of other application windows, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select the <guilabel>Always on Top</guilabel> plugin to enable it. The <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualisations are playing.

en: To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The <application>Select Movies or Playlists</application> dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The <application>Select Movies or Playlists</application> dialogue is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>.

en: To save the playlist to a file, click on the <guibutton>Save Playlist</guibutton> button. The <application>Save Playlist</application> dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: To save the playlist to a file, click on the <guibutton>Save Playlist</guibutton> button. The <application>Save Playlist</application> dialogue is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: You can use the <application>Playlist</application> dialog to do the following: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: You can use the <application>Playlist</application> dialogue to do the following: <placeholder-1/>

en: To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Take Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Save Screenshot</application> dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the screenshot.
en_GB: To take a screenshot of the movie or visualisation that is playing, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Take Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Save Screenshot</application> dialogue is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the screenshot.

en: <application>Totem Movie Player</application> will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the <application>Save Screenshot</application> dialog.
en_GB: <application>Totem Movie Player</application> will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the <application>Save Screenshot</application> dialogue.

en: To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Screenshot Gallery</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Save Gallery</application> dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the screenshot.
en_GB: To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualisation that is playing, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Screenshot Gallery</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Save Gallery</application> dialogue is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the screenshot.

en: To view the list of installed plugins, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Configure Plugins</application> dialog is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button on the right.
en_GB: To view the list of installed plugins, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Configure Plugins</application> dialogue is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button on the right.

en: To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialog will also be displayed immediately.
en_GB: To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialogue will also be displayed immediately.

en: When enabled, the <guilabel>Always on Top</guilabel> plugin will force the main <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again.
en_GB: When enabled, the <guilabel>Always on Top</guilabel> plugin will force the main <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualisations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again.

en: The <guilabel>Jamendo</guilabel> plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licensed music on the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.jamendo.com/en/">Jamendo</ulink> service.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Jamendo</guilabel> plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licenced music on the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.jamendo.com/en/">Jamendo</ulink> service.

en: The <guilabel>Jamendo</guilabel> plugin can be configured. Click on the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button when enabling the plugin, and the <application>Jamendo Plugin Configuration</application> dialog will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Jamendo</guilabel> plugin can be configured. Click on the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button when enabling the plugin, and the <application>Jamendo Plugin Configuration</application> dialogue will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection).

en: The <guilabel>Publish Playlist</guilabel> plugin can be configured. Click on the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The <guilabel>Publish Playlist</guilabel> plugin can be configured. Click on the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialogue will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: <placeholder-1/>

en: To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select <guilabel>Neighborhood</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer.
en_GB: To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select <guilabel>Neighbourhood</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer.

en: Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Download Movie Subtitles</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, which will display the <application>Download Movie Subtitles</application> dialog.
en_GB: Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Download Movie Subtitles</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, which will display the <application>Download Movie Subtitles</application> dialogue.

en: Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialog, then click on the <guibutton>Find</guibutton> button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags.
en_GB: Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialogue, then click on the <guibutton>Find</guibutton> button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags.

en: Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialog. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by <emphasis>reloading</emphasis> the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the <guibutton>Play with Subtitle</guibutton> button to download the subtitles and reload the movie.
en_GB: Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialogue. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by <emphasis>reloading</emphasis> the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the <guibutton>Play with Subtitle</guibutton> button to download the subtitles and reload the movie.

en: To burn the current playlist, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Video Disc</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A <application>Brasero</application> dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:brasero?brasero-new-project-video">Brasero documentation</ulink>.
en_GB: To burn the current playlist, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Video Disc</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A <application>Brasero</application> dialogue will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:brasero?brasero-new-project-video">Brasero documentation</ulink>.

en: <guilabel>Type of visualization</guilabel>: select type of visualization from the drop-down list.
en_GB: <guilabel>Type of visualisation</guilabel>: select type of visualisation from the drop-down list.

en: <guilabel>Visualization size</guilabel>: select visualization size from the drop-down list.
en_GB: <guilabel>Visualisation size</guilabel>: select visualisation size from the drop-down list.

en: You may use the <guilabel>Reset to Defaults</guilabel> button to reset the color balance controls to their default positions.
en_GB: You may use the <guilabel>Reset to Defaults</guilabel> button to reset the colour balance controls to their default positions.

en: Could not initialize the thread-safe libraries.
en_GB: Could not initialise the thread-safe libraries.

en: Visualization quality setting
en_GB: Visualisation quality setting

en: Quality setting for the audio visualization.
en_GB: Quality setting for the audio visualisation.

en: Encoding character set for subtitle.
en_GB: Encoding character set for subtitles.

en: Default location for the "Open..." dialogs
en_GB: Default location for the "Open…" dialogues

en: Default location for the "Open..." dialogs. Default is the current directory.
en_GB: Default location for the "Open…" dialogues. Default is the current directory.

en: Default location for the "Take Screenshot" dialogs
en_GB: Default location for the "Take Screenshot" dialogues

en: Default location for the "Take Screenshot" dialogs. Default is the Pictures directory.
en_GB: Default location for the "Take Screenshot" dialogues. Default is the Pictures directory.

en: _Select Text Subtitles...
en_GB: _Select Text Subtitles…

en: _Type of visualization:
en_GB: _Type of visualisation:

en: Visualization _size:
en_GB: Visualisation _size:

en: Totem is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Totem is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Totem is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Totem is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Totem; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Totem; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA

en: Copyright © 2002-2009 Bastien Nocera
en_GB: Copyright © 2002–2009 Bastien Nocera

en: _Create Video Disc...
en_GB: _Create Video Disc…

en: Create a video DVD or a (S)VCD from the currently opened movie
en_GB: Create a video DVD or an (S)VCD from the currently-opened movie

en: Copy Vide_o DVD...
en_GB: Copy Vide_o DVD…

en: Copy the currently playing video DVD
en_GB: Copy the currently-playing video DVD

en: Copy (S)VCD...
en_GB: Copy (S)VCD…

en: Copy the currently playing (S)VCD
en_GB: Copy the currently-playing (S)VCD

en: Add Chapter...
en_GB: Add Chapter…

en: Load Chapters...
en_GB: Load Chapters…

en: Couldn't initialize lirc.
en_GB: Couldn't initialise lirc.

en: A password to protect the rpdb2 server for debugging Totem from unauthorized remote access. If this is empty, a default of 'totem' will be used.
en_GB: A password to protect the rpdb2 server for debugging Totem from unauthorised remote access. If this is empty, a default of 'totem' will be used.

en: Save a Copy...
en_GB: Save a Copy…

en: Deactivates the screen saver when a movie is playing
en_GB: Deactivates the screensaver when a movie is playing

note: Set up the window
en: Creating Gallery...
en_GB: Creating Gallery…

en: Create Screenshot _Gallery...
en_GB: Create Screenshot _Gallery…

en: Provides the "Skip to" dialog
en_GB: Provides the "Skip to" dialogue

en: _Skip To...
en_GB: _Skip To…

en: Delete Ticket #%(id)s
en_GB: Delete ticket #%(id)s

en: Delete comment %(num)s on Ticket #%(id)s
en_GB: Delete comment %(num)s on ticket #%(id)s

en: Invalid Attachment
en_GB: Invalid attachment

en: Original Format
en_GB: Original format

en: Configuration Error
en_GB: Configuration error

en: Trac Error
en_GB: Trac error

en: The Trac Environment needs to be upgraded.
    
    Run "trac-admin %(path)s upgrade"
en_GB: The Trac environment needs to be upgraded.
    
    Run "trac-admin %(path)s upgrade"

en: SMTP Notification Error
en_GB: SMTP notification error

en: trac-admin - The Trac Administration Console %(version)s
en_GB: trac-admin - The Trac administration console %(version)s

en: 
    Trac will first ask a few questions about your environment
    in order to initialize and prepare the project database.
    
     Please enter the name of your project.
     This name will be used in page titles and descriptions.
en_GB: 
    Trac will first ask a few questions about your environment
    in order to initialise and prepare the project database.
    
     Please enter the name of your project.
     This name will be used in page titles and descriptions.

en: Project Name [%(default)s]>
en_GB: Project name [%(default)s]>

en: Creating and Initializing Project
en_GB: Creating and initialising project

en: Default timezone:
en_GB: Default time zone:

en: Manage Components
en_GB: Manage components

en: Modify Component:
en_GB: Modify component:

en: Description (you may use
                    [1:WikiFormatting]
                    here):
en_GB: Description (you may use [1:WikiFormatting] here):

en: Add Component:
en_GB: Add component:

en: You can remove all items from this list to completely hide this
                  field from the user interface.
en_GB: You can remove all items from this list to completely hide this field from the user interface.

en: As long as you don't add any items to the list, this field
                will remain completely hidden from the user interface.
en_GB: As long as you don't add any items to the list, this field will remain completely hidden from the user interface.

en: If you specify a relative path, the log file will be stored inside the
                [1:log] directory of the project environment ([2:%(dir)s]).
en_GB: If you specify a relative path, the log file will be stored inside the  [1:log] directory of the project environment ([2:%(dir)s]).

en: Manage Milestones
en_GB: Manage milestones

en: Modify Milestone:
en_GB: Modify milestone:

en: Add Milestone:
en_GB: Add milestone:

en: Grant Permission:
en_GB: Grant permission:

en: Manage Plugins
en_GB: Manage plugins

en: Install Plugin:
en_GB: Install plugin:

en: The web server does not have sufficient permissions to store files in
                the environment plugins directory.
en_GB: The web server does not have sufficient permissions to store files in the environment plugins directory.

en: Manage Versions
en_GB: Manage versions

en: Modify Version:
en_GB: Modify version:

en: Add Version:
en_GB: Add version:

en: This page lets you customize your personal settings for this site.
          These settings are stored on the server and are identified by a session
          key stored in a browser cookie. That cookie allows your settings to be
          restored on subsequent visits.
en_GB: This page lets you customise your personal settings for this site.  These settings are stored on the server and are identified by a session key stored in a browser cookie. That cookie allows your settings to be restored on subsequent visits.

en: The session key is used to identify stored custom
          settings and session data on the server. Although it is
          automatically generated by default, you may change it to something
          easier to remember at any time if you wish to load your settings
          in a different web browser.
en_GB: The session key is used to identify stored custom settings and session data on the server. Although it is automatically generated by default, you may change it to something easier to remember at any time if you wish to load your settings in a different web browser.

en: You may load a previously created session by entering the
          corresponding session key below. This lets you share settings between
          multiple computers and web browsers.
en_GB: You may load a previously created session by entering the corresponding session key below. This lets you share settings between multiple computers and web browsers.

en: Configuring your time zone will result in all
          dates and times displayed on this site to use your time zone
          instead of that of the server.
en_GB: Configuring your time zone will result in all dates and times displayed on this site to use your time zone instead of that of the server.

en: In your time zone %(tz)s, this would be displayed as
                [1:%(formatted)s].
en_GB: In your time zone %(tz)s, this would be displayed as [1:%(formatted)s].

en: Note: Universal Co-ordinated Time (UTC) is also known as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).[1:]
            A positive offset is used to indicate a timezone at the east of Greenwich, i.e. ahead of Universal Time.
en_GB: Note: Universal Co-ordinated Time (UTC) is also known as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).[1:]
            A positive offset is used to indicate a time zone at the east of Greenwich, i.e. ahead of Universal Time.

en: This information is used to automatically populate some forms
            on this site with your contact details.
en_GB: This information is used to automatically populate some forms on this site with your contact details.

en: This information is used to associate your login name with your
            email address and full name, which is used for email
            notification and RSS feeds, for example.
en_GB: This information is used to associate your login name with your email address and full name, which is used for email notification and RSS feeds, for example.

en: This site provides keyboard shortcuts for
          faster access to certain functions of this site. As these shortcuts can
          cause conflicts with shortcuts provided by the desktop system or
          web browser, they are disabled by default. See
          [1:TracAccessibility]
          for more information on access keys.
en_GB: This site provides keyboard shortcuts for faster access to certain functions of this site. As these shortcuts can cause conflicts with shortcuts provided by the desktop system or web browser, they are disabled by default. See [1:TracAccessibility] for more information on access keys.

en: Configuring your language will result in all text
          displayed on this site to use your language instead of that of the
          server.
en_GB: Configuring your language will result in all text displayed on this site to use your language instead of that of the server.

en: The Pygments syntax highlighter can be used with
          different coloring styles.
en_GB: The Pygments syntax highlighter can be used with different colouring styles.

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracSearch]
            for help on searching.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracSearch] for help on searching.

en: Trac is a web-based software project management and bug/issue
            tracking system emphasizing ease of use and low ceremony.
            It provides an integrated Wiki, an interface to version control
            systems, and a number of convenient ways to stay on top of events
            and changes within a project.
en_GB: Trac is a web-based software project management and bug/issue tracking system emphasising ease of use and low ceremony. It provides an integrated Wiki, an interface to version control systems, and a number of convenient ways to stay on top of events and changes within a project.

en: Trac is distributed under the modified BSD License.[1:]
            The complete text of the license can be found
            [2:online]
            as well as in the [3:COPYING] file included in the distribution.
en_GB: Trac is distributed under the modified BSD License.[1:] The complete text of the license can be found [2:online] as well as in the [3:COPYING] file included in the distribution.

en: Add Attachment to [1:%(parent)s]
en_GB: Add attachment to [1:%(parent)s]

en: Attachment Info
en_GB: Attachment info

en: Property %(name)s
                      changed from %(old)s to %(new)s
en_GB: Property %(name)s changed from %(old)s to %(new)s

en: Changes between
              [1:Version %(old)s] and
              [2:Version %(new)s] of
              [3:%(name)s]
en_GB: Changes between [1:Version %(old)s] and [2:Version %(new)s] of [3:%(name)s]

en: Changes between
              [1:Initial Version] and
              [2:Version %(new)s] of
              [3:%(name)s]
en_GB: Changes between [1:Initial Version] and [2:Version %(new)s] of [3:%(name)s]

en: Changes from
              [1:Version %(new)s] of
              [2:%(name)s]
en_GB: Changes from [1:Version %(new)s] of [2:%(name)s]

en: There was an internal error in Trac.
                    It is recommended that you notify your local
                    [1:
                        Trac administrator] with the information needed to
                    reproduce the issue.
en_GB: There was an internal error in Trac. It is recommended that you notify your local [1:Trac administrator] with the information needed to reproduce the issue.

en: If you think this should work and you can reproduce the problem,
                  you should consider creating a bug report.
en_GB: If you think this should work and you can reproduce the problem, you should consider creating a bug report.

en: Before you do that, though, please first try
                    [1:[2:searching]
                    for similar issues], as it is quite likely that this problem
                    has been reported before. For questions about installation
                    and configuration of Trac or its plugins, please try the
                    [3:mailing list]
                    instead of creating a ticket.
en_GB: Before you do that, though, please first try [1:[2:searching] for similar issues], as it is quite likely that this problem has been reported before. For questions about installation and configuration of Trac or its plugins, please try the [3:mailing list] instead of creating a ticket.

en: Otherwise, please %(create)s a new bug report
                    describing the problem and explain how to reproduce it.
en_GB: Otherwise, please %(create)s a new bug report describing the problem and explain how to reproduce it.

en: Python Traceback
en_GB: Python traceback

en: [1:File "%(file)s",
                            line [2:%(line)s], in]
                            [3:%(function)s]
en_GB: [1:File "%(file)s", line [2:%(line)s], in] [3:%(function)s]

en: System Information:
en_GB: System information:

en: Enabled Plugins:
en_GB: Enabled plugins:

en: Change History for [1:%(name)s]
en_GB: Change history for [1:%(name)s]

en: Context Navigation
en_GB: Context navigation

en: Ticket System
en_GB: Ticket system

en: Invalid Completion Date
en_GB: Invalid completion date

en: Possible Values
en_GB: Possible values

en: Ticket Type
en_GB: Ticket type

en: Ticket Types
en_GB: Ticket types

en: Comma-delimited Text
en_GB: Comma-delimited text

en: Tab-delimited Text
en_GB: Tab-delimited text

en: View Tickets
en_GB: View tickets

en: Custom Query
en_GB: Custom query

en: Available Reports
en_GB: Available reports

en: Invalid Report Number
en_GB: Invalid report number

en: Create New Report
en_GB: Create new report

en: Edit Report {%(num)d} %(title)s
en_GB: Edit report {%(num)d} %(title)s

en: SQL Query
en_GB: SQL query

en: Invalid Ticket
en_GB: Invalid ticket

en: New Ticket
en_GB: New ticket

en: Previous Ticket
en_GB: Previous ticket

en: Next Ticket
en_GB: Next ticket

en: Back to Query
en_GB: Back to query

en: Ticket History
en_GB: Ticket history

en: Initial Version
en_GB: Initial version

en: Previous Change
en_GB: Previous change

en: Next Change
en_GB: Next change

en: Ticket Diff
en_GB: Ticket diff

en: Ticket Comment History
en_GB: Ticket comment history

en: Ticket Comment Diff
en_GB: Ticket comment diff

en: Add/Remove from Cc
en_GB: Add/remove from Cc

en: [1:Note:] See
          [2:TracRoadmap] for help on using
          the roadmap.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracRoadmap] for help on using the roadmap.

en: New Milestone
en_GB: New milestone

en: [1:Note:] See
            [2:TracRoadmap] for help on using
            the roadmap.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracRoadmap] for help on using the roadmap.

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracQuery]
            for help on using queries.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracQuery] for help on using queries.

en: [1:Note:]
            See [2:TracReports] for help on using and creating reports.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracReports] for help on using and creating reports.

en: New Report
en_GB: New report

en: Report Title:
en_GB: Report title:

en: Query for Report: (can be either SQL or, if starting with [1:query:],
                  a [2:TracQuery] expression)
en_GB: Query for report: (can be either SQL or, if starting with [1:query:], a [2:TracQuery] expression)

en: Create New Ticket
en_GB: Create new ticket

en: Change History
en_GB: Change history

en: Modify Ticket
en_GB: Modify ticket

en: You may use
                              [1:WikiFormatting] here.
en_GB: You may use [1:WikiFormatting] here.

en: [1:Note:] See
            [2:TracTickets] for help on using
            tickets.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracTickets] for help on using tickets.

en: at [1:Initial Version]
en_GB: at [1:Initial version]

en: Previous Period
en_GB: Previous period

en: Next Period
en_GB: Next period

en: [1:View changes from [2:]] [3:]
            and [4:[5:] days back][6:]
            [7:done by [8:]]
en_GB: [1:View changes from [2:]] [3:] and [4:[5:] days back][6:] [7:done by [8:]]

en: [1:%(time)s] %(title)s
                      by [2:%(author)s]
en_GB: [1:%(time)s] %(title)s by [2:%(author)s]

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracTimeline]
            for information about the timeline view.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracTimeline] for information about the timeline view.

en: Cannot synchronize a single revision on multiple repositories
en_GB: Cannot synchronise a single revision on multiple repositories

en: You should now run %(resync)s to synchronize Trac with the repository.
en_GB: You should now run %(resync)s to synchronise Trac with the repository.

en: You may have to run %(resync)s to synchronize Trac with the repository.
en_GB: You may have to run %(resync)s to synchronise Trac with the repository.

en: Can't synchronize with repository "%(name)s" (%(error)s). Look in the Trac log for more information.
en_GB: Can't synchronise with repository "%(name)s" (%(error)s). Look in the Trac log for more information.

en: The repository directory has changed, you should resynchronize the repository with: trac-admin $ENV repository resync '%(reponame)s'
en_GB: The repository directory has changed, you should resynchronise the repository with: trac-admin $ENV repository resync '%(reponame)s'

en: Manage Repositories
en_GB: Manage repositories

en: Modify Repository:
en_GB: Modify repository:

en: View Repository:
en_GB: View repository:

en: [1:Note:]
                This repository is defined in [2:[3:trac.ini]]
                and cannot be edited on this page.
en_GB: [1:Note:] This repository is defined in [2:[3:trac.ini]] and cannot be edited on this page.

en: Add Repository:
en_GB: Add repository:

en: Add Alias:
en_GB: Add alias:

en: Default Repository
en_GB: Default repository

en: Parent Directory
en_GB: Parent directory

en: Repository Index
en_GB: Repository index

en: Select paths and revs for Diff
en_GB: Select paths and revs for diff

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracBrowser]
            for help on using the repository browser.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracBrowser] for help on using the repository browser.

en: Changeset [1:%(new_rev)s] in %(reponame)s
                  for [2:%(new_path)s]
en_GB: Changeset [1:%(new_rev)s] in %(reponame)s for [2:%(new_path)s]

en: Changes in [1:%(new_path)s]
                  [2:\[%(old_rev)s:%(new_rev)s\]] in %(reponame)s
en_GB: Changes in [1:%(new_path)s] [2:\[%(old_rev)s:%(new_rev)s\]] in %(reponame)s

en: Changes in %(reponame)s
                  from [1:%(old_path)s]
                  at [2:r%(old_rev)s]
                  to [3:%(new_path)s]
                  at [4:r%(new_rev)s]
en_GB: Changes in %(reponame)s from [1:%(old_path)s] at [2:r%(old_rev)s] to [3:%(new_path)s] at [4:r%(new_rev)s]

en: Changeset [1:%(new_rev)s]
                  for [2:%(new_path)s]
en_GB: Changeset [1:%(new_rev)s] for [2:%(new_path)s]

en: Changes in [1:%(new_path)s]
                  [2:\[%(old_rev)s:%(new_rev)s\]]
en_GB: Changes in [1:%(new_path)s] [2:\[%(old_rev)s:%(new_rev)s\]]

en: Changes
                  from [1:%(old_path)s]
                  at [2:r%(old_rev)s]
                  to [3:%(new_path)s]
                  at [4:r%(new_rev)s]
en_GB: Changes from [1:%(old_path)s] at [2:r%(old_rev)s] to [3:%(new_path)s] at [4:r%(new_rev)s]

en: (%(kind)s from [1:
                    %(old_path)s])
en_GB: (%(kind)s from [1:%(old_path)s])

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracChangeset]
              for help on using the changeset viewer.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracChangeset] for help on using the changeset viewer.

en: Prepare Diff
en_GB: Prepare diff

en: For either path, you can start typing the path and will be
                  presented a list of existing directories and files to select
                  from. Select an entry by clicking on it, or by using the
                  up/down cursor keys and hitting tab.
en_GB: For either path, you can start typing the path and will be presented a list of existing directories and files to select from. Select an entry by clicking on it, or by using the up/down cursor keys and hitting tab.

en: [1:Note:] See
            [2:TracChangeset]
            for help on using the diff feature.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracChangeset] for help on using the diff feature.

en: View Directory
en_GB: View directory

en: View Revision Log
en_GB: View revision log

en: View Changeset
en_GB: View changeset

en: View Root Directory
en_GB: View root directory

en: Revision Log Mode:
en_GB: Revision log mode:

en: Diff from Old Revision to New Revision (as selected in the Diff column)
en_GB: Diff from old revision to new revision (as selected in the Diff column)

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracRevisionLog]
            for help on using the revision log.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracRevisionLog] for help on using the revision log.

en: Browse Source
en_GB: Browse source

en: Previous Revision
en_GB: Previous revision

en: Next Revision
en_GB: Next revision

en: Latest Revision
en_GB: Latest revision

en: Revision Log
en_GB: Revision log

en: Zip Archive
en_GB: Zip archive

en: Invalid Changeset Number
en_GB: Invalid changeset number

en: Unified Diff
en_GB: Unified diff

en: Previous Changeset
en_GB: Previous changeset

en: Next Changeset
en_GB: Next changeset

en: Reverse Diff
en_GB: Reverse diff

en: Revision Log (restarting at %(path)s, rev. %(rev)s)
en_GB: Revision log (restarting at %(path)s, rev. %(rev)s)

en: View Latest Revision
en_GB: View latest revision

en: Older Revisions
en_GB: Older revisions

en: Configuring Authentication
en_GB: Configuring authentication

en: ==== How to Reproduce ====
    
    While doing a %(method)s operation on `%(path_info)s`, Trac issued an internal error.
    
    ''(please provide additional details here)''
    
    Request parameters:
    {{{
    %(req_args)s
    }}}
    
    User agent: `#USER_AGENT#`
    
    ==== System Information ====
    %(sys_info)s
    ==== Enabled Plugins ====
    %(enabled_plugins)s
    ==== Python Traceback ====
    {{{
    %(traceback)s}}}
en_GB: ==== How to reproduce ====
    
    While doing a %(method)s operation on `%(path_info)s`, Trac issued an internal error.
    
    ''(please provide additional details here)''
    
    Request parameters:
    {{{
    %(req_args)s
    }}}
    
    User agent: `#USER_AGENT#`
    
    ==== System Information ====
    %(sys_info)s
    ==== Enabled Plugins ====
    %(enabled_plugins)s
    ==== Python Traceback ====
    {{{
    %(traceback)s}}}

en: Last Visit
en_GB: Last visit

en: The Wiki page field '%(field)s' is invalid: %(message)s
en_GB: The wiki page field '%(field)s' is invalid: %(message)s

en: Invalid Wiki page: %(message)s
en_GB: Invalid wiki page: %(message)s

en: Wiki History
en_GB: Wiki history

en: Previous Version
en_GB: Previous version

en: Next Version
en_GB: Next version

en: View Latest Version
en_GB: View latest version

en: Review Changes
en_GB: Review changes

en: Sorry, this page has been modified by somebody else since you started
                editing. Your changes cannot be saved.
en_GB: Sorry, this page has been modified by somebody else since you started editing. Your changes cannot be saved.

en: [1:Note:] See [2:WikiFormatting] and
            [3:TracWiki] for help on editing wiki content.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:WikiFormatting] and [3:TracWiki] for help on editing wiki content.

en: Preview Page
en_GB: Preview page

en: Comma separated list of paths categorized as branches.
    If a path ends with '*', then all the directory entries found below
    that path will be included.
    Example: `/trunk, /branches/*, /projectAlpha/trunk, /sandbox/*`
en_GB: Comma separated list of paths categorised as branches.
    If a path ends with '*', then all the directory entries found below
    that path will be included.
    Example: `/trunk, /branches/*, /projectAlpha/trunk, /sandbox/*`

en: Comma separated list of paths categorized as tags.
    
    If a path ends with '*', then all the directory entries found below
    that path will be included.
    Example: `/tags/*, /projectAlpha/tags/A-1.0, /projectAlpha/tags/A-v1.1`
en_GB: Comma separated list of paths categorised as tags.
    
    If a path ends with '*', then all the directory entries found below
    that path will be included.
    Example: `/tags/*, /projectAlpha/tags/A-1.0, /projectAlpha/tags/A-v1.1`

en: List of repositories that should be synchronized on every page
    request.
    
    Leave this option empty if you have set up post-commit hooks calling
    `trac-admin $ENV changeset added` on all your repositories
    (recommended). Otherwise, set it to a comma-separated list of
    repository names. Note that this will negatively affect performance,
    and will prevent changeset listeners from receiving events from the
    repositories specified here. The default is to synchronize the default
    repository, for backward compatibility. (''since 0.12'')
en_GB: List of repositories that should be synchronised on every page
    request.
    
    Leave this option empty if you have set up post-commit hooks calling
    `trac-admin $ENV changeset added` on all your repositories
    (recommended). Otherwise, set it to a comma-separated list of
    repository names. Note that this will negatively affect performance,
    and will prevent changeset listeners from receiving events from the
    repositories specified here. The default is to synchronise the default
    repository, for backward compatibility. (''since 0.12'')

en: The path to the Subversion
    [http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.pathbasedauthz.html authorization (authz) file].
    To enable authz permission checking, the `AuthzSourcePolicy` permission
    policy must be added to `[trac] permission_policies`.
en_GB: The path to the Subversion
    [http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.pathbasedauthz.html authorisation (authz) file].
    To enable authz permission checking, the `AuthzSourcePolicy` permission
    policy must be added to `[trac] permission_policies`.

en: List of repository paths that can be downloaded.
    
    Leave this option empty if you want to disable all downloads, otherwise
    set it to a comma-separated list of authorized paths (those paths are
    glob patterns, i.e. "*" can be used as a wild card). In a
    multi-repository environment, the path must be qualified with the
    repository name if the path does not point to the default repository
    (e.g. /reponame/trunk). Note that a simple prefix matching is
    performed on the paths, so aliases won't get automatically resolved.
    (''since 0.10'')
en_GB: List of repository paths that can be downloaded.
    
    Leave the option empty if you want to disable all downloads, otherwise
    set it to a comma-separated list of authorised paths (those paths are
    glob patterns, i.e. "*" can be used as a wild card). In a
    multi-repository environment, the path must be qualified with the
    repository name if the path does not point to the default repository
    (e.g. /reponame/trunk). Note that a simple prefix matching is
    performed on the paths, so aliases won't get automatically resolved.
    (''since 0.10'')

en: Enable colorization of the ''age'' column.
    
    This uses the same color scale as the source code annotation:
    blue is older, red is newer.
    (''since 0.11'')
en_GB: Enable colorisation of the ''age'' column.
    
    This uses the same color scale as the source code annotation:
    blue is older, red is newer.
    (''since 0.11'')

en: The default timezone to use
en_GB: The default time zone to use

en: Translate accented characters to the equivalent unaccented. E.g. 'Idéa' to 'Idea' for improved matching.
en_GB: Translated accented characters to the equivalent unaccented. E.g. 'Idéa' to 'Idea' for improved matching.

en: Interval in days to check whether the filesystem is up to date in the database. 0 forces crawling anytime, -1 forces it only after unclean shutdowns, and -2 disables it entirely.
en_GB: Interval in days to check whether the filesystem is up to date in the database. 0 forces crawling any time, -1 forces it only after unclean shutdowns, and -2 disables it entirely.

en: Threshold in days after which files from removables devices will be removed from database if not mounted. 0 means never, maximum is 365.
en_GB: Threshold in days after which files from removable devices will be removed from database if not mounted. 0 means never, maximum is 365.

en: Evolution Email miner
en_GB: Evolution E-mail miner

en: Cookie not recognized to resume paused miner
en_GB: Cookie not recognised to resume paused miner

en: Unrecognized options
en_GB: Unrecognised options

en: _Tags...
en_GB: _Tags…

en: The  scheduler  is  the kernel component that decides which runnable application will be executed by the CPU next.  Each application has an associated scheduling  policy and priority.
    
    This option allows you to make Tracker take a back seat and not eat up too much CPU time if you have other applications more deserving of it.
en_GB: The scheduler is the kernel component that decides which runnable application will be executed by the CPU next.  Each application has an associated scheduling  policy and priority.
    
    This option allows you to make Tracker take a back seat and not eat up too much CPU time if you have other applications more deserving of it.

en: Email Addresses
en_GB: E-mail Addresses

en: Tracker is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Tracker is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Tracker; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: Tracker is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Tracker is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Tracker; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA.

en: Search for emails
en_GB: Search for e-mails

en: No emails were found
en_GB: No e-mails were found

en: Failed to initialize data manager
en_GB: Failed to initialise data manager

en: Search for a username or leave it blank
en_GB: asdf

en: A private project is visible only by you and your team.Moreover, private projects are limited according to billingplans for the user account.
en_GB: A private project is visible only by you and your team. Moreover, private projects are limited according to billing plans for the user account.

en: You can receive notifications whenever an event occurs in Transifex. Check the notifications available for you in the list below and choose which events you would like to be notified by email.
en_GB: You can receive notifications whenever an event occurs in Transifex. Check the notifications available for you in the list below and choose which events you would like to be notified by e-mail.

en: Primary email
en_GB: Primary e-mail

en: You do not have a verified email address to which notices can be sent. You can add one by going to
en_GB: You do not have a verified e-mail address to which notices can be sent. You can add one by going to

en: Change email
en_GB: Change e-mail

en: Enter 0 or more comma-separated integers in parentheses.
en_GB: Enter 0 or more comma-separated integers in brackets.

en: You must enter at least a pair of parentheses containing nothing.
en_GB: You must enter at least a pair of brackets containing nothing.

en: Checking for device preset updates...
en_GB: Checking for device preset updates…

en: Counterclockwise 90 degrees
en_GB: Anticlockwise 90 degrees

en: Honor global _limits
en_GB: Honour global _limits

en: Start minimized in notification area
en_GB: Start minimised in notification area

en: Mo_ve .torrent file to the trash
en_GB: Mo_ve .torrent file to the Rubbish Bin

en: Show _options dialog
en_GB: Show _options dialogue

en: size|Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s
en_GB: Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s

en: Unrecognized URL
en_GB: Unrecognised URL

en: Unsupported thumbnail flavor requested
en_GB: Unsupported thumbnail flavour requested

en: Failed to call the specialized thumbnailer: timeout
en_GB: Failed to call the specialised thumbnailer: timeout

en: Failed to call the specialized thumbnailer: %s
en_GB: Failed to call the specialised thumbnailer: %s

en: Failed to load specialized thumbnailers into the registry: %s
en_GB: Failed to load specialised thumbnailers into the registry: %s

en: RGB Colorspace
en_GB: RGB Colourspace

en: Initializing the Tumbler GStreamer Thumbnailer plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler GStreamer Thumbnailer plugin

en: Initializing the Tumbler Pixbuf Thumbnailer plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler Pixbuf Thumbnailer plugin

en: Initializing the Tumbler Font Thumbnailer plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler Font Thumbnailer plugin

note: there was an error in the freetype initialization, abort
en: Could not initialize freetype: %s
en_GB: Could not initialise freetype: %s

en: Initializing the Tumbler JPEG Thumbnailer plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler JPEG Thumbnailer plugin

en: Initializing the Tumbler ffmpeg video thumbnailer plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler ffmpeg video thumbnailer plugin

en: Initializing the Tumbler ODF Thumbnailer plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler ODF Thumbnailer plugin

en: Initializing the Tumbler Poppler PDF/PS Thumbnailer plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler Poppler PDF/PS Thumbnailer plugin

en: Initializing the Tumbler RAW Thumbnailer plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler RAW Thumbnailer plugin

en: Initializing the Tumbler XDG cache plugin
en_GB: Initialising the Tumbler XDG cache plugin

en: penguins' igloos from the
en_GB: penguins’ igloos from the

en: the answer to the math problem
en_GB: the answer to the maths problem

en: and hitting 'space' or 'enter'.
en_GB: and hitting ‘space’ or ‘enter’.

en: it melts. But don't worry: the
en_GB: it melts. But don’t worry: the

en: 'Esc' or clicking the 'X'
en_GB: ‘Esc’ or clicking the ‘X’

note: Response to Dark grey (128, 128, 128) color selected
en: Dark grey! Some people spell it “dark gray”.
en_GB: Dark grey! Some people spell it ‘dark gray’.

note: Response to Light grey (192, 192, 192) color selected
en: Light grey! Some people spell it “light gray”.
en_GB: Light grey! Some people spell it ‘light gray‘.

en: A circle is a curve where all points have the same distance from the center.
en_GB: A circle is a curve where all points have the same distance from the centre.

note: Paint tool instructions
en: Pick a color and a brush shape to draw with.
en_GB: Pick a colour and a brush shape to draw with.

note: Shape tool instructions
en: Pick a shape. Click to pick the center, drag, then let go when it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to draw it.
en_GB: Pick a shape. Click to pick the centre, drag, then let go when it is the size you want. Move around to rotate it, and click to draw it.

note: Response to 'start a new image' action
en: Pick a color or picture with which to start a new drawing.
en_GB: Pick a colour or picture with which to start a new drawing.

note: Quit prompt negative response (don't quit)
en: No, take me back!
en_GB: No. take me back!

en: Pick a color.
en_GB: Pick a colour.

en: Choose the picture you want, then click “Open”.
en_GB: Choose the picture you want, then click ‘Open’.

note: Let user choose images: Instructions for Slideshow file dialog (FIXME: Make a #define)
en: Choose the pictures you want, then click “Play”.
en_GB: Choose the pictures you want, then click ‘Play’.

en: Click and move the mouse to change the colors in parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse to change the colour of parts of your picture.

en: Click to change the colors in your entire picture.
en_GB: Click to change the colours in your entire picture.

en: Click in the picture to fill that area with color.
en_GB: Click in the picture to fill that area with colour.

en: You can draw in rainbow colors!
en_GB: You can draw in rainbow colours!

en: Click and drag to shift your picture around on the canvas.
en_GB: Click and drag to move your picture around the canvas.

en: Color & White
en_GB: Colour & White

en: Click and move the mouse around to change the color of parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to change the colour of parts of your picture.

en: Click to change the color of your entire picture.
en_GB: Click to change the colour of your entire picture.

en: Click to turn your entire picture into white and a color you choose.
en_GB: Click to turn your entire picture into white and a colour you choose.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/money/canadian/coins/100loonie.png
en: A Canadian dollar ($1.00) called a loonie. It’s named after the bird on the coin—a loon.
en_GB: A Canadian dollar ($1.00) called a loonie. It’s named after the bird on the coin – a loon.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/money/canadian/coins/200toonie.png
en: A Canadian two dollar coin ($2.00) called a toonie. (Its name is a play on the name of the one dollar “loonie” coin and the number two.)
en_GB: A Canadian two dollar coin ($2.00) called a toonie. (Its name is a play on the name of the one dollar ‘loonie’ coin and the number two.)

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/money/us/coins/050kennedy-halfdollar.png
en: A US 50 cent piece ($.50) called a “Kennedy Half Dollar.”
en_GB: A US 50 cent piece ($.50) called a ‘Kennedy Half Dollar’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/money/us/coins/100sacagawea.png
en: A US “Sacagawea” dollar ($1.00).
en_GB: A US ‘Sacagawea’ dollar ($1.00).

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/locomotive/cartoon/boxcar.png
en: A boxcar is used to carry livestock.
en_GB: A goods wagon is used to carry livestock.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/vegetables/chilepepper.png
en: A chile pepper.
en_GB: A chilli pepper.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/fruit/cartoon/grapes.svg
en: A cluster of grapes.
en_GB: A bunch of grapes.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/seasonal/christmas/bow.png
en: A colorful bow.
en_GB: A colourful bow.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/birds/rooster.png
en: A colorful rooster.
en_GB: A colourful rooster.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/construction/cartoon/cementMixer.png
en: A colorful toy cement truck.
en_GB: A colourful toy cement truck.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/construction/cartoon/towTruck.png
en: A colorful toy tow truck.
en_GB: A colourful toy breakdown lorry.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/ship/cartoon/tugboat.png
en: A colorful toy tugboat.
en_GB: A colourful toy tugboat.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/construction/dumper.png
en: A dumper. It carries its load in the front.
en_GB: A dump truck. It carries its load in the front.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/emergency/cartoon/fire_engine.png
en: A fire truck.
en_GB: A fire engine.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/emergency/firetruck.png
en: A firetruck.
en_GB: A fire engine.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/sports/football.png
en: A football.
en_GB: An American football.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/construction/cartoon/terex.png
en: A huge dump truck.
en_GB: A huge dumper truck.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/houses/cartoon/jailhouse.svg
en: A jailhouse.
en_GB: A jail.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/insects/cartoon/ladybug.svg
en: A ladybug.
en_GB: A ladybird.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/usps_mailbox.png
en: A mailbox.
en_GB: A US postbox.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/clothes/clothespin_new.png
en: A modern clothespin.
en_GB: A modern clothes-peg.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/tools/wrench_plumbers.png
en: A plumber’s wrench.
en_GB: A pipe wrench.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/race/indycar.png
en: A race car.
en_GB: A racing car.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/railroad_crossing.png
en: A railroad crossing.
en_GB: A level crossing.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/garbagecan.png
en: A silver garbage can.
en_GB: A silver dustbin.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/sports/soccer.png
en: A soccer ball.
en_GB: A football.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/locomotive/cartoon/toy_train.png
en: A steam locomotive.
en_GB: A steam engine.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/sports/trophy_cup.png
en: A trophy cup.
en_GB: A sports trophy.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/dishes/pitcher_small.png
en: A very small pitcher.
en_GB: A very small jug.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/7spoke256.png
en: A wheel! Put the brake calipers toward the rear.
en_GB: A wheel! Put the brake callipers towards the rear.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/wheelie_bin.png
en: A wheelie bin! Give me your trash!
en_GB: A wheelie bin! Give me your rubbish!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/tools/wrench.png
en: A wrench.
en_GB: A spanner.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/fruit/apple_fuji.png
en: A “Fuji” apple.
en_GB: A ‘Fuji’ apple.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/fruit/apple_granny_smith.png
en: A “Granny Smith” apple.
en_GB: A ‘Granny Smith’ apple.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/fruit/apple_sierra_beauty.png
en: A “Sierra Beauty” apple.
en_GB: A ‘Sierra Beauty’ apple.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/vegetables/pattypan_squash.png
en: A “pattypan” squash.
en_GB: A ‘Pattypan’ Squash.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/tools/wrench_adjustable.png
en: An adjustable wrench.
en_GB: An adjustable spanner.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/plants/eggplant.png
en: An eggplant with fruit.
en_GB: An aubergine with fruit.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/vegetables/eggplant.png
en: An eggplant.
en_GB: An aubergine.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/mammals/hippopotamus.png
en: An hippopotamus.
en_GB: A hippopotamus

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/seasonal/hanukkah/menorah.png
en: An important part of Hanukkah is the menorah—a candleholder with eight candles and a shammash, or servant candle. One candle is lit by the shammash for each of night of Hanukkah.
en_GB: An important part of Hanukkah is the menorah – a candleholder with eight candles and a shammash, or servant candle. One candle is lit by the shammash for each of night of Hanukkah.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/clothes/clothespin_old.png
en: An old-fashioned clothespin.
en_GB: An old-fashioned clothes-peg.

note: #-#-#-#-#  tuxpaint-stamps.pot (tuxpaint-stamps)  #-#-#-#-# View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/w_3_bishop.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/b_3_bishop.png
en: Bishop. Can only move diagonally, staying on the same colored squares.
en_GB: Bishop. Can only move diagonally, staying on the same coloured squares.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/seasonal/christmas/hard_candy.png
en: Hard candy—yum!
en_GB: Boiled sweets – yum!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/5_jupiter.png
en: Jupiter—the largest planet in our solar system!
en_GB: Jupiter – the largest planet in our solar system!

note: #-#-#-#-#  tuxpaint-stamps.pot (tuxpaint-stamps)  #-#-#-#-# View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/b_4_knight.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/w_4_knight.png
en: Knight. The only piece that can jump over others. Move forward or back two, then left or right one—or move left or right two, and forward or back one.
en_GB: Knight. The only piece that can jump over others. Move forwards or back two, then left or right one – or move left or right two, and forwards or back one.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/faces/mad.png
en: Mad!
en_GB: Angry!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/4_mars.png
en: Mars—the red planet. It’s just beyond earth.
en_GB: Mars – the red planet. It’s just beyond earth.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/tools/measuring_tape.png
en: Measuring tape.
en_GB: Tape measure.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/1_mercury.png
en: Mercury—the planet closest to the Sun.
en_GB: Mercury – the planet closest to the Sun.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/8_neptune.png
en: Neptune—one of the “gas giants” in our solar system.
en_GB: Neptune – one of the ‘gas giants’ in our solar system.

note: #-#-#-#-#  tuxpaint-stamps.pot (tuxpaint-stamps)  #-#-#-#-# View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/b_6_pawn.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/w_6_pawn.png
en: Pawn. Can only move forward, unless capturing. Can move two squares on the first move, but later only one. Captures diagonally one square.
en_GB: Pawn. Can only move forwards, unless capturing. Can move two squares on the first move, but later only one. Captures diagonally one square.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/xing_ped.png
en: Pedestrian Crossing (“PED XING”).
en_GB: Pedestrian Crossing (‘PED XING’).

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/9_pluto.png
en: Pluto—until recently, it was considered the 9th planet in our solar system.
en_GB: Pluto – until recently considered the 9th planet in our solar system.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/emergency/sedan_police.png
en: Police car emblems to put on the sedan.
en_GB: Police car badges to put on the car.

note: #-#-#-#-#  tuxpaint-stamps.pot (tuxpaint-stamps)  #-#-#-#-# View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/b_5_rook.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/w_5_rook.png
en: Rook. Can only move forward, back, left or right, but not diagonally.
en_GB: Rook. Can only move forwards, back, left or right, but not diagonally.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/6_saturn.png
en: Saturn—the second largest planet in our solar system—and the one with the most rings.
en_GB: Saturn – the second largest planet in our solar system – and the one with the most rings.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/locomotive/cartoon/caboose.png
en: The caboose—a carriage for the guard.
en_GB: A guard’s van.

note: #-#-#-#-#  tuxpaint-stamps.pot (tuxpaint-stamps)  #-#-#-#-# View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/alphabets/english/filled/uppercase/B_filled.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/alphabets/english/outlined/uppercase/B_outline.png
en: The letter B.
en_GB: The letter B

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/recycle.png
en: This means something can be recycled. Don’t stick it with the regular trash!
en_GB: This means something can be recycled. Don’t stick it with the normal rubbish!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/birds/cartoon/tux.png
en: Tux—the Linux mascot!
en_GB: Tux – the Linux mascot!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/ship/cartoon/bathyscape.png
en: UB2006 “Penguin II” deep sea research vessel.
en_GB: UB2006 ‘Penguin II’ deep sea research vessel.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/7_uranus.png
en: Uranus—one of the “gas giants” in our solar system.
en_GB: Uranus – one of the ‘gas giants’ in our solar system.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/2_venus.png
en: Venus—the second planet in the solar system—and the most inhospitable!
en_GB: Venus – the second planet in the solar system – and the most inhospitable!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/arrow.png
en: “Arrow”.
en_GB: ‘Arrow’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/crossroads.png
en: “Crossroads”.
en_GB: ‘Crossroads’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/give_way_sign.png
en: “Give Way” means you have to let other people go first.
en_GB: ‘Give Way’ means you have to let other people go first.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/hospital.png
en: “Hospital”.
en_GB: ‘Hospital’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/no_uturn.png
en: “No U-Turn”.
en_GB: ‘No U-Turn’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/xing_school.png
en: “School Crossing”.
en_GB: ‘School Crossing’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/t-junction.png
en: “T-intersection”.
en_GB: ‘T-junction’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/toilets.png
en: “Toilets”.
en_GB: ‘Toilets’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/yield.png
en: “Yield” means you have to let other people go first.
en_GB: ‘Yield’ means you have to let other people go first.

en: You're currently authorized to configure system-wide settings (that affect all users) without typing the administrator password again. You can give up this authorization.
en_GB: You're currently authorised to configure system-wide settings (that affect all users) without typing the administrator password again. You can give up this authorisation.

en: Keep Authorization
en_GB: Keep Authorisation

en: Forget Authorization
en_GB: Forget Authorisation

en: Failed to set IO channel nonblocking: %s
en_GB: Failed to set I/O channel non-blocking: %s

en: One or more of the changed fields is invalid.
    This is probably due to either colons or commas in one of the fields.
    Please remove those and try again.
en_GB: One or more of the changed fields is invalid.
    This is probably due to either colons or commas in one of the fields.
    Please remove these and try again.

en: Password resetting error.
en_GB: Error resetting password.

en: Failed to find selected program.
en_GB: Failed to find the selected program.

note: FIXME: print a warning here?
en: Unable to open graphical window, and unable to find controlling terminal.
en_GB: Unable to open a graphical window and unable to find the controlling terminal.

en: Centered around:
en_GB: Centred around:

en: Min Elev Color:
en_GB: Min Elev Colour

en: World File Parameters:
en_GB: Zoom (metres per pixel):

en: All Tracks Color:
en_GB: All Tracks Colour:

en: The color used when 'All Tracks Same Color' drawing mode is selected
en_GB: The colour used when 'All Tracks Same Colour' drawing mode is selected

en: Track Background Color
en_GB: Track Background Colour

en: The percentage factor away from the average speed determining the color used
en_GB: The percentage factor away from the average speed determining the colour used

en: Waypoint Color:
en_GB: Waypoint Colour:

en: Fake BG Color Translucency:
en_GB: Fake BG Colour Translucency:

en: <b>Color:</b>
en_GB: <b>Colour:</b>

en: Zoom (meters per pixel):
en_GB: Zoom (metres per pixel):

en: Choose a background color
en_GB: Choose a background colour

en: Choose a track highlight color
en_GB: Choose a track highlight colour

en: Set _Highlight Color...
en_GB: Set _Highlight Colour...

en: Set Bac_kground Color...
en_GB: Set Bac_kground Colour...

en: Show Center Mark
en_GB: Show Centre Mark

en: E96: Can not diff more than %ld buffers
en_GB: E96: Cannot diff more than %ld buffers

en: E101: More than two buffers in diff mode, don't know which one to use
en_GB: E101: More than two buffers in diff mode, do not know which one to use

en: E102: Can't find buffer "%s"
en_GB: E102: Cannot find buffer "%s"

en: E738: Can't list variables for %s
en_GB: E738: Cannot list variables for %s

en: E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!
en_GB: E138: Cannot write viminfo file %s!

en: # You may edit it if you're careful!
en_GB: # You may edit it if you are careful!

en: E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters
en_GB: E146: Regular expressions cannot be delimited by letters

en: E493: Backwards range given
en_GB: E493: Backward range given

en: Backwards range given, OK to swap
en_GB: Backward range given, OK to swap

en: E185: Cannot find color scheme %s
en_GB: E185: Cannot find colour scheme %s

en: Can't find temp file for conversion
en_GB: Cannot find temp file for conversion

en: can't read output of 'charconvert'
en_GB: cannot read output of 'charconvert'

en: E506: Can't write to backup file (add ! to override)
en_GB: E506: Cannot write to backup file (add ! to override)

en: E508: Can't read file for backup (add ! to override)
en_GB: E508: Cannot read file for backup (add ! to override)

en: E510: Can't make backup file (add ! to override)
en_GB: E510: Cannot make backup file (add ! to override)

en: E214: Can't find temp file for writing
en_GB: E214: Cannot find temp file for writing

en: E166: Can't open linked file for writing
en_GB: E166: Cannot open linked file for writing

en: E212: Can't open file for writing
en_GB: E212: Cannot open file for writing

en: E205: Patchmode: can't save original file
en_GB: E205: Patchmode: cannot save original file

en: E206: patchmode: can't touch empty original file
en_GB: E206: patchmode: cannot touch empty original file

en: E207: Can't delete backup file
en_GB: E207: Cannot delete backup file

en: don't quit the editor until the file is successfully written!
en_GB: do not quit the editor until the file is successfully written!

en: E217: Can't execute autocommands for ALL events
en_GB: E217: Cannot execute autocommands for ALL events

en: E482: Can't create file %s
en_GB: E482: Cannot create file %s

en: E483: Can't get temp file name
en_GB: E483: Cannot get temp file name

en: E484: Can't open file %s
en_GB: E484: Cannot open file %s

en: E485: Can't read file %s
en_GB: E485: Cannot read file %s

en: E40: Can't open errorfile %s
en_GB: E40: Cannot open errorfile %s

en: E255: Couldn't read in sign data!
en_GB: E255: Could not read in sign data!

en: E254: Cannot allocate color %s
en_GB: E254: Cannot allocate colour %s

en: E616: vim_SelFile: can't get font %s
en_GB: E616: vim_SelFile: cannot get font %s

en: E614: vim_SelFile: can't return to current directory
en_GB: E614: vim_SelFile: cannot return to current directory

en: E615: vim_SelFile: can't get current directory
en_GB: E615: vim_SelFile: cannot get current directory

en: Vim E458: Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect
en_GB: Vim E458: Cannot allocate colourmap entry, some colours may be incorrect

en: E624: Can't open file "%s"
en_GB: E624: Cannot open file "%s"

en: E457: Can't read PostScript resource file "%s"
en_GB: E457: Cannot read PostScript resource file "%s"

en: E324: Can't open PostScript output file
en_GB: E324: Cannot open PostScript output file

en: E456: Can't open file "%s"
en_GB: E456: Cannot open file "%s"

en: E456: Can't find PostScript resource file "prolog.ps"
en_GB: E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file "prolog.ps"

en: E456: Can't find PostScript resource file "cidfont.ps"
en_GB: E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file "cidfont.ps"

en: E456: Can't find PostScript resource file "%s.ps"
en_GB: E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file "%s.ps"

en: couldn't open buffer
en_GB: could not open buffer

en: can't delete OutputObject attributes
en_GB: cannot delete OutputObject attributes

en: --literal		Don't expand wildcards
en_GB: --literal		Do not expand wildcards

en: -f  or  --nofork	Foreground: Don't fork when starting GUI
en_GB: -f  or  --nofork	Foreground: Do not fork when starting GUI

en: -f			Don't use newcli to open window
en_GB: -f			Do not use newcli to open window

en: --noplugin		Don't load plugin scripts
en_GB: --noplugin		Do not load plugin scripts

en: --remote-silent <files>  Same, don't complain if there is no server
en_GB: --remote-silent <files>  Same, do not complain if there is no server

en: --remote-wait-silent <files>  Same, don't complain if there is no server
en_GB: --remote-wait-silent <files>  Same, do not complain if there is no server

en: -background <color>	Use <color> for the background (also: -bg)
en_GB: -background <colour>	Use <colour> for the background (also: -bg)

en: -foreground <color>	Use <color> for normal text (also: -fg)
en_GB: -foreground <colour>	Use <colour> for normal text (also: -fg)

en: +reverse		Don't use reverse video (also: +rv)
en_GB: +reverse		Do not use reverse video (also: +rv)

en: E288: input method doesn't support any style
en_GB: E288: input method does not support any style

en: E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type
en_GB: E289: input method does not support my preedit type

en: E298: Didn't get block nr 0?
en_GB: E298: Did not get block nr 0?

en: E298: Didn't get block nr 1?
en_GB: E298: Did not get block nr 1?

en: E298: Didn't get block nr 2?
en_GB: E298: Did not get block nr 2?

en: E304: ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0??
en_GB: E304: ml_upd_block0(): Did not get block 0??

en: Messages maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
en_GB: Messages maintainer: Mike Williams <mrw@eandem.co.uk>

en: Keys don't match!
en_GB: Keys do not match!

en: E344: Can't find directory "%s" in cdpath
en_GB: E344: Cannot find directory "%s" in cdpath

en: E345: Can't find file "%s" in path
en_GB: E345: Cannot find file "%s" in path

en: E597: can't select fontset
en_GB: E597: cannot select fontset

en: E533: can't select wide font
en_GB: E533: cannot select wide font

en: VIM: Can't open window!
en_GB: VIM: Cannot open window!

en: E388: Couldn't find definition
en_GB: E388: Could not find definition

en: E389: Couldn't find pattern
en_GB: E389: Could not find pattern

en: Unrecognized or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s
en_GB: Unrecognised or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s

en: Unrecognized flags in %s line %d: %s
en_GB: Unrecognised flags in %s line %d: %s

en: E781: .sug file doesn't match .spl file: %s
en_GB: E781: .sug file does not match .spl file: %s

en: E394: Didn't find region item for %s
en_GB: E394: Did not find region item for %s

en: E419: FG color unknown
en_GB: E419: FG colour unknown

en: E420: BG color unknown
en_GB: E420: BG colour unknown

en: E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s
en_GB: E421: Colour name or number not recognised: %s

en: E434: Can't find tag pattern
en_GB: E434: Cannot find tag pattern

en: E435: Couldn't find tag, just guessing!
en_GB: E435: Could not find tag, just guessing!

en: E442: Can't split topleft and botright at the same time
en_GB: E442: Cannot split topleft and botright at the same time

en: E447: Can't find file "%s" in path
en_GB: E447: Cannot find file "%s" in path

en: Maximum number of history items in connect dialog
en_GB: Maximum number of history items in connect dialogue

en: Color _Depth:
en_GB: Colour _Depth:

en: True Color (24 bits)
en_GB: True Colour (24 bits)

en: High Color (16 bits)
en_GB: High Colour (16 bits)

en: Low Color (8 bits)
en_GB: Low Colour (8 bits)

en: Ultra Low Color (3 bits)
en_GB: Ultra Low Colour (3 bits)

en: Error while initializing bookmarks: %s
en_GB: Error while initialising bookmarks: %s

en: Error while initializing bookmarks: The file seems to be empty
en_GB: Error while initialising bookmarks: The file seems to be empty

en: Error while initializing bookmarks: The file is not a vinagre bookmarks file
en_GB: Error while initialising bookmarks: The file is not a Vinagre bookmarks file

en: Error while saving bookmarks: Failed to initialize the XML structure
en_GB: Error while saving bookmarks: Failed to initialise the XML structure

en: Error while saving bookmarks: Failed to finalize the XML structure
en_GB: Error while saving bookmarks: Failed to finalise the XML structure

en: Error while migrating bookmarks: Failed to initialize the XML structure
en_GB: Error while migrating bookmarks: Failed to initialise the XML structure

en: Error while migrating bookmarks: Failed to finalize the XML structure
en_GB: Error while migrating bookmarks: Failed to finalise the XML structure

en: The file was not recognized by any of the plugins.
en_GB: The file was not recognised by any of the plugins.

en: Failed to resolve avahi hostname: %s
en_GB: Failed to resolve Avahi hostname: %s

en: Failed to initialize mDNS browser: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise mDNS browser: %s

note: Translators: this is a command line option (run vinagre --help)
en: Open a file recognized by Vinagre
en_GB: Open a file recognised by Vinagre

en: Password dialog canceled
en_GB: Password dialogue cancelled

en: Login dialog canceled
en_GB: Login dialogue cancelled

en: Open a .VNC file
en_GB: Open a .vnc file

en: Checking the connectivity of this machine...
en_GB: Checking the connectivity of this machine…

en: If not set, the server will listen on all network interfaces.
    
    Set this if you want that accept connections only from some specific network interface. eg: eth0, wifi0, lo, ...
en_GB: If not set, the server will listen on all network interfaces.
    
    Set this if you want that accept connections only from some specific network interface. e.g.: eth0, wifi0, lo, …

en: This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences dialog.
en_GB: This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences dialogue.

en: This key controls the behavior of the status icon. There are three options: "always" - The icon will be always there; "client" - You will see the icon only when there is someone connected, this is the default behavior; "never" - Never shows the icon.
en_GB: This key controls the behaviour of the status icon. There are three options: "always" — The icon will be always there; "client" — You will see the icon only when there is someone connected, this is the default behaviour; "never" — Never shows the icon.

en: When true, disable the background on receive valid session
en_GB: When true, disable the background on receiving a valid session

en: Whether we should use UPNP to forward the port in routers
en_GB: Whether we should use UPnP to forward the port in routers

en: If true, we will use UPNP protocol to automatically forward the port used by vino in the router.
en_GB: If true, we will use the UPnP protocol to automatically forward the port used by Vino in the router.

en: If true, we will not use the XDamage extension of X.org. This extension does not work properly on some video drivers when using 3D effects. Disabling it will make vino work on these environments with a slower rendering as side effect.
en_GB: If true, we will not use the XDamage extension of X.org. This extension does not work properly on some video drivers when using 3D effects. Disabling it will make Vino work on these environments with a slower rendering as side effect.

en: Your XServer does not support the XTest extension - remote desktop access will be view-only
en_GB: Your XServer does not support the XTest extension — remote desktop access will be view-only

en: Licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2
    
    Vino is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
    as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
    of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Vino is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
    02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: Licensed under the GNU General Public Licence Version 2
    
    Vino is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence
    as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
    of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Vino is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
    02110-1301, USA.

en: Error initializing libnotify
en_GB: Error initialising libnotify

en: ERROR: Maximum length of password is %d character. Please, re-enter the password. | ERROR: Maximum length of password is %d characters. Please, re-enter the password.
en_GB[0]: Error: Maximum length of password is %d character. Please re-enter the password.
en_GB[1]: Error: Maximum length of password is %d characters. Please re-enter the password.

en: VINO Version %s
en_GB: Vino Version %s

en: ERROR: You do not have enough permissions to change Vino password.
en_GB: Error: You do not have enough permissions to change the Vino password.

en: measure a set of patches on a color chart
en_GB: measure a set of patches on a colour chart

en: unimplemented input color space 0x%x
en_GB: unimplemented input colour space 0x%x

en: unimplemented output color space 0x%x
en_GB: unimplemented output colour space 0x%x

en: unsupported colorspace %d
en_GB: unsupported colourspace %d

en: bad colormap
en_GB: bad colourmap

en: unsupported color type
en_GB: unsupported colour type

en: _Localization Guide
en_GB: _Localisation Guide

en: <u>Localization Guide</u>
en_GB: <u>Localisation Guide</u>

en: Simple capitalization
en_GB: Simple capitalisation

en: Starting capitalization
en_GB: Starting capitalisation

en: Words with internal capitalization, such as some brand names and WikiWords
en_GB: Words with internal capitalisation, such as some brand names and WikiWords

en: Localization Terminology
en_GB: Localisation Terminology

en: Selected localization terminology
en_GB: Selected localisation terminology

en: Copyright © 2007-2010 Zuza Software Foundation
en_GB: Copyright © 2007-2011 Zuza Software Foundation

en: The initial focus is on software translation (localization or l10n), but we definitely intend it to be useful as a general purpose tool for Computer Aided Translation (CAT).
en_GB: The initial focus is on software translation (localisation or l10n), but we definitely intend it to be useful as a general purpose tool for Computer Aided Translation (CAT).

en: Many plugins and options for customization
en_GB: Many plug-ins and options for customisation

en: XML Localization Interchange File Format
en_GB: XML Localisation Interchange File Format

en: %s:	%s
en_GB: %s:<span class="whitespace other" title="Tab">»</span>%s

note: Application signalled an "identified coding system" we haven't heard of.  See ECMA-35 for gory details.
en: Unrecognized identified coding system.
en_GB: Unrecognised identified coding system.

en: Error reading PTY size, using defaults: %s
en_GB: Error reading PTY size; using defaults: %s

note: type: Plain text
en: Many distributions come with prebuilt Wammu binaries, if you can use them, it is definitely the easiest thing. There are also binary packages of latest release built for many distributions available on Wammu web site <http://wammu.eu/download/wammu/>.
en_GB: Many distributions come with pre-built Wammu binaries, if you can use them, it is definitely the easiest thing. There are also binary packages of latest release built for many distributions available on Wammu web site <http://wammu.eu/download/wammu/>.

en: 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
    published by the Free Software Foundation.
en_GB: 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence version 2 as
    published by the Free Software Foundation.

en: 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: I am skeptic
en_GB: I am sceptic

en: Wearing glases
en_GB: Wearing glasses

en: Before submiting please try searching for simmilar bugs on %s
en_GB: Before submitting please try searching for similar bugs on %s

en: If you want to help improving this program, please submit following infomation and description how did it happen to %s. Please report in english, otherwise you will be most likely told to translate you report to english later.
en_GB: If you want to help improving this program, please submit following information and description how did it happen to %s. Please report in English, otherwise you will be most likely told to translate you report to English later.

en: Unhandled exception appeared. If you want to help improving this program, please report this together with description how this situation has happened. Please report in english, otherwise you will be most likely told to translate you report to english later.
en_GB: Unhandled exception appeared. If you want to help improving this program, please report this together with description how this situation has happened. Please report in English, otherwise you will be most likely told to translate you report to English later.

en: Select which configration you want to modify.
en_GB: Select which configuration you want to modify.

en: Export messages to emails in storage you choose.
en_GB: Export messages to e-mails in storage you choose.

en: Error Occured
en_GB: Error Occurred

en: It was not possible to read saved message! There is most likely some bug in Gammu, please contact author with debug log of this operation. To see message in Wammu you need to reread all messsages.
en_GB: It was not possible to read saved message! There is most likely some bug in Gammu, please contact author with debug log of this operation. To see message in Wammu you need to reread all messages.

en: It was not possible to read saved entry! It might be different than one saved in phone untill you reread all entries.
en_GB: It was not possible to read saved entry! It might be different than one saved in phone until you reread all entries.

en: You can not work on this data, please retrieve it first from phone
en_GB: You cannot work on this data, please retrieve it first from phone

en: Phone search is still active, you can not continue.
en_GB: Phone search is still active, you cannot continue.

en: No phone has not been found, you can not continue.
en_GB: No phone has not been found, you cannot continue.

en: IrDA wireless connection requires direct visibility, please make sure this is fullfilled and computer can see phone.
en_GB: IrDA wireless connection requires direct visibility, please make sure this is fulfilled and computer can see phone.

en: Synchronize time
en_GB: Synchronise time

en: How often refresh phone state in application status bar. Enter value in miliseconds, 0 to disable.
en_GB: How often refresh phone state in application status bar. Enter value in milliseconds, 0 to disable.

en: Default date to be used for newly created time fields. Enter amount of days from today (1 = tommorow).
en_GB: Default date to be used for newly created time fields. Enter amount of days from today (1 = tomorrow).

en: You don't have any phone connection configured. Wammu will not be able to conect to your phone!
en_GB: You don't have any phone connection configured. Wammu will not be able to connect to your phone!

en: Standard access to filesystem. Not a good choice for Nokia if you want to access data.
en_GB: Standard access to file-system. Not a good choice for Nokia if you want to access data.

en: Standard access to filesystem and sometimes also to phone data. Good choice for recent phones.
en_GB: Standard access to file-system and sometimes also to phone data. Good choice for recent phones.

en: Selected folder does not contain new subfolder and thus probably is not valid maildir.
    
    Do you want to create new subfolder and export to it?
en_GB: Selected folder does not contain new sub-folder and thus probably is not valid maildir.
    
    Do you want to create new sub-folder and export to it?

en: Where do you want to export emails created from your messages?
en_GB: Where do you want to export e-mails created from your messages?

en: Please share your experiences with Wammu and Gammu which is backend library. When you fill in following form, other users can benefit from your experiences in Gammu Phone Database. Only information you see here will be submited.
en_GB: Please share your experiences with Wammu and Gammu which is backend library. When you fill in following form, other users can benefit from your experiences in Gammu Phone Database. Only information you see here will be submitted.

en: Your email:
en_GB: Your e-mail:

en: Email displaying:
en_GB: E-mail displaying:

en: Don't show email at all
en_GB: Don't show e-mail at all

en: Please enter valid mail here, choose display options below. Your email won't be given or sold to anybody.
en_GB: Please enter valid mail here, choose display options below. Your e-mail won't be given or sold to anybody.

en: If you don't want to display email clear text, please select one mangling option.
en_GB: If you don't want to display e-mail clear text, please select one mangling option.

en: Email displaying
en_GB: E-mail displaying

en: Your email
en_GB: Your e-mail

en: Filesystem manipulation
en_GB: File-system manipulation

en: You have access to more phone numbers per entry or additional fields as email.
en_GB: You have access to more phone numbers per entry or additional fields as e-mail.

en: Action canceled by user!
en_GB: Action cancelled by user!

en: Action canceled
en_GB: Action cancelled

en: weekly on monday
en_GB: weekly on Monday

en: weekly on tuesday
en_GB: weekly on Tuesday

en: weekly on wednesday
en_GB: weekly on Wednesday

en: weekly on thursday
en_GB: weekly on Thursday

en: weekly on friday
en_GB: weekly on Friday

en: weekly on saturday
en_GB: weekly on Saturday

en: weekly on sunday
en_GB: weekly on Sunday

en: nonrecurring
en_GB: non-recurring

en: Communication canceled by phone, did you press cancel on phone?
en_GB: Communication cancelled by phone, did you press cancel on phone?

en: Maybe you need to be member of some group to have acces to device.
en_GB: Maybe you need to be member of some group to have access to device.

en: Extra unrecognized parameters passed to program
en_GB: Extra unrecognised parameters passed to program

en: Phone infomation:
en_GB: Phone information:

en: Armored Mortar battery pit
en_GB: Armoured Mortar battery pit

en: Mini-rocket armored strongpoint
en_GB: Mini-rocket armoured strongpoint

en: Armored hardpoint with Heavy Machinegun
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Heavy Machinegun

en: Armored hardpoint with Lancer AT missile
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Lancer AT missile

en: Armor-Piercing Fin-Stabilized Discarding Sabot
en_GB: Armour-Piercing Fin-Stabilised Discarding Sabot

en: Increases Kinetic Armor and Body Points
en_GB: Increases Kinetic Armour and Body Points

en: Armored guard tower with Mini-Pod Rocket
en_GB: Armoured guard tower with Mini-Pod Rocket

en: Armored bunker with Machinegun
en_GB: Armoured bunker with Machinegun

en: Armored bunker with Lancer AT rocket
en_GB: Armoured bunker with Lancer AT rocket

en: Armored bunker with Flamer
en_GB: Armoured bunker with Flamer

en: Armored bunker with Light Cannon
en_GB: Armoured bunker with Light Cannon

en: Armored hardpoint with Light Cannon
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Light Cannon

en: Armored hardpoint with Medium Cannon
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Medium Cannon

en: Armored hardpoint with Heavy Cannon
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Heavy Cannon

en: Increases Armor and Body Points
en_GB: Increases Armour and Body Points

en: Inferior armor and body points to Viper
en_GB: Inferior armour and body points to Viper

en: Medium body increases armor and body points
en_GB: Medium body increases armour and body points

en: Inferior armor and body points to Cobra
en_GB: Inferior armour and body points to Cobra

en: Heavy body increases armor and body points
en_GB: Heavy body increases armour and body points

en: Less armor and body points than Python
en_GB: Less armour and body points than Python

en: Increases kinetic armor and body points
en_GB: Increases kinetic armour and body points

en: Armored Half-tracks
en_GB: Armoured Half-tracks

en: Armored Tracks
en_GB: Armoured Tracks

en: Heavy Cannon firing 120 mm rounds
en_GB: Heavy Cannon firing 120mm rounds

en: Armor-Piercing Discard Sabot Bullets
en_GB: Armour-Piercing Discard Sabot Bullets

en: Fin-stabilization improves flight trajectory
en_GB: Fin-stabilisation improves flight trajectory

en: New armored construction
en_GB: New armoured construction

en: Armored hardpoint with Hyper-Velocity Cannon
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Hyper-Velocity Cannon

en: Cyborg Thermal Armor Improved
en_GB: Cyborg Thermal Armour Improved

en: Heat resistant armored layers
en_GB: Heat resistant armoured layers

en: Thermal Armor increased
en_GB: Thermal Armour increased

en: Armored Bombard battery pit
en_GB: Armoured Bombard battery pit

en: Armored howitzer emplacement
en_GB: Armoured howitzer emplacement

en: Armored Ground Shaker howitzer emplacement
en_GB: Armoured Ground Shaker howitzer emplacement

en: Armored Pepperpot mortar battery pit
en_GB: Armoured Pepperpot mortar battery pit

en: Armored Hellstorm howitzer emplacement
en_GB: Armoured Hellstorm howitzer emplacement

en: Armored strongpoint with Tank Killer rocket
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Tank Killer rocket

en: Armored strongpoint with Hyper-Velocity Cannon
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Hyper-Velocity Cannon

en: Armored strongpoint with Inferno Flamer
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Inferno Flamer

en: Armored strongpoint with Assault Cannon
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Assault Cannon

en: Armored hardpoint with Assault Gun
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Assault Gun

en: Armored hardpoint with Assault Cannon
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Assault Cannon

en: Armored hardpoint with Inferno flamer
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Inferno flamer

en: Armored hardpoint with Tank Killer AT missile
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Tank Killer AT missile

en: Superior armor and body points to Viper
en_GB: Superior armour and body points to Viper

en: Superior armor and body points to Cobra
en_GB: Superior armour and body points to Cobra

en: Vehicle Thermal Armor Improved
en_GB: Vehicle Thermal Armour Improved

en: Heat-resistant armored layers
en_GB: Heat-resistant armoured layers

en: Increases Thermal Armor
en_GB: Increases Thermal Armour

en: Drops High Explosive Armor Piercing bombs
en_GB: Drops High Explosive Armour Piercing bombs

en: Tungsten-tipped armor-piercing bullets
en_GB: Tungsten-tipped armour-piercing bullets

en: High Explosive Armor-Piercing Shells
en_GB: High Explosive Armour-Piercing Shells

en: High Explosive Armor-Piercing warheads
en_GB: High Explosive Armour-Piercing warheads

en: NEXUS Intruder Program analyzed
en_GB: NEXUS Intruder Program analysed

en: Armored strongpoint with Flashlight laser
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Flashlight laser

en: Armored strongpoint with Pulse Laser
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Pulse Laser

en: Armored strongpoint with Rail Gun
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Rail Gun

en: Armored strongpoint with Gauss Cannon
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Gauss Cannon

en: Armored guard tower with Scourge Missile
en_GB: Armoured guard tower with Scourge Missile

en: Armored guard tower with Needle Gun
en_GB: Armoured guard tower with Needle Gun

en: Armored hardpoint with Scourge AT Missile
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Scourge AT Missile

en: Armored hardpoint with Flashlight laser
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Flashlight laser

en: Armored hardpoint with Rail Gun
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Rail Gun

en: Armored hardpoint with Gauss Cannon
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Gauss Cannon

en: Vapor Turbine boosts power output
en_GB: Vapour Turbine boosts power output

en: More armor and body points than Python
en_GB: More armour and body points than Python

en: Ionizing Turbine Engine
en_GB: Ionising Turbine Engine

en: High Explosive Armor Piercing Flak
en_GB: High Explosive Armour Piercing Flak

en: High-Velocity Armor-Piercing Fin-Stabilised Discarding Sabot
en_GB: High-Velocity Armour-Piercing Fin-Stabilised Discarding Sabot

en: High Explosive Armor Piercing Shells
en_GB: High Explosive Armour Piercing Shells

en: Improved Energizer reduces laser recharge time
en_GB: Improved Energiser reduces laser recharge time

en: Rail gun firing armor-piercing darts
en_GB: Rail gun firing armour-piercing darts

en: Improved armor-piercing dart
en_GB: Improved armour-piercing dart

en: TRANSPORT MISSION: Investigate Research Center
en_GB: TRANSPORT MISSION: Investigate Research Centre

en: The New Paradigm are analyzing synaptic link technology at this location.
en_GB: The New Paradigm are analysing synaptic link technology at this location.

en: You are to intercept the convoy and recover its cargo.
en_GB: You are to intercept the convoy and recover it's cargo.

en: We are certain that NEXUS's core systems are located here.
en_GB: We are certain that NEXUS' core systems are located here.

en: Pre-Collapse Research Center
en_GB: Pre-Collapse Research Centre

en: Command Center
en_GB: Command Centre

en: Repair Center
en_GB: Repair Centre

en: Command Relay Center
en_GB: Command Relay Centre

en: Cyborg Thermal Armor
en_GB: Cyborg Thermal Armour

en: Cyborg Thermal Armor Mk2
en_GB: Cyborg Thermal Armour Mk2

en: Cyborg Thermal Armor Mk3
en_GB: Cyborg Thermal Armour Mk3

en: Cyborg High Intensity Thermal Armor
en_GB: Cyborg High Intensity Thermal Armour

en: Cyborg High Intensity Thermal Armor Mk2
en_GB: Cyborg High Intensity Thermal Armour Mk2

en: Cyborg High Intensity Thermal Armor Mk3
en_GB: Cyborg High Intensity Thermal Armour Mk3

en: Vapor Turbine Generator
en_GB: Vapour Turbine Generator

en: Thermal Armor
en_GB: Thermal Armour

en: Thermal Armor Mk2
en_GB: Thermal Armour Mk2

en: Thermal Armor Mk3
en_GB: Thermal Armour Mk3

en: High Intensity Thermal Armor
en_GB: High Intensity Thermal Armour

en: High Intensity Thermal Armor Mk2
en_GB: High Intensity Thermal Armour Mk2

en: High Intensity Thermal Armor Mk3
en_GB: High Intensity Thermal Armour Mk3

en: Thermopole Energizer
en_GB: Thermopole Energiser

en: Thermopole Energizer Mk2
en_GB: Thermopole Energiser Mk2

en: Thermopole Energizer Mk3
en_GB: Thermopole Energiser Mk3

en: Stabilized Mini-Rockets
en_GB: Stabilised Mini-Rockets

en: Stabilized Mini-Rockets Mk2
en_GB: Stabilised Mini-Rockets Mk2

en: New Paradigm Command Center
en_GB: New Paradigm Command Centre

en: Collective Command Center
en_GB: Collective Command Centre

en: Armored guard tower with Heavy Machinegun
en_GB: Armoured guard tower with Heavy Machinegun

en: Armored guard tower with Flamer
en_GB: Armoured guard tower with Flamer

en: Armored guard tower with Lancer AT Rocket
en_GB: Armoured guard tower with Lancer AT Rocket

en: Armored bunker with Heavy Machinegun
en_GB: Armoured bunker with Heavy Machinegun

en: Armored hardpoint with Flamer
en_GB: Armoured hardpoint with Flamer

en: To finalize your design, left click the CLOSE icon
en_GB: To finalise your design, left click the CLOSE icon

en: Armored Incendiary Mortar battery pit
en_GB: Armoured Incendiary Mortar battery pit

en: Armored strongpoint with Plasmite Flamer
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Plasmite Flamer

en: Armored guard tower with Nexus Link
en_GB: Armoured guard tower with Nexus Link

en: Armored strongpoint with Heavy Laser
en_GB: Armoured strongpoint with Heavy Laser

en: Armored guard tower with EMP Cannon
en_GB: Armoured guard tower with EMP Cannon

en: Maximum armor and body points
en_GB: Maximum armour and body points

en: Armored EMP Mortar battery pit
en_GB: Armoured EMP Mortar battery pit

en: Cyborg Superdense Thermal Armor
en_GB: Cyborg Superdense Thermal Armour

en: Cyborg Superdense Thermal Armor Mk2
en_GB: Cyborg Superdense Thermal Armour Mk2

en: Cyborg Superdense Thermal Armor Mk3
en_GB: Cyborg Superdense Thermal Armour Mk3

en: Vehicle Superdense Thermal Armor
en_GB: Vehicle Superdense Thermal Armour

en: Vehicle Superdense Thermal Armor Mk2
en_GB: Vehicle Superdense Thermal Armour Mk2

en: Vehicle Superdense Thermal Armor Mk3
en_GB: Vehicle Superdense Thermal Armour Mk3

en: Satellite Uplink Center
en_GB: Satellite Uplink Centre

en: Centered on Group %u - %u Unit | Centered on Group %u - %u Units
en_GB[0]: Centred on Group %u - %u Unit
en_GB[1]: Centred on Group %u - %u Units

en: MULTI PLAYER
en_GB: MULTIPLAYER

en: Centered on player HQ, direction NORTH
en_GB: Centred on player HQ, direction NORTH

en: Radar showing friend-foe colors
en_GB: Radar showing friend-foe colours

en: Radar showing player colors
en_GB: Radar showing player colours

en: Center View on HQ
en_GB: Centre View on HQ

note: [advanced_preference]: type=int
en: Chat message aging
en_GB: Chat message ageing

note: [advanced_preference]: type=int
en: Number of minutes to wait before clearing an ingame chat message. Set to 0 to disable
en_GB: Number of minutes to wait before clearing an in-game chat message. Set to 0 to disable

note: [ai]: id=testing_ai_default
en: Multiplayer_AI^RCA AI
en_GB: RCA AI

note: [about]
en: General Purpose Administration and Coordination
en_GB: General Purpose Administration and Co-ordination

note: [aggression]
en: Be more aggressive
en_GB: Be more aggressive.

note: [print]
en: Location selection canceled
en_GB: Location selection cancelled

note: [revoke_behavior_orders]
en: Clear behavior orders
en_GB: Clear behaviour orders

note: [do]
en: Objective: $ai_controller.side_$ally_side|_current_settings.currently_doing_objective_description
    Behavior: $ai_controller.side_$ally_side|_current_settings.currently_doing_behavior_description
en_GB: Objective: $ai_controller.side_$ally_side|_current_settings.currently_doing_objective_description
    Behaviour: $ai_controller.side_$ally_side|_current_settings.currently_doing_behavior_description

note: [literal]
en: Set behavior...
en_GB: Set behaviour...

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: With this golden coin, I wish that this battle end in a swift and safe victory.
en_GB: With this golden coin, I wish that this battle may end in a swift and safe victory.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: I wish this single gold coin be returned ten-fold to me.
en_GB: I wish that this single gold coin be returned ten-fold to me.

en: holy water^Take it
en_GB: Take it

en: holy water^Leave it
en_GB: Leave it

en: storm trident^Leave it
en_GB: Leave it

en: storm trident^Take it
en_GB: Take it

note: [language]
en: $name|harbor,$name|port,$lake|port,$lake|harbor
en_GB: $name|harbour,$name|port,$lake|port,$lake|harbour

note: [tip]
en: On maps where <i>Shroud</i> or <i>Fog of War</i> has been enabled, all units’ sightlines are limited by their maximum movement. If you have some valuable but slow units, keep at least one fast unit with them so that you are not caught out by a surprise attack.
en_GB: On maps where <i>Shroud</i> or <i>Fog of War</i> has been enabled, all units’ lines of sight are limited by their maximum movement. If you have some valuable but slow units, keep at least one fast unit with them so that you are not caught out by a surprise attack.

note: [tip]
en: Horse-based units are generally resistant to attacks with bladed or impact weapons, but are vulnerable to attacks with piercing weapons, including bows and spears.
en_GB: Horse based units are generally resistant to attacks with bladed or impact weapons, but are vulnerable to attacks with piercing weapons, including bows and spears.

note: [tip]
en: Patience is often key. Rather than attacking in bad conditions or with few troops, wait for better conditions and then attack.
en_GB: Patience is often key. Rather than attacking in bad conditions, or with few troops, wait for better conditions and then attack.

note: [tip]
en: Try to avoid moving next to unoccupied villages. An enemy unit may move into the village and attack you, while enjoying the defense and healing of the village.
en_GB: Try to avoid moving next to unoccupied villages. An enemy unit may move into the village and attack you, while enjoying the defence and healing of the village.

note: [tip]
en: Instead of leveling up, high-level units gain an <i>After Maximum Level Advancement</i> (AMLA) bonus, which usually increases the unit’s maximum hitpoints by three and fully heals it. This is much less than the normal benefits of advancing a level, so it is generally wiser to advance your lower-level units instead.
en_GB: Instead of levelling up, high-level units gain an <i>After Maximum Level Advancement</i> (AMLA) bonus, which usually increases the unit’s maximum hitpoints by three and fully heals it. This is much less than the normal benefits of advancing a level, so it is generally wiser to advance your lower-level units instead.

note: [tip]
en: Few units have good defenses in water; a line of attackers along the edge of a river can inflict heavy casualties. Elves can use the edge of a forest in a similar manner, and dwarves can do the same with mountains.
en_GB: Few units have good defences in water; a line of attackers along the edge of a river can inflict heavy casualties. Elves can use the edge of a forest in a similar manner, and dwarves can do the same with mountains.

note: [tip]
en: Units with three or more attacks—especially magical attacks—are ideal for finishing off enemies with only a few hitpoints remaining. Be sure to use leadership—or a strong or dextrous unit—whenever the extra point or two of damage makes a one-hit kill possible.
en_GB: Units with three or more attacks—especially magical attacks—are ideal for finishing off enemies with only a few hitpoints remaining. Be sure to use leadership—or a strong or dexterous unit—whenever the extra point or two of damage makes a one-hit kill possible.

note: [tip]
en: If your forces have weak defenses everywhere on the map, occupy the areas where your enemies can only attack you by sharing the same disadvantages. Avoid places where your defenses are poor and your enemy’s are merely average. Plan for heavy losses, and take firm control of any hex where the land does favor you.
en_GB: If your forces have weak defences everywhere on the map, occupy the areas where your enemies can only attack you by sharing the same disadvantages. Avoid places where your defences are poor and your enemy’s are merely average. Plan for heavy losses, and take firm control of any hex where the land does favour you.

en: female^poisoned
en_GB: poisoned

en: female^slowed
en_GB: slowed

en: female^petrified
en_GB: petrified

en: female^unhealable
en_GB: unhealable

note: [menu]: id=button-endturn
en: End Scenario
en_GB: End scenario

note: [selected_unit_level]: id=selected-unit-level [unit_level]: id=unit-level
en: statuspanel^level
en_GB: level

note: [selected_unit_moves]: id=selected-unit-moves [unit_moves]: id=unit-moves
en: statuspanel^moves
en_GB: moves

note: [selected_unit_defense]: id=selected-unit-defense [unit_defense]: id=unit-defense
en: statuspanel^terrain def.
en_GB: terrain def.

en: An invalid attacker weapon got selected.
en_GB: An invalid attacker weapon was selected.

en: An invalid defender weapon got selected.
en_GB: An invalid defender weapon was selected.

en: Part of 'Units sighted! (...)' sentence^1 friendly | $friends friendly
en_GB[0]: 1 friendly
en_GB[1]: $friends friendly

en: Part of 'Units sighted! (...)' sentence^1 enemy | $enemies enemy
en_GB[0]: 1 enemy
en_GB[1]: $enemies enemy

en: unit_byte^B
en_GB: B

en: addon_type^Campaign
en_GB: Campaign

en: addon_type^Scenario
en_GB: Scenario

en: addon_type^MP era
en_GB: MP era

en: addon_type^MP faction
en_GB: MP faction

en: addon_type^MP map-pack
en_GB: MP map-pack

en: addon_type^MP scenario
en_GB: MP scenario

en: addon_type^MP campaign
en_GB: MP campaign

en: addon_type^Resources
en_GB: Resources

en: addon_type^Other
en_GB: Other

en: addon_type^(unknown)
en_GB: (unknown)

en: Invalid color range:
en_GB: Invalid colour range:

en: gender^Random
en_GB: Random

en: Level^Lvl.
en_GB: Lvl.

en: unit list^Traits
en_GB: Traits

en: status^Units
en_GB: Units

en: scenario settings^Leader
en_GB: Leader

en: scenario settings^Side
en_GB: Side

en: scenario settings^Start
    Gold
en_GB: Start
    Gold

en: scenario settings^Base
    Income
en_GB: Base
    Income

en: scenario settings^Gold Per
    Village
en_GB: Gold Per
    Village

en: scenario settings^Fog
en_GB: Fog

en: scenario settings^Shroud
en_GB: Shroud

en: You currently can't recall at the highlighted location
en_GB: You currently can’t recall at the highlighted location

en: do not translate the 'all'^[all|<command>]
en_GB: [all|<command>]

en: do not translate the on/off^[<side> [on/off]]
en_GB: [<side> [on/off]]

en: Quit game.
en_GB: Quit game

en: Create a unit.
en_GB: Create a unit

en: Toggle overlaying of x,y coordinates on hexes.
en_GB: Toggle overlaying of x,y co-ordinates on hexes.

en: prompt^Command:
en_GB: Command:

en: Enable the games filter. If unchecked all games are shown, regardless of any filter.
en_GB: Enable the games filter. If unticked all games are shown, regardless of any filter.

en: Invalid Color
en_GB: Invalid Colour

en: multiplayer_starting_gold^Gold | multiplayer_starting_gold^Gold
en_GB[0]: Gold
en_GB[1]: Gold

en: maximum^max.
en_GB: max.

en: minimum^min.
en_GB: min.

en: Defense:
en_GB: Defence:

en: prefix_milli^m
en_GB: m

en: prefix_micro^µ
en_GB: µ

en: prefix_nano^n
en_GB: n

en: prefix_pico^p
en_GB: p

en: prefix_femto^f
en_GB: f

en: prefix_atto^a
en_GB: a

en: prefix_zepto^z
en_GB: z

en: prefix_yocto^y
en_GB: y

en: prefix_kibi^K
en_GB: K

en: prefix_kilo^k
en_GB: k

en: prefix_mega^M
en_GB: M

en: prefix_giga^G
en_GB: G

en: prefix_tera^T
en_GB: T

en: prefix_peta^P
en_GB: P

en: prefix_exa^E
en_GB: E

en: prefix_zetta^Z
en_GB: Z

en: prefix_yotta^Y
en_GB: Y

en: infix_binary^i
en_GB: i

en: female^chaotic
en_GB: chaotic

en: female^lawful
en_GB: lawful

en: female^liminal
en_GB: liminal

en: female^neutral
en_GB: neutral

note: [side]
en: teamname^Team 1
en_GB: Team 1

note: #-#-#-#-#  1405 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# [side]: type=Death Knight [side]: type=Orcish Sovereign #-#-#-#-#  1419 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# [side]
en: teamname^Team 2
en_GB: Team 2

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: $player_$side_number|.name|’s farms now produce $player_$side_number|.farming.gold gold.
en_GB: Warfare
    Allows you to recruit a new type of unit
    Study Progress: $player_$side_number|.warfare.progress|/$player_$side_number|.warfare.target

note: [part]
en: For some years after Haldric’s people landed, orcs remained scarce more than a rumor to trouble the green fastnesses of the elves. That remained so until the day that an elvish noble of ancient line, Erlornas by name, faced an enemy unlike any he had ever met before.
en_GB: For some years after Haldric’s people landed, orcs remained scarce more than a rumour to trouble the green fastnesses of the elves. That remained so until the day that an elvish noble of ancient line, Erlornas by name, faced an enemy unlike any he had ever met before.

note: [message]: race=elf
en: Lord!
en_GB: Lord

note: [part]
en: As they fared further north the green forest thinned around them, slowly fading into a barren and fallow country. The signs were obvious and unmistakable — tree stumps, an occasional half-rotten tree felled long ago, and dead wood around them in scarce grass. This had been forest once, like the woods they called home. It had been murdered.
en_GB: As they fared further north the green forest thinned around them, slowly fading into a barren and fallow country. The signs were obvious and unmistakable — tree stumps, an occasional half-rotten tree felled long ago, and deadwood around them in scarce grass. This had been forest once, like the woods they called home. It had been murdered.

note: [message]: id=Erlornas
en: Aim true, men, with wit and courage the day will be ours. And spare no-one, there can be no orc south of the hills, else we’ll never have peace again.
en_GB: Aim true, men, with wit and courage the day will be ours. And spare no one, there can be no orc south of the hills, else we’ll never have peace again.

note: [message]: role=Adviser
en: It’s done, lord. No-one escaped. No-one tried to escape. I’m... disturbed.
en_GB: It’s done, lord. No one escaped. No one tried to escape. I’m... disturbed.

note: [part]
en: Next morning, the elves set off again, increasingly wearied by the hardships of the campaign and longing for the green comfort of their home forests. This land was barren and rugged; nothing shielded them from biting northern wind as they traveled towards the mountains looming before them.
en_GB: Next morning, the elves set off again, increasingly wearied by the hardships of the campaign and longing for the green comfort of their home forests. This land was barren and rugged; nothing shielded them from biting northern wind as they travelled towards the mountains looming before them.

note: [message]: id=Erlornas
en: Yes. The earth currents are perturbed here, and the bridges to the dreamland are tainted. I think there is a mage dwelling somewhere nearby. Or perhaps more than one; the traces are mixed, and some of them have an unwholesome flavor.
en_GB: Yes. The earth currents are perturbed here, and the bridges to the dreamland are tainted. I think there is a mage dwelling somewhere nearby. Or perhaps more than one; the traces are mixed, and some of them have an unwholesome flavour.

note: [part]
en: Shaken by the loss of their commander, the human defense began to falter. As the orcs roared in anticipation of victory, skeleton warriors poured out of the woods to the orcs’ rear. The soldiers watched in amazement as the skeletons cut down orc after orc and then melted back into the forest.
en_GB: Shaken by the loss of their commander, the human defence began to falter. As the orcs roared in anticipation of victory, skeleton warriors poured out of the woods to the orcs’ rear. The soldiers watched in amazement as the skeletons cut down orc after orc and then melted back into the forest.

note: [objective]: condition=lose
en: Orcs break through the river fort defenses
en_GB: Orcs break through the river fort defences

note: [part]
en: Malin and Darken Volk spend the summer and fall traveling up and down the lower Northlands. They attack small goblin villages and orc camps when they find them. Malin’s power grows considerably under the constant tutelage of the necromancer.
en_GB: Malin and Darken Volk spend the summer and harvest travelling up and down the lower Northlands. They attack small goblin villages and orc camps when they find them. Malin’s power grows considerably under the constant tutelage of the necromancer.

note: [message]: speaker=Darken Volk
en: People fear that which they don’t understand, and death, after all, is the greatest mystery. Those who dare to investigate that mystery are bound to invoke fear and distrust. Worry not, your people will again warm to you once you deal with the orc threat at its source. For now, the cave-dwellers give us no choice.
en_GB: People fear that which they don’t understand, and death, after all, is the greatest mystery. Those who dare to investigate that mystery are bound to invoke fear and mistrust. Worry not, your people will again warm to you once you deal with the orc threat at its source. For now, the cave-dwellers give us no choice.

note: [part]
en: All through the summer and fall, the necromancer and his apprentice travel through orc-held lands. At night, they cause skeletons and ghosts to emerge from the forests to terrorize and kill entire camps of orcs and their goblin minions. Word spreads among the orcish towns, which begin to post guards and leave torches burning all night. These measures do little to help them.
en_GB: All through the summer and harvest, the necromancer and his apprentice travel through orc-held lands. At night, they cause skeletons and ghosts to emerge from the forests to terrorize and kill entire camps of orcs and their goblin minions. Word spreads among the orcish towns, which begin to post guards and leave torches burning all night. These measures do little to help them.

note: [message]: speaker=Darken Volk
en: ... Almost. The growth of your power has been truly impressive to watch. There is, however, a small favor I will ask of you. That will constitute the last part of your training. Now there are merely some... tasks... to which I must attend. They need not concern you. I will meet up with you to the west in a few weeks. In the meantime, do not let the last chieftain escape justice.
en_GB: ... Almost. The growth of your power has been truly impressive to watch. There is, however, a small favour I will ask of you. That will constitute the last part of your training. Now there are merely some... tasks... to which I must attend. They need not concern you. I will meet up with you to the west in a few weeks. In the meantime, do not let the last chieftain escape justice.

note: [scenario]: id=07_A_Small_Favor
en: A Small Favor
en_GB: A Small Favour

note: [part]
en: <i>“For your final test as my apprentice, you will aid me in retrieving a book,”</i> the necromancer says. <i>“The book was... stolen from me long ago. Since it has personal value to me, think of the task as a small favor. I should warn you that it will require you to act against your countrymen of Wesnoth, since it was one of them who stole it from me.”</i>
en_GB: <i>“For your final test as my apprentice, you will aid me in retrieving a book,”</i> the necromancer says. <i>“The book was... stolen from me long ago. Since it has personal value to me, think of the task as a small favour. I should warn you that it will require you to act against your countrymen of Wesnoth, since it was one of them who stole it from me.”</i>

note: [scenario]: id=08_A_Small_Favor2
en: A Small Favor — Part 2
en_GB: A Small Favour — Part 2

note: [scenario]: id=09_A_Small_Favor3
en: A Small Favor — Part 3
en_GB: A Small Favour — Part 3

note: [message]: speaker=Malin Keshar
en: So it is true! You took my home away from me. You took Drogan away. Now that all of that is gone, I will at least keep the fruits of my labors.
en_GB: So it is true! You took my home away from me. You took Drogan away. Now that all of that is gone, I will at least keep the fruits of my labours.

note: [part]
en: Rumors circulate of a lich that preys on scouting patrols. A hero, gathering his loyal troops to him, decides to put an end to the evil.
en_GB: Rumours circulate of a lich that preys on scouting patrols. A hero, gathering his loyal troops to him, decides to put an end to the evil.

note: [unit_type]: id=Frontier Baroness, race=human
en: female^Frontier Baroness
en_GB: Frontier Baroness

note: [part]
en: Delfador’s wandering time with Methor took them to many strange places, both within and beyond the lands of men. They studied and practiced, applying magecraft to aid those they traveled among and to deepen their understanding of the hidden currents and powers of the world.
en_GB: Delfador’s wandering time with Methor took them to many strange places, both within and beyond the lands of men. They studied and practised, applying magecraft to aid those they travelled among and to deepen their understanding of the hidden currents and powers of the world.

note: [part]
en: But the elder mage’s health was taxed by the rigors of the journey. A year after the two left Alduin, Methor settled in a tranquil valley at the edge of the Dulatus Hills, not far southeast of the capitol at Weldyn. He opened a small school of his own, and with Delfador assisting him he began training a handful of youths who might in time be worthy to enter the great Academy on Alduin.
en_GB: But the elder mage’s health was taxed by the rigours of the journey. A year after the two left Alduin, Methor settled in a tranquil valley at the edge of the Dulatus Hills, not far southeast of the capitol at Weldyn. He opened a small school of his own, and with Delfador assisting him he began training a handful of youths who might in time be worthy to enter the great Academy on Alduin.

note: [message]: speaker=Methor
en: Delfador, your time as my apprentice is now almost over. You are a fully-trained mage, and may choose your own path in life. I hope, however, that you will take my advice, and enroll yourself in the service of King Garard. I have many contacts at the court and...
en_GB: Delfador, your time as my apprentice is now almost over. You are a fully-trained mage, and may choose your own path in life. I hope, however, that you will take my advice, and enrol yourself in the service of King Garard. I have many contacts at the court and...

note: [message]: speaker=Grogor-Tuk
en: That’s where you are wrong, puny mage. War is coming, humans... War! Take their villages, and spare no-one!
en_GB: That’s where you are wrong, puny mage. War is coming, humans... War! Take their villages, and spare no one!

note: [message]: speaker=Methor
en: Well done, Delfador! I see I have trained you well, and you are truly ready to seek your fortune. My traveling days are done, but it is time for you to journey northwest to Weldyn, and seek out my friend Leollyn. He will help you.
en_GB: Well done, Delfador! I see I have trained you well, and you are truly ready to seek your fortune. My travelling days are done, but it is time for you to journey northwest to Weldyn, and seek out my friend Leollyn. He will help you.

note: [message]: role=bowman_advisor
en: Perhaps some of our lads had better go with you as far as Weldyn. These lands are not safe for a lone traveler, and we may learn what drew the orcs so far south.
en_GB: Perhaps some of our lads had better go with you as far as Weldyn. These lands are not safe for a lone traveller, and we may learn what drew the orcs so far south.

note: [message]: speaker=Hagha-Tan
en: Ah, another human is approaching... yes... more meat for my war-band...
en_GB: Ah, another human is approaching... yes... more meat for my warband...

note: [message]: speaker=Leollyn
en: Then you have not heard...? —But there will be time enough for talking. If you can distract those vile creatures, I will try to organize a counterattack.
en_GB: Then you have not heard...? —But there will be time enough for talking. If you can distract those vile creatures, I will try to organize a counter-attack.

note: [message]: speaker=Leollyn
en: Of course — do you know any other kings by that name? I was one of his father’s most trusted advisors until he passed away earlier this year, and I still have the son’s ear, though being young he listens perhaps less well than he should.
en_GB: Of course — do you know any other kings by that name? I was one of his father’s most trusted advisers until he passed away earlier this year, and I still have the son’s ear, though being young he listens perhaps less well than he should.

note: [message]: speaker=Lionel
en: Bad news, my liege. The orcs mass in great numbers on the north shore of the river, near to the Ford of Abez. We have been cut off from the dwarves of Knalga — the rumor is that the orcs plan to overrun them, then turn their attention to Wesnoth. The good people of our northern provinces flee, and the land there falls into anarchy. We were attacked more than once by thugs and bandits, and by evil creatures that roamed the night in the shapes of men.
en_GB: Bad news, my liege. The orcs mass in great numbers on the north shore of the river, near to the Ford of Abez. We have been cut off from the dwarves of Knalga — the rumour is that the orcs plan to overrun them, then turn their attention to Wesnoth. The good people of our northern provinces flee, and the land there falls into anarchy. We were attacked more than once by thugs and bandits, and by evil creatures that roamed the night in the shapes of men.

note: [message]: speaker=Garard
en: Then there is no time to be lost! I will ride to the Ford of Abez with an army. As bold as the orcs may be to cross our borders in secret and prey on the defenseless, they are disorganized and cowardly in the face of a foe worth their mettle. They need reminding that Wesnoth is too hot for them. Gurcyn, you have been to the west — will the Elves lend their archers to help us?
en_GB: Then there is no time to be lost! I will ride to the Ford of Abez with an army. As bold as the orcs may be to cross our borders in secret and prey on the defenceless, they are disorganized and cowardly in the face of a foe worth their mettle. They need reminding that Wesnoth is too hot for them. Gurcyn, you have been to the west — will the Elves lend their archers to help us?

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: I’m honored that you would entrust me with such a task... but I too stay in Weldyn, by the king’s order!
en_GB: I’m honoured that you would entrust me with such a task... but I too stay in Weldyn, by the king’s order!

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: This chest contains all the money that rogue has taken from unwary travelers!
en_GB: This chest contains all the money that rogue has taken from unwary travellers!

note: [message]: id=Delfador
en: I must find that artifact of which the ghost spoke; it sounds too powerful a thing to be left in Iliah-Malal’s hands.
en_GB: I must find that artefact of which the ghost spoke; it sounds too powerful a thing to be left in Iliah-Malal’s hands.

note: [part]
en: It was one of those moments that altered the destiny of the world. The orc warrior held many possibilities in his hand. He could simply have taken Delfador’s head. Had that occurred, the orcs might have overrun the whole of Wesnoth and ruled it for ages. But what he chose, thinking it rare sport to abuse one of the hated human mages, was to strike Delfador with his gauntleted fist.
en_GB: It was one of those moments that altered the destiny of the world. The orc warrior held many possibilities in his hand. He could simply have taken Delfador’s head. Had that occurred, the orcs might have overrun the whole of Wesnoth and ruled it for ages. But what he chose, thinking it rare sport to abuse one of the hated human mages, was to strike Delfador with his gauntletted fist.

note: [message]: speaker=Hereld
en: It is said that they guard a powerful magical artifact. Roddry knows more than I do; he lives to the west.
en_GB: It is said that they guard a powerful magical artefact. Roddry knows more than I do; he lives to the west.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Living...? I see that it is so. Your breath stirs dust that has lain untouched since the Primal Aeon. And it was foretold that one like you would come.
en_GB: Living...? I see that it is so. Your breath stirs dust that has lain untouched since the Primal Æon. And it was foretold that one like you would come.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator "Aeon" is a variant form of the word English word "eon", used for a long and indefinite span of time. The variant has mystical connotations.
en: Foretold in the Primal Aeon, years past beyond your counting. An-Usrukhar the Great, he of whom I am but the tiniest shade and fragment, foresaw in the Mirror of Evanescent Time that a living man would come here to be tested. AND I AM THE TEST!
en_GB: Foretold in the Primal Æon, years past beyond your counting. An-Usrukhar the Great, he of whom I am but the tiniest shade and fragment, foresaw in the Mirror of Evanescent Time that a living man would come here to be tested. AND I AM THE TEST!

note: [message]: speaker=Iliah-Malal
en: Have not you yourself traveled between the realms of life and death? Behold!
en_GB: Have not you yourself travelled between the realms of life and death? Behold!

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: But there is something else those orcs said that deeply worries me in a different way. I have wondered why the orcs have been attacking in concert all along the frontier; they do not coordinate well. If that orc was telling the truth and a paramount chief strong enough to marshal their entire host has arisen among them, the King may be walking into a lethal trap at the Ford of Abez.
en_GB: But there is something else those orcs said that deeply worries me in a different way. I have wondered why the orcs have been attacking in concert all along the frontier; they do not co-ordinate well. If that orc was telling the truth and a paramount chief strong enough to marshal their entire host has arisen among them, the King may be walking into a lethal trap at the Ford of Abez.

note: [message]: id=Delfador
en: It is my honor to meet you. And it relieves my mind to know Chantal is safe and with her kin again.
en_GB: It is my honour to meet you. And it relieves my mind to know Chantal is safe and with her kin again.

note: [message]: id=Delfador
en: Friends, your words do me perhaps greater honor than I deserve. I am not sure I am worthy of this charge.
en_GB: Friends, your words do me perhaps greater honour than I deserve. I am not sure I am worthy of this charge.

note: [message]: id=Kalenz
en: This is a decision you will have to make. If we fight the undead without the book’s help, it will be an honor to fight by your side, no matter what the outcome.
en_GB: This is a decision you will have to make. If we fight the undead without the book’s help, it will be an honour to fight by your side, no matter what the outcome.

note: [part]
en: Peace, Lionel. The elves fought well and have earned Our respect. But this council is here to address an alarming matter. Young master Delfador here reports of an undead threat. He was able to fight them off at Parthyn Ford, but more are coming.
en_GB: Peace, Lionel. The elves fought well and have earned our respect. But this council is here to address an alarming matter. Young master Delfador here reports of an undead threat. He was able to fight them off at Parthyn Ford, but more are coming.

note: [part]
en: There are three things we must do. First, we must organize our defenses as best we can. Second, we need to ask the elves to create a diversion, to distract and delay Iliah-Malal. The elves will not be able to fight the undead head on on the field, but they can harass them by striking from forests where the undead dare not follow. And last, I have been studying and I think I now know how to close Iliah-Malal’s portal to the Land of the Dead. I will need a small escort, but this must be done immediately.
en_GB: There are three things we must do. First, we must organize our defences as best we can. Second, we need to ask the elves to create a diversion, to distract and delay Iliah-Malal. The elves will not be able to fight the undead head on on the field, but they can harass them by striking from forests where the undead dare not follow. And last, I have been studying and I think I now know how to close Iliah-Malal’s portal to the Land of the Dead. I will need a small escort, but this must be done immediately.

note: [part]
en: My Lord, I can arrange the defenses around the city.
en_GB: My Lord, I can arrange the defences around the city.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: My path is set. Your path must end. I will not dishonor my oaths, and will not abandon friends and country.
en_GB: My path is set. Your path must end. I will not dishonour my oaths, and will not abandon friends and country.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: Lionel, it is an honor to go into battle beside you. Now let us fight for life over death!
en_GB: Lionel, it is an honour to go into battle beside you. Now let us fight for life over death!

note: [part]
en: Following the alliance’s victory and the peace treaty came a period of calm that lasted a generation. The new King had learned to trust Delfador at the battle of Abez Ford, and it was no surprise that Delfador became Garard II’s most valued advisor.
en_GB: Following the alliance’s victory and the peace treaty came a period of calm that lasted a generation. The new King had learned to trust Delfador at the battle of Abez Ford, and it was no surprise that Delfador became Garard II’s most valued adviser.

note: [message]: id=Kalenz
en: Generals of Wesnoth: you have attacked defenseless elvish land. You must leave immediately. I am Kalenz, High Lord of the Elves. Delfador the Great will confirm the treaty between us.
en_GB: Generals of Wesnoth: you have attacked defenceless elvish land. You must leave immediately. I am Kalenz, High Lord of the Elves. Delfador the Great will confirm the treaty between us.

note: [message]: id=Chantal
en: Kalenz, I am very worried. There is a cloud of evil swirling around the Royal Palace, and it has more centers than the prince alone. I see dark days ahead...
en_GB: Kalenz, I am very worried. There is a cloud of evil swirling around the Royal Palace, and it has more centres than the prince alone. I see dark days ahead...

note: [part]
en: Since he could not ask even his personal guard to go against the King’s wishes, he turned to Kalenz and the elves. Traveling by night to remain unseen they reached Asheviere’s family demesne.
en_GB: Since he could not ask even his personal guard to go against the King’s wishes, he turned to Kalenz and the elves. Travelling by night to remain unseen they reached Asheviere’s family demesne.

note: [part]
en: After restoring the rightful heir to the throne of Wesnoth, Delfador lived the rest of his life as an advisor to the new rulers. He devoted much of his attention to restoring the Great Academy in Alduin to its former glory. But his efforts there were to bear little fruit in his lifetime; for through many years of war and strife, very few mages were left, and none of them came near in power and skill to Delfador, greatest mage ever to grace the courts of Wesnoth.
en_GB: After restoring the rightful heir to the throne of Wesnoth, Delfador lived the rest of his life as an adviser to the new rulers. He devoted much of his attention to restoring the Great Academy in Alduin to its former glory. But his efforts there were to bear little fruit in his lifetime; for through many years of war and strife, very few mages were left, and none of them came near in power and skill to Delfador, greatest mage ever to grace the courts of Wesnoth.

note: [part]
en: In the Far North, where the Mountains of Dorth approach the coast, lies a bay with a narrow mouth. In the calm waters of this bay lies the merfolk city of Jotha. The natural harbor and the prosperity of the dwellers within drew many envious eyes, but none could match the prowess of the merfolk in their aquatic domain. In most years, orcs from the port city of Tirigaz, further north, would raid against Jotha as predictably as the spring rains; always, they were driven back to dry land with heavy losses, the salt water of the bay stinging their wounds.
en_GB: In the Far North, where the Mountains of Dorth approach the coast, lies a bay with a narrow mouth. In the calm waters of this bay lies the merfolk city of Jotha. The natural harbour and the prosperity of the dwellers within drew many envious eyes, but none could match the prowess of the merfolk in their aquatic domain. In most years, orcs from the port city of Tirigaz, further north, would raid against Jotha as predictably as the spring rains; always, they were driven back to dry land with heavy losses, the salt water of the bay stinging their wounds.

note: [part]
en: Distrustful of the open ocean, Kai Krellis led his people up the coast.
en_GB: Mistrustful of the open ocean, Kai Krellis led his people up the coast.

note: [message]: speaker=Gashnok
en: Hold on...It looks like a better feast is coming our way! Fresh fish, boys! Go get it.
en_GB: Hold on...It looks like a better feast is coming our way! Fresh fish, boys! Go and get it.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: The trident is 14-2, magical, ranged, with <i>fire</i> damage.
en_GB: The trident is 14–2, magical, ranged, with <i>fire</i> damage.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Cheers erupted from several villages, and former slaves rushed out with whatever meager weapons they could find, or fists and rocks if no weapons were to hand. Screams and curses came from the saurian castles.
en_GB: Cheers erupted from several villages, and former slaves rushed out with whatever meagre weapons they could find, or fists and rocks if no weapons were to hand. Screams and curses came from the saurian castles.

note: [message]: speaker=Kai Krellis
en: I believe our bat is impressed! That must be a drake. I am told they are fearsome, but honorable, creatures. I think we can let him out of the cage.
en_GB: I believe our bat is impressed! That must be a drake. I am told they are fearsome, but honourable, creatures. I think we can let him out of the cage.

note: [message]: speaker=Kai Krellis
en: This must be a drake. I am told they are honorable creatures. I am going to let him out of the cage.
en_GB: This must be a drake. I am told they are honourable creatures. I am going to let him out of the cage.

note: [message]: speaker=Kai Krellis
en: That must be a drake. I am told they are fearsome, but honorable, creatures. Let him out of the cage.
en_GB: That must be a drake. I am told they are fearsome, but honourable, creatures. Let him out of the cage.

note: [message]: speaker=Growloff
en: They are my friends. I’ve been so lonely here...and you killed so many of my friends. They could be your friends too. Spare me, and I’ll give you my favorite cuttle fish. His name is Inky.
en_GB: They are my friends. I’ve been so lonely here...and you killed so many of my friends. They could be your friends too. Spare me, and I’ll give you my favourite cuttle fish. His name is Inky.

note: [message]: speaker=Cylanna
en: The honor is ours. I present Kai Krellis of Jotha.
en_GB: The honour is ours. I present Kai Krellis of Jotha.

note: [message]: speaker=Kai Krellis
en: I am astonished. I suppose I should be honored to have such a distinguished ancestor. Now I understand why Cylanna knew you would help us.
en_GB: I am astonished. I suppose I should be honoured to have such a distinguished ancestor. Now I understand why Cylanna knew you would help us.

note: [part]
en: The party traveled back to the mainland and followed the shore further north. Kai Krellis had much to think about. First, what Tyegëa had revealed about his ancestry gave him questions he could not answer. Second, he was nervous about the task ahead. He felt confidence in his people but feared paying too great a price in dead and wounded to pass Tyegëa’s test. He felt sometimes angry at Tyegëa for sending him on this extra journey, and sometimes grateful that she was willing to help at all.
en_GB: The party travelled back to the mainland and followed the shore further north. Kai Krellis had much to think about. First, what Tyegëa had revealed about his ancestry gave him questions he could not answer. Second, he was nervous about the task ahead. He felt confidence in his people but feared paying too great a price in dead and wounded to pass Tyegëa’s test. He felt sometimes angry at Tyegëa for sending him on this extra journey, and sometimes grateful that she was willing to help at all.

note: [message]: speaker=Mal-Govon
en: What I remember, you old fool, is you leaving behind the smoldering bodies of the orcs you had hired to steal my sword. Now, you bring mermen. When they lay expiring like gasping fish on the shore, will you not flee again? Do not speak to <i>me</i> of fear.
en_GB: What I remember, you old fool, is you leaving behind the smouldering bodies of the orcs you had hired to steal my sword. Now, you bring mermen. When they lay expiring like gasping fish on the shore, will you not flee again? Do not speak to <i>me</i> of fear.

note: [message]: speaker=Siddry
en: Kai Krellis! What are you doing here? I thought you were traveling south when I met you.
en_GB: Kai Krellis! What are you doing here? I thought you were travelling south when I met you.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: This sword is 8-4, magical, with <i>fire</i> damage.
en_GB: This sword is 8–4, magical, with <i>fire</i> damage.

note: [part]
en: The mission had been more difficult than Kai Krellis would have believed when he started. Finally though, the end was in sight. He had seen how priestesses could carve through masses of undead, and now he traveled with a whole contingent of them. Tyegëa was even more powerful, though as unpredictable as Cylanna had said.
en_GB: The mission had been more difficult than Kai Krellis would have believed when he started. Finally though, the end was in sight. He had seen how priestesses could carve through masses of undead, and now he travelled with a whole contingent of them. Tyegëa was even more powerful, though as unpredictable as Cylanna had said.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Cylanna never traveled far again, but stayed in Jotha as a respected elder. She remained a royal advisor, but her main work was healing the sick, and presiding at christenings and weddings. All this agreed with her disposition much better than battling undead.
en_GB: Cylanna never travelled far again, but stayed in Jotha as a respected elder. She remained a royal adviser, but her main work was healing the sick, and presiding at christenings and weddings. All this agreed with her disposition much better than battling undead.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Kai Krellis was somber over the next months as he grieved over the loss of Cylanna, but the grief diminished with time leaving only fond memories.
en_GB: Kai Krellis was sombre over the next months as he grieved over the loss of Cylanna, but the grief diminished with time leaving only fond memories.

note: [set_variable]
en: female^stunned
en_GB: stunned

note: [attack]: type=impact
en: scepter
en_GB: sceptre

note: [unit_type]: id=Merman Soldier King, race=merman
en: A king who is skilled at combat commands great respect — especially among soldiers. His strength allows him to wield powerful weapons and move quickly, even with heavy armor. His leadership abilities inspire his troops.
en_GB: A king who is skilled at combat commands great respect — especially among soldiers. His strength allows him to wield powerful weapons and move quickly, even with heavy armour. His leadership abilities inspire his troops.

note: [unit_type]: id=Merman Warrior King, race=merman
en: Warrior kings often become legendary in their own time. Their skill and strength allows them to be truly formidable in battle. They are also fast despite their heavy armor. Even skilled soldiers look upon them with awe.
en_GB: Warrior kings often become legendary in their own time. Their skill and strength allows them to be truly formidable in battle. They are also fast despite their heavy armour. Even skilled soldiers look upon them with awe.

note: [unit_type]: id=Merman Young King, race=merman
en: A young king with some battle experience will be treated with some respect. Common citizens will be inspired to do their utmost when the king is nearby, but battle-hardened veterens will be less impressed.
en_GB: A young king with some battle experience will be treated with some respect. Common citizens will be inspired to do their utmost when the king is nearby, but battle-hardened veterans will be less impressed.

en: player^None
en_GB: None

note: [campaign]: id=Eastern_Invasion
en: There are rumors of undead attacks on the eastern border of Wesnoth. You, an officer in the Royal Army, have been sent to the eastern front to protect the villagers and find out what is happening.
en_GB: There are rumours of undead attacks on the eastern border of Wesnoth. You, an officer in the Royal Army, have been sent to the eastern front to protect the villagers and find out what is happening.

note: [part]
en: When the King received news of the problem, his advisor Dacyn had much to say. Apparently, these attacks were connected to similar ones that occurred earlier on the far southern border, attacks by undead. Dacyn outlined a plan to combat these intrusions.
en_GB: When the King received news of the problem, his adviser Dacyn had much to say. Apparently, these attacks were connected to similar ones that occurred earlier on the far southern border, attacks by undead. Dacyn outlined a plan to combat these intrusions.

note: [scenario]: id=02_The_Escape_Tunnel [scenario]: id=11_Captured [scenario]: id=05_Northern_Outpost [scenario]: id=09_Xenophobia
en: holy amulet^Take it
en_GB: Take it

note: [scenario]: id=02_The_Escape_Tunnel [scenario]: id=11_Captured [scenario]: id=05_Northern_Outpost [scenario]: id=09_Xenophobia
en: holy amulet^Leave it
en_GB: Leave it

note: [part]
en: But Gweddry and Dacyn were to find that re-entering Wesnoth would not be easy with the escape tunnel closed to them. They marched out of the foothills of the Estmarks in a direction few Wesnothians had traveled before, into unknown forest country just south of the Great River.
en_GB: But Gweddry and Dacyn were to find that re-entering Wesnoth would not be easy with the escape tunnel closed to them. They marched out of the foothills of the Estmarks in a direction few Wesnothians had travelled before, into unknown forest country just south of the Great River.

note: [message]: speaker=Volas
en: Greetings, travelers! Welcome to my realm.
en_GB: Greetings, travellers! Welcome to my realm.

note: [message]: speaker=Nafga
en: Your Warlordship, I am the only assassin left! Do you want me to go poison their leader?
en_GB: Your Warlordship, I am the only assassin left! Do you want me to go and poison their leader?

note: [message]: speaker=$freed_prisoner.id
en: There are five of us still locked up in the jail. All of us will join you if you can get us free.
en_GB: There are five of us still locked up in the gaol. All of us will join you if you can get us free.

note: [message]: speaker=Prok-Bak
en: Orcs, kill’em all! Humans, elves or dwarves, it don’t matter!
en_GB: Orcs, kill 'em all! Humans, elves or dwarves, it don’t matter!

note: [message]: speaker=Groog
en: Be not going too fast. You gonna come wid us.
en_GB: Be not going too fast. You going to come wid us.

note: [message]
en: whisper^I dunno. He escaped, I think.
en_GB: I dunno. He escaped, I think.

note: [part]
en: The greatest seer in the land, Galdren, foresaw that some day, some day soon, a great evil would spread over the land. The king, naturally, was worried. The seer told him that the only way to stop the evil was to appoint a mage, versed well in combat with the spirits of darkness, to be the king’s advisor.
en_GB: The greatest seer in the land, Galdren, foresaw that some day, some day soon, a great evil would spread over the land. The king, naturally, was worried. The seer told him that the only way to stop the evil was to appoint a mage, versed well in combat with the spirits of darkness, to be the king’s adviser.

note: [part]
en: In all the land, there were two magi of light that clearly stood out from the rest. A mage from the east named Ravan, and myself. The King, wishing to choose a good advisor, sent us both before Galdren. Then he conversed with the seer privately. None know what was said, but when he came out he announced that the seer was dead, and he had chosen me as his new advisor.
en_GB: In all the land, there were two magi of light that clearly stood out from the rest. A mage from the east named Ravan, and myself. The King, wishing to choose a good adviser, sent us both before Galdren. Then he conversed with the seer privately. None know what was said, but when he came out he announced that the seer was dead, and he had chosen me as his new adviser.

note: [message]: speaker=Messenger of Doom
en: He says: <i>“Well done; you have defeated some of my less powerful captains, and a small fraction of my horde. Were I to bring the whole might of my Dread Legions to bear I could crush you like an insect. But I seek a victory that will reveal the true extent of my personal power. Unlike the Great General Gweddry I do not seek to hide behind the armored skirts of my soldiers! You, O commander Gweddry, are a coward! The bards may sing that you defeated my captains, but in reality you did nothing but cower far behind the lines in safety while others braver than you fought and died in your name.”</i>
en_GB: He says: <i>“Well done; you have defeated some of my less powerful captains, and a small fraction of my horde. Were I to bring the whole might of my Dread Legions to bear I could crush you like an insect. But I seek a victory that will reveal the true extent of my personal power. Unlike the Great General Gweddry I do not seek to hide behind the armoured skirts of my soldiers! You, O commander Gweddry, are a coward! The bards may sing that you defeated my captains, but in reality you did nothing but cower far behind the lines in safety while others braver than you fought and died in your name.”</i>

note: [message]: speaker=Konrad II
en: Dacyn. You will remain by Our side, here; as you counseled these two in war, you shall counsel Us in peace and the rebuilding of the Kingdom.
en_GB: Dacyn. You will remain by Our side, here; as you counselled these two in war, you shall counsel Us in peace and the rebuilding of the Kingdom.

note: [message]: speaker=Konrad II
en: Kneel, Gweddry.
en_GB: Kneel, Gweddry!

note: [attacks]: id=shock
en: Shock:
    When this attack is used on offense, the opponent will retaliate with one less strike than normally, to a minimum of one strike.
en_GB: Shock:
    When this attack is used on offence, the opponent will retaliate with one less strike than normally, to a minimum of one strike.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Their home country proved to be no refuge for Gweddry’s weary men, and no more would it for the inhabitants of Wesnoth as foes pressed them on all sides to a final defense of the doomed kingdom.
en_GB: Their home country proved to be no refuge for Gweddry’s weary men, and no more would it for the inhabitants of Wesnoth as foes pressed them on all sides to a final defence of the doomed kingdom.

note: [heals]: id=healing
en: female^heals +4
en_GB: heals +4

note: [heals]: id=healing
en: Heals +4:
    Allows the unit to heal adjacent allied units at the beginning of our turn.
    
    A unit cared for by this healer may heal up to 4 HP per turn, or stop poison from taking effect for that turn.
    A poisoned unit cannot be cured of its poison by a healer, and must seek the care of a village or a unit that can cure.
en_GB: Heals +4:
    Allows the unit to heal adjacent allied units at the beginning of each turn.
    
    A unit cared for by this healer may heal up to 4 HP per turn, or stop poison from taking effect for that turn.
    A poisoned unit cannot be cured of its poison by a healer, and must seek the care of a village or a unit that can cure.

note: [heals]: id=healing
en: female^heals +8
en_GB: heals +8

note: [section]: id=encyclopedia [topic]: id=..encyclopedia
en: Encyclopedia
en_GB: Encyclopædia

note: [topic]: id=aerie
en: Aerie
en_GB: Eyrie

note: [topic]: id=breeding_pen
en: The portion of an <ref>dst='aerie' text='aerie'</ref> where the nonsentient <ref>dst='breeder' text='Breeders'</ref> live under the <ref>dst='dominant' text='Dominant'</ref>’s eye.
en_GB: The portion of an <ref>dst='aerie' text='eyrie'</ref> where the non-sentient <ref>dst='breeder' text='Breeders'</ref> live under the <ref>dst='dominant' text='Dominant'</ref>’s eye.

note: [topic]: id=hatchling
en: A young drake that has not yet seen another generation hatch. The younger of the current generation of hatchlings are the most aggressive is the behavior of the <ref>dst='flight' text='flight'</ref>.
en_GB: A young drake that has not yet seen another generation hatch. The younger of the current generation of hatchlings are the most aggressive is the behaviour of the <ref>dst='flight' text='flight'</ref>.

note: [topic]: id=flight
en: Tribe of Drakes, lives in an <ref>dst='aerie' text='Aerie'</ref>, controlling a hunting range. Each tribe has one <ref>dst='dominant' text='Dominant'</ref>, who confers mating privileges.
en_GB: Tribe of Drakes, lives in an <ref>dst='aerie' text='Eyrie'</ref>, controlling a hunting range. Each tribe has one <ref>dst='dominant' text='Dominant'</ref>, who confers mating privileges.

note: [topic]: id=swarm
en: The <ref>dst='swarmlings' text='Swarmlings'</ref> that have left the <ref>dst='aerie' text='aerie'</ref> to found a new one.
en_GB: The <ref>dst='swarmlings' text='Swarmlings'</ref> that have left the <ref>dst='aerie' text='eyrie'</ref> to found a new one.

note: [topic]: id=swarming
en:  The <ref>dst='flight' text='flight'</ref> for a new drake <ref>dst='aerie' text='aerie'</ref> that recurs every <ref>dst='breeding_cycle' text='breeding cycle'</ref>. See <ref>dst='swarm' text='Swarm'</ref>
en_GB:  The <ref>dst='flight' text='flight'</ref> for a new drake <ref>dst='aerie' text='eyrie'</ref> that recurs every <ref>dst='breeding_cycle' text='breeding cycle'</ref>. See <ref>dst='swarm' text='Swarm'</ref>

note: [topic]: id=great_ocean
en: Lies to the west of the <ref>dst='great_continent' text='continent'</ref> and all rivers eventually flow to it. Far to the west in the the Great Ocean is a huge archipelago called <ref>dst='morogor' text='Morogor'</ref>.
en_GB: Lies to the west of the <ref>dst='great_continent' text='continent'</ref> and all rivers eventually flow to it. Far to the west in the Great Ocean is a huge archipelago called <ref>dst='morogor' text='Morogor'</ref>.

note: [topic]: id=kingdom_wesnoth
en: The Kingdom of Wesnoth is located in the north-central portion of the <ref>dst='great_continent' text='Great Continent'</ref>. Most of the mainline campaigns revolve around it. It is bounded on the map by the Great River to the north, the shore of the Great Ocean to the west, the Aethenwood to the <ref>dst='southwest_elven_lands' text='southwest'</ref>, and the Bitter Swamp to the southeast (lower right corner of the main map).
    
    Over the River Aethen, south of Fort Tahn, is a Wesnothian frontier region. It is bounded to the south (off-map) by dense woods of which the Aethenwood may be considered a northernmost extension.
    
        • Notable cities:
              ◦ Weldyn: The capital of Wesnoth.
              ◦ Aldril: City lying on the Bay of Pearls.
              ◦ Blackwater Port: City lying south of the Bay of Pearls.
              ◦ Carcyn: Located between the Grey Woods and the Great River.
              ◦ Dan’Tonk: Wesnoth’s largest city, located in the center of the country, just west and north of Weldyn.
              ◦ Soradoc: The northernmost border outpost of Wesnoth, controls the confluence of the Weldyn River and the Great River.
              ◦ Fort Tahn: The southernmost border outpost, controls the north/south road crossing the River Aethen.
              ◦ Tath: Important fort city north of Dan’Tonk, exerts control over the wilderness country around the east of the Brown Hills and north to the Ford of Abez.
    
        • Notable land features:
              ◦ Gryphon Mountain: Home of the fabled Gryphons
              ◦ Ford of Abez: Shallow part of the Great River, it is usually controlled by Wesnothian forces
              ◦ Weldyn River: It branches from the Great River and goes south
              ◦ Great Central Plain: Area bounded by Weldyn, Dan’Tonk, and Fort Tahn, this plain is Wesnoth’s bread basket and home to most of its population
              ◦ Dulatus Hills: These rolling hills bordering the Great Central Plain provide much of Wesnoth’s livestock and agriculture
              ◦ Brown Hills: Wasteland surrounding Gryphon Mountain that is not well-populated and occasionally very dangerous.
              ◦ Horse Plains: Region of rolling plains just south of the Great River, bounded by Glyn’s Forest to the west and the River Weldyn to the east; the southern reach merges into the Central Plain. Home of the powerful Clans; the best horses in Wesnoth are bred here.
              ◦ Estmark Hills: Largish range rising south of the Great River and east of the Weldyn River. The northernmost portion, nearest the River Weldyn, has at various times been settled by Wesnothians, but the Kingdom’s control is tenuous at best and banditry is common.
              ◦ Glyn’s Forest: Sometimes known as the Royal Forest, named for one of Haldric II’s sons
              ◦ Gray Woods: Large forest in the heart of the wilds of Wesnoth, located between Carcyn and Aldril and generally considered to be haunted
              ◦ Green Swamp: Large swamp in the heart of the wilds of Wesnoth, south of Aldril. It receives drainage from the Brown Hills and feeds into the Great River. (Not shown on the main map.)
en_GB: The Kingdom of Wesnoth is located in the north-central portion of the <ref>dst='great_continent' text='Great Continent'</ref>. Most of the mainline campaigns revolve around it. It is bounded on the map by the Great River to the north, the shore of the Great Ocean to the west, the Aethenwood to the <ref>dst='southwest_elven_lands' text='southwest'</ref>, and the Bitter Swamp to the southeast (lower right corner of the main map).
    
    Over the River Aethen, south of Fort Tahn, is a Wesnothian frontier region. It is bounded to the south (off-map) by dense woods of which the Aethenwood may be considered a northernmost extension.
    
        • Notable cities:
              ◦ Weldyn: The capital of Wesnoth.
              ◦ Aldril: City lying on the Bay of Pearls.
              ◦ Blackwater Port: City lying south of the Bay of Pearls.
              ◦ Carcyn: Located between the Grey Woods and the Great River.
              ◦ Dan’Tonk: Wesnoth’s largest city, located in the centre of the country, just west and north of Weldyn.
              ◦ Soradoc: The northernmost border outpost of Wesnoth, controls the confluence of the Weldyn River and the Great River.
              ◦ Fort Tahn: The southernmost border outpost, controls the north/south road crossing the River Aethen.
              ◦ Tath: Important fort city north of Dan’Tonk, exerts control over the wilderness country around the east of the Brown Hills and north to the Ford of Abez.
    
        • Notable land features:
              ◦ Gryphon Mountain: Home of the fabled Gryphons
              ◦ Ford of Abez: Shallow part of the Great River, it is usually controlled by Wesnothian forces
              ◦ Weldyn River: It branches from the Great River and goes south
              ◦ Great Central Plain: Area bounded by Weldyn, Dan’Tonk, and Fort Tahn, this plain is Wesnoth’s bread basket and home to most of its population
              ◦ Dulatus Hills: These rolling hills bordering the Great Central Plain provide much of Wesnoth’s livestock and agriculture
              ◦ Brown Hills: Wasteland surrounding Gryphon Mountain that is not well-populated and occasionally very dangerous.
              ◦ Horse Plains: Region of rolling plains just south of the Great River, bounded by Glyn’s Forest to the west and the River Weldyn to the east; the southern reach merges into the Central Plain. Home of the powerful Clans; the best horses in Wesnoth are bred here.
              ◦ Estmark Hills: Largish range rising south of the Great River and east of the Weldyn River. The northernmost portion, nearest the River Weldyn, has at various times been settled by Wesnothians, but the Kingdom’s control is tenuous at best and banditry is common.
              ◦ Glyn’s Forest: Sometimes known as the Royal Forest, named for one of Haldric II’s sons
              ◦ Grey Woods: Large forest in the heart of the wilds of Wesnoth, located between Carcyn and Aldril and generally considered to be haunted
              ◦ Green Swamp: Large swamp in the heart of the wilds of Wesnoth, south of Aldril. It receives drainage from the Brown Hills and feeds into the Great River. (Not shown on the main map.)

note: [topic]: id=northlands
en: There is no government of the Northlands. Various groups of orcs, dwarves, barbarian men and even elves populate the region. The northern and eastern borders are not defined, the southern border is the <ref>dst='great_river' text='Great River'</ref>, and the western border is the <ref>dst='great_ocean' text='Great Ocean'</ref>.
    
        • Notable cities:
              ◦ Glamdrol: An Orcish tribal capital
              ◦ Romyr: Another Orcish tribal capital
              ◦ Wesmere: The location of the Ka’lian — the Elvish Council
              ◦ Dwarven Doors: A mixed human/dwarven town in the region of Knalga in the southern Heart Mountains. A major trade center.
              ◦ Dallben and Delwyn: Human villages originally built by settlers who crossed the Great River during Wesnoth’s Golden Age expansion. Now abandoned. The forested area northeast of Elensefar, where these villages were located, was named the Annuvin province by men but was known by the elves as Wesmere.
    
        • Notable land features:
              ◦ Heart Mountains: A virtually impassable barrier between the river country and the Northern Plains.
              ◦ Heartfangs: the particularly forbidding stretch of high peaks southwest of Lake Vrug and north of the Forest of Wesmere. The most inhospitable and dangerous portion of the Heart Mountains; only hermits, madmen, and mages live there.
              ◦ Swamp of Dread: a very large bog located between the Heart Mountains and the Great River. A notoriously dangerous place.
              ◦ Lake Vrug: A large mountain lake whose river carves the only pathway through the Northern Mountains
              ◦ Arkan-thoria: The river than comes out of Lake Vrug. This is the elvish name; among humans it is called Longlier.
              ◦ River Listra: The south-running tributary of the Great River into which the Arkan-thoria empties.
              ◦ Lintanir Forest: The southernmost portion of the Great Northern Forest, a gigantic wood whose eastern and northern boundaries are known only the elves. Their capitol, Elensiria, has only seldom been visited by humans.
              ◦ Great River: The origin of this river is somewhere in the east of the northern lands
en_GB: There is no government of the Northlands. Various groups of orcs, dwarves, barbarian men and even elves populate the region. The northern and eastern borders are not defined, the southern border is the <ref>dst='great_river' text='Great River'</ref>, and the western border is the <ref>dst='great_ocean' text='Great Ocean'</ref>.
    
        • Notable cities:
              ◦ Glamdrol: An Orcish tribal capital
              ◦ Romyr: Another Orcish tribal capital
              ◦ Wesmere: The location of the Ka’lian — the Elvish Council
              ◦ Dwarven Doors: A mixed human/dwarven town in the region of Knalga in the southern Heart Mountains. A major trade centre.
              ◦ Dallben and Delwyn: Human villages originally built by settlers who crossed the Great River during Wesnoth’s Golden Age expansion. Now abandoned. The forested area northeast of Elensefar, where these villages were located, was named the Annuvin province by men but was known by the elves as Wesmere.
    
        • Notable land features:
              ◦ Heart Mountains: A virtually impassable barrier between the river country and the Northern Plains.
              ◦ Heartfangs: the particularly forbidding stretch of high peaks southwest of Lake Vrug and north of the Forest of Wesmere. The most inhospitable and dangerous portion of the Heart Mountains; only hermits, madmen, and mages live there.
              ◦ Swamp of Dread: a very large bog located between the Heart Mountains and the Great River. A notoriously dangerous place.
              ◦ Lake Vrug: A large mountain lake whose river carves the only pathway through the Northern Mountains
              ◦ Arkan-thoria: The river than comes out of Lake Vrug. This is the elvish name; among humans it is called Longlier.
              ◦ River Listra: The south-running tributary of the Great River into which the Arkan-thoria empties.
              ◦ Lintanir Forest: The southernmost portion of the Great Northern Forest, a gigantic wood whose eastern and northern boundaries are known only the elves. Their capitol, Elensiria, has only seldom been visited by humans.
              ◦ Great River: The origin of this river is somewhere in the east of the northern lands

note: [topic]: id=far_north
en: Cold, harsh, and inaccessible, the Far North is the ancestral home of the Orcish Clannate. It lies north of the <ref>dst='heart_mountains' text='Heart Mountains'</ref>, which the Orcs call the Haggid-Dargor and claim (without merit) as their own. To the east lie the Unaligned Tribes of the Wild Steppe, who fell out of the control of the Clannate, instead roaming with wild human barbarians and clashing with the High Elves of the North Plains (known as North Elves in human lands). The High Elves themselves reside further east, where it is rumored they rule a vast kingdom.
    
        • Notable cities:
              ◦ Barag Gor, a city home to the Orcish Council
              ◦ Bitok
              ◦ Borstep
              ◦ Castelfrang
              ◦ Farzi
              ◦ Festog
              ◦ Grisbi
              ◦ Lmarig
              ◦ Melmog
              ◦ Prestim
              ◦ Tirigaz
        • Notable land features:
              ◦ Swamp of Desolation
              ◦ Mountains of Dorth
              ◦ Mountains of Haag
              ◦ Green Forest
              ◦ Silent Forest
              ◦ Forest of Thelien
              ◦ River Oumph
              ◦ River Bork
              ◦ Wild Steppe
en_GB: Cold, harsh, and inaccessible, the Far North is the ancestral home of the Orcish Clannate. It lies north of the <ref>dst='heart_mountains' text='Heart Mountains'</ref>, which the Orcs call the Haggid-Dargor and claim (without merit) as their own. To the east lie the Unaligned Tribes of the Wild Steppe, who fell out of the control of the Clannate, instead roaming with wild human barbarians and clashing with the High Elves of the North Plains (known as North Elves in human lands). The High Elves themselves reside further east, where it is rumoured they rule a vast kingdom.
    
        • Notable cities:
              ◦ Barag Gor, a city home to the Orcish Council
              ◦ Bitok
              ◦ Borstep
              ◦ Castelfrang
              ◦ Farzi
              ◦ Festog
              ◦ Grisbi
              ◦ Lmarig
              ◦ Melmog
              ◦ Prestim
              ◦ Tirigaz
        • Notable land features:
              ◦ Swamp of Desolation
              ◦ Mountains of Dorth
              ◦ Mountains of Haag
              ◦ Green Forest
              ◦ Silent Forest
              ◦ Forest of Thelien
              ◦ River Oumph
              ◦ River Bork
              ◦ Wild Steppe

note: [topic]: id=victory_and_defeat
en: 
    
    When you win a scenario, the map grays over and the <bold>text='End Turn'</bold> button changes to <bold>text='End Scenario'</bold>. You can now do things like changing your save options or (if you are in a multiplayer game) chatting with other players before pressing that button to advance.
en_GB: 
    
    When you win a scenario, the map greys over and the <bold>text='End Turn'</bold> button changes to <bold>text='End Scenario'</bold>. You can now do things like changing your save options or (if you are in a multiplayer game) chatting with other players before pressing that button to advance.

note: [topic]: id=movement
en: Movement in <italic>text='Battle for Wesnoth'</italic> is simple. Click on the unit you wish to move to select it, then click on the hex you wish to move it to. When a unit is selected, everywhere it can move this turn will be highlighted, and all other hexes on the map are made dull. Mousing over a highlighted hex shows the defense rating the unit would have if you moved it to that hex. Mousing over a dull hex will also show the number of turns required to reach it, and clicking will cause the unit to move towards it by the fastest route over this and subsequent turns. If you don’t use up all of a unit’s movement when you first move a unit, you may move it again. This is useful when having two units switch places. Attacking with a unit will use up its movement. Ending a move in a village you don’t already own will also use up a unit’s movement, but will still allow it to attack.
en_GB: Movement in <italic>text='Battle for Wesnoth'</italic> is simple. Click on the unit you wish to move to select it, then click on the hex you wish to move it to. When a unit is selected, everywhere it can move this turn will be highlighted, and all other hexes on the map are made dull. Mousing over a highlighted hex shows the defence rating the unit would have if you moved it to that hex. Mousing over a dull hex will also show the number of turns required to reach it, and clicking will cause the unit to move towards it by the fastest route over this and subsequent turns. If you don’t use up all of a unit’s movement when you first move a unit, you may move it again. This is useful when having two units switch places. Attacking with a unit will use up its movement. Ending a move in a village you don’t already own will also use up a unit’s movement, but will still allow it to attack.

note: [topic]: id=combat
en: 
    
    Every unit has a chance of being hit, based on the <italic>text='terrain'</italic> it is in. This is shown in the status pane, and may also be found by right-clicking a unit, selecting <bold>text='Unit Description'</bold>, and then looking at <bold>text='Terrain Modifiers'</bold>. For instance, many elves have a defense rating of 70% in forest, so a unit attacking them has only a 30% chance of hitting. Conversely, the elf’s chance of hitting the attacker in return depends on what terrain the attacker is in.
en_GB: 
    
    Every unit has a chance of being hit, based on the <italic>text='terrain'</italic> it is in. This is shown in the status pane, and may also be found by right-clicking a unit, selecting <bold>text='Unit Description'</bold>, and then looking at <bold>text='Terrain Modifiers'</bold>. For instance, many elves have a defence rating of 70% in forest, so a unit attacking them has only a 30% chance of hitting. Conversely, the elf’s chance of hitting the attacker in return depends on what terrain the attacker is in.

note: [topic]: id=about
en: ingame_help_item^Contributors
en_GB: Contributors

note: [topic]: id=..traits_section
en: 
    
    Other traits that may be assigned to units are <ref>dst='traits_dextrous' text='dextrous'</ref>, <ref>dst='traits_loyal' text='loyal'</ref>, and <ref>dst='traits_undead' text='undead'</ref>.
en_GB: 
    
    Other traits that may be assigned to units are <ref>dst='traits_dextrous' text='dexterous'</ref>, <ref>dst='traits_loyal' text='loyal'</ref>, and <ref>dst='traits_undead' text='undead'</ref>.

note: [topic]: id=traits_resilient
en: 
    
    Resilient units can be useful at all stages of a campaign, and this is a useful trait for all units. Resilient is often most helpful as a trait when it occurs in a unit that has some combination of low hitpoints, good defense, or high resistances. Resilient units are especially useful for holding strategic positions against opponents.
en_GB: 
    
    Resilient units can be useful at all stages of a campaign, and this is a useful trait for all units. Resilient is often most helpful as a trait when it occurs in a unit that has some combination of low hitpoints, good defence, or high resistances. Resilient units are especially useful for holding strategic positions against opponents.

note: [topic]: id=traits_feral
en: Dwellings of sentient beings are not easily used for cover by feral creatures of low intelligence. As a result, <italic>text='feral'</italic> units receive a maximum of 50% defense in any land-based village regardless of base terrain.
en_GB: Dwellings of sentient beings are not easily used for cover by feral creatures of low intelligence. As a result, <italic>text='feral'</italic> units receive a maximum of 50% defence in any land-based village regardless of base terrain.

note: [topic]: id=traits_undead
en: trait^Undead
en_GB: Undead

note: [topic]: id=traits_mechanical
en: trait^Mechanical
en_GB: Mechanical

note: [topic]: id=traits_elemental
en: trait^Elemental
en_GB: Elemental

note: #-#-#-#-#  1412 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# [topic]: id=traits_dextrous #-#-#-#-#  1418 (Battle for Wesnoth 1.3.7+svn)  #-#-#-#-# type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
en: Dextrous
en_GB: Dexterous

note: [topic]: id=traits_dextrous
en: <italic>text='Dextrous'</italic> units do 1 more damage for every successful strike in ranged combat.
en_GB: <italic>text='Dexterous'</italic> units do 1 more damage for every successful strike in ranged combat.

note: [topic]: id=traits_dextrous
en: 
    
    Dextrous is a trait possessed only by elves. The elven people are known for their uncanny grace, and their great facility with the bow. Some, however, are gifted with natural talent that exceeds their brethren. These elves inflict an additional point of damage with each arrow.
en_GB: 
    
    Dexterous is a trait possessed only by elves. The elven people are known for their uncanny grace, and their great facility with the bow. Some, however, are gifted with natural talent that exceeds their brethren. These elves inflict an additional point of damage with each arrow.

note: [topic]: id=traits_aged
en: trait^Aged
en_GB: Aged

note: [topic]: id=terrain_flat
en: <italic>text='Grassland'</italic> represents open plains, whether cultivated, cut back for grazing, or wild. Being open ground, grassland is both very easy to move across, but is also difficult to defend oneself in. Typically, those units that perform best on grassland are either cavalry, or very agile units which take advantage of the open space.
    
    Most units have defense of 30 to 40% on grassland.
en_GB: <italic>text='Grassland'</italic> represents open plains, whether cultivated, cut back for grazing, or wild. Being open ground, grassland is both very easy to move across, but is also difficult to defend oneself in. Typically, those units that perform best on grassland are either cavalry, or very agile units which take advantage of the open space.
    
    Most units have defence of 30 to 40% on grassland.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_road
en: <italic>text='Roads'</italic> are beaten paths of dirt, formed by many travelers passing over them. As far as gameplay is concerned, roads behave as <ref>dst='terrain_flat' text='flat'</ref> terrain.
en_GB: <italic>text='Roads'</italic> are beaten paths of dirt, formed by many travellers passing over them. As far as gameplay is concerned, roads behave as <ref>dst='terrain_flat' text='flat'</ref> terrain.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_forest
en: <italic>text='Forests'</italic> represent any woodland with significant undergrowth, enough to hinder passage. Though they slow nearly everyone down, forests do offer better defense to most units than open ground. Cavalry, however, have so much trouble navigating them that any benefit gained by stealth is negated. Elves are an exception to this general rule for forests. Not only do they possess full movement in forests, but they also gain a considerable defensive bonus. Dwarves are another exception to this rule; though they are able to plow through the forests without much loss of speed, their utter unfamiliarity with the terrain causes them to receive no defensive bonus.
    
    Most units have 50% defense in forests, but cavalry are limited to 30%. Elves, on the other hand, enjoy 60 to 70% defense, even their mounted units. Dwarves generally receive only 30% defense in forests.
en_GB: <italic>text='Forests'</italic> represent any woodland with significant undergrowth, enough to hinder passage. Though they slow nearly everyone down, forests do offer better defence to most units than open ground. Cavalry, however, have so much trouble navigating them that any benefit gained by stealth is negated. Elves are an exception to this general rule for forests. Not only do they possess full movement in forests, but they also gain a considerable defensive bonus. Dwarves are another exception to this rule; though they are able to plough through the forests without much loss of speed, their utter unfamiliarity with the terrain causes them to receive no defensive bonus.
    
    Most units have 50% defence in forests, but cavalry are limited to 30%. Elves, on the other hand, enjoy 60 to 70% defence, even their mounted units. Dwarves generally receive only 30% defence in forests.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_hills
en: <italic>text='Hills'</italic> represent any reasonably rough terrain, with enough dips and rises in the ground to provide some cover. Hills are difficult for most troops to navigate. Dwarves, trolls, and orcs have enough familiarity with the terrain that they can pass through it without being slowed down. Cavalry have enough trouble navigating the terrain that any defensive aid lent by cover is negated.
    
    Most units have about 50% defense in hills, whereas cavalry are limited to 40%. Dwarves enjoy 60% defense in hills.
en_GB: <italic>text='Hills'</italic> represent any reasonably rough terrain, with enough dips and rises in the ground to provide some cover. Hills are difficult for most troops to navigate. Dwarves, trolls, and orcs have enough familiarity with the terrain that they can pass through it without being slowed down. Cavalry have enough trouble navigating the terrain that any defensive aid lent by cover is negated.
    
    Most units have about 50% defence in hills, whereas cavalry are limited to 40%. Dwarves enjoy 60% defence in hills.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_mountains
en: <italic>text='Mountains'</italic> are steep enough that units often have to climb over obstacles to move. By this nature, they provide a considerable defensive bonus for most troops, but they also severely impede any passage through them. Most cavalry simply cannot enter mountainous terrain; however, elvish cavalry is an exception to this, as are the goblin wolf riders. Both dwarves and trolls are native to mountainous terrain, and have a very easy time getting around.
    
    Most units receive about 60% defense in mountains, whereas Dwarves enjoy 70%.
en_GB: <italic>text='Mountains'</italic> are steep enough that units often have to climb over obstacles to move. By this nature, they provide a considerable defensive bonus for most troops, but they also severely impede any passage through them. Most cavalry simply cannot enter mountainous terrain; however, elvish cavalry is an exception to this, as are the goblin wolf riders. Both dwarves and trolls are native to mountainous terrain, and have a very easy time getting around.
    
    Most units receive about 60% defence in mountains, whereas Dwarves enjoy 70%.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_swamp_water
en: <italic>text='Swamps'</italic> represent any sort of wetlands. Swamps slow down nearly everyone, and inhibit their ability to defend themselves. An exception to this is any race bodily skilled in navigating water; these receive both full movement and a defensive bonus. Those that make their living in the wetlands are also adept at using this terrain for cover.
    
    Most units make do with 30% defense in swamps. Mermen, naga, and saurians all generally enjoy 60%.
en_GB: <italic>text='Swamps'</italic> represent any sort of wetlands. Swamps slow down nearly everyone, and inhibit their ability to defend themselves. An exception to this is any race bodily skilled in navigating water; these receive both full movement and a defensive bonus. Those that make their living in the wetlands are also adept at using this terrain for cover.
    
    Most units make do with 30% defence in swamps. Mermen, naga, and saurians all generally enjoy 60%.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_shallow_water
en: <italic>text='Shallow water'</italic> represents any body of water deep enough to come up to roughly a man’s waist. This is enough to slow down nearly anyone and leave them wide open to attack. Dwarves, given that the water reaches up almost to their heads, have an extremely hard time of this. The exception is any race whose bodies naturally lend themselves to swimming, for which they receive a considerable defensive bonus and full movement.
    
    Most units make do with 20 to 30% defense in shallow water, whereas both naga and mermen enjoy 60%.
en_GB: <italic>text='Shallow water'</italic> represents any body of water deep enough to come up to roughly a man’s waist. This is enough to slow down nearly anyone and leave them wide open to attack. Dwarves, given that the water reaches up almost to their heads, have an extremely hard time of this. The exception is any race whose bodies naturally lend themselves to swimming, for which they receive a considerable defensive bonus and full movement.
    
    Most units make do with 20 to 30% defence in shallow water, whereas both naga and mermen enjoy 60%.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_deep_water
en: <italic>text='Deep water'</italic> represents any body of water deep enough to cover a man’s head. Most units cannot enter deep water: it is the domain of units which can either fly, or are exceptionally strong swimmers.
    
    Mermen and naga both receive 50% defense in deep water, with full movement.
en_GB: <italic>text='Deep water'</italic> represents any body of water deep enough to cover a man’s head. Most units cannot enter deep water: it is the domain of units which can either fly, or are exceptionally strong swimmers.
    
    Mermen and naga both receive 50% defence in deep water, with full movement.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_frozen
en: <italic>text='Frozen'</italic> terrain represents any flat area that is covered by snow or ice. Most units are slowed down on it, and have a harder time defending themselves. Note that swimming units, even those who can breathe underwater, cannot swim underneath ice.
    
    Most units have 20 to 40% defense in frozen terrain.
en_GB: <italic>text='Frozen'</italic> terrain represents any flat area that is covered by snow or ice. Most units are slowed down on it, and have a harder time defending themselves. Note that swimming units, even those who can breathe underwater, cannot swim underneath ice.
    
    Most units have 20 to 40% defence in frozen terrain.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_castle
en: <italic>text='Castles'</italic> are any sort of permanent fortification. Nearly all units receive a considerable bonus to their defense by being stationed in a castle, and most units receive full movement in a castle. Stationing units in a castle represents its defensive capability. Without a unit in each wall hex, an enemy can simply sneak into the castle unchallenged, gaining the same defensive bonus as everyone inside.
    
    Most units have about 60% defense in a castle.
en_GB: <italic>text='Castles'</italic> are any sort of permanent fortification. Nearly all units receive a considerable bonus to their defence by being stationed in a castle, and most units receive full movement in a castle. Stationing units in a castle represents its defensive capability. Without a unit in each wall hex, an enemy can simply sneak into the castle unchallenged, gaining the same defensive bonus as everyone inside.
    
    Most units have about 60% defence in a castle.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_sand
en: The instability of <italic>text='sand'</italic> makes it harder for most units to cross, and leaves them wide open to attack. In contrast, the wide feet or snakelike bodies of the reptilian races make sand much easier for them to navigate.
    
    Most units receive 20 to 40% defense in sand.
en_GB: The instability of <italic>text='sand'</italic> makes it harder for most units to cross, and leaves them wide open to attack. In contrast, the wide feet or snakelike bodies of the reptilian races make sand much easier for them to navigate.
    
    Most units receive 20 to 40% defence in sand.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_cave
en: <italic>text='Cave'</italic> terrain represents any underground cavern with enough room for a unit to pass. Most units are wholly unfamiliar with the terrain, and thus are both slowed down and hindered in defense. Dwarves and trolls, who make their homes in caves, both have a relatively easy time navigating this terrain, especially dwarves, who by dint of their small size can navigate many obstacles that other races cannot. Occasionally caves are <ref>dst='terrain_illuminated_cave' text='illuminated'</ref>.
    
    Most units receive 20 to 40% defense in caves, whereas dwarves have 50%.
en_GB: <italic>text='Cave'</italic> terrain represents any underground cavern with enough room for a unit to pass. Most units are wholly unfamiliar with the terrain, and thus are both slowed down and hindered in defence. Dwarves and trolls, who make their homes in caves, both have a relatively easy time navigating this terrain, especially dwarves, who by dint of their small size can navigate many obstacles that other races cannot. Occasionally caves are <ref>dst='terrain_illuminated_cave' text='illuminated'</ref>.
    
    Most units receive 20 to 40% defence in caves, whereas dwarves have 50%.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_rockbound_cave
en: <italic>text='Rockbound cave'</italic> terrain is formed by the action of water and wind, carrying erosive particles that carve the rock. It resembles a scraggy underground cavern which reduces efficiency of most units, but shoulders defense. Dwarves and trolls, who are main settlers of caves, have a relatively easy time navigating this terrain. Dwarves, who by dint of their small size have the full advantage of navigation in such topography. Occasionally caves are <ref>dst='terrain_illuminated_cave' text='illuminated'</ref>
    
    Most units have about 50% defense in rocky caves, whereas cavalry are limited to 40%. Dwarves enjoy 60% defense in rockbound caves.
en_GB: <italic>text='Rockbound cave'</italic> terrain is formed by the action of water and wind, carrying erosive particles that carve the rock. It resembles a scraggy underground cavern which reduces the efficiency of most units, but shoulders defence. Dwarves and trolls, who are the main settlers of caves, have a relatively easy time navigating this terrain. Dwarves, who by dint of their small size have the full advantage of navigation in such topography. Occasionally caves are <ref>dst='terrain_illuminated_cave' text='illuminated'</ref>
    
    Most units have about 50% defence in rocky caves, whereas cavalry are limited to 40%. Dwarves enjoy 60% defence in rockbound caves.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_fungus
en: <italic>text='Mushroom groves'</italic> are vast underground forests of giant mushrooms, which thrive in the damp darkness. Most units have trouble negotiating the spongy floor of smaller fungi, but they have plenty of cover behind the larger stalks. Mounted units, however, become completely mired and lack proper freedom of movement in combat. Undead units have a natural affinity for decay and function quite well in mushroom forests.
    
    Most units receive 50% to 60% defense in mushroom groves, whereas cavalry receive only 20%.
en_GB: <italic>text='Mushroom groves'</italic> are vast underground forests of giant mushrooms, which thrive in the damp darkness. Most units have trouble negotiating the spongy floor of smaller fungi, but they have plenty of cover behind the larger stalks. Mounted units, however, become completely mired and lack proper freedom of movement in combat.  Undead units have a natural affinity for decay and function quite well in mushroom forests.
    
    Most units receive 50% to 60% defence in mushroom groves, whereas cavalry receive only 20%.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_village
en: <italic>text='Villages'</italic> represent any group of buildings, human or otherwise. Almost all units, even cavalry, have an easy time navigating villages, and most units gain a defensive bonus from being stationed in a village. Villages allow units the resources to clean and tend to their wounds, which allows any unit stationed therein to heal eight hitpoints each turn, or to be cured of poison.
    
    Most units have 50 to 60% defense in villages, whereas cavalry receive only 40%.
en_GB: <italic>text='Villages'</italic> represent any group of buildings, human or otherwise. Almost all units, even cavalry, have an easy time navigating villages, and most units gain a defensive bonus from being stationed in a village. Villages allow units the resources to clean and tend to their wounds, which allows any unit stationed therein to heal eight hitpoints each turn, or to be cured of poison.
    
    Most units have 50 to 60% defence in villages, whereas cavalry receive only 40%.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_water_village
en: <italic>text='Submerged villages'</italic> are the homes of merfolk and nagas. While water-dwelling creatures are at home here, land-dwellers have a hard time navigating and defending these villages. However, like any village, the facilites are available to all creatures which allow units to tend to their wounds. Any unit stationed in a village can heal eight hitpoints each turn, or be cured of poison.
    
    Merfolk and nagas have 60% defense in submerged villages, whereas land based units usually have a low defense.
en_GB: <italic>text='Submerged villages'</italic> are the homes of merfolk and nagas. While water-dwelling creatures are at home here, land-dwellers have a hard time navigating and defending these villages. However, like any village, the facilites are available to all creatures which allow units to tend to their wounds. Any unit stationed in a village can heal eight hitpoints each turn, or be cured of poison.
    
    Merfolk and nagas have 60% defence in submerged villages, whereas land based units usually have a low defence.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_reef
en: <italic>text='Coastal reefs'</italic> are shallows formed by stone, coral and sand. This provides most land units with a more steady footing and defensive positions than wading in shallow water normally would and also grants most water-dwelling races an exceptionally high defense.
    
    Mermen and Naga both receive 70% defense on coastal reefs.
en_GB: <italic>text='Coastal reefs'</italic> are shallows formed by stone, coral and sand. This provides most land units with a more steady footing and defensive positions than wading in shallow water normally would and also grants most water-dwelling races an exceptionally high defence.
    
    Merfolk and nagas both receive 70% defence on coastal reefs.

note: [topic]: id=terrain_impassable
en: Obstacles that not even the most determined traveler may overcome include solid walls of stone and mountains so tall and steep that they are constantly wreathed in cloud. Even flying creatures cannot navigate the jagged peaks at such rarified heights, and not even the fiercest troll can smash through thick walls of stone.
en_GB: Obstacles that not even the most determined traveller may overcome include solid walls of stone and mountains so tall and steep that they are constantly wreathed in cloud. Even flying creatures cannot navigate the jagged peaks at such rarified heights, and not even the fiercest troll can smash through thick walls of stone.

note: [topic]: id=general_commands
en: 
    Set or toggle player on side between human and AI player. The player/client who controls that side needs to issue this command. If no second parameter is supplied, toggle bewteen human and AI. If it is ‘on’, set an AI controller. If it is ‘off’ set a human controller. Defaults to the currently active side if no parameter is supplied.
en_GB: 
    Set or toggle player on side between human and AI player. The player/client who controls that side needs to issue this command. If no second parameter is supplied, toggle between human and AI. If it is ‘on’, set an AI controller. If it is ‘off’ set a human controller. Defaults to the currently active side if no parameter is supplied.

note: [heals]: id=curing
en: female^cures
en_GB: cures

note: [regenerate]: id=regenerates
en: female^regenerates
en_GB: regenerates

note: [regenerate]: id=regenerates
en: Regenerates:
    The unit will heal itself 8 HP per turn. If it is poisoned, it will remove the poison instead of healing.
en_GB: Regenerates:
    The unit will heal itself 8 hp per turn. If it is poisoned, it will remove the poison instead of healing.

note: [resistance]: id=steadfast
en: female^steadfast
en_GB: steadfast

note: [leadership]: id=leadership
en: female^leadership
en_GB: leadership

note: [leadership]: id=leadership
en: Leadership:
    This unit can lead our own units that are next to it, making them fight better.
    
    Adjacent own units of lower level will do more damage in battle. When a unit adjacent to, of a lower level than, and on the same side as a unit with Leadership engages in combat, its attacks do 25% more damage times the difference in their levels.
en_GB: Leadership:
    This unit can lead friendly units that are next to it, making them fight better.
    
    Adjacent own units of lower level will do more damage in battle. When a unit adjacent to, of a lower level than, and on the same side as a unit with Leadership engages in combat, its attacks do 25% more damage times the difference in their levels.

note: [skirmisher]: id=skirmisher
en: female^skirmisher
en_GB: skirmisher

note: [illuminates]: id=illumination
en: female^illuminates
en_GB: illuminates

note: [teleport]: id=teleport
en: female^teleport
en_GB: teleport

note: [hides]: id=ambush
en: female^ambush
en_GB: ambush

note: [hides]: id=nightstalk
en: female^nightstalk
en_GB: nightstalk

note: [hides]: id=concealment
en: female^concealment
en_GB: concealment

note: [hides]: id=submerge
en: female^submerge
en_GB: submerge

note: [dummy]: id=feeding
en: female^feeding
en_GB: feeding

note: [damage]: id=backstab
en: Backstab:
    When used offensively, this attack deals double damage if there is an enemy of the target on the opposite side of the target, and that unit is not incapacitated (turned to stone or otherwise paralyzed).
en_GB: Backstab:
    When used offensively, This attack deals double damage if there is an enemy of the target on the opposite side of the target, and that unit is not incapacitated (e.g. turned to stone).

note: [damage]: id=charge
en: Charge:
    When used offensively, this attack deals double damage to the target. It also causes this unit to take double damage from the target’s counterattack.
en_GB: Charge:
    When used offensively, this attack deals double damage to the target. It also causes this unit to take double damage from the target’s counter-attack.

en:  The length of this unit’s weapon allows it to strike first in melee, even in defense.
en_GB:  The length of this unit’s weapon allows it to strike first in melee, even in defence.

note: [trait]: id=loyal
en: female^loyal
en_GB: loyal

note: [trait]: id=undead
en: female^undead
en_GB: undead

note: [trait]: id=mechanical
en: female^mechanical
en_GB: mechanical

note: [trait]: id=elemental
en: female^elemental
en_GB: elemental

note: [trait]: id=strong
en: female^strong
en_GB: strong

note: [trait]: id=dextrous
en: dextrous
en_GB: dexterous

note: [trait]: id=dextrous
en: female^dextrous
en_GB: dexterous

note: [trait]: id=quick
en: female^quick
en_GB: quick

note: [trait]: id=intelligent
en: female^intelligent
en_GB: intelligent

note: [trait]: id=resilient
en: female^resilient
en_GB: resilient

note: [trait]: id=healthy
en: female^healthy
en_GB: healthy

note: [trait]: id=fearless
en: female^fearless
en_GB: fearless

note: [trait]: id=fearless
en: Fights normally during unfavorable times of day/night
en_GB: Fights normally during unfavourable times of day/night

note: [trait]: id=feral
en: female^feral
en_GB: feral

note: [trait]: id=feral
en: Receives only 50% defense in land-based villages
en_GB: Receives only 50% defence in land-based villages

note: [trait]: id=weak
en: female^weak
en_GB: weak

note: [trait]: id=slow
en: female^slow
en_GB: slow

note: [trait]: id=dim
en: female^dim
en_GB: dim

note: [trait]: id=aged
en: female^aged
en_GB: aged

note: [race]: id=bats
en: race^Bat
en_GB: Bat

note: [race]: id=bats
en: race+female^Bat
en_GB: Bat

note: [race]: id=bats
en: race^Bats
en_GB: Bats

note: [race]: id=drake
en: race^Drake
en_GB: Drake

note: [race]: id=drake
en: race+female^Drake
en_GB: Drake

note: [race]: id=drake
en: race^Drakes
en_GB: Drakes

note: [race]: id=drake
en: Drakes are large, winged and fire-breathing creatures, reminiscent of true dragons. On average, an adult drake stands around three meters tall and easily weighs more than a man and a horse combined. Their skin is made up of hard scales, resistant to most physical strikes except piercing and cold damage. Most drakes are capable of true flight and can travel long distances quickly. However, their sheer weight and bulk limits their flight ability somewhat, making them ungainly in the air. Where possible, they make use of terrain features such as hills, mountains and trees as launch points in order to gain greater height and speed. Fortunately for their enemies, they are still quite clumsy creatures and surprisingly slow in combat. This, combined with their large size, renders them easy targets for those who dare attack them.
    
    Drakes are inherently magical creatures, with a mysterious internal fire fueling their very lives. This can easily be witnessed when one of their kind perishes in combat; its internal fire is released, burning their remains in to ashes. Their internal fire is also their greatest weakness; it makes them extremely vulnerable to cold attacks. Despite their magical nature, drakes are incapable of channeling magic in a controlled manner. While the magic imbued within a drake’s body enables it to spit fire and gives it life, they have no willful control over its functions of this magic.
    
    <header>text='Society'</header>
    Drakes are a relatively warlike race and their societies can be best described as cultured martial societies. The core of a drake tribe is a small group of veteran warriors headed by a mutually respected — or simply feared — <ref>dst='dominant' text='dominant'</ref> who rules the society with an iron fist. Every drake is expected to earn their place in the strict hierarchy, to obey their superiors and command their inferiors. Entry to the ruling elite is only possible through challenging and defeating a superior in single combat, which is the way the hierarchy within the elite itself is established. The use of deception of any kind towards any fellow drake is, without exception, seen as cowardly and unacceptable.
    
    While their warlike nature and sense of territory drives them to defend their territories savagely, drakes rarely invade or trespass on areas already occupied by the other major races. Instead, they settle in unpopulated areas to establish their own territory there. They primarily feed on large game they hunt in the lowlands around their homes, but hatchlings and lower caste drakes are known to feed also on certain of moss and fungi they cultivate deep in their caverns. The only technology drakes value is armor- and weapon-smithing, and neither know or need other science and culture besides this. However the few implements they do fashion are almost unrivaled in quality, only matched by those produced in the finest Dwarvish foundries.
    
    Drakes are hatched from eggs and usually live naturally between 20 to 30 years. Death in battle is the most preferred way for a drake to leave this world. Unlike the elder members of other races, drakes naturally grow more aggressive and reckless towards the ends of their natural lives, perhaps to help ensure their place in the heroic legends of their kind.
    
    <header>text='Geography'</header>
    Drakes originated from an archipelago of volcanic islands called <ref>dst='morogor' text='Morogor'</ref> in the <ref>dst='great_ocean' text='Great Ocean'</ref>. A combination of population pressure and the subsidence of many of their home islands has caused colonies of drakes to spread to the <ref>dst='great_continent' text='Great Continent'</ref>. Drakes tend to make their homes in mountain caverns near volcanoes to protect their eggs, hatchings and forges. While drakes naturally prefer warmth, their internal fire is more than capable of sustaining them even in a relatively cold climate, a feature which has allowed them to populate even some of the mountains of the far north of the Great Continent.
en_GB: Drakes are large, winged and fire-breathing creatures, reminiscent of true dragons. On average, an adult drake stands around three metres tall and easily weighs more than a man and a horse combined. Their skin is made up of hard scales, resistant to most physical strikes except piercing and cold damage. Most drakes are capable of true flight and can travel long distances quickly. However, their sheer weight and bulk limits their flight ability somewhat, making them ungainly in the air. Where possible, they make use of terrain features such as hills, mountains and trees as launch points in order to gain greater height and speed. Fortunately for their enemies, they are still quite clumsy creatures and surprisingly slow in combat. This, combined with their large size, renders them easy targets for those who dare attack them.
    
    Drakes are inherently magical creatures, with a mysterious internal fire fuelling their very lives. This can easily be witnessed when one of their kind perishes in combat; its internal fire is released, burning their remains into ashes. Their internal fire is also their greatest weakness; it makes them extremely vulnerable to cold attacks. Despite their magical nature, drakes are incapable of channelling magic in a controlled manner. While the magic imbued within a drake’s body enables it to spit fire and gives it life, they have no wilful control over its functions of this magic.
    
    <header>text='Society'</header>
    Drakes are a relatively warlike race and their societies can be best described as cultured martial societies. The core of a drake tribe is a small group of veteran warriors headed by a mutually respected — or simply feared — <ref>dst='dominant' text='dominant'</ref> who rules the society with an iron fist. Every drake is expected to earn their place in the strict hierarchy, to obey their superiors and command their inferiors. Entry to the ruling elite is only possible through challenging and defeating a superior in single combat, which is the way the hierarchy within the elite itself is established. The use of deception of any kind towards any fellow drake is, without exception, seen as cowardly and unacceptable.
    
    While their warlike nature and sense of territory drives them to defend their territories savagely, drakes rarely invade or trespass on areas already occupied by the other major races. Instead, they settle in unpopulated areas to establish their own territory there. They primarily feed on large game they hunt in the lowlands around their homes, but hatchlings and lower caste drakes are known to feed also on certain mosses and fungi they cultivate deep in their caverns. The only technology drakes value is armour- and weapon-smithing, and neither know nor need other science and culture besides this. However the few implements they do fashion are almost unrivalled in quality, only matched by those produced in the finest Dwarvish foundries.
    
    Drakes are hatched from eggs and usually live naturally between 20 to 30 years. Death in battle is the most preferred way for a drake to leave this world. Unlike the elder members of other races, drakes naturally grow more aggressive and reckless towards the ends of their natural lives, perhaps to help ensure their place in the heroic legends of their kind.
    
    <header>text='Geography'</header>
    Drakes originated from an archipelago of volcanic islands called <ref>dst='morogor' text='Morogor'</ref> in the <ref>dst='great_ocean' text='Great Ocean'</ref>. A combination of population pressure and the subsidence of many of their home islands has caused colonies of drakes to spread to the <ref>dst='great_continent' text='Great Continent'</ref>. Drakes tend to make their homes in mountain caverns near volcanoes to protect their eggs, hatchlings and forges. While drakes naturally prefer warmth, their internal fire is more than capable of sustaining them even in a relatively cold climate, a feature which has allowed them to populate even some of the mountains of the far north of the Great Continent.

note: [race]: id=dwarf
en: race^Dwarf
en_GB: Dwarf

note: [race]: id=dwarf
en: race+female^Dwarf
en_GB: Dwarf

note: [race]: id=dwarf
en: race^Dwarves
en_GB: Dwarves

note: [race]: id=dwarf
en: The dwarves are a race famed for their miners, blacksmiths, merchants and warriors. Considered as the third oldest race on the great continent after the elves and trolls, their early history is shrouded in mystery. Legends tell of a time long forgotten when their people began emerging from their underground world through caves. Nothing is known about their life prior to their arrival, or their reasons for entering the surface world, but they have been an integral part of the history of the continent since. Soon after their emergence from the underground, the dwarves entered into conflict with the original inhabitants of the land, the elves. The original reason for their dispute has been lost to history, but the two races have since fought three long wars, interrupted by a few decades of peace. During these wars the dwarves could not dislodge the elves from the deep forests in the south, but managed to consolidate their position in hills and the mountains in the north of the continent, known now as the Northlands. Since then they have constructed fantastic fortifications and settlements deep within the mountains and crags of their territory.
    
    Possibly due to their isolation, the dwarves are generally distrustful or hostile towards most other races, particularly the elves. The single exception to this temperament is towards humans. This could be traced back to the era of Haldric I and the arrival of humans and orcs to the continent. At this point the dwarves began allowing some humans, mostly dissidents and outlaws from the Kingdom of Wesnoth, to settle in certain areas of the Northlands. Their motivation was unsurprising. The plight of these individuals reminded the dwarves of their early history of persecution, eliciting a sense of solidarity. The dwarves also had much to gain in forming a bond with these outcasts. They would settle in areas where dwarves disliked living themselves; plains, forests, and swamps, freeing them from defending these areas.
    
    Dwarves are of small stature by human measure, but they are by no means fragile. Their warriors, tough and powerful are both feared and respected throughout the continent for their prowess in battle. In addition, dwarves are known for their calculating intellects and superb craftsmanship. Dwarven smiths are renowned for their deadly weapons and heavy armor. These accouterments are unrivaled in quality, possibly only matched by those produced by drake armorers. Their intelligence and natural inquisitiveness has also made them the most technically advanced race on the continent. One of their most famous, and feared, discoveries was a mysterious powder that produces an immense explosion when exposed to fire or sparks. Certain dwarf warriors use this powder to hurl small objects at tremendous speeds. Given their technological inclinations, many dwarves tend to distrust magic users. However some practice a form of magic based on the engraving of runes. Called runesmiths, they use these carvings to enchant items in order to augment certain aspects of their natures.
en_GB: The dwarves are a race famed for their miners, blacksmiths, merchants and warriors. Considered as the third oldest race on the great continent after the elves and trolls, their early history is shrouded in mystery. Legends tell of a time long forgotten when their people began emerging from their underground world through caves. Nothing is known about their life prior to their arrival, or their reasons for entering the surface world, but they have been an integral part of the history of the continent since. Soon after their emergence from the underground, the dwarves entered into conflict with the original inhabitants of the land, the elves. The original reason for their dispute has been lost to history, but the two races have since fought three long wars, interrupted by a few decades of peace. During these wars the dwarves could not dislodge the elves from the deep forests in the south, but managed to consolidate their position in hills and the mountains in the north of the continent, known now as the Northlands. Since then they have constructed fantastic fortifications and settlements deep within the mountains and crags of their territory.
    
    Possibly due to their isolation, the dwarves are generally distrustful or hostile towards most other races, particularly the elves. The single exception to this temperament is towards humans. This could be traced back to the era of Haldric I and the arrival of humans and orcs to the continent. At this point the dwarves began allowing some humans, mostly dissidents and outlaws from the Kingdom of Wesnoth, to settle in certain areas of the Northlands. Their motivation was unsurprising. The plight of these individuals reminded the dwarves of their early history of persecution, eliciting a sense of solidarity. The dwarves also had much to gain in forming a bond with these outcasts. They would settle in areas where dwarves disliked living themselves; plains, forests, and swamps, freeing them from defending these areas.
    
    Dwarves are of small stature by human measure, but they are by no means fragile. Their warriors, tough and powerful are both feared and respected throughout the continent for their prowess in battle. In addition, dwarves are known for their calculating intellects and superb craftsmanship. Dwarven smiths are renowned for their deadly weapons and heavy armour. These accoutrements are unrivalled in quality, possibly only matched by those produced by drake armourers. Their intelligence and natural inquisitiveness has also made them the most technically advanced race on the continent. One of their most famous, and feared, discoveries was a mysterious powder that produces an immense explosion when exposed to fire or sparks. Certain dwarf warriors use this powder to hurl small objects at tremendous speeds. Given their technological inclinations, many dwarves tend to distrust magic users. However some practice a form of magic based on the engraving of runes. Called runesmiths, they use these carvings to enchant items in order to augment certain aspects of their natures.

note: [race]: id=elf
en: race^Elf
en_GB: Elf

note: [race]: id=elf
en: race+female^Elf
en_GB: Elf

note: [race]: id=elf
en: race^Elves
en_GB: Elves

note: [race]: id=goblin
en: race^Goblin
en_GB: Goblin

note: [race]: id=goblin
en: race+female^Goblin
en_GB: Goblin

note: [race]: id=goblin
en: race^Goblins
en_GB: Goblins

note: [race]: id=goblin
en: Goblins are, despite their appearance, born as siblings to the orcs and members of the same race. While other races usually bear children singly or in pairs, orcs will have large litters of children all at once, causing their populations to explode rather quickly. Within any litter, there will only be one or two true orcs, who will grow to the full size and strength of their race. A few more will be half-orcs, notably weaker than their big brothers, and relegated to supporting roles in combat, such as archery. The rest, often a full half of more of any litter, will be goblins. Goblins are puny and quite frail, rarely growing past the size and stature of a human child. Goblins are born into a lifetime of near-slavery to their larger kin, and used as sword-fodder in battle. They thrive in spite of their tragic fate; in part because they are so very numerous, and also because their brother orcs are well aware how dependent they are on the goblins.
    
    Goblins perform the bulk of manual labor needed by the orcs, with the sole exception of jobs that require the brute strength of true orcs. Those the orcs revel in as proof of their prowess.
en_GB: Goblins are, despite their appearance, born as siblings to the orcs and members of the same race. While other races usually bear children singly or in pairs, orcs will have large litters of children all at once, causing their populations to explode rather quickly. Within any litter, there will only be one or two true orcs, who will grow to the full size and strength of their race. A few more will be half-orcs, notably weaker than their big brothers, and relegated to supporting roles in combat, such as archery. The rest, often a full half of more of any litter, will be goblins. Goblins are puny and quite frail, rarely growing past the size and stature of a human child. Goblins are born into a lifetime of near-slavery to their larger kin, and used as sword-fodder in battle. They thrive in spite of their tragic fate; in part because they are so very numerous, and also because their brother orcs are well aware how dependent they are on the goblins.
    
    Goblins perform the bulk of manual labour needed by the orcs, with the sole exception of jobs that require the brute strength of true orcs. Those the orcs revel in as proof of their prowess.

note: [race]: id=gryphon, description=
en: race^Gryphon
en_GB: Gryphon

note: [race]: id=gryphon, description=
en: race+female^Gryphon
en_GB: Gryphon

note: [race]: id=gryphon, description=
en: race^Gryphons
en_GB: Gryphons

note: [race]: id=human
en: race^Human
en_GB: Human

note: [race]: id=human
en: race+female^Human
en_GB: Human

note: [race]: id=human
en: race^Humans
en_GB: Humans

note: [race]: id=human
en: The race of men is an extremely diverse one. Although they originally came from the Old Continent, men have spread all over the world and split into many different cultures and races. Although they are not imbued with magic like other creatures, humans can learn to wield it and able to learn more types than most others. They have no extra special abilities or aptitudes except their versatility and drive. While often at odds with other races, they can occasionally form alliances with the less aggressive races such as elves and dwarves. The less scrupulous among them do not shrink back from hiring orcish mercenaries, either. They have no natural enemies, although the majority of men, like most people of all races, have an instinctive dislike of the undead. Men are shorter than the elves, but taller still than dwarves. Their skin color can vary, from almost white to dark brown.
    
    <header>text='Subjects of the Crown'</header>
    Many different groups of men exist, but the majority of them on the Great Continent live under the rule of the Crown of Wesnoth. The humans first appeared on the Great Continent from a land far across the ocean to the West, the Green Isle, and soon established their capital at the inland city of Weldyn. Over the following centuries they have built up a number cities across the continent. The soldiers from the Crown of Wesnoth protect the country, forming the most organized military force in the known world. Its warriors come from the main provinces, where all men are conscripted at an early age.
    
    <header>text='The Clansmen'</header>
    The eastern provinces of Wesnoth, known as the Clan Homelands, have a geography consisting of more open plains and rolling hills than the western, more civilized provinces. They are home to the Horse Clans, who are allied with the Crown of Wesnoth but operate independently and maintain their own identity. Some consider them to be a tributary state, which sends food and soldiers to Crown in exchange for protection. Others say they are on equal footing with the western half of Wesnoth. In any case, the eastern provinces do not have a conscript army the way Western Wesnoth does. Training for fighting is part of the way of life of the Clans; the parents teach the children to ride horses, fight and shoot a bow from an early age. In general, the Clan warriors are less organized than the civilized fighters, and the strengths and weaknesses of these groups complement each other.
en_GB: The race of men is an extremely diverse one. Although they originally came from the Old Continent, men have spread all over the world and split into many different cultures and races. Although they are not imbued with magic like other creatures, humans can learn to wield it and able to learn more types than most others. They have no extra special abilities or aptitudes except their versatility and drive. While often at odds with other races, they can occasionally form alliances with the less aggressive races such as elves and dwarves. The less scrupulous among them do not shrink back from hiring orcish mercenaries, either. They have no natural enemies, although the majority of men, like most people of all races, have an instinctive dislike of the undead. Men are shorter than the elves, but taller still than dwarves. Their skin colour can vary, from almost white to dark brown.
    
    <header>text='Subjects of the Crown'</header>
    Many different groups of men exist, but the majority of them on the Great Continent live under the rule of the Crown of Wesnoth. The humans first appeared on the Great Continent from a land far across the ocean to the West, the Green Isle, and soon established their capital at the inland city of Weldyn. Over the following centuries they have built up a number of cities across the continent. The soldiers from the Crown of Wesnoth protect the country, forming the most organized military force in the known world. Its warriors come from the main provinces, where all men are conscripted at an early age.
    
    <header>text='The Clansmen'</header>
    The eastern provinces of Wesnoth, known as the Clan Homelands, have a geography consisting of more open plains and rolling hills than the western, more civilized provinces. They are home to the Horse Clans, who are allied with the Crown of Wesnoth but operate independently and maintain their own identity. Some consider them to be a tributary state, which sends food and soldiers to Crown in exchange for protection. Others say they are on equal footing with the western half of Wesnoth. In any case, the eastern provinces do not have a conscript army the way Western Wesnoth does. Training for fighting is part of the way of life of the Clans; the parents teach the children to ride horses, fight and shoot a bow from an early age. In general, the Clan warriors are less organized than the civilized fighters, and the strengths and weaknesses of these groups complement each other.

note: [race]: id=lizard, description=
en: race^Saurian
en_GB: Saurian

note: [race]: id=lizard, description=
en: race+female^Saurian
en_GB: Saurian

note: [race]: id=lizard, description=
en: race^Saurians
en_GB: Saurians

note: [race]: id=mechanical
en: race^Mechanical
en_GB: Mechanical

note: [race]: id=mechanical
en: race+plural^Mechanical
en_GB: Mechanical

note: [race]: id=mechanical
en: Animated neither by natural life nor by necromancy, the term <italic>text='mechanical'</italic> describes a created artifact of an intelligent being. Most mechanical things neither move nor think on their own, but some do so as a result of magical enchantment.
en_GB: Animated neither by natural life nor by necromancy, the term <italic>text='mechanical'</italic> describes a created artefact of an intelligent being. Most mechanical things neither move nor think on their own, but some do so as a result of magical enchantment.

note: [race]: id=merman
en: race^Merman
en_GB: Merman

note: [race]: id=merman
en: race^Mermaid
en_GB: Mermaid

note: [race]: id=merman
en: race^Mermen
en_GB: Mermen

note: [race]: id=merman
en: Something like a fusion between humans and fish, the merfolk are an enigmatic race with both piscine and humanoid attributes. They have strong tails that lend themselves to quick movement in any watery environment while their dextrous hands and intelligent minds allow fine craftsmanship and toolmaking. Semi-aquatic by nature, merfolk can breathe both water and air without difficulty. Despite being able to survive on land, they are much quicker and more agile in the water and will rarely be found far from the ocean. They are typically wary of dry land, as they are awkward and clumsy there and they struggle greatly to move over rough or forested terrain.
en_GB: Something like a fusion between humans and fish, the merfolk are an enigmatic race with both piscine and humanoid attributes. They have strong tails that lend themselves to quick movement in any watery environment while their dexterous hands and intelligent minds allow fine craftsmanship and toolmaking. Semi-aquatic by nature, merfolk can breathe both water and air without difficulty. Despite being able to survive on land, they are much quicker and more agile in the water and will rarely be found far from the ocean. They are typically wary of dry land, as they are awkward and clumsy there and they struggle greatly to move over rough or forested terrain.

note: [race]: id=monster
en: race^Monster
en_GB: Monster

note: [race]: id=monster
en: race+female^Monster
en_GB: Monster

note: [race]: id=monster
en: race^Monsters
en_GB: Monsters

note: [race]: id=naga
en: race^Naga
en_GB: Naga

note: [race]: id=naga
en: race^Nagini
en_GB: Nagini

note: [race]: id=naga
en: race^Nagas
en_GB: Nagas

note: [race]: id=naga
en: The serpentine nagas are one of the least understood races of the Great Continent. Part of this is due to their xenophobic nature and part is due to their alien environment. Nagas are one of the few races capable of any meaningful mobility in water, giving them access to a whole world effectively forbidden to land dwellers and further separating them from the terrestrial beings that they shun. Still, they are not true creatures of the sea, and their inability to breathe water leaves them in trepidation of the abyss. Living in coastal areas gives them an escape route on land against denizens of the deep while keeping them out of reach of those who travel by foot, wing, and hoof. Although nagas are somewhat frail in form, they are often faster and more nimble than their opponents. They sometimes find themselves at odds with merfolk when their territories overlap, but overall nagas tend to favor swamps and rivers as much as open water.
en_GB: The serpentine nagas are one of the least understood races of the Great Continent. Part of this is due to their xenophobic nature and part is due to their alien environment. Nagas are one of the few races capable of any meaningful mobility in water, giving them access to a whole world effectively forbidden to land dwellers and further separating them from the terrestrial beings that they shun. Still, they are not true creatures of the sea, and their inability to breathe water leaves them in trepidation of the abyss. Living in coastal areas gives them an escape route on land against denizens of the deep while keeping them out of reach of those who travel by foot, wing, and hoof. Although nagas are somewhat frail in form, they are often faster and more nimble than their opponents. They sometimes find themselves at odds with merfolk when their territories overlap, but overall nagas tend to favour swamps and rivers as much as open water.

note: [race]: id=ogre
en: race^Ogre
en_GB: Ogre

note: [race]: id=ogre
en: race+female^Ogre
en_GB: Ogre

note: [race]: id=ogre
en: race^Ogres
en_GB: Ogres

note: [race]: id=ogre
en: Ogres are a wild and uncivilized race who dwell mainly in the wilderness of the Great Continent. Physically, they resemble humans and orcs but are larger and stronger. Even their adolescents are more than a match for most men. Ogres are distrusted in many populated areas and usually either avoid them or are driven out by force. Instead, they lurk the mountainous areas on the edges of civilization, where hungry ogre bandits provide a constant threat to travelers and caravans. While ogres are not particularly intelligent or quick, their toughness and physical strength make them a valuable asset in the armies of other races. They are especially valued by more ruthless commanders who don't mind the ogres' brutality. Little is known about their biology or society, if they can truly be said to have one, but they are said to attack alongside wolves and other beasts. Whether this is a sign of cooperation, domestication, or simply mutual opportunism is not known.
en_GB: Ogres are a wild and uncivilized race who dwell mainly in the wilderness of the Great Continent. Physically, they resemble humans and orcs but are larger and stronger. Even their adolescents are more than a match for most men. Ogres are distrusted in many populated areas and usually either avoid them or are driven out by force. Instead, they lurk the mountainous areas on the edges of civilization, where hungry ogre bandits provide a constant threat to travellers and caravans. While ogres are not particularly intelligent or quick, their toughness and physical strength make them a valuable asset in the armies of other races. They are especially valued by more ruthless commanders who don't mind the ogres' brutality. Little is known about their biology or society, if they can truly be said to have one, but they are said to attack alongside wolves and other beasts. Whether this is a sign of co-operation, domestication, or simply mutual opportunism is not known.

note: [race]: id=orc
en: race^Orc
en_GB: Orc

note: [race]: id=orc
en: race+female^Orc
en_GB: Orc

note: [race]: id=orc
en: race^Orcs
en_GB: Orcs

note: [race]: id=orc
en: In appearance, orcs are half men and half beasts. They are taller, sturdier and stronger than humans. They are warlike, savage, and cruel by nature. Their blood is darker and thicker than that of normal humans and they have little care for personal hygiene or their personal appearance. Although Orcs are violent even among themselves creatures, they are pack-oriented; an orc never travels long or lives alone in groups smaller than half a dozen.
    
    <header>text='Society'</header>
    Almost every orc are a member of a tribe or a clan. Relations between neighboring tribes are usually violent, except in cases of a mutual enemy threatens their existence or prospects of great plunder override mutual animosity. Occasionally, a single strong chieftain may emerge to lead multiple tribes from time to time, usually through intimidation of followers. An orc tribe in times of peace tends to focus almost solely on strengthening itself in preparation for the next armed conflict. Orcs are known to possess a crude system of writing — usually in blood — although it’s most commonly used to trade insults or threats among tribal leaders.
    
    Orc societies are based on little else but strength; might makes right, and a leader leads and survives only as long as no one manages to wrest the title from him. A constant struggle for power simmers among potential tribal chiefs. An orcish leader rarely lives more than a handful of years to enjoy his absolute authority before being killed for his position — although history knows some notable exceptions. Orcs hold no particular honor code and while indisputable raw strength is usually the preferred method of displaying power, assassination, poisoning and backstabbing are completely viable means to further one’s own goals.
    
    Orcs mostly live in rural areas, often in foothills or mountainous regions, sometimes in caves. They grow no crops nor keep livestock, but are competent hunters as a result of their physical stature and brutality. Due to their large numbers they are capable of hunting an area virtually clean of anything larger than rodents in relatively short period of time. Due to this and their unstable leadership, orcish tribes tend to lead a semi-nomadic lifestyle, never settling in one region for too long. The larger tribes may establish themselves firmly in an area for years or even decades and build large encampments almost resembling cities, but even these are easily dismantled and abandoned if there is a need to relocate the horde.
    
    The oldest known orcs have been around 50 to 60 years of age, but very few individuals ever live to see over two or three decades before meeting their end either in war or by the hand of one of their kin. The oldest orcs are often shamans, which are perhaps the only ones most of their kind sees as being trustworthy and neutral. The origins of this custom are unknown, as the shamans do not directly contribute much to orcish societies but only act as advisors — not something orcs tend to otherwise tolerate. Shamans are in many ways the opposite of most other orcs: they are often physically withered and frail in comparison and lack skill in battle. Despite their reliance on raw strength, not nearly all orcs are destined to grow to possess any. Many orcs are born smaller and weaker than the rest, and already almost as newborns are put in their place by their stronger siblings. The stronger ones will routinely grab most of the food and thus grow stronger still, while their weaker siblings do not. Many of these individuals tend to specialize in other skills, like archery or assassination.
en_GB: In appearance, orcs are half men and half beasts. They are taller, sturdier and stronger than humans. They are warlike, savage, and cruel by nature. Their blood is darker and thicker than that of normal humans and they have little care for personal hygiene or their personal appearance. Although Orcs are violent even among themselves creatures, they are pack-oriented; an orc never travels long or lives alone in groups smaller than half a dozen.
    
    <header>text='Society'</header>
    Almost every orc are a member of a tribe or a clan. Relations between neighbouring tribes are usually violent, except in cases of a mutual enemy threatens their existence or prospects of great plunder override mutual animosity. Occasionally, a single strong chieftain may emerge to lead multiple tribes from time to time, usually through intimidation of followers. An orc tribe in times of peace tends to focus almost solely on strengthening itself in preparation for the next armed conflict. Orcs are known to possess a crude system of writing — usually in blood — although it’s most commonly used to trade insults or threats among tribal leaders.
    
    Orc societies are based on little else but strength; might makes right, and a leader leads and survives only as long as no one manages to wrest the title from him. A constant struggle for power simmers among potential tribal chiefs. An orcish leader rarely lives more than a handful of years to enjoy his absolute authority before being killed for his position — although history knows some notable exceptions. Orcs hold no particular honour code and while indisputable raw strength is usually the preferred method of displaying power, assassination, poisoning and backstabbing are completely viable means to further one’s own goals.
    
    Orcs mostly live in rural areas, often in foothills or mountainous regions, sometimes in caves. They grow no crops nor keep livestock, but are competent hunters as a result of their physical stature and brutality. Due to their large numbers they are capable of hunting an area virtually clean of anything larger than rodents in relatively short period of time. Due to this and their unstable leadership, orcish tribes tend to lead a semi-nomadic lifestyle, never settling in one region for too long. The larger tribes may establish themselves firmly in an area for years or even decades and build large encampments almost resembling cities, but even these are easily dismantled and abandoned if there is a need to relocate the horde.
    
    The oldest known orcs have been around 50 to 60 years of age, but very few individuals ever live to see over two or three decades before meeting their end either in war or by the hand of one of their kin. The oldest orcs are often shamans, which are perhaps the only ones most of their kind sees as being trustworthy and neutral. The origins of this custom are unknown, as the shamans do not directly contribute much to orcish societies but only act as advisers — not something orcs tend to otherwise tolerate. Shamans are in many ways the opposite of most other orcs: they are often physically withered and frail in comparison and lack skill in battle. Despite their reliance on raw strength, not nearly all orcs are destined to grow to possess any. Many orcs are born smaller and weaker than the rest, and already almost as newborns are put in their place by their stronger siblings. The stronger ones will routinely grab most of the food and thus grow stronger still, while their weaker siblings do not. Many of these individuals tend to specialize in other skills, like archery or assassination.

note: [race]: id=troll
en: race^Troll
en_GB: Troll

note: [race]: id=troll
en: race+female^Troll
en_GB: Troll

note: [race]: id=troll
en: race^Trolls
en_GB: Trolls

note: [race]: id=troll
en: Trolls are ancient creatures, one of the oldest known races known to inhabit the Great Continent. They are large, slow, simple-minded, and live extremely long lives inside deep caves or atop high mountains. The most unique characteristic of trolls is an internal vitality that sustains and heals them from within. As a result they live very different lives from almost any known creature. Trolls have few real needs: they require little food or water, and thus they have little incentive to pursue much besides protection from those who are hostile towards them. This in turn means they rarely have to worry about anything and can spend much of their time sleeping or in contemplation. Trolls have a curious affinity with nature. They do not relate with living things like elves do, but instead with earth and stone. They are also somewhat curious of their surroundings and many younger whelps even enjoy traveling and seeing the world. As trolls grow older they tend to become increasingly passive, gradually losing interest in their environment and spending more of their time sleeping in a quiet, familiar corner of their home cave. This is until they finally pass away as their bodies themselves slowly turn into lifeless statues of stone.
    
    Trolls are seen by many as being little more than yet another race of savage monsters. This common misconception is in part perpetuated by orcs to persuade trolls to join their armies. Because they are rather simple and do not understand the ways of other races or sometimes can even tell them apart, it is usually easy for an orcish band to convince a group of trolls that by joining them they get to exact revenge on those that have before hunted them. These new recruits are then directed to attack whoever the orcs themselves are currently in conflict with, whether previously a foe of the trolls or not, accumulating even more enemies for the misled trolls. The most common enemy of trolls are dwarves, and the animosity between these two races is ancient.
    
    <header>text='Geography'</header>
    Trolls have inhabited the mountains of the Great Continent longer than the dwarves who migrated there. Trolls are a common sight on the mountain ranges north and east of Wesnoth, and wherever Orcish hordes travel.
en_GB: Trolls are ancient creatures, one of the oldest known races known to inhabit the Great Continent. They are large, slow, simple-minded, and live extremely long lives inside deep caves or atop high mountains. The most unique characteristic of trolls is an internal vitality that sustains and heals them from within. As a result they live very different lives from almost any known creature. Trolls have few real needs: they require little food or water, and thus they have little incentive to pursue much besides protection from those who are hostile towards them. This in turn means they rarely have to worry about anything and can spend much of their time sleeping or in contemplation. Trolls have a curious affinity with nature. They do not relate with living things like elves do, but instead with earth and stone. They are also somewhat curious of their surroundings and many younger whelps even enjoy travelling and seeing the world. As trolls grow older they tend to become increasingly passive, gradually losing interest in their environment and spending more of their time sleeping in a quiet, familiar corner of their home cave. This is until they finally pass away as their bodies themselves slowly turn into lifeless statues of stone.
    
    Trolls are seen by many as being little more than yet another race of savage monsters. This common misconception is in part perpetuated by orcs to persuade trolls to join their armies. Because they are rather simple and do not understand the ways of other races or sometimes can even tell them apart, it is usually easy for an orcish band to convince a group of trolls that by joining them they get to exact revenge on those that have before hunted them. These new recruits are then directed to attack whoever the orcs themselves are currently in conflict with, whether previously a foe of the trolls or not, accumulating even more enemies for the misled trolls. The most common enemy of trolls are dwarves, and the animosity between these two races is ancient.
    
    <header>text='Geography'</header>
    Trolls have inhabited the mountains of the Great Continent longer than the dwarves who migrated there. Trolls are a common sight on the mountain ranges north and east of Wesnoth, and wherever Orcish hordes travel.

note: [race]: id=undead
en: race^Undead
en_GB: Undead

note: [race]: id=undead
en: race+female^Undead
en_GB: Undead

note: [race]: id=undead
en: race+plural^Undead
en_GB: Undead

note: [race]: id=undead
en: Undead are not really a single race of creatures, although often treated as such. Almost any dead creature can, by a sufficiently skilled necromancer, be reanimated and rise again in undeath. Undead are for the most part unnatural but mindless constructs, obeying whoever created them without question nor thought. A greater mystery of necromancy is in how constructs are sustained without continuous effort from the necromancer. An undead creature does not require the constant attention of the necromancer to command and sustain, but can work autonomously according to the commands of it’s master. Only rarely, perhaps once every few months, does the necromancer need to maintain his creation.
    
    Necromancy is almost solely limited to humans. Even the legends of magically apt races like elves and mermen tell of very few of their kind who have ever delved in the dark arts. It is surmised that necromantic magic requires great adaptability and a flexible mind, extremes of which are most commonly found in humans. The ultimate goal of most necromancers is to turn the same art of preserving and imbuing life upon themselves, to alter themselves at whatever cost, to ultimately escape death by preserving their own mind and spirit.
    
    <header>text='Geography'</header>
    While undead lords arrived on the Great Continent in considerable numbers only in the wake of Haldric I, they were not completely unheard of by elves and dwarves before that.
en_GB: Undead are not really a single race of creatures, although often treated as such. Almost any dead creature can, by a sufficiently skilled necromancer, be reanimated and rise again in undeath. Undead are for the most part unnatural but mindless constructs, obeying whoever created them without question or thought. A greater mystery of necromancy is in how constructs are sustained without continuous effort from the necromancer. An undead creature does not require the constant attention of the necromancer to command and sustain, but can work autonomously according to the commands of its master. Only rarely, perhaps once every few months, does the necromancer need to maintain his creation.
    
    Necromancy is almost solely limited to humans. Even the legends of magically apt races like elves and mermen tell of very few of their kind who have ever delved in the dark arts. It is surmised that necromantic magic requires great adaptability and a flexible mind, extremes of which are most commonly found in humans. The ultimate goal of most necromancers is to turn the same art of preserving and imbuing life upon themselves, to alter themselves at whatever cost, to ultimately escape death by preserving their own mind and spirit.
    
    <header>text='Geography'</header>
    While undead lords arrived on the Great Continent in considerable numbers only in the wake of Haldric I, they were not completely unheard of by elves and dwarves before that.

note: [race]: id=wolf, description=
en: race^Wolf
en_GB: Wolf

note: [race]: id=wolf, description=
en: race+female^Wolf
en_GB: Wolf

note: [race]: id=wolf, description=
en: race^Wolves
en_GB: Wolves

note: [race]: id=wose, description=
en: race^Wose
en_GB: Wose

note: [race]: id=wose, description=
en: race^Woses
en_GB: Woses

en: race^Miscellaneous
en_GB: Miscellaneous

en: unit help^Attacks
en_GB: Attacks

en: unit help^Name
en_GB: Name

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: We will go north. Perhaps we can reach the Isle of Alduin. If we can make it there, surely we will be safe. Konrad, we must recruit some elves to help us, and then you must make it to the sign post in the northwest. I will protect you!
en_GB: We will go north. Perhaps we can reach the Isle of Alduin. If we can make it there, surely we will be safe. Konrad, we must recruit some elves to help us, and then you must make it to the sign post in the north-west. I will protect you!

note: [message]: speaker=Knafa-Tan
en: Remember, it is rumored that the filthy mage and one that he protects are in these parts. They are the ones we want!
en_GB: Remember, it is rumoured that the filthy mage and one that he protects are in these parts. They are the ones we want!

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: I... I don’t think I can make it anymore.
en_GB: I... I don’t think I can make it any more.

note: [scenario]: id=02_Blackwater_Port
en: scenario name^Blackwater Port
en_GB: Blackwater Port

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: Konrad, this is Kaylan, one of the mightiest of the horse lords, and one of the few who is willing to oppose the Dark Crown. Rumor has it that his lance has slain fifty men and a hundred orcs.
en_GB: Konrad, this is Kaylan, one of the mightiest of the horse lords, and one of the few who is willing to oppose the Dark Crown. Rumour has it that his lance has slain fifty men and a hundred orcs.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaylan
en: It seems the orcs have come here too, to try to wrest this port from our hands. Our defenses are still weak, but reinforcements will arrive soon!
en_GB: It seems the orcs have come here too, to try to wrest this port from our hands. Our defences are still weak, but reinforcements will arrive soon!

note: [message]: speaker=Kaylan
en: I will send one of my horsemen to serve under you. I offer you my support, Konrad, and the support of my men — from now on you will be able to recruit horsemen.
en_GB: I will send one of my horsemen to serve under you. I offer you my support Konrad, and the support of my men — from now on you will be able to recruit horsemen.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaylan
en: Reinforcements have arrived, but lo! Our allies have already destroyed the orcish army menacing our fair port. In honor, I must reward your valor.
en_GB: Reinforcements have arrived, but lo! Our allies have already destroyed the orcish army menacing our fair port. In honour, I must reward your valour.

note: [message]: speaker=Simyr
en: It is my pleasure and honor to serve, my liege.
en_GB: It is my pleasure and honour to serve, my liege.

note: [message]: speaker=Seimus
en: She has taken control of the Bay of Pearls, long held by the Mermen, and has turned them into slaves. There they dive for pearls by which she grows richer every day. There are even rumors that she may break the ancient treaty and attack Elensefar!
en_GB: She has taken control of the Bay of Pearls, long held by the Mermen, and has turned them into slaves. There they dive for pearls by which she grows richer every day. There are even rumours that she may break the ancient treaty and attack Elensefar!

note: [message]: speaker=Konrad
en: Let’s hope these rumors are not true! I have none of my men or gold with me! How could I defend myself?
en_GB: Let’s hope these rumours are not true! I have none of my men or gold with me! How could I defend myself?

note: [message]: speaker=Reglok
en: We will serve you well, for we respect the help you are providing to our city. You shall find that there is honor, even among thieves.
en_GB: We will serve you well, for we respect the help you are providing to our city. You shall find that there is honour, even among thieves.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: The Sceptre of Fire is the most ancient artifact of the realm of Wesnoth. It was forged by the dwarves of Knalga at the request of King Haldric II. It took their finest smiths years to make it, but soon after it was completed, the makers were chased underground, attacked by the elves. None know exactly what occurred, but the Sceptre was lost somewhere in the great caverns. Years have passed, and the fortunes of the dwarves have waxed and waned, but the Sceptre has never been found.
en_GB: The Sceptre of Fire is the most ancient artefact of the realm of Wesnoth. It was forged by the dwarves of Knalga at the request of King Haldric II. It took their finest smiths years to make it, but soon after it was completed, the makers were chased underground, attacked by the elves. None know exactly what occurred, but the Sceptre was lost somewhere in the great caverns. Years have passed, and the fortunes of the dwarves have waxed and waned, but the Sceptre has never been found.

note: [message]: speaker=Konrad
en: Oh, and you want me to get this scepter?
en_GB: Oh, and you want me to get this sceptre?

note: [message]: speaker=Muff Jaanal
en: So you endeavor to fight me in my home. Foolish.
en_GB: So you endeavour to fight me in my home. Foolish.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: Here we come to the great cross-roads. We should go northeast.
en_GB: Here we come to the great crossroads. We should go northeast.

note: [message]: speaker=Li'sar
en: I see that your forces draw near, impostor! I’ll not be defeated in my own backyard so easily... Come forth and attack, my loyal duelist!
en_GB: I see that your forces draw near, impostor! I’ll not be defeated in my own backyard so easily... Come forth and attack, my loyal duellist!

note: [message]: speaker=Moremirmu
en: It is both my duty and pleasure, my lord! We were dining with some royal guards of the princess, taking a rest from our pilgrimage, when they spoke of how you were tricked into traveling these dangerous lands. We could do nothing but help you!
en_GB: It is both my duty and pleasure, my lord! We were dining with some royal guards of the princess, taking a rest from our pilgrimage, when they spoke of how you were tricked into travelling these dangerous lands. We could do nothing but help you!

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: Amazing! I have never before heard of such behavior in gryphons.
en_GB: Amazing! I have never before heard of such behaviour in gryphons.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: He did die in battle at my hand. It is sad that your brothers did not have the opportunity to experience such an honorable death, Konrad.
en_GB: He did die in battle at my hand. It is sad that your brothers did not have the opportunity to experience such an honourable death, Konrad.

note: [message]: speaker=Kalenz
en: With all respect, my lords, we must make haste. We have to ford the river immediately. And, look! It seems that the guard-towers on the river banks are manned!
en_GB: With all respect, my lords, we must make haste. We have to ford the river immediately. And, look! It seems that the guard towers on the river banks are manned!

note: [part]
en: Swirling, snow-laden winds tore at Konrad’s army, signaling the final exit of autumn and the onset of what would be a harsh winter.
en_GB: Swirling, snow-laden winds tore at Konrad’s army, signalling the final exit of autumn and the onset of what would be a harsh winter.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Konrad finally decided he could not wait until the gryphons grew to maturity — Delfador’s insistence that the scepter must be recovered was too compelling. And so after many days of rest, the party set out once again for the dwarven kingdom...
en_GB: Konrad finally decided he could not wait until the gryphons grew to maturity — Delfador’s insistence that the sceptre must be recovered was too compelling. And so after many days of rest, the party set out once again for the dwarven kingdom...

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Eventually Delfador’s insistence that the scepter must be recovered proved too compelling, even when it meant dismantling the camp without the spring having yet fully arrived. And so after many days of rest, the party set out once again for the dwarven kingdom...
en_GB: Eventually Delfador’s insistence that the sceptre must be recovered proved too compelling, even when it meant dismantling the camp without the spring having yet fully arrived. And so after many days of rest, the party set out once again for the dwarven kingdom...

note: [message]: speaker=Konrad
en: The defense of the dwarves must have been strong. Look at those ruined towers!
en_GB: The defence of the dwarves must have been strong. Look at those ruined towers!

note: [message]: speaker=Relgorn
en: ‘Never done us any harm?’ Why, I was there myself, when the elves refused to honor our alliance. Many dwarves were slaughtered, and you cowardly elves did nothing to help!
en_GB: ‘Never done us any harm?’ Why, I was there myself, when the elves refused to honour our alliance. Many dwarves were slaughtered, and you cowardly elves did nothing to help!

note: [message]: speaker=Kalenz
en: You go too far! I am Kalenz, a mighty elvish lord! How dare such as you, sniveling in his tunnel, call me a coward?
en_GB: You go too far! I am Kalenz, a mighty elvish lord! How dare such as you, snivelling in his tunnel, call me a coward?

note: [message]: speaker=Gryphon Tender
en: I am sorry, Prince Konrad. The young gryphons are breaking their ropes. They are simply getting too large and too restless to restrain anymore!
en_GB: I am sorry, Prince Konrad. The young gryphons are breaking their ropes. They are simply getting too large and too restless to restrain any more!

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: You emerge into a vast natural cathedral, the walls arching higher than you can see in the darkness. Stretching across the gallery is a great chasm, around which the cave floor appears to have been completely worn smooth. This was once the center of a bustling dwarvish empire, the remnants of which have since been driven into the upper caves of Knalga by the forces of darkness.
en_GB: You emerge into a vast natural cathedral, the walls arching higher than you can see in the darkness. Stretching across the gallery is a great chasm, around which the cave floor appears to have been completely worn smooth. This was once the centre of a bustling dwarvish empire, the remnants of which have since been driven into the upper caves of Knalga by the forces of darkness.

note: [part]
en: The last dwarvish settlement far behind them, the party descended into the deepest parts of the hewn caverns. Except for disturbances caused by the occasional goblin, the air in the lower passages was still and tomblike.
en_GB: The last dwarvish settlement far behind them, the party descended into the deepest parts of the hewn caverns. Except for disturbances caused by the occasional goblin, the air in the lower passages was still and tomb-like.

note: [message]: speaker=Li'sar
en: We are traveling east? Down the river? Konrad, I hope you know what you are committing us to.
en_GB: We are travelling east? Down the river? Konrad, I hope you know what you are committing us to.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: Who would discard such a wondrous artifact?
en_GB: Who would discard such a wondrous artefact?

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: The Death Knight explodes into a cloud of dust as it is eradicated. Its armor, however, drops to the ground and remains intact. The heavy black steel is polished to a mirror shine.
en_GB: The Death Knight explodes into a cloud of dust as it is eradicated. Its armour, however, drops to the ground and remains intact. The heavy black steel is polished to a mirror shine.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: The party traveled down the river for days, sometimes walking through the shallow water, sometimes swimming, helped by the Merfolk.
en_GB: The party travelled down the river for days, sometimes walking through the shallow water, sometimes swimming, helped by the Merfolk.

note: [message]: role=merman-advisor Yes, "Eastern Shore" is correct. Mermen are water-oriented; it's the eastern shore of the Great Ocean.
en: I was born in the Bay of Pearls and spent my entire life on the Eastern Shore. But I have spoken with those who have traveled the Western Ocean and met drakes on their journeys. Therefore, I am certain beyond doubt that the creature flying in front of us is a drake, Delfador. Concerning the drakes having never been seen in Wesnoth, must I remind you that we are not in Wesnoth anymore? There are many unthinkable things and creatures which can be found outside of Wesnoth.
en_GB: I was born in the Bay of Pearls and spent my entire life on the Eastern Shore. But I have spoken with those who have travelled the Western Ocean and met drakes on their journeys. Therefore, I am certain beyond doubt that the creature flying in front of us is a drake, Delfador. Concerning the drakes having never been seen in Wesnoth, must I remind you that we are not in Wesnoth any more? There are many unthinkable things and creatures which can be found outside of Wesnoth.

note: [message]: speaker=Keh Ohn
en: GRROAR!! Will you silly self-centered creatures show some manners and pay some attention to me?
en_GB: GRROAR!! Will you silly self-centred creatures show some manners and pay some attention to me?

note: [message]: speaker=Li'sar
en: I am an honorable princess, not an impostor like you! I promised that I would be on your side until we made it out of these lands, and I will keep my promise!
en_GB: I am an honourable princess, not an impostor like you! I promised that I would be on your side until we made it out of these lands, and I will keep my promise!

note: [message]: speaker=Uradredia
en: Greetings, and welcome to our capital. You should feel honored. It has been half a century — a generation in the way your race counts time — since any man has been considered Elf-friend enough to stand here in Elensiria.
en_GB: Greetings, and welcome to our capital. You should feel honoured. It has been half a century — a generation in the way your race counts time — since any man has been considered Elf-friend enough to stand here in Elensiria.

note: [message]: speaker=Konrad
en: We are indeed honored.
en_GB: We are indeed honoured.

note: [message]: speaker=Li'sar
en: I might also say that it is you who are honored. It has been so long since you have been graced by the presence of a princess of Wesnoth.
en_GB: I might also say that it is you who are honoured. It has been so long since you have been graced by the presence of a princess of Wesnoth.

note: [message]: speaker=Li'sar
en: Yes... you are right, sir. It is I who am honored to be here, and I apologize for my discourtesy.
en_GB: Yes... you are right, sir. It is I who am honoured to be here, and I apologize for my discourtesy.

note: [message]: speaker=Li'sar
en: Well, I have the Sceptre! I will return and the people will accept me as Queen! My mother is only Queen Mother. The Throne is rightfully mine, and I will rule from it with justice and fairness. I may even accept you as my adviser and counselor, Delfador.
en_GB: Well, I have the Sceptre! I will return and the people will accept me as Queen! My mother is only Queen Mother. The Throne is rightfully mine, and I will rule from it with justice and fairness. I may even accept you as my adviser and counsellor, Delfador.

note: [message]: speaker=Parandra
en: Delfador, you have raised Konrad to be skillful and wise, honorable and just. A warrior who has respect, and appreciates peace. Yet the throne is not the place for him. You know of what I speak, Delfador.
en_GB: Delfador, you have raised Konrad to be skilful and wise, honourable and just. A warrior who has respect, and appreciates peace. Yet the throne is not the place for him. You know of what I speak, Delfador.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: Parandra, what you say may seem right to some, but as long as you and I speak to no-one of what we know, I see no reason why Konrad would not best have the throne.
en_GB: Parandra, what you say may seem right to some, but as long as you and I speak to no one of what we know, I see no reason why Konrad would not best have the throne.

note: [part]
en: After spending the greater part of a year in remote, dangerous wastes, Konrad’s heart leapt at the thought this journey was almost over. Though the greatest danger lay ahead, he knew he was finally returning home.
en_GB: After spending the greater part of a year in remote, dangerous wastes, Konrad’s heart leapt at the thought that this journey was almost over. Though the greatest danger lay ahead, he knew he was finally returning home.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: We are routing their forces! Let’s see if the Clan has had enough. Their help in guarding our flanks will be invaluable.
en_GB: We are routing their forces! Let’s see if the Clan has had enough. Their help in guarding our flanks would be invaluable.

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: How long must the people endure your rule? Give the throne to your daughter. She is the rightful heir. We even hold the scepter to prove it!
en_GB: How long must the people endure your rule? Give the throne to your daughter. She is the rightful heir. We even hold the sceptre to prove it!

note: [message]: speaker=Asheviere
en: Delfador! You utterly disgust me, you sniveling worm. How dare you confront me, your queen?
en_GB: Delfador! You utterly disgust me, you snivelling worm. How dare you confront me, your queen?

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: ... Mage Protector of The Kingdom Of The Peoples Of The West-North, Chief Advisor to the <i>Crown</i>...
en_GB: ... Mage Protector of The Kingdom Of The Peoples Of The West-North, Chief Adviser to the <i>Crown</i>...

note: [message]: speaker=Delfador
en: ... and personal counselor to my King and my <i>friend</i>, Garard the Second, whom you most <i>foully</i> betrayed...
en_GB: ... and personal counsellor to my King and my <i>friend</i>, Garard the Second, whom you most <i>foully</i> betrayed...

note: [part]
en: Delfador became Li’sar’s High Counselor, advising her in the most important matters of state. He lived until a ripe old age and was granted a royal funeral, after which he was buried in the Royal Crypt in Weldyn.
en_GB: Delfador became Li’sar’s High Counsellor, advising her in the most important matters of state. He lived until a ripe old age and was granted a royal funeral, after which he was buried in the Royal Crypt in Weldyn.

note: [part]
en: The bones of the young prince Konrad were retrieved from the elves and buried in the Royal Crypt in Weldyn, which Konrad visited to pay homage every week.
en_GB: The bones of the young prince Konrad were retrieved from the elves, and buried in the Royal Crypt in Weldyn, which Konrad visited to pay homage every week.

note: [variation]: id=Battle Princess, race=human [unit_type]: id=Battle Princess, race=human
en: female^Battle Princess
en_GB: Battle Princess

note: [variation]: id=Battle Princess, race=human [unit_type]: id=Battle Princess, race=human
en: A noble by birth, the Princess has learnt swordplay with the greatest generals, and battle tactics with the greatest sages, making her both a great combatant and leader. Now battle-hardened and strong of will, she can now aid those around her in the art of combat.
en_GB: A noble by birth, the Princess has learnt swordplay with the greatest generals, and battle tactics with the greatest sages, making her both a great combatant and leader. Now battle-hardened and strong of will, she can aid those around her in the art of combat.

note: [attack]: type=blade
en: saber
en_GB: sabre

note: [unit_type]: id=Dark Queen, race=human
en: female^Dark Queen
en_GB: Dark Queen

note: [variation]: id=Princess, race=human [unit_type]: id=Princess, race=human
en: female^Princess
en_GB: Princess

note: [variation]: id=Princess, race=human [unit_type]: id=Princess, race=human
en: A noble by birth, the Princess has learnt swordplay with the greatest generals and battle tactics with the greatest sages, making her both a great combatant and leader. The units of lower level around the Princess will fight better due to her presence. The Princess is also nimble and dextrous, having skills like that of a thief.
en_GB: A noble by birth, the Princess has learnt swordplay with the greatest generals and battle tactics with the greatest sages, making her both a great combatant and leader. The units of lower level around the Princess will fight better due to her presence. The Princess is also nimble and dexterous, having skills like that of a thief.

note: [unit_type]: id=Sea Orc, race=orc
en: While often viewed as inferior to their land-loving counterparts, Sea Orcs represent a great leap for all goblins as they have adapted to aquatic environments. With their curved swords they are competent fighters, although their lack of a ranged attack and poor defense on land do represent strategic weaknesses.
en_GB: While often viewed as inferior to their land-loving counterparts, Sea Orcs represent a great leap for all goblins as they have adapted to aquatic environments. With their curved swords they are competent fighters, although their lack of a ranged attack and poor defence on land do represent strategic weaknesses.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: At least I die an honorable death.
en_GB: At least I die an honourable death.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Do you want this unit to pick up the armor?
en_GB: Do you want this unit to pick up the armour?

note: [object]: id={ID}
en: Void Armor
en_GB: Void Armour

note: [object]: id={ID}
en: A beautiful chest plate crafted from shimmering black steel, the Void Armor is virtually impenetrable to physical weapons!
en_GB: A beautiful chest plate crafted from shimmering black steel, the Void Armour is virtually impenetrable to physical weapons!

note: [object]: id={ID}
en: Only a powerful warrior may don this armor!
en_GB: Only a powerful warrior may don this armour!

note: [value]: id=void_armor
en: void armor
en_GB: void armour

note: [value]: id=void_armor
en: The Void Armor grants the following resistances:
    blade:  50%
    pierce: 40%
    impact: 40%
    fire:  +10%
en_GB: The Void Armour grants the following resistances:
    blade:  50%
    pierce: 40%
    impact: 40%
    fire:  +10%

note: [part]
en: The hardy people of these marches learned self-reliance and survival skills against the raiding orc hordes and savage saurians. They established their own trading routes and pacts of mutual defense.
en_GB: The hardy people of these marches learned self-reliance and survival skills against the raiding orc hordes and savage saurians. They established their own trading routes and pacts of mutual defence.

note: [message]: speaker=Baldras Some languages, including Norwegian and Old English, don't have a single word for "uncle", dividing it into mother's-brother vs. father's-brother. Baldras is Harper's mother's brother.  In some human societies, including the Navaho and Akan, this would give him a special r
en: And Harper... don’t get yourself killed. I’m responsible for you now that your father is gone, and I won’t dishonor his memory by breaking my promise to keep you safe.
en_GB: And Harper... don’t get yourself killed. I’m responsible for you now that your father is gone, and I won’t dishonour his memory by breaking my promise to keep you safe.

note: [message]: speaker=Baldras
en: Relana, thank you for welcoming our messenger and agreeing to meet with us. In your many years as Delwyn’s magistrate I have never known your judgment to err.
en_GB: Relana, thank you for welcoming our messenger and agreeing to meet with us. In your many years as Delwyn’s magistrate I have never known your judgement to err.

note: [message]: speaker=Baldras
en: An offense to decency, this is! Since when has Wesnoth been ruled by fear and treachery? We should consult with Lord Maddock of Elensefar. We have known him for years to be noble in deed as well as in name.
en_GB: An offence to decency, this is! Since when has Wesnoth been ruled by fear and treachery? We should consult with Lord Maddock of Elensefar. We have known him for years to be noble in deed as well as in name.

note: [message]: speaker=Baldras
en: Can the darkest rumors be true, then? Does the Kingdom— Does Queen Asheviere... send orcs against her own people?
en_GB: Can the darkest rumours be true, then? Does the Kingdom— Does Queen Asheviere... send orcs against her own people?

note: [message]: speaker=Relana
en: I think your mission to Lord Maddock just became more urgent than we knew, Baldras. I must remain here to see to the defense of Delwyn and Dallben, but you should fly to Elensefar with all speed.
en_GB: I think your mission to Lord Maddock just became more urgent than we knew, Baldras. I must remain here to see to the defence of Delwyn and Dallben, but you should fly to Elensefar with all speed.

note: [message]: speaker=Lord Maddock
en: Men, to arms! The defense of Elensefar has begun!
en_GB: Men, to arms! The defence of Elensefar has begun!

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Relentlessly pursued by riders patrolling the road to Elensefar, Baldras and his men traveled unseen along the swampy banks of the Great River to the city of Carcyn.
en_GB: Relentlessly pursued by riders patrolling the road to Elensefar, Baldras and his men travelled unseen along the swampy banks of the Great River to the city of Carcyn.

note: [message]: speaker=Helicrom
en: Wrong. Necromancers become slaves to their lich masters and eventually lose their humanity. We have proven that practicing the dark arts need not lead down that path to damnation. We remain human, and seek the mystical secret of balance between the ways of light and darkness. We dance between both ways, adhering to neither.
en_GB: Wrong. Necromancers become slaves to their lich masters and eventually lose their humanity. We have proven that practising the dark arts need not lead down that path to damnation. We remain human, and seek the mystical secret of balance between the ways of light and darkness. We dance between both ways, adhering to neither.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: The remaining members were very grateful and offered Baldras a sizable sum of gold for his help. It was not the help he was hoping for, but he knew it would have to be enough for the coming conflict.
en_GB: The remaining members were very grateful and offered Baldras a sizeable sum of gold for his help. It was not the help he was hoping for, but he knew it would have to be enough for the coming conflict.

note: [message]: speaker=Helicrom
en: No one here is in a position to be dispensing moral judgments. Regardless, you have done great service to us today, and we owe you a debt. I will help you to the utmost of my ability.
en_GB: No one here is in a position to be dispensing moral judgements. Regardless, you have done great service to us today, and we owe you a debt. I will help you to the utmost of my ability.

note: [part]
en: Knowing they too would be labeled criminals, he reluctantly accepted their help.
    <b>Note:</b> Baldras is now able to recruit Outlaws.
en_GB: Knowing they too would be labelled criminals, he reluctantly accepted their help.
    <b>Note:</b> Baldras is now able to recruit Outlaws.

note: [message]: speaker=Pitcher
en: whisper^<i>Baldras!</i>
en_GB: <i>Baldras!</i>

note: [part]
en: Hundreds of feet tall, the mountain towered high above the plains, its sheer walls both inspiring and terrifying. Men from all over the countryside labored there, building the most formidable fortress ever conceived. It became the Stronghold of Halstead.
en_GB: Hundreds of feet tall, the mountain towered high above the plains, its sheer walls both inspiring and terrifying. Men from all over the countryside laboured there, building the most formidable fortress ever conceived. It became the Stronghold of Halstead.

note: [message]: speaker=Helicrom [message]: speaker=Baldras
en: I believe it will. Each tower has a passage down to the catacombs. If we can reach the center of each tower, one of our men can escape down to the bowels of the mountain and destroy its support. I am sure we will need to demolish no less than all four supports to raze the fortress.
en_GB: I believe it will. Each tower has a passage down to the catacombs. If we can reach the centre of each tower, one of our men can escape down to the bowels of the mountain and destroy its support. I am sure we will need to demolish no less than all four supports to raze the fortress.

note: [message]: speaker=Baldras
en: Amazing. Lord Maddock sent his house guards... his finest troops! Elensefar must be defenseless now. More hinges on this battle than I thought.
en_GB: Amazing. Lord Maddock sent his house guards... his finest troops! Elensefar must be defenceless now. More hinges on this battle than I thought.

note: [message]: speaker=Helicrom
en: Carry on, my friends. Fighting by your side is the most honorable thing I have done...
en_GB: Carry on, my friends. Fighting by your side is the most honourable thing I have done...

note: [part]
en: The Elense riders routed the orcish army, small as it was, and sent them back across the Great River. They then scattered to the countryside and were not heard from again. Baldras thought this odd behavior when he heard about it.
en_GB: The Elense riders routed the orcish army, small as it was, and sent them back across the Great River. They then scattered to the countryside and were not heard from again. Baldras thought this odd behaviour when he heard about it.

note: [part]
en: When the army of Wesnoth found the ruins of the mighty fortress Halstead, it was too much. Their shock that such a thing could happen combined with the invisible terror stalking them convinced Asheviere’s second in command the entire countryside was cursed. He quickly retreated to the traditional border and set up strong defenses against the west.
en_GB: When the army of Wesnoth found the ruins of the mighty fortress Halstead, it was too much. Their shock that such a thing could happen combined with the invisible terror stalking them convinced Asheviere’s second in command the entire countryside was cursed. He quickly retreated to the traditional border and set up strong defences against the west.

note: [part]
en: Baldras had just crossed the Great River when rumors of night-stalkers filtered through his ranks. With bitter humor he realized that Lord Maddock’s men were successfully using tactics Baldras had mastered and used during his resistance.
en_GB: Baldras had just crossed the Great River when rumours of night-stalkers filtered through his ranks. With bitter humour he realized that Lord Maddock’s men were successfully using tactics Baldras had mastered and used during his resistance.

note: [unit_type]: id=Shadow Mage, race=human
en: Years of violence and brutality to support the study of forbidden magical arts have turned the shadow mages into feared fighters. Now completely enthralled with power, they have been known to command small followings of henchmen. They are outmatched in direct magical combat with their magic-using peers, instead channeling their energies into devastating melee attacks. Despite their offensive power, the corruption in their souls has begun to adversely affect their health.
en_GB: Years of violence and brutality to support the study of forbidden magical arts have turned the shadow mages into feared fighters. Now completely enthralled with power, they have been known to command small followings of henchmen. They are outmatched in direct magical combat with their magic-using peers, instead channelling their energies into devastating melee attacks. Despite their offensive power, the corruption in their souls has begun to adversely affect their health.

note: [female]
en: female^Senior Village Elder
en_GB: Senior Village Elder

note: [female]
en: female^Peasant Youth
en_GB: Peasant Youth

note: [female]
en: female^Watchwoman
en_GB: Watchwoman

note: [female]
en: female^Borderer
en_GB: Borderer

note: [terrain_type]: id=deep_water_gray
en: Gray Deep Water
en_GB: Grey Deep Water

note: [terrain_type]: id=gray_tropical_water
en: Gray Shallow Water
en_GB: Grey Shallow Water

note: [terrain_type]: id=gray_reef
en: Gray Coastal Reef
en_GB: Grey Coastal Reef

note: [terrain_type]: id=road_clean
en: Clean Gray Cobbles
en_GB: Clean Grey Cobbles

note: [scroll_label]: id=translations
en: translations^None
en_GB: None

note: [label]
en: Old width:
en_GB: Old Width:

note: [label]
en: Old height:
en_GB: Old Height:

en: Show team colors
en_GB: Show team colours

en: Show color cursors
en_GB: Show colour cursors

en: sound^Advanced Options
en_GB: Advanced Options

en: sound^Standard Options
en_GB: Standard Options

en: Set the amount of chat lines shown
en_GB: Set the number of chat lines shown

en: Uncheck to delete the saved password (on exit).
en_GB: Untick to delete the saved password (on exit).

en: Show a colored circle around the base of each unit to show which side it is on
en_GB: Show a coloured circle around the base of each unit to show which side it is on

en: Use colored mouse cursors (may be slower)
en_GB: Use coloured mouse cursors (may be slower)

en: Prefs section^General
en_GB: General

en: Prefs section^Display
en_GB: Display

en: Prefs section^Sound
en_GB: Sound

en: Prefs section^Multiplayer
en_GB: Multiplayer

en: Advanced section^Advanced
en_GB: Advanced

note: TRANSLATORS: whiteboard menu entry: toggle planning mode
en: whiteboard^Planning Mode
en_GB: Planning Mode

note: TRANSLATORS: whiteboard menu entry: execute planned action
en: whiteboard^Execute Action
en_GB: Execute Action

note: TRANSLATORS: whiteboard menu entry: execute all planned actions
en: whiteboard^Execute All Actions
en_GB: Execute All Actions

note: TRANSLATORS: whiteboard menu entry: delete planned action
en: whiteboard^Delete Action
en_GB: Delete Action

note: TRANSLATORS: whiteboard menu entry: move planned action up queue
en: whiteboard^Move Action Up
en_GB: Move Action Up

note: TRANSLATORS: whiteboard menu entry: move planned action down queue
en: whiteboard^Move Action Down
en_GB: Move Action Down

note: TRANSLATORS: whiteboard menu entry: plan as though the chosen unit were dead
en: whiteboard^Suppose Dead
en_GB: Suppose Dead

en: Rotate Clipboard Counter-Clockwise
en_GB: Rotate Clipboard Anticlockwise

note: TRANSLATORS: This is the language code which will be used to store and fetch localized non-textual resources, such as images, when they exist. Normally it is just the code of the PO file itself, e.g. "de" of de.po for German. But it can also be a comma-separated list of language codes by priority, w
en: language code for localized resources^en_US
en_GB: en_GB

note: [multiplayer]
en: <i>The Legend of Wesmere</i>
    Multiplayer Campaign
    Chapter one
en_GB: <i>The Legend of Wesmere</i>
    Multiplayer Campaign
    Chapter One

note: [part]
en: Chapter One,
    <i>Flight and fight</i>
en_GB: Chapter One,
    <i>Flight and Fight</i>

note: [message]: id=Kalenz
en: Velon has fallen. He counseled weakness, but did not deserved such an ugly death. We shall return with swords to avenge him!
en_GB: Velon has fallen. He counselled weakness, but did not deserved such an ugly death. We shall return with swords to avenge him!

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: For days, Kalenz and his small host of followers traveled, moving nearer and yet nearer to the Ka’lian. Thanks to the dense fog and elvish woodscraft, the band was able to evade the orcish hunters. Then, as they were almost arrived at their destination, the north wind blew, and the fog lifted to reveal a grim sight...
en_GB: For days, Kalenz and his small host of followers travelled, moving nearer and yet nearer to the Ka’lian. Thanks to the dense fog and elvish woodscraft, the band was able to evade the orcish hunters. Then, as they were almost arrived at their destination, the north wind blew, and the fog lifted to reveal a grim sight...

note: [multiplayer]: id=04_The_Elvish_Treasury
en: 3p MC — LoW, Chapter two
en_GB: 3p MC — LoW, Chapter Two

note: [multiplayer]: id=04_The_Elvish_Treasury
en: <i>The Legend of Wesmere</i>
    Multiplayer Campaign
    Chapter two
en_GB: <i>The Legend of Wesmere</i>
    Multiplayer Campaign
    Chapter Two

note: [message]: id=Kalenz "fare" is an archaic English verb meaning to travel or move.
en: Turnabout is fair play. Now that we’ve retrieved the gold, let us fare swiftly back to Wesmere and bring the gold back as Cleodil wishes. The Saurians will likely be infesting the direct route, so we will detour to the north.
en_GB: They got a taste of their own medicine. Now that we’ve retrieved the gold, let us fare swiftly back to Wesmere and bring the gold back as Cleodil wishes. The Saurians will likely be infesting the direct route, so we will detour to the north.

note: [message]: id=Olurf
en: whisper^—For an elf...
en_GB: —For an elf...

note: [message]: id=Olurf
en: Where there’s a contract, our honor is involved. We will be there to cover your northern flank or else I will return your gold!
en_GB: Where there’s a contract, our honour is involved. We will be there to cover your northern flank or else I will return your gold!

note: [message]: id=Kalenz
en: I, too, believe him. Dwarves may be... rough... by our standards, but they are not liars. I think he knows that if he does not honor his contract, next time we will not be there to come to his aid.
en_GB: I, too, believe him. Dwarves may be... rough... by our standards, but they are not liars. I think he knows that if he does not honour his contract, next time we will not be there to come to his aid.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: In this scenario, you may change the behavior of an allied side’s AI using a context menu brought up by clicking on the allied side’s leader.
en_GB: In this scenario, you may change the behaviour of an allied side’s AI using a context menu brought up by clicking on the allied side’s leader.

note: [option]: id=Kalenz
en: You do me great honor. I will strive to be worthy of it.
en_GB: You do me great honour. I will strive to be worthy of it.

note: [option]: id=Kalenz
en: You do me great honor, but I am not yet ready for this.
en_GB: You do me great honour, but I am not yet ready for this.

note: [part]
en: Our answer is still no. Prepare our defenses as best you can, but do not renew offensive war. This is the council’s decision.
en_GB: Our answer is still no. Prepare our defences as best you can, but do not renew offensive war. This is the council’s decision.

note: [set_variable]
en: $left_behind_{NAME} and $l3_store_{NAME}[$i].name
en_GB: $left_behind_[NAME] and $l3_store_{NAME}[$i].name

note: [set_variable]
en: $left_behind_{NAME}|, $l3_store_{NAME}[$i].name
en_GB: $left_behind_[NAME]|, $l3_store_{NAME}[$i].name

note: [part]
en: It’s the source of your troubles. It is a very powerful magical artifact. The tyrant Haldric has it, but he has fooled the orcs into believing that the elves are hiding it. But now, they suspect they have been fooled. Haldric and his people will pay for his arrogance.
en_GB: It’s the source of your troubles. It is a very powerful magical artefact. The tyrant Haldric has it, but he has fooled the orcs into believing that the elves are hiding it. But now, they suspect they have been fooled. Haldric and his people will pay for his arrogance.

note: [message]: id=Landar
en: Oh, no, I forgot my dose of Crelanu’s invisibility philter. I’ll go back and get it. I’ll catch up with you later!
en_GB: Oh, no, I forgot my dose of Crelanu’s invisibility philtre. I’ll go back and get it. I’ll catch up with you later!

note: [message]: id=Landar
en: Yes, I have the philter of invisibility.
en_GB: Yes, I have the philtre of invisibility.

note: [message]: id=Kalenz
en: We need to kill the Great Chief and get out before the effect of the philter ends. Time to drink it down now!
en_GB: We need to kill the Great Chief and get out before the effect of the philtre ends. Time to drink it down now!

note: [event]: (id=Kalenz) (Elvish Lord)}, (id=Landar) ($landar_store.type)}
en: Crelanu’s philter affecting Kalenz
en_GB: Crelanu’s philtre affecting Kalenz

note: [event]: (id=Kalenz) (Elvish Lord)}, (id=Landar) ($landar_store.type)}
en: Crelanu’s philter affecting Landar
en_GB: Crelanu’s philtre affecting Landar

note: [message]: id=Kalenz
en: This feels passing strange! Landar, remember to stay far from the wolves —they may be able to smell us.
en_GB: This feels passing strange! Landar, remember to stay far from the wolves — they may be able to smell us.

note: [hides]: id=invisible
en: invisible:
    Enemy units cannot see this unit, except for wolf-based units who can smell it if close enough. Hence except for wolf-based units, enemy units will not initiate an attack on this unit. Defense is at 80 percent for every terrain except water, where it is 70 percent.
en_GB: invisible:
    Enemy units cannot see this unit, except for wolf-based units who can smell it if close enough. Hence except for wolf-based units, enemy units will not initiate an attack on this unit. Defence is at 80 percent for every terrain except water, where it is 70 percent.

note: [message]: id=Uradredia
en: Our defenses are stretched thin. Men, prepare to face another orcish attack!
en_GB: Our defences are stretched thin. Men, prepare to face another orcish attack!

note: [part]
en: Free of the pressure of war, they took delight in each other. The heart-bond they had formed amidst peril and death grew closer, and all but vanquished the remnant evil Crelanu’s philter had left in Kalenz. The two began to think of having children.
en_GB: Free of the pressure of war, they took delight in each other. The heart-bond they had formed amidst peril and death grew closer, and all but vanquished the remnant evil Crelanu’s philtre had left in Kalenz. The two began to think of having children.

note: [message]: id=Landar
en: We have yet to break their defenses! While we are getting weaker, the enemy is getting stronger! Retreat!
en_GB: We have yet to break their defences! While we are getting weaker, the enemy is getting stronger! Retreat!

note: [part]
en: It is said that the battle with the North Elves was the beginning of the end for Landar’s revolt. But civil war smoldered on for many more years, neither side mustering enough strength to achieve a decisive victory. Until, eventually, Landar’s increasingly harsh and arrogant ways drove away many of his followers. After assembling all the troops he could, Kalenz marched against his old friend and now mortal enemy, Landar, in the forest of Gitamoth...
en_GB: It is said that the battle with the North Elves was the beginning of the end for Landar’s revolt. But civil war smouldered on for many more years, neither side mustering enough strength to achieve a decisive victory. Until, eventually, Landar’s increasingly harsh and arrogant ways drove away many of his followers. After assembling all the troops he could, Kalenz marched against his old friend and now mortal enemy, Landar, in the forest of Gitamoth...

note: [part]
en: Kalenz buried Landar with full honors and made him a monument worthy of a true elvish hero.
en_GB: Kalenz buried Landar with full honours and made him a monument worthy of a true elvish hero.

note: [part]
en: Cleodil bore Kalenz children who were tall, and beautiful, and inherited in full measure both their mother’s healing gifts and their father’s talented and searching mind. In the fullness of time, after a long life full of accomplishment and love and laughter, Cleodil died after the manner of Elves, aging swiftly to a peaceful end.
en_GB: Cleodil bore Kalenz children who were tall, and beautiful, and inherited in full measure both their mother’s healing gifts and their father’s talented and searching mind. In the fullness of time, after a long life full of accomplishment and love and laughter, Cleodil died after the manner of Elves, ageing swiftly to a peaceful end.

note: [part] "Sundered" is archaic English roughly meaning "torn apart".
en: But Kalenz’s story was not yet over. Aquagar’s curse was fulfilled; prolonged in life by Crelanu’s philter, he outlived not only his beloved but their children. Sundered from his kin by their mortality, fleeing the reflections in their eyes of his lost beloved, he left his home and wandered for many a year across the Great Continent. Oft did he arrive unexpected at times and places when his people were in dire straits, and succor them with wisdom or magic or his bright keen blade.
en_GB: But Kalenz’s story was not yet over. Aquagar’s curse was fulfilled; prolonged in life by Crelanu’s philtre, he outlived not only his beloved but their children. Sundered from his kin by their mortality, fleeing the reflections in their eyes of his lost beloved, he left his home and wandered for many a year across the Great Continent. Oft did he arrive unexpected at times and places when his people were in dire straits, and succour them with wisdom or magic or his bright keen blade.

note: [leadership]: id=elates_kalenz
en: female^elates Kalenz
en_GB: elates Kalenz

note: [heals]: id=heals_kalenz
en: female^heals Kalenz +4
en_GB: heals Kalenz +4

note: type: Plain text
en: goes directly to the campaign with id E<lt>id_campaignE<gt>. A selection menu will appear if no id was specified.  B<Note:> When using this switch please ensure that you specify the data directory path as the final argument aswell, otherwise the game will take the campaign/scenario id as the data dir.
en_GB: goes directly to the campaign with id E<lt>id_campaignE<gt>. A selection menu will appear if no id was specified.  B<Note:> When using this switch please ensure that you specify the data directory path as the final argument as well, otherwise the game will take the campaign/scenario id as the data dir.

note: type: Content of: <book><preface><simpara>
en: Battle for Wesnoth is open-source software, and a thriving community of volunteers cooperates to improve the game. You can create your own custom units, write your own scenarios, and even script full-blown campaigns. User-maintained content is available from an add-on server, and the very best of it is incorporated into Battle for Wesnoth&#8217;s official releases.
en_GB: Battle for Wesnoth is open-source software, and a thriving community of volunteers co-operates to improve the game. You can create your own custom units, write your own scenarios, and even script full-blown campaigns. User-maintained content is available from an add-on server, and the very best of it is incorporated into Battle for Wesnoth&#8217;s official releases.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><simpara>
en: The Kingdom of Wesnoth lies in the center of this land. Its borders are the Great River to the north, the Dulatus Hills in the east and south, the edge of the Aethenwood to the southwest, and the Ocean to the west. Elensefar, a once-province of Wesnoth, is bordered by the Great River to the north, a loosely defined line with Wesnoth to the east, the Bay of Pearls to the south, and the ocean to the west.
en_GB: The Kingdom of Wesnoth lies in the centre of this land. Its borders are the Great River to the north, the Dulatus Hills in the east and south, the edge of the Aethenwood to the southwest, and the Ocean to the west. Elensefar, a once-province of Wesnoth, is bordered by the Great River to the north, a loosely defined line with Wesnoth to the east, the Bay of Pearls to the south, and the ocean to the west.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: In the world of Wesnoth there dwell humans, elves, dwarves, orcs, drakes, saurians, mermen, nagas, and many other races yet more obscure and wondrous. In accursed lands walk undead and ghosts and specters; monsters lurk in its ruins and dungeons.  Each has adapted to particular terrains. Humans inhabit primarily the temperate grasslands. In the hills, mountains and underground caves orcs and dwarves are most at home. In the forests the elves reign supreme. In the oceans and rivers mermen and nagas dominate.
en_GB: In the world of Wesnoth there dwell humans, elves, dwarves, orcs, drakes, saurians, mermen, nagas, and many other races yet more obscure and wondrous. In accursed lands walk undead and ghosts and spectres; monsters lurk in its ruins and dungeons.  Each has adapted to particular terrains. Humans inhabit primarily the temperate grasslands. In the hills, mountains and underground caves orcs and dwarves are most at home. In the forests the elves reign supreme. In the oceans and rivers mermen and nagas dominate.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: For game purposes, the races group into factions; for example, orcs often cooperate with trolls, and elves or dwarves with humans. Some other factions reflect divisions within human society&#8201;&#8212;&#8201;loyalists vs. outlaws, for example. In most campaigns, you will control units drawn a single faction. But sometimes factions make alliances with others, so you may face more than one faction in a scenario.
en_GB: For game purposes, the races group into factions; for example, orcs often co-operate with trolls, and elves or dwarves with humans. Some other factions reflect divisions within human society&#8201;&#8212;&#8201;loyalists vs. outlaws, for example. In most campaigns, you will control units drawn a single faction. But sometimes factions make alliances with others, so you may face more than one faction in a scenario.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
en: Click this button to load a previously saved game. You will be shown a dialogue listing saved games. Select the game and click Ok to load and continue, or Cancel to return to the Main Menu. If you select a replay game, you can check the Replay check box. The loaded game will make all the moves from the beginning while you watch.
en_GB: Click this button to load a previously saved game. You will be shown a dialogue listing saved games. Select the game and click OK to load and continue, or Cancel to return to the Main Menu. If you select a replay game, you can tick the Replay tickbox. The loaded game will make all the moves from the beginning while you watch.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><section><simpara>
en: This option opens a dialog box allowing you to enter the address of the machine to join. In this dialog there also is the button "View List" that does show a list of official servers that can be used as backup if the main server is currently not available.
en_GB: This option opens a dialog box allowing you to enter the address of the machine to join. In this dialogue there also is the button "View List" that does show a list of official servers that can be used as backup if the main server is currently not available.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><simpara>
en: Defense and movement of the currently selected unit on the marked hex
en_GB: Defence and movement of the currently selected unit on the marked hex

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: When you win a scenario, the map will gray over and the <emphasis>End Turn</emphasis> button will change to <emphasis>End Scenario</emphasis>. You can now do things like changing your save options or (if you are in a multiplayer game)  chatting with other players before pressing that button to advance.
en_GB: When you win a scenario, the map will grey over and the <emphasis>End Turn</emphasis> button will change to <emphasis>End Scenario</emphasis>. You can now do things like changing your save options or (if you are in a multiplayer game)  chatting with other players before pressing that button to advance.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
en: Center on pointer location
en_GB: Centre on pointer location

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><simpara>
en: Each side is given some amount of gold to begin with, and receives 2 gold pieces per turn, plus 2 more gold pieces for every village that side controls. In a campaign, starting gold is a minimum amount defined by the scenario, which is typically lower as the difficulty level increases. In addition you often get a percentage of gold to carry over from the last scenario played. The exact percentage depends on the scenario and is usually displayed as part of the scenario objectives.
en_GB: Each side is given some amount of gold to begin with, and receives 2 gold pieces per turn, plus 2 more gold pieces for every village that side controls. In a campaign, starting gold is a minimum amount defined by the scenario, which is typically lower as the difficulty level increases. In addition, you often get a percentage of gold to carry over from the last scenario played. The exact percentage depends on the scenario and is usually displayed as part of the scenario objectives.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
en: Resilient units have 4 HP plus 1 HP per level more than usual.  Resilient units can be useful at all stages of a campaign, and this is a useful trait for all units. Resilient is often most helpful as a trait when it occurs in a unit that has some combination of low hitpoints, good defense, or high resistances. Resilient units are especially useful for holding strategic positions against opponents.
en_GB: Resilient units have 4 HP plus 1 HP per level more than usual.  Resilient units can be useful at all stages of a campaign, and this is a useful trait for all units. Resilient is often most helpful as a trait when it occurs in a unit that has some combination of low hitpoints, good defence, or high resistances. Resilient units are especially useful for holding strategic positions against opponents.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
en: Dextrous units do 1 more damage for every successful strike in ranged combat.  Dextrous is a trait possessed only by Elves. The Elven people are known for their uncanny grace, and their great facility with the bow. Some, however, are gifted with natural talent that exceeds their brethren. These elves inflict an additional point of damage with each arrow.
en_GB: Dexterous units do 1 more damage for every successful strike in ranged combat.  Dextrous is a trait possessed only by Elves. The Elven people are known for their uncanny grace, and their great facility with the bow. Some, however, are gifted with natural talent that exceeds their brethren. These elves inflict an additional point of damage with each arrow.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
en: Renowned for their vitality, some dwarves are sturdier than others and can rest heal even when traveling or fighting.  Healthy units have 1 HP plus 1 HP per level more than usual and rest heal the usual 2 HP after each turn regardless.
en_GB: Renowned for their vitality, some dwarves are sturdier than others and can rest heal even when travelling or fighting.  Healthy units have 1 HP plus 1 HP per level more than usual and rest heal the usual 2 HP after each turn regardless.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
en: Does not suffer from a negative attack bonus during its unfavorable time of day (Heavy Infantry, Necrophage, Trolls, Walking Corpses).
en_GB: Does not suffer from a negative attack bonus during its unfavourable time of day (Heavy Infantry, Necrophage, Trolls, Walking Corpses).

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
en: Unit Specialties
en_GB: Unit Specialities

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
en: When used offensively, this attack deals double damage to the target. It also causes this unit to take double damage from the target&#8217;s counterattack.
en_GB: When used offensively, this attack deals double damage to the target. It also causes this unit to take double damage from the target&#8217;s counter-attack.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
en: Ellipses, Team Colors, and Hero Icons
en_GB: Ellipses, Team Colours, and Hero Icons

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: Below each unit there will normally be a colored ellipses or base. The color identifies its team; in a campaign game, the human-player color is red. The team color will also show up in parts of the unit&#8217;s clothing, or possibly on a shield insignia.
en_GB: Below each unit there will normally be a coloured ellipses or base. The colour identifies its team; in a campaign game, the human-player colour is red. The team colour will also show up in parts of the unit&#8217;s clothing, or possibly on a shield insignia.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><simpara>
en: Every unit has a chance of being hit based on the terrain it is in. For instance, units in castles and villages have a lower chance of being hit, and Elves in forest have a low chance of being hit. To see a unit&#8217;s defense rating (i.e. chance not to be hit) in terrain, click on the unit, and then mouse over the terrain you&#8217;re interested in, and the defense rating will be displayed as a percentage value in the status pane, as well as shown over the terrain hex.
en_GB: Every unit has a chance of being hit based on the terrain it is in. For instance, units in castles and villages have a lower chance of being hit, and Elves in forest have a low chance of being hit. To see a unit&#8217;s defence rating (i.e. chance not to be hit) in terrain, click on the unit, and then mouse over the terrain you&#8217;re interested in, and the defence rating will be displayed as a percentage value in the status pane, as well as shown over the terrain hex.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
en: <emphasis role="strong">Blade</emphasis>: Weapons with a cutting edge, used to chop pieces of flesh from a foe. Examples: dagger, scimitar, saber, drake claws.
en_GB: <emphasis role="strong">Blade</emphasis>: Weapons with a cutting edge, used to chop pieces of flesh from a foe. Examples: dagger, scimitar, sabre, drake claws.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: This is for practical reasons: a heavily wounded unit cannot hold back or kill the enemy. During attack and counterattack, it most often will perish. Further, by sending it to its sure death, its gathered experience points (XP) are lost. Recruiting a replacement may be impossible because the leader is not in its keep or because funds are running low. Even if you can recruit a replacement, it is most often far away from the battle front. So don&#8217;t waste your units.
en_GB: This is for practical reasons: a heavily wounded unit cannot hold back or kill the enemy. During attack and counter-attack, it most often will perish. Further, by sending it to its sure death, its gathered experience points (XP) are lost. Recruiting a replacement may be impossible because the leader is not in its keep or because funds are running low. Even if you can recruit a replacement, it is most often far away from the battle front. So don&#8217;t waste your units.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: Every unit of level 1 or higher maintains a zone of control (ZOC) covering all 6 neighboring hexes. This means that once an enemy moves into one of the six neighboring tiles, it is forced to halt and its movement phase ends (only enemies with the rare skirmisher ability ignore this).
en_GB: Every unit of level 1 or higher maintains a zone of control (ZOC) covering all 6 neighbouring hexes. This means that once an enemy moves into one of the six neighbouring tiles, it is forced to halt and its movement phase ends (only enemies with the rare skirmisher ability ignore this).

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: Unfortunately, your line often has to bend to form a wedge or to fit the terrain. At these corner points, 3 enemy units may attack. This also happens at the ends of a line if the line is too short. Use units with high hit point on proper terrain or with proper resistances to hold these weak points. These are the most likely to be killed, so use units with no or few experience points (XP) for this purpose.
en_GB: Unfortunately, your line often has to bend to form a wedge or to fit the terrain. At these corner points, 3 enemy units may attack. This also happens at the ends of a line if the line is too short. Use units with high hitpoints on proper terrain or with proper resistances to hold these weak points. These are the most likely to be killed, so use units with no or few experience points (XP) for this purpose.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: Try to position your troops so that they are attacking from a hex with high defense against an enemy in a hex with low terrain. That way, the enemy&#8217;s counterstrikes will be less likely to do damage.
en_GB: Try to position your troops so that they are attacking from a hex with high defence against an enemy in a hex with low terrain. That way, the enemy&#8217;s counter-strikes will be less likely to do damage.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: For example, you might position your elves just inside of a forest edge so that attacking orcs must stand on grassland while your elves enjoy the high forest defenses.
en_GB: For example, you might position your elves just inside of a forest edge so that attacking orcs must stand on grassland while your elves enjoy the high forest defences.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><simpara>
en: Remember that Lawful units like humans fight better at daytime, Chaotic units like orcs or undead fight better at night, and Liminal units fight best during the twilight. Ideally you want to first meet the enemy when you are strong and/or he is weak. When the enemy has its strong time, it often pays off to strengthen your lines and hold a favorable defensive position. When its weak time is about to arise, your advance will push forth.
en_GB: Remember that Lawful units like humans fight better at daytime, Chaotic units like orcs or undead fight better at night, and Liminal units fight best during the twilight. Ideally you want to first meet the enemy when you are strong and/or he is weak. When the enemy has its strong time, it often pays off to strengthen your lines and hold a favourable defensive position. When its weak time is about to arise, your advance will push forth.

note: type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
en: If you must load a saved game, we recommend going back to the start of the scenario, so that you choose a new strategy that works, rather than simply finding random numbers that favor you.
en_GB: If you must load a saved game, we recommend going back to the start of the scenario, so that you choose a new strategy that works, rather than simply finding random numbers that favour you.

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_Aethermaw
en: 2p — Aethermaw
en_GB: 2p — Æthermaw

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_Aethermaw
en: Long ago, the Great Mage Sulla was imprisoned in the Aethermaw, a nexus of mystical energy whose chaotic nature was able to prevent her escape. Over the centuries, however, Sulla gradually attuned her powers to the maelstrom of disorder that is the Aethermaw, and has now begun to project its influence onto the material plane, drawing in entire regions of land from hundreds of different worlds, realities and time-periods. She experiments with these disparate pieces of the cosmos, manipulating them, merging them and sending them back and forth between the Aethermaw and their place of origin. Perhaps, as her mastery over the Aethermaw grows, Sulla will one day break free of its bonds. Until that time comes, she will continue to amuse herself by arranging battles between the mortal beings unlucky enough to be drawn into its depths. Designed by Doc Paterson.
en_GB: Long ago, the Great Mage Sulla was imprisoned in the Æthermaw, a nexus of mystical energy whose chaotic nature was able to prevent her escape. Over the centuries, however, Sulla gradually attuned her powers to the maelstrom of disorder that is the Æthermaw, and has now begun to project its influence onto the material plane, drawing in entire regions of land from hundreds of different worlds, realities and time-periods. She experiments with these disparate pieces of the cosmos, manipulating them, merging them and sending them back and forth between the Æthermaw and their place of origin. Perhaps, as her mastery over the Æthermaw grows, Sulla will one day break free of its bonds. Until that time comes, she will continue to amuse herself by arranging battles between the mortal beings unlucky enough to be drawn into its depths. Designed by Doc Paterson.

note: [side]
en: teamname^North
en_GB: North

note: [side]
en: teamname^South
en_GB: South

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Aethermaw — Created by Doc Paterson
en_GB: Æthermaw — Created by Doc Paterson

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: The Aethermaw growls.
en_GB: The Æthermaw growls.

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_Arcanclave_Citadel
en: Long ago, countless centuries before the time of Haldric, and far beyond the easternmost reaches of Lintanir Forest, great and terrible wars were fought. The records tell of a powerful battle-mage, a brilliant tactician and practitioner of the arcane arts, who had been given the title of Dauntless by his followers. At the battle of Arcanclave, Dauntless and his armies did battle with a savage race of sorcerer-demons known as the Kah Ruuk. Surrounded by tens of thousands of Kah Ruuk, Dauntless used his magic to summon a powerful earth elemental (who, for unknown reasons, owed Dauntless a debt of gratitude). The elemental raised great stones from deep within the earth, forming them, in mere moments, into the walls and battlements of a massive fortress. Thousands of Kah Ruuk perished in their attempt to overrun Arcanclave Citadel, and Dauntless and his men were victorious that day. More than one thousand years later, the Warrior-Queen Cynsaun the First drove a clan of necromancers from the ruins of Arcanclave Citadel, and, in the years that followed, converted the region into a military stronghold. It is rumored that several powerful artifacts, remnants from the reign of the Great Mage Dauntless, may yet remain hidden, lost somewhere within the granite and obsidian walls of Arcanclave Citadel. Designed by Doc Paterson.
en_GB: Long ago, countless centuries before the time of Haldric, and far beyond the easternmost reaches of Lintanir Forest, great and terrible wars were fought. The records tell of a powerful battle-mage, a brilliant tactician and practitioner of the arcane arts, who had been given the title of Dauntless by his followers. At the battle of Arcanclave, Dauntless and his armies did battle with a savage race of sorcerer-demons known as the Kah Ruuk. Surrounded by tens of thousands of Kah Ruuk, Dauntless used his magic to summon a powerful earth elemental (who, for unknown reasons, owed Dauntless a debt of gratitude). The elemental raised great stones from deep within the earth, forming them, in mere moments, into the walls and battlements of a massive fortress. Thousands of Kah Ruuk perished in their attempt to overrun Arcanclave Citadel, and Dauntless and his men were victorious that day. More than one thousand years later, the Warrior-Queen Cynsaun the First drove a clan of necromancers from the ruins of Arcanclave Citadel, and, in the years that followed, converted the region into a military stronghold. It is rumoured that several powerful artefacts, remnants from the reign of the Great Mage Dauntless, may yet remain hidden, lost somewhere within the granite and obsidian walls of Arcanclave Citadel. Designed by Doc Paterson.

note: [side]
en: teamname^East
en_GB: East

note: [side]
en: teamname^West
en_GB: West

note: [unit]
en: Blum Duk was renowned among his goblin clan for having tamed one of the Dire Wolves of the mountains, and he had the courage to match. His leadership and skills alone were what kept the area’s goblins alive despite human and elvish menaces. Rumor had it that his wolf had slain fifty men and a hundred Elves.
    Thus, when he heard of the awful monster that was inhabiting the area, it was only natural that he ride out alone to face it. All the other goblins expected him to slay the creature easily and drag back its carcass to feast on.
    He was in for quite a shock. As soon as he saw the Basilisk, Blum Duk cowered in fright. He tried to wheel his wolf around to run away, but it wouldn’t move. As the creature stalked towards him, he screamed his last words: Good Gog, dog, are yer legs made of stone?!
    (inscribed by Elvish Pillager)
en_GB: Blum Duk was renowned among his goblin clan for having tamed one of the Dire Wolves of the mountains, and he had the courage to match. His leadership and skills alone were what kept the area’s goblins alive despite human and elvish menaces. Rumour had it that his wolf had slain fifty men and a hundred Elves.
    Thus, when he heard of the awful monster that was inhabiting the area, it was only natural that he ride out alone to face it. All the other goblins expected him to slay the creature easily and drag back its carcass to feast on.
    He was in for quite a shock. As soon as he saw the Basilisk, Blum Duk cowered in fright. He tried to wheel his wolf around to run away, but it wouldn’t move. As the creature stalked towards him, he screamed his last words: Good Gog, dog, are yer legs made of stone?!
    (inscribed by Elvish Pillager)

note: [unit]
en: Rah Ihn Mar, Champion of the Burning Hills, made his way to the Ruaskkolin Lake region in pursuit of the Elvish Hero Terowydlithrol, known among Elves as ‘The Dragonbane’. It was said that Terowydlithrol had killed a Dragon of Fire that threatened an Elvish village, and initiated a ‘counterattack’ in which some 37 Drakes, camping in a nearby ravine and believed to be in allegiance with the Dragon, were slaughtered. Knowing that these Drakes were innocent, Rah Ihn Mar came to Ruaskkolin Lake to hunt down and slay Terowydlithrol, who had been seen entering the region but a day ago. Burning for vengeance, Rah Ihn Mar began the hunt.....
en_GB: Rah Ihn Mar, Champion of the Burning Hills, made his way to the Ruaskkolin Lake region in pursuit of the Elvish Hero Terowydlithrol, known among Elves as ‘The Dragonbane’. It was said that Terowydlithrol had killed a Dragon of Fire that threatened an Elvish village, and initiated a ‘counter-attack’ in which some 37 Drakes, camping in a nearby ravine and believed to be in allegiance with the Dragon, were slaughtered. Knowing that these Drakes were innocent, Rah Ihn Mar came to Ruaskkolin Lake to hunt down and slay Terowydlithrol, who had been seen entering the region but a day ago. Burning for vengeance, Rah Ihn Mar began the hunt.....

note: [side]
en: teamname^Revolt
en_GB: Revolt

note: [side]
en: teamname^Human
en_GB: Human

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Your aim is to survive the spawning waves of units and defeat the final archenemies.
    
    The spawning waves are randomly generated and will be different each time Dark Forecast is played.
    
    They appear along the north, south, and west map edges — though they are most likely to spawn on the west edge. The waves appear at somewhat regular intervals.
    
    The weather will also change randomly, affecting the layout of the map.
    
    
    <b>Dark Forecast was made by:</b>
    
    <span color='green'>jb:</span>
    • Map design, spawn groups, and scenario concept
    
    <span color='green'>Rhuvaen:</span>
    • WML implementation
en_GB: Your aim is to survive the spawning waves of units and defeat the final arch-enemies.
    
    The spawning waves are randomly generated and will be different each time Dark Forecast is played.
    
    They appear along the north, south, and west map edges — though they are most likely to spawn on the west edge. The waves appear at somewhat regular intervals.
    
    The weather will also change randomly, affecting the layout of the map.
    
    
    <b>Dark Forecast was made by:</b>
    
    <span color='green'>jb:</span>
    • Map design, spawn groups, and scenario concept
    
    <span color='green'>Rhuvaen:</span>
    • WML implementation

note: [message]
en: The inhabitants are rumored to be a strange alliance of man and beast, and our claim is not going to be unopposed. We must be prepared for the surprises of this land.
en_GB: The inhabitants are rumoured to be a strange alliance of man and beast, and our claim is not going to be unopposed. We must be prepared for the surprises of this land.

note: [message]
en: The enemy cheers as a dark mist rises from the land, engulfing you. As ghostly wisps drain away your will, you realize that your time in this land is over.
en_GB: The enemy cheers as a dark mist rises from the land, engulfing you. As ghostly wisps drain away your will, you realise that your time in this land is over.

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_Den_of_Onis
en: This most unusual of caves was once known as the Chamber of Laughing Devils, and was the inner citadel of the Kah Ruuk Oni. The Kah Ruuk were a wicked and cunning race of man-eating demons, who terrorized the people of the Eastern Lands for nearly four hundred years, before vanishing from Irdya without a trace. Since that time, many factions have vied for dominion over the Den of Onis, hoping to unlock the strange and mysterious magics of its creators.
en_GB: This most unusual of caves was once known as the Chamber of Laughing Devils, and was the inner citadel of the Kah Ruuk Oni. The Kah Ruuk were a wicked and cunning race of man-eating demons, who terrorised the people of the Eastern Lands for nearly four hundred years, before vanishing from Irdya without a trace. Since that time, many factions have vied for dominion over the Den of Onis, hoping to unlock the strange and mysterious magics of its creators.

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_Hamlets
en: Warfare transforms the simple farms and villages of a peaceful region into a subtly parceled battlefield. Designed by Doc Paterson.
en_GB: Warfare transforms the simple farms and villages of a peaceful region into a subtly parcelled battlefield. Designed by Doc Paterson.

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_4p_Hamlets
en: Warfare transforms the simple farms and villages of a peaceful region into a subtly parceled battlefield.
en_GB: Warfare transforms the simple farms and villages of a peaceful region into a subtly parcelled battlefield.

note: [side]
en: teamname^Southwest
en_GB: Southwest

note: [side]
en: teamname^Northeast
en_GB: Northeast

note: [side]
en: teamname^Southeast
en_GB: Southeast

note: [side]
en: teamname^Northwest
en_GB: Northwest

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_Loris_River
en: A 25x25 2 vs. 2 map centered around a river with keeps in opposite corners. Designed for players 1&4 vs. 2&3. There are 28 villages.
en_GB: A 25x25 2 vs. 2 map centred around a river with keeps in opposite corners. Designed for players 1&4 vs. 2&3. There are 28 villages.

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_Xanthe_Chaos
en: A 24X28 2 vs. 2 map with auxiliary keeps, and a large messy battle in the center common.
en_GB: A 24X28 2 vs. 2 map with auxiliary keeps, and a large messy battle in the centre common.

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_Auction-X
en: 4 players surround a central keep, play vs the AI survival style, or as a FFA or 4 vs. 1. The center player will need more gold in a 4 vs. 1 or FFA, and the best way to determine how much is an auction, LOWEST bid wins. It is a very small map so 75 gold is recommended for the other players.
en_GB: 4 players surround a central keep, play vs the AI survival style, or as a FFA or 4 vs. 1. The centre player will need more gold in a 4 vs. 1 or FFA, and the best way to determine how much is an auction, LOWEST bid wins. It is a very small map so 75 gold is recommended for the other players.

note: [side]
en: teamname^Center
en_GB: Center

note: [multiplayer]: id=multiplayer_8p_Mokena_Prairie
en: Inspired from Morituri, this 8 player map creates an epic battle scene that requires two teams to coordinate on both offense and defense.
en_GB: Inspired from Morituri, this 8 player map creates an epic battle scene that requires two teams to coordinate on both offence and defence.

note: [part]
en: It was a time of doom and great deeds, of fire and blood and slaughter. The men and dwarves of the city fought valiantly. But there were always, it seemed, more orcs to replace the slain, while the defenders could find no succor. Pleas for help went unheeded in other lands, for they were far away and felt unthreatened by the orcs, and were wrapped up in their own affairs and struggles.
en_GB: It was a time of doom and great deeds, of fire and blood and slaughter. The men and dwarves of the city fought valiantly. But there were always, it seemed, more orcs to replace the slain, while the defenders could find no succour. Pleas for help went unheeded in other lands, for they were far away and felt unthreatened by the orcs, and were wrapped up in their own affairs and struggles.

note: [part]
en: He came charging out of the woods, his cape streaming in the breeze, his sword flashing quicker than thought, and all around him, the hated orcs fell. To his right fought an elderly mage whose deep voice boomed incantations over the clamor of the battle while the very earth shook with the power of his spells. To his left, glowing with faerie fire, was a great lord of the elves. They were followed closely and supported by a small but powerful elvish army.
en_GB: He came charging out of the woods, his cape streaming in the breeze, his sword flashing quicker than thought, and all around him, the hated orcs fell. To his right fought an elderly mage whose deep voice boomed incantations over the clamour of the battle while the very earth shook with the power of his spells. To his left, glowing with faerie fire, was a great lord of the elves. They were followed closely and supported by a small but powerful elvish army.

note: [part]
en: Then one day Al’Tar, the current ‘master’ of Dwarven Doors, was attacked by a neighboring tribe of orcs. Tallin seized his moment. Using knowledge born of years of watching, listening and planning, he managed to steal a few weapons and a small amount of Al’Tar’s gold. He fled to an abandoned ruin in the forest to rally his fellow peasants.
en_GB: Then one day Al’Tar, the current ‘master’ of Dwarven Doors, was attacked by a neighbouring tribe of orcs. Tallin seized his moment. Using knowledge born of years of watching, listening and planning, he managed to steal a few weapons and a small amount of Al’Tar’s gold. He fled to an abandoned ruin in the forest to rally his fellow peasants.

note: [side]: type=Peasant, id=Tallin [side]: type=Lieutenant, id=Tallin [part]
en: Tallin
en_GB: Tallin!

note: [message]: speaker=Zlex
en: Brave words, Tallin, but moon-touched crazy ones. You have weapons for fewer than a dozen men. None of us has any armor, or any training. What are the rest of us going to fight them with, pitchforks?!
en_GB: Brave words, Tallin, but moon-touched crazy ones. You have weapons for fewer than a dozen men. None of us has any armour, or any training. What are the rest of us going to fight them with, pitchforks?!

note: [part]
en: The war council’s thoughts quickly turned to the dwarves, close allies in the past. However, nobody knew the state of things in the Knalgan tunnels. The bravest of scouts found in there the spoor of many trolls, and of creatures darker than trolls. It was even rumored that the dwarven dead from the invasion of Knalga had risen in unlife, roaming the tunnels to slay the living. Fighting through all manner of unknown monsters in the mere hope of finding surviving dwarves held but little appeal.
en_GB: The war council’s thoughts quickly turned to the dwarves, close allies in the past. However, nobody knew the state of things in the Knalgan tunnels. The bravest of scouts found in there the spoor of many trolls, and of creatures darker than trolls. It was even rumoured that the dwarven dead from the invasion of Knalga had risen in unlife, roaming the tunnels to slay the living. Fighting through all manner of unknown monsters in the mere hope of finding surviving dwarves held but little appeal.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: whisper^Is it safe to have this lunatic with us?
en_GB: Is it safe to have this lunatic with us?

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: Well, just kick it down then.
en_GB: Well just kick it down then.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: Good, there are no more monsters lurking in these parts of the tunnels. I think I can hear the clamor of dwarves just ahead. Come on men, let’s go meet them.
en_GB: Good, there are no more monsters lurking in these parts of the tunnels. I think I can hear the clamour of dwarves just ahead. Come on men, let’s go meet them.

note: [part]
en: Yes, that touches on the main reason for our visit. We have broken free, but to stay free we need better weapons and armor. Clubs and pitchforks will not carry us through the long run.
en_GB: Yes, that touches on the main reason for our visit. We have broken free, but to stay free we need better weapons and armour. Clubs and pitchforks will not carry us through the long run.

note: [part]
en: Dwarves are known to be the finest metalworkers and weapon-smiths. We were hoping that you would be able to help us.
en_GB: Dwarves are known to be the finest metalworkers and weaponsmiths. We were hoping that you would be able to help us.

note: [part]
en: Aye, our craft is great... but we dinna’ ha’ much of weapons and armor ourselves. We’re but a remnant that survived the orcs’ in-taking of these caves. There may be other remnants; but if there are, we dinna’ yet ken of them.
en_GB: Aye, our craft is great... but we dinna’ ha’ much of weapons and armour ourselves. We’re but a remnant that survived the orcs’ in-taking of these caves. There may be other remnants; but if there are, we dinna’ yet ken of them.

note: [part]
en: Oh, there are orcs enough down here, but ye’ll not likely see them; they hide from us like vermin. You see, lad, in these caves there is no more fearsome a foe then a dwarf. Not only do we move through the caves swiftly, but we know them like the backs of our hands. The orcs did indeed manage to swamp our defenses with their sheer numbers all those long years ago, but not before we surprised and slew their leader — the cursed Khazg Black-Tusk. Since then, although the orcs still foul these caves with their stench, their attacks have been uncoordinated and erratic, wi’ the orcs as likely to attack each other as they are to attack us.
en_GB: Oh, there are orcs enough down here, but ye’ll not likely see them; they hide from us like vermin. You see, lad, in these caves there is no more fearsome a foe then a dwarf. Not only do we move through the caves swiftly, but we know them like the backs of our hands. The orcs did indeed manage to swamp our defences with their sheer numbers all those long years ago, but not before we surprised and slew their leader — the cursed Khazg Black-Tusk. Since then, although the orcs still foul these caves with their stench, their attacks have been uncoordinated and erratic, wi’ the orcs as likely to attack each other as they are to attack us.

note: [part]
en: Och, human though ye be, ye speak very like a dwarf, lad. Form up, men! To the mines! Let the guardsmen stay behind along with the noncombatants — for their safety and to hold the keep.
en_GB: Och, human though ye be, ye speak very like a dwarf, lad. Form up, men! To the mines! Let the guardsmen stay behind along with the non-combatants — for their safety and to hold the keep.

note: [message]: role=Supporter
en: Tallin! Get hold of yourself!
en_GB: Tallin! Get a hold of yourself!

note: [message]: role=follower
en: Thank you, Lord Hamel.
en_GB: Thank you, Lord Hamel

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: Please, folks, not now.
en_GB: Please folks, not now.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: Wow! That’s incredible. Now I understand why the bag of bones kept you guys in jail; he just simply couldn’t kill you!
en_GB: Wow! That’s incredible. Now I understand why the bag of bones kept you guys in gaol; he just simply couldn’t kill you!

note: [message]: speaker=Sister Thera
en: If you have no objection, Tallin, we would like to join you. These northlands are hardly safe these days for anyone to be traveling on their own, and we could lend valuable help to your cause.
en_GB: If you have no objection, Tallin, we would like to join you. These northlands are hardly safe these days for anyone to be travelling on their own, and we could lend valuable help to your cause.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: Just Tallin; I am no lord. But gee, that sure is some powerful spell you used on her, Sister. She is looking better already.
en_GB: Just Tallin; I am no lord. But gee, that sure is some powerful spell you used on her Sister. he is looking better already.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: Just Tallin, I am no lord. And you are looking better already.
en_GB: Just Tallin, I am no lord. But you are looking better already.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: Hey, big guy. We aren’t gonna hurt you. We wanna be your friends.
en_GB: Hey big guy. We aren’t gonna hurt you. We wanna be your friends.

note: [message]: speaker=Dulcatas
en: We were originally prisoners of Malifor, but we tunneled out and escaped. Since then, we have eked out a precarious survival on what we have been able to steal or raid from Malifor.
en_GB: We were originally prisoners of Malifor, but we tunnelled out and escaped. Since then, we have eked out a precarious survival on what we have been able to steal or raid from Malifor.

note: [message]: speaker=Abhai
en: This is the Great Rod of Justice, my boy. It was an ancient artifact even when I was young. They say it was crafted by the Great Gods themselves, and given to the first true Ruler of Men to ensure peace, harmony and above all — justice. For hundreds of years it did just that, for during the time it was wielded by men, the ruling class never became corrupt, the people never lacked justice and neither evil nor wars troubled the land.
en_GB: This is the Great Rod of Justice, my boy. It was an ancient artefact even when I was young. They say it was crafted by the Great Gods themselves, and given to the first true Ruler of Men to ensure peace, harmony and above all — justice. For hundreds of years it did just that, for during the time it was wielded by men, the ruling class never became corrupt, the people never lacked justice and neither evil nor wars troubled the land.

note: [option]: speaker=narrator
en: rod of justice^Take it
en_GB: Take it

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: I wonder what such a powerful artifact is doing hidden all the way back here...
en_GB: I wonder what such a powerful artefact is doing hidden all the way back here...

note: [message]: speaker=Camerin
en: I don’t think there is a person alive who knows anything more solid than rumors and legends. There are very few people who even knows it exists!
en_GB: I don’t think there is a person alive who knows anything more solid than rumours and legends. There are very few people who even knows it exists!

note: [message]: speaker=Camerin
en: Some of the most ancient elvish legends make some vague mention of this artifact. But beyond that...
en_GB: Some of the most ancient elvish legends make some vague mention of this artefact. But beyond that...

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: Interesting. I wonder who — or what — could have created such a powerful artifact. There must be one heck of a story behind this thing.
en_GB: Interesting. I wonder who — or what — could have created such a powerful artefact. There must be one heck of a story behind this thing.

note: [object]: id=justice_rod
en: Rod of Justice
en_GB: Rod of Justice!

note: [option]: speaker=narrator
en: rod of justice^Leave it
en_GB: Leave it

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Caution! Tunnel flooded and infested with aquatic monsters. Enter at the risk of your life.
en_GB: Caution! Tunnel flooded and infested with aquatic monsters. Enter at the cost of your life.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: The times have changed, my friend.
en_GB: The times have changed my friend.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: At last! Victory is ours! Good work, men!
en_GB: At last! Victory is ours! Good work, men!.

note: [message]: speaker=Father Morvin
en: So, where to now, Tallin?
en_GB: So where to now, Tallin?

note: [part]
en: He was first stripped of his weapons and armor and then cast into solitary confinement. He remained there for months, never being allowed to see the light of day, being fed only enough food to keep him alive. During this time he was forced to study the most dark and forbidden arts, lashed with whips when he could not recite lessons drawn from grimoires no human should ever have opened. His body grew feeble and emaciated and his mind plunged ever deeper into night. And day by day the magical controls Malifor had fastened about Tallin’s will grew stronger.
en_GB: He was first stripped of his weapons and armour and then cast into solitary confinement. He remained there for months, never being allowed to see the light of day, being fed only enough food to keep him alive. During this time he was forced to study the most dark and forbidden arts, lashed with whips when he could not recite lessons drawn from grimoires no human should ever have opened. His body grew feeble and emaciated and his mind plunged ever deeper into night. And day by day the magical controls Malifor had fastened about Tallin’s will grew stronger.

note: [part]
en: As they approached they were met with a most welcome sight: New fortifications, looking very much like the legendary impenetrable dwarvish defenses of old, had sprung up everywhere. All of them were manned by alert and well-armed dwarves who hailed them boisterously. The mines were belching smoke from the furiously working forges. New weapons and armor for humans and dwarves alike lay neatly stacked, and the deafening clang of hammers and picks from the dwarves promised more.
en_GB: As they approached they were met with a most welcome sight: New fortifications, looking very much like the legendary impenetrable dwarvish defences of old, had sprung up everywhere. All of them were manned by alert and well-armed dwarves who hailed them boisterously. The mines were belching smoke from the furiously working forges. New weapons and armour for humans and dwarves alike lay neatly stacked, and the deafening clang of hammers and picks from the dwarves promised more.

note: [part]
en: Great! How about the weapons and armor?
en_GB: Great! How about the weapons and armour?

note: [part]
en: Thank you, Hamel.
en_GB: Thank you, Hamel

note: [part]
en: I would be honored, Lord Hamel.
en_GB: I would be honoured, Lord Hamel.

note: [part]
en: The humans rested for many days while they were equipped with new arms and armor and trained by the dwarves.
en_GB: The humans rested for many days while they were equipped with new arms and armour and trained by the dwarves.

note: [message]: id=Rakshas
en: Pah! I would like to see those cowardly dwarves try their treachery on me as they did on the Black-Tusk! In any case, those dwarves will soon be groveling at my feet and equipping my people with the finest weapons. With the dwarvish weapons, and the wealth of Knalga, nothing will be able to stop us. Even that little backwater that you humans call Wesnoth will be nothing but a burnt out, pillaged wreck before long.
en_GB: Pah! I would like to see those cowardly dwarves try their treachery on me as they did on the Black-Tusk! In any case, those dwarves will soon be grovelling at my feet and equipping my people with the finest weapons. With the dwarvish weapons, and the wealth of Knalga, nothing will be able to stop us. Even that little backwater that you humans call Wesnoth will be nothing but a burnt out, pillaged wreck before long.

note: [message]: type=Goblin Knight
en: HAHAHA! GOT YOU, SUCKERS!
en_GB: HAHAHA! GOT YOU, FOOLS!

note: [message]: role=Supporter
en: I agree, Tallin, it is pointless to carry on.
en_GB: I agree, Tallin, it is pointless to cary on.

note: [part]
en: The dwarves were more than ready for them, however, and as soon as the humans got through the defenses the well-prepared dwarves fell on the battle-weary and bloodied orcs.
en_GB: The dwarves were more than ready for them, however, and as soon as the humans got through the defences the well-prepared dwarves fell on the battle-weary and bloodied orcs.

note: [part]
en: Wave after wave of orcs crashed onto the dwarven defenses and shattered.
en_GB: Wave after wave of orcs crashed onto the dwarven defences and shattered.

note: [part]
en: So you withdrew. Rightly done, me lad. Our prepared defenses will be able to hold the orcs off far longer and with less loss then ye could ha’ done in the open field. I see that my training of you hasna’ been for naught.
en_GB: So you withdrew. Rightly done, me lad. Our prepared defences will be able to hold the orcs off far longer and with less loss then ye could ha’ done in the open field. I see that my training of you hasna’ been for naught.

note: [part]
en: Tallin, before I was captured by Malifor, I used to be in contact with a powerful magician called Ro’Arthian and his brother Ro’Sothian.
en_GB: Tallin, before I was captured by Malfor, I used to be in contact with a powerful magician called Ro’Arthian and his brother Ro’Sothian.

note: [message]: id=Tallin
en: whisper^Camerin, you know him?
en_GB: Camerin, you know him?

note: [message]: id=Camerin
en: whisper^Duh! His brother Ro’Arthian is the one who taught me magic!
en_GB: Duh! His brother Ro’Arthian is the one who taught me magic!

note: [message]: id=Tallin
en: whisper^Oh...!
en_GB: Oh...!

note: [message]: id=Ro'Sothian
en: Take your begging and shove it, Father! We don’t help no-one. Not even you and <i>especially</i> not any dwarf!
en_GB: Take your begging and shove it, Father! We don’t help no one. Not even you and <i>especially</i> not any dwarf!

note: [message]: id=Tallin
en: Put Ro’Sothian into that jail over there until we capture his brother.
en_GB: Put Ro’Sothian into that gaol over there until we capture his brother.

note: [message]: speaker=second_unit
en: Back to jail, my friend.
en_GB: Back to gaol, my friend.

note: [message]: id=Stalrag
en: Farewell, my friends. I now go to join my fallen brethren.
en_GB: Farewell, my friends. I now go to join my fallen brothers.

note: [part]
en: Although Tallin was glad in his heart to see Malifor in such distress, the sorcerous geas on his mind compelled him to go to his master’s aid. When he got there, he found that all the outer defenses had been smashed and Malifor had bolted himself up in his study. Bound by the will of their master, Tallin and his minions took up positions outside Malifor’s study door.
en_GB: Although Tallin was glad in his heart to see Malifor in such distress, the sorcerous geas on his mind compelled him to go to his master’s aid. When he got there, he found that all the outer defences had been smashed and Malifor had bolted himself up in his study. Bound by the will of their master, Tallin and his minions took up positions outside Malifor’s study door.

note: [part]
en: Elves are deeply honor-bound, especially in matters that touch their kin. If we rescue the princess, I am certain the deed will not go without reward.
en_GB: Elves are deeply honour-bound, especially in matters that touch their kin. If we rescue the princess, I am certain the deed will not go without reward.

note: [message]: id=Ro'Arthian
en: Are we here to sight-see or to rescue this blasted sorceress? And if you really want to sight-see, then check out that orcish encampment south of us.
en_GB: Are we here to sightsee or to rescue this blasted sorceress? And if you really want to sightsee, then check out that orcish encampment south of us.

note: [message]: id=Eryssa
en: I am free! Thank you, my saviors. Who has come to rescue me from vile captivity?
en_GB: I am free! Thank you, my saviours. Who has come to rescue me from vile captivity?

note: [part]
en: I am Tallin. I was once a free man leading my people in a revolution against their orcish overlords, but I was tricked and enslaved by Malifor. While under his control, I have done unthinkable deeds — I have studied the most forbidden of arts, I have robbed the dead of their rest, and I have mercilessly butchered my friends like some sort of mindless abomination. Now I am haunted by all the evil I have done, and I see no way of escaping this torment other then self destruction.
en_GB: I am Tallin. I was once a free man leading my people in a revolution against their orcish overlords, but I was tricked and enslaved by Malifor. While under his control, I have done unthinkable deeds — I have studied the most forbidden of arts, I have robbed the dead of their rest, and I have mercilessly butchered my friends like some sort of mindless abomination. Now I am haunted by all the evil I have done, and I see no way of escaping this torment other than self-destruction.

note: [part]
en: Abhai: You haven’t? It was an ancient artifact even when I was young. They say it was crafted by the Great Gods themselves, and given to the first true Ruler of Men to ensure peace, harmony and above all — justice. For hundreds of years now, it passed from king to successor. Ever since it has been wielded by men, the ruling class never became corrupt, the people never lacked justice and neither evil nor wars ever troubled the land.
en_GB: Abhai: You haven’t? It was an ancient artefact even when I was young. They say it was crafted by the Great Gods themselves, and given to the first true Ruler of Men to ensure peace, harmony and above all — justice. For hundreds of years now, it passed from king to successor. Ever since it has been wielded by men, the ruling class never became corrupt, the people never lacked justice and neither evil nor wars ever troubled the land.

note: [message]: speaker=Machador
en: The Rod of Justice was not made to be the plaything of a demented sorcerer such as you. It is perhaps the most powerful artifact that I have ever encountered.
en_GB: The Rod of Justice was not made to be the plaything of a demented sorcerer such as you. It is perhaps the most powerful artefact that I have ever encountered.

note: [message]: speaker=Father Morvin
en: Frankly, princess, I am disappointed. I was always under the impression that elves were an honorable lot who took their debts seriously.
en_GB: Frankly, princess, I am disappointed. I was always under the impression that elves were an honourable lot who took their debts seriously.

note: [message]: speaker=Eryssa
en: That is your concern, not mine, human.
en_GB: That is your concern not mine, human.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: I can see the dwarvish defenses just ahead. Lets go!
en_GB: I can see the dwarvish defences just ahead. Lets go!

note: [scenario]: id=09b_Judgment
en: Judgment
en_GB: Judgement

note: [part]
en: Driven by an overwhelming need to be released from his torment, Tallin approached the Rod of Justice where it lay amidst the Dragon’s hoarded treasure. But as he was about to grasp it in his trembling hands, he hesitated and found himself unable to proceed. Abhai came forth — his ethereal form gliding over the scattered treasure and the carcases of its defenders — and fearlessly lifted the Rod in his ghostly hands. He paused for a moment, as if savoring the familiar feel of it in his grasp once more, and then presented it to Tallin.
en_GB: Driven by an overwhelming need to be released from his torment, Tallin approached the Rod of Justice where it lay amidst the Dragon’s hoarded treasure. But as he was about to grasp it in his trembling hands, he hesitated and found himself unable to proceed. Abhai came forth — his ethereal form gliding over the scattered treasure and the carcases of its defenders — and fearlessly lifted the Rod in his ghostly hands. He paused for a moment, as if savouring the familiar feel of it in his grasp once more, and then presented it to Tallin.

note: [message]: speaker=Betrayed Friend
en: Tallin, we are in a place beyond matter, thought, and time. This is a place of unimaginable splendor, glory and transcendence — the very realm of the Greater Gods.
en_GB: Tallin, we are in a place beyond matter, thought, and time. This is a place of unimaginable splendour, glory and transcendence — the very realm of the Greater Gods.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: Another chance, but why? What have I done except mislead those who followed me, and then betray and back-stab them at the worst possible moment?
en_GB: Another chance, but why? What have I done except mislead those who followed me, and then betray and backstab them at the worst possible moment?

note: [message]: speaker=Betrayed Friend
en: Even the foulest of weapons can be put to good use, Tallin. Poison generally kills, but it can also be used to heal. In the same way, although this art is usually practiced by the most power-hungry and corrupt, it may still may turned to the ends of good by one with the strength of will and soul-depth you have gained through your suffering.
en_GB: Even the foulest of weapons can be put to good use, Tallin. Poison generally kills, but it can also be used to heal. In the same way, although this art is usually practised by the most power-hungry and corrupt, it may still may turned to the ends of good by one with the strength of will and soul-depth you have gained through your suffering.

note: [part]
en: Puzzled by the presence of trolls so close to the dwarvish defenses, the party quickly made their way back to Knalga.
en_GB: Puzzled by the presence of trolls so close to the dwarvish defences, the party quickly made their way back to Knalga.

note: [part]
en: Yer gold, Tallin, we ha’ failed to protect it.
en_GB: Your gold Tallin, we ha’ failed to protect it.

note: [part]
en: Such a massive and fierce assault it was that we had to call upon all our reserves. When that proved insufficient, we had nae other choice then to call some men off the other defenses.
en_GB: Such a massive and fierce assault it was that we had to call upon all our reserves. When that proved insufficient, we had nae other choice then to call some men off the other defences.

note: [part]
en: It was a ploy. Nae sooner ha’ we thinned the ranks of the northern defenders then a small, hardened group of trolls smashed through the defenses and made their way straight for your gold.
en_GB: It was a ploy. Nae sooner ha’ we thinned the ranks of the northern defenders then a small, hardened group of trolls smashed through the defences and made their way straight for your gold.

note: [part]
en: Och, we tried, Tallin, but with the orcs still pressing our southern defenses and other groups of trolls trying to break through everywhere, we simply ha’ not the manpower.
en_GB: Och, we tried, Tallin, but with the orcs still pressing our southern defences and other groups of trolls trying to break through everywhere, we simply ha’ not the manpower.

note: [part]
en: We tried, Tallin, but with the orcs still pressing our southern defenses and other groups of trolls trying to break through everywhere, we simply didna’ ha’ the manpower.
en_GB: We tried, Tallin, but with the orcs still pressing our southern defences and other groups of trolls trying to break through everywhere, we simply didna’ ha’ the manpower.

note: [message]: speaker=Krash
en: Hurry, friends, let’s set up camp!
en_GB: Hurry, friends, lets set up camp!

note: [message]: speaker=Ro'Arthian
en: You better get lost, elf, before we kill you.
en_GB: You better get lost, elf before we kill you.

note: [message]: speaker=Eryssa
en: Hidel, let me introduce to you my savior: Tallin.
en_GB: Hidel, let me introduce to you my saviour: Tallin.

note: [message]: speaker=Hidel
en: It is an honor to meet you, Tallin.
en_GB: It is an honour to meet you, Tallin.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: The honor is mine, sir.
en_GB: The honour is mine, sir.

note: [message]: speaker=Tallin
en: I am honored, sir, and I hope that I will live up to the trust that the Northern Elves have bestowed upon me.
en_GB: I am honoured, sir, and I hope that I will live up to the trust that the Northern Elves have bestowed upon me.

note: [message]: speaker=Eryssa
en: Yes, or so I have heard. You honor me, but this brave man reached the mark before you.
en_GB: Yes, or so I have heard. You honour me, but this brave man reached the mark before you.

note: [message]: speaker=Eryssa
en: I was not idle in my captivity; I watched, and listened, and learned. The hints I got from my guards’ boastings and foul jests have been confirmed by our scouts; Angthurim is the linchpin of their entire eastern flank. If we could reduce it, their defense would be near to collapse.
en_GB: I was not idle in my captivity; I watched, and listened, and learned. The hints I got from my guards’ boastings and foul jests have been confirmed by our scouts; Angthurim is the linchpin of their entire eastern flank. If we could reduce it, their defence would be near to collapse.

note: [message]: speaker=Ro'Arthian
en: Fitting. My gryphons tell me Angthurim is the keystone of their entire eastern flank. If we can reduce it their defense will be near to collapse.
en_GB: Fitting. My gryphons tell me Angthurim is the keystone of their entire eastern flank. If we can reduce it their defence will be near to collapse.

note: [message]: id=Tallin
en: We have torn the heart from their eastern defenses.
en_GB: We have torn the heart from their eastern defences.

note: [part]
en: Soon they encountered the wrack of a great battle. Bodies of elves and orcs lay everywhere. Broken weapons and smashed armor were strewn about in profusion. Elvish arrows and orcish crossbow bolts bristled from the nearby trees. The ground was splotched red with blood.
en_GB: Soon they encountered the wrack of a great battle. Bodies of elves and orcs lay everywhere. Broken weapons and smashed armour were strewn about in profusion. Elvish arrows and orcish crossbow bolts bristled from the nearby trees. The ground was splotched red with blood.

note: [part]
en: Scattered around Hidel were the bodies of at least three orcish warlords, and nearly a score of grunts, warriors and crossbowmen. His weapons were notched and broken; his armor dented and smashed. It was clear to all that his fall had been an epic of valor and glory, worthy to be remembered in the songs of all the kindred races until the end of days.
en_GB: Scattered around Hidel were the bodies of at least three orcish warlords, and nearly a score of grunts, warriors and crossbowmen. His weapons were notched and broken; his armour dented and smashed. It was clear to all that his fall had been an epic of valour and glory, worthy to be remembered in the songs of all the kindred races until the end of days.

note: [part]
en: Now... uphold the honor... of the Northern... Elves... Recover... the gold... slay this monster... and bring peace and... prosperity... back to the... Northlands... Tallin?
en_GB: Now... uphold the honour... of the Northern... Elves... Recover... the gold... slay this monster... and bring peace and... prosperity... back to the... Northlands... Tallin?

note: [part]
en: A torrent of childhood memories and the depth of her grief left her unable to speak. She and Tallin sat together silently holding each-other for some time.
en_GB: A torrent of childhood memories and the depth of her grief left her unable to speak. She and Tallin sat together silently holding each other for some time.

note: [message]: id=Tallin
en: The orcs are exceedingly numerous and warlike. While they squabble among themselves, their warlike nature turns upon itself and they are no threat; but when a strong warlord like Rakshas arises among them, their battle-lust becomes a plague upon their neighbors.
en_GB: The orcs are exceedingly numerous and warlike. While they squabble among themselves, their warlike nature turns upon itself and they are no threat; but when a strong warlord like Rakshas arises among them, their battle-lust becomes a plague upon their neighbours.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Rising to his feet, Hamel raised his hands and waited for the clamor to die down.
en_GB: Rising to his feet, Hamel raised his hands and waited for the clamour to die down.

note: [message]: id=Tallin
en: I thank everyone for the love and honor bestowed upon me. In honor of that love I accept this responsibility.
en_GB: I thank everyone for the love and honour bestowed upon me. In honour of that love I accept this responsibility.

note: [message]: id=Father Morvin
en: Gladly, Tallin. We will stand with the Warders till the end of days if need be.
en_GB: Gladly, Tallin. We will stand with the Warders till the end of time if need be.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: On Father Morvin’s advice, the Council approached all the different orcish tribes and made treaties with them. If a chieftain refused to cooperate with the Alliance, he was forcibly removed from his post and another more favorably disposed put in his place.
en_GB: On Father Morvin’s advice, the Council approached all the different orcish tribes and made treaties with them. If a chieftain refused to co-operate with the Alliance, he was forcibly removed from his post and another more favourably disposed put in his place.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Thus, from a small, enslaved community, the people of Dwarven Doors — by their fortitude, valor, and wisdom — brought the Northlands out of the darkness and restored them to their former glory.
en_GB: Thus, from a small, enslaved community, the people of Dwarven Doors — by their fortitude, valour, and wisdom — brought the Northlands out of the darkness and restored them to their former glory.

note: [message]: speaker=Father Morvin
en: Thera, when this is all over, you should paint your face and join a theater.
en_GB: Thera, when this is all over, you should paint your face and join a theatre.

note: [message]: speaker=Sister Thera
en: Which might be sooner than you think.
en_GB: Which might be sooner then you think.

note: [message]: speaker=Rugnur
en: And what... you want us to do this, contain the radiance of the stone? By making an artifact of some kind?
en_GB: And what... you want us to do this, contain the radiance of the stone? By making an artefact of some kind?

note: [message]: speaker=Haldric II
en: Exactly. I want you to craft it into a mighty artifact, that will leverage the stone’s power, but contain it also.
en_GB: Exactly. I want you to craft it into a mighty artefact, that will leverage the stone’s power, but contain it also.

note: [message]: speaker=Rugnur
en: You said you wanted a powerful magical artifact, not a child’s playtoy! So... twenty thousand, minimum. The crafting of this will take us many years, you must pay us well.
en_GB: You said you wanted a powerful magical artefact, not a child’s playtoy! So... twenty thousand, minimum. The crafting of this will take us many years, you must pay us well.

note: [message]: speaker=Haldric II
en: We Wesnothians and you elves have a treaty! Do you really mean to break it in defense of a road that is not even yours?!
en_GB: We Wesnothians and you elves have a treaty! Do you really mean to break it in defence of a road that is not even yours?!

note: [message]: speaker=Alanin
en: Here — I’ll go warn the council. You stay here and fight.
en_GB: Here — I’ll go and warn the council. You stay here and fight.

note: [message]: speaker=Baglur
en: Two are down a side passage in the northwest, another two are in a similar location in the southeast, and two are right next to the front gate.
en_GB: Two are down a side passage in the north-west, another two are in a similar location in the south-east, and two are right next to the front gate.

note: [message]: speaker=Baglur
en: Well, since this boy bargained so badly, why not make him fulfill the contract himself? If he fails, it’s on his head.
en_GB: Well, since this boy bargained so badly, why not make him fulfil the contract himself? If he fails, it’s on his head.

note: [message]: speaker=Alanin
en: Now where are we going, anyway? We have been taking wrong turns and fighting orcs for months. This trip better have a good payoff to be worth that.
en_GB: Now where are we going, anyway? We have been taking wrong turns and fighting orcs for months. This trip better have a good pay-off to be worth that.

note: [message]: speaker=Baglur
en: It is a Wesnothian gem, but it is also supposedly the most powerful magical artifact ever seen. Even an untrained hand can use it to cast fiery bolts as powerful as those of arch mages.
en_GB: It is a Wesnothian gem, but it is also supposedly the most powerful magical artefact ever seen. Even an untrained hand can use it to cast fiery bolts as powerful as those of arch mages.

note: [message]: speaker=Thursagan
en: I see. Fine then, I will help you craft this sceptre... into the most powerful magic artifact ever seen. This will be a true test of my skill. I expect it will take many years.
en_GB: I see. Fine then, I will help you craft this sceptre... into the most powerful magic artefact ever seen. This will be a true test of my skill. I expect it will take many years.

note: [message]: speaker=Thursagan
en: I would say probably ten stone of artifact-quality gold and twenty stone of the finest coal, and many of the finest jewels in the land — we’ll need others to search for those, though. I’ll also need to have the jeweler cut the ruby once I have the plans done.
en_GB: I would say probably ten stone of artefact-quality gold and twenty stone of the finest coal, and many of the finest jewels in the land — we’ll need others to search for those, though. I’ll also need to have the jeweller cut the ruby once I have the plans done.

note: [message]: speaker=Thursagan
en: For me to make the artifact Haldric wants, I need a special type of gold. I do not know where it was found, but Baglur said these mines were the source of it.
en_GB: For me to make the artefact Haldric wants, I need a special type of gold. I do not know where it was found, but Baglur said these mines were the source of it.

note: [scenario]: id=4t_The_Jeweler
en: The Jeweler
en_GB: The Jeweller

note: [part]
en: Rugnur and his companions returned home. Now, I do not want to give the impression that only Rugnur and Thursagan worked on this masterpiece. There were others — many others. Thus I present Theganli, the jeweler. His role is small, but an important one.
en_GB: Rugnur and his companions returned home. Now, I do not want to give the impression that only Rugnur and Thursagan worked on this masterpiece. There were others — many others. Thus I present Theganli, the jeweller. His role is small, but an important one.

note: [message]: speaker=Durstorn
en: So, you have returned. I assume you have obtained the required materials? My jeweler Theganli has spent the last two years buying jewels from some of the northern clans. So now go to the forge and make your sceptre. What do you need to annoy me for?
en_GB: So, you have returned. I assume you have obtained the required materials? My jeweller Theganli has spent the last two years buying jewels from some of the northern clans. So now go to the forge and make your sceptre. What do you need to annoy me for?

note: [message]: speaker=Durstorn
en: That makes sense, I guess you would want to plan the sceptre’s design... what in particular do you want him to do?
en_GB: That makes sense, I suppose you would to plan the sceptre’s design... what in particular do you want him to do?

note: [message]: speaker=Theganli
en: Another group... of dwarves... live south of here... above ground... yes... best jewelers I know of... have special tools... tools, yes...
en_GB: Another group... of dwarves... live south of here... above ground... yes... best jewellers I know of... have special tools... tools, yes...

note: [message]: speaker=Durstorn
en: Fine. Go rent it from them.
en_GB: Fine. Go and rent it from them.

note: [message]: speaker=Durstorn
en: I’m Lord Durstorn, king of my tribe. I have been told you are great jeweler-workers, and so we come to rent some of your tools for a short time, a few years at most.
en_GB: I’m Lord Durstorn, king of my tribe. I have been told you are great jeweller-workers, and so we come to rent some of your tools for a short time, a few years at most.

note: [message]: speaker=Thursagan
en: And how do you plan on doing that? There are elves swarming these hills, trying to kill us.
en_GB: And how do you plan to do that? There are elves swarming these hills, trying to kill us.

note: [part]
en: During this time, Thursagan crafted the Sceptre of Fire, first cutting the jewel, then putting it, the gold and the cold steel into the heat of the flame. The sceptre was crafted, but something was not right. No matter what enchantment of runes he put on the Sceptre, it did not fulfill its original purpose.
en_GB: During this time, Thursagan crafted the Sceptre of Fire, first cutting the jewel, then putting it, the gold and the cold steel into the heat of the flame. The sceptre was crafted, but something was not right. No matter what enchantment of runes he put on the Sceptre, it did not fulfil its original purpose.

note: [objective]: condition=win
en: Move Rugnur to the northeast cave entrance
en_GB: Move Rugnur to the north-east cave entrance

note: [message]: speaker=Durstorn
en: Shut up, Baglur! You don’t know what you’re talking about. I’ve analyzed the situation, and we’re doomed. Our best hope is to surrender. Perhaps if we give the elves the plans for the Sceptre of Fire they will let us survive.
en_GB: Shut up, Baglur! You don’t know what you’re talking about. I’ve analysed the situation, and we’re doomed. Our best hope is to surrender. Perhaps if we give the elves the plans for the Sceptre of Fire they will let us survive.

note: [message]: speaker=Durstorn
en: Shut up, Rugnur! You don’t know what you’re talking about. I’ve analyzed the situation, and we’re doomed. Our best hope is to surrender. Perhaps if we give the elves the plans for the Sceptre of Fire they will let us survive.
en_GB: Shut up, Rugnur! You don’t know what you’re talking about. I’ve analysed the situation, and we’re doomed. Our best hope is to surrender. Perhaps if we give the elves the plans for the Sceptre of Fire they will let us survive.

note: [message]: speaker=Rugnur
en: Yes, of course, let’s just all be cowards! What happened to your honor, Durstorn?!
en_GB: Yes, of course, let’s just all be cowards! What happened to your honour, Durstorn?!

note: [message]: speaker=Durstorn
en: You little fool, honor is less important than life! So, I’m ordering Thursagan to give the plans and the ruby to the elves, as a peace offering. Then maybe we’ll walk out of here alive.
en_GB: You little fool, honour is less important than life! So, I’m ordering Thursagan to give the plans and the ruby to the elves, as a peace offering. Then maybe we’ll walk out of here alive.

note: [message]: speaker=Thursagan
en: Yes. So, see the area to the northeast of us?
en_GB: Yes. So, see the area to the north-east of us?

note: [message]: speaker=Rugnur
en: Well, you are a member of the Wesnothian army. Why don’t you rejoin it? See if you can run past those elves to our southeast...
en_GB: Well, you are a member of the Wesnothian army. Why don’t you rejoin it? See if you can run past those elves to our south-east...

note: [message]: speaker=Rugnur
en: Alanin, ride as fast as you can south. Tell Haldric we are heading northeast, towards the old eastern mines, and if he wants his precious sceptre he should send forces to meet us there as soon as he can!
en_GB: Alanin, ride as fast as you can south. Tell Haldric we are heading north-east, towards the old eastern mines, and if he wants his precious sceptre he should send forces to meet us there as soon as he can!

note: [message]: speaker=Thursagan
en: Tell him to send forces north to aid us and fight the elves, but that we are probably going to die. We will run northeast towards the old eastern mines, and if he wants his sceptre intact he’d best send troops to meet us there.
en_GB: Tell him to send forces north to aid us and fight the elves, but that we are probably going to die. We will run north-east towards the old eastern mines, and if he wants his sceptre intact he’d best send troops to meet us there.

note: [message]: speaker=Thursagan
en: This forge will work perfectly. Give me a few days here, and I can reforge the Sceptre of Fire to fulfill its purpose.
en_GB: This forge will work perfectly. Give me a few days here, and I can reforge the Sceptre of Fire to fulfil its purpose.

note: [message]: speaker=Thursagan
en: I have completed my work. Now it is truly the Sceptre of Fire, a powerful magical artifact.
en_GB: I have completed my work. Now it is truly the Sceptre of Fire, a powerful magical artefact.

note: [objective]: condition=win
en: Move onto the glyph in the center of the volcano
en_GB: Move onto the glyph in the centre of the volcano

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: I must go report to my superiors!
en_GB: I must go and report to my superiors!

note: [part]
en: Alanin traveled south, to Wesnoth, to Haldric II. To report the events of the past fifteen years.
en_GB: Alanin travelled south, to Wesnoth, to Haldric II. To report the events of the past fifteen years.

note: [message]: speaker=Alanin
en: We had been besieged by elves, in a dwarvish castle that was not Rugnur’s. The sceptre could not be completed there, but it could in a cave that lay to the northeast of it. Rugnur sent me back, with the message that it had been completed, but he and all the rest of the dwarves went into the caves, and were immediately followed by hundreds of elves.
en_GB: We had been besieged by elves, in a dwarvish castle that was not Rugnur’s. The sceptre could not be completed there, but it could in a cave that lay to the north-east of it. Rugnur sent me back, with the message that it had been completed, but he and all the rest of the dwarves went into the caves, and were immediately followed by hundreds of elves.

note: [message]: speaker=Alanin
en: No, that is my... friend Krawg. He went with Rugnur into the caves, but escaped through a hole in the roof right before the lava filled the cave.
en_GB: No, that is my... friend Krawg. He went with Rugnur into the caves, but escaped through a hole in the roof just before the lava filled the cave.

note: [message]: speaker=Alanin
en: He says that he has seen the Sceptre. Rugnur had it, but he lost it in the caves. He came to tell you, so that you would know that the dwarves did fulfill their promise.
en_GB: He says that he has seen the Sceptre. Rugnur had it, but he lost it in the caves. He came to tell you, so that you would know that the dwarves did fulfil their promise.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Miner, race=dwarf
en: Dwarvish miners are the grunt workers of Dwarvish society. They take the precious ores out of the ground, but do not ever take part in the crafting of weapons or artifacts.
en_GB: Dwarvish miners are the grunt workers of Dwarvish society. They take the precious ores out of the ground, but do not ever take part in the crafting of weapons or artefacts.

note: [message]: speaker=Kapou'e
en: Hmmm...
en_GB: Hmmm......

note: [message]: speaker=Kapou'e
en: Don’t be so cowardly. The trolls have been our allies in the past—maybe they will help us. And what true orc has ever feared dwarvish dirt-grubbers? Move it! We leave within the hour. If you’re not ready by then, stay and die.
en_GB: Don’t be so cowardly. The trolls have been our allies in the past — maybe they will help us. And what true orc has ever feared dwarvish dirt-grubbers? Move it! We leave within the hour. If you’re not ready by then, stay and die.

note: [scenario]: id=05_To_the_Harbor_of_Tirigaz
en: To the Harbor of Tirigaz
en_GB: To the Harbour of Tirigaz

note: [part]
en: Since it was now obvious that the humans were going to try their best to prevent that by capturing or killing the shamans, Kapou’e was requested to escort the shamans to the Harbor of Tirigaz where the rest of the council was residing.
en_GB: Since it was now obvious that the humans were going to try their best to prevent that by capturing or killing the shamans, Kapou’e was requested to escort the shamans to the Harbour of Tirigaz where the rest of the council was residing.

note: [message]: speaker=Affman
en: Son of the great Black-Eye Karun?! You do us honor, Chief.
en_GB: Son of the great Black-Eye Karun?! You do us honour, Chief.

note: [message]: speaker=Kapou'e
en: Wise decision. We have actually come to speak to the shamans, but while we are here we must help you out of this scrape. Grüü, hold them while I run to the keep and organize our forces to counterattack. We can’t defeat them by sea without ships, but we can destroy the foothold they have gained on the land.
en_GB: Wise decision. We have actually come to speak to the shamans, but while we are here we must help you out of this scrape. Grüü, hold them while I run to the keep and organize our forces to counter-attack. We can’t defeat them by sea without ships, but we can destroy the foothold they have gained on the land.

note: [message]: speaker=Gork
en: Congratulations on your victory, Kapou’e. You do honor to the memory of your father.
en_GB: Congratulations on your victory, Kapou’e. You do honour to the memory of your father.

note: [message]: speaker=Kapou'e
en: I hope we won’t find one! They are terrible armored beasts; your hammer would be useless against their heavy shells.
en_GB: I hope we won’t find one! They are terrible armoured beasts; your hammer would be useless against their heavy shells.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: We made an agreement with the humans some time ago. They were planning a major assault on you war-mongers, and the humans pledged that if we assisted them they would give us a large chunk of your territory once the battle was over.
en_GB: We made an agreement with the humans some time ago. They were planning a major assault on you warmongers, and the humans pledged that if we assisted them they would give us a large chunk of your territory once the battle was over.

note: [message]: speaker=Shan Taum
en: Who is that? Kapou’e! What are you doing in my lands, you weakling runt?
en_GB: Who is that? Kapou’e! What are you doing in my lands you weakling runt?

note: [message]: speaker=Echarp
en: Kapou’e, rumors tell of you making a long trip to seek assistance from us, and escorting Pirk, Gork and Vraurk. The council is grateful for that.
en_GB: Kapou’e, rumours tell of you making a long trip to seek assistance from us, and escorting Pirk, Gork and Vraurk. The council is grateful for that.

note: [message]: speaker=Echarp
en: You don’t understand. Orcs have been divided for ages. The only one who gave us some unity was your father, Black-Eye Karun. Hearing rumors of your exploits, we understood you are a worthy son of your father.
en_GB: You don’t understand. Orcs have been divided for ages. The only one who gave us some unity was your father, Black-Eye Karun. Hearing rumours of your exploits, we understood you are a worthy son of your father.

note: [message]: speaker=Kapou'e
en: Because if we cannot decisively beat these humans, the other tribes won’t think us strong enough to lead them. Each chieftain will try to claim the leadership of the horde for themselves and the humans will be able to break through our defenses.
en_GB: Because if we cannot decisively beat these humans, the other tribes won’t think us strong enough to lead them. Each chieftain will try to claim the leadership of the horde for themselves and the humans will be able to break through our defences.

note: [message]: speaker=Plouf
en: We arrive to honor our alliance, Earl Lanbec’h.
en_GB: We arrive to honour our alliance, Earl Lanbec’h.

note: [message]: speaker=Gork
en: Your defense of Prestim was heroic, facing such opposition surely undermined the morale of humans. Now they are retreating to their fortresses and will not venture out anytime soon.
en_GB: Your defence of Prestim was heroic, facing such opposition surely undermined the morale of humans. Now they are retreating to their fortresses and will not venture out anytime soon.

note: [part]
en: The horde was then split into two forces. On the advice of the shamans, Kapou’e placed one force under the leadership of Shan Taum the Smug, who — despite his obnoxious nature — was a fierce and capable leader. He was sent to Bitok, the most southwestern orcish city, to cut off the humans already invading the harbor of Tirigaz, and to stop any further human incursion into orcish territory.
en_GB: The horde was then split into two forces. On the advice of the shamans, Kapou’e placed one force under the leadership of Shan Taum the Smug, who — despite his obnoxious nature — was a fierce and capable leader. He was sent to Bitok, the most southwestern orcish city, to cut off the humans already invading the harbour of Tirigaz, and to stop any further human incursion into orcish territory.

note: [part]
en: After a few weeks of putting down minor rebellions and clearing out the last human strongholds, the first snows of the long northern winter began to fall. A few days after the first snowfall a goblin rider — half dead from exhaustion — raced into Dorset with the news that Borstep was under siege by a large force of dwarves, outlaws and elves.
en_GB: After a few weeks of putting down minor rebellions and clearing out the last human strongholds, the first snows of the long northern winter began to fall. A few days after the first snowfall a goblin rider — half-dead from exhaustion — raced into Dorset with the news that Borstep was under siege by a large force of dwarves, outlaws and elves.

note: [part]
en: Kapou’e and his followers made a grueling march across the frozen Northlands. For the orcs it was a constant nightmare of freezing, marching and fighting. Food was scarce, and the stores that they managed to seize from rebellious tribes had to be strictly rationed. Many of the weaker orcs who weren’t killed in combat died from exhaustion, or fell behind and froze to death.
en_GB: Kapou’e and his followers made a gruelling march across the frozen Northlands. For the orcs it was a constant nightmare of freezing, marching and fighting. Food was scarce, and the stores that they managed to seize from rebellious tribes had to be strictly rationed. Many of the weaker orcs who weren’t killed in combat died from exhaustion, or fell behind and froze to death.

note: [part]
en: Their presence proved to be unnecessary. It came as a shock to Kapou’e to discover, after a few days, that his people held him in awe. News of Kapou’e’s exploits had been widely circulated — from his rescue of the shamans at Barag Gór, to his forced march through the northern blizzards. Younger grunts especially worshiped him with such fervor that he found it almost frightening.
en_GB: Their presence proved to be unnecessary. It came as a shock to Kapou’e to discover, after a few days, that his people held him in awe. News of Kapou’e’s exploits had been widely circulated — from his rescue of the shamans at Barag Gór, to his forced march through the northern blizzards. Younger grunts especially worshipped him with such fervour that he found it almost frightening.

note: [part]
en: Days passed, the snows melted and Kapou’e readied his defenses. A few weeks after Kapou’e’s arrival, riders caught sight of Earl Lanbec’h’s army.
en_GB: Days passed, the snows melted and Kapou’e readied his defences. A few weeks after Kapou’e’s arrival, riders caught sight of Earl Lanbec’h’s army.

note: [message]: speaker=Howgarth III
en: The hell I don’t, Earl Lanbec’h, the Northern Alliance was witness to a treaty some twenty seven years ago between your people and the orcs, which both of you are no doubt violating. It is our duty as the orchestrator and witness of this treaty to see that it is honored.
en_GB: The hell I don’t, Earl Lanbec’h, the Northern Alliance was witness to a treaty some twenty seven years ago between your people and the orcs, which both of you are no doubt violating. It is our duty as the orchestrator and witness of this treaty to see that it is honoured.

note: [part]
en: In order to keep fighting between the tribes to a minimum, Kapou’e also maintained an enormous army, drawn from all corners of his empire. To offset the cost of maintaining such an army, he often hired out portions of it to act as mercenaries in foreign struggles. People of all races took advantage of this and, consequently, those orcs thirsting for battle got more then enough to keep them from attacking their nearest neighbors.
en_GB: In order to keep fighting between the tribes to a minimum, Kapou’e also maintained an enormous army, drawn from all corners of his empire. To offset the cost of maintaining such an army, he often hired out portions of it to act as mercenaries in foreign struggles. People of all races took advantage of this and, consequently, those orcs thirsting for battle got more then enough to keep them from attacking their nearest neighbours.

note: [part]
en: The remote freehold of Maghre in the western reaches of the kingdom of Wesnoth was once a peaceful place, its inhabitants largely unaware of the comings and goings of the wider world. Wars and the rumor of wars touched them not, until the day a dark mage settled in the region and began seeking sacrifices for his evil summonings.
en_GB: The remote freehold of Maghre in the western reaches of the kingdom of Wesnoth was once a peaceful place, its inhabitants largely unaware of the comings and goings of the wider world. Wars and the rumour of wars touched them not, until the day a dark mage settled in the region and began seeking sacrifices for his evil summonings.

note: [part]
en: There was a man named Baran who had shown talent as a mage when he was young, gone to the great Academy on the Isle of Alduin, and returned to work his magic in the land where he was born. The people looked to him for help and leadership. He found weapons half-forgotten from the times of their sires and grandsires hanging in many houses, and bade the villagers to take them down and clean and oil them. He set the smiths of Maghre to making spearheads and ax-blades for the rest.
en_GB: There was a man named Baran who had shown talent as a mage when he was young, gone to the great Academy on the Isle of Alduin, and returned to work his magic in the land where he was born. The people looked to him for help and leadership. He found weapons half-forgotten from the times of their sires and grandsires hanging in many houses, and bade the villagers to take them down and clean and oil them. He set the smiths of Maghre to making spearheads and axe-blades for the rest.

note: [message]: role=speaker
en: I am glad at least that we will not have to face ghosts. But those elves will have us at a disadvantage; our horses will not maneuver well in the trees.
en_GB: I am glad at least that we will not have to face ghosts. But those elves will have us at a disadvantage; our horses will not manoeuvre well in the trees.

note: [part]
en: 19 IV, 363 YW
    Excerpt from the journal of Rotharik the Clanless
    
    The last of Mordak’s servants arrived this morning bearing the news of his death, as well as a bundle so well-bound it was barely recognizable as a man. Mordak was always reckless. This whole desperate scheme was his, and I suppose I could blame him for everything that we have suffered through if it still mattered. It was he who brought the wrath of the orcs down on us, too. But all the same, he managed to accomplish what he set out to do. I still cannot believe the finality of what has happened; until now we had always managed to make it through somehow.
    
    We had hoped to deliver the mage to Tairach in return for our lives. I do not know what the warlord wants with this man, but he matches the description. I suppose that Mordak’s plan would have worked perfectly if not for the appearance of the horse warriors. Now they are coming here, led by a man rumored to be this mage’s brother. If that is true, he will stop at nothing, no more than would I if they held Mordak.
en_GB: 19 IV, 363 YW
    Excerpt from the journal of Rotharik the Clanless
    
    The last of Mordak’s servants arrived this morning bearing the news of his death, as well as a bundle so well-bound it was barely recognizable as a man. Mordak was always reckless. This whole desperate scheme was his, and I suppose I could blame him for everything that we have suffered through if it still mattered. It was he who brought the wrath of the orcs down on us, too. But all the same, he managed to accomplish what he set out to do. I still cannot believe the finality of what has happened; until now we had always managed to make it through somehow.
    
    We had hoped to deliver the mage to Tairach in return for our lives. I do not know what the warlord wants with this man, but he matches the description. I suppose that Mordak’s plan would have worked perfectly if not for the appearance of the horse warriors. Now they are coming here, led by a man rumoured to be this mage’s brother. If that is true, he will stop at nothing, no more than would I if they held Mordak.

note: [part]
en: 27 V, 363 YW
    Excerpt from the journal of Baran of Maghre
    
    Almost home now. The last week has been full of mixed feelings for me — blissful and difficult by turns. It was wonderful to be out of that dungeon cell and in the sunlight again without the threat of death or worse hanging over my head... but with that behind me, I turned to the almost equally daunting task of making amends with my brother.
    
    Arvith had largely forgiven me by the time he freed me from my cell. All the same, it has taken all of the past week for us to rebuild the sense of comfort in each other we once had. It is fortunate that we have been able to take our time getting back — we gave the Grey Woods a wide berth, and on our way around it we traveled through some truly beautiful countryside. It has given us plenty of time to talk.
en_GB: 27 V, 363 YW
    Excerpt from the journal of Baran of Maghre
    
    Almost home now. The last week has been full of mixed feelings for me — blissful and difficult by turns. It was wonderful to be out of that dungeon cell and in the sunlight again without the threat of death or worse hanging over my head... but with that behind me, I turned to the almost equally daunting task of making amends with my brother.
    
    Arvith had largely forgiven me by the time he freed me from my cell. All the same, it has taken all of the past week for us to rebuild the sense of comfort in each other we once had. It is fortunate that we have been able to take our time getting back — we gave the Grey Woods a wide berth, and on our way around it we travelled through some truly beautiful countryside. It has given us plenty of time to talk.

note: [part]
en: Following the victory against the orcs, Aiglondur was summoned to the audience hall of Hamel, lord of Knalga and Lord Companion of the Northern Alliance. Beside the dais stood a stranger in the robes of the Order of Loremasters...
en_GB: Following the victory against the orcs, Aiglobdur was summoned to the audience hall of Hamel, lord of Knalga and Lord Companion of the Northern Alliance. Beside the dais stood a stranger in the robes of the Order of Loremasters...

note: [part] "march" is *not* a typo for "marsh" here. In archaic English, "march" means "border". (The same word, as "-mark", is in the name of "the Estmarks": the hills of the eastern border.)
en: Angarthing and Aiglondur and the dwarvish troop traveled swiftly to the east through the settled lands of the Northern Alliance. Soon enough they came to the wilder march country, where raids by large bands of hostile orcs and men were all too common.
en_GB: Angarthing and Aiglondur and the dwarvish troop travelled swiftly to the east through the settled lands of the Northern Alliance. Soon enough they came to the wilder march country, where raids by large bands of hostile orcs and men were all too common.

note: [message]: speaker=Marth-Tak
en: Well, then, honor the treaty as I have.
en_GB: Well, then, honour the treaty as I have.

note: [message]: speaker=Tan-Malgar
en: Well, boys, we were planning to invade the Northern Alliance anyway... These dwarves should make a tasty appetizer.
en_GB: Well, boys, we were planning to invade the Northern Alliance anyway... These dwarves should make a tasty appetiser.

note: [message]: speaker=Ratheln
en: Hail, I am Ratheln. If you’re traveling down the pass, please take me with you. I am near freezing and starving to death up here.
en_GB: Hail, I am Ratheln. If you’re travelling down the pass, please take me with you. I am near freezing and starving to death up here.

note: [message]: speaker=Angarthing
en: Let’s take him with us, Aiglondur. We know little about the country beyond to the east; we’ve had few reports on it since before the orcs took Knalga. Those mages should know at least rumors.
en_GB: Let’s take him with us, Aiglondur. We know little about the country beyond to the east; we’ve had few reports on it since before the orcs took Knalga. Those mages should know at least rumours.

note: [message]: speaker=Aiglondur
en: A delegation of the Northern Alliance, traveling east. I believe we’ve found a friend of yours in the High Pass.
en_GB: A delegation of the Northern Alliance, travelling east. I believe we’ve found a friend of yours in the High Pass.

note: [message]: speaker=Master Perrin
en: Well met, then. But if you intend to travel east of here, beware of the nest of drakes in the cliffs near the valley’s end. They were here before us, and have become more hostile to travelers of late.
en_GB: Well met, then. But if you intend to travel east of here, beware of the nest of drakes in the cliffs near the valley’s end. They were here before us, and have become more hostile to travellers of late.

note: [message]: speaker=Masked Dwarf Leader
en: Does it matter? He is only a dirtgrubbing human, not fit to polish the boots of the true people.
en_GB: Does it matter? He is only a dirt-grubbing human, not fit to polish the boots of the true people.

note: [message]: speaker=Angarthing
en: You speak without honor. Mine is the power of our ancient Law; speak your name and give up your murder, or the Law will cast you forth. I am a witness!
en_GB: You speak without honour. Mine is the power of our ancient Law; speak your name and give up your murder, or the Law will cast you forth. I am a witness!

note: [message]: speaker=Angarthing
en: You have acted in honor. I am a witness.
en_GB: You have acted in honour. I am a witness.

note: [message]: speaker=Dulcatulos
en: Well fought, and our thanks; we were sore pressed. You are our honored guests, and I will show you to the best quarters we have myself. Our lord, the runemaster Karrag, will want to have speech with you on the morrow.
en_GB: Well fought, and our thanks; we were sore pressed. You are our honoured guests, and I will show you to the best quarters we have myself. Our lord, the runemaster Karrag, will want to have speech with you on the morrow.

note: [message]: speaker=Angarthing
en: We did not come to smite anyone, but to re-open contact and trade.
en_GB: We did not come to smite anyone, but to reopen contact and trade.

note: [message]: speaker=Angarthing
en: Dwarves of Kal Kartha, I speak the Law. Your house is cast down; you have harbored a great evil. Who now will take the burden of cleansing this holding of its taint?
en_GB: Dwarves of Kal Kartha, I speak the Law. Your house is cast down; you have harboured a great evil. Who now will take the burden of cleansing this holding of its taint?

note: [attack]: type=impact
en: morningstar
en_GB: morning star

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Masked Steelclad, race=dwarf
en: More experienced Dwarvish fighters wear heavy chain mail and plate armor, for which they are rightly famous. In the dark dreams of dwarvenkind, some conceal their faces behind riveted masks.
en_GB: More experienced Dwarvish fighters wear heavy chain mail and plate armour, for which they are rightly famous. In the dark dreams of dwarvenkind, some conceal their faces behind riveted masks.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: They pledged to visit all of the terrors of the hells upon the Isle. They built a great stone gate to the heart of the homeland of the orcs in the distant west! Now even we Wesfolk must flee or be slaves.
en_GB: They pledged to visit all of the terrors of the hells upon the Isle. They built a great stone gate to the heart of the homeland of the orcs in the distant west! Now even us Wesfolk must flee or be slaves.

note: [message]: speaker=King Eldaric IV
en: We must prepare the defenses! Haldric, stay at the keep. I must go and fortify our frontier.
en_GB: We must prepare the defences! Haldric, stay at the keep. I must go and fortify our frontier.

note: [message]: speaker=second_unit
en: Die, Wesfolk scum!
en_GB: Die Wesfolk scum!

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: Nice? The orcs have come, and we must flee!
en_GB: Nice? The orcs have come and we must flee!

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: With great trepidation, Prince Haldric leads his refugee band into the Swamp of Esten. In the center of that very swamp a shroud of fog descends over young Prince Haldric.
en_GB: With great trepidation, Prince Haldric leads his refugee band into the Swamp of Esten. In the centre of that very swamp a shroud of fog descends over young Prince Haldric.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: I have a very bad feeling about this. This awful swamp and its crazy cult... Before these troubles started we used to have to clear the swamp every spring and fall.
en_GB: I have a very bad feeling about this. This awful swamp and its crazy cult... Before these troubles started we used to have to clear the swamp every spring and autumn.

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Ladoc
en: They overran my post. I got hit on the head pretty good. When I came to the orcish army had already passed my position.
en_GB: They overran my post. I got hit on the head pretty good. When I came to, the orcish army had already passed my position.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: quietly^Be careful with the trees.
en_GB: Be careful with the trees.

note: [message]: speaker=Elilmaldur-Rithrandil
en: The lich was carrying a powerful artifact. We know, we can feel it. This artifact may aid you in your quest.
en_GB: The lich was carrying a powerful artefact. We know, we can feel it. This artefact may aid you in your quest.

note: [message]: speaker=Lady Outlaw
en: He must mean the Ruby of Fire. It was our most powerful artifact. We brought it with us from the Old Continent, long ago. We thought it was lost in the war with your people, when Lich-Lord Lenvan fell!
en_GB: He must mean the Ruby of Fire. It was our most powerful artefact. We brought it with us from the Old Continent, long ago. We thought it was lost in the war with your people, when Lich-Lord Lenvan fell!

note: [message]: speaker=Lady Outlaw
en: Haldric, we are an ancient people who lived in a land filled with all manner of man and beast. We needed vision that extended beyond the meager span of human years. The art of necromancy allowed our best and brightest to live forever, and our worst got to serve as mindless slaves.
en_GB: Haldric, we are an ancient people who lived in a land filled with all manner of man and beast. We needed vision that extended beyond the meagre span of human years. The art of necromancy allowed our best and brightest to live forever, and our worst got to serve as mindless slaves.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Prince Haldric has emerged from the Lich-Lord’s tomb, with the Ruby of Fire. The forest seems particularly bright this day, but there is a cold breeze. It is late into the fall, and the first snows should fall any day. Prince Haldric has returned to his forest keep, and is pondering what to do next...
en_GB: Prince Haldric has emerged from the Lich-Lord’s tomb, with the Ruby of Fire. The forest seems particularly bright this day, but there is a cold breeze. It is late autumn, and the first snows should fall any day. Prince Haldric has returned to his forest keep, and is pondering what to do next...

note: [message]: speaker=Commander Aethyr
en: We’re only holding the city until the last of the refugees are gone. You, my lord, are free to retreat to safety when the next ship comes. But, if I may be frank, my lord, our defenses are stretched thin and we could use all the help we can get to hold our walls. Otherwise I fear that we will be overrun before the last of the people can be evacuated.
en_GB: We’re only holding the city until the last of the refugees are gone. You, my lord, are free to retreat to safety when the next ship comes. But, if I may be frank, my lord, our defences are stretched thin and we could use all the help we can get to hold our walls. Otherwise I fear that we will be overrun before the last of the people can be evacuated.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: Well, we are the last of the refugees from our lands, for the orcs are right on our heels! We have Wesfolk with us. They have been of service. They are to be evacuated as well. We have traveled far and bear many wounded, but we will help you defend these walls as long as we can.
en_GB: Well, we are the last of the refugees from our lands, for the orcs are right on our heels! We have Wesfolk with us. They have been of service. They are to be evacuated as well. We have travelled far and bear many wounded, but we will help you defend these walls as long as we can.

note: [message]: speaker=Commander Aethyr
en: To your posts, men! We should be able to evacuate everyone in three more boatloads. Until then, let us make those orcs pay dearly for every inch of our land. For our homes, for our people, for our fallen king!
en_GB: To your posts, men! We should be able to evacuate everyone in three more boat loads. Until then, let us make those orcs pay dearly for every inch of our land. For our homes, for our people, for our fallen king!

note: [message]: speaker=King Addroran IX
en: I knew you as a boy, and your people have preceded you. Your father was an honorable man, and so are you. Aren’t you the king now?
en_GB: I knew you as a boy, and your people have preceded you. Your father was an honourable man, and so are you. Aren’t you the king now?

note: [message]: speaker=Lady Jessene
en: First, I <i>can</i> translate the book that will allow Haldric to use the Ruby of Fire. The artifact should help with what must come.
en_GB: First, I <i>can</i> translate the book that will allow Haldric to use the Ruby of Fire. The artefact should help with what must come.

note: [message]: speaker=King Addroran IX
en: Some favor your people did for us. Why flee at all? And why east? We’ve already repelled one orcish assault. We should be working toward taking back the Isle.
en_GB: Some favour your people did for us. Why flee at all? And why east? We’ve already repelled one orcish assault. We should be working toward taking back the Isle.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: If there is no other way. May the bards forever sing of the valor of the Kings of Southbay! Jessene, about that book?
en_GB: If there is no other way. May the bards forever sing of the valour of the Kings of Southbay! Jessene, about that book?

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: Ouch! Hot, hot, hot! Gee, somebody should really attach this thing to a scepter or something! I think I’ll save it for closer-ranged combat for now.
en_GB: Ouch! Hot, hot, hot! Gee, somebody should really attach this thing to a sceptre or something! I think I’ll save it for closer-ranged combat for now.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: There’s not much we can do about that now. I dub this fine ship the Eldaric, in honor of my father. About that island...
en_GB: There’s not much we can do about that now. I dub this fine ship the Eldaric, in honour of my father. About that island...

note: [message]: speaker=Lady Jessene
en: Gee, and you were practicing that speech for days. I guess that’s it for diplomacy then. Haldric, we should avoid calling upon too many units, and avoid fighting them. There has to be a peaceful resolution to this.
en_GB: Gee, and you were practising that speech for days. I guess that’s it for diplomacy then. Haldric, we should avoid calling upon too many units, and avoid fighting them. There has to be a peaceful resolution to this.

note: [message]: speaker=Burin the Lost
en: In the name of... This is the continent of my home. But I set out east. I must have traveled clear around the world.
en_GB: In the name of... This is the continent of my home. But I set out east. I must have travelled clear around the world.

note: [option]: id=16_The_Kalian
en: Let’s put those souls to rest on the cursed isle!
en_GB: Let’s put those Souls to rest on the cursed isle!

note: [message]: speaker=Lady Dionli
en: And he bears an artifact of some power. The orcs would not be able to sense that. There is some hand we cannot see at work here.
en_GB: And he bears an artefact of some power. The orcs would not be able to sense that. There is some hand we cannot see at work here.

note: [message]: speaker=Lord Aryad
en: We may have decided wrongly. If the humans drive the orcs off we should honor our pledge. If more trouble follows them here we should let them fight it out, then we should ‘deal’ with the survivors, and make a compromise with the Dwarves.
en_GB: We may have decided wrongly. If the humans drive the orcs off we should honour our pledge. If more trouble follows them here we should let them fight it out, then we should ‘deal’ with the survivors, and make a compromise with the Dwarves.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: Recent events have taught me one thing: that survival trumps honor. Besides, they won’t be screaming at me — I’ll be dead.
en_GB: Recent events have taught me one thing: that survival trumps honour. Besides, they won’t be screaming at me — I’ll be dead.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: I’m going to face Jevyan, and if rumors of his power are true he’s going to pick that treaty off my mangled corpse. Then, you’re going to destroy Jevyan after word of the treaty has spread to the orcs, but before he has a chance to read my undead mind...
en_GB: I’m going to face Jevyan, and if rumours of his power are true he’s going to pick that treaty off my mangled corpse. Then, you’re going to destroy Jevyan after word of the treaty has spread to the orcs, but before he has a chance to read my undead mind...

note: [message]: speaker=Commander Aethyr
en: You’ve denied me honorable death twice already. Once when you arrived at Clearwater Port, and once again when your ships rescued me. I’ll not be denied in this a third time!
en_GB: You’ve denied me honourable death twice already. Once when you arrived at Clearwater Port, and once again when your ships rescued me. I’ll not be denied in this a third time!

note: [message]: speaker=Commander Aethyr
en: Sir, my family has been slaughtered, and my home lost. All I long for is to join them. Give me this honorable death... Please, Sir! I beg you!
en_GB: Sir, my family has been slaughtered, and my home lost. All I long for is to join them. Give me this honourable death... Please, Sir! I beg you!

note: [message]: speaker=Commander Aethyr
en: After this conflict is over I’ll have to suffer through the long years alone, with no honorable way of joining them. I want to look that monster Jevyan in the eye before I go! I won’t be denied!
en_GB: After this conflict is over I’ll have to suffer through the long years alone, with no honourable way of joining them. I want to look that monster Jevyan in the eye before I go! I won’t be denied!

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: Very well, if you can’t be deterred. Remember, you <i>must</i> be slain by the hand of Jevyan himself. We can’t have an illiterate orc or mindless skeleton getting the treaty. We will honor your sacrifice.
en_GB: Very well, if you can’t be deterred. Remember, you <i>must</i> be slain by the hand of Jevyan himself. We can’t have an illiterate orc or mindless skeleton getting the treaty. We will honour your sacrifice.

note: [message]: speaker=Commander Aethyr
en: Honor me by destroying Jevyan! Preferably before he can do unnatural things to me. I want to rest in the ground, not be some mindless undead slave for all eternity!
en_GB: Honour me by destroying Jevyan! Preferably before he can do unnatural things to me. I want to rest in the ground, not be some mindless undead slave for all eternity!

note: [message]: speaker=Lady Jessene
en: We’ll have to be careful to let one of the orcish leaders escape back to the Green Isle with the knowledge that the elves ‘have’ the Ruby of Fire. Sheesh... What is your kind’s infatuation with rushing to an ‘honorable death’?
en_GB: We’ll have to be careful to let one of the orcish leaders escape back to the Green Isle with the knowledge that the elves ‘have’ the Ruby of Fire. Sheesh... What is your kind’s infatuation with rushing to an ‘honourable death’?

note: [message]: speaker=Lich-Lord Jevyan
en: No! I don’t believe it. Only a fool would give away an artifact of such power.
en_GB: No! I don’t believe it. Only a fool would give away an artefact of such power.

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Ladoc
en: For the honor of Southbay!
en_GB: For the honour of Southbay!

note: [message]: speaker=Commander Aethyr
en: We don’t need some magic trinket to beat you! Prepare to meet your fate, you decrepit sack of bones! For the honor of all of the people of the west-north!
en_GB: We don’t need some magic trinket to beat you! Prepare to meet your fate, you decrepit sack of bones! For the honour of all of the people of the west-north!

note: [message]: speaker=Commander Aethyr
en: You deny me my honorable death? Our foes are not yet convinced that the elves have the ruby.
en_GB: You deny me my honourable death? Our foes are not yet convinced that the elves have the ruby.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: We’ll see about that. For the honor of Commander Aethyr, forward!
en_GB: We’ll see about that. For the honour of Commander Aethyr, forward!

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: After that, we should build towns in all of the regions that the elves have given us. We should move our capital inland, away from the coast. I hope the children of the good people of the west-north, of the Green Isle, find prosperity in this new land.
en_GB: After that we should build towns in all of the regions that the elves have given us. We should move our capital inland, away from the coast. I hope the children of the good people of the west-north, of the Green Isle, find prosperity in this new land.

note: [message]: speaker=Lady Jessene
en: The word ‘Wesfolk’ is from your old tongue. It means ‘People of the West’. The elves call us the people of the west-north. Under the same old tongue that would be ‘Wes Noth’. So I suggest that the new kingdom be called ‘Wesnoth’, in honor of our old home.
en_GB: The word ‘Wesfolk’ is from your old tongue. It means ‘People of the West’. The elves call us the people of the west-north. Under the same old tongue that would be ‘Wes Noth’. So I suggest that the new kingdom be called ‘Wesnoth’, in honour of our old home.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: There are many Wesfolk amongst the remains of my people. We must stay united under one banner. I will need you by my side if there is any hope of building a true ‘Kingdom of Wesnoth’. I... I think a Queen’s crown would sit well upon that flame-colored hair of yours, Jessene.
en_GB: There are many Wesfolk amongst the remains of my people. We must stay united under one banner. I will need you by my side if there is any hope of building a true ‘Kingdom of Wesnoth’. I... I think a Queen’s crown would sit well upon that flame-coloured hair of yours, Jessene.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: In later ages the bards would sing the ‘The Breaking of the Pact’, an epic tale of Haldric’s betrayal of the elves. They would whisper of the price he and his descendants would pay for that betrayal without knowing the whole truth.
en_GB: In later ages the Bards would sing the ‘The Breaking of the Pact’, an epic tale of Haldric’s betrayal of the elves. They would whisper of the price he and his descendants would pay for that betrayal without knowing the whole truth.

note: [unit_type]: id=Noble Youth, race=human
en: Today he is a young man, by his devotion to the crown he is seeking to become a Lord — to join the elite of humanity.
en_GB: Today he is a young man, but by his devotion to the crown he is seeking to become a Lord — to join the elite of humanity.

note: [unit_type]: id=Vampire Lady, race=undead
en: female^Vampire Lady
en_GB: Vampire Lady

note: [unit_type]: id=Vampire Lady, race=undead
en: Cold and beautiful, she maintains her eternal youthful appearance drinking the blood of the living.
en_GB: Cold and beautiful, she maintains her eternal youthful appearance by drinking the blood of the living.

note: [unit_type]: id=Warrior King
en: As the leaders of the human Kingdoms, Kings are responsible for ruling and protecting their subjects. Kings can coordinate the attacks of level 1 and 2 units, thereby increasing their fighting efficiency.
en_GB: As the leaders of the human kingdoms, Kings are responsible for ruling and protecting their subjects. Kings can co-ordinate the attacks of level 1 and 2 units, thereby increasing their fighting efficiency.

note: [unit_type]: id=Wesfolk Lady, race=human
en: female^Wesfolk Lady
en_GB: Wesfolk Lady

note: [unit_type]: id=Wesfolk Leader, race=human
en: female^Wesfolk Leader
en_GB: Wesfolk Leader

note: [unit_type]: id=Wesfolk Outcast, race=human
en: female^Wesfolk Outcast
en_GB: Wesfolk Outcast

note: [unit_type]: id=Wesfolk Outcast, race=human
en: Born in the Wesfolk aristocracy, she and her people were excluded from society by their lords, who betrayed their loyalty when a war against Haldric’s people was being lost. This outcast still conserves her nobleness in her veins and in the battlefield she has earned valuable experience, which she can lend to her people for turning a fight in their favor.
en_GB: Born in the Wesfolk aristocracy, she and her people were excluded from society by their lords, who betrayed their loyalty when a war against Haldric’s people was being lost. This outcast still conserves her nobleness in her veins and in the battlefield she has earned valuable experience, which she can lend to her people for turning a fight in their favour.

note: [message]: speaker=Prince Haldric
en: Well, at least we don’t have to contend with the undead. No offense, Jessene.
en_GB: Well, at least we don’t have to contend with the undead. No offence, Jessene.

note: [part]
en: In the days before Haldric the First saved our people and founded the country of Wesnoth, we came from an island kingdom far to the west...
en_GB: In the days before Haldric the First saved our people and founded the kingdom of Wesnoth, we came from an island kingdom far to the west...

note: [part]
en: After a time of great struggle, a peace was reached. We came to dominate most of the Isle, with the Wesfolk pushed onto the most marginal of lands. In confronting their vile legions, we grew strong. Indeed, it was from this war we gleaned our first shards of knowledge about magic.
en_GB: After a time of great struggle, a peace was reached. We came to dominate most of the Isle, with the Wesfolk pushed onto the most marginal of lands. In confronting their vile legions, we grew strong. Indeed it was from this war we gleaned our first shards of knowledge about magic.

note: [part]
en: Things were worse still when sailing to the east. A strong, cold ocean current swept down from the north in the Eastern Ocean, pushing all ships horribly off course. Ships that traveled east and returned reported nothing but open ocean and vile sea monsters...
en_GB: Things were worse still when sailing to the east. A strong, cold ocean current swept down from the north in the Eastern Ocean, pushing all ships horribly off course. Ships that travelled east and returned reported nothing but open ocean and vile sea monsters...

note: [part]
en: Over time our skills as navigators grew. Then, one day, the strong-hearted Crown Prince of Southbay returned home from a long voyage with a fabulous tale. He said that there were lands to the east that could be reached by aggressively sailing to the east and north, to compensate for southern pull of the ocean.
en_GB: Over time our skills as navigators grew. Then, one day, the strong-hearted Crown Prince of Southbay returned home from a long voyage with a fabulous tale. He said that there were lands to the east that could be reached by aggressively sailing to the east and north, to compensate for the southern pull of the ocean.

note: [part]
en: It wasn’t long after he returned that the very Crown Prince who discovered the land to the east fell ill and died under mysterious circumstances. His younger brother, the next in line for the throne, chafed at the eye of suspicion cast upon him. He conspired to start a war of distraction with the poor Wesfolk kingdoms and their Lich-Lords.
en_GB: It wasn’t long after he returned that the very Crown Prince who discovered the land to the east fell ill and died under mysterious circumstances. His younger brother, and next in line to the throne, chafed at the eye of suspicion cast upon him. He conspired to start a war of distraction with the poor Wesfolk kingdoms and their Lich-Lords.

note: [part]
en: Summer passes into fall, and King Eldaric fortifies his frontiers. It is not long before the first orcish scouts are spotted. War has come to the valley.
en_GB: Summer passes into autumn, and King Eldaric fortifies his frontiers. It is not long before the first orcish scouts are spotted. War has come to the valley.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Deoran found himself put to the test early in his command. Loris, the previous commander, had squandered his time in games and diversions and bandits had overrun the land...
en_GB: Deoran found himself put to the test early in his command. Loris, the previous commander, had squandered his time in games and diversions, and bandits had overrun the land...

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: I will open the citadel’s armory. We have a supply of spears and bows, and lacked only a leader to bring us to battle with them!
en_GB: I will open the citadel’s armoury. We have a supply of spears and bows, and lacked only a leader to bring us to battle with them!

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Spearmen have a strong melee attack, and are effective against most units. They also have a weak ranged attack. They form the backbone of the South Guard.
en_GB: Spearmen have a strong melee attack, and are effective against most units.  They also have a weak ranged attack. They form the backbone of the South Guard.

note: [message]: speaker=Myssh
en: Your people have been allies of our lord, King Typhon. We will help you drive these bandits from your land if you allow us to live here in peace.
en_GB: Your people have been allies of our lord, King Typhon.  We will help you drive these bandits from your land if you allow us to live here in peace.

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: I am glad to find you alive Aleron, we feared the worst when you did not return after the battle!
en_GB: I am glad to find you alive, Aleron. We feared the worst when you did not return after the battle!

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: Do you not see the banners flying in the wind? The South Guard fights again. Flee while you can, or you will meet swift death on our spears!
en_GB: Do you not see the banners flying in the wind? The South Guard fights again. Flee while you can, or you will meet swift death on our shafts!

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: No. I have been sent by King Haldric to take command of the South Guard. The King has heard no news in weeks. How long have you and your men been shut up in the citadel?
en_GB: No. I have been sent by King Haldric to take command of the South Guard. The king has heard no news in weeks. How long have you and your men been shut up in the citadel?

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: Almost two months. Sir Loris took one of our patrols along the Westin road and never returned; and the next night, bandits struck and killed eight of my men. We held the citadel, and held out vain hope for reinforcement from Westin. We never thought we would see men sent from the King!
en_GB: Almost two months. Sir Loris took one of our patrols along the Westin road and never returned; and, the next night, bandits struck and killed eight of my men. We held the citadel, and held out vain hope for reinforcement from Westin. We never thought we would see men sent from the King!

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: This is worse than even my darkest fears. We must ride to Westin at once, and hope that Sir Loris is there and well! Come men! Ride for Westin!
en_GB: This is worse than even my darkest fears. We must ride to Westin at once, and hope that Sir Loris is there and well! Come, men! Ride for Westin!

note: [message]: speaker=Minister Hylas
en: Peace! For I am no enemy. I am Minister Hylas, advisor to Sir Loris! You came just in time! We couldn’t have held them off another day...
en_GB: Peace! For I am no enemy. I am Minister Hylas, adviser to Sir Loris! You came just in time! We couldn’t have held them off another day...

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: Indeed, our arrival was timely. But where is Sir Loris? Where is the garrison of the city? I was sent by Haldric to relieve him and take command of the South Guard, for the King has heard no news from Westin in two months.
en_GB: Indeed, our arrival was timely. But where is Sir Loris? Where is the garrison of the city? I was sent by Haldric to relieve him and take command of the South Guard, for the king has heard no news from Westin in two months.

note: [message]: speaker=Ufes
en: We will do our best to hold the city — you lead your men across the river and kill the bandit leader!
en_GB: We will do our best to hold the city — you, lead your men across the river and kill the bandit leader!

note: [objective]: condition=win
en: Kill Urza Nalmath, the bandit leader
en_GB: Kill Urza Nalmath, the bandit leader.

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: What devilry is this?! Those are no living men that fight for him!
en_GB: What devilry is this? Those are no living men that fight for him!

note: [message]: speaker=Minister Hylas
en: He has made some pact with the undead. How could a mere brigand have gained such great powers?
en_GB: He has made some pact with the undead; how could a mere brigand have gained such great powers?

note: [message]: speaker=Minister Hylas
en: Be careful, Deoran. No man has set foot in the elvish woods for many a year. We do not know how they will receive us. Sir Loris thought that it was some trick of theirs trying to bring him into the woods...
en_GB: Be careful, Deoran. No man has set foot in the Elvish woods for many a year. We do not know how they will receive us. Sir Loris thought that it was some trick of theirs trying to bring him into the woods...

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: You must move Deoran to the center of the elvish citadel. Be sure to recruit a force strong enough to drive off the bandits before moving Deoran from his encampment!
en_GB: You must move Deoran to the centre of the elvish citadel. Be sure to recruit a force strong enough to drive off the bandits before moving Deoran from his encampment!

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: What have we done?! Even our undead allies cannot stand against this commander!
en_GB: What have we done? Even our undead allies cannot stand against this commander!

note: [message]: speaker=Linderion
en: Speak carefully, for the penalty for trespass on our lands is death, and your life is thus forfeit.
en_GB: Speak carefully, for the penalty for trespass in our lands is death, and your life is thus forfeit.

note: [message]: speaker=Ethiliel
en: Stay a moment. This man wears the colors of Wesnoth, and Kalenz told us not all the folk of Wesnoth are foes of the elves. Tell us, then, what brings you to the hallowed citadel of Elrath?
en_GB: Stay a moment. This man wears the colours of Wesnoth, and Kalenz told us not all the folk of Wesnoth are foes of the elves. Tell us, then, what brings you to the hallowed citadel of Elrath?

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: My lady, we have come to the elves to seek guidance. Bandits and criminals in our land have summoned the dead to help them plunder our farms and villages. They are coming across the river from the great forest to the south of our lands, where no man has yet traveled.
en_GB: My lady, we have come to the elves to seek guidance. Bandits and criminals in our land have summoned the dead to help them plunder our farms and villages. They are coming across the river from the great forest to the south of our lands, where no man has yet travelled.

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: Perhaps they are allied with the bandits who have been sacking our towns! They have grown bold to attack the elves!
en_GB: Perhaps they are allied with the bandits who have been sacking our towns!  They have grown bold to attack the elves!

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: I shall not join these accursed undead! Bury me deeply my friends...
en_GB: I shall not join these accursed undead! Bury me deeply, my friends...

note: [message]: speaker=Ethiliel
en: Mebrin! Where are you?!
en_GB: Mebrin! Where are you?

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Elvish Fighters are at home in the thick forests. They have both a sword and a bow and are deadly with both. They are quick and can hold their own against just about anything.
en_GB: Elvish fighters are at home in the thick forests. They have both a sword and a bow and are deadly with both. They are quick and can hold their own against just about anything.

note: [message]: speaker=Ethiliel
en: You are no better than these criminals! We shall see if you can find your own way out of the forest! Come, my people, let us return to our lands. We were foolish to ever have any dealings with these humans. Do not set foot in our land ever again, Deoran, for you have brought us nothing but grief.
en_GB: You are no better than these criminals! We shall see if you can find your own way out of the forest! Come, my people; let us return to our lands. We were foolish to ever have any dealings with these humans. Do not set foot in our land ever again, Deoran, for you have brought us nothing but grief.

note: [objective]: condition=win
en: Find the source of the undead and destroy it
en_GB: Find the source of the undead and destroy it.

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: We should make haste to return to Wesnoth before the harvest. Fall arrived some time ago.
en_GB: We should make haste to return to Wesnoth before the harvest. Autumn arrived some time ago.

note: [message]: speaker=Ethiliel
en: Do not be so hasty; great mages are no mere tricksters to be easily defeated. I fear that there are tunnels and catacombs buried beneath his fortress and that we have merely defeated a specter. If we wish to cleanse the land of his evil, we must enter the darkness and root him out from within.
en_GB: Do not be so hasty; great mages are no mere tricksters to be easily defeated. I fear that there are tunnels and catacombs buried beneath his fortress and that we have merely defeated a spectre. If we wish to cleanse the land of his evil, we must enter the darkness and root him out from within.

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: Fare well, Deoran! I will be there to greet you when you return to Kerlath Province.
en_GB: Farewell, Deoran! I will be there to greet you when you return to Kerlath Province.

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: With the bandits and undead vanquished behind us, what foes can there be ahead? Let us hope this is a speedy journey, for the specter of winter looms.
en_GB: With the bandits and undead vanquished behind us, what foes can there be ahead? Let us hope this is a speedy journey, for the spectre of winter looms.

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: We are weary travelers, seeking our homes. If you but let us pass...
en_GB: We are weary travellers, seeking our homes. If you but let us pass...

note: [message]: race=elf
en: Err, Mr. Ogre, we are not very tasty.
en_GB: Er, Mr Ogre, we are not very tasty.

note: [message]: speaker=Abdur
en: Travelers in this desolate land! I seek that dark Sage who is rumored to dwell in these lands. Surely you have come from him?
en_GB: Travellers in this desolate land! I seek that dark Sage who is rumoured to dwell in these lands. Surely you have come from him?

note: [message]: speaker=Urza Afalas
en: You have to follow me! I have often traveled these woods avoiding the elves with my comrades, and I know a secret path through it.
en_GB: You have to follow me! I have often travelled these woods avoiding the elves with my comrades, and I know a secret path through it.

note: [message]: id=Deoran
en: Your sage Mebrin is the criminal. He practices necromancy and now commands an army of undead. By the laws of Wesnoth, the punishment for his crimes is death!
en_GB: Your sage Mebrin is the criminal. He practises necromancy and now commands an army of undead. By the laws of Wesnoth, the punishment for his crimes is death!

note: [message]: race=elf
en: Nevertheless, we will have vengeance for Mebrin!!
en_GB: Nevertheless we will have vengeance for Mebrin!!

note: [objective]: condition=win
en: Find the source of the undead under the citadel
en_GB: Find the source of the undead under the citadel.

note: [message]: speaker=Grek
en: Ha! Humans and elves! What are you doing in our caves, and why shouldn’t we grind your bones and gnaw on your flesh?
en_GB: Ha! Humans and Elves! What are you doing in our caves, and why shouldn’t we grind your bones and gnaw on your flesh?

note: [event]
en: Sgt. Finde
en_GB: Sgt Finde

note: [event]
en: Lt. Illan
en_GB: Lt Illan

note: [event]
en: Lt. Meris
en_GB: Lt Meris

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: My lord, you must hasten back to Westin to prepare a defense against them. I will command the defense of the border forts.
en_GB: My lord, you must hasten back to Westin to prepare a defence against them. I will command the defence of the border forts.

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: Minister Hylas, ride with me to Westin — you must summon the Council of Westin while I prepare the city’s defenses. We shall return as soon as we can in force and relieve you.
en_GB: Minister Hylas, ride with me to Westin — you must summon the Council of Westin while I prepare the city’s defences. We shall return as soon as we can in force and relieve you.

note: [message]: speaker=Sir Gerrick
en: Make no promises you know you cannot keep. Organize the defense of Westin, and if you survive, remember those who fell here.
en_GB: Make no promises you know you cannot keep. Organize the defence of Westin, and if you survive, remember those who fell here.

note: [objective]: condition=win
en: Hold the line: Keep Sir Gerrick alive as long as possible
en_GB: Hold the line: keep Sir Gerrick alive as long as possible

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: There is no way to win this scenario, and no way to lose. Hold off the undead hordes as long as you can. Keep Sir Gerrick alive as long as you can. Every turn that passes strengthens the defenses of Westin.
en_GB: There is no way to win this scenario, and no way to lose. Hold off the undead hordes as long as you can. Keep Sir Gerrick alive as long as you can. Every turn that passes strengthens the defences of Westin.

note: [message]: speaker=Plynry
en: Elvish allies? I think you had best make haste to Westin. There are rumors of trouble with the elves of the Aethenwood.
en_GB: Elvish allies? I think you had best make haste to Westin. There are rumours of trouble with the elves of the Aethenwood.

note: [value]
en: Lt. Nilaf
en_GB: Lt Nilaf

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: But in the narrow window his valiant stand gave us, we have roused some of the provincial guard and reinforced our defenses!
en_GB: But in the narrow window his valiant stand gave us, we have roused some of the provincial guard and reinforced our defences!

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: But in the narrow window his valiant stand gave us, we have roused the whole provincial guard and reinforced our defenses!
en_GB: But in the narrow window his valiant stand gave us, we have roused the whole provincial guard and reinforced our defences!

note: [message]: speaker=Deoran
en: The undead are gone! Perhaps now there will be peace for a time in Westin. You have our thanks Lady Ethiliel.
en_GB: The undead are gone! Perhaps now there will be peace for a time in Westin. You have our thanks, Lady Ethiliel.

note: [message]: speaker=Ethiliel
en: Though the undead are vanquished, they have brought us much sorrow. Deoran, your people have restored their honor. Let us part in peace.
en_GB: Though the undead are vanquished, they have brought us much sorrow. Deoran, your people have restored their honour. Let us part in peace.

note: [message]: speaker=Poor Farmer
en: I am just a farmer! What did I do?!
en_GB: I am just a farmer! What did I do?

note: [message]: speaker=Ithelden
en: What did you do?! Your people kidnapped and murdered our greatest leader! And now you will pay!
en_GB: What did you do? Your people kidnapped and murdered our greatest leader! And now you will pay!

note: [message]: speaker=Ethiliel
en: Stop, Ithelden! I have traveled with these humans, and they are not the ones who harmed Mebrin. They are our allies!
en_GB: Stop, Ithelden! I have travelled with these humans, and they are not the ones who harmed Mebrin. They are our allies!

note: [objective]: condition=win
en: Send Ethiliel to the Great Tree and parley with Ithelden
en_GB: Bring Ethiliel to the Great Tree and parley with Ithelden

note: [unit_type]: id=Eyestalk, race=monster
en: Named ‘Eyestalks’ for obvious reasons, these plant-like creatures can focus their gaze onto an unsuspecting victim to draw life energy straight out of them to replenish their own. While almost defenseless against melee attacks, its deadly gaze from afar is not to be underestimated.
en_GB: Named ‘Eyestalks’ for obvious reasons, these plant-like creatures can focus their gaze onto an unsuspecting victim to draw life energy straight out of them to replenish their own. While almost defenceless against melee attacks, its deadly gaze from afar is not to be underestimated.

note: [unit_type]: id=Infantry Lieutenant, race=human
en: Commanders of the infantry of Wesnoth are responsible for the garrison and defense of the border towns and villages. They are drawn from the ranks of veteran soldiers, not nobility, and all have shown leadership and courage in battle.
en_GB: Commanders of the infantry of Wesnoth are responsible for the garrison and defence of the border towns and villages.  They are drawn from the ranks of veteran soldiers, not nobility, and all have shown leadership and courage in battle.

note: [part]
en: After Mal M’Brin’s defeat, Deoran’s troops and their elvish allies turned north for home. As they re-crossed the Black River, fall was fading into winter.
en_GB: After Mal M’Brin’s defeat, Deoran’s troops and their elvish allies turned north for home. As they re-crossed the Black River, harvest was fading into winter.

note: [part]
en: <i>“These are the terms of the peace between us: any man found in the forest or hills that belong to the elves will taste death. No more will the elves send ambassadors or councilors to Westin, and no more will men wander the green woods.”</i>
en_GB: <i>“These are the terms of the peace between us: any man found in the forest or hills that belong to the elves will taste death. No more will the elves send ambassadors or councillors to Westin, and no more will men wander the green woods.”</i>

note: [part]
en: The loftiest mound belonged to Sir Gerrick. After the battle, Deoran led an expedition to the southern border posts, and there he found Sir Gerrick’s sword and shield. Those he placed atop Gerrick’s mound, and they were a symbol of loyalty and valor to all the people of Westin.
en_GB: The loftiest mound belonged to Sir Gerrick. After the battle, Deoran led an expedition to the southern border posts, and there he found Sir Gerrick’s sword and shield. Those he placed atop Gerrick’s mound, and they were a symbol of loyalty and valour to all the people of Westin.

note: [event]
en: Left click on tile labeled <b>Here</b>
en_GB: Left click on tile labelled <b>Here</b>

note: [message]: id=Delfador
en: female^Young lady, you have 32 hitpoints and a sword. I’m fairly sure you’ll win.
en_GB: Young lady, you have 32 hitpoints and a sword. I’m fairly sure you’ll win.

note: [message]: id=Delfador
en: female^Unfortunately, you’ve used up your turn attacking the quintain. The quintain now gets to attack.
en_GB: Unfortunately, you’ve used up your turn attacking the quintain. The quintain now gets to attack.

note: [message]: id=Delfador
en: female^There is a village on the other side of the river. Visiting villages is a good idea, and ending your turn in one will heal you. To the village!
en_GB: There is a village on the other side of the river. Visiting villages is a good idea, and ending your turn in one will heal you. To the village!

note: [message]: id=Delfador
en: female^You’re about to be healed by $hp_difference hitpoints, but it’s time to summon some help against that quintain.
en_GB: You’re about to be healed by $hp_difference hitpoints, but it’s time to summon some help against that quintain.

note: [message]: id=Delfador
en: female^A splendid idea. You can recruit two units if you return to the keep. You have plenty of gold for that.
en_GB: A splendid idea. You can recruit two units if you return to the keep. You have plenty of gold for that.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Defenses
en_GB: Defences

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Whenever one of your units is selected, you’ll see varying percentages as you move the mouse over the map. The higher the percentage, the more <i>defense</i> that unit has in that kind of terrain. For example, most units have good defenses in castles and villages but poor defenses in rivers. However, these quintains use a <i>magical</i> attack, which always has a 70% chance of hitting no matter what terrain its target occupies.
en_GB: Whenever one of your units is selected, you’ll see varying percentages as you move the mouse over the map. The higher the percentage, the more <i>defence</i> that unit has in that kind of terrain. For example, most units have good defences in castles and villages but poor defences in rivers. However, these quintains use a <i>magical</i> attack, which always has a 70% chance of hitting no matter what terrain its target occupies.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: Do you want to keep practicing?
en_GB: Do you want to keep practising?

note: [option]: speaker=narrator
en: Yes, I’m still figuring it out.
en_GB: Yes, I'm still working it out.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: After your victory notice, the map will be grayed out to indicate that the scenario is over, but you will still be able to examine the final positions and state of your troops and any surviving enemies. This is called <i>linger mode</i>. When you’re finished, click the <b>End Scenario</b> button to go on the next scenario in the campaign.
en_GB: After your victory notice, the map will be greyed out to indicate that the scenario is over, but you will still be able to examine the final positions and state of your troops and any surviving enemies. This is called <i>linger mode</i>. When you’re finished, click the <b>End Scenario</b> button to go on the next scenario in the campaign.

note: [event]
en: The more likely attack, then, is across the bridge. That middle island is the key: it has a village for healing injured units and forests in which we fight so well.
en_GB: The more likely attack, then, is across the bridge. That middle island is the key: it has a village for healing injured units, and forest in which we fight so well.

note: [else]
en: Right click on the tile north-east of you and recruit an Elvish Fighter
en_GB: Right click on the tile south-east of you and recruit an Elvish Fighter

note: [event]
en: Attack the orc with an Archer
en_GB: Attack the Orc with an Archer

note: [else] The unit with unit type $unit.language_name is female.
en: female^No other units can reach that orc. I hope my $unit.language_name survives its counter-attack! I’d better grab more villages and move everyone closer for next turn.
en_GB: No other units can reach that orc. I hope my $unit.language_name survives its counter-attack! I’d better grab more villages and move everyone closer for next turn.

note: [event]
en: Their leader has moved into that village! He’s not as stupid as I thought. The village heals him each turn and provides good defense.
en_GB: Their leader has moved into that village! He’s not as stupid as I thought. The village heals him each turn and provides good defence.

note: [event]
en: That unit has captured our village! You’d better get him out; it heals him each turn and provides good defense.
en_GB: That unit has captured our village! You’d better get him out; it heals him each turn and provides good defence.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: female^Advancing a level has fully healed me!
    I always have a 60% chance of hitting with my <i>Marksman</i> ability, and I deal 9 damage each for 4 attacks. Use me to dislodge hard-to-hit units.
en_GB: Advancing a level has fully healed me!
    I always have a 60% chance of hitting with my <i>Marksman</i> ability, and I deal 9 damage each for 4 attacks. Use me to dislodge hard-to-hit units.

note: [unit_type]: id=Fighteress, race=human
en: female^Fighter
en_GB: Fighter

note: [unit_type]: id=Quintain, race=mechanical
en: Quintains are used to practice swordplay and jousting on. It would be extremely unusual to be attacked by one.
en_GB: Quintains are used to practise swordplay and jousting on. It would be extremely unusual to be attacked by one.

note: [unit_type]: id=Drake Arbiter, race=drake
en: Arbiters take their caste duty of enforcing order very seriously. In order to better execute their duties, they have abandoned the drakes’ traditional hand-mounted claws and traded their spears for the spike and blade of the halberd. In their minds, the loss of maneuverability is a fair price for the raw heft the massive metal head provides. The thick plate these drakes wear protects them well against weapons that could slip between their scales.
en_GB: Arbiters take their caste duty of enforcing order very seriously. In order to better execute their duties, they have abandoned the drakes’ traditional hand-mounted claws and traded their spears for the spike and blade of the halberd. In their minds, the loss of manoeuvrability is a fair price for the raw heft the massive metal head provides. The thick plate these drakes wear protects them well against weapons that could slip between their scales.

note: [unit_type]: id=Armageddon Drake, race=drake
en: Were it not for the armor they wear, certain drakes might be indistinguishable from true dragons, at least to the lesser races for whom dragons are but legend. The creatures known as ‘Armageddon Drakes’ are towering things, both immune to and possessed of a tremendous fire.
en_GB: Were it not for the armour they wear, certain drakes might be indistinguishable from true dragons, at least to the lesser races for whom dragons are but legend. The creatures known as ‘Armageddon Drakes’ are towering things, both immune to and possessed of a tremendous fire.

note: [unit_type]: id=Drake Blademaster, race=drake
en: Black armor marks the elite order of the Fighter caste: the Blademasters. Only a few manage to gain the skill and power necessary to be admitted to this highest rank without perishing in battle. Though other drakes may disparage the Fighter caste, they always check twice to be sure none are around; Blademasters fiercely protect their fellows’ honor, and no-one would dispute their right to do so.
en_GB: Black armour marks the elite order of the Fighter caste: the Blademasters. Only a few manage to gain the skill and power necessary to be admitted to this highest rank without perishing in battle. Though other drakes may disparage the Fighter caste, they always check twice to be sure none are around; Blademasters fiercely protect their fellows' honour, and no one would dispute their right to do so.

note: [unit_type]: id=Drake Clasher, race=drake
en: The Clashers are members of a unique caste among the drakes. Their thick armor, while compensating for the drakes’ natural weakness against spears and arrows, is so heavy and restricting that they are not able to fly or muster enough breath to use their inner fire. They have embraced this handicap, completely encasing their wings to emphasize that they do not need flight to triumph in battle.
    
    This is also the only caste that is allowed to break taboo and fight with spears in addition to the drake’s traditional metal claws, which makes them particularly good at "resolving" territorial disputes with other drakes and enforcing the laws of their tribe.
en_GB: The Clashers are members of a unique caste among the drakes. Their thick armour, while compensating for the drakes’ natural weakness against spears and arrows, is so heavy and restricting that they are not able to fly or muster enough breath to use their inner fire. They have embraced this handicap, completely encasing their wings to emphasize that they do not need flight to triumph in battle.
    
    This is also the only caste that is allowed to break taboo and fight with spears in addition to the drake’s traditional metal claws, which makes them particularly good at ‘resolving’ territorial disputes with other drakes and enforcing the laws of their tribe.

note: [unit_type]: id=Drake Enforcer, race=drake
en: Not for Enforcers are the tactics of maneuver and deception; rather, they charge in wherever the melee is the fiercest. At close range, it matters little that their armor prevents them from spouting flame; all that matters is the power they’ve learned to focus in each strike. Drake leaders are careful not to besmirch the honor of the Enforcers, and generally call upon them to combat only the most pernicious of enemies.
en_GB: Not for Enforcers are the tactics of manoeuvre and deception; rather, they charge in wherever the melee is the fiercest. At close range, it matters little that their armour prevents them from spouting flame; all that matters is the power they’ve learned to focus in each strike. Drake leaders are careful not to besmirch the honour of the Enforcers, and generally call upon them to combat only the most pernicious of enemies.

note: [unit_type]: id=Fire Drake, race=drake
en: Not yet permitted to wear the red-gold reserved for the highest ranks of the Burners, the Fire Drakes trim their armor with silver. Though they have only begun to dedicate their lives to the flame that burns within them, its vitality emanates through their skin, scorching their scales to a reddish-gray.
en_GB: Not yet permitted to wear the red-gold reserved for the highest ranks of the Burners, the Fire Drakes trim their armour with silver. Though they have only begun to dedicate their lives to the flame that burns within them, its vitality emanates through their skin, scorching their scales to a reddish-grey.

note: [unit_type]: id=Drake Glider, race=drake
en: Many drakes enjoy the flow of air over scales, leading them to don the light robes of the Glider caste. The long forays to the far reaches of the tribal territory are their passion, though other drakes often wonder what could lead someone to take on the drudgery of hunting when more glory could be found on the battlefield.
    
    Most often, Gliders hunt larger game like deer, swine, or dolphins; the drakes’ ancestral ability to aim fire, hampered in other castes by armor, is invaluable for flushing and herding the quarry without harming it. If a Glider is called to the battlefield, he prefers to harass the enemy from a distance – and if all else fails, he will fight with his feet, keeping his precious wings as far from the enemy as possible.
en_GB: Many drakes enjoy the flow of air over scales, leading them to don the light robes of the Glider caste. The long forays to the far reaches of the tribal territory are their passion, though other drakes often wonder what could lead someone to take on the drudgery of hunting when more glory could be found on the battlefield.
    
    Most often, Gliders hunt larger game like deer, swine, or dolphins; the drakes’ ancestral ability to aim fire, hampered in other castes by armour, is invaluable for flushing and herding the quarry without harming it. If a Glider is called to the battlefield, he prefers to harass the enemy from a distance – and if all else fails, he will fight with his feet, keeping his precious wings as far from the enemy as possible.

note: [unit_type]: id=Inferno Drake, race=drake
en: Inferno Drakes are masters of the fire they breathe, respected and feared in their tribes nearly as much as the draconic ancestors themselves. They can prowl unharmed through a firestorm of their own creation, scales tinged red from extensive use of their inner flame, their sculpted red-gold armor enhancing the illusion that they are, in fact, dragons.
en_GB: Inferno Drakes are masters of the fire they breathe, respected and feared in their tribes nearly as much as the draconic ancestors themselves. They can prowl unharmed through a firestorm of their own creation, scales tinged red from extensive use of their inner flame, their sculpted red-gold armour enhancing the illusion that they are, in fact, dragons.

note: [unit_type]: id=Sky Drake, race=drake
en: The lightweight ceramic armor that the Sky Drakes wear is a symbol of their rank, glazed silver to honor their connection to the air. As leaders of the hunt, they are often away from their homes for long periods of time. Each tries to bring as much game home as possible, competing to gain the respect of their tribe and, just possibly, time with one of the closely-guarded drake females.
en_GB: The lightweight ceramic armour that the Sky Drakes wear is a symbol of their rank, glazed silver to honour their connection to the air. As leaders of the hunt, they are often away from their homes for long periods of time. Each tries to bring as much game home as possible, competing to gain the respect of their tribe and, just possibly, time with one of the closely-guarded drake females.

note: [unit_type]: id=Drake Thrasher, race=drake
en: Instead of letting themselves be bound by their armor, Thrashers have learned to redirect its weight to supplement their bodies’ momentum, adding power to the blows of their short spears and hand-mounted claws. Equipment and body are one; even their thick helms and the thick skulls beneath them are weapons. A Thrasher will gladly fulfill his caste duties, as long as it can be done on the battlefield.
en_GB: Instead of letting themselves be bound by their armour, Thrashers have learned to redirect its weight to supplement their bodies’ momentum, adding power to the blows of their short spears and hand-mounted claws. Equipment and body are one; even their thick helms and the thick skulls beneath them are weapons. A Thrasher will gladly fulfil his caste duties, as long as it can be done on the battlefield.

note: [unit_type]: id=Drake Warden, race=drake
en: Wardens are set apart from the rest of the Clasher caste by two things: their ornate helms, modeled after their dragon ancestors, and the care with which they drape their armored wings in brightly colored cloth before reporting for duty. Though this mode of dress stems from the pride they feel for their role in drake society, it is far from ceremonial. Their cumbersome bronze plate is the strongest work from the Drake forges, and their halberds can cleave a human in half.
en_GB: Wardens are set apart from the rest of the Clasher caste by two things: their ornate helms, modelled after their dragon ancestors, and the care with which they drape their armoured wings in brightly coloured cloth before reporting for duty. Though this mode of dress stems from the pride they feel for their role in drake society, it is far from ceremonial. Their cumbersome bronze plate is the strongest work from the Drake forges, and their halberds can cleave a human in half.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Arcanister, race=dwarf
en: The most powerful of all the runecrafters, the Dwarvish Arcanister destroys wounded enemies almost instantly, and rarely fails to cause a wound when that is his intent. His skill in runecrafting is unrivaled, and the glyphs he carves into his weapons and armor deflect the blows of his enemies.
en_GB: The most powerful of all the runecrafters, the Dwarvish Arcanister destroys wounded enemies almost instantly, and rarely fails to cause a wound when that is his intent. His skill in runecrafting is unrivalled, and the glyphs he carves into his weapons and armour deflect the blows of his enemies.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Berserker, race=dwarf
en: Berserkers are a rare caste of Dwarves, who work themselves into a towering rage before combat. These warriors disdain all notion of defense, thinking only of the unrelenting assaults for which they are legendary.
en_GB: Berserkers are a rare caste of Dwarves, who work themselves into a towering rage before combat. These warriors disdain all notion of defence, thinking only of the unrelenting assaults for which they are legendary.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Explorer, race=dwarf
en: Dwarvish Explorers are peerless survivalists. Using only the equipment they carry, they can range for months around the forests and mountains looking for new seams of ore and deposits of minerals. Whilst their skill in a melee is less than some other dwarves, they are unmatched with throwing axes, having practiced this skill hunting in the mountains. Their maneuverability makes them dangerous and tricky foes.
en_GB: Dwarvish Explorers are peerless survivalists. Using only the equipment they carry, they can range for months around the forests and mountains looking for new seams of ore and deposits of minerals. Whilst their skill in a melee is less than some other dwarves, they are unmatched with throwing axes, having practised this skill hunting in the mountains. Their manoeuvrability makes them dangerous and tricky foes.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Lord, race=dwarf
en: Clad in shining armor, these dwarves look like kings from under the mountains. They wield axe and hammer with masterful skill, and can hit a target with a thrown hand axe at several paces. Though slow on their feet, these dwarves are a testament to the prowess of their kin.
en_GB: Clad in shining armour, these dwarves look like kings from under the mountains. They wield axe and hammer with masterful skill, and can hit a target with a thrown hand axe at several paces. Though slow on their feet, these dwarves are a testament to the prowess of their kin.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Runesmith, race=dwarf
en: Dwarvish runesmiths, now practiced at their craft, carve arcane runes into their weapons and armor. These runes infuse the runesmith’s blows with power and accuracy, and disrupt the blows of their enemies, causing them to strike softly, weakly and on the armor of the defender.
en_GB: Dwarvish runesmiths, now practised at their craft, carve arcane runes into their weapons and armour. These runes infuse the runesmith’s blows with power and accuracy, and disrupt the blows of their enemies, causing them to strike softly, weakly and on the armour of the defender.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Scout, race=dwarf
en: Although the dwarves cannot match the taller races in a sprint, when unencumbered by heavy armor their tremendous stamina and endurance allows them to match all but the fastest on foot. Dwarvish Scouts use this to their advantage, ranging ahead of the main force and reporting back on troop movements and dispositions, or securing important objectives. Outside of battle, they are often used to relay messages between dwarvish communities. However, they pay for their speed with the poorer protection provided by their lighter armor.
en_GB: Although the dwarves cannot match the taller races in a sprint, when unencumbered by heavy armour their tremendous stamina and endurance allows them to match all but the fastest on foot. Dwarvish Scouts use this to their advantage, ranging ahead of the main force and reporting back on troop movements and dispositions, or securing important objectives. Outside of battle, they are often used to relay messages between dwarvish communities. However, they pay for their speed with the poorer protection provided by their lighter armour.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dwarvish Steelclad, race=dwarf
en: The more experienced Dwarvish Steelclad fighters wear heavy chain mail and plate armor, for which they are rightly famous.
en_GB: The more experienced Dwarvish Steelclad fighters wear heavy chain mail and plate armour, for which they are rightly famous.

note: [female]
en: female^Elvish Archer
en_GB: Elvish Archer

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Avenger, race=elf
en: The curious name of the elvish ‘Avengers’ comes from a tactic often employed by these master rangers. The enemy is allowed to break through a feint defense, and when the vulnerable troops behind the front line follow, these archers break cover and attack, cutting the supply lines and surrounding the enemy in one fell stroke.
    
    This has, at times, been interpreted as a form of vengeance for their brethren lost earlier in the battle. Although not so base in design, it is not at all inaccurate.
en_GB: The curious name of the elvish ‘Avengers’ comes from a tactic often employed by these master rangers. The enemy is allowed to break through a feint defence, and when the vulnerable troops behind the front line follow, these archers break cover and attack, cutting the supply lines and surrounding the enemy in one fell stroke.
    
    This has, at times, been interpreted as a form of vengeance for their brethren lost earlier in the battle. Although not so base in design, it is not at all inaccurate.

note: [female]
en: female^Elvish Avenger
en_GB: Elvish Avenger

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Druid, race=elf
en: female^Elvish Druid
en_GB: Elvish Druid

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Enchantress, race=elf
en: female^Elvish Enchantress
en_GB: Elvish Enchantress

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Hero, race=elf
en: Elves, though not warlike by nature, are swift to learn; a relatively small amount of experience will turn an elf from a competent fighter into a master of combat. Those who are honored as heroes are strong with both sword and bow, and their skill once acquired does not fade for lack of practice.
en_GB: Elves, though not warlike by nature, are swift to learn; a relatively small amount of experience will turn an elf from a competent fighter into a master of combat. Those who are honoured as heroes are strong with both sword and bow, and their skill once acquired does not fade for lack of practice.

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Lady, race=elf
en: female^Elvish Lady
en_GB: Elvish Lady

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Marksman, race=elf
en: Elves are wonderously keen-sighted, a gift which contributes to their mastery of the bow. An elf practiced at archery can hit targets that a man couldn’t even see, and can nock a second arrow almost as soon as the first is let fly. Realizing this prodigious skill does come with one cost, that being a lack of practice with the sword.
en_GB: Elves are wonderously keen-sighted, a gift which contributes to their mastery of the bow. An elf practised at archery can hit targets that a man couldn’t even see, and can nock a second arrow almost as soon as the first is let fly. Realizing this prodigious skill does come with one cost, that being a lack of practice with the sword.

note: [female]
en: female^Elvish Marksman
en_GB: Elvish Marksman

note: [female]
en: female^Elvish Ranger
en_GB: Elvish Ranger

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Shaman, race=elf
en: female^Elvish Shaman
en_GB: Elvish Shaman

note: [female]
en: female^Elvish Sharpshooter
en_GB: Elvish Sharpshooter

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Shyde, race=elf
en: female^Elvish Shyde
en_GB: Elvish Shyde

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Sorceress, race=elf
en: female^Elvish Sorceress
en_GB: Elvish Sorceress

note: [unit_type]: id=Elvish Sylph, race=elf
en: female^Elvish Sylph
en_GB: Elvish Sylph

note: [unit_type]: id=Fog Clearer, race=monster
en: dummy_unit^Fog Clearer
en_GB: Fog Clearer

note: [unit_type]: id=Direwolf Rider, race=wolf
en: ‘Dire wolves’ differ from the common variety only in size and color. They typically stand taller than a horse at the shoulder, and have an appetite to match. Only a madman would willingly encounter them; but goblins, at great cost to themselves, have managed to tame and ride them.
    
    The claws of a wolf are not generally regarded as being the more dangerous parts, but on a beast this large, they are thicker and longer than iron nails. Their riders smear a poison on the front set, not unlike that used by the orcish assassins, making a swipe from these beasts’ paws into a most deadly stroke.
en_GB: ‘Dire wolves’ differ from the common variety only in size and colour. They typically stand taller than a horse at the shoulder, and have an appetite to match. Only a madman would willingly encounter them; but goblins, at great cost to themselves, have managed to tame and ride them.
    
    The claws of a wolf are not generally regarded as being the more dangerous parts, but on a beast this large, they are thicker and longer than iron nails. Their riders smear a poison on the front set, not unlike that used by the orcish assassins, making a swipe from these beasts’ paws into a most deadly stroke.

note: [unit_type]: id=Goblin Impaler, race=goblin
en: Goblins are used by the orcs as skirmishers to disrupt the enemy’s battle line. Those who manage to survive their first few battles equip themselves with a long spear to compensate for their short reach, and better armor to guard their diminutive frames.
en_GB: Goblins are used by the orcs as skirmishers to disrupt the enemy’s battle line. Those who manage to survive their first few battles equip themselves with a long spear to compensate for their short reach, and better armour to guard their diminutive frames.

note: [unit_type]: id=Goblin Pillager, race=wolf
en: Some Goblins train their wolves to overcome their fear of fire. In raids, these goblins take a supporting role; they will torch the homes and crops of their foes, and also carry nets to wreak havoc against those attempting to rally for defense or reprisal.
en_GB: Some Goblins train their wolves to overcome their fear of fire. In raids, these goblins take a supporting role; they will torch the homes and crops of their foes, and also carry nets to wreak havoc against those attempting to rally for defence or reprisal.

note: [unit_type]: id=Goblin Spearman, race=goblin
en: In any litter of orcs, several are born much smaller and weaker than the rest. These runts are called ‘Goblins’ and are looked down on by the rest of their kin. In battle, these are given the most meager of equipment, and are used as a soak-off force to give the Warlords time to prepare the real assault.
    
    Some speculate that the existence of these creatures is the beginning of a failure of the orcish bloodline, though no one knows enough of their history to state anything conclusive.
en_GB: In any litter of orcs, several are born much smaller and weaker than the rest. These runts are called ‘Goblins’ and are looked down on by the rest of their kin. In battle, these are given the most meagre of equipment, and are used as a soak-off force to give the Warlords time to prepare the real assault.
    
    Some speculate that the existence of these creatures is the beginning of a failure of the orcish bloodline, though no one knows enough of their history to state anything conclusive.

note: [unit_type]: id=Wolf Rider, race=wolf
en: No one is quite sure how the practice of taming and riding wolves came into being, but the advantages of it for a goblin are obvious. Goblins are smaller and much weaker than their orcish kin, and are often tasked to the most dangerous and unwanted parts of a fight. Any who can manage to win themselves a mount have a much safer, and daresay, more amusing role in combat.
    
    Wolves, likely, could never support the weight of a man in plate, but a goblin in leather armor is a simple load to bear. Quite unlike horses, these mounts have a rather easy time traversing the mountains, though water and woods will still slow them down.
en_GB: No one is quite sure how the practice of taming and riding wolves came into being, but the advantages of it for a goblin are obvious. Goblins are smaller and much weaker than their orcish kin, and are often tasked to the most dangerous and unwanted parts of a fight. Any who can manage to win themselves a mount have a much safer, and daresay, more amusing role in combat.
    
    Wolves, likely, could never support the weight of a man in plate, but a goblin in leather armour is a simple load to bear. Quite unlike horses, these mounts have a rather easy time traversing the mountains, though water and woods will still slow them down.

note: [unit_type]: id=Knight, race=human
en: Horsemen of skill and discipline are promoted to Knights. Veterans of combat, they have seen the often-fatal results of a failed charge, and have learnt discretion in its use. Knights, therefore, carry swords in their armament, and practice tactics which, although requiring of much more patience, are less risky than a charge. Their lances are still at the ready, however, and growing experience with these weapons makes them deadlier at the tilt.
en_GB: Horsemen of skill and discipline are promoted to Knights. Veterans of combat, they have seen the often fatal results of a failed charge, and have learnt discretion in its use. Knights, therefore, carry swords in their armament, and practise tactics which, although requiring of much more patience, are less risky than a charge. Their lances are still at the ready, however, and growing experience with these weapons makes them deadlier at the tilt.

note: [unit_type]: id=Lancer, race=human
en: Lancers are among the bravest and most feared riders in all of Wesnoth. Clad in minimal armor, they free themselves to ride swiftly, faster than any of their peers. The daring tactics they employ are like a double-edged sword, for they often win either glory or a swift death. Lancers excel in hunting down infantrymen who have made the mistake of breaking formation, and in piercing defensive lines. However, they have limited use in defense.
en_GB: Lancers are among the bravest and most feared riders in all of Wesnoth. Clad in minimal armour, they free themselves to ride swiftly, faster than any of their peers. The daring tactics they employ are like a double-edged sword, for they often win either glory or a swift death. Lancers excel in hunting down infantrymen who have made the mistake of breaking formation, and in piercing defensive lines. However, they have limited use in defence.

note: [unit_type]: id=Horseman, race=human
en: Often hailing from the wilder and untamed regions of Wesnoth, Horsemen are trained from childhood to ride and to follow a strict code of honor. A charge made by a horseman is a powerful though risky tactic, the worth of which has been proven time and time again on the battlefield. Horsemen excel against most infantry, especially those who have fallen out of line, but must take care against both spearmen and archers for whom their large size provide inviting targets.
en_GB: Often hailing from the wilder and untamed regions of Wesnoth, Horsemen are trained from childhood to ride and to follow a strict code of honour. A charge made by a horseman is a powerful though risky tactic, the worth of which has been proven time and time again on the battlefield. Horsemen excel against most infantry, especially those who have fallen out of line, but must take care against both spearmen and archers for whom their large size provide inviting targets.

note: [unit_type]: id=Cavalryman, race=human
en: Cavalrymen are distinguished from horsemen by their tactics and equipment. A cavalryman wears heavier armor, and carries a sword and shield, rather than a lance. Their tactics do not include charging; instead they maneuver to slash with a sword, using both horse and rider as an effective tool of melee.
    
    Cavalrymen are very useful for taking and holding positions on open ground, for screening friendly soldiers, and also for scouting work.
en_GB: Cavalrymen are distinguished from horsemen by their tactics and equipment. A cavalryman wears heavier armour, and carries a sword and shield, rather than a lance. Their tactics do not include charging; instead they manoeuvre to slash with a sword, using both horse and rider as an effective tool of melee.
    
    Cavalrymen are very useful for taking and holding positions on open ground, for screening friendly soldiers, and also for scouting work.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dragoon, race=human
en: The more talented cavalrymen in the armies of Wesnoth are trained in the use of the crossbow, and matched with much more powerful steeds. Well-armored, and skilled in the use of their swords, these soldiers can drive forward and hold the ground they take. Their mobility and resilience make them of great value on the battlefield.
en_GB: The more talented cavalrymen in the armies of Wesnoth are trained in the use of the crossbow, and matched with much more powerful steeds. Well-armoured, and skilled in the use of their swords, these soldiers can drive forward and hold the ground they take. Their mobility and resilience make them of great value on the battlefield.

note: [unit_type]: id=Duelist, race=human
en: Duelist
en_GB: Duellist

note: [unit_type]: id=Duelist, race=human
en: It is a peculiar custom of Wesnoth’s nobility that they typically enroll their sons into one of two orders of armigers, training them either in the art of horsemanship or fencing. Duelists are so named for an unfortunately common practice of young aristocrats, for whom the sting of insult, whether real or fancied, can incite a rash demonstration of their natural right.
    
    Experienced fencers carry with them a small crossbow that is easily concealed under a coat or cape. Slow to load and sometimes thought dishonorable to use, it is in fact very useful, and those of their ranks who live long enough to be veterans typically do so by making such concessions to utility and survival.
en_GB: It is a peculiar custom of Wesnoth’s nobility that they typically enrol their sons into one of two orders of armigers, training them either in the art of horsemanship or fencing. Duellists are so named for an unfortunately common practice of young aristocrats, for whom the sting of insult, whether real or fancied, can incite a rash demonstration of their natural right.
    
    Experienced fencers carry with them a small crossbow that is easily concealed under a coat or cape. Slow to load and sometimes thought dishonourable to use, it is in fact very useful, and those of their ranks who live long enough to be veterans typically do so by making such concessions to utility and survival.

note: [unit_type]: id=Fencer, race=human
en: Fencers belong to a school of thought that considers the armor most soldiers wear in combat to be their own worst enemy. While armor can only soften a blow, evading it leaves the defender completely unharmed. Being able to reliably dodge any offensive move is a luxury only afforded to the fit of body, and then only to those who endure rigorous training.
    
    Outfitted with only a dagger and saber, fencers are light on their feet and useful in many situations where their armor-bound peers are at a disadvantage. They relish dancing circles around troops like heavy infantry, mocking the weight of their full armor.
en_GB: Fencers belong to a school of thought that considers the armour most soldiers wear in combat to be their own worst enemy. While armour can only soften a blow, evading it leaves the defender completely unharmed. Being able to reliably dodge any offensive move is a luxury only afforded to the fit of body, and then only to those who endure rigorous training.
    
    Outfitted with only a dagger and sabre, fencers are light on their feet and useful in many situations where their armour-bound peers are at a disadvantage. They take relish in dancing circles around troops like heavy infantry, mocking the weight of their full armour.

note: [unit_type]: id=Heavy Infantryman, race=human
en: Heavy infantry are brawny fighters clad in full plate and wielding massive impact weapons. Though they fight with unmatched power in melee combat, they have poor mobility and are best employed in static defense of fortified positions. A few of these in battle line will stiffen it considerably, albeit at an obvious cost in tactical flexibility.
en_GB: Heavy infantry are brawny fighters clad in full plate and wielding massive impact weapons. Though they fight with unmatched power in melee combat, they have poor mobility and are best employed in static defence of fortified positions. A few of these in battle line will stiffen it considerably, albeit at an obvious cost in tactical flexibility.

note: [unit_type]: id=Iron Mauler, race=human
en: Iron Maulers are given their name for reasons which are all too obvious to their foes. The men within these suits of armor can match ogres in contests of strength, and are marked as the champions of the castle guards in which they serve. They are, however, expensive to maintain, and cannot be sent to distant battles without a full convoy of servants to support them.
    
    Though staggering in melee combat, there are many drawbacks to being outfitted in this way; Iron Maulers tire easily, and know all too well that they cannot run on the battlefield. Too often have they seen a distant comrade fall, yet were powerless to reach the scene in time to help.
en_GB: Iron Maulers are given their name for reasons which are all too obvious to their foes. The men within these suits of armour can match ogres in contests of strength, and are marked as the champions of the castle guards in which they serve. They are, however, expensive to maintain, and cannot be sent to distant battles without a full convoy of servants to support them.
    
    Though staggering in melee combat, there are many drawbacks to being outfitted in this way; Iron Maulers tire easily, and know all too well that they cannot run on the battlefield. Too often have they seen a distant comrade fall, yet were powerless to reach the scene in time to help.

note: [unit_type]: id=Lieutenant, race=human
en: Trained at swords and crossbows, Lieutenants lead small groups of human soldiers, coordinating their attacks.
en_GB: Trained at swords and crossbows, Lieutenants lead small groups of human soldiers, co-ordinating their attacks.

note: [unit_type]: id=Pikeman, race=human
en: Promising spearmen in the armies of Wesnoth are often graduated to wielding pikes, and are outfitted with something far superior to the motley collection of leather armor they wore as recruits. A pike is a much longer weapon than a spear, and thus facilitates different combat tactics. A wall of pikemen is the bane of any cavalry charge, and with proper discipline and tactics, pikemen can also hold most other infantry at bay.
en_GB: Promising spearmen in the armies of Wesnoth are often graduated to wielding pikes, and are outfitted with something far superior to the motley collection of leather armour they wore as recruits. A pike is a much longer weapon than a spear, and thus facilitates different combat tactics. A wall of pikemen is the bane of any cavalry charge, and with proper discipline and tactics, pikemen can also hold most other infantry at bay.

note: [unit_type]: id=Shock Trooper, race=human
en: Shock troopers are the elite of the heavy infantry, and a significant part of their use is mere intimidation. The only men who can enter their ranks are prodigiously well-built, and when clad in black plate brimming with spikes, they are a fearsome sight to behold. The sight of Shock Troopers breaking an enemy often does the same to the morale of any opposition, who sometimes wonder if such armor covers monsters, rather than men. The drawback of such heavy armor is, of course, the time it takes to move into and out of combat.
en_GB: Shock troopers are the elite of the heavy infantry, and a significant part of their use is mere intimidation. The only men who can enter their ranks are prodigiously well-built, and when clad in black plate brimming with spikes, they are a fearsome sight to behold. The sight of Shock Troopers breaking an enemy often does the same to the morale of any opposition, who sometimes wonder if such armour covers monsters, rather than men. The drawback of such heavy armour is, of course, the time it takes to move into and out of combat.

note: [unit_type]: id=Spearman, race=human
en: Swords are, for many, an expensive luxury, and one which peasants can ill afford. Spears are much easier to make and will do well even without a spearhead, though most can afford one. Clad in leather armor, and often armed with a shield and a few javelins, spearmen are the staple of most armies, often thrown into the front lines with only the most basic training.
en_GB: Swords are, for many, an expensive luxury, and one which peasants can ill afford. Spears are much easier to make and will do well even without a spearhead, though most can afford one. Clad in leather armour, and often armed with a shield and a few javelins, spearmen are the staple of most armies, often thrown into the front lines with only the most basic training.

note: [unit_type]: id=Swordsman, race=human
en: An experienced soldier will often save enough to equip himself with a suit of scale or chain armor, and a sturdy broadsword. Though trading their spears for swords can be a jarring change, most spearmen will leap at the chance, knowing all too well the limitations of the weapon they are leaving behind. A sword is not without its own drawbacks, but is more versatile than a spear, and much better in close quarters.
en_GB: An experienced soldier will often save enough to equip himself with a suit of scale or chain armour, and a sturdy broadsword. Though trading their spears for swords can be a jarring change, most spearmen will leap at the chance, knowing all too well the limitations of the weapon they are leaving behind. A sword is not without its own drawbacks, but is more versatile than a spear, and much better in close quarters.

note: [unit_type]: id=Mage, race=human
en: Humans have often pondered the workings of the world in which they live. Some endeavor to take this beyond idle musing, to set it as the primary enterprise of their lives. Any magi worthy of the title have spent at least a decade in study, amassing a sum of knowledge which sets them apart from other people. These men and women, who have committed themselves fully to the pursuit of wisdom, stand in stark contrast to a world where few can even read and write. Their ranks are filled with the children of hopeful nobility, or those who sought an escape from the intellectual void of manual labor.
    
    It is an irony that, with all their knowledge, and their unassuming monopoly thereof, the collective community of magi could likely rule society, were they ever to try. However, their true love is neither money, nor power, and those who see the study of magic as a means to such ends often lack the very conviction required for true mastery.
    
    Physically frail, and lacking familiarity with combat, magi do possess certain arts which are of great utility in battle.
en_GB: Humans have often pondered the workings of the world in which they live. Some endeavour to take this beyond idle musing, to set it as the primary enterprise of their lives. Any magi worthy of the title have spent at least a decade in study, amassing a sum of knowledge which sets them apart from other people. These men and women, who have committed themselves fully to the pursuit of wisdom, stand in stark contrast to a world where few can even read and write. Their ranks are filled with the children of hopeful nobility, or those who sought an escape from the intellectual void of manual labour.
    
    It is an irony that, with all their knowledge, and their unassuming monopoly thereof, the collective community of magi could likely rule society, were they ever to try. However, their true love is neither money, nor power, and those who see the study of magic as a means to such ends often lack the very conviction required for true mastery.
    
    Physically frail, and lacking familiarity with combat, magi do possess certain arts which are of great utility in battle.

note: [female]
en: female^Mage
en_GB: Mage

note: [unit_type]: id=Arch Mage, race=human
en: The title of Arch Mage is traditionally conferred only after a lifetime of study and achievement to match. Arch Magi are often employed in positions of education, or as advisors to those sensible enough to seek the fruits of their wisdom. Many tend to wealthy patrons, a profitable enterprise for both as, outside of the occasional thaumaturgy or word of advice, it gives the mage leave to pursue their research undisturbed. From this flows the greater body of human knowledge; the sciences, the philosophies, and the arts which give beauty to the world at large.
    
    Though not trained for any sort of combat, if need arises an Arch Mage can unleash the full power of their art, something which is not to be taken lightly.
en_GB: The title of Arch Mage is traditionally conferred only after a lifetime of study and achievement to match. Arch Magi are often employed in positions of education, or as advisers to those sensible enough to seek the fruits of their wisdom. Many tend to wealthy patrons, a profitable enterprise for both as, outside of the occasional thaumaturgy or word of advice, it gives the mage leave to pursue their research undisturbed. From this flows the greater body of human knowledge; the sciences, the philosophies, and the arts which give beauty to the world at large.
    
    Though not trained for any sort of combat, if need arises an Arch Mage can unleash the full power of their art, something which is not to be taken lightly.

note: [female]
en: female^Arch Mage
en_GB: Arch Mage

note: [unit_type]: id=Great Mage, race=human
en: Any person who is even considered for the title of Great Mage is quite nearly a legend in their own time, and town criers have forcibly learnt discretion in applying the title. Merit for the title is carefully considered by a council of the leading magi of the age, and the conferment of the title is given only by a majority vote. Regardless, anyone who is seriously nominated for the honor of being called a Great Mage is, without question, a master of their art, and has surpassed almost any of their peers in skill.
    
    Though they are not warriors, by any means, the application of their art to combat is something that often causes other soldiers to stand aside in awe.
en_GB: Any person who is even considered for the title of Great Mage is quite nearly a legend in their own time, and town criers have forcibly learnt discretion in applying the title. Merit for the title is carefully considered by a council of the leading magi of the age, and the conferment of the title is given only by a majority vote. Regardless, anyone who is seriously nominated for the honour of being called a Great Mage is, without question, a master of their art, and has surpassed almost any of their peers in skill.
    
    Though they are not warriors, by any means, the application of their art to combat is something that often causes other soldiers to stand aside in awe.

note: [female]
en: female^Great Mage
en_GB: Great Mage

note: [unit_type]: id=Red Mage, race=human
en: Upon the successful culmination of their apprenticeship, a mage is stripped of the brown robes of an apprentice and given the ruddy cloak of a master. The significance of this change is often lost on the peasantry, who mistakenly title Master Magi as ‘Red Magi’. Likewise, the symbolism of the change in colors is often mistaken to signify the mage’s ability to seemingly conjure fire from nothing but thin air, a trick which, although undeniably useful, is viewed by the magi themselves as a crass application of their hard-won knowledge.
    
    Though physically frail, and untrained as warriors, the ‘Red Magi’ have a number of tricks up their sleeves, including the gouts of fire which may have cemented their colloquial name.
en_GB: Upon the successful culmination of their apprenticeship, a mage is stripped of the brown robes of an apprentice and given the ruddy cloak of a master. The significance of this change is often lost on the peasantry, who mistakenly title Master Magi as ‘Red Magi’. Likewise, the symbolism of the change in colours is often mistaken to signify the mage’s ability to seemingly conjure fire from nothing but thin air, a trick which, although undeniably useful, is viewed by the magi themselves as a crass application of their hard-won knowledge.
    
    Though physically frail, and untrained as warriors, the ‘Red Magi’ have a number of tricks up their sleeves, including the gouts of fire which may have cemented their colloquial name.

note: [female]
en: female^Red Mage
en_GB: Red Mage

note: [unit_type]: id=Silver Mage, race=human
en: SPECIAL_NOTE^ Silver Magi are well-attuned to their magical natures and are highly resistant to non-physical damage.
en_GB:  Silver Magi are well-attuned to their magical natures and are highly resistant to non-physical damage.

note: [unit_type]: id=Silver Mage, race=human
en: The many paths that a mage can take in study lead to strikingly different ends. Often viewed as sages, or wandering mystics, silver magi act under an agenda which is obscure even to their own colleagues. Though helpful to the magisteriums which often employ them in the field, they remain somewhat aloof.
    
    They have, in fact, their own order amongst the ranks of magi, an order which withholds certain secrets from their peers. One of these is an apparent ability to cross great distances, faster than one could possibly travel on foot. Members of the silver order ardently refuse to discuss the workings of this with any of their fellow magi, and on those rare occasions when others have pried into their work, they have abandoned the endeavor, never to speak of it again.
    
    Silver magi are often more physically adept than other magi, and their skills are of undeniable use on the battlefield, if one can manage to induce the mage to apply them.
en_GB: The many paths that a mage can take in study lead to strikingly different ends. Often viewed as sages, or wandering mystics, silver magi act under an agenda which is obscure even to their own colleagues. Though helpful to the magisteriums which often employ them in the field, they remain somewhat aloof.
    
    They have, in fact, their own order amongst the ranks of magi, an order which withholds certain secrets from their peers. One of these is an apparent ability to cross great distances, faster than one could possibly travel on foot. Members of the silver order ardently refuse to discuss the workings of this with any of their fellow magi, and on those rare occasions when others have pried into their work, they have abandoned the endeavour, never to speak of it again.
    
    Silver magi are often more physically adept than other magi, and their skills are of undeniable use on the battlefield, if one can manage to induce the mage to apply them.

note: [female]
en: female^Silver Mage
en_GB: Silver Mage

note: [female]
en: female^White Mage
en_GB: White Mage

note: [unit_type]: id=Mage of Light, race=human
en: After years of experience, the most devout of white magi develop vast spiritual powers. By strict devotion to the path of the light, they can call upon its aid to chase away the shadows of the night.
    
    Following a strict code of piety and honor, these men and women work tirelessly to bring life and order to the troubled world in which they live.
en_GB: After years of experience, the most devout of white magi develop vast spiritual powers. By strict devotion to the path of the light, they can call upon its aid to chase away the shadows of the night.
    
    Following a strict code of piety and honour, these men and women work tirelessly to bring life and order to the troubled world in which they live.

note: [female]
en: female^Mage of Light
en_GB: Mage of Light

note: [female]
en: female^Outlaw
en_GB: Outlaw

note: [female]
en: female^Assassin
en_GB: Assassin

note: [unit_type]: id=Bandit, race=human
en: Bandits are a motley collection of men, most of dubious background. They are the strong arm of any organized group of criminals, and though they may lack in finesse, or intelligence, they excel at their preferred task of pummeling victims into submission. Like any sort of outlaw, they’re not comfortable fighting in broad daylight, being used to working at night.
en_GB: Bandits are a motley collection of men, most of dubious background. They are the strong arm of any organized group of criminals, and though they may lack in finesse, or intelligence, they excel at their preferred task of pummelling victims into submission. Like any sort of outlaw, they are not comfortable fighting in broad daylight, being used to working at night.

note: [female]
en: female^Footpad
en_GB: Footpad

note: [female]
en: female^Fugitive
en_GB: Fugitive

note: [female]
en: female^Rogue
en_GB: Rogue

note: [unit_type]: id=Thief, race=human
en: For as long as anyone can remember, the members of the various ‘guilds’ of rat-catchers that spring up in any larger city have had a curious practice of bleaching their hair with lime till it becomes a pale shade of blue. It is a bold thing to do, as their profession often delves into less-than-legal enterprises. Thieves have many skills, and by necessity are both light on their feet, and good with knives. They happily employ less-than-honorable tactics in combat, seeing little merit in a ‘fair fight’.
en_GB: For as long as anyone can remember, the members of the various ‘guilds’ of rat-catchers that spring up in any larger city have had a curious practice of bleaching their hair with lime till it becomes a pale shade of blue. It is a bold thing to do, as their profession often delves into less-than-legal enterprises. Thieves have many skills, and by necessity are both light on their feet, and good with knives. They happily employ less-than-honourable tactics in combat, seeing little merit in a ‘fair fight’.

note: [female]
en: female^Thief
en_GB: Thief

note: [unit_type]: id=Royal Warrior, race=human
en: Royal warriors are the kings and princes of human noble houses, armed and armored to a degree heavier than that of their knights.
en_GB: Royal warriors are the kings and princes of human noble houses, armed and armoured to a degree heavier than that of their knights.

note: [unit_type]: id=Poacher, race=human
en: Though not trained as warriors, the skills possessed by a hunter (especially those of archery) are useful in battle. Any group of soldiers or bandits traveling through the wild will need a few poachers in their employ, not merely for hunting but for lending a hand in any serious fight.
    
    Because of their experience, these hunters are unusually capable at night, and in forests and swamps.
en_GB: Though not trained as warriors, the skills possessed by a hunter (especially those of archery) are useful in battle. Any group of soldiers or bandits travelling through the wild will need a few poachers in their employ, not merely for hunting but for lending a hand in any serious fight.
    
    Because of their experience, these hunters are unusually capable at night, and in forests and swamps.

note: [unit_type]: id=Trapper, race=human
en: Master woodsmen are useful allies to any army, and indispensable for any sizable group of people living in the wilderness. They can track both man and beast, notice things most others would overlook, and are often the only ones who can find food for the table, be it animal or vegetable.
    
    Their skill at hunting is very useful in combat, and also leaves them unusually competent at night, and in forests and swamps.
en_GB: Master woodsmen are useful allies to any army, and indispensable for any sizeable group of people living in the wilderness. They can track both man and beast, notice things most others would overlook, and are often the only ones who can find food for the table, be it animal or vegetable.
    
    Their skill at hunting is very useful in combat, and also leaves them unusually competent at night, and in forests and swamps.

note: [unit_type]: id=Mermaid Diviner, race=merman
en: female^Mermaid Diviner
en_GB: Mermaid Diviner

note: [unit_type]: id=Mermaid Diviner, race=merman
en: Years of devotion may endow a priestess with great wisdom on the workings of the world, and grants some the favor of the light. The power thus given to these ladies of the water is a recurring motif in tale and song; such as the that of the knights of the silver spire, cornered and slain to a man at the banks of the Alavynne, but who rode again the next day, in full number, and wrought the downfall of the crimson duke.
en_GB: Years of devotion may endow a priestess with great wisdom on the workings of the world, and grants some the favour of the light. The power thus given to these ladies of the water is a recurring motif in tale and song; such as the that of the knights of the silver spire, cornered and slain to a man at the banks of the Alavynne, but who rode again the next day, in full number, and wrought the downfall of the crimson duke.

note: [unit_type]: id=Mermaid Enchantress, race=merman
en: female^Mermaid Enchantress
en_GB: Mermaid Enchantress

note: [unit_type]: id=Merman Entangler, race=merman
en: Merfolk tend to use a combination of both nets and clubs in fishing; nets to collect the fish, and clubs to finish the kill. Both of these tools have seen adaptation for warfare, and are valuable enough that auxilliaries who specialize in using them are deliberately brought to battle.
    
    Mermen often find themselves in a standoff with land-based enemies; the merfolk are too strong in the water, and are too weak to make any offense on land. Nets are a key bit of leverage; without nets, mermen can’t give any effective chase over land, and are at a great disadvantage in hand-to-hand combat.
en_GB: Merfolk tend to use a combination of both nets and clubs in fishing; nets to collect the fish, and clubs to finish the kill. Both of these tools have seen adaptation for warfare, and are valuable enough that auxiliaries who specialize in using them are deliberately brought to battle.
    
    Mermen often find themselves in a standoff with land-based enemies; the merfolk are too strong in the water, and are too weak to make any offence on land. Nets are a key bit of leverage; without nets, mermen can’t give any effective chase over land, and are at a great disadvantage in hand-to-hand combat.

note: [unit_type]: id=Merman Hoplite, race=merman
en: With their towering shields, the Merman Hoplites form the elite guard of the watery realm. Their powerful armor and rigid discipline allow them to hold a steadfast line in the maelstrom of battle. In times of desperation, they can even do so on land, though not nearly as well as a creature with legs.
en_GB: With their towering shields, the Merman Hoplites form the elite guard of the watery realm. Their powerful armour and rigid discipline allow them to hold a steadfast line in the maelstrom of battle. In times of desperation, they can even do so on land, though not nearly as well as a creature with legs.

note: [unit_type]: id=Mermaid Initiate, race=merman
en: female^Mermaid Initiate
en_GB: Mermaid Initiate

note: [unit_type]: id=Merman Netcaster, race=merman
en: Fishing, as practiced by mermen, is largely a matter of chasing schools of fish into waiting nets, where oar-like clubs are used to dispatch the prey. The improvisation of using these against soldiers proved very effective; most land-native creatures are already quite awkward when waist-deep in water, and getting caught in a net can render them nearly helpless.
    
    The effectiveness of this method led to the development of smaller, weighted nets, which could be cast through the air; these were useless for fishing, but were useful in both combat, and in hunting game that came too close to shore. Clubs were used in combat with little or no adaptation from fishing, since they were already quite deadly.
en_GB: Fishing, as practised by mermen, is largely a matter of chasing schools of fish into waiting nets, where oar-like clubs are used to dispatch the prey. The improvisation of using these against soldiers proved very effective; most land-native creatures are already quite awkward when waist-deep in water, and getting caught in a net can render them nearly helpless.
    
    The effectiveness of this method led to the development of smaller, weighted nets, which could be cast through the air; these were useless for fishing, but were useful in both combat, and in hunting game that came too close to shore. Clubs were used in combat with little or no adaptation from fishing, since they were already quite deadly.

note: [unit_type]: id=Mermaid Priestess, race=merman
en: female^Mermaid Priestess
en_GB: Mermaid Priestess

note: [unit_type]: id=Merman Spearman, race=merman
en: Archery is little favored by the mermen, for whom use of javelins serves a similar function. Though thrown javelins are of little use under the water, they are extremely effective at the surface, where their weight allows them to plunge several feet below the water while retaining enough momentum to wreak damage. They are also useful in melee, even deep under the surface, which is something that certainly cannot be said of arrows.
en_GB: Archery is little favoured by the mermen, for whom use of javelins serves a similar function. Though thrown javelins are of little use under the water, they are extremely effective at the surface, where their weight allows them to plunge several feet below the water while retaining enough momentum to wreak damage. They are also useful in melee, even deep under the surface, which is something that certainly cannot be said of arrows.

note: [unit_type]: id=Naga Myrmidon, race=naga
en: The most practiced of the naga blademasters are initiated into the caste of the Myrmidon, masters of their twin-bladed art. They strike as fast as the snakes which they resemble, and dance away from attacks with grace. Not only are they potent enemies on any open terrain, but their ability to swim allows them deadly mobility in water.
en_GB: The most practised of the naga blademasters are initiated into the caste of the Myrmidon, masters of their twin-bladed art. They strike as fast as the snakes which they resemble, and dance away from attacks with grace. Not only are they potent enemies on any open terrain, but their ability to swim allows them deadly mobility in water.

note: [female]
en: The most practiced of the nagini blademasters are initiated into the caste of the Myrmidon, masters of their twin-bladed art. They strike as fast as the snakes which they resemble, and dance away from attacks with grace. Not only are they potent enemies on any open terrain, but their ability to swim allows them a deadly mobility.
en_GB: The most practised of the nagini blademasters are initiated into the caste of the Myrmidon, masters of their twin-bladed art. They strike as fast as the snakes which they resemble, and dance away from attacks with grace. Not only are they potent enemies on any open terrain, but their ability to swim allows them a deadly mobility.

note: [unit_type]: id=Young Ogre, race=ogre
en: When still young, Ogres are sometimes captured and taken into armies to be trained. They cannot manage weapons skillfully, but they compensate for that lack with great strength.
en_GB: When still young, Ogres are sometimes captured and taken into armies to be trained. They cannot manage weapons skilfully, but they compensate for that lack with great strength.

note: [unit_type]: id=Orcish Assassin, race=orc
en: Though some consider it cowardly to use, poison is a weapon favored by orcs, especially those weak of frame. Orcish assassins, who use it on throwing knives, are typically frail by orcish standards, although surprisingly nimble. Though rarely the ones who deal the killing blow, their tactics are a considerable aid to their larger and more brutal kin.
en_GB: Though some consider it cowardly to use, poison is a weapon favoured by orcs, especially those weak of frame. Orcish assassins, who use it on throwing knives, are typically frail by orcish standards, although surprisingly nimble. Though rarely the ones who deal the killing blow, their tactics are a considerable aid to their larger and more brutal kin.

note: [unit_type]: id=Orcish Slayer, race=orc
en: The larger or more skilled orcish assassins are called ‘Slayers’ by their enemies. Slayers are fast on their feet, and quite nimble in combat, although they achieve that end by forgoing armor. Their weapon of choice, poison, is a vicious tool, and its common use on the battlefield is often the real cause of orcish supremacy.
en_GB: The larger or more skilled orcish assassins are called ‘Slayers’ by their enemies. Slayers are fast on their feet, and quite nimble in combat, although they achieve that end by forgoing armour. Their weapon of choice, poison, is a vicious tool, and its common use on the battlefield is often the real cause of orcish supremacy.

note: [unit_type]: id=Saurian Ambusher, race=lizard
en: Saurians are light on their feet, and able at navigating terrain that often confounds their enemies. When this natural mobility is combined with experience, strength, and proper equipment, their warriors can become particularly threatening in battle — if only because they are so much more difficult to confine than other foes. Even in armor, saurian warriors can take advantage of the smallest gap in an enemy line, and have the prowess to make the enemy regret tactical mistakes.
en_GB: Saurians are light on their feet, and able at navigating terrain that often confounds their enemies. When this natural mobility is combined with experience, strength, and proper equipment, their warriors can become particularly threatening in battle — if only because they are so much more difficult to confine than other foes. Even in armour, saurian warriors can take advantage of the smallest gap in an enemy line, and have the prowess to make the enemy regret tactical mistakes.

note: [unit_type]: id=Saurian Skirmisher, race=lizard
en: Saurians are very small of frame, and though they are somewhat frail because of this, they are very, very agile. In combat, their size allows them to dart past defenses that would hold any grown man at bay, making them a tricky foe to deal with.
    
    Spears are their preferred weapon, as their powerful hind legs can drive a spear with enough force to do considerable damage, either in hand or thrown.
en_GB: Saurians are very small of frame, and though they are somewhat frail because of this, they are very, very agile. In combat, their size allows them to dart past defences that would hold any grown man at bay, making them a tricky foe to deal with.
    
    Spears are their preferred weapon, as their powerful hind legs can drive a spear with enough force to do considerable damage, either in hand or thrown.

note: [unit_type]: id=Troll, race=troll
en: Trolls have long troubled the thoughts of humanity and dwarf-kind. Sages remain baffled at the origins of these creatures and the driving force behind their unnatural vitality and strength. A fully-grown troll towers above a man, and, even unarmed, would be a great threat in combat. The large clubs typically favored in fighting act as extensions of their arms, used for the same purpose of mauling their prey into submission.
en_GB: Trolls have long troubled the thoughts of humanity and dwarf-kind. Sages remain baffled at the origins of these creatures and the driving force behind their unnatural vitality and strength. A fully-grown troll towers above a man, and, even unarmed, would be a great threat in combat. The large clubs typically favoured in fighting act as extensions of their arms, used for the same purpose of mauling their prey into submission.

note: [unit_type]: id=Troll Warrior, race=troll
en: Trolls typically neither need nor prefer to use any proper armament in combat, as large ‘sticks and stones’ serve them all too well. However, trolls have been seen on numerous occasions clad in rough-shod armor and bearing metal hammers. It is speculated that orcish allies are the source and crafters of these; expeditions into several forcibly-vacated troll holes have shown little evidence of tool use, and certainly no metalworking of any kind. Given how dangerous a troll is with its bare hands, the thought of a troll with proper armament is entirely unsettling.
en_GB: Trolls typically neither need nor prefer to use any proper armament in combat, as large ‘sticks and stones’ serve them all too well. However, trolls have been seen on numerous occasions clad in rough-shod armour and bearing metal hammers. It is speculated that orcish allies are the source and crafters of these; expeditions into several forcibly-vacated troll holes have shown little evidence of tool use, and certainly no metalworking of any kind. Given how dangerous a troll is with its bare hands, the thought of a troll with proper armament is entirely unsettling.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dark Adept, race=human
en: To attract any practitioners, the lure of black magic must be a great prize indeed, for anyone caught practicing the art in the civilized world is subject to a death sentence. And yet there are those who pursue this art, for the prize offered is nothing less than immortality. Hidden away in secret cults, or initiated into the dark orders of the underworld, the training which these fanatics must endure often drives them to exhaustion and enfeeblement.
    
    In such condition, their only weapon is the craft they have so committed themselves to learning.
en_GB: To attract any practitioners, the lure of black magic must be a great prize indeed, for anyone caught practising the art in the civilized world is subject to a death sentence. And yet there are those who pursue this art, for the prize offered is nothing less than immortality. Hidden away in secret cults, or initiated into the dark orders of the underworld, the training which these fanatics must endure often drives them to exhaustion and enfeeblement.
    
    In such condition, their only weapon is the craft they have so committed themselves to learning.

note: [female]
en: female^Dark Adept
en_GB: Dark Adept

note: [unit_type]: id=Dark Sorcerer, race=human
en: The dread inspired by black magic is enhanced by the secrecy and fell rumors which surround it. Dark sorcerers have begun to unlock the secrets of life and death, the latter of which is all too easy to inflict. This labor gives the first glimmerings of the connection between the soul and inert matter, and the first successful experiments in manipulating this bond. The terrible unknown that lurks beyond death is glimpsed, and will inevitably be fathomed.
    
    Despite any design they may have of using this to wrest their own immortality from nature’s grasp, the first results of their work have immediate, and unpleasant applications. The life they breathe into dead matter can create servants for them, servants which will work, but which will also kill, and will never question their masters. These creations have a loyalty any tyrant would dream of, and it is tempting to those with even the slightest desire for power.
en_GB: The dread inspired by black magic is enhanced by the secrecy and fell rumours which surround it. Dark sorcerers have begun to unlock the secrets of life and death, the latter of which is all too easy to inflict. This labour gives the first glimmerings of the connection between the soul and inert matter, and the first successful experiments in manipulating this bond. The terrible unknown that lurks beyond death is glimpsed, and will inevitably be fathomed.
    
    Despite any design they may have of using this to wrest their own immortality from nature’s grasp, the first results of their work have immediate, and unpleasant applications. The life they breathe into dead matter can create servants for them, servants which will work, but which will also kill, and will never question their masters. These creations have a loyalty any tyrant would dream of, and it is tempting to those with even the slightest desire for power.

note: [female]
en: The dread inspired by black magic comes chiefly from how little is known about it by the common man. Dark sorceresses have begun to unlock the secrets of life and death, the latter of which is all too easy to inflict. This labor gives the first glimmerings of the connection between the soul and inert matter, and the first successful experiments in manipulating this bond. The terrible unknown that lurks beyond death is glimpsed, and will inevitably be fathomed.
    
    Despite any design they may have of using this to wrest their own immortality from nature’s grasp, the first results of their work have immediate, and unpleasant applications. The life they breathe into dead matter can create servants for them, servants which will work, but which will also kill, and will never question their mistress. These creations have a loyalty any tyrant would dream of, and it is tempting to those with even the merest desire for power.
en_GB: The dread inspired by black magic comes chiefly from how little is known about it by the common man. Dark sorceresses have begun to unlock the secrets of life and death, the latter of which is all too easy to inflict. This labour gives the first glimmerings of the connection between the soul and inert matter, and the first successful experiments in manipulating this bond. The terrible unknown that lurks beyond death is glimpsed, and will inevitably be fathomed.
    
    Despite any design they may have of using this to wrest their own immortality from nature’s grasp, the first results of their work have immediate, and unpleasant applications. The life they breathe into dead matter can create servants for them, servants which will work, but which will also kill, and will never question their mistress. These creations have a loyalty any tyrant would dream of, and it is tempting to those with even the merest desire for power.

note: [female]
en: female^Necromancer
en_GB: Necromancer

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: I already told you, the sky is clear and empty. Now come quickly, silly, others may need our help.
en_GB: I already told you, the sky is clear and empty. Now come quickly, silly; others may need our help.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: This bridge leads to the holy island at the center of our lake.
en_GB: This bridge leads to the holy island at the centre of our lake.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Hmmmm. Some of the druids that worship on the island may still be alive. We should go check.
en_GB: Hmmmm. Some of the druids that worship on the island may still be alive. We should go and check.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Protect the priestesses, we shall send this monstrosity back to the depths it came from!
en_GB: Protect the priestesses. We shall send this monstrosity back to the depths it came from!

note: [message]: speaker=Nisa
en: Oh, thank Eloh, I thought they would never stop.
en_GB: Oh, thank Eloh. I thought they would never stop.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: We’ll need your help in checking to see if the outer settlements survived. Who knows what kinds of damage they suffered in the night? And perhaps some of the people out in the desert have been able to round up some of the loose horses.
en_GB: We’ll need your help in checking to see if the outer settlements are okay. Who knows what kinds of damage they suffered in the night? And perhaps some of the people out in the desert have been able to round up some of the loose horses.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: No use crying over spilt water. But we’re sure glad you’re here now.
en_GB: No use crying over spilt water. But we’re certainly glad you’re here now.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Our village is in ruins. The walls that were built by our ancestors over generations have been demolished in a space of hours. Most of our dwellings are destroyed. And the great tree itself is no more. One thing is obvious, we cannot stay here.
en_GB: Our village is in ruins. The walls that were built by our ancestors over generations have been demolished in a space of hours. Most of our dwellings are destroyed. And the great tree itself is no more. One thing is obvious: we cannot stay here.

note: [message]: speaker=Garak
en: You are a fool to despair. This has always been our home. The water here is good, we know this land. We can rebuild; Eloh willing, we can thrive again.
en_GB: You are a fool to despair. This has always been our home. The water here is good; we know this land. We can rebuild; Eloh willing, we can thrive again.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Peace, please calm yourselves. In chaos there is nothing but death and destruction. Even in this time of trial we must show our fortitude, and follow our laws. Without laws we are like beasts in the desert, fighting over scraps of meat. Among the survivors Kaleh is by heritage the closest relative to Tanuil and thus our leader. What say you Kaleh?
en_GB: Peace! Please calm yourselves. In chaos there is nothing but death and destruction. Even in this time of trial we must show our fortitude, and follow our laws. Without laws we are like beasts in the desert, fighting over scraps of meat. Among the survivors Kaleh is by heritage the closest relative to Tanuil and thus our leader. What say you, Kaleh?

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Then let us collect what supplies we can from the wreckage and head north with great haste. Our home is protection no longer, we must find a new haven for our people.
en_GB: Then let us collect what supplies we can from the wreckage and head north with great haste. Our home is protection no longer; we must find a new haven for our people.

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: And so it was done. The dead were laid reverently on top of what little wood we could find. But the fire was big enough to burn the bodies to ashes and speed their souls to the hereafter. I remember at the time that the death of so many of our people was not the best omen for the start of such a large journey. They were the first of our people to die in this great endeavor, but they were to be far from the last.
en_GB: And so it was done. The dead were laid reverently on top of what little wood we could find. But the fire was big enough to burn the bodies to ashes and speed their souls to the hereafter. I remember at the time that the death of so many of our people was not the best omen for the start of such a large journey. They were the first of our people to die in this great endeavour, but they were to be far from the last.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Unfortunately, because of our hasty flight from our village, we are short on water-skins and rations. We’ll have enough if we move quickly and eat as little as possible, but we won’t last long in the wastes if we can’t find more sources of water. As it is, between the heat of the day and the cold of the night, this journey will be hard on our people.
en_GB: Unfortunately, because of our hasty flight from our village, we are short on waterskins and rations. We’ll have enough if we move quickly and eat as little as possible, but we won’t last long in the wastes if we can’t find more sources of water. As it is, between the heat of the day and the cold of the night, this journey will be hard on our people.

note: [object]: id=Travelring
en: Traveler’s Ring
en_GB: Traveller’s Ring

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: We are, we’re the Quenoth Elves and we are traveling north. You look like you’re a mage, but I thought your kind were all gone.
en_GB: We are, we’re the Quenoth Elves and we are travelling north. You look like you’re a mage, but I thought your kind were all gone.

note: [message]: speaker=Elyssa
en: I am, I’m a fire mage. I’ve been traveling for quite a while now, exploring and learning. But these sands seem particularly inhospitable! I’ve been meaning to check out the northern mountains; mind if I join you for a while in your travels?
en_GB: I am, I’m a fire mage. I’ve been travelling for quite a while now, exploring and learning. But these sands seem particularly inhospitable! I’ve been meaning to check out the northern mountains; mind if I join you for a while in your travels?

note: [message]: speaker=$speaking_unit.id
en: The undead are defeated, but we lost her in the fight as well. Darn, if only we could have saved her.
en_GB: The undead are defeated, but we lost her in the fight as well. Damn, if only we could have saved her!

note: [then]: (role=Wraith)}, (role=Wraith)}, (role=Wraith)}, (role=Wraith)}
en: Honor Guard
en_GB: Honour Guard

note: [message]: speaker=Garak
en: Still singing the same tune. We defeated you once before, we can do so again!
en_GB: Still singing the same tune. We defeated you once before, and we can do so again!

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Yuck, there’s still dried blood on the stones. It’s kind of spooky.
en_GB: Yuck, there’s still dried blood on the stones. It’s sort of spooky.

note: [message]: speaker=$explorer.id
en: Dang. I was sure I saw an oasis here. Must have been a mirage. I’ve been out in the sand for too long.
en_GB: Damn. I was sure I saw an oasis here. Must have been a mirage. I’ve been out in the sand for too long.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: I surrender! I mean we surrender. Just please don’t kill me.
en_GB: I surrender! I mean, we surrender. Just please don’t kill me.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Now that we have a moment of peace, I have to ask you, Elyssa, what were you really doing out in the middle of the desert? It’s a rather barren place to be traveling.
en_GB: Now that we have a moment of peace, I have to ask you, Elyssa: what were you really doing out in the middle of the desert? It’s a rather barren place to be travelling.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Kaleh, wake up! Sentries report movement in the sands!
en_GB: Kaleh, wake up! Sentries report movement in the sands.

note: [message]: speaker=Azkotep
en: My champion, Zur shall slice you to shreds like the puny adept you once were.
en_GB: My champion, Zur, shall slice you to shreds like the puny adept you once were.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Maybe I spoke too soon. Curse Uria, he has even blotted out the stars, all is darkness. Kaleh, our course is clear, we must destroy that abomination.
en_GB: Maybe I spoke too soon. Curse Uria, he has even blotted out the stars — all is darkness. Kaleh, our course is clear: we must destroy that abomination.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Maybe I spoke too soon. Curse Uria, they have even blotted out the stars, all is darkness. Kaleh, our course is clear, we must destroy one of these abominations. Whether it be the thing that has taken our friend, or the spectral evil that remains, one of them must die for this battle to end. We have no choice.
en_GB: Maybe I spoke too soon. Curse Uria, they have even blotted out the stars — all is darkness. Kaleh, our course is clear: we must destroy one of these abominations. Whether it be the thing that has taken our friend, or the spectral evil that remains, one of them must die for this battle to end. We have no choice.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Maybe I spoke too soon. Curse Uria, she has even blotted out the stars, all is darkness. Kaleh, our course is clear, we must destroy that abomination.
en_GB: Maybe I spoke too soon. Curse Uria, she has even blotted out the stars — all is darkness. Kaleh, our course is clear: we must destroy that abomination.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: If those raiders capture any of our encampments, I fear our people’s fate will be just as bad as if it was captured by the undead.
en_GB: If those raiders capture any of our encampments, I fear our people’s fate will be just as bad as if it were captured by the undead.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: He died as a hero. Remember that and tell the tale, for it’s worth it.
en_GB: He died as a hero. Remember that and tell the tale, for it is worth it.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: From the sands he came, to the sands he will return. We remember and honor his sacrifice, and I vow that his death will not be in vain.
en_GB: From the sands he came, to the sands he will return. We remember and honour his sacrifice, and I vow that his death will not be in vain.

note: [message]: speaker=Ganthos
en: There’s too many of them and the night is almost gone. Pull back you wretches, pull back!
en_GB: There’s too many of them and the night is almost gone. Pull back, you wretches, pull back!

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: That was a very brave thing you did, Kaleh, defeating both of those Undead Lords. It took great courage and strength. Because of your daring attack, we did not have to wait for the dawn to save us. You were our savior. And many fewer of our people died than would have if we had had to wait out the long night.
en_GB: That was a very brave thing you did, Kaleh, defeating both of those Undead Lords. It took great courage and strength. Because of your daring attack, we did not have to wait for the dawn to save us. You were our saviour. And many fewer of our people died than would have if we had had to wait for the long night to end.

note: [message]: speaker=Elyssa
en: Other creatures besides orcs dig tunnels in the earth. Long ago dwarves mined mountains such as these, and huge trolls like to hide in the deep dark places under the earth. If your god is as omniscient as you seem to think, Kaleh, I wouldn’t be surprised if there were a way to cross under these mountains. I fear no darkness, and you won’t be lacking a source of fire or light.
en_GB: Other creatures besides orcs dig tunnels in the earth. Long ago dwarves mined mountains such as these, and huge trolls like to hide in the deep, dark places under the earth. If your god is as omniscient as you seem to think, Kaleh, I wouldn’t be surprised if there were a way to cross under these mountains. I fear no darkness, and you won’t be lacking a source of fire or light.

note: [message]: speaker=Orac
en: Come forth, creatures of the lake! Fulfill the oaths you have made and help us drive these hated creatures from our lands.
en_GB: Come forth, creatures of the lake! Fulfil the oaths you have made and help us drive these hated creatures from our lands.

note: [message]: speaker=Orac
en: The elves have killed Panok the goblin! The other goblins may flee to the caves, but we will not give up these hills without a fight. Come forth, creatures of the lake! Fulfill the oaths you have made and help us drive these hated creatures from our lands.
en_GB: The elves have killed Panok the goblin! The other goblins may flee to the caves, but we will not give up these hills without a fight. Come forth, creatures of the lake! Fulfil the oaths you have made and help us drive these hated creatures from our lands.

note: [message]: speaker=Elyssa
en: Also, any time you find a particularly tough orc blocking a passage, my fireballs can blast him quick enough.
en_GB: Also, any time you find a particularly tough orc blocking a passage, my fireballs can blast him quickly enough.

note: [message]: speaker=$explorer.id
en: Looks like he’s been squirreling away his stolen loot in this cave. Not that he had much. Must be hard times.
en_GB: Looks like he’s been squirrelling away his stolen loot in this cave. Not that he had much. Must be hard times.

note: [message]: speaker=$explorer.id
en: This is the end of the line. The water is too deep for me to continue any further. I’m freezing cold, wet, and I can’t see a thing. I’m not exactly sure what I’m doing up here. Some strange influence made me want to come up here, but I don’t know what made me think it could be of any good.
en_GB: This is the end of the line. The water is too deep for me to continue any further. I’m freezing cold, wet, and I can’t see a thing. I’m not exactly sure what I’m doing up here. Some strange influence made me want to come up here, but I don’t know what made me think it could be of any use.

note: [message]: speaker=Elyssa
en: Trolls and dwarves are natural enemies, living so close together. And many would say trolls are little more than brutes and savages. Trolls are huge and very strong, with skin as hard as stone, and can be fearsome foes. But I knew one man long ago who traded with a group of trolls and said they were quite honorable, as long as you didn’t try to cheat them.
en_GB: Trolls and dwarves are natural enemies, living so close together. And many would say trolls are little more than brutes and savages. Trolls are huge and very strong, with skin as hard as stone, and can be fearsome foes. But I knew one man long ago who traded with a group of trolls and said they were quite honourable, as long as you didn’t try to cheat them.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: But with Eloh’s guidance, I hope we find these tunnels deserted. I’d be happy if our biggest problem is not getting lost. Still, even underground Eloh will watch over us.
en_GB: But, with Eloh’s guidance, I hope we find these tunnels deserted. I’d be happy if our biggest problem is not getting lost. Still, even underground Eloh will watch over us.

note: [message]: speaker=Zurg
en: Right before battle, we find secret passage just to the north leading straight to big dwarf stronghold. Hiding in stronghold is big important dwarf, directing the battle. Dwarves always think they best fighters around so they leave only a few dwarves guarding their stronghold. If you elves can break through dwarf defenses and kill dwarf chieftain, then it will do much damage to dwarves, make them afraid and confused, easy prey for trolls. You do this and we can drive them back. Then troll leader can help show you how to return to surface. You come with Zurg, he show you way to secret passage.
en_GB: Right before battle, we find secret passage just to the north leading straight to big dwarf stronghold. Hiding in stronghold is big important dwarf, directing the battle. Dwarves always think they best fighters around so they leave only a few dwarves guarding their stronghold. If you elves can break through dwarf defences and kill dwarf chieftain, then it will do much damage to dwarves, make them afraid and confused, easy prey for trolls. You do this and we can drive them back. Then troll leader can help show you how to return to surface. You come with Zurg, he show you way to secret passage.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: It sounds like our work is not yet done. Very well, gather yourselves together, we must follow Zurg.
en_GB: It sounds as if our work is not yet done. Very well, gather yourselves together, we must follow Zurg.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: It sounds like our work is not yet done. Very well, gather yourselves together, we must follow Grimnir.
en_GB: It sounds as if our work is not yet done. Very well, gather yourselves together; we must follow Grimnir.

note: [message]: speaker=Troll Leader
en: You invade our tunnels, you slaughter our women and children, by Griknagh we will make you pay!
en_GB: You invade our tunnels, you slaughter our women and children; by Griknagh, we will make you pay!

note: [message]: speaker=Dwarf Leader
en: Never mind that, who are you?
en_GB: Never mind that. Who are you?

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: There’s too many of them for us to try to take them both on, and besides with all these branching tunnels we’ll have no idea which way to go. I think we should take them up on their offer; ally ourselves with one of the factions so we can get their help in finding a way back to the surface.
en_GB: There’s too many of them for us to try to take them both on, and besides, with all these branching tunnels we’ll have no idea which way to go. I think we should take them up on their offer; ally ourselves with one of the factions so we can get their help in finding a way back to the surface.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Where did he go? How does he disappear like that? And what in Uria’s name was he ranting about? Whoever that is is starting to make me get edgy.
en_GB: Where did he go? How does he disappear like that?  And what in Uria’s name was he ranting about? Whoever that is is starting to make me get edgy.

note: [message]: speaker=Grimnir
en: Long ago, before the damned trolls invaded, we spent our days digging tunnels all through these mountains. Oh the ore and precious stones we mined! The mines were filled with the joyful sound of dwarven hammer and dwarven song and our jeweled halls glowed as brightly as the sun. Human and elf princes would pay us royally for the craftsmanship of our forges. But now the tunnels are silent and we spend our days hunting those accursed trolls. But there’s no point dwelling on the past. There’s more work to be done! Still, we have our honor and I promise you, do this for us and you will be rewarded handsomely.
en_GB: Long ago, before the damned trolls invaded, we spent our days digging tunnels all through these mountains. Oh the ore and precious stones we mined! The mines were filled with the joyful sound of dwarven hammer and dwarven song and our jewelled halls glowed as brightly as the sun. Human and elf princes would pay us royally for the craftsmanship of our forges. But now the tunnels are silent and we spend our days hunting those accursed trolls. But there’s no point dwelling on the past. There’s more work to be done! Still, we have our honour and I promise you, do this for us and you will be rewarded handsomely.

note: [message]: speaker=Grimnir
en: Once you are done moving your people into position, I will blow the charges.
en_GB: Once you have finished moving your people into position, I will blow the charges.

note: [message]: speaker=Grimnir
en: My work here is done. I must report back to my King. I have many more things to do before the day is done, but I will once you finish your mission. Fight well!
en_GB: My work here is done. I must report back to my King. I have many more things to do before the day is done, but I will return once you finish your mission. Fight well!

note: [message]: speaker=$explorer.id
en: This cavern is so hot it’s stifling; I can already feel my armor heating up. If we tarry here too long we’ll roast alive. I don’t even want to think about what would happen if I tried to walk across the lava. On the other hand, the lava does light up the cavern nicely. I’m just thankful the trolls constructed a bridge across the lava.
en_GB: This cavern is so hot it’s stifling; I can already feel my armour heating up. If we tarry here too long we’ll roast alive. I don’t even want to think about what would happen if I tried to walk across the lava. On the other hand, the lava does light up the cavern nicely. I’m just thankful the trolls constructed a bridge across the lava.

note: [message]: role=Troll High Shaman
en: They have broken through the outer guard-line. Destroy the bridge, they must not pass!
en_GB: They have broken through the outer guardpost. Destroy the bridge, they must not pass!

note: [then]
en: Guardian Phoenix
en_GB: Guardian Phœnix

note: [message]
en: What the heck is that? It sure doesn’t look good. The last thing we need in here is even more fire.
en_GB: What on earth is that? It sure doesn’t look good. The last thing we need in here is even more fire.

note: [message]
en: They obviously weren’t enough. You go alert the others and summon reinforcements. I will hold them off for as long as I can.
en_GB: They obviously weren’t enough. You go and alert the others and summon reinforcements. I will hold them off for as long as I can.

note: [unit]: type=Troll Shaman, id=High Advisor
en: High Advisor
en_GB: High Adviser

note: [message]
en: Da big troll is dead. Run for your lives!
en_GB: Der big troll is dead. Run for your lives!

note: [message]: speaker=Grimnir
en: News travels fast. The chaos you have sown has caused the foul trolls to start retreating. And now the architect of our suffering is dead. This war is far from over, but with your help we won this battle. You have our gratitude. Our King has instructed us to bring you to him; he wants to talk with you and reward you. He waits in our most hallowed hall, a place that no elf has seen for generations upon generations. It is a great honor, but you have done great deeds this day. Elves killing a troll chieftain! We will tell this story for years.
en_GB: News travels fast. The chaos you have sown has caused the foul trolls to start retreating. And now the architect of our suffering is dead. This war is far from over, but with your help we won this battle. You have our gratitude. Our King has instructed us to bring you to him; he wants to talk with you and reward you. He waits in our most hallowed hall, a place that no elf has seen for generations upon generations. It is a great honour, but you have done great deeds this day. Elves killing a troll chieftain! We will tell this story for years.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: With their knowledge of all these secret tunnels, you’d think they could have led us straight here instead of making us go through those ‘light defenses’. It would have saved us a lot of unnecessary fighting in actually getting to the troll chieftain.
en_GB: With their knowledge of all these secret tunnels, you’d think they could have led us straight here instead of making us go through those ‘light defences’. It would have saved us a lot of unnecessary fighting in actually getting to the troll chieftain.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Shhhh, you two. Yes, of course, we would be honored to come and meet your King. But first, we left many of our people back up near the entrance to the great cave where you first met us and I fear that even now those caves aren’t safe. Can you help us escort my people to safety?
en_GB: Shhhh, you two. Yes, of course, we would be honoured to come and meet your King. But first, we left many of our people back up near the entrance to the great cave where you first met us and I fear that even now those caves aren’t safe. Can you help us escort my people to safety?

note: [message]: speaker=Dwarf Ghost
en: Hail, friend. Ages ago, I too fought the trolls and came to this place. But by ill luck I was burned to death by the lava and died nearby unblessed and unhonored. Find my body and grant me the peace I so dearly wish for. Do this and I will let you pass.
en_GB: Hail, friend. Ages ago, I too fought the trolls and came to this place. But by ill luck I was burned to death by the lava and died nearby unblessed and unhonoured. Find my body and grant me the peace I so dearly wish for. Do this and I will let you pass.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: For a troll this is quite an ornate tomb. The coffin itself is quite impressive. Inside, the skeleton has crumbled to dust and there are a few colored stones and trinkets, but what really sticks out is this emerald wand. I don’t have much experience with magical items, but the asp with emerald eyes and large fangs carved around its shaft leave little doubt as to its power. We don’t normally tolerate using poison, but extreme circumstances call for extreme measures and I have a feeling we may find this useful before our journey is over.
en_GB: For a troll this is quite an ornate tomb. The coffin itself is quite impressive. Inside, the skeleton has crumbled to dust and there are a few coloured stones and trinkets, but what really sticks out is this emerald wand. I don’t have much experience with magical items, but the asp with emerald eyes and large fangs carved around its shaft leave little doubt as to its power. We don’t normally tolerate using poison, but extreme circumstances call for extreme measures and I have a feeling we may find this useful before our journey is over.

note: [message]: speaker=Zurg
en: No, most are tiny dwarf tunnels. We like natural tunnels, big and tall enough for mighty trolls. When the world was young, Griknagh cut many tunnels and caverns into the rock far below us. We traveled deep deep down, following the trickle of ancient streams, far deeper than the puny dwarves. But now we come back up, great leader say there bad things now deep below. Bad for trolls. We come back up to reclaim ancient lands. But we find them filled with many many little stinky dwarves. All the beautiful stones are gone, greedy dwarves take them all. So we fight to reclaim our lands. But Zurg talk too much. We have job to do. Find dwarven leader and kill him and we will reward you well.
en_GB: No, most are tiny dwarf tunnels. We like natural tunnels, big and tall enough for mighty trolls. When the world was young, Griknagh cut many tunnels and caverns into the rock far below us. We travelled deep deep down, following the trickle of ancient streams, far deeper than the puny dwarves. But now we come back up: great leader say there bad things now deep below. Bad for trolls. We come back up to reclaim ancient lands. But we find them filled with many many little stinky dwarves. All the beautiful stones are gone, greedy dwarves take them all. So we fight to reclaim our lands. But Zurg talk too much. We have job to do. Find dwarven leader and kill him and we will reward you well.

note: [message]: speaker=Zurg
en: Once you done moving into position, Zurg will destroy wall.
en_GB: Once you finished moving into position, Zurg will destroy wall.

note: [message]
en: I’m too young to die, save me!
en_GB: I’m too young to die! Save me!

note: [message]: speaker=Dwarf Chieftain
en: Faugh! Even in death I curse you! You will never escape these tunnels alive!
en_GB: Paugh! Even in death I curse you! You will never escape these tunnels alive!

note: [message]: speaker=Zurg
en: Little elves fight good. Zurg impressed. With dwarf chieftain dead, cowardly dwarves flee before us. Our struggle not over, still much more fighting, but elf and troll have won this battle. We thank you. Great Leader has allowed you to come speak with him. Great honor, never has one of your kind been allowed in his presence. But he wishes to talk with you and reward you. Please come with me.
en_GB: Little elves fight good. Zurg impressed. With dwarf chieftain dead, cowardly dwarves flee before us. Our struggle not over, still much more fighting, but elf and troll have won this battle. We thank you. Great Leader has allowed you to come speak with him. Great honour, never has one of your kind been allowed in his presence. But he wishes to talk with you and reward you. Please come with me.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: With their knowledge of all these secret tunnels, you’d think they could have led us straight here instead of making us go through those ‘light defenses’. It would have saved us a lot of unnecessary fighting in actually getting to the dwarf chieftain.
en_GB: With their knowledge of all these secret tunnels, you’d think they could have led us straight here instead of making us go through those ‘light defences’. It would have saved us a lot of unnecessary fighting in actually getting to the dwarf chieftain.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Shh, you two. Yes, of course, we would be honored to come and meet the Great Leader. But first, we left many of our people back up near the entrance to the great cave where you first met us and I fear that even now those caves aren’t safe. Can you help us escort my people to safety?
en_GB: Shh, you two. Yes, of course, we would be honoured to come and meet the Great Leader. But first, we left many of our people back up near the entrance to the great cave where you first met us and I fear that even now those caves aren’t safe. Can you help us escort my people to safety?

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I thank you. Come on people, no celebrating yet, we still have work left to do!
en_GB: I thank you. Come on people, no celebrating yet; we still have work left to do!

note: [message]: speaker=second_unit
en: What’s this? His clothes were in rags, and yet he had this ancient jeweled amulet hanging around his neck. It contains a huge amethyst that seems to glow faintly with a strange purple light. I wonder where he got such a trinket?
en_GB: What’s this? His clothes were in rags, and yet he had this ancient jewelled amulet hanging around his neck. It contains a huge amethyst that seems to glow faintly with a strange purple light. I wonder where he got such a trinket?

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: Hey, wait a minute, that amulet glows the same color as this rune. Maybe if I put the amulet on and step into the rune...
en_GB: Hey, wait a minute, that amulet glows the same colour as this rune. Maybe if I put the amulet on and step into the rune...

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: The belt fits perfectly! Somehow I feel stronger and tougher. This is too easy, there seem to have been no traps set upon the coffin. Today’s my lucky day.
en_GB: The belt fits perfectly! Somehow I feel stronger and tougher. This is too easy; there seem to have been no traps set upon the coffin. Today’s my lucky day.

note: [message]: speaker=King Thurongar
en: Hail Kaleh, I am Thurongar, King of the Dwarves.
en_GB: Hail Kaleh! I am Thurongar, King of the Dwarves.

note: [message]: speaker=King Thurongar
en: I’ve heard of your recent exploits against the troll menace. They’ve been quite a thorn in our side for a while now. They used to be just an occasional pest, but now wherever we go we find another infestation. They’ve been getting smarter with their tactics; we’ve lost several of our outlying settlements to their attacks. Still, we’re not done fighting and with your recent victory perhaps this battle is turning in our favor. But tell me, what are so many elves doing so deep under the earth?
en_GB: I’ve heard of your recent exploits against the troll menace. They’ve been quite a thorn in our side for a while now. They used to be just an occasional pest, but now wherever we go we find another infestation. They’ve been getting smarter with their tactics; we’ve lost several of our outlying settlements to their attacks. Still, we’re not done fighting and with your recent victory perhaps this battle is turning in our favour. But tell me, what are so many elves doing so deep under the earth?

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Indeed, although I admire this great city you have carved from the rock, I think many of my people find these tunnels scary and alien. All we really want to do is to find a way back to the surface on the northern side of the mountains.
en_GB: Indeed, although I admire this great city you have carved from the rock, I think many of my people find these tunnels frightening and alien. All we really want to do is to find a way back to the surface on the northern side of the mountains.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Thank you very much for your help. We were worried about getting lost in all these twisting tunnels. And we would be honored to have you come with us, Rogrimir.
en_GB: Thank you very much for your help. We were worried about getting lost in all these twisting tunnels. And we would be honoured to have you come with us, Rogrimir.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Thank you very much for your help. We were worried about getting lost in all these twisting tunnels. And we would be honored to have you come with us, Jarl.
en_GB: Thank you very much for your help. We were worried about getting lost in all these twisting tunnels. And we would be honoured to have you come with us, Jarl.

note: [message]
en: You helped us strike a huge blow against those savages and it was an honor to fight by your side. You are the bravest elves we have ever known. We’d like to come with you, but, well, we don’t like going that close to the surface, and besides there’s still lots of fighting to be done down here. Don’t you worry, we won’t rest until we have killed every one of trolls.
en_GB: You helped us strike a huge blow against those savages and it was an honour to fight by your side. You are the bravest elves we have ever known. We’d like to come with you, but, well, we don’t like going that close to the surface, and besides there’s still lots of fighting to be done down here. Don’t you worry, we won’t rest until we have killed every one of trolls.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I understand. Thank you, you were a huge help to us. It was an honor to fight by your side.
en_GB: I understand. Thank you, you were a huge help to us. It was an honour to fight by your side.

note: [message]: speaker=Elyssa
en: I have learned a lot about the dwarves in my time here, and yet there’s so much more to learn. Have you seen their forges? They really know how to work fire and use it in amazing ways. They have some interesting ideas about how they might improve their smithing with my magical fire. And have you seen their records? They have kept records of their dealings that go back generations upon generations. They even know of the dwarven clan who helped craft the sceptre of fire. Imagine if I could find the dwarves who helped build such an artifact!
en_GB: I have learned a lot about the dwarves in my time here, and yet there’s so much more to learn. Have you seen their forges? They really know how to work fire and use it in amazing ways. They have some interesting ideas about how they might improve their smithing with my magical fire. And have you seen their records? They have kept records of their dealings that go back generations upon generations. They even know of the dwarven clan who helped craft the sceptre of fire. Imagine if I could find the dwarves who helped build such an artefact!

note: [message]: speaker=King Thurongar
en: And now I think you should be off as soon as possible. The trolls have retreated back into their holes for the present, but who knows when they will strike again.
en_GB: And now I think you should be off as soon as possible. The trolls have retreated back into their holes for the present, but who knows when they will strike again?

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: This is a marvelous city, but I for one can’t wait to feel the sun upon my face again and the wind in my hair.
en_GB: This is a marvellous city, but I for one can’t wait to feel the sun upon my face again and the wind in my hair.

note: [unit]: type=Troll Shaman, id=Spiritual Advisor 1 [unit]: type=Troll Shaman, id=Spiritual Advisor 2
en: Spiritual Advisor
en_GB: Spiritual Adviser

note: [message]: speaker=narrator
en: It is clear that this chamber used to be quite ornately decorated, but almost all of it has been destroyed, revealing a stone and dirt floor. What remains is a large stone throne, which has been covered with skulls and animal skins and bright paint. The walls were once covered with frescoes and dwarven runes, but several trolls are busy chipping them off. The floor was once tiled in dark slate, but only two small patches of tiles remain around the two chairs in this chamber. You’re surprised to see that small tile path running up the center of the chamber has been left untouched. It leads to a small stone chair facing the large throne.
en_GB: It is clear that this chamber used to be quite ornately decorated, but almost all of it has been destroyed, revealing a stone and dirt floor. What remains is a large stone throne, which has been covered with skulls and animal skins and bright paint. The walls were once covered with frescoes and dwarven runes, but several trolls are busy chipping them off. The floor was once tiled in dark slate, but only two small patches of tiles remain around the two chairs in this chamber. You’re surprised to see that small tile path running up the centre of the chamber has been left untouched. It leads to a small stone chair facing the large throne.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I Kaleh, leader of the Quenoth Elves, thank you for meeting with me.
en_GB: I, Kaleh, leader of the Quenoth Elves, thank you for meeting with me.

note: [message]: speaker=Great Leader Darmog
en: On behalf of all trolls, Darmog thank you for great victory over the dwarves. You have helped drive back the nasty dwarves and given us time to strengthen our defenses. Us trolls not always enemies of dwarves. Until recently we not have much contact with small people. But dwarves invade our tunnels, defile our holy places and kill our women and young. Dwarf not care about anything except gold and pretty gems. The shamans say that the spirits of our kin cry out for vengeance and Darmog will not rest until every dwarf is dead!
en_GB: On behalf of all trolls, Darmog thank you for great victory over the dwarves. You have helped drive back the nasty dwarves and given us time to strengthen our defences. Us trolls not always enemies of dwarves. Until recently we not have much contact with small people. But dwarves invade our tunnels, defile our holy places and kill our women and young. Dwarf not care about anything except gold and pretty gems. The shamans say that the spirits of our kin cry out for vengeance, and Darmog will not rest until every dwarf is dead!

note: [message]: speaker=Spiritual Advisor
en: But I am curious, we do not know of your kind. We thank you for your help, but who are you and why do you come down here with so many of your people?
en_GB: But I am curious: we do not know of your kind. We thank you for your help, but who are you and why do you come down here with so many of your people?

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Thank you very much for your help. We were worried about getting lost in all these twisting tunnels. And we would be honored to have you come with us, Grog.
en_GB: Thank you very much for your help. We were worried about getting lost in all these twisting tunnels. And we would be honoured to have you come with us, Grog.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Thank you very much for your help. We were worried about getting lost in all these twisting tunnels. And we would be honored to have you come with us, Nog.
en_GB: Thank you very much for your help. We were worried about getting lost in all these twisting tunnels. And we would be honoured to have you come with us, Nog.

note: [message]: speaker=Great Leader Darmog
en: The trolls who fought with you also want to thank you. They tell great tales of your valor.
en_GB: The trolls who fought with you also want to thank you. They tell great tales of your valour.

note: [message]: speaker=Elyssa
en: I have learned a lot about the trolls in my time here, and yet there’s so much more to learn. Their magic is amazing. Have you seen their shamans? They make fire with their bare hands. They are very interested in my magic and they have offered to teach me how they create fire. I thought I was one of the last people still practicing magic, who knew I would find trolls still teaching it deep under the earth? There is just so much that I can learn from them, I can’t leave now.
en_GB: I have learned a lot about the trolls in my time here, and yet there’s so much more to learn. Their magic is amazing. Have you seen their shamans? They make fire with their bare hands. They are very interested in my magic and they have offered to teach me how they create fire. I thought I was one of the last people still practising magic, who knew I would find trolls still teaching it deep under the earth? There is just so much that I can learn from them, I can’t leave now.

note: [message]: speaker=Elyssa
en: Thank you. And I owe you so much for helping me discover the trolls. I never would have come down here myself. I found this sword when we were fighting the dwarves and with some help from the trolls I have enchanted this fire blade for you. May its flames always light your path, and strike down your enemies. I give this to all of you as a token of my gratitude.
en_GB: Thank you. And I owe you so much for helping me discover the trolls. I never would have come down here myself. I found this sword when we were fighting the dwarves and with some help from the trolls I have enchanted this fire blade for you. May its flames always light your path and strike down your enemies. I give this to all of you as a token of my gratitude.

note: [message]: speaker=$ally_name
en: Yes, this time of year the snow melts from the mountains, and rivers like this often go deep underground. Sometimes the rivers break through and flood caverns, a deadly accident that has occasionally befallen my kind.
en_GB: Yes, at this time of year the snow melts from the mountains, and rivers like this often go deep underground. Sometimes the rivers break through and flood caverns, a deadly accident that has occasionally befallen my kind.

note: [message]: speaker=$ally_name
en: Deep and dark are the waters that flow in our caves. Sometimes raging waters flood tunnels without warning. A stream can sustain a village, a sudden flood can destroy it.
en_GB: Deep and dark are the waters that flow in our caves. Sometimes raging waters flood tunnels without warning. A stream can sustain a village: a sudden flood can destroy it.

note: [message]: role=avenger
en: Foul elves, you not escaped us yet. The Great Leader shall be avenged! We have dammed the river and soon all shall drown in its dark waters. Come join us in death!
en_GB: Foul elves, you not escaped us yet. The Great Leader shall be avenged! We have dammed the river and soon all shall drown in its dark waters. Come and join us in death!

note: [message]: role=avenger
en: Foul elves, you have not escaped yet. Our chieftain shall be avenged! We have dammed the river and soon all shall drown in its dark waters. Come join us in death!
en_GB: Foul elves, you have not escaped yet. Our chieftain shall be avenged! We have dammed the river and soon all shall drown in its dark waters. Come and join us in death!

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: No time for questions now, the water shows no signs of stopping. We’ve got to get out of here while we still can!
en_GB: No time for questions now; the water shows no signs of stopping. We’ve got to get out of here while we still can!

note: [message]: speaker=$ally_name
en: Wait. The chamber in front of us is probably trapped and well guarded. There is another way. When I explored here before, I found a secret passage that bypassed the main gate. Search along the southern wall of this cave and you should find it. The only problem is that the passage is long and windy, and it will cost us precious minutes. With the water rising that may be time we don’t have to spend. I leave the final decision up to you, Kaleh.
en_GB: Wait. The chamber in front of us is probably trapped and well guarded. There is another way. When I explored here before, I found a secret passage that bypassed the main gate. Search along the southern wall of this cave and you should find it. The only problem is that the passage is long and winding, and it will cost us precious minutes. With the water rising, that may be time we don’t have to spend. I leave the final decision up to you, Kaleh.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: This cave seems pretty empty, except for those two glowing runes in the center. This fort must have once been heavily occupied because countless feet have left well worn paths leading in several directions. $unittest.name which way should we go?
en_GB: This cave seems pretty empty, except for those two glowing runes in the centre. This fort must have once been heavily occupied because countless feet have left well worn paths leading in several directions. $unittest.name which way should we go?

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: The many tracks left by countless feet clearly show that this fort must have once been heavily occupied, but now this area is empty, except for those two glowing runes in the center. When I last came this way I got scared by the runes and other things moving in the shadows and explored no further. I’m afraid I cannot advise you which way to go from here.
en_GB: The many tracks left by countless feet clearly show that this fort must have once been heavily occupied, but now this area is empty, except for those two glowing runes in the centre. When I last came this way I got scared by the runes and other things moving in the shadows and explored no further. I’m afraid I cannot advise you which way to go from here.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: The rune is gone. I guess the magic only had limited uses
en_GB: The rune is gone. I guess the magic only had limited uses.

note: [message]: speaker=Blessed Kali
en: And remember, everyone, we’re going to keep practicing until I’m satisfied. So, ready... attack!
en_GB: And remember, everyone, we’re going to keep practising until I’m satisfied. So, ready... attack!

note: [message]: speaker=Novice Dani
en: Kali’s just a hardass because he’s bitter that he never became a high priest.
en_GB: Kali’s just a hardarse because he’s bitter that he never became a high priest.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: In the center of this circle is a huge creature, with surging muscles and bloodshot eyes. I would think it was just a very big man, except for the fine stitches that cover its entire body. In fact it seems to be composed of many body parts all sewn together. It seems to be floating asleep in the center of the glowing magical circle. I could scratch out part of the circle and break it, but I have no idea what the consequences would be. I’m not sure I want something with that kind of strength attacking me.
en_GB: In the centre of this circle is a huge creature, with surging muscles and bloodshot eyes. I would think it was just a very big man, except for the fine stitches that cover its entire body. In fact it seems to be composed of many body parts all sewn together. It seems to be floating asleep in the centre of the glowing magical circle. I could scratch out part of the circle and break it, but I have no idea what the consequences would be. I’m not sure I want something with that kind of strength attacking me.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: All the paths lead to this chamber. Is this just a dead end? It seems to be some sort of temple, but it has obviously been abandoned for a long time. All that is left is that stone altar. What god they were worshiping I have no idea, but the dried blood and cracked bones on the altar do not bode well.
en_GB: All the paths lead to this chamber. Is this just a dead end? It seems to be some sort of temple, but it has obviously been abandoned for a long time. All that is left is that stone altar. What god they were worshipping I have no idea, but the dried blood and cracked bones on the altar do not bode well.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Well I refuse to give up. There must be some way out. Search everywhere, people.
en_GB: Well, I refuse to give up. There must be some way out. Search everywhere, people.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Crypts like these are often heavily guarded, we would do well not to disturb the sarcophagi.
en_GB: Crypts like these are often heavily guarded; we would do well not to disturb the sarcophagi.

note: [message]: speaker=Cloaked Figure
en: You abandoned them, Kaleh, to eternal suffering and torment. And now you shall pay the price! You too shall watch the black waters consume those you love. Embrace the darkness, Kaleh, it is coming for you too.
en_GB: You abandoned them, Kaleh, to eternal suffering and torment. And now you shall pay the price! You too shall watch the black waters consume those you love. Embrace the darkness, Kaleh; it is coming for you too.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Oh, Eloh. They’re all dead. Butchered. Quick, we have to clean this up, we don’t want the rest of our people to have to see such horror.
en_GB: Oh, Eloh. They’re all dead. Butchered. Quick, we have to clean this up; we don’t want the rest of our people to have to see such horror.

note: [message]: speaker=Keratur
en: Faugh. No, I heard the screams of the dead, torn from their rest, their souls rose into the air howling in agony.
en_GB: Paugh. No, I heard the screams of the dead, torn from their rest. Their souls rose into the air howling in agony.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: But, but we burned the bodies so they couldn’t be raised.
en_GB: But... but we burned the bodies so they couldn’t be raised.

note: [message]: speaker=Keratur
en: I was able to follow your trail, and I slipped among your people. No one noticed me, no I was too sneaky. And you wondered how I managed to follow you through the tunnels? Hah, you escorted me.
en_GB: I was able to follow your trail, and I slipped among your people. No one noticed me, no, I was too sneaky. And you wondered how I managed to follow you through the tunnels? Hah, you escorted me.

note: [message]: speaker=Keratur
en: You abandoned them! The pain, the agony, I still see their ghostly faces and hear their wails. And the necromancers kept chanting one name over and over: Yechnagoth, Yechnagoth, it reverberated in my ears. And every time I sleep I hear that name, and laughter, hideous laughter. She kept telling me it was your fault. And I believed her. Kaleh, forgive me, I just wanted to make the pain stop.
en_GB: You abandoned them! The pain, the agony—I still see their ghostly faces and hear their wails. And the necromancers kept chanting one name over and over: Yechnagoth, Yechnagoth, it reverberated in my ears. And every time I sleep I hear that name, and laughter, hideous laughter. She kept telling me it was your fault. And I believed her. Kaleh, forgive me: I just wanted to make the pain stop.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: As you said yourself, the past is the past, there is nothing you can do now.
en_GB: As you said yourself, the past is the past; there is nothing you can do now.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: With your permission, Kaleh, I think I should go scout around a bit outside. We have no idea what lies out there. And I can sneak around unseen many places you can’t.
en_GB: With your permission, Kaleh, I think I should go and scout around a bit outside. We have no idea what lies out there. And I can sneak around unseen in many places you can’t.

note: [message]: speaker=Rogrimir [message]: speaker=Jarl
en: But my king told me to protect you from all dangers, and I plan to keep that oath. I do not like the above ground, it is too open and exposed; I feel that I could be attacked from any direction. But an oath is an oath and so I will follow you and your people wherever you may go and protect you as best I can. The tunnels cannot stay flooded forever; later perhaps if am able to return this way, I may be able to find my way back to my homeland. But for now I am yours to command.
en_GB: But my king told me to protect you from all dangers, and I plan to keep that oath. I do not like the above ground, it is too open and exposed; I feel that I could be attacked from any direction. But an oath is an oath and so I will follow you and your people wherever you may go, and protect you as best I can. The tunnels cannot stay flooded forever; later perhaps, if am able to return this way, I may be able to find my way back to my homeland. But for now I am yours to command.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: Looks like the guards at this outpost had been saving away a bit of loot. I don’t suppose they’re going to mind anymore if we made use of it.
en_GB: Looks like the guards at this outpost had been saving away a bit of loot. I don’t suppose they’re going to mind any more if we made use of it.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Just stay where you are, I’ll come up there myself
en_GB: Just stay where you are, I’ll come up there myself.

note: [message]: speaker=$explorer.id
en: We’ve come out on the side of a mountain, overlooking a large valley. The land seems to be much the same as the foothills south of the mountains. The valley is filled with sand dunes, though the center is flat. There seems to be some sort of settlement in the center of the valley. And far to the north I can see something sparkling on the horizon, but I don’t know what it is.
en_GB: We’ve come out on the side of a mountain, overlooking a large valley. The land seems to be much the same as the foothills south of the mountains. The valley is filled with sand dunes, though the centre is flat. There seems to be some sort of settlement in the centre of the valley. And far to the north I can see something sparkling on the horizon, but I don’t know what it is.

note: [message]: speaker=Eloh
en: Hail Kaleh, it is I, Eloh.
en_GB: Hail Kaleh! It is I, Eloh.

note: [message]: speaker=Sergeant Durstrag
en: Oh there is no need to explain, it’s pretty obvious what you’re up to. Here we have a whole legion of elves, consorting with trolls, sneaking up behind our defenses. This looks an awful lot like an invasion to me.
en_GB: Oh there is no need to explain, it’s pretty obvious what you’re up to. Here we have a whole legion of elves, consorting with trolls, sneaking up behind our defences. This looks an awful lot like an invasion to me.

note: [message]: speaker=Sergeant Durstrag
en: Oh there’s no need to explain, it’s pretty obvious what you’re up to. Here we have a whole legion of elves, consorting with dwarves, sneaking up behind our defenses. This looks an awful lot like an invasion to me.
en_GB: Oh there’s no need to explain, it’s pretty obvious what you’re up to. Here we have a whole legion of elves, consorting with dwarves, sneaking up behind our defences. This looks an awful lot like an invasion to me.

note: [message]: type=Swordsman
en: Sir, remember the edict passed down by councilman Noblis? About any foreigners spotted on the borders?
en_GB: Sir, remember the edict passed down by Councillor Noblis? About any foreigners spotted on the borders?

note: [objectives]
en: The messenger is the leader of the special white colored units
en_GB: The messenger is the leader of the special white-coloured units

note: [message]: speaker=Undead Emissary
en: Cursed elves, you tracked your filth through our halls and you defiled our sanctuary. You have besmirched our honor, and we will have our revenge. We are the Order of the Crimson Talon, and even death shall not stop us. You shall rue the day that you ever trespassed into our lair!
en_GB: Cursed elves, you tracked your filth through our halls and you defiled our sanctuary. You have besmirched our honour, and we will have our revenge. We are the Order of the Crimson Talon, and even death shall not stop us. You shall rue the day that you ever trespassed into our lair!

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Good, until then we’ll settle around that oasis and set up as good a defense as we can. Until I know what’s out there, I’m not taking any chances.
en_GB: Good, until then we’ll settle around that oasis and set up as good a defence as we can. Until I know what’s out there, I’m not taking any chances.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: They were sent due north. From Esanoo’s description it sounds like they were headed right for the human settlement. I hope nothing bad has happened to them.
en_GB: They were sent due north. From Esanoo’s description it sounds like they were heading right for the human settlement. I hope nothing bad has happened to them.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: And yet these trees seem different, the forest seems darker, somehow. I prefer to stay out in the open where I can see my enemies coming.
en_GB: And yet these trees seem different; the forest seems darker, somehow. I prefer to stay out in the open where I can see my enemies coming.

note: [message]
en: Ha, stupid creature. But we’re in luck, the council was looking for the last of these spies.
en_GB: Ha, stupid creature. But we’re in luck; the council was looking for the last of these spies.

note: [message]: speaker=Esanoo
en: I sure will look forward to that. I’m afraid my scales have all dried out again. It itches something terrible.
en_GB: I certainly will look forward to that. I’m afraid my scales have all dried out again. It itches terribly.

note: [message]: speaker=Tanstafaal
en: Hail, my brothers, I have returned!
en_GB: Hail my brothers! I have returned!

note: [message]: speaker=Tanstafaal
en: I have gone on a journey and I have seen the light. No longer will I blindly follow in your footsteps, Kaleh. I have come back to lead our people on the true path. She has spoken to me, and I am but an implement of her divine will.
en_GB: I have gone on a journey and I have seen the light. No longer will I blindly follow in your footsteps, Kaleh. I have come back to lead our people on the truth path. She has spoken to me, and I am but an implement of her divine will.

note: [message]: speaker=Tanstafaal
en: Behold, our goddess has returned to us. All bow down to Eloh, our savior!
en_GB: Behold, our goddess has returned to us. All bow down to Eloh, our saviour!

note: [message]: speaker=Eloh
en: But there was one who grew corrupted by his power and rejected my divine plan. He sought to usurp my authority. He had no faith and believed that he knew better than me, I who have watched over you for generations. He wanted to lead you astray. In these perilous lands, the fate of your journey stands upon the edge of a knife, falter once and all shall fail.
en_GB: But there was one who grew corrupted by his power and rejected my divine plan. He sought to usurp my authority. He had no faith and believed that he knew better than I—I who have watched over you for generations. He wanted to lead you astray. In these perilous lands, the fate of your journey stands upon the edge of a knife; falter once and all shall fail.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Eloh would never ask elf to kill elf. But it seems I have little choice. My people, I have led you this far, join with me and help me crush this new rebellion!
en_GB: Eloh would never ask elf to kill elf. But it seems I have little choice. My people, I have led you this far; join with me and help me crush this new rebellion!

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: I have followed you this far Kaleh, I will not abandon you now. But I admit that my faith is shaken. If that is not our god, than what is it?
en_GB: I have followed you this far, Kaleh; I will not abandon you now. But I admit that my faith is shaken. If that is not our god, than what is it?

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I do not know, but given what I have seen of the humans, I think following her would lead us down a dark road indeed. One that I personally do not want to discover the end of.
en_GB: I do not know, but given what I have seen of the humans, I think following her would lead us down a dark road indeed—one that I personally do not want to discover the end of.

note: [message]: speaker=Rogrimir [message]: speaker=Jarl
en: The chieftain told me to serve you, and it will take more than this to shatter my confidence in you, lad. But those elves must be out on a different island, how will we cross the deep water?
en_GB: The chieftain told me to serve you, and it will take more than this to shatter my confidence in you, lad. But those elves must be out on a different island. How will we cross the deep water?

note: [message]: role=merfolk
en: I believe that in this we can help. We are very grateful for all you have done for us Kaleh, and though we assure that we mean you no harm, you are right that actions speak louder than words. We are more familiar with the waters than you are, and we noticed that there are two shallow paths leading to the island where the other elves must be. We can show you these paths and help you across so that you may put down this rebellion.
en_GB: I believe that in this we can help. We are very grateful for all you have done for us, Kaleh, and though we assure you that we mean you no harm, you are right that actions speak louder than words. We are more familiar with the waters than you are, and we noticed that there are two shallow paths leading to the island where the other elves must be. We can show you these paths and help you across so that you may put down this rebellion.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: We who have fought by your side before will stand with you Kaleh, but many of our people are fleeing and joining Tanstafaal. I’m afraid that while you can recall past warriors, you won’t be able to recruit any new ones.
en_GB: We who have fought by your side before will stand with you, Kaleh, but many of our people are fleeing and joining Tanstafaal. I’m afraid that while you can recall past warriors, you won’t be able to recruit any new ones.

note: [message]: role=merfolk
en: Indeed, I think you have now freed all of us. We owe you a great debt. We are sorry that Esanoo has fallen, but we will honor him and tell everyone the story of his great deeds. Glad are we that he found you and brought you to us. Even the smallest fish can change the course of the sea.
en_GB: Indeed, I think you have now freed all of us. We owe you a great debt. We are sorry that Esanoo has fallen, but we will honour him and tell everyone the story of his great deeds. Glad are we that he found you and brought you to us. Even the smallest fish can change the course of the sea.

note: [message]: speaker=Darius [message]: speaker=Alastra
en: I must go report to the Iron Council. Keep fighting!
en_GB: I must go and report to the Iron Council. Keep fighting!

note: [message]: speaker=Zelgant
en: I go to marshal reinforcements. Do not lose heart, we will crush these puny elves.
en_GB: I go to marshal reinforcements. Do not lose heart; we will crush these puny elves.

note: [message]: speaker=Alastra
en: I must leave for now, fight on in my stead.
en_GB: I must leave for now; fight on in my stead.

note: [message]: speaker=We-jial
en: Do not worry yourself, now that I am free all will be set to rights. It is not our mission to defeat all the evil in this world. Protecting the elves is most important. We must bring them to our master; all else is secondary.
en_GB: Do not worry yourself. Now that I am free all will be set to rights. It is not our mission to defeat all the evil in this world. Protecting the elves is most important. We must bring them to our master; all else is secondary.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: I have no choice, goodbye.
en_GB: I have no choice. Goodbye.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: What are those things? They looked like ticked off giant crabs.
en_GB: What are those things? They looked like infuriated giant crabs.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: You who call yourself Eloh, I challenge you, if you are truly our god, then show yourself, and strike me down where I stand!
en_GB: You who call yourself Eloh, I challenge you: if you are truly our god, then show yourself, and strike me down where I stand!

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Nothing. Eloh may still watch over us, but that thing was not her. And yet, I do not hold a grudge against all of you who rebelled. I too was deceived at first, and unlike the pretender, I am merciful. For there are too few of us left for us to slaughter each other over minor grievances. Let us declare a general amnesty and unite again, going forward hand in hand, for, god or no god, I will help us find a better land, or die trying.
en_GB: Nothing. Eloh may still watch over us, but that thing was not her. And yet, I do not hold a grudge against all of you who rebelled. I too was deceived at first, and, unlike the pretender, I am merciful. For there are too few of us left for us to slaughter each other over minor grievances. Let us declare a general amnesty and unite again, going forward hand in hand, for, god or no god, I will help us find a better land, or die trying.

note: [message]: speaker=Hekuba
en: Good, for that is just a taste. You are fools to interfere with our affairs, and the Iron Council does not tolerate fools. The Dark Lady shall swallow your souls and you shall writhe in eternal torment. Arise my brethren, by her power those who have died shall rise up and join us! The very rocks too shall rise up out of the water to aid our crossing. Like a plague we shall pour forth and drive the non-believers before us!
en_GB: Good, for that is just a taste. You are fools to interfere with our affairs, and the Iron Council does not tolerate fools. The Dark Lady shall swallow your souls and you shall writhe in eternal torment. Arise, my brethren; by her power those who have died shall rise up and join us! The very rocks too shall rise up out of the water to aid our crossing. Like a plague we shall pour forth and drive the non-believers before us!

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Our people are scattered and exhausted, where will we go now Kaleh? Shall we retreat back into the dunes?
en_GB: Our people are scattered and exhausted; where will we go now, Kaleh? Shall we retreat back into the dunes?

note: [message]: role=merfolk
en: The humans of the Iron Council dwell in a large island to the northwest; I was taken there several times for interrogation. It is a fearsome place, full of black rock and tall peaks, but in the center is a lagoon. In the lagoon, I saw several ships anchored, which we might be able to use to transport your people across the waves.
en_GB: The humans of the Iron Council dwell in a large island to the northwest; I was taken there several times for interrogation. It is a fearsome place, full of black rock and tall peaks, but in the centre is a lagoon. In the lagoon, I saw several ships anchored, which we might be able to use to transport your people across the waves.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Very well. You have not led us astray so far, I will not leave you now.
en_GB: Very well. You have not led us astray so far; I will not leave you now.

note: [message]: speaker=Grog
en: Grog scared of big water and bright sun, but Grog will not dishonor Great Leader. Great Leader say follow Kaleh, and Grog will do so.
en_GB: Grog scared of big water and bright sun, but Grog will not dishonour Great Leader. Great Leader say follow Kaleh, and Grog will do so.

note: [message]: speaker=Nog
en: Nog scared of big water and bright sun, but Nog will not dishonor Great Leader. Great Leader say follow Kaleh, and Nog will do so.
en_GB: Nog scared of big water and bright sun, but Nog will not dishonour Great Leader. Great Leader say follow Kaleh, and Nog will do so.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Though the cost be high, we do what we must. Come let us go capture those boats.
en_GB: Though the cost be high, we do what we must. Come, let us go and capture those boats.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: She freaks me out, but at least it seems that she can be destroyed.
en_GB: She horrifies me, but at least it seems that she can be destroyed.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: That’s not enough. Look, you’re a wonderful girl Nym, and Kaleh, you’ve shown yourself to be a great leader, but our actions have to mean something more than just our day-to-day survival. There has to be a higher purpose, Eloh must have some sort of plan for us. We have to keep believing.
en_GB: That’s not enough. Look, you’re a wonderful girl, Nym, and Kaleh, you’ve shown yourself to be a great leader, but our actions have to mean something more than just our day-to-day survival. There has to be a higher purpose; Eloh must have some sort of plan for us. We have to keep believing.

note: [message]: speaker=Tanstafaal
en: Never Kaleh. I will not be your lackey again!
en_GB: Never, Kaleh. I will not be your lackey again!

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Do not blame yourself too much, it is Eloh who persuaded him to rebel.
en_GB: Do not blame yourself too much; it is Eloh who persuaded him to rebel.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Good, then let’s get out of here. The merfolk will help you guide the ships. I’ll muster the rest of our people and retreat from this bloody battlefield. We’ll meet you along the coastline west of here. Don’t worry about losing us, we’ll stick to the coast and the merfolk will help us keep in contact. Once we’ve escaped and are out of range of any counterattacks by the humans, we can load the rest of our people onto the ships.
en_GB: Good, then let’s get out of here. The merfolk will help you guide the ships. I’ll muster the rest of our people and retreat from this bloody battlefield. We’ll meet you along the coastline west of here. Don’t worry about losing us, we’ll stick to the coast and the merfolk will help us keep in contact. Once we’ve escaped and are out of range of any counter-attacks by the humans, we can load the rest of our people onto the ships.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: Hail Kaleh, long have I waited to see you in person.
en_GB: Hail Kaleh! Long have I waited to see you in person.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: Perhaps I should start at the beginning. Make yourselves comfortable, for this may take a while. I want to tell you a tale, it is a story of the fall of what you refer to as ‘The Golden Age’.
en_GB: Perhaps I should start at the beginning. Make yourselves comfortable, for this may take a while. I want to tell you a tale; it is a story of the fall of what you refer to as ‘The Golden Age’.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: This will go much faster if you don’t interrupt me. Now, as I was saying the Empire of Wesnoth was very learned in the magical arts and had vast repositories of knowledge. Back then there was only one sun in the sky, the sun you call Sela. But the king decreed that he would raise a second sun into the heavens, to lengthen their days and shorten the darkness. All the mages, sorcerers and wise men came together and cast a mountain into the sky and made it glow as bright as the sun. They sent this second sun, who you call Naia, hurling through the sky so that there was only a few hours of dark each night. Though some had called the attempt foolish, it was a resounding success and stood as a tribute to the power and might of the humans. The golden age glowed brighter than ever and the many believed that they had dispelled evil and darkness forever.
en_GB: This will go much faster if you don’t interrupt me. Now, as I was saying: the Empire of Wesnoth was very learned in the magical arts and had vast repositories of knowledge. Back then there was only one sun in the sky, the sun you call Sela. But the king decreed that he would raise a second sun into the heavens, to lengthen their days and shorten the darkness. All the mages, sorcerers and wise men came together and cast a mountain into the sky and made it glow as bright as the sun. They sent this second sun, who you call Naia, hurling through the sky so that there was only a few hours of dark each night. Though some had called the attempt foolish, it was a resounding success and stood as a tribute to the power and might of the humans. The golden age glowed brighter than ever and the many believed that they had dispelled evil and darkness forever.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: But with their prosperity and power, over the generations the humans grew arrogant. One day a young descendant of the original king decreed that darkness should be abolished altogether from the land, so that light and goodness would shine forth everywhere. But the people had grown lazy and complacent and the ranks of mages who still trained hard to harness the magical arts had decreased greatly. Still the king believed he was all-powerful and would not listen to the mages’ protests. So, seeking to duplicate their ancestors’ previous success, the mages tried to lift a second mountain into the sky. But a great evil befell them that day; their power failed and the mountain crashed down onto the humans capital, crushing all within it. In an instant the center of the Empire of Wesnoth was utterly destroyed.
en_GB: But with their prosperity and power, over the generations the humans grew arrogant. One day a young descendant of the original king decreed that darkness should be abolished altogether from the land, so that light and goodness would shine forth everywhere. But the people had grown lazy and complacent and the ranks of mages who still trained hard to harness the magical arts had decreased greatly. Still the king believed he was all-powerful and would not listen to the mages’ protests. So, seeking to duplicate their ancestors’ previous success, the mages tried to lift a second mountain into the sky. But a great evil befell them that day; their power failed and the mountain crashed down onto the humans capital, crushing all within it. In an instant the centre of the Empire of Wesnoth was utterly destroyed.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: You are probably wondering why I know all this history. Far out in the sea is a string of islands that was once colonized by some humans from the Empire of Wesnoth. During the Golden Age ships traveled often to the mainland carrying trade goods and news. Apparently the colony was led by a group of mages who wanted a safe place to perform their experiments. Protected by their magic and their isolation, these colonists held out longer than most after the fall of the empire. What happened to them we do not know for certain, but many years ago my people discovered the ruins of their settlements. While exploring the ruins we found a library full of letters and several journals. With our magics and knowledge we were able to decipher the writings and thus we could piece together the history of the end of the Golden Age.
en_GB: You are probably wondering why I know all this history. Far out in the sea is a string of islands that was once colonized by some humans from the Empire of Wesnoth. During the Golden Age ships travelled often to the mainland carrying trade goods and news. Apparently the colony was led by a group of mages who wanted a safe place to perform their experiments. Protected by their magic and their isolation, these colonists held out longer than most after the fall of the empire. What happened to them we do not know for certain, but many years ago my people discovered the ruins of their settlements. While exploring the ruins we found a library full of letters and several journals. With our magics and knowledge we were able to decipher the writings and thus we could piece together the history of the end of the Golden Age.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: The islands seemed lush and bountiful so we decided to settle in the shallow waters. But we discovered that the largest island was a strange and sinister place. The interior of the island was choked with a thick jungle, and at the center we could see several tall rocky peaks. On the tallest peak was build some sort of stronghold and occasionally at night we saw strange lights emanating from it. We sent several expeditions into the jungle to explore the building, but none ever returned. Soon afterwards merfolk sleeping on the shores would disappear at night, leaving only bloody trails leading into the dense jungle. It was clear that something was lurking in the jungle, but we knew not what. Our priests felt a strange presence that they could not understand, and darkness clouded our attempts at scrying.
en_GB: The islands seemed lush and bountiful so we decided to settle in the shallow waters. But we discovered that the largest island was a strange and sinister place. The interior of the island was choked with a thick jungle, and at the centre we could see several tall rocky peaks. On the tallest peak was build some sort of stronghold and occasionally at night we saw strange lights emanating from it. We sent several expeditions into the jungle to explore the building, but none ever returned. Soon afterwards merfolk sleeping on the shores would disappear at night, leaving only bloody trails leading into the dense jungle. It was clear that something was lurking in the jungle, but we knew not what. Our priests felt a strange presence that they could not understand, and darkness clouded our attempts at scrying.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: Because in the end, I’m afraid you just have to trust us. If we wanted to capture you we could have already. But we are not here to force you to do anything. Feel free to leave if you want, we can take you back to land. But you will find few friends among the wilds north of the mountains, and the humans will be searching for you. Eloh’s reach is long and her vengeance is terrible.
en_GB: Because, in the end, I’m afraid you just have to trust us. If we wanted to capture you we could have already. But we are not here to force you to do anything. Feel free to leave if you want, we can take you back to land. But you will find few friends among the wilds north of the mountains, and the humans will be searching for you. Eloh’s reach is long and her vengeance is terrible.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: No, no, no! Too much blood has been spilled. This has gone on way too far for us to just end it now and walk away. You saw what she did to Keratur and Tanstafaal, their blood is on my hands and I will have vengeance!
en_GB: No, no, no! Too much blood has been spilled. This has gone on way too far for us to just end it now and walk away. You saw what she did to Keratur and Tanstafaal; their blood is on my hands and I will have vengeance!

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: I admit that Melusand does have a point. We cannot return under the mountains the way we came, the humans will be heavily guarding that path for sure by now. We could ask the merfolk to return us back to the coasts to the north or south of where we came, but I do not know these lands at all. We would be wandering aimlessly through the wilderness. Oh, if only we did have Eloh to guide us. We need her now more than ever.
en_GB: I admit that Melusand does have a point. We cannot return under the mountains the way we came: the humans will be heavily guarding that path for sure by now. We could ask the merfolk to return us back to the coasts to the north or south of where we came, but I do not know these lands at all. We would be wandering aimlessly through the wilderness. Oh, if only we did have Eloh to guide us. We need her now more than ever.

note: [message]: speaker=$ally_name
en: Yes, remember boy, the fight is not yet lost while we still draw breath.
en_GB: Yes, remember, boy, the fight is not yet lost while we still draw breath.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: You are right. I believe Melusand, strange as her tale sounds. From all I have seen Yechnagoth truly is a scourge on this earth, and I would gladly give up my life for a chance to destroy her once and for all. But this is not a choice that I can make for all of our people.
en_GB: You are right. I believe Melusand, strange as her tale sounds. From all I have seen, Yechnagoth truly is a scourge on this earth, and I would gladly give up my life for a chance to destroy her once and for all. But this is not a choice that I can make for all of our people.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: As strange as it may sound, there are some things in this world that are more important than the fate of our people. Years from now the suns shall rise anew, a seed will grow into a flower, a child will be born. And I believe that if Yechnagoth is victorious then all that is good and beautiful will be corrupted and twisted and destroyed. This is a harsh world that we live in, but there is beauty and goodness in it, and no matter what may happen to us, I would gladly give my life to see that beauty and goodness survive.
en_GB: As strange as it may sound, there are some things in this world that are more important than the fate of our people. Years from now the suns shall rise anew, a seed will grow into a flower, a child will be born. And I believe that if Yechnagoth is victorious, then all that is good and beautiful will be corrupted and twisted and destroyed. This is a harsh world that we live in, but there is beauty and goodness in it, and no matter what may happen to us, I would gladly give my life to see that beauty and goodness survive.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Then it is decided. Still in this matter we cannot speak for all our people. Those who go on this quest may never return, and this battle is certainly no place for the young or the elderly. Let all who are afraid or cannot fight stay behind with the merfolk. I will ask Melusand to arrange that if we fail, they be taken far away from here, that they might live out their lives in what peace they can find.
en_GB: Then it is decided. Still, in this matter we cannot speak for all our people. Those who go on this quest may never return, and this battle is certainly no place for the young or the elderly. Let all who are afraid or cannot fight stay behind with the merfolk. I will ask Melusand to arrange that if we fail, they should be taken far away from here, that they might live out their lives in what peace they can find.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Yes we have. Yechnagoth has played us like fools. We have all lost loved ones because of her machinations. Her arrogance will not go unchallenged; we will aid you in your cause.
en_GB: Yes we have. Yechnagoth has played us for fools. We have all lost loved ones because of her machinations. Her arrogance will not go unchallenged; we will aid you in your cause.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: Excellent. Due to our limited numbers, we cannot mount a full frontal assault against all her forces. Instead a sneak attack may allow us to bypass her defenses and strike at her heart. There are many among my people who yearn to strike against the Eater of Souls. I will help orchestrate an attack on one of the outermost northern islands to create a diversion. I also want to thank you for rescuing my brethren from the humans. They owe you their lives and they wish to return their debt of gratitude. They have volunteered to guide and escort you to your destination.
en_GB: Excellent. Due to our limited numbers, we cannot mount a full frontal assault against all her forces. Instead a sneak attack may allow us to bypass her defences and strike at her heart. There are many among my people who yearn to strike against the Eater of Souls. I will help orchestrate an attack on one of the outermost northern islands to create a diversion. I also want to thank you for rescuing my brethren from the humans. They owe you their lives and they wish to return their debt of gratitude. They have volunteered to guide and escort you to your destination.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: Because Zocthanol means accursed in our tongue. Anyway, it is there that I think you will find the source of the corruption. We will not be able to continue our attack for long, but it should give you enough time to slip through the outer defenses and reach Zocthanol Isle. You must explore the island, find the source of the darkness that infests it and destroy it before the rest of Yechnagoth’s minions have time to return.
en_GB: Because Zocthanol means accursed in our tongue. Anyway, it is there that I think you will find the source of the corruption. We will not be able to continue our attack for long, but it should give you enough time to slip through the outer defences and reach Zocthanol Isle. You must explore the island, find the source of the darkness that infests it and destroy it before the rest of Yechnagoth’s minions have time to return.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: We thank you for such beautiful gifts. We will wear them with honor.
en_GB: We thank you for such beautiful gifts. We will wear them with honour.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: We have one favor to ask of you.
en_GB: We have one favour to ask of you.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: We go into this darkness knowing that perhaps none of us will return alive. But I cannot ask all my people to go with me against their will. This battle is also no place for our children or our elders. I ask that you protect those that we leave behind, and should the fight go ill, please take them as far away from here as possible. At the least perhaps they can get some peace and happiness in the distant wilds.
en_GB: We go into this darkness knowing that perhaps none of us will return alive. But I cannot ask all my people to go with me against their will. This battle is also no place for our children or our elders. I ask that you protect those that we leave behind, and, should the fight go ill, please take them as far away from here as possible. At the least, perhaps they can get some peace and happiness in the distant wilds.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Zhangor appeared to them in the guise of a beautiful elven youth and told them that a great darkness was coming, which would destroy all the knowledge that they had collected. He said if they worshiped him as a god he would protect them and reveal unto them knowledge and magics that they could only dream of. But he wanted more; he demanded a blood sacrifice of one elf a month. Some of the elves were revolted, but most were tempted by the prospect of even greater power, and so they bowed down and worshiped him as their god. Those few who protested his ascendancy were the first to be thrown into jails and sacrificed.
en_GB: Zhangor appeared to them in the guise of a beautiful elven youth and told them that a great darkness was coming, which would destroy all the knowledge that they had collected. He said if they worshipped him as a god he would protect them and reveal unto them knowledge and magics that they could only dream of. But he wanted more; he demanded a blood sacrifice of one elf a month. Some of the elves were revolted, but most were tempted by the prospect of even greater power, and so they bowed down and worshipped him as their god. Those few who protested his ascendancy were the first to be thrown into gaols and sacrificed.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: And so as the rest of the lands succumbed to darkness and chaos, Wesmere Forest was one of the few islands of peace and safety. But Zhangor played upon the elves’ fears and demanded more from his followers. He declared that all other elves were heretics and did not deserve life. So the Wesmere elves gave sanctuary to refugees, and then they turned them over to their dark priests, who sacrificed them on Zhangor’s bloody altars. Zhangor feasted on these sacrifices and grew stronger and more powerful. He wanted even more. When no more refugees came, the priests ordered raiding parties to go out and bring back any poor souls they could find. When no more elves could be found they preyed upon humans, dwarves, orcs, anyone they could find in the nearby lands.
en_GB: And so, as the rest of the lands succumbed to darkness and chaos, Wesmere Forest was one of the few islands of peace and safety. But Zhangor played upon the elves’ fears and demanded more from his followers. He declared that all other elves were heretics and did not deserve life. So the Wesmere elves gave sanctuary to refugees, and then they turned them over to their dark priests, who sacrificed them on Zhangor’s bloody altars. Zhangor feasted on these sacrifices and grew stronger and more powerful. He wanted even more. When no more refugees came, the priests ordered raiding parties to go out and bring back any poor souls they could find. When no more elves could be found they preyed upon humans, dwarves, orcs — anyone they could find in the nearby lands.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Our priests also declared that Zhangor’s name and his story were forbidden knowledge, to speak of him meant death. Their constant vigilance was rewarded; in a few generations only the high priests knew of the tale, and so it was passed down to me. Though these measures may seem harsh, I believe they were justified. If Zhangor was ever summoned back I don’t think we could have survived another schism. And so the story of Zhangor was passed down from generation to generation to remind us guardians of knowledge of the folly of valuing knowledge higher than the welfare of our people.
en_GB: Our priests also declared that Zhangor’s name and his story were forbidden knowledge, to speak of him meant death. Their constant vigilance was rewarded; in a few generations only the high priests knew of the tale, and so it was passed down to me. Though these measures may seem harsh, I believe they were justified. If Zhangor had ever been summoned back I don’t think we could have survived another schism. And so the story of Zhangor was passed down from generation to generation to remind us guardians of knowledge of the folly of valuing knowledge higher than the welfare of our people.

note: [message]: speaker=Melusand
en: And now I must bid you farewell. The merfolk you rescued will help show you the path to the island, and I must go orchestrate our diversion. We will begin our attack at the end of the next long night, so by dawn the large island should be left relatively unguarded. I will pray for our success, with luck we shall all meet again.
en_GB: And now I must bid you farewell. The merfolk you rescued will help show you the path to the island, and I must go and orchestrate our diversion. We will begin our attack at the end of the next long night, so by dawn the large island should be left relatively unguarded. I will pray for our success; with luck we shall all meet again.

note: [message]: speaker=Boyicht
en: You trespass on holy ground, The One says you must die!
en_GB: You trespass on holy ground. The One says you must die!

note: [message]: speaker=second_unit
en: I say good riddance. He creeped me out.
en_GB: I say good riddance. He was creepy.

note: [message]: race=merman
en: Fear not, here we are! We have explored the southern half of the island. And except for those lizards you found, and some abandoned villages, it seem to be empty. We captured those villages for you, to help support your troops.
en_GB: Fear not, here we are! We have explored the southern half of the island. And, except for those lizards you found and some abandoned villages, it seem to be empty. We captured those villages for you, to help support your troops.

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Good, now we can start recruiting and recalling our warriors. Of course with so few people left, training new warriors will be very difficult and expensive. But if we lose this battle, then what use will gold be to us?
en_GB: Good, now we can start recruiting and recalling our warriors. Of course, with so few people left, training new warriors will be very difficult and expensive. But if we lose this battle, then what use will gold be to us?

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Now that we’ve set up a base of operations we should make our way to the black citadel in the mountains at the center of the island. I bet it’s somewhere in the middle of that dark jungle.
en_GB: Now that we’ve set up a base of operations we should make our way to the black citadel in the mountains at the centre of the island. I bet it’s somewhere in the middle of that dark jungle.

note: [objective]: condition=win
en: Reach the black citadel in the center of the island
en_GB: Reach the black citadel in the centre of the island

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: We’ve reached what looks like the citadel, but it is surrounded by a huge perfectly smooth obsidian wall. I can’t find any way to get in.
en_GB: We’ve reached what looks like the citadel, but it is surrounded by a huge, perfectly smooth obsidian wall. I can’t find any way to get in.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: We’ve reached what looks like the citadel, but it is surrounded by a huge perfectly smooth obsidian wall. I can’t find any entrances or exits.
en_GB: We’ve reached what looks like the citadel, but it is surrounded by a huge, perfectly smooth obsidian wall. I can’t find any entrances or exits.

note: [message]: speaker=Eloh
en: Sigh, you elves are so predictable.
en_GB: (sigh) You elves are so predictable.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: I’ve saved his sorry ass all this way, I’m not going to let him go and let himself get killed now!
en_GB: I’ve saved his sorry arse all this way, I’m not going to let him go and let himself get killed now!

note: [message]: speaker=Zhul
en: Nymphtessa, my darling, you have always been a rebel. But eventually you must learn to respect your leaders’ decisions. Kaleh has made his choice, and if Eloh wills it he will prevail. You see how all our losses weigh upon him. He would not want us to disobey him and sacrifice our lives too.
en_GB: Nymphtessa my darling, you have always been a rebel. But eventually you must learn to respect your leaders’ decisions. Kaleh has made his choice, and if Eloh wills it he will prevail. You see how all our losses weigh upon him. He would not want us to disobey him and sacrifice our lives too.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I have crossed deserts, mountains, and oceans and watched my people bleed every step of the way. I did not come all this way to give up now. I am tired of being called boy; I am Kalehssar, the leader of my people and I will fight you until my dying breath!
en_GB: I have crossed deserts, mountains, and oceans and watched my people bleed every step of the way. I did not come all this way to give up now. I am tired of being called boy; I am Kalehssar, the leader of my people, and I will fight you until my dying breath!

note: [message]: speaker=Eloh
en: So be it. You choose death? Then you shall receive it from those you hold most dear. Kill the unbelievers, let none survive!
en_GB: So be it. You choose death? Then you shall receive it from those you hold most dear. Kill the unbelievers; let none survive!

note: [message]: speaker=Anarion
en: Yes mistress.
en_GB: Yes, mistress.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Ignore our brethren, we must destroy her!
en_GB: Ignore our brethren; we must destroy her!

note: [message]: type=Desert Fighter, Desert Archer
en: Yes priestess.
en_GB: Yes, priestess.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: That central body is healing faster than we can damage it. It’s almost as if our attacks are doing no damage at all. We got to try another tactic, and fast!
en_GB: That central body is healing faster than we can damage it. It’s almost as if our attacks are doing no damage at all. We’ve got to try another tactic, and fast!

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Yes, she’s dead Nym.
en_GB: Yes, she’s dead, Nym.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: A few days later Melusand herself appeared and she declared the cleansing of this island a miracle. We made a pact between elf and merfolk and vowed to live together in peace and prosperity. Melusand blessed the island, and named it ‘Quenoth Isle’ in honor of our people. The merfolk have been very helpful in teaching us how to adapt to this strange land, though I still have trouble getting used to being surrounded by water. It used to be more precious than gold. Still, I could hardly imagine a better home for my people. Between the bounty of the sea and the many fruits of the jungle there is no shortage of food. We are isolated from the chaos on the mainland and the merfolk guard the waters. Melusand says now is a time for peace and prosperity. Part of me didn’t think we would survive our journey, there were so many close calls. Coming here almost does seem like a miracle. If only I could forget the price we paid...
en_GB: A few days later Melusand herself appeared and she declared the cleansing of this island a miracle. We made a pact between elf and merfolk and vowed to live together in peace and prosperity. Melusand blessed the island, and named it ‘Quenoth Isle’ in honour of our people. The merfolk have been very helpful in teaching us how to adapt to this strange land, though I still have trouble getting used to being surrounded by water. It used to be more precious than gold. Still, I could hardly imagine a better home for my people. Between the bounty of the sea and the many fruits of the jungle there is no shortage of food. We are isolated from the chaos on the mainland and the merfolk guard the waters. Melusand says now is a time for peace and prosperity. Part of me didn’t think we would survive our journey, there were so many close calls. Coming here almost does seem like a miracle. If only I could forget the price we paid...

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: Zhul’s funeral was a huge ceremony, like those she told us about from ages ago. I led a procession of our few remaining priestesses and all of the faithful around the entire island, so that she might see all that she had given to us. Being a priestess of the desert sands we buried her in one of the large beaches at the northwest end of the island. At the final battle she was one of the oldest elves left and I suppose I should thank Eloh that she did not die during our journey. She was my guide and my faith and my link to the past. I am sorry that she did not live to see the fruits of her labors, but I hope that she is with Eloh now, in a better place.
en_GB: Zhul’s funeral was a huge ceremony, like those she told us about from ages ago. I led a procession of our few remaining priestesses and all of the faithful around the entire island, so that she might see all that she had given to us. Being a priestess of the desert sands we buried her in one of the large beaches at the northwest end of the island. At the final battle she was one of the oldest elves left and I suppose I should thank Eloh that she did not die during our journey. She was my guide and my faith and my link to the past. I am sorry that she did not live to see the fruits of her labours, but I hope that she is with Eloh now, in a better place.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I am saddened by the death of Grog, but by saving my life in the end he did fulfill his life debt to me. I think he also would have been glad to have died in battle. I considered leading an expedition to go back and return his body to his people, but my fellow elves have been weakened by our long journey and I do not want to risk losing any more. Instead I searched all across the islands and at last in the rocky outcroppings to the northwest I found a series of caves. They were not as deep as his homeland but I thought Grog would have appreciated being laid to rest under some solid rock. And so we buried him with much honor and will long remember the service that his kind has done for our people.
en_GB: I am saddened by the death of Grog, but by saving my life in the end he did fulfill his life debt to me. I think he also would have been glad to have died in battle. I considered leading an expedition to go back and return his body to his people, but my fellow elves have been weakened by our long journey and I do not want to risk losing any more. Instead I searched all across the islands and at last in the rocky outcroppings to the northwest I found a series of caves. They were not as deep as his homeland but I thought Grog would have appreciated being laid to rest under some solid rock. And so we buried him with much honour and will long remember the service that his kind has done for our people.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I am saddened by the death of Nog, but by saving my life in the end he did fulfill his life debt to me. I think he also would have been glad to have died in battle. I considered leading an expedition to go back and return his body to his people, but my fellow elves have been weakened by our long journey and I do not want to risk losing any more. Instead I searched all across the islands and at last in the rocky outcroppings to the northwest I found a series of caves. They were not as deep as his homeland but I thought Nog would have appreciated being laid to rest under some solid rock. And so we buried him with much honor and will long remember the service that his kind has done for our people.
en_GB: I am saddened by the death of Nog, but by saving my life in the end he did fulfill his life debt to me. I think he also would have been glad to have died in battle. I considered leading an expedition to go back and return his body to his people, but my fellow elves have been weakened by our long journey and I do not want to risk losing any more. Instead I searched all across the islands and at last in the rocky outcroppings to the northwest I found a series of caves. They were not as deep as his homeland but I thought Nog would have appreciated being laid to rest under some solid rock. And so we buried him with much honour and will long remember the service that his kind has done for our people.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I am saddened by the death of Rogrimir, but by saving my life in the end he did fulfill his life debt to me. I think he also would have been glad to have died in battle. I considered leading an expedition to go back and return his body to his people, but my fellow elves have been weakened by our long journey and I do not want to risk losing any more. Instead I searched all across the islands and at last in the rocky outcroppings to the northwest I found a series of caves. They were not as deep as his homeland but I thought Rogrimir would have appreciated being laid to rest under some solid rock. And so we buried him with much honor and will long remember the service that his kind has done for our people.
en_GB: I am saddened by the death of Rogrimir, but by saving my life in the end he did fulfill his life debt to me. I think he also would have been glad to have died in battle. I considered leading an expedition to go back and return his body to his people, but my fellow elves have been weakened by our long journey and I do not want to risk losing any more. Instead I searched all across the islands and at last in the rocky outcroppings to the northwest I found a series of caves. They were not as deep as his homeland but I thought Rogrimir would have appreciated being laid to rest under some solid rock. And so we buried him with much honour and will long remember the service that his kind has done for our people.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: I am saddened by the death of Jarl, but by saving my life in the end he did fulfill his life debt to me. I think he also would have been glad to have died in battle. I considered leading an expedition to go back and return his body to his people, but my fellow elves have been weakened by our long journey and I do not want to risk losing any more. Instead I searched all across the islands and at last in the rocky outcroppings to the northwest I found a series of caves. They were not as deep as his homeland but I thought Jarl would have appreciated being laid to rest under some solid rock. And so we buried him with much honor and will long remember the service that his kind has done for our people.
en_GB: I am saddened by the death of Jarl, but by saving my life in the end he did fulfill his life debt to me. I think he also would have been glad to have died in battle. I considered leading an expedition to go back and return his body to his people, but my fellow elves have been weakened by our long journey and I do not want to risk losing any more. Instead I searched all across the islands and at last in the rocky outcroppings to the northwest I found a series of caves. They were not as deep as his homeland but I thought Jarl would have appreciated being laid to rest under some solid rock. And so we buried him with much honour and will long remember the service that his kind has done for our people.

note: [message]: speaker=Kaleh
en: It has been several years since the events that I chronicle here, and I’m not quite as spry and limber as I used to be, so I decided it was about time that I write this all down lest something happen to me. My one wish is that our descendants do not forget all those who made the ultimate sacrifice so that there might be a future for our people. Looking at the ruins of the ancient empires, I know that time erases all things. We have forgotten so much about the Golden Age. Do not let our story suffer the same fate. For as long as the tales of those now departed are still told, in some sense they are still alive and still with us. Honor those who have died. Remember our mistakes so you will not repeat them. And most of all, treasure every day, for it is a gift, from us to you.
en_GB: It has been several years since the events that I chronicle here, and I’m not quite as spry and limber as I used to be, so I decided it was about time that I write this all down lest something happen to me. My one wish is that our descendants do not forget all those who made the ultimate sacrifice so that there might be a future for our people. Looking at the ruins of the ancient empires, I know that time erases all things. We have forgotten so much about the Golden Age. Do not let our story suffer the same fate. For as long as the tales of those now departed are still told, in some sense they are still alive and still with us. Honour those who have died. Remember our mistakes so you will not repeat them. And most of all, treasure every day, for it is a gift, from us to you.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Well, your timing was perfect. Zhul is dedicating the new grove to Eloh, and you know there’ll be one heck of a celebration afterwards.
en_GB: Well, your timing was perfect. Zhul is dedicating the new grove to Eloh, and you know there’ll be one hell of a celebration afterwards.

note: [unit_type]: id=Corrupted Elf, race=elf
en: Imbued with a dark spirit these corrupted elves combine unhuman strength with potent magics to create formidable opponents. Though the elvish body often decays quickly, these abominations are potent weapons of the undead lords.
en_GB: Imbued with a dark spirit, these corrupted elves combine inhuman strength with potent magics to create formidable opponents. Though the elvish body often decays quickly, these abominations are potent weapons of the undead lords.

note: [female]
en: female^Desert Archer
en_GB: Desert Archer

note: [female]
en: female^Desert Avenger
en_GB: Desert Avenger

note: [unit_type]: id=Desert Druid, race=elf
en: female^Desert Druid
en_GB: Desert Druid

note: [unit_type]: id=Nym Hunter, race=elf [female]
en: female^Desert Hunter
en_GB: Desert Hunter

note: [female]
en: female^Desert Marksman
en_GB: Desert Marksman

note: [female] [unit_type]: id=Nym Prowler, race=elf
en: female^Desert Prowler
en_GB: Desert Prowler

note: [female]
en: female^Desert Ranger
en_GB: Desert Ranger

note: [unit_type]: id=Nym Sentinel, race=elf [female]
en: female^Desert Sentinel
en_GB: Desert Sentinel

note: [unit_type]: id=Desert Shaman, race=elf
en: female^Desert Shaman
en_GB: Desert Shaman

note: [female]
en: female^Desert Sharpshooter
en_GB: Desert Sharpshooter

note: [unit_type]: id=Desert Shyde, race=elf
en: female^Desert Shyde
en_GB: Desert Shyde

note: [unit_type]: id=Desert Star, race=elf [unit_type]: id=Desert Shyde, race=elf
en: SPECIAL_NOTE^ This unit can fly across any terrain except deep water.
en_GB:  This unit can fly across any terrain except deep water.

note: [unit_type]: id=Desert Star, race=elf
en: female^Desert Star
en_GB: Desert Star

note: [unit_type]: id=Desert Star, race=elf
en: SPECIAL_NOTE^ It also gains a 10% bonus to resistance from all attacks.
en_GB:  It also gains a 10% bonus to resistance from all attacks.

note: [unit_type]: id=Divine Avatar, race=elf
en: female^Divine Avatar
en_GB: Divine Avatar

note: [unit_type]: id=Divine Incarnation, race=elf
en: female^Divine Incarnation
en_GB: Divine Incarnation

note: [resistance]: id=sustenance
en: Sustenance:
    This unit’s resistances are increased by 20% in daylight, on defense and attack. Vulnerabilities are not affected.
en_GB: Sustenance:
    This unit’s resistances are increased by 20% in daylight, on defence and attack. Vulnerabilities are not affected.

note: [dummy]: id=stun
en: Stun:
    This attack puts enormous pressure on the enemy, disrupting his ZOC if a hit is landed. Not active on defense.
en_GB: Stun:
    This attack puts enormous pressure on the enemy, disrupting his ZOC if a hit is landed. Not active on defence.

note: [unit_type]: id=Crawling Horror, race=monster [unit_type]: id=Central Body2, race=monster [unit_type]: id=Pulsing Spire, race=monster [unit_type]: id=Central Body, race=monster
en: This thing is impossible to describe, no one has seen anything like it before.
en_GB: This thing is impossible to describe; no one has seen anything like it before.

note: [unit_type]: id=Naga Guardian, race=naga [unit_type]: id=Naga Warden, race=naga
en: These heavy fighters are the elite guards of the naga. They are slower and more heavily armored than most naga and wield huge maces which they use to crush their enemies. They mostly guard naga outposts, but occasionally participate in offensive raids.
en_GB: These heavy fighters are the elite guards of the naga. They are slower and more heavily armoured than most naga and wield huge maces which they use to crush their enemies. They mostly guard naga outposts, but occasionally participate in offensive raids.

note: [unit_type]: id=Naga Sentinel, race=naga
en: The heavy fighters are the elite guards of the naga. They are slower and more heavily armored than most naga and wield huge maces which they use to crush their enemies. They mostly guard naga outposts, but occasionally participate in offensive raids.
en_GB: The heavy fighters are the elite guards of the naga. They are slower and more heavily armoured than most naga and wield huge maces which they use to crush their enemies. They mostly guard naga outposts, but occasionally participate in offensive raids.

note: [unit_type]: id=Dark Assassin1, race=orc
en: The Dark Assassin appears and disappears at a moment’s notice. No one knows where he came from or why he acts the way he does, but the trail of death he leaves in his wake is unmistakeable.
en_GB: The Dark Assassin appears and disappears at a moment’s notice. No one knows where he came from or why he acts the way he does, but the trail of death he leaves in his wake is unmistakable.

note: [unit_type]: id=EShadow [unit_type]: id=ENightgaunt [unit_type]: id=ESpectre [unit_type]: id=EGhost [unit_type]: id=EWraith
en: SPECIAL_NOTE^ This unit is able to move through solid stone walls.
en_GB:  This unit is able to move through solid stone walls.

note: [unit_type]: id=ENightgaunt
en: SPECIAL_NOTE^ Unlike normal Nightgaunts, Ethereal Nightgaunts cannot hide at night.
en_GB:  Unlike normal Nightgaunts, Ethereal Nightgaunts cannot hide at night.

note: [unit_type]: id=EShadow
en: SPECIAL_NOTE^ Unlike normal Shadows, Ethereal Shadows cannot hide at night.
en_GB:  Unlike normal Shadows, Ethereal Shadows cannot hide at night.

note: [unit_type]: id=Haunt
en: Haunts are the tortured souls of those who have died suddenly and never been laid to rest. Paralyzed by the shock of their death, they are cursed to forever haunt the place of their death and relive their final moments over and over and over.
en_GB: Haunts are the tortured souls of those who have died suddenly and never been laid to rest. Paralysed by the shock of their death, they are cursed to forever haunt the place of their death and relive their final moments over and over and over.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: Farewell Nym, I go to the sea god. You elves must go on without me.
en_GB: Farewell, Nym, I go to the sea god. You elves must go on without me.

note: [message]: speaker=Nym
en: Farewell Esanoo. You were my favorite of the merfolk.
en_GB: Farewell, Esanoo. You were my favourite of the merfolk.

note: [message]: speaker=unit
en: This can’t be the end, I have too much left to see.
en_GB: This can’t be the end! I have too much left to see.

note: [part]
en: The next thing I remember, someone was bending over me shaking me awake. I was half buried in sand, and I felt weak but alive. Our equipment was scattered across the dunes or buried in the sand. Looking around I only saw a few of my companions, who were digging in the sand, fervently hoping to find other survivors. I dug furiously at the sand with my bare hands and yelled until I was hoarse, but try as I might, I could not find my father. They told me he had been swallowed by the sand, but I would not be consoled. In one instant my world crumbled; I never looked at the sands quite the same way again. I learned that day that the desert can be fickle and fierce, and death is always lurking just over the horizon.
en_GB: The next thing I remember, someone was bending over me shaking me awake. I was half buried in sand, and I felt weak but alive. Our equipment was scattered across the dunes or buried in the sand. Looking around I only saw a few of my companions, who were digging in the sand, fervently hoping to find other survivors. I dug furiously at the sand with my bare hands and yelled until I was hoarse; but, try as I might, I could not find my father. They told me he had been swallowed by the sand, but I would not be consoled. In one instant my world crumbled; I never looked at the sands quite the same way again. I learned that day that the desert can be fickle and fierce, and death is always lurking just over the horizon.

note: [part]
en: Now I journeyed out again across the sands, but this time it was not just myself, but my entire people that I had to protect. They were depending on my judgment, and I was only too aware of the weight on my narrow shoulders. Thinking of the last time we had gone out in force, I made a silent prayer to my father to watch over us. There was nowhere to go but north.
en_GB: Now I journeyed out again across the sands, but this time it was not just myself, but my entire people that I had to protect. They were depending on my judgement, and I was only too aware of the weight on my narrow shoulders. Thinking of the last time we had gone out in force, I made a silent prayer to my father to watch over us. There was nowhere to go but north.

note: [part]
en: Chapter 4: We found the crumbling obsidian tower that Eloh had described, and we camped at the edge of the foothills before the mountains. I was still shocked by the loss of Garak and all the other elves who fell in the battle last night. There was so much death in this land, had it always been this way? As we traveled I pondered what this world might have been like back before the Great Fall and I remembered the tale that had been told to me many times since I was a child:
en_GB: Chapter 4: We found the crumbling obsidian tower that Eloh had described, and we camped at the edge of the foothills before the mountains. I was still shocked by the loss of Garak and all the other elves who fell in the battle last night. There was so much death in this land, had it always been this way? As we travelled I pondered what this world might have been like back before the Great Fall and I remembered the tale that had been told to me many times since I was a child:

note: [part]
en: Eventually peace and prosperity fostered corruption and decadence. Through her powers of deception and guile, Uria cultivated secret groups of followers, promising to fulfill their darkest desires. She bided her time, and slowly stretched her black hands out across the world. At first, petty arguments between humans, elves and dwarves erupted into conflicts, embroiling our people in the first wars they had fought for ages. Then orcs and other foul creatures came back into the world and raided our settlements, razing villages and massacring hundreds. Uria’s followers studied the necromantic arts and raised armies of undead. Our people had grown weak and soft in the time of peace and plenty and were ill-suited to cope with these new trials. Even nature herself seemed to quail under the onslaught: crops failed, the trees sickened and our forests began to die. Most disturbing was the way the nights lengthened, creating the long dark we suffer today. Many of our people despaired, and many embraced the oncoming darkness, worshiping Uria in hopes of saving themselves. Former friends fought over what few resources remained, and chaos threatened to overwhelm us all.
en_GB: Eventually peace and prosperity fostered corruption and decadence. Through her powers of deception and guile, Uria cultivated secret groups of followers, promising to fulfill their darkest desires. She bided her time, and slowly stretched her black hands out across the world. At first, petty arguments between humans, elves and dwarves erupted into conflicts, embroiling our people in the first wars they had fought for ages. Then orcs and other foul creatures came back into the world and raided our settlements, razing villages and massacring hundreds. Uria’s followers studied the necromantic arts and raised armies of undead. Our people had grown weak and soft in the time of peace and plenty and were ill-suited to cope with these new trials. Even nature herself seemed to quail under the onslaught: crops failed, the trees sickened and our forests began to die. Most disturbing was the way the nights lengthened, creating the long dark we suffer today. Many of our people despaired, and many embraced the oncoming darkness, worshipping Uria in hopes of saving themselves. Former friends fought over what few resources remained, and chaos threatened to overwhelm us all.

note: [part]
en: Chapter 6: The troll Zurg led us through a maze of twisting passages speaking scarcely a word. Finally after what seemed like hours of marching he stopped. He motioned us to be very quiet and we crept forward; all I could hear was the soft patter of feet and my heavy breathing. Even that little noise seemed to echo off the cramped walls of our rough-hewn passage. I was suddenly aware of the sheer mass of of rock and earth above us and for a moment I despaired of ever seeing the sun again. Then I grabbed my sword with fresh determination and vowed to see this mission through.
en_GB: Chapter 6: The troll Zurg led us through a maze of twisting passages speaking scarcely a word. Finally, after what seemed like hours of marching, he stopped. He motioned us to be very quiet and we crept forward; all I could hear was the soft patter of feet and my heavy breathing. Even that little noise seemed to echo off the cramped walls of our rough-hewn passage. I was suddenly aware of the sheer mass of of rock and earth above us and for a moment I despaired of ever seeing the sun again. Then I grabbed my sword with fresh determination and vowed to see this mission through.

note: [part]
en: I do not know how long we tramped through those tiny dark passages; time seemed to flow differently down there, deep under the earth. But when we finally got to our destination, what I saw was breathtaking. We entered into a large cavern, where the dwarves had built a huge city out of stone. Protected by stone walls and gates that were bigger than I had ever seen, the place seemed virtually impregnable. As we entered I marveled at their stonework and I saw that the place was crawling with dwarves. It was bigger than any village I had ever seen.
en_GB: I do not know how long we tramped through those tiny dark passages; time seemed to flow differently down there, deep under the earth. But when we finally got to our destination, what I saw was breathtaking. We entered into a large cavern, where the dwarves had built a huge city out of stone. Protected by stone walls and gates that were bigger than I had ever seen, the place seemed virtually impregnable. As we entered I marvelled at their stonework and I saw that the place was crawling with dwarves. It was bigger than any village I had ever seen.

note: [part]
en: The dwarf king was away cleaning up after the recent battle, and would not be back for several days. I happily spent what little time I had learning as much as I could about these strange people. I was very impressed by their craftsmanship; they made weapons and armor of a quality I had never seen before. We were also quite the curiosity to the dwarves; I have no idea when they had last seen an elf. While some seemed suspicious or frightened of us, the dwarves overall were very polite and met our every need. Finally the summons came to meet with the dwarven king...
en_GB: The dwarf king was away cleaning up after the recent battle, and would not be back for several days. I happily spent what little time I had learning as much as I could about these strange people. I was very impressed by their craftsmanship; they made weapons and armour of a quality I had never seen before. We were also quite the curiosity to the dwarves; I have no idea when they had last seen an elf. While some seemed suspicious or frightened of us, the dwarves overall were very polite and met our every need. Finally the summons came to meet with the dwarven king...

note: [part]
en: I do not know how long we tramped through those tiny dark passages; time seemed to flow differently down there, deep under the earth. But finally we stepped out into a large cavern. Dominating the cavern were the remains of what must have originally been a dwarf city. The large stone walls were riddled with giant holes and the iron gates had been blasted asunder. As we entered through the gates, we saw dead dwarves and other more grisly signs of recent battle. All around us were many trolls, working hard to repair the walls and other defenses. Zurg led us through the chaos to several side caverns which had until recently been used as storerooms. There was sufficient space for us to bed down and stay out of the way, and the dwarves had left behind plenty of provisions.
en_GB: I do not know how long we tramped through those tiny dark passages; time seemed to flow differently down there, deep under the earth. But finally we stepped out into a large cavern. Dominating the cavern were the remains of what must have originally been a dwarf city. The large stone walls were riddled with giant holes and the iron gates had been blasted asunder. As we entered through the gates, we saw dead dwarves and other more grisly signs of recent battle. All around us were many trolls, working hard to repair the walls and other defences. Zurg led us through the chaos to several side caverns which had until recently been used as storerooms. There was sufficient space for us to bed down and stay out of the way, and the dwarves had left behind plenty of provisions.

note: [part]
en: Zurg told us that they had just captured this city from the dwarves, and that the Great Leader had moved here to set up his base of operations. They were clearly worried about a dwarf counterattack. Luckily the trolls were quite skilled at stonework and the walls were quickly repaired. The trolls didn’t talk much, but seemed very intelligent and not the mere bloodthirsty savages they had been purported to be. Overall they actually seemed quite peaceful, except when provoked. I learned that the leadership was balanced between the warriors and the shamans. The troll’s military leader was chosen and advised by a council of their shamans.
en_GB: Zurg told us that they had just captured this city from the dwarves, and that the Great Leader had moved here to set up his base of operations. They were clearly worried about a dwarf counter-attack. Luckily the trolls were quite skilled at stonework and the walls were quickly repaired. The trolls didn’t talk much, but seemed very intelligent and not the mere bloodthirsty savages they had been purported to be. Overall they actually seemed quite peaceful, except when provoked. I learned that the leadership was balanced between the warriors and the shamans. The troll’s military leader was chosen and advised by a council of their shamans.

note: [part]
en: Just then we crested over the last dune and I indeed saw what she meant. Sparkling blue covered the entire horizon. I fell to my knees in awe, I had never seen so much water in one place. I cannot write down in words the shock and amazement I felt. To have grown up in a land where water was as precious as gold, and then see miles and miles of it. It was only then that I understood where the merfolk truly came from. I’d been to some strange places, high up in the mountains, deep down under thousands of tons of rock, but this world of water was the most alien of them all.
en_GB: Just then we crested over the last dune and I indeed saw what she meant. Sparkling blue covered the entire horizon. I fell to my knees in awe; I had never seen so much water in one place. I cannot write down in words the shock and amazement I felt. To have grown up in a land where water was as precious as gold, and then see miles and miles of it. It was only then that I understood where the merfolk truly came from. I’d been to some strange places, high up in the mountains, deep down under thousands of tons of rock, but this world of water was the most alien of them all.

note: [part]
en: Which brings me to the other alien concept I was trying to comprehend: our goddess Eloh. What was her plan? Why did she want me to surrender to the humans? Do the humans worship her as well? The humans seem so brutish and vile, that I can’t imagine them worshiping the same god as us. I thought Eloh was just our god, I don’t remember Zhul mentioning any other races worshiping her after the Great Fall, though perhaps things had changed in the intervening years. Her commands don’t make any sense; she doesn’t seem at all like the goddess Zhul told me about. And what was Esanoo talking about? How did his master know about ‘Yechnagoth’ and ‘Zhangor’? If Eloh won’t help me, then I desperately need some answers. I pray to whatever gods may be left that I’m not leading my people into a trap...
en_GB: Which brings me to the other alien concept I was trying to comprehend: our goddess Eloh. What was her plan? Why did she want me to surrender to the humans? Do the humans worship her as well? The humans seem so brutish and vile, that I can’t imagine them worshipping the same god as us. I thought Eloh was just our god, I don’t remember Zhul mentioning any other races worshipping her after the Great Fall, though perhaps things had changed in the intervening years. Her commands don’t make any sense; she doesn’t seem at all like the goddess Zhul told me about. And what was Esanoo talking about? How did his master know about ‘Yechnagoth’ and ‘Zhangor’? If Eloh won’t help me, then I desperately need some answers. I pray to whatever gods may be left that I’m not leading my people into a trap...

note: [part]
en: And yet, here in the dark, Eloh says she is powerless. Here she cannot help us, we must fend for ourselves. Though she is our god, I cannot just lie back and depend on her to always save us. These are my people too, and I have a responsibility to them as their leader. I must make my own decisions as I see best. And as Zhul told me when I was but a child, Eloh forgives all our sins. If I err in my judgment she will surely understand. Eloh may be our guide, but I am our leader and I will do what I must to protect my people during our journey.
en_GB: And yet, here in the dark, Eloh says she is powerless. Here she cannot help us; we must fend for ourselves. Though she is our god, I cannot just lie back and depend on her to always save us. These are my people too, and I have a responsibility to them as their leader. I must make my own decisions as I see best. And as Zhul told me when I was but a child, Eloh forgives all our sins. If I err in my judgement she will surely understand. Eloh may be our guide, but I am our leader and I will do what I must to protect my people during our journey.

en: Choose a file to Open
en_GB: Choose a file to open

en: Something's stuffed up, no such file: %s
en_GB: Something has gone wrong, no such file: %s

en: %s not found, links & e-mail addresses will not be clickable
en_GB: %s not found, links & email addresses will not be clickable

en: Querys the current track in an already running %s process
en_GB: Queries the current track in an already running %s process

en: Pause failed, not file is currently open.
en_GB: Pause failed, no file is currently open.

en: Report a bug to the Bugtracker
en_GB: Report a bug to the Bug Tracker

en: Seek instantaneously on draging over the progress bar, instead of waiting until the end.
en_GB: Seek instantaneously on dragging over the progress bar, instead of waiting until the end.

en: Finally! Our first step to victory was just done! Last night, we landed on
    the forbidden island and defeated the few guards that sentineled the north
    western part of the island. I am quite sure, that none of the other warlords
    has detected us so far, so we should keep quiet and build up our
    infrastructure. Soon we will be strong enough to raid their positions.
en_GB: Finally! Our first step to victory was just done! Last night, we landed on
    the forbidden island and defeated the few guards that sentinelled the north
    western part of the island. I am quite sure, that none of the other warlords
    has detected us so far, so we should keep quiet and build up our
    infrastructure. Soon we will be strong enough to raid their positions.

en: 01 - Eyes in the Dark
en_GB: 01 — Eyes in the Dark

en: 01 - From Nemesis to Genesis
en_GB: 01 — From Nemesis to Genesis

en: 01 - The Strands of Malac' Mor
en_GB: 01 — The Strands of Malac' Mor

en: 02 - A Place to call Home
en_GB: 02 — A Place to Call Home

en: 02 - An Outpost for Exile
en_GB: 02 — An Outpost for Exile

en: 03 - This Land is our Land
en_GB: 03 — This Land is Our Land

en: A few miles in front of Gerion Coast lies a small unnamed island. Until now, you have not seen any reason, to ship there, but yesterday a big fireball came from the sky and touched down in it's middle. Is this a sign of the Gods? You believe it is and you hope, that your tribe will find the treasure of this island, before other tribes will follow.
en_GB: A few miles before Gerion Coast lies a small unnamed island. Until now, you have not seen any reason to travel there, but yesterday a meteor came out of the sky and impacted in its centre. Is this a sign from the Gods? You believe it is, and you hope that your tribe will find the treasure of this island, before the other tribes follow.

en: A long time your tribe dwelt on this beautiful and lonely glacier lake. No one disturbed you and the resources were enough for your whole tribe, but a few months ago another tribe came over the mountains and settled down. And you are sure, that there is only enough place for one tribe.
en_GB: Many years ago, your tribe settled on the shores of this beautiful and isolated glacier lake. No one disturbed you and there were resources enough for your whole tribe. A few months ago, however, another tribe came over the mountains searching for a new place to dwell — but you are sure that there is only enough space for one tribe.

en: A mystical land, full of different landscapes, which are all crossed by a handful of big rivers.
en_GB: A mystical land, full of different landscapes, crossed by several large rivers.

en: After an impact of an asteroid and the following harsh winter, three isles are connected by ice and stone, setting an end to the peaceful coexistence of three tribes.
en_GB: After an asteroid impact and the following harsh Winter, these three isles are connected by ice and stone, heralding an end to the peaceful coexistence of three tribes.

en: Another strange test by the Gods. To reach the other side, there seems to be no other way, than occupying the land of your enemies.
en_GB: Another strange test from the Gods. There seems to be no way to reach the other side, other than by occupying the land of your enemies.

en: Another thaw set in. Three tribes were sheltering form severe winter among majestic mountains. During solstice they listened to the oracle and went on to war. The only survivor will sacrifice his enemies' treasures on the ancient altar, build there a splendid castle and gain goodwill and the respect of the Gods.
en_GB: Another thaw set in. Three tribes were sheltering from the severe winter among majestic mountains. During the solstice they listened to the oracle and went to war. The only survivor will sacrifice his enemies' treasures on the ancient altar, build there a mighty castle and gain the goodwill and respect of the Gods.

en: Barbarians - The second Empire
en_GB: Barbarians — The Second Empire

en: Empire - The Months of Exile
en_GB: Empire — The Months of Exile

en: For centuries you've lived peacefully together with the other tribe on the neighboured island. This peace seems to end now - your neighbour begins to expand.
en_GB: For centuries you have lived peacefully alongside the tribe of the neighbouring island. It seems that this peace shall soon end, as your neighbour begins to expand.

en: Is this a test by the Gods or an evil plan by someone else, that you and your tribe woke up on this island among fire and lava? Until now it seems as if you are alone, but no-one knows, what might happen if you meet an opponent tribe?
en_GB: Is this a test from the Gods, or the evil plan of some other being, that you and your tribe woke up on this island among fire and lava? Until now it seems as if you are alone, but who knows what might happen if you meet an opposing tribe?

en: Islands at war
en_GB: Islands at War

en: It is said that even sun and moon must find their way between the spires of these mountains. HINT: Monoliths mark ore-spots. Don't bother sending Geologists elsewhere.
en_GB: It is said that even the Sun and the Moon must find their way between the spires of these mountains. HINT: Monoliths mark ore-spots. Don't bother sending Geologists elsewhere.

en: It was a long time ago, since the last raindrop touched these grounds. No wonder, that there is not much water left in this dry riverbed. Everyone knows: soon there will be a war. A war about the last of water.
en_GB: It is long since the last raindrop touched this land. No wonder there is little water left in this dry riverbed. Everyone knows there will be a war soon, a war over the last of the water.

en: Long after a meteor crashed into a couple of mountains, life blossoms in the crater. Two tribes are now fighting for the rich resources.
en_GB: Long after a meteor crashed into the mountains, life blossoms in the crater. Two tribes are now fighting for the rich resources.

en: Many beautiful, green islands await the ones brave enough to pass the thousand waves, twinkling in the sun.
en_GB: Many beautiful, green islands await those brave enough to pass the thousand waves, twinkling in the sun.

en: Mighty mountains divide this land into three fertile valleys. But a path connects the valleys and thus a fight seems inescapable! Hint: Water can be found around the lakes.
en_GB: Mighty mountains divide this land into three fertile valleys. But a path connects the valleys and thus a fight seems unavoidable! Hint: Water can be found around the lakes.

en: Six months ago, Lutius - a young general of the Empire - was sent with 150 soldiers to the frontier beyond the northern forests where Barbarian tribes were crossing onto land held by the Empire. His task was to defend the Empire's land. At first, everything was calm. He even talked to a few barbarian children and thought about a peaceful life - side by side with this archaic folk. He began to feel safer and his army began to drop their attention off the potential enemy. That was their undoing. One night in March his unprepared army was attacked by 100 barbarian footmen and was completely scattered. Only with his bare life he and a handful of his soldiers survived.
en_GB: Six months ago, Lutius, a young general of the Empire, was sent with 150 soldiers to the frontier beyond the northern forests where Barbarian tribes were crossing onto land held by the Empire. His task was to defend the Empire's land. At first, everything was calm. He even talked to a few barbarian children and thought about a peaceful life — side by side with this archaic folk. He began to feel safer and his army began to let their attention wander away from the potential enemy. That was their undoing. One night in March, his unprepared army was attacked by 100 Barbarian warriors and was completely scattered. He and only a handful of his soldiers barely escaped with their lives.

en: Some say that impenetrable lands to the far north scared away even the most courageous settlers and the bravest of the brave warriors. Big and old forests, full of big and predatory game, cut across by wetlands and hills were shrouded in mystery. The ones who had managed to come back mentioned tremendous buildings, decorated with carvings and gold from majestic mountain ranges somewhere amongst the wilderness. Dozens of years after only some crumbly ruins remain of these good old times, covered with moss and trees. Their shapes give only an idea about the craftsmanship of ancient constructors. Nobody knows why they (have) disappeared. Nobody knows why. People say that now nothing is blocking the road to wealth. But many will die pulled apart by wolves, engulfed by swamp... encircled by hostile tribes.
en_GB: Some say that impenetrable lands to the far north scared away even the most courageous settlers and the bravest of the brave warriors. Deep, old forests, full of dangerous beasts, cut across by wetlands and hills were shrouded in mystery. Those who had managed to come back mentioned tremendous buildings, decorated with carvings and gold from majestic mountain ranges somewhere amongst the wilderness. Dozens of years after only some crumbly ruins remain of these better times, covered with moss and trees. Their shapes give only an idea about the craftsmanship of ancient constructors. Nobody knows why they have disappeared. People say that now nothing is blocking the road to wealth. But many will die pulled apart by wolves, engulfed by swamp... encircled by hostile tribes.

en: The ancient sun of fire
en_GB: The Ancient Sun of Fire

en: The big lake
en_GB: The Big Lake

en: The long way
en_GB: The Long Way

en: The pass through the mountains
en_GB: The Pass Through the Mountains

en: There are two big questions around: Who created this unbelievably big maze and what can be found inside?
en_GB: There are two big questions: Who created this unbelievably big maze and what can be found inside?

en: There is something mystical, like a grey atmosphere, around these three oases, which no one found out about yet. Perhaps you will be the one, but be aware of the others, who are searching too!
en_GB: There is something mystical, like a grey atmosphere, around these three oases, which none have discovered yet. Perhaps you will be the one, but beware of the others who are searching too!

en: These are the beautiful Finnish lands, which are of lakes, rivers, ancient forests and mountains. It is up to you, to find a way through these lands.
en_GB: These are the beautiful Finnish lands — lakes, rivers, ancient forests and mountains. It is up to you to find a way through them.

en: This island once came out of the deepest grounds of the sea. In those days, fire rose out of the salty seawater and brought ash, stones and earth to daylight. And the fire came nearer and nearer to the sun, while the mountain grew and grew. Until one day, when the whole firemountain exploded. Nowadays only this ring is left from that mighty firemountain. Do you think, that it is big enough for more than one tribe?
en_GB: This island once rose out of the depths of the sea. In those days, fire shot from the salt water and brought ash, stones and earth to daylight. The mountain grew and grew and its fiery peak climbed higher into the sky until one day it ripped itself apart in a massive explosion. Nowadays only this ring is left from that mighty peak. Do you think it is big enough for more than one tribe?

en: This lake, deep in the most ancient forests, has long been known for its beauty and idyllic peace. Yet, its sanctity has been disturbed now, as two hostile tribes arrive at its shores...
en_GB: This lake, deep in the most ancient forests, has long been known for its beauty and idyllic peace. Yet its sanctity has been disturbed now, as two hostile tribes arrive at its shores...

en: When Chat’Karuth died, he was an old man, father to three strong and ambitious sons and warlord to an army that could match any enemy willing to rise against the ancient forests. Though at the end of his glorious reign, Chat’Karuth left his eldest son, Thron, to succeed him as the tribe's warlord – a decision that left his two brothers unsatisfied. The old warlord knew that. As his father instructed him, Thron left the capital of Al’thunran, the home of the Throne Among the Trees and withdrew his forces to the high hills where he buried the corpse of his father. There he swore to the gods and his father's spirit that he’d return to re-established order. While his brothers raged in blind war against Thron and the few forces he left to secure the borders of Al’thunran, the young warlord seeks to reunite his ambitious brothers and force the tribes to march once again under a common banner.
en_GB: When Chat’Karuth died, he was an old man, father to three strong and ambitious sons and warlord to an army that could match any enemy willing to rise against the ancient forests. At the end of his glorious reign, Chat’Karuth left his eldest son, Thron, to succeed him as the tribe's warlord — a decision that left his two brothers unsatisfied. The old warlord knew this. As his father instructed him, Thron left the capital of Al’thunran, the home of the Throne Among the Trees, and withdrew his forces to the high hills where he buried the corpse of his father. There he swore to the gods and his father's spirit that he would return to re-establish order. While his brothers raged in blind war against Thron and the few forces he left to secure the borders of Al’thunran, the young warlord seeks to reunite his ambitious brothers and force the tribes to march once again under a common banner.

en: Whether just one of nature's strangest features or the creation of a mad (and game-hungry) god, this weird battleground awaits two opponents for another confrontation.
en_GB: Whether just one of nature's strangest features or the creation of a mad and playful god, this weird battleground awaits two opponents for another confrontation.

en: Whimsical Gods didn't answer our prayers. Instead the thousand fold hotter Sun heated up the Earth and melted glaciers and people plunged into the deep. But now - high in the majestic mountains, on the last scrap of land - two surviving tribes are sheltering. Even though the Gods showed mercy and the climate thus turned cooler again the water is still rising and rising. Onto the last secure place - the highest mountain range where the amount of gold and the space to live merely suffice for one tribe - only two opposite paths lead. But remember, be careful... this last living space is also a hard and small place to live. Don't forget to take care about your timber supplies, you'll need them.
en_GB: Whimsical Gods didn't answer our prayers. Instead the thousandfold hotter Sun heated the Earth and melted glaciers, and people plunged into the deep. But now — high in the majestic mountains, on the last scrap of land — two surviving tribes are sheltering. Even though the Gods showed mercy and the climate thus turned cooler again the water is still rising and rising. Onto the last secure place — the highest mountain range where the amount of gold and the space to live merely suffice for one tribe — only two opposite paths lead. But remember to take care... this last living space is also a hard and cramped place to live. Don't forget to look to your timber supplies, you will need them.

en: You are standing on an island, crowned by mighty mountains, which keep a wonderful and mighty treasure in their middle - The Green Plateau, which is hard to get, but easy to lose, so if you want it, be aware of the other clans.
en_GB: You are standing on an island, crowned by mighty mountains, which keep a wonderful and mighty treasure in their middle — The Green Plateau, which is hard to gain, but easy to lose — so if you want it, be aware of the other clans.

en:  "Hey Lutius, I got the message that our first lumberjack started his work today. Perhaps it would be a good idea to wait until he cleans enough space for building up two further lumberjack's houses, so that we can harvest the trunks faster.<br> But unfortunately the trunks are useless for repairing our ship - we need refined lumber, like every ship and every bigger building needs, too. So we should build up a sawmill - as soon as we have enough space for this."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "Hey Lutius, I got the message that our first lumberjack started his work today. Perhaps it would be a good idea to wait until he cleans enough space for building up two further lumberjacks' houses, so that we can harvest the trunks faster.<br> But unfortunately the trunks are useless for repairing our ship - we need refined lumber, like every ship and every bigger building needs, too. So we should build up a sawmill - as soon as we have enough space for this."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "Hey, my good old friend. I just thought about the rocks standing on the south shore of this land. Perhaps we could cut out some useful hard stones and beautiful marble.<br> The repair of our ship will take a few weeks, anyway, and the resources we harvest now might be the base of strong and big buildings in another land."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "Lutius old friend! I just thought about the rocks standing on the south shore of this land. Perhaps we could cut out some good stones and fine marble?<br> The repairs to our ship will take a few weeks anyway, and the resources we gather now might be the foundations of strong, tall buildings in another land."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "Hi Lutius, I've got two important things to talk about... First the good news:<br> I saw that the construction of the sawmill is complete, so we can begin to refine the trunks that the lumberjacks are harvesting into lumber.<br> But that's just about the only positive thing I know to talk about. The bad news is that our lumberjacks harvest at an unbelievable speed. There are almost no trees left on this island.<br> Lutius, these trees provide shelter from the sandstorms from the desert, shade on the hot days and they are the home of so many gentle animals. We shouldn't leave this island a complete desert.<br> Lutius, I beg you: find someone who takes care about planting new trees."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "Lutius! I have two important things to talk about... First the good news:<br> I see that the construction of the sawmill is complete, so we can begin to refine the trunks that the lumberjacks bring us.<br> But that's just about the only good news at the moment. The bad news is that our lumberjacks work at an unbelievable speed. There are almost no trees left on this island.<br> Lutius, these trees provide shelter from the desert sandstorms, shade on hot days and are the homes of so many animals. We shouldn't leave this island a complete desert.<br> Lutius, I beg you: find someone who will take care to plant new trees."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "Sire, I fear we are not safe in this foreign land. Who knows what terrible creatures live beyond this forest, in that mighty desert? What if these creatures enter the woods and await the time to attack us?<br> Well, perhaps my fear is misguided, but it can't be wrong to keep watch in the forests - so that we can be sure to see any potential enemies before they can see us.<br> We really should build a barracks in the eastern portion of the forest. Then one of us can keep watch in the darkness and keep us safe from these creatures."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "Sire, I fear we are not safe in this foreign land. Who knows what terrible creatures live beyond this forest, in that mighty desert? What if these creatures enter the woods and lie in wait, ready to attack us?<br> Well, perhaps my fear is misguided, but it can't be wrong to keep watch over the forests — so that we can be sure to see any potential enemies before they can see us.<br> We really should build a barracks in the eastern portion of the forest. Then one of us can keep watch in the darkness and keep us safe from these creatures."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "What has become of our Empire? I really ask this question - why did my king forbid me from fighting against that monsterous barbarian tribe, who first acted as a peaceful friend and then attacked my army in the darkest night?<br> With an army of 150 men, I was assigned to patrol on our northern frontier, which lies near the Galdin Mountains in a great, beautiful and ancient forest. Soon, we met a barbarian tribe, which at first was friendly. A few of my men even traded with them and their kids came to us, to admire our clean and tidy uniforms and weapons.<br> But in our fifth night in that region, they attacked us with no reason. I lost dozens of good men, and found myself imprisoned and brought to their chieftain. He spat at me, mocked me and told me to leave this land forever. He did not want new land and did not want our land, but he told me that THIS forest was their land - and would stay theirs until the ghosts take the last man of his folk!<br> Three weeks later, I came back to Fremil to speak with our king. He was furious at the Barbarians, yet disallowed an attack of these tribes. He believed that our army was too weak to survive in a war against the barbarians.<br> Still, I saw no way that I could erase my shame - without fighting against the Barbarians. So I left Fremil by boat to find myself a new world, and a new life, somewhere in the south. Now I am sailing on the perl-gulf with my family, some of my friends and a few of my best warriors."
en_GB:  "What has become of our Empire? I really ask this question - why did my king forbid me from fighting against that monstrous barbarian tribe, who first acted as a peaceful friend and then attacked my army in the darkest night?<br> With an army of 150 men, I was assigned to patrol on our northern frontier, which lies near the Galdin Mountains in a great, beautiful and ancient forest. Soon, we met a barbarian tribe, which at first was friendly. A few of my men even traded with them and their kids came to us, to admire our clean and tidy uniforms and weapons.<br> But in our fifth night in that region, they attacked us with no reason. I lost dozens of good men, and found myself imprisoned and brought to their chieftain. He spat at me, mocked me and told me to leave this land forever. He did not want new land and did not want our land, but he told me that THIS forest was their land - and would stay theirs until the ghosts take the last man of his folk!<br> Three weeks later, I came back to Fremil to speak with our king. He was furious at the Barbarians, yet disallowed an attack of these tribes. He believed that our army was too weak to survive in a war against the barbarians.<br> Still, I saw no way that I could erase my shame - without fighting against the Barbarians. So I left Fremil by boat to find myself a new world, and a new life, somewhere in the south. Now I am sailing on the perl-gulf with my family, some of my friends and a few of my best warriors."

en: * Build a barracks at the red house symbol on the east side of the forests, to the right of your provisional headquarters.
en_GB: * Build a barracks at the red building symbol on the east side of the forest, to the right of your provisional headquarters.

en: * Build a lumberjack's house at the red house symbol, south of your provisional headquarters. Cutting down enough trees for more buildings will take a while. You can speed the game up using PAGE UP and slow it down again with PAGE DOWN.
en_GB: * Build a lumberjack's house at the red building symbol to south of your provisional headquarters. Cutting down enough trees for more buildings will take a while. You can speed the game up using the PAGE UP key and slow it down again with the PAGE DOWN key.

en: * Build a lumberjack's house at the red point, south of your provisional headquarters. Cutting down enough trees for more buildings will take a while. You can speed the game up using PAGE UP and slow it down again with PAGE DOWN.
en_GB: * Build a lumberjack's house at the red symbol to the south of your provisional headquarters. Cutting down enough trees for more buildings will take a while. You can speed the game up using the PAGE UP key and slow it down again with the PAGE DOWN key.

en: After losing an important battle against the barbarians which lead to the loss of a big part of the Empire's territory, Lutius leaves Fremil to start a new life. But his destiny takes his ship into a heavy storm, which nearly destroys it. Only with a lot of luck he manages to beach his damaged ship on an unknown desert strand and save his people. For now.
en_GB: After losing an important battle against the Barbarians which led to the loss of a large part of Imperial territory, Lutius leaves Fremil to start a new life. But his destiny takes his ship into a heavy storm, nearly destroying it. Only by luck he manages to beach his damaged ship on an unknown desert strand and save his people. For now.

en:  "By the Gods! This is absolutely terrible. It seems as if we stand close to a test - and it seems as if Saledus was right with his fear concerning the shipwreck he found.<br> Today, as I walked down to the eastern shore,<br> I got a shock. I caught sight of one of those hated, evil, barbarian tribes with whom we have had so many problems before.<br> At first, I was naive and hoped that they were peaceful, but as soon as one of them saw me they charged towards me and started attacking me with their throwing-spears. Thanks be to the Gods that<br> I was able to flee and hide myself, before retreating back to our colony under cover of darkness.<br> Anyway, we must build up stronger military buildings as soon as possible."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "By the Gods! This is absolutely terrible. It seems as if we stand close to a test and it seems as if Saledus was right with his fear concerning the shipwreck he found.<br> Today, as I walked down to the Eastern shore,<br> I got a shock. I caught sight of one of those hated, evil, barbarian tribes with whom we have had so many problems before.<br> At first, I was naive and hoped that they were peaceful, but as soon as one of them saw me they charged towards me and started attacking me with their throwing-spears. Thanks be to the Gods that<br> I was able to flee and hide myself, before retreating back to our colony under cover of darkness.<br> Anyway, we must build up stronger military buildings as soon as possible."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "Great! Today the building of the quarry was completed. Now we get enough stone to construct larger buildings."
en_GB:  "Great! Today the Quarry was completed. Now we can get enough stone to construct larger buildings."

en:  "Greetings Lutius, I don't want to start a panic, but I found something which gives me a sinking feeling in my stomach and spreads waves of fear in my heart. As I walked down to the southern shore I found the remains of another ship. I don't know whether these parts are all that is left of that ship. In any case, these parts do not seem to be old.<br> Perhaps the people aboard that ship were caught in the same storm which brought us to Malac' Mor - and were brought to this island.<br> I beg you to be cautious and to build some barracks or sentries around our colony."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "Greetings Lutius, I don't want to start a panic, but I found something which gives me a sinking feeling in my stomach and spreads waves of fear in my heart. As I walked down to the Southern shore I found the remains of another ship. I don't know whether these parts are all that is left of that ship. In any case, these parts do not seem to be old.<br> Perhaps the people aboard that ship were caught in the same storm which brought us to Malac' Mor and to this island.<br> I beg you to be cautious and to build some barracks or sentries around our colony."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en: Finally the ship was repaired, so Lutius and his people again went on the quest to find a good place for a new beginning. Only a few days later they land on a green, mediterranean island, looking like paradise. Overjoyed, they set out to explore this new living space.
en_GB: Finally the ship was repaired, and Lutius and his people continued their quest to find a place they could begin anew. Only a few days later they land on a green, paradisiacal, Mediterranean island. Overjoyed, they set out to explore this new refuge.

en:  "Hail, chieftain. I am Khantrukh and have seen many winters pass. Please allow me to aid you with my counsel through these darkened days."
en_GB:  "Hail, chieftain. I am Khantrukh and have seen many winters pass. Please accept my counsel through these darkened days."

en:  "I am well aware, chieftain, that neither you nor your warriors have the desire to stay in this forsaken place for long. But even so, our war to reconquer our home might take a long time and it would seem wise to make preparations.<br> I would advise that we obtain stones for the future - who knows what fortifications we might be forced to build very soon. And - like a gift of destiny - there are indeed great rocks just nearby..."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "I am well aware, chieftain, that neither you nor your warriors desire to stay in this forsaken place for long. But even so, our war to reconquer our home might be no swift affair and making preparations seems wise to me.<br> I would advise building up our stone for the future — who knows what fortifications we shall be forced to raise soon? As it happens, like a gift of providence, there is good rock nearby which we may easily quarry..."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "In another sleepless night, I went up to the hill and gazed to the north. The fires are still burning, satisfying their hunger upon my father's legacy.<br> They are a constant reminder why we have to hide here... and why we must return in the end!"
en_GB:  "In another sleepless night, I climbed the hill and gazed to the North. The fires are still burning, satisfying their hunger with my father's legacy.<br> They are a constant reminder of why we have to hide here... and why we must return in the end!"

en:  "It's been months and we are still hiding where the forests are old and dark.<br> My warriors hunt at day and lie awake at night - listening to the sounds of the cruel slaughter echoing from afar amongst the ancient trees."
en_GB:  "Months later we still hide where the forests are old and dark.<br> My warriors hunt at day and lie awake at night - listening to the sounds of cruel slaughter echoing from afar amongst the ancient trees."

en:  "My father's bones rest peacefully in the grounds on which he once ended the senseless bloodspilling that has risen among us. It pains me that his peace only endured for one generation.<br> Boldreth, my loyal companion and friend is a source of peace and comfort to me in these dark times. He keeps my spirits high and those of my warriors awake, not to let greed or despair destroy the bonds between us as well."
en_GB:  "My father's bones rest peacefully in the ground on which he once ended the senseless bloodletting that has risen among us. It pains me that his peace only endured for one generation.<br> Boldreth, my loyal companion and friend is a source of peace and comfort to me in these dark times. He keeps my spirits high and those of my warriors awake, not to let greed or despair destroy the bonds between us as well."

en:  "None but the gods know how long we have to remain hidden here. The warriors hope we may march back gloriously any day now, but I strongly doubt that will happen soon. And the days are already getting shorter and colder...<br> We should prepare, in case we have to face the winter in these harsh lands. I believe to the east of our campsite are a few places where we could raise a lumberjack's hut."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVES --<br>
en_GB:  "None but the gods know how long we have to remain hidden here. The warriors hope we may march back in glory any day now, but I strongly doubt that will happen soon. The days are already getting shorter and colder...<br> We should prepare, in case we have to face Winter in these harsh lands. I believe to the East of our camp are a few places where we could raise a lumberjack's hut."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVES --<br>

en:  "Obviously, it would be too exhausting for our people to walk all the way to the lumberjack's hut through the wilderness. We will have to build a road between our hall and the lumberjack's hut. It's not a hard guess that the men would appreciate a way as short and plain as possible - the wood will surely be heavy enough, nevertheless."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "Obviously, it would be too exhausting for our people to walk all the way to the lumberjack's hut through the wilderness. We will have to build a road between our hall and the hut. It's not a hard guess that the men would appreciate a way as short and plain as possible — the way will seem long and hard enough when they are weighed down by the wood."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "Of course, if we intended to build a bigger settlement, many more lumberjack's huts would be advisable, but this should suffice for now.<br> But never forget - these forests are our heritage, entrusted upon us by our ancestors. We must always respect and care for them. What we take, we must give back again.<br> So, in order to replace the trees we chop down, we should build a ranger's hut, preferably close to the lumberjack's hut."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "Of course, if we intended to build a bigger settlement, many more lumberjack's huts would be advisable, but this should suffice for now.<br> But never forget — these forests are our heritage, entrusted upon us by our ancestors. We must always respect and care for them. What we take, we must give back again.<br> So, in order to replace the trees we fell, we should build a ranger's hut, preferably close to the lumberjack's hut."<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "Some time ago, Boldreth came to me. His advice was to move to a place closer to home - to strike at the first sign of my brothers' forces wavering.<br> But I look over the forests and I can still see black smoke rising to the sky. I know - it is too early yet, and what he hopes for will not happen any time soon. He might still be right, but I fear the bloodshed that returning too fast would cause both on our and the other side..."
en_GB:  "Some time ago, Boldreth came to me. His advice was to move to a place closer to home — to strike at the first sign of my brothers' forces wavering.<br> But I look over the forests and I can still see black smoke rising to the sky. I know it is too early yet, and what he hopes for will not happen any time soon. He might still be right, but I fear the bloodshed that returning too fast would cause both on our and the other side..."

en:  "The northern winds tell us that the coming winter will be a long and cruel one. One lumberjack's hut will not be enough to fit the needs of our people. More trees wait for our axes just south of our new crossroads - let us raise a second lumberjack's hut there!"<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>
en_GB:  "The north wind tells us that the coming Winter will be a long and cruel one. One lumberjack's hut will not be enough to meet the needs of our people. More trees wait for our axes just south of our new crossroads — let us raise a second lumberjack's hut there!"<br><br>-- NEW OBJECTIVE --<br>

en:  "Very well done, chieftain. We now have all we need to face the winter and may prepare ourselves for the battles ahead.<br><br>--------------------- VICTORY! ----------------------<br><br> You may continue to play this map if you wish. Otherwise, move on to the next mission."
en_GB:  "Very well done, chieftain. We now have all we need to face the Winter and may prepare ourselves for the battles ahead.<br><br>--------------------- VICTORY! ----------------------<br><br> You may continue to play this map if you wish. Otherwise, move on to the next mission."

en:  "We can see the raging flames that swallow Al'thunran from here, miles away.<br> The red lights flash in the darkness and dance to the rhythm of the wardrums that haunt me even in my nightmares."
en_GB:  "We can see the raging flames that swallow Al'thunran from here, miles away.<br> The red lights flash in the darkness and dance to the rhythm of the war drums that haunt even my nightmares."

en: * Build a road between your headquarters and the construction site of the lumberjack's hut.<br> When you place the lumberjack's hut, a flag is created for it. You need to connect it to another flag by building a road between them.<br> If you click on a flag and select to build a road, little symbols will appear around it to show you in which directions you can build it.<br> The colour of these symbols indicates how steep this part of the road will be. Green is for flat, yellow means steep and red stands for very steep. The steeper the road is, the harder it will be for your people to walk on it (and your wares will be transported more slowly).<br> You can click on any of the symbols to build the first part of the road there. New symbols will appear to show you where the next part of the road can go, and so on. However, you can also click farther away from the flag to build several steps at once. Click on the flag at the headquarters to finish the road.
en_GB: * Build a road between your headquarters and the construction site of the lumberjack's hut.<br> When you place the lumberjack's hut, a flag is created for it. You need to connect it to another flag by building a road between them.<br> If you click on a flag and select to build a road, little symbols will appear around it to show you in which directions you can build it.<br> The colour of these symbols indicates how steep this part of the road will be. Green is for flat, yellow means steep and red stands for very steep. The steeper the road is, the harder it will be for your people to walk on it (and your wares will be transported more slowly).<br> You can click on any of the symbols to build the first part of the road there. New symbols will appear to show you where the next part of the road can go, and so on. However, you can also click further away from the flag to build several steps at once. Click on the flag at the headquarters to finish the road.

en: In this tutorial the basic gameplay and control as well as basic production buildings of the Barbarians are introduced.
en_GB: In this tutorial, basic gameplay and control, as well as the basic production buildings of the Barbarians, are introduced.

en: Somebody comes up to you
en_GB: Somebody comes to you

en:  "A tavern opened for our people yesterday. While I am hardly in the mood for celebration, I noticed how much this tiny bit of home meant to my people. Their songs filled the air until the deep night, and they were in higher spirit still the day after.<br> Maybe we actually are slowly creating a place here which we can... call home."
en_GB:  "A tavern opened for our people yesterday. While I am hardly in the mood for celebration, I noticed how much this tiny bit of home meant to my people. Their songs filled the air until late in the night, and they were in higher spirits still the day after.<br> Maybe we actually are slowly creating a place here which we can call... home."

en:  "Boldreth seems more and more torn as the days go by. The spirits of my fellows sink as the cold season approaches, and we are still living in no more than huts and barracks. I never intended to stay out here in the wilderness for so long - but I never thought my brothers would engage in this senseless battle for so long either.<br> Perhaps it's time to make ourselves feel a little more at ease here. Perhaps it's time to give those who still live and think united a new home, replacing what is now lost to us? Until we can return to the place we once called our home..."
en_GB:  "Boldreth seems more and more torn as the days go by. The spirits of my fellows sink as the cold season approaches, and we are still living in no more than huts and barracks. I never intended to stay out here in the wilderness for so long — but I never thought my brothers would engage in this senseless battle for so long either.<br> Perhaps it's time to make ourselves feel a little more at ease here. Perhaps it's time to give those who still live and think united a new home, replacing what is now lost to us? Until we can return to the place we once called our home..."

en:  "One night, when the moon shone brightly, I climbed to the peak of Kal'mavrath.<br> When I gazed at the horizon, I still saw crimson lights flicker in the distance. It is incredible how much passion my brethren fight this war with. I fear the moment I see Al'thunran again - will there be anything but ashes and wasted ruins left of our once beautiful capital when we get there?"
en_GB:  "One night, when the moon shone brightly, I climbed to the peak of Kal'mavrath.<br> When I gazed at the horizon, I still saw crimson lights flicker in the distance. It is incredible how much passion my brethren fight this war with. I fear the moment I see Al'thunran again — will there be anything but ashes and wasted ruins left of our once beautiful capital when we get there?"

en:  "The war goes on. More and more of our brothers and sisters flee the brutal war raging in the capital beneath the trees.<br> The stories they tell about the deeds of our kin are sad to hear. I've spent nights lying awake, restless, more tired I ever believed one could be. Yet whenever I close my eyes, I see the fortress my father built consumed by flames. The Throne Among the Trees, the symbol of unity and peace among our kin, became the wedge that drives us apart."
en_GB:  "The war goes on. More and more of our brothers and sisters flee its brutality as it rages in the capital beneath the trees.<br> The stories they tell about the deeds of our kin are sad to hear. I have spent nights lying awake, restless, more tired I ever believed one could be. Yet whenever I close my eyes, I see the fortress my father built consumed by flames. The Throne Among the Trees, the symbol of unity and peace among our kin, became the wedge that drives us apart."

en:  "The winter is upon us. Many of us are suffering from the cold, yet we must endure. The day we may return cannot be far anymore - it must not be far anymore.<br> I prayed it might get warmer again, as I prayed the war would finally come to an end.<br> So far, it seems that neither prayer was fulfilled."
en_GB:  "The winter is upon us. Many of us are suffering from the cold, yet we must endure. The day we may return cannot be far away — it must not be far away.<br> I prayed it might get warmer again, as I prayed the war would finally come to an end.<br> So far, it seems that neither prayer has been fulfilled."

en:  "Today my hunters brought men, women and little children who had hidden out in the forests, trying to escape the war, hate and revenge that rage among the tribes fighting each other like in old times, when we were no more but wild beasts driven and controlled by instincts. None of my brothers will ever gain and hold control over the wooden throne, none of the tribes will be strong enough to subdue the other. There will be no end to this slaughtering, unless... is this it? As father told me?<br> Rise against whoever threatens our very existence, may it even be one of your blood or mind?"
en_GB:  "Today my hunters brought to us men, women and little children who had hidden out in the forests. They are trying to escape the war, hate and revenge that rage among the tribes fighting each other like in old times, when we were no more but wild beasts driven and controlled by instincts. None of my brothers will ever gain and hold control over the wooden throne, none of the tribes will be strong enough to subdue the other. There will be no end to this slaughtering, unless... is this it? As father told me?<br> Rise against whoever threatens our very existence, even if it be one of your blood or mind?"

en:  "We have found a village with friendly and productive people, impressed by our wealth, technology and strength.<br> They have decided to join us!"
en_GB:  "We have found a village of friendly and productive people; impressed by our wealth, technology and strength, they have decided to join us!"

en:  "While this is true, we should consider it later, for now other obstacles are at hand. The miners will definitely demand greater rations for working high up on the mountain in this bitter cold, and providing these supplies may not be easy."
en_GB:  "While this is true, we should consider it later, for now other obstacles are at hand. The miners will definitely demand better rations for working high up on the mountain in this bitter cold, and providing these supplies may not be easy."

en:  "Wonderful! Our roofs are not dripping anymore, and we have all the material we need for, well, whichever monumental building we see fit!"
en_GB:  "Wonderful! Our roofs no longer leak and we have all materials we need for, well, whichever monumental building we see fit!"

en: "As I just discovered, we are running short on blackwood! We cannot put our
    warriors into some crumbling huts, and even less so in times as dangerous as
    ours!<br> We need a wood hardener, and we need one now!"
en_GB: "As I just discovered, we are running short on blackwood! We cannot put our
    warriors into crumbling huts, and even less so in times as dangerous as
    ours!<br> We need a wood hardener, and we need one now!"

en: "As our realm gets bigger and bigger, the traffic on the roads gets
    overwhelming. Our poor carriers are no longer able to transport the goods as
    fast as we need them to. I suggest we give them some support by breeding
    oxen.<br> They are amazing animals: The ox is as swift as a human being while
    being much stronger and very frugal: all we need is wheat and water to breed
    them and they will do their work on the roads loyally and reliably."
en_GB: "As our realm gets bigger and bigger, the traffic on the roads gets
    overwhelming. Our poor carriers are no longer able to transport the goods as
    fast as we need them to. I suggest we give them some support by breeding
    oxen.<br> They are amazing animals: the ox is as swift as a human but
    undemanding and with much greater strength. All they require need is wheat
    and water and they will do their work on the roads loyally and reliably."

en: "Chieftain, this is a disgrace! It is well that we can produce grout for
    mighty fortifications and great buildings now - only this does not prevent our
    roofs from becoming leaky! Maybe the young ones like spending their nights in
    the rain, but I just can't find any sleep with these raindrops dripping on my
    face!<br> Now this is a problem we should do something about!"
en_GB: "Chieftain, this is a disgrace! While it is well that we can produce grout for
    mighty fortifications and great buildings now, this does not prevent our
    roofs from leaking! Maybe the young ones can endure their nights in
    the rain, but I can find no sleep with this rain dripping on my
    face!<br> Now this is a problem we should do something about!"

en: "I have to hand it to you: you are right here, old man.<br> There seem to be
    quite many animals in the forests here - we might just hunt down more of them.
    And, of course, the people would cheer to a new tavern - hey, we might call it
    'Thron's Pride' or so if you want!"
en_GB: "I have to hand it to you old man: you are right here.<br> There seem to be
    many animals in the forests here — we might just hunt down more of them.
    Of course, the people would cheer to a new tavern — hey, we might call it
    'Thron's Pride' or some such if you want!"

en: "Just look at that! In the east is the great mountain of Kal'mavrath! I
    wonder what treasures nature might have hidden beneath its majestic flanks!<br>
    Let's expand to the east. There's a chance for the elderly to become useful
    once in a while! Let us send out some of those who understand the stone's
    tongue to unravel the mountain's secrets!"
en_GB: "Just look at that! In the east is the great mountain of Kal'mavrath! I
    wonder what treasures nature might have hidden beneath its majestic flanks!<br>
    Let us expand to the east. There is a chance for the elderly to become useful
    once in a while! Let us send out some of those who understand the stone's
    tongue to unravel the mountain's secrets!"

en: "Our miners are digging up less and less by day! We have to go deeper,
    closer to the mountain's core, if we want more of its treasures!<br> Of course,
    it is dark and cold in such depths and only few venture voluntarily into these
    places. We should reward this bravery with greater rations for them. And a pint
    of beer or two will keep their spirits high."
en_GB: "Our miners dig up less and less by the day! We have to go deeper,
    closer to the mountain's core, if we want more of its treasures!<br> Of course,
    it is dark and cold in such depths and few venture willingly into these
    places. We should reward this bravery with greater rations for them — and a pint
    of beer or two will keep their spirits high."

en: "So now that we have both the mines and the food to sustain them, we should
    bring what our brave miners gain for us into a more useful state. The iron ore
    has to be melted into iron so that it is ready to be forged into whatever we
    want. And we need the coal to keep the smelter's ovens burning."
en_GB: "So now that we have both the mines and the food to sustain them, we should
    bring what our brave miners gain for us into a more useful state. The iron ore
    has to be smelted into iron so that it is ready to be forged into whatever we
    want. And we need the coal to keep the smelters' ovens burning."

en: "While it is certainly no worthy task for a warrior, at least it is
    something to be done! Thron, what do you say about me taking a few of our most
    restless warriors and venturing somewhat closer to the great mountain of
    Kal'mavrath - maybe we will find some more big stones to please the old man?"
en_GB: "While it is certainly no worthy task for a warrior, at least it is
    something to be done! Thron, what do you say about me taking a few of our most
    restless warriors and venturing somewhat closer to the great mountain of
    Kal'mavrath — maybe we will find some more good stone to please the old man?"

en: A normal mine can only dig up about one third of all resources lying beneath
    it; then it must be enhanced to a deep mine in order to keep it working
    properly. To enhance a building, choose it and then click the appropriate
    button in the appearing window.<br> Workers gain experience by successful work.
    With enough experience they become more advanced workers, who are necessary to
    operate the enhanced buildings. Do not enhance a building before you have
    enough advanced workers to operate the advanced building! Such buildings
    usually have greater demands than the basic kind of that building - for
    instance, deep mines need snacks instead of rations. You will have to enhance
    your tavern to an inn in order to produce snacks out of pitta bread AND a
    second kind of food (meat or fish) AND beer. You may of course enhance all
    mines to deep mines instantly given you have the workers - bigger mines work a
    bit faster, smaller mines need cheaper food. It's up to you which strategy you
    prefer.
en_GB: A normal mine can only dig up about one third of all resources lying beneath
    it; then it must be enhanced to a deep mine in order to keep it working
    properly. To enhance a building, choose it and then click the appropriate
    button in the appearing window.<br> Workers gain experience by successful work.
    With enough experience they become more advanced workers, who are necessary to
    operate the enhanced buildings. Do not enhance a building before you have
    enough advanced workers to operate the advanced building! Such buildings
    usually have greater demands than the basic kind of that building - for
    instance, deep mines need snacks instead of rations. You will have to enhance
    your tavern to an inn in order to produce snacks out of pitta bread AND a
    second kind of food (meat or fish) AND beer. You may of course enhance all
    mines to deep mines instantly given you have the workers — bigger mines work a
    bit faster, smaller mines need cheaper food. It's up to you which strategy you
    prefer.

en: Better buildings may also require other improved materials besides blackwood.
    One of those is grout, which is produced out of raw stone, water and coal by a
    lime-burner. You can obtain water by building a well upon a water source, which
    your geologists can discover when you send them to any flag that is not on a
    mountain. Coal can be obtained by building a charcoal burner or a coal mine.
en_GB: Better buildings may also require other improved materials besides blackwood.
    One of those is grout, which is produced out of raw stone, water and coal by a
    lime burner. You can obtain water by building a well upon a water source, which
    your geologists can discover when you send them to any flag that is not on a
    mountain. Coal can be produced by the charcoal burner or dug out of a coal mine.

en: Bigger and better buildings - including all military ones - require better
    building materials. They cannot be built of simple trunks - the wood has to be
    refined to blackwood by a wood hardener first. Always remember to build a wood
    hardener before you run out of blackwood, as without it you cannot expand.
en_GB: Bigger and better buildings — including all military ones — require better
    building materials. They cannot be built of simple trunks — the wood has to be
    refined to blackwood by a wood hardener first. Always remember to build a wood
    hardener before you run out of blackwood, as without it you cannot expand.

en: Build a cattlefarm
en_GB: Build a cattle farm

en: Build a coal mine and an iron ore mine. To do so, place a flag up on the
    mountain's flank to the east (on mountain terrain though, not mountain meadow).
    When you click at the new flag you can send geologists there. Because the flag
    is on mountains, the geologists will search for ores; otherwise, they will
    search for water. Then build a mine for both kinds of resource he will find,
    choosing the mine to be built appropriately:<br> Black - coal<br> Red - iron
    ore<br> Yellow - gold<br> Grey - granite<br> Mines may only be built on
    mountain terrain. Suitable places for mines are displayed as hammer and pick.
en_GB: Build a coal mine and an iron ore mine. To do so, place a flag up on the
    mountain's flank to the east (on mountain terrain though, not mountain meadow).
    When you click the new flag you can send geologists there. Because the flag
    is on mountains, the geologists will search for ores; otherwise, they will
    search for water. Then build a mine for both kinds of resource he will find,
    choosing the mine to be built appropriately:<br> Black - coal<br> Red - iron
    <br> Yellow - gold<br> Grey - granite<br> Mines may only be built on
    mountain terrain. Suitable places for mines are marked by a hammer and pick.

en: Build a hunter, a gamekeeper and a tavern
en_GB: Build a hunter's hut, a gamekeeper's hut, and a tavern

en: Build a well, a farm and a bakery
en_GB: Build a well, a farm, and a bakery

en: Build coal and iron ore mines
en_GB: Build coal and iron mines

en: Enhance the coal mine and the tavern to the better versions of their
    buildings respectively. Also build a micro brewery.
en_GB: Enhance the coal mine and the tavern to their better versions.
    Also build a micro brewery.

en: In order to work, your miners need food.<br> A hunter can hunt down animals,
    while a gamekeeper prevents them from becoming extinct. The meat is then
    processed in a tavern into lunches for your miners.<br> This is only the
    first example of a ware which has to be refined before being used in a
    secondary building - others will follow.
en_GB: In order to work, your miners need food.<br> A hunter can hunt down animals,
    while a gamekeeper prevents them from becoming extinct. The meat is then
    processed in a tavern into lunches for your miners.<br> This is only the
    first example of a ware which has to be refined before being used in a
    secondary building — others will follow.

en: One fullmoon night
en_GB: One full moon night

en: Other ways to produce food - different kinds of food - are fishers and
    hunters. The wheat of the farms has to be processed with water in a bakery
    before it becomes edible. You can obtain water by building a well at a spot
    where your geologists find a water source.
en_GB: Other ways to produce food — different kinds of food — are fishing and
    hunting. The wheat of the farms has to be processed with water in a bakery
    before it becomes edible. You can obtain water by building a well at a spot
    where your geologists find a water source.

en: The iron ore your miners bring up is not usable yet - it has to be melted
    into iron first.
en_GB: The iron ore your miners bring up is not usable yet — it has to be smelted
    into iron first.

en: The third material necessary for improved buildings is thatch reed, used to
    cover roofs. Thatch reed is planted by a ferner around his building, the
    fernery.
en_GB: The third material necessary for improving buildings is thatch reed, used to
    cover roofs. Thatch reed is planted by a ferner around his building, the
    fernery.

en: When roads are under heavy load for a long time, one carrier is usually not
    enough to transport goods swiftly. Traffic jams are the consequence. Such roads
    therefore employ a second carrier: An ox that helps to carry the wares. This
    doubles the transport capacity.<br>Oxen are bred in cattle farms
    out of wheat and water.
en_GB: When roads are under heavy load for a long time, one carrier is usually not
    enough to transport goods swiftly. Traffic jams are the result. Such roads
    therefore employ a second carrier: an ox that helps to carry the wares. This
    doubles the transport capacity.<br>Oxen are bred in cattle farms,
    which require wheat and water.

en:  "Boldreth and I just explored the area around the three mountains. One major strategic problem of that area seems to be, that there are two bigger passages - one north and one south to the middle mountain. Those passages are quite hard to control and so it seems to me, like we have only one chance to secure the mountains from enemy hands: We must build a fortress to the east of the mountains!"
en_GB:  "Boldreth and I just explored the area around the three mountains. One major strategic problem of that area seems to be that there are two bigger passages — one north and one south of the middle mountain. Those passages are quite hard to control and so it seems to me that we have only one chance to secure the mountains from enemy hands: We must build a fortress to the east of the mountains!"

en:  "Boldreth is right! We don't have enough food to survive a long, cold winter. We should start to build a well, a fisher's and a hunter's hut. And if we find enough space, we should as well build up a farm and a bakery! One of our farmers seems to be very clever he already got some crops to grow in this cold soil."
en_GB:  "Boldreth is right! We don't have enough food to survive a long, cold winter. We should start to build a well, a fisherman's hut and a hunter's hut; and if we find enough space, we should also build a farm and a bakery! One of our farmers seems to be very clever — he has already managed to grow some crops in this cold soil."

en:  "However, Thron is not willing to listen to my doubts. He seeks to expand our fortifications to the borders of Kalitath’s territory and reunite with his forces. I have to keep an eye on everything that happens here."
en_GB:  "However, Thron is not willing to listen to my doubts. He seeks to expand our fortifications to the borders of Kalitath’s territory and reunite with his forces. I have to keep an eye on everything that is happening here."

en:  "I have sent men to meet with Kalitath in his fortress. He has barricaded the former main entrance to the capital and is trying to set up a siege ring around Al’thunran. He will not let anyone enter or leave the city while the ring is intact. Until now, he has not answered any of my messages. But the time I wait won't be lost. I will further upgrade my soldiers and prepare for battle."
en_GB:  "I have sent men to meet with Kalitath in his fortress. He has barricaded the former main entrance to the capital and is trying to set up a siege ring around Al’thunran. He will not let anyone enter or leave the city while the ring is intact and until now, he has not answered any of my messages. The time I wait will not be wasted — I will make sure my soldiers are well prepared for battle."

en:  "I just got informed, that our mining economy started its work. This news brought a smile to my face - even if the hardest part is still waiting to be done, now our smiths will give their best to further ease our lives."
en_GB:  "I have just been informed that our mining economy started its work. This news brought a smile to my face — even if the hardest part is still waiting to be done, now our smiths will give their best to further ease our lives."

en:  "I just talked to the leader of our patrol. He told me, that they found some mountains to the north east and the east of our territory. With a bit of luck this opens us a new chance for rearming our men, because as far as I remember, most of the mountains west to Al'thunran hold coal and some metal ores."
en_GB:  "I just talked to the leader of a returning patrol. He told me that they found some mountains to the north east and the east of our territory. With a bit of luck this gives us a new chance to arm our men because, as far as I remember, most of the mountains west of Al'thunran hold coal and some metal ores."

en:  "Khantrukh just informed me, that our basic food economy was built up successfully. Finally none of us has to fear starvation anymore.
en_GB:  "Khantrukh just informed me that our basic food economy has been built up successfully. Finally we no longer need fear starvation.

en:  "My brothers and their soldiers are dead and left fire and destruction behind. In none of all the ruins could I find any man or woman of the normal folk and so I just may hope that they fled from this cruel battleground and started a better life somewhere else. Nothing is left from that beauty I remember, only ruins remain from the old capital. I am sorrowful but also relieved. I never hoped to ever see Al'thunran's old beauty again - it was only a few months ago that I wondered whether I would ever be able to set my feet in Al'thunran again. Now the old town is back in my hands and I will not hesitate to rebuild it with all the strength my people have. I can't wait to see it again in it's old beauty."
en_GB:  "My brothers and their soldiers are dead but leave fire and destruction behind. In none of all the ruins could I find any other man or woman of our folk and so I just may hope that they fled from this cruel battleground and started a better life somewhere else. Nothing is left from that beauty I remember, only ruins remain from the old capital. I am sorrowful but also relieved. I never hoped to ever see Al'thunran's old beauty again — it was only a few months ago that I wondered whether I would ever be able to set my feet there again. Now the old town is back in my hands I will not hesitate to rebuild it with all the strength my people have. I cannot wait to see it again as it was in its prime."

en:  "So be it, the generals are out to set up my troops and Boldreth himself will lead the first strike. I will ride by his side, to free Al’thunran of this war and bring peace back to our capital. When the young sun rises above the trees tomorrow morning, I will order the assault. By dusk, I will celebrate my victory in the wooden halls of the warlord and sacrifice a newborn lamb in the honour of my father whose eyes are set upon me today.<br>So be it!"
en_GB:  "So be it, the generals have gone to muster the troops and Boldreth himself will lead the first strike. I will ride by his side, to free Al’thunran of this war and bring peace back to our capital. Tomorrow, when the young sun rises above the trees, I will order the assault. Before the day fades, I will celebrate victory in the wooden halls of the warlord and sacrifice a newborn lamb in honour of my father whose eyes shall be on me.<br>So be it!"

en:  "The frontier line of my forces has expanded to the edge of the forests. We have a long and cold winter and so many miles behind us. The fortification that we erected around Ondun will guarantee us a fast supply of men and goods and once Al’thunran is in my hands, the two cities will be linked by a good and defendable infrastructure. Still I hope I will not walk alone on this mission, I hope Kalitath son of Kun will follow my call."
en_GB:  "The frontier line of my forces has expanded to the edge of the forests. We have a long and cold winter and so many miles behind us. The fortification that we erected around Ondun will guarantee us a steady supply of men and goods; and, once Al’thunran is in my hands, the two cities will be linked with a strong and defensible infrastructure. Still, I hope I will not walk alone on this mission, I hope Kalitath son of Kun will follow my call."

en:  "The news that a patrol brought is not good to hear. Our spies tell us, that the wartribes still rage in battle but some of the elder soldiers and tribe leaders seem to grow tired of this senseless war. Kalitath, son of Kun is the first warleader to leave Al’thunran, thus leaving his side weak and vulnerable. As my scouts report, he has set foot on the lower grounds around the capitol, securing the outer fortification rings."
en_GB:  "The news that a patrol brought is not good to hear. Our spies tell us, that the war tribes still rage in battle but some of the elder soldiers and tribe leaders seem to grow tired of this senseless war. Kalitath, son of Kun is the first war leader to leave Al’thunran, thus leaving his side weak and vulnerable. As my scouts report, he has set foot on the lower grounds around the capitol, securing the outer fortification rings."

en:  "The traitor has left his armies dying where they lay as he saw that he would not keep my forces back. Kalitath disappeared in the mess of the war, but I don’t care now. Shall he flee and be forgotten for all times as a tribeleader that would not bow before the wooden throne, that is mine to take now. Even more his flight brought us a big benefit: All year Kalitath was so busy fighting that he did not even care to store enough food for all his men. Now that he has fled, their hunger has brought some of his younger followers to desert. This group holds a strong fortification on the main ring. But there is more news: My scouts reported, that the two raging tribes of my brothers are in chaos and have barely noticed the new danger that is about to strike them. However they would not care if they noticed I guess, blinded by rage and hate, there is no sense left in them at all I believe."
en_GB:  "The traitor has left his armies dying where they lay when he saw he could not hold my forces back. Kalitath disappeared in the confusion of battle, but I care little. He has fled and shall be forever forgotten, a chief that would not bow before the wooden throne that is now mine to take. Indeed, his flight was fortunate; all year Kalitath was so busy with war that he did not even care to store enough food for all his men. Now that he has fled, their hunger has persuaded some of his younger followers to desert; this group holds a strong fortification on the main ring. But there is more news — my scouts have reported that the two raging tribes of my brothers are in chaos and have barely noticed the new danger that is about to strike them. However I guess that even were they to notice, they would not care; blinded by rage and hate, I believe that all sense has left them."

en:  "These last days we came closer to our capital. Many people have already joined us on our march and set their hopes on me. However, I fear that we are not strong enough to take up the battle with my brothers.<br>For now we rest at the borders of the old forest and prepare for the coming days."
en_GB:  "These last days we near our capital. Many people have already joined us on our march and fixed their hopes on me. However, I fear that we are not strong enough to take up the battle against my brothers.<br>For now, we rest at the borders of the old forest and prepare for the coming days."

en:  "This morning I found Thron trouble-minded. He returned from his patrol late last night and sat back against a tree watching over the encampment. The number of quarrels and disputes keeps growing and the winter has us firmly in its grip. We should put food in our storage to survive the long, cold winter!"
en_GB:  "This morning I found Thron troubled. He returned from patrol late last night and sat back against a tree watching over the encampment. Every day there are more quarrels and disputes, and we are firmly in winter's grip. We should build up our stores of food to ensure we survive this long, cold winter."

en:  "Thron told me that he discovered tracks in the snow to the northeast of our settlement. He instructed us to build a Donjon, to have a greater visual range on the area around our hall to protect our people from sudden attacks."
en_GB:  "Thron told me that he discovered tracks in the snow to the north and east of our settlement. He instructed us to build a Donjon, that we might see the land further from our hall and protect our people from sudden attacks."

en: * Build a donjon at the northeast of your territory to get a farther visual range and to protect your people from sudden attacks of enemies.
en_GB: * Build a donjon at the north-east of your territory to get a farther visual range and to protect your people from sudden attacks of enemies.

en: * Build a helmsmithy to the west of the mountains to provide your soldiers with better armor.
en_GB: * Build a helmsmithy to the west of the mountains to provide your soldiers with better armour.

en: -> To attack an enemy you must click on the door of an adversary's military building. A menu will pop up allowing you to select the number of soldiers that should attack. When you are ready with setting the number, click on the cross ('start attack')
en_GB: -> To attack an enemy, you must click on the door of an adversary's military building. A menu will pop up allowing you to select the number of soldiers that should attack. When you have selected the number, click on the cross ('start attack')

en: -> Trainingssites like a training camp or a battle arena are used for training soldiers in their different attributes. Those attributes are important in fights and the better a soldier is, the higher is the chance to win a fight.<br>Attributes are: health points, attack, defense and evade.
en_GB: -> Training sites like a training camp or a battle arena are used for training soldiers in their different attributes. Those attributes are important in fights and the better a soldier is, the higher is the chance to win a fight.<br>Attributes are: health points, attack, defence and evade.

en: Build trainingssites
en_GB: Build training sites

en: Our geologists found a lot more deposits of iron ore, coal and even gold. We should enhance our current mines as soon as our miners are more experienced. We should build up some more mines, a bigger food infrastructure to always supply our men with sufficient food and a further processing economy. But that's still not everything - most of our soldiers are quite young and neither have a good weapon nor are they well trained. We should build up trainingssites to prepare them for their future tasks."
en_GB: Our geologists found a lot more deposits of iron ore, coal and even gold. We should enhance our current mines as soon as our miners are more experienced. We should build up some more mines, a bigger food infrastructure to always supply our men with sufficient food and a further processing economy. But that's still not everything - most of our soldiers are quite young and neither have a good weapon nor are they well trained. We should build up training sites to prepare them for their future tasks."

en: You have completed the last mission of the barbarian tutorial campaign. You may continue playing if you wish, otherwise move on to the next campaign.
en_GB: You have completed the last mission of the Barbarian tutorial campaign. You may continue playing if you wish; otherwise, move on to the next campaign.

en: All windows in Widelands can be closed by right clicking into them. Some
    windows can also be toggled with the buttons at the very bottom of the screen.
    Close the messages window now by right clicking into it.
en_GB: All windows in Widelands can be closed by right clicking on them. Some
    windows can also be toggled with the buttons at the very bottom of the screen.
    Close the messages window now by right clicking on it.

en: Alternatively, you can directly click the flag where
    the road should end like so.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can directly click the flag where
    the road should end, like so.

en: As soon as a military building is manned, it extends your land. You can then
    burn it down again if you need the place. But note that your land is then
    vulnerable: any military site from another player can conquer the land. You
    therefore need military sites to keep military influence over your land.
en_GB: As soon as a military building is manned, it extends your land. You can then
    burn it down again if you need the space. But note that your land is then
    vulnerable: any military site from another player can conquer the land. You
    therefore need military sites to keep military influence over your land.

en: Attack and conquer all military buildings of the enemy and destroy its
    headquarters.
en_GB: Attack and conquer all military buildings owned by the enemy and
    destroy their headquarters.

en: Conquer an area were we can build mines
en_GB: Conquer an area where we can build mines

en: Conquer the mountain to the south west
en_GB: Conquer the mountain to the Southwest

en: Defense is the value that is subtracted from the attack value. The barbarians
    can not train in this skill and therefore have always defense level 0 which
    means that they always get 3 hitpoints subtracted from the damage inflicted. If
    an attacker with an attack value of 15 hitpoints hits a barbarian soldier, the
    barbarian would lose 15 - 3 = 12 hitpoints. The 3 hitpoints that are subtracted
    are because of the defense ability.
en_GB: Defence is the value that is subtracted from the attack value. The barbarians
    can not train in this skill and therefore always have a defence of level 0. This
    means that they always get 3 hit points subtracted from the damage inflicted. If
    an attacker with an attack value of 15 hit points hits a barbarian soldier, the
    barbarian would lose 15 - 3 = 12 hit points. The 3 hit points are subtracted
    because of the defence ability.

en: Everything can be built on the green house symbol.
en_GB: Anything can be built on the green building symbol.

en: Everything except for big buildings can be built on a yellow house symbol.
en_GB: Everything, except for big buildings, can be built on a yellow house symbol.

en: Great. Now about that quarry...
en_GB: Great! Now about that quarry...

en: 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The Program, below, refers to any such program or work, and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term modification.)  Each licensee is addressed as you.<br>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.<br>
en_GB: 0. This Licence applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public Licence. The Program, below, refers to any such program or work, and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term modification.)  Each licensee is addressed as you.<br>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this Licence; they are outside its scope.  The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.<br>

en: 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.<br>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.<br>
en_GB: 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this Licence and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this Licence along with the Program.<br>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.<br>

en: 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:<br><br>a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.<br>b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.<br>c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
en_GB: 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:<br><br>a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.<br>b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this Licence.<br>c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this Licence.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)

en: 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
en_GB: 4. You may not copy, modify, sub-licence, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sub-licence or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this Licence. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this Licence will not have their licences terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

en: 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.
en_GB: 5. You are not required to accept this Licence, since you have not signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this Licence.  Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this Licence to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it.

en: 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
en_GB: 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a licence from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this Licence.

en: 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
en_GB: 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgement or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this Licence, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this Licence.  If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this Licence and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this Licence would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.

en: 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
en_GB: 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this Licence may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this Licence incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this Licence.

en: 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.<br>Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
en_GB: 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public Licence from time to time.  Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.<br>Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program specifies a version number of this Licence which applies to it and any later version, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of this Licence, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.

en: <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.><br>Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author><br><br>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify<br>it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by<br>the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or<br>(at your option) any later version.<br><br>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,<br>but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of<br>MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the<br>GNU General Public License for more details.<br><br>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License<br>along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software<br>Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA<br><br><br>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
en_GB: <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.><br>Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author><br><br>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify<br>it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by<br>the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or<br>(at your option) any later version.<br><br>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,<br>but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of<br>MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the<br>GNU General Public Licence for more details.<br><br>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence<br>along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software<br>Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA<br><br><br>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

en: Ctrl+F10    Quit the game immediately
en_GB: Ctrl+F10  ゲームをすぐ終了する

en: GNU general public license terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification
en_GB: GNU general public licence terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification

en: Holding down SHIFT switches first alternative tool on. This tool is in most cases the complete opposite of the normal tool (for example deletion of an object instead of placing one).
en_GB: Prement SHIFT canvia a la primera eina alternativa. Aquesta eina és a la major part dels casos l'eina oposada a la normal (per exemple, suprimir un objecte enlloc de posar-lo).

en: If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are notcompelled to copy the source along with the object code.
en_GB: If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.

en: It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
en_GB: It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public licence practices.  Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.

en: Keep an eye on your fishers. After fish resources are exhausted in their working area, they will stop to fish.
en_GB: Keep an eye on your fishers. After fish resources are exhausted in their working area, they will stop fishing.

en: Like with natural objects (bobs), you can also select multiple animals or groundtextures with CTRL + Mouseclick.
en_GB: Like with natural objects (bobs), you can also select multiple animals or ground textures with CTRL + Mouseclick.

en: PAUSE         Pauses the game (only for local games)
en_GB: PAUSE Pauses the game (only for local games)

en: SPACE key behaves like in normal game. It switches buildhelp on or off.
en_GB: SPACE key behaves like in normal game. It switches build help on or off.

en: The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.<br><br>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program, if necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
en_GB: The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public Licence.  Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.<br><br>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program, if necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:

en: The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to your programs, too.<br>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.<br>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.<br>For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.<br>We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.<br>Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.<br>Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.<br>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.<br>
en_GB: The licences for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to your programs, too.<br>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.<br>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.<br>For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.<br>We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.<br>Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.<br>Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that re-distributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.<br>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.<br>

en: These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.<br>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.<br>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
en_GB: These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this Licence, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this Licence, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.<br>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.<br>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.

en: This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License.
en_GB: This General Public Licence does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public Licence instead of this Licence.

en: This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
en_GB: This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this Licence.

en: To minimize/maximize a window, click on the titlebar of that window either with middle mousebutton or with left mousebutton while holding down CTRL.
en_GB: To minimize/maximize a window, click on the title bar of that window either with middle mouse button or with left mouse button while holding down CTRL.

en: Using the Watch Replay option in the main menu, a previously played game will be precisely reconstructed for you to watch. Note, however, that even small changes in the game data files or the Widelands executable can cause a replay to become incompatible and to 'go out of sync'. This is similar to how network games will suffer from desynchronization problems if one of the players has a different version of the game.
en_GB: Using the Watch Replay option in the main menu, a previously played game will be precisely reconstructed for you to watch. Note, however, that even small changes in the game data files or the Widelands executable can cause a replay to become incompatible and to 'go out of sync'. This is similar to how network games will suffer from de-synchronization problems if one of the players has a different version of the game.

en: Widelands can record all your keypresses and mouse movements to a file. It can then replay an entire session from starting the game to exiting it. This is really helpful for debugging problems.
en_GB: Widelands can record all your key-presses and mouse movements to a file. It can then replay an entire session from starting the game to exiting it. This is really helpful for debugging problems.

en: Widelands is licensed under the GNU General Public License (GPL). For more information, see the file 'COPYING' or select the License button from the main menu.
en_GB: Widelands is licensed under the GNU General Public Licence (GPL). For more information, see the file 'COPYING' or select the Licence button from the main menu.

en: You can use '/me' at the beginning of a chatmessage: '/me is tired' will be printed as '-> Nickname is tired'.
en_GB: You can use '/me' at the beginning of a chat message: '/me is tired' will be printed as '-> Nickname is tired'.

en: You can use 'Page up' and 'Page down' keys to adjust your wished speed - the real speed is then democratically set.
en_GB: Pots fer servir les tecles <<Re Page>> i <<Av Page>> per ajustar la velocitat desitjada; la velocitat real s'ajusta democràticament.

en: A tabard and a light trident are the basic equipment for young soldiers. Tabards are produced in the weaving-mill.
en_GB: A tabard and light trident are the basic equipment of young soldiers. Tabards are produced in the weaving-mill.

en: Blackroot Flour is produced in mills out of blackroots. It is used in bakeries to make a tasty bread.
en_GB: Blackroot Flour is produced in mills out of blackroots. It is used in bakeries to make tasty bread.

en: Blackroots are a special kind of root produced in blackroot farms and processed in mills. The Atlanteans like their strong taste and use its flour for making bread.
en_GB: Blackroot is a special kind of root produced on blackroot farms and processed in mills. The Atlanteans like its strong taste and use its flour to make bread.

en: Breeds the strong atlantean horses
en_GB: Breeds the strong Atlantean horses

en: Cornflour is produced in a mill out of corn and is one of three parts of the Atlantean bread produced in bakeries.
en_GB: Cornflour is produced in a mill from corn and is one of the three ingredients of the Atlantean bread produced in bakeries.

en: Fish is one of the biggest food-resources of the Atlanteans. It has to be smoked in a smokery before being delivered to mines, training sites and scouts.
en_GB: Fish is one of the most important foods of the Atlanteans. It has to be smoked in a smokery before being delivered to mines, training sites and scouts.

en: Gold ores are mined in gold mines and processed to gold in smelting works.
en_GB: Gold ore is mined in gold mines and is the source of gold extracted in the smelting works.

en: Horses help to carry items at heavily used roads. They are raised in a horse farm.
en_GB: Horses help carry items along busy roads. They are raised on a horse farm.

en: Iron is made out of iron ores in the smelting works. It is used in the toolsmithy, armoursmithy and weapon smithy.
en_GB: Iron is extracted from iron ore in the smelting works. It is used in the toolsmithy, armoursmithy, and weapon smithy.

en: Iron ores are mined in iron mines. They get smelted in a smelting works to retrieve the iron.
en_GB: Iron ore is mined in iron mines; it is smelted in the smelting works to retrieve the iron.

en: Mills blackroot and corn to produce blackroot flour and corn flour, respectively.
en_GB: Mills blackroot and corn to their respective flours.

en: Planks are an important building material of the Atlanteans. They are produced out of trunks by the sawmill. The weapon smithy and the shipyard also use planks to produce the different tridents and mighty ships.
en_GB: Planks are an important building material of the Atlanteans. They are produced from trunks by the sawmill. The weapon smithy and the shipyard also use planks in making the various tridents and mighty ships.

en: Produce blackrootflour
en_GB: Produce blackroot flour

en: Spidercloth is made out of spideryarn in a weaving-mill. It is used in the toolsmithy and the shipyard. Also some higher developed buildings need spidercloth for their construction.
en_GB: Spidercloth is made from spideryarn in a weaving-mill. It is used in the toolsmithy and the shipyard. Also, some of the more advanced buildings need spidercloth for their construction.

en: Stone is one basic building ware of the Atlanteans. It is produced in a quarry or a crystal mine.
en_GB: Stone is one of the basic construction materials of the Atlanteans. It is produced in a quarry or a crystal mine.

en: The Atlantean fires in smelting works, armoursmithies and weaponsmithies are fed with coal. This coal is mined in coal mines or produced out of trunks by a charcoal burner.
en_GB: The fires in Atlantean smelting works, armoursmithies, and weaponsmithies are fed with coal. This coal is mined from coal mines or produced from trunks by a charcoal burner.

en: The double trident is one of the best tridents produced by the Atlantean weapon smithy. It is used in a dungeon - together with food - to train soldiers from attack level 2 to level 3.
en_GB: The double trident is one of the best tridents produced by the Atlantean weapon smithy. It is used in a dungeon — together with food — to train soldiers from attack level 2 to level 3.

en: The long trident is the first trident in the training of soldiers. It is produced in the weapon smithy and used in the dungeon - together with food - to train soldiers from attack level 0 to level 1.
en_GB: The long trident is the first trident soldiers are trained with. It is produced in the weapon smithy and used in the dungeon — together with food — to train soldiers from attack level 0 to level 1.

en: These advanced shields are used by the best soldiers of the Atlanteans. They are produced in the armoursmithy and used in the labyrinth - together with food - to train soldiers from Defense level 1 to level 2.
en_GB: These advanced shields are used by the best Atlantean soldiers. They are produced in the armoursmithy and used in the labyrinth — together with food — to train soldiers from Defence level 1 to level 2.

en: This is the basic weapon for Atlantean soldiers. Together with a tabard it makes the equipment for young soldiers. Light tridents are produced in the weapon smithy as are all other tridents.
en_GB: This is the basic weapon of Atlantean soldiers. Together with a tabard it comprises the basic equipment of young soldiers. Light tridents are produced in the weapon smithy as are all other tridents.

en: A bigger morsel than the ration to provide miners in deep mines. It is produced in an inn or a big inn out of fish/meat, pitta bread and beer.
en_GB: A bigger morsel than the ration, for miners in deep mines. It is produced in an inn or big inn out of fish or meat, pitta bread and beer.

en: A helmet is basic tool to protect warriors. It is produced in the helmsmithy and used in the trainingscamp - together with food -  to train soldiers from healthpoints level 0 to healphpoints level 1.
en_GB: A warrior's basic defensive headgear. It is produced in the helmsmithy and used in the training camp — together with food —  to train soldiers from health points level 0 to health points level 1.

en: A meal is made out of pitta bread, strongbeer and fish/meat in a big inn. This substantial food is exactly what workers in a deeper mine need.
en_GB: Made out of pitta bread, strong beer and fish or meat in a big inn; the substantial meal is satisfies all the needs of the workers in the deeper mines.

en: A small bite to keep miners strong and working. Also the scout consumes rations on his scouting trips. Rations are produced in a tavern, an inn or a big inn out of fish or meat or pitta bread.
en_GB: A small bite to keep miners strong and working. Also, scouts consume rations while on reconnaissance. Rations are produced in a tavern, an inn, or big inn from fish, meat, or pitta bread.

en: A warhelmet is an enhanced armour for barbarian warriors. It is produced in a helmsmithy and used in a trainingscamp - together with food - to train soldiers from healthpoints level 1 to level 2.
en_GB: A war helmet is more advanced defensive headgear for Barbarian warriors. It is produced in a helmsmithy and used in a training camp — together with food — to train soldiers from health points level 1 to level 2.

en: Axefactory
en_GB: Axe Factory

en: Battle Axe
en_GB: Battleaxe

en: Beer is produced in micro breweries used in inns and big inns to produce snacks.
en_GB: Beer is produced in micro breweries and used inns and big inns to produce snacks.

en: Besides pitta bread and meat, fish is also a foodstuff for the barbarians. It is used in the taverns, inns and big inns and in the trainingsites (trainingscamp and battle arena).
en_GB: Besides pitta bread and meat, fish is also a foodstuff for the Barbarians. It is used in the taverns, inns, and big inns and in the training sites (training camp and battle arena).

en: Breeds the strong oxen that help in the transportation of wares.
en_GB: Breeds the strong oxen that help transport wares.

en: Cloth is needed for barbarian ships. It is produced out of thatch reed.
en_GB: Cloth is needed for the sails of Barbarian ships. It is woven from thatch reeds.

en: Deep Iron Ore Mine
en_GB: Deep Iron Mine

en: Deeper Iron Ore Mine
en_GB: Deeper Iron Mine

en: Fire tongs are tools of the smelter, who works in the smelting works. Produced in the metal works (but ceases to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axefactory and war mill).
en_GB: Fire tongs are tools of the smelter, who works in the smelting works. Produced in the metal works (but ceases to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axefactory or war mill).

en: Fisher's Hut
en_GB: Fisherman's Hut

en: Fishing rods are needed by barbarian fishers for fishing. It is one of the basic tools produced in a metalwork shop (but ceases to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axefactory and war mill).
en_GB: Fishing rods are needed by Barbarian fishermen for fishing. It is one of the basic tools produced in the metal works (but ceases to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axefactory or war mill).

en: Gets fish out of the sea.
en_GB: Catches fish from the sea.

en: Gold is the most valuable of all metals; only very important things are garnished with it. It is obtained out of gold ore in a smelting works. It is used as a precious building material and to produce different axes (in the war mill) and different armours (in the helmsmithy).
en_GB: Gold is the most valuable of all metals; only the most important items are adorned with it. It is extracted from gold ore in the smelting works. It is used as a precious building material and to produce some of the axes and helms (in the war mill and helmsmithy respectively).

en: Grows thatch reed.
en_GB: Grows thatch reeds.

en: How can one create a meal, snack or ration, if there are no kitchen tools? Be sure to have a metalworks to produce this basic tool (but ceases to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axefactory and war mill).
en_GB: How do you make a meal, snack or ration, if there are no kitchen tools? Be sure to have a metal works to produce this basic tool (will cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axefactory and war mill).

en: Iron Ore Mine
en_GB: Iron Mine

en: Lime-Burner
en_GB: Lime Burner

en: Meat contains a lot of energy. It is produced by the hunters and used in the taverns, inns and big inns to prepare rations, snacks and meals for the miners. It is also consumed in the training sites (trainingscamp and battle arena).
en_GB: Meat contains a lot of energy. It is provided by the hunters and used in the taverns, inns, and big inns to prepare food for the miners and in the soldiers' training sites (training camp and battle arena).

en: Only this beer is acceptable for the warriors in a battle arena. Some say, the whole power of the barbarians is in this ale. It helps to train the soldier's evade level from 0 to 1 to 2. Strong beer is also used in big inns to prepare meals.
en_GB: Only good strong beer is acceptable for the warriors in a battle arena. Some say this is the source of the Barbarians' strength in battle. It helps to train the soldier's evade level from 0 to 1 to 2. Strong beer is also used in big inns to prepare meals.

en: Raw Stones are a basic building material of the barbarians. It is produced in quarries and granite mines.
en_GB: Raw Stone is a basic building material of the Barbarians. It is produced in quarries and granite mines.

en: Smelts helmets for soldiers.
en_GB: Makes helmets for soldiers.

en: Some of your starting buildings didn't have enough room and 
    weren't build. You are at an disadvantage with this; consider restarting 
    this map with a fair starting condition.
en_GB: Some of your starting buildings didn't have enough room and weren't 
    built. You are at an disadvantage with this; consider restarting this 
    map with a fair starting condition.

en: The Axe is a basic weapon for the barbarians. All young soldiers are equipped with it.
en_GB: The Axe is the basic weapon of the Barbarians. All their young soldiers are equipped with it.

en: The Gamekeeper makes sure that the natural population of animals never drops too low.
en_GB: The Gamekeeper manages the land and its flora and fauna to ensure good, sustainable, hunting.

en: The mighty tribes of the east-lands!
en_GB: The mighty tribes of the East-lands!

en: Trainingscamp
en_GB: Training Camp

en: Warriors Axe
en_GB: Warrior's Axe

en: Wheat is essential for surviving. It is produced in farms and consumed by bakeries, micro breweries and breweries. Also Cattle farms need to be supplied with wheat.
en_GB: Wheat is essential for survival. It is produced on farms and consumed by bakeries, micro breweries and breweries. Also, Cattle farms need a supply of wheat.

en: Breeds cute and helpful donkeys
en_GB: Breeds cute and helpful donkeys.

en: Chain-Armour
en_GB: Chainmail Armour

en: Cuts raw pieces of granite and marble out of laying stones.
en_GB: Shapes raw marble into columns.

en: Donkeyfarm
en_GB: Donkey Farm

en: Fishing rods are needed by fishers, to catch fish. Produced by the toolsmith.
en_GB: Fishing rods are needed by fisherman to catch fish. Produced by the Toolsmith.

en: Grows vine.
en_GB: Cultivates vines.

en: Helps to carry items at heavy used roads.
en_GB: Helps carry items on busy roads.

en: Mills the wheat to produce flour.
en_GB: Mills wheat to produce flour.

en: Plate-Armour
en_GB: Plate Armour

en: Sheepfarm
en_GB: Sheep Farm

en: The axe is the tool for the lumberjack. It is produced by the toolsmith.
en_GB: The axe is the tool of the lumberjack. It is produced by the toolsmith.

en: The shovel is needed for proper handling of plants. Therefore the forester uses it. It is produced by the toolsmith.
en_GB: The shovel is used be the forester for planting trees. It is produced by the toolsmith.

en: This is the culture of the roman Empire.
en_GB: This is the culture of the Roman Empire.

en: This spear is light enough to be thrown, but heavy enough to kill any animal in one blow. It is only used by the hunters.
en_GB: This spear is light enough to be thrown, but heavy enough to kill an animal with one blow. It is only used by the hunters.

en:  --speed_of_new_game  The speed that the new game will run at
                          when started, with factor 1000 (0 is pause,
                          1000 is normal speed).
     --auto_roadbuild_mode=[yes|no]
                          Whether to enter roadbuilding mode
                          automatically after placing a flag that is
                          not connected to a road.
     --write_HTML=[yes|no]
                          Write HTML-helpfiles for parsed game data.
    
    Graphic options:
     --fullscreen=[yes|no]
                          Whether to use the whole display for the
                          game screen.
     --depth=[16|32]      Color depth in number of bits per pixel.
     --xres=[...]         Width of the window in pixel.
     --yres=[...]         Height of the window in pixel.
en_GB:  --speed_of_new_game  De snelheid waarop het nieuwe spel zal
                          lopen bij het starten, met factor 1000 (0 is pauze,
                          1000 is normale snelheid).
     --auto_roadbuild_mode=[yes|no]
                          Of automatisch naar wegenbouw modus omgeschakeld
                          moet worden nadat een vlag geplaatst is die niet verbonden 
                          is met een weg.
     --write_HTML=[yes|no]
                          Schrijf HTML-hulpbestanden voor geparste spel data.
    
    Grafische opties:
     --fullscreen=[yes|no]
                          Of het hele beeld gebruikt moet worden
                          voor het spel scherm.
     --depth=[16|32]      Kleurdiepte in aantal bits per pixel.
     --xres=[...]         Breedte van het scherm in pixels.
     --yres=[...]         Hoogte van het scherm in pixels.

en: Widelands could not start the game, because player %u has no starting position.
    You can manually add a starting position with Widelands Editor, to fix this problem.
en_GB: Widelands could not start the game because player %u has no starting position.
    You can manually add a starting position with the Widelands Editor to fix this
    problem.

en: Militarysite lost!
en_GB: Military site lost!

en: expected {"hp"|"attack"|"defense"|"evade"} but found "%s"
en_GB: expected {"hp"|"attack"|"defence"|"evade"} but found "%s"

en: The worker of this building cannot find any more resources of the following type:
en_GB: This building's worker cannot find any more resources of the following type:

en: The world "%s" set by the map, does not exist on your filesystem.
en_GB: The world "%s" set by the map, does not exist on your file system.

en: message is sent in the future: sent at %u but gametime is only %u
en_GB: message is sent in the future: sent at %u but game time is only %u

en: message should have expired at %u; sent at %u with duration %u but gametime is already %u
en_GB: message should have expired at %u; sent at %u with duration %u but game time is already %u

en: You can not kick yourself!
en_GB: You cannot kick yourself!

en: The game has started just after you tried to connect.
en_GB: The game started just after you tried to connect.

en: Client and host have become desynchronized.
en_GB: Client and host have become desynchronised.

en: Client sent unexpected synchronization report.
en_GB: Client sent unexpected synchronisation report.

en: Maximum of players:
en_GB: Maximum number of players:

en: Map informations
en_GB: Map information

en: On the right side are informations about the selected map or savegame. A button right to the map name allows the host to change to a different one. Further the host is able to set a specific win condition and finally can start the game as soon as all players are set up.
en_GB: On the right side is information about the selected map or savegame. A button to the right of the map name allows the host to change to a different one. The host is also able to set a specific win condition and finally can start the game as soon as all players are set up.

en: Play a sound at message arrival.
en_GB: Play a sound on message arrival.

en: Show in game chat with transparent background
en_GB: Show in-game chat with transparent background

en: Tribe ware encyclopedia
en_GB: Tribe ware encyclopaedia

en: In-/Decrease Value
en_GB: Increase/Decrease Value

en: As wood gnome you like big forests, so your task is, to have more trees on
    your territory than any other player. The game will end after 4 hours of
    playing. The one with the most trees at that point will win the game.
en_GB: As wood gnome you like big forests, so your task is to have more trees on
    your territory than any other player. The game will end after 4 hours of
    playing. The one with the most trees at that point will win the game.

en: Each player or team tries to obtain more than half of the maps' area. The winner will be the player or the team that is able to keep that area for at least 20 minutes.
en_GB: Each player or team tries to obtain more than half of the map's area. The winner will be the player or the team that is able to keep that area for at least 20 minutes.

en: %s has been deleted since its last save point.
    
    Would you like to save it again?
en_GB: %s has been deleted since its last save point.

en: Color Highlight Code Syntax
en_GB: Colour Highlight Code Syntax

en: Enter a hex color value
en_GB: Enter a hex colour value

en: Please check the 'Store archiver output' option to see it.
en_GB: Please tick the 'Store archiver output' option to see it.

en: This is Xarchiver led status. When it's flashing Xarchiver is busy
en_GB: This is Xarchiver LED status. When it's flashing Xarchiver is busy

en: If checked the archive comment is shown after the archive is loaded
en_GB: If ticked the archive comment is shown after the archive is loaded

en: <span color='red' style='italic'>Please install xdg-utils package so that
    Xarchiver can recognize more file types.</span>
en_GB: <span color='red' style='italic'>Please install xdg-utils package so that
    Xarchiver can recognise more file types.</span>

en: <span weight="bold">Extra Colors</span>
en_GB: <span weight="bold">Extra Colours</span>

en: <span weight="bold">Text Colors</span>
en_GB: <span weight="bold">Text Colours</span>

en: <span weight="bold">mIRC Colors</span>
en_GB: <span weight="bold">mIRC Colours</span>

en: _Colorize nicknames
en_GB: _Colorise nicknames

en: _None (use solid color)
en_GB: _None (use solid colour)

en: _Show colors
en_GB: _Show colours

note: This is the text that should appear on a button. Don't include the prefix 'button|' in the translation.
en: button|_Edit
en_GB: _Edit

en: Welcome to XChat-GNOME! Since this is your first time using this application, there are a couple things you'll need to configure before you can get started.
    
    These are the names by which you'll be recognized on IRC. Your nick name is the name by which you'll be known, whereas the real name is useful for things such as registering with services. You do not have to use your real name if you do not want to.
en_GB: Welcome to XChat-GNOME! Since this is your first time using this application, there are a couple things you'll need to configure before you can get started.
    
    These are the names by which you'll be recognised on IRC. Your nick name is the name by which you'll be known, whereas the real name is useful for things such as registering with services. You do not have to use your real name if you do not want to.

en: OSD initialization failed
en_GB: OSD initialisation failed

en: Grabs URLs and puts them in a separate window for easy viewing.
en_GB: Grabs URLs and puts them in a separate window for easy viewing

en: Set per channel options
    CHANOPT CONFMODE ON|OFF - Toggle conf mode/showing of join and part messages
    CHANOPT COLORPASTE ON|OFF - Toggle color paste
    CHANOPT BEEP ON|OFF - Toggle beep on message
    CHANOPT TRAY ON|OFF - Toggle tray blink on message
en_GB: Set per channel options
    CHANOPT CONFMODE ON|OFF - Toggle conf mode/showing of join and part messages
    CHANOPT COLORPASTE ON|OFF - Toggle colour paste
    CHANOPT BEEP ON|OFF - Toggle beep on message
    CHANOPT TRAY ON|OFF - Toggle tray blink on message

en: Open Dialog Window
en_GB: Open Dialogue Window

en: Send a File
en_GB: Send ra File

en: X-Chat GNOME is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: X-Chat GNOME is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with X-Chat GNOME; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with X-Chat GNOME; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA

en: Automatically display the channel list dialog
en_GB: Automatically display the channel list dialogue

en: Colorize nicknames in the main window
en_GB: Colorise nicknames in the main window

en: If set to true, when you join a server without automatically joining a channel, the channel list dialog will be displayed
en_GB: If set to true, when you join a server without automatically joining a channel, the channel list dialogue will be displayed

en: Selected color scheme
en_GB: Selected colour scheme

en: Show colors in the main window
en_GB: Show colours in the main window

en: System Theme Colors
en_GB: System Theme Colours

en: Open Plugin
en_GB: Open Plugin:

en: I_nsert Color Code
en_GB: I_nsert Colour Code

en: Default value for eject checkbox
en_GB: Default value for eject tickbox

en: E_ject disk
en_GB: E_ject disc

en: Cannot recognize state of drive and disc
en_GB: Cannot recognise state of drive and disc

en: Drive can't burn on the inserted disc
en_GB: Drive can't burn to the inserted disc

en: Unable to initialize the burning backend.
en_GB: Unable to initialise the burning backend.

en: Show preferences dialog
en_GB: Show preferences dialogue

en: Cannot recognize the state of the drive and disc.
en_GB: Cannot recognise the state of the drive and disc.

en: The gstreamer transcoder uses the gstreamer
    library for creating audio compositions.
    
    Essentially all audio files should be supported
    given that the correct plugins are installed.
    If an audio file is not recognized, make sure
    that you have the 'good','bad', and 'ugly'
    gstreamer plugin packages installed.
en_GB: The gstreamer transcoder uses the gstreamer
    library for creating audio compositions.
    
    Essentially all audio files should be supported
    given that the correct plugins are installed.
    If an audio file is not recognised, make sure
    that you have the 'good','bad', and 'ugly'
    gstreamer plugin packages installed.

en: Unable to daemonize the process
en_GB: Unable to daemonise the process

en: Always c_enter the window
en_GB: Always c_entre the window

en: (No battery, AC on-line)
en_GB: (No batter, AC on-line)

en: Bar _colors
en_GB: Bar _colours

en: By default the action is triggerred by a selection, check this option to trigger the action only when you make a manual copy
en_GB: By default the action is triggerred by a selection, tick this option to trigger the action only when you make a manual copy

en: If checked, the clipboard texts will be matched against regular expressions and a menu will display possible actions
en_GB: If ticked, the clipboard texts will be matched against regular expressions and a menu will display possible actions

en: If checked, the selections will be synced with the default clipboard in a way that you can paste what you select
en_GB: If ticked, the selections will be synced with the default clipboard in a way that you can paste what you select

en: If checked, the selections won't affect the history except the manual copies
en_GB: If ticked, the selections won't affect the history except the manual copies

en: If checked, this option allows to store one image inside the history
en_GB: If ticked, this option allows to store one image inside the history

en: If checked, this option will restore the history on every new Xfce session
en_GB: If ticked, this option will restore the history on every new Xfce session

en: Unable to open the settings dialog
en_GB: Unable to open the settings dialogue

en: Could not initialize linux backend !
en_GB: Could not initialise linux backend !

en: Color 1:
en_GB: Colour 1:

en: Color 2:
en_GB: Colour 2:

en: Color 3:
en_GB: Colour 3:

en: "%s" is spelled correctly (%s).
en_GB: "%s" is spelt correctly (%s).

en: Please set the spell check command in the preferences dialog.
en_GB: Please set the spell check command in the preferences dialogue.

en: Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia (EN)
en_GB: Wikipedia, the free encyclopaedia (EN)

en: <b>Colors:</b>
en_GB: <b>Colours:</b>

en: Spelled correctly:
en_GB: Spelt correctly:

en: Spelled incorrectly:
en_GB: Spelt incorrectly:

en: Bar color
en_GB: Bar colour

en: Press to change color
en_GB: Press to change colour

en: Read bar color
en_GB: Read bar colour

en: Write bar color
en_GB: Write bar colour

en: Cyclically spawns a script/program, captures its output and displays the resulting string in the panel
    
    (c) 2004 Roger Seguin <roger_seguin@msn.com>
    (c) 2006 Julien Devemy <jujucece@gmail.com>
en_GB: %s %s - Generic Monitor
    Cyclically spawns a script/program, captures its output and displays the resulting string in the panel
    
    (c) 2004 Roger Seguin <roger_seguin@msn.com>
    (c) 2006 Julien Devemy <jujucece@gmail.com>

en: The folder list cannot be retrieved until a server, username, and probably password are set.  Also be sure to check any security settings in the Advanced dialog.
en_GB: The folder list cannot be retrieved until a server, username, and probably password are set.  Also be sure to check any security settings in the Advanced dialogue.

en: Canceling read: read too many bytes without a newline
en_GB: Cancelling read: read too many bytes without a newline

en: tells how many new messages in each mailbox|    %d in %s
en_GB: %d in %s

en: available siz:       %g
en_GB: available size:       %g

en: The device "%s" should be removable safely now.
en_GB: The device "%s" should be now be safely removable.

en: << %s >> (%s)
    Average of last %d measures:
    Incoming: %s/s
    Outgoing: %s/s
    Total: %s/s
en_GB: << %s >> (%s)
    Average of last %d measures:
    Incoming: %s kByte/s
    Outgoing: %s kByte/s
    Total: %s kByte/s

en: %s: Error in initializing:
    %s
en_GB: %s: Error in initalising:
    %s

en: Bar color (i_ncoming):
en_GB: Bar colour (i_ncoming):

en: Bar color (_outgoing):
en_GB: Bar colour (_outgoing):

en: _Colorize values
en_GB: _Colourise values

en: Carmine
en_GB: Carmin

en: Customize how notifications appear on your screen
en_GB: Customise how notifications appear on your screen

en: Customize the panel
en_GB: Customise the panel

en: Show the 'Panel Preferences' dialog
en_GB: Show the 'Panel Preferences' dialogue

en: Show the 'Add New Items' dialog
en_GB: Show the 'Add New Items' dialogue

en: Failed to show the preferences dialog
en_GB: Failed to show the preferences dialogue

en: Failed to show the add new items dialog
en_GB: Failed to show the add new items dialogue

en: Pick a Panel Color
en_GB: Pick a Panel Colour

en: Select this option if you want maximized windows to cover the area behind the panel. This only works when the panel is attached to a screen edge.
en_GB: Select this option to hide the panel when the pointer is not above it. This only works when the panel is attached to a screen edge.

en: Show a confirmation dialog with a 30 second timeout for some of the actions.
en_GB: Show a confirmation dialogue with a 30 second timeout for some of the actions.

en: _Show confirmation dialog
en_GB: _Show confirmation dialogue

en: The format describes the date and time parts to insert into the panel. For example, %Y will be substituted with the year, %m with the month and %d with the day. See the documentation of the date utility for additional information.
en_GB: The format describes the date and time parts to insert into the file name. For example, %Y will be substituted with the year, %m with the month and %d with the day. See the documentation of the date utility for additional information.

en: Restore the minimized windows
en_GB: Restore the minimised windows

en: Minimize all open windows and show the desktop
en_GB: Minimise all open windows and show the desktop

en: Restore minimized windows to current _workspace
en_GB: Restore minimised windows to current _workspace

en: Show only _minimized windows
en_GB: Show only _minimised windows

en: An application is currently disabling the automatic sleep. Doing this action now may damage the working state of this application.
en_GB: An application is currently disabling the automatic sleep, doing this action now may damage the working state of this application, are you sure you want to hibernate the system?

en: Adaptor is offline
en_GB: Adapter is offline

en: Adaptor is online
en_GB: Adapter is online

en: %s (%i%%)
    %s until is fully charged.
en_GB: %s
    Your %s is charging (%i%%)
    %s until is fully charged.

en: %s (%i%%)
    Estimated time left is %s.
en_GB: %s
    Your %s is discharging (%i%%)
    Estimated time left is %s.

en: Authorized to suspend
en_GB: Authorised to suspend

en: Authorized to hibernate
en_GB: Authorised to hibernate

en: Authorized to shutdown
en_GB: Authorised to shutdown

en: Authorized to spin down hard disks
en_GB: Authorised to spin down hard disks

en: Show the configuration dialog
en_GB: Show the configuration dialogue

en: Synchronize state with the card
en_GB: Synchronise state with the card

note: Start the user soup session
en: Initialize the connection...
en_GB: Initialise the connection...

en: Show colored _bars
en_GB: Show coloured _bars

en: Xfce4 Sensors %s
    This program is published under the GPL v2.
    The license text can be found inside the program's source archive or under /usr/share/apps/LICENSES/GPL_V2 or at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.txt
en_GB: Xfce4 Sensors %s
    This program is published under the GPL v2.
    The licence text can be found inside the program's source archive or under /usr/share/apps/LICENSES/GPL_V2 or at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.txt

en: The saved states of your applications will not be restored during your next login.
en_GB: The application will lose any unsaved state and will not be restarted in your next session.

en: Below is the list of applications that will be started automatically when you login to your Xfce desktop, in addition to the applications that were saved when you logged out last time. Cursive applications belong to another desktop environment, but you can still enable them if you want.
en_GB: Below is the list of applications that will be started automatically when you login to your Xfce desktop, in addition to the applications that were saved when you logged out last time:

en: Starting the Konqueror
en_GB: Starting Konqueror

en: Log out without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Log out without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Halt without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Halt without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Reboot without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Reboot without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Suspend without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Suspend without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Hibernate without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Hibernate without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Customize desktop startup and splash screen
en_GB: Customise desktop startup and splash screen

en: Start GNOME services, such as gnome-keyring
en_GB: Start GNOME services, such as gnome-keyring and the GNOME accessibility framework

en: Customize the look of your desktop
en_GB: Customise the look of your desktop

en: Be_havior
en_GB: Be_haviour

en: Specifies whether the keyboard layout is controlled with this settings dialog, or by the X server
en_GB: Specifies whether the keyboard layout is controlled with this settings dialogue, or by the X server

en: Could not create the settings dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the settings dialogue.

en: Active device in the dialog
en_GB: Active device in the dialogue

en: Configure pointer device behavior and appearance
en_GB: Configure pointer device behaviour and appearance

en: Counterclockwise
en_GB: Anti-clockwise

en: Set the acceleration and sensitivity for the selected device to the default values
en_GB: Set the acceleration and threshold for the selected device to the default values

en: When selected, the touchpad will be disabled when the keyboard is being used
en_GB: When selected, the mouse pointer can be controlled using the keyboard number pad

en: Customize settings stored by Xfconf
en_GB: Customise settings stored by Xfconf

en: Settings dialog to show
en_GB: Settings dialogue to show

en: Customize your desktop
en_GB: Customise your desktop

en: Bar color:
en_GB: Bar colour:

en: Received invalid color data: Wrong format (%d) or length (%d)
en_GB: Received invalid colour data: Wrong format (%d) or length (%d)

en: Window Title|Set Title
en_GB: Set Title

en: None (use solid color)
en_GB: None (use solid colour)

en: Tab activit_y color:
en_GB: Tab activit_y colour:

en: Cu_rsor color:
en_GB: Cu_rsor colour:

en: Choose tab activity color
en_GB: Choose tab activity colour

en: These options may cause some applications to behave
    incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around
    certain applications and operating systems that expect
    different terminal behavior.
en_GB: These options may cause some applications to behave
    incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around
    certain applications and operating systems that expect
    different terminal behaviour.

en: Enable signal quality colors
en_GB: Enable signal quality colours

en: Remove From Favorites
en_GB: Remove From Favourites

en: A value type must be specified to change an array into a single value
en_GB: A value type must be specified to change an array into a single value.

en: Backdrop list file is not valid
en_GB: Choose backdrop list filename

en: Increase or decrease the color saturation of the final image
en_GB: Increase or decrease the colour saturation of the final image

en: Select First Color
en_GB: Select First Colour

en: Select Second Color
en_GB: Select Second Colour

en: Specifies the "right" or "bottom" color of the gradient
en_GB: Specifies the "right" or "bottom" colour of the gradient

en: Specifies the solid color, or the "left" or "top" color of the gradient
en_GB: Specifies the solid colour, or the "left" or "top" colour of the gradient

en: Specify the style of the color drawn behind the backdrop image
en_GB: Specify the style of the colour drawn behind the backdrop image

en: Minimized application icons
en_GB: Minimised application icons

en: Set desktop background and menu and icon behavior
en_GB: Set desktop background and menu and icon behaviour

en: Trash Error
en_GB: Wastebasket Error

en: The selected files could not be moved to the trash
en_GB: The selected files could not be moved to the wastebasket

en: This feature requires a trash service to be present (such as the one supplied by Thunar).
en_GB: This feature requires a wastebasket service to be present (such as the one supplied by Thunar).

en: Could not empty the trash
en_GB: Could not empty the wastebasket

en: The file properties dialog could not be opened
en_GB: The file properties dialogue could not be opened

en: Trash contains one item
en_GB: Wastebasket contains one item

en: Trash contains %d items
en_GB: Wastebasket contains %d items

en: If checked, Xfmpc will try to read the environment variables MPD_HOST and MPD_PORT otherwise it will use localhost
en_GB: If ticked, Xfmpc will try to read the environment variables MPD_HOST and MPD_PORT otherwise it will use localhost

en: Configure window behavior and shortcuts
en_GB: Configure window behaviour and shortcuts

en: Failed to initialize xfconf. Reason: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise xfconf. Reason: %s

en: At the _center of the screen
en_GB: At the _centre of the screen

en: Automatically _tile windows when moving toward the screen edge
en_GB: Automatically _tile windows when moving towards the screen edge

en: Hide _frame of windows when maximized
en_GB: Hide _frame of windows when maximised

en: Honor _standard ICCCM focus hint
en_GB: Honour _standard ICCCM focus hint

en: Restore original _size of maximized windows when moving
en_GB: Restore original _size of maximised windows when moving

en: Minimize _All Other Windows
en_GB: Minimise _All Other Windows

en: %s: Cannot allocate color %s
en_GB: %s: Cannot allocate colour %s

en: %s: Cannot allocate color: GValue for color is not of type STRING
en_GB: %s: Cannot allocate colour: GValue for colour is not of type STRING

en: %s: Cannot parse color %s
en_GB: %s: Cannot parse colour %s

en: %s: Cannot parse color: GValue for color is not of type STRING
en_GB: %s: Cannot parse colour: GValue for colour is not of type STRING

en: Cannot spawn helper-dialog: %s
en_GB: Cannot spawn helper-dialogue: %s

en: The SWORD Project is an effort to create an ever-expanding software package for research and study of God and His Word. The SWORD Project framework allows easy use and study of Bible texts, commentaries, lexicons, dictionaries, and other books. Many frontends are built using this framework. An installed set of books may be shared among all frontends using the framework.
    
     Books can be downloaded from the SWORD Project.
en_GB: The SWORD Project is an effort to create an ever-expanding software package for research and study of God and His Word. The SWORD Project framework allows easy use and study of Bible texts, commentaries, lexicons, dictionaries, and other books. Many front-ends are built using this framework. An installed set of books may be shared among all front-ends using the framework.
    
     Books can be downloaded from the SWORD Project.

en: <b>Welcome to Xiphos.</b>
    
    There are no Bibles installed. In order to initialize, Xiphos needs at least one Bible module. To facilitate this, the Module Manager has been opened so that you may install one or more Bibles, either from a local module set (cdrom, flash drive) or over the network from CrossWire Bible Society. Please refer to these step-by-step instructions, and to the general module manager overview that has also been opened.
    
    <u>For local install:</u>
    - In <i>Module Sources: Add/Remove</i>, add a new local folder name where modules can be found.
      (This is where folders exist named <i>mods.d</i> and <i>modules</i>.)
    - In <i>Module Sources: Choose</i>, click the "Local" button, and select your folder from the pulldown.
    
    <u>For network install from CrossWire:</u>
    - In <i>Module Sources: Choose</i>, click the "Remote" button and select CrossWire from the pulldown.
    - Click the "Refresh" button at the bottom.
    
    <u>In either case:</u>
    - In <i>Modules: Install/Update</i>, select Bibles and other modules of your preference.
    - Click "Install".
    - Close the Module Manager when you are done.
    
    <u>Warning</u>: If you live in a persecuted country, use with care.
    
    Both this step-by-step instruction dialog and the general introduction dialog may be closed at any time.
en_GB: <b>Welcome to Xiphos.</b>
    
    There are no Bibles installed. In order to initialise, Xiphos needs at least one Bible module.
    
    With your permission, Xiphos will open the Module Manager so that you may install one or more Bibles from either a local module set (cdrom, flash drive) or over the network from CrossWire Bible Society.
    
    <u>For local install:</u>
    - In <i>Module Sources: Add/Remove</i>, add a new local folder name where modules can be found.
      (This is where folders exist named <i>mods.d</i> and <i>modules</i>.)
    - In <i>Module Sources: Choose</i>, click the "Local" button, and select your folder from the pulldown.
    
    <u>For network install from CrossWire:</u>
    - In <i>Module Sources: Choose</i>, click the "Remote" button and select CrossWire from the pulldown.
    - Click the "Refresh" button at the bottom.
    
    <u>In either case:</u>
    - In <i>Modules: Install/Update</i>, select Bibles of your preference.
    - Click "Install".
    - Close the Module Manager when you are done.
    
    <u>Warning</u>: If you live in a persecuted country, use with care.
    
    May Xiphos open the Module Manager so that you may install a Bible?

en: A checkmark means this module is already installed
en_GB: A tick-mark means this module is already installed

en: The index icon means you have built an optimized ('lucene') index for this module for fast searching (see the Maintenance pane for this function)
en_GB: The index icon means you have built an optimised ('lucene') index for this module for fast searching (see the Maintenance pane for this function)

en: Categorized by
    Module Type
en_GB: Categorised by
    Module Type

en: Categorized by
    Availability
en_GB: Categorised by
    Availability

en: Synchronize this window's scrolling with the main window
en_GB: Synchronise this window's scrolling with the main window

note: ***************************************************************************** * Name *   on_lucene_intro_clicked * * Synopsis *   #include "gui/search_dialog.h" *   void on_lucene_intro_clicked(GtkToggleButton *button, *				  gpointer user_data) * Description * Return value *   void
en: <b>Syntax overview for optimized "lucene" searches</b>
    Search for verses that contain...
    
    loved one
    	 "loved" or "one"
    	This is the same as searching for loved OR one
    "loved one"
    	The phrase "loved one"
    love*
    	A word starting with "love"
    	(love OR loves OR loved OR etc...)
    loved AND one
    	The word "loved" and the word "one"
    	&amp;&amp; can be used in place of AND
    +loved one
    	Verses that <b>must</b> contain "loved" and <b>may</b> contain "one"
    loved NOT one
    	"loved" but not "one"
    (loved one) AND God
    	"loved" or "one" and "God"
    lemma:G2316
    	Search for the Strong's Greek ("G") word number 2316.
    	Also, select Strong's display on the <i>Attribute Search</i> tab.
    
    For complete details, search the web for "lucene search syntax".
en_GB: <b>Syntax overview for optimised "lucene" searches</b>
    Search for verses that contain...
    
    loved one
    	 "loved" or "one"
    	This is the same as searching for loved OR one
    "loved one"
    	The phrase "loved one"
    love*
    	A word starting with "love"
    	(love OR loves OR loved OR etc...)
    loved AND one
    	The word "loved" and the word "one"
    	&amp;&amp; can be used in place of AND
    +loved one
    	Verses that <b>must</b> contain "loved" and <b>may</b> contain "one"
    loved NOT one
    	"loved" but not "one"
    (loved one) AND God
    	"loved" or "one" and "God"
    lemma:G2316
    	Search for the Strong's Greek ("G") word number 2316.
    	Also, select Strong's display on the <i>Attribute Search</i> tab.
    
    For complete details, search the web for "lucene search syntax".

note: ***************************************************************************** * Name *   on_attributes_intro_clicked * * Synopsis *   #include "gui/search_dialog.h" *   void on_attributes_intro_clicked(GtkToggleButton *button, *				  gpointer user_data) * Description * Return value *   void
en: <b>Attribute-based searches</b>
    Searches for content contained in markup outside the main text. Attributes are footnotes, Strong's numbers, and morphological symbols.
    
    Be aware that most such searches can now be done faster via optimized "lucene" searches using keyword qualifiers.
    
    To use attribute searches, you must select the appropriate button on the <i>Attribute Search</i> tab.
    * Footnote text is searched just like regular text.
    * Strong's words are specified as a prefix letter H or G (Hebrew or Greek) and the numeric word identifier, e.g. G2316 to find "θεός" ("God").
    * Morphological tags are identified literally, e.g. N-ASF for "noun, accusative singular feminine" -- see the Robinson module for details.
en_GB: <b>Attribute-based searches</b>
    Searches for content contained in markup outside the main text. Attributes are footnotes, Strong's numbers, and morphological symbols.
    
    Be aware that most such searches can now be done faster via optimised "lucene" searches using keyword qualifiers.
    
    To use attribute searches, you must select the appropriate button on the <i>Attribute Search</i> tab.
    * Footnote text is searched just like regular text.
    * Strong's words are specified as a prefix letter H or G (Hebrew or Greek) and the numeric word identifier, e.g. G2316 to find "θεός" ("God").
    * Morphological tags are identified literally, e.g. N-ASF for "noun, accusative singular feminine" -- see the Robinson module for details.

en: Open the separate Advanced Search dialog.
en_GB: Open the separate Advanced Search dialogue.

en: An image file's size could not be determined.
    Xiphos cannot resize images to fit window.
en_GB: An image file's size could not be determined.
    Is ImageMagick's 'identify' not installed?
    (Or possibly the image is of type other than bmp/gif/jpg/png.)
    Xiphos cannot resize images to fit window.

en: <b>For Growth</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>For Growth</b><br>

en: <b>For Salvation</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>For Salvation</b><br>

en: <b>For Health</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>For Health</b><br>

en: <b>Miscellaneous</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Miscellaneous</b><br>

en: <b>(x)</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>(x)</b><br>

en: <b>(y)</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>(y)</b><br>

en: <b>(z)</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>(z)</b><br>

en: <b>Subtopic 1</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Subtopic 1</b><br>

en: <b>Subtopic 2</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Subtopic 2</b><br>

en: <b>Subtopic 3</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Subtopic 3</b><br>

en: <b>Subtopic 4</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Subtopic 4</b><br>

en: <b>People:</b><br/>Bob<br/>Sam<br/>Sue<br/><br/><b>Church:</b><br/>pews<br/>fellowship<br/>Bibles for missionaries<br/><br/><br/>
en_GB: <b>People:</b><br>Bob<br>Sam<br>Sue<br><br><b>Church:</b><br>pews<br>fellowship<br>Bibles for missionaries<br><br><br>

en: Bob<br/>Sam<br/>Sue<br/>John<br/>
en_GB: Bob<br>Sam<br>Sue<br>John<br>

en: Mike<br/>Steve<br/>
en_GB: Mike<br>Steve<br>

en: Sue<br/>John<br/>
en_GB: Sue<br>John<br>

en: <b>Major Topic A</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Major Topic A</b><br>

en: <b>Major Topic B</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Major Topic B</b><br>

en: <b>Major Topic C</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Major Topic C</b><br>

en: There are no Bibles installed.
    Evidently, you declined to install any.
    
    Without any Bible modules to display,
    Xiphos cannot proceed,
    and will now exit.
en_GB: There are still no Bibles installed.
    Evidently, you declined to install any.
    
    Without any Bible modules to display,
    Xiphos cannot proceed,
    and will now exit.

en: Xiphos's file for language
    abbreviations is missing.
en_GB: Xiphos' file for language
    abbreviations is missing.

en: Xiphos's language abbreviation
    file cannot be opened.
en_GB: Xiphos' language abbreviation
    file cannot be opened.

en: <b>Locked Module.</b>
    
    <u>You are opening a module which requires a <i>key</i>.</u>
    
    The module is locked, meaning that the content is encrypted by its publisher, and you must enter its key in order for the content to become useful.  This key should have been received by you on the web page which confirmed your purchase, or perhaps sent via email after purchase.
    
    Please enter the key in the dialog.
en_GB: <b>Locked Module.</b>
    
    <u>You are opening a module which requires a <i>key</i>.</u>
    
    The module is locked, meaning that the content is encrypted by its publisher, and you must enter its key in order for the content to become useful.  This key should have been received by you on the web page which confirmed your purchase, or perhaps sent via email after purchase.
    
    Please enter the key in the dialogue.

en: Bookmark Dialog
en_GB: Bookmark Dialogue

en: Add a local folder as an install source, typically on a cdrom or flash drive.  Such a folder contains subfolders "mods.d" and "modules".
en_GB: Add a local folder as an install source, typically on a cdrom or flash drive.  Such a folder contains sub-folders "mods.d" and "modules".

en: Build an index of the selected modules, for optimized ("lucene") searching.
en_GB: Build an index of the selected modules, for optimised ("lucene") searching.

en: Load and synchronize the standard set of known repositories, as maintained at crosswire.org, with your current remote sources.
en_GB: Load and synchronise the standard set of known repositories, as maintained at crosswire.org, with your current remote sources.

en: <b>Font Colors</b>
en_GB: <b>Font Colours</b>

en: Automatically resize image content to fit the pane
en_GB: Automatically re-size image content to fit the pane

en: Bible Texts Checkbox
en_GB: Bible Texts Tickbox

en: Commentaries Checkbox
en_GB: Commentaries Tickkbox

en: Dictionary/Lexicon Checkbox
en_GB: Dictionary/Lexicon Tickkbox

en: Enable Prayer Lists Checkbox
en_GB: Enable Prayer Lists Tickkbox

en: Font Colors
en_GB: Font Colours

en: Highlight current verse check box
en_GB: Highlight current verse tick box

en: Highlight user annotations check box
en_GB: Highlight user annotations tick box

en: Open Selection Dialog Button
en_GB: Open Selection Dialogue Button

en: Open a dialog to select modules
en_GB: Open a dialogue to select modules

en: Previewer Checkbox
en_GB: Previewer Tickbox

en: Resize images checkbox
en_GB: Resize images tickbox

en: Scroll to Previous/Next Chapter Checkbox
en_GB: Scroll to Previous/Next Chapter Tickbox

en: Use default Dictionary Checkbox
en_GB: Use default Dictionary Tickbox

en: Use tabbed browsing Checkbox
en_GB: Use tabbed browsing Tickbox

en: Xrefs in verse list check box
en_GB: Resize images tickbox

en: Fast, featureful, index-based search
    Indexes must have been built beforehand:
    See Module Manager's maintenance functions
en_GB: Fast, feature rich, index-based search
    Indexes must have been built beforehand:
    See Module Manager's maintenance functions

en: Match case checkbox
en_GB: Match case tickbox

en: Open a brief explanation of the syntax used for optimized "lucene" searches.
en_GB: Build an index of the selected modules, for optimised ("lucene") searching.

en: Open a dialog to select modules to add to the list
en_GB: Open a dialogue to select modules to add to the list

en: Optimized ("Lucene")
en_GB: Optimised ("Lucene")

en: Optimized ("Lucene") radiobutton
en_GB: Optimised ("Lucene") radiobutton

en: Search for Strongs Numbers like G4442 or H1121
en_GB: Search for Strong's Numbers like G4442 or H1121

en: Show Footnotes checkbox
en_GB: Show Footnotes tickbox

en: Show Morphological Tags checkbox
en_GB: Show Morphological Tags tickbox

en: Show Strong's Numbers checkbox
en_GB: Show Strong's Numbers tickbox

en: Strongs Numbers
en_GB: Strong's Numbers

en: Strongs Numbers radiobutton
en_GB: Strong's Numbers radiobutton

en: _Attribute Search
en_GB: Attribute Search

en: Create a new journal or prayerlist from a template
en_GB: Create a new journal or prayer list from a template

en: Doublespace
en_GB: Double-space

en: Open in a dialog
en_GB: Open in a dialogue

en: Open selected module in a
    	separate ['dialog'] window
en_GB: Open selected module in a
    	separate ['dialogue'] window

en: Open this bookmark in a dialog
en_GB: Open this bookmark in a dialogue

en: Add the EuroSign to the 2 key.
en_GB: Add the Euro sign to the 2 key.

en: Add the EuroSign to the 5 key.
en_GB: Add the Euro sign to the 5 key.

en: Add the EuroSign to the E key.
en_GB: Add the Euro sign to the E key.

en: Add the standard behavior to Menu key.
en_GB: Add the standard behaviour to Menu key.

en: Adding the EuroSign to certain keys
en_GB: Adding the Euro sign to certain keys

en: Alt/Win key behavior
en_GB: Alt/Win key behaviour

en: CapsLock LED shows alternative group.
en_GB: Caps Lock LED shows alternative group.

en: CapsLock acts as Shift with locking. Shift cancels CapsLock.
en_GB: Caps Lock acts as Shift with locking. Shift cancels Caps Lock.

en: CapsLock acts as Shift with locking. Shift doesn't cancel CapsLock.
en_GB: Caps Lock acts as Shift with locking. Shift doesn't cancel Caps Lock.

en: CapsLock just locks the Shift modifier.
en_GB: Caps Lock just locks the Shift modifier.

en: CapsLock key behavior
en_GB: Caps Lock key behaviour

en: CapsLock key changes group.
en_GB: Caps Lock key changes group.

en: CapsLock toggles Shift so all keys are affected.
en_GB: Caps Lock toggles Shift so all keys are affected.

en: CapsLock toggles normal capitalization of alphabetic characters.
en_GB: Caps Lock toggles normal capitalisation of alphabetic characters.

en: CapsLock uses internal capitalization. Shift cancels CapsLock.
en_GB: Caps Lock uses internal capitalisation. Shift cancels Caps Lock.

en: CapsLock uses internal capitalization. Shift doesn't cancel CapsLock.
en_GB: Caps Lock uses internal capitalisation. Shift doesn't cancel Caps Lock.

en: Group Shift/Lock behavior
en_GB: Group Shift/Lock behaviour

en: NumLock LED shows alternative group.
en_GB: Num Lock LED shows alternative group.

en: ScrollLock LED shows alternative group.
en_GB: Scroll Lock LED shows alternative group.

en: Shift+CapsLock changes group.
en_GB: Shift+Caps Lock changes group.

en: 3DNow! optimized decoder
en_GB: 3DNow! optimised decoder

en: MMX optimized decoder
en_GB: MMX optimised decoder

en: Sinus tone generator by Haavard Kvaalen <havardk@xmms.org>
    Modified by Daniel J. Peng <danielpeng@bigfoot.com>
    
    To use it, add a URL: tone://frequency1;frequency2;frequency3;...
    e.g. tone://2000;2005 to play a 2000Hz tone and a 2005Hz tone
en_GB: Sinus tone generator by Håvard Kvålen <havardk@xmms.org>
    Modified by Daniel J. Peng <danielpeng@bigfoot.com>
    
    To use it, add a URL: tone://frequency1;frequency2;frequency3;...
    e.g. tone://2000;2005 to play a 2000Hz tone and a 2005Hz tone

en: Ogg Vorbis Plugin by the Xiph.org Foundation
    
    Original code by
    Tony Arcieri <bascule@inferno.tusculum.edu>
    Contributions from
    Chris Montgomery <monty@xiph.org>
    Peter Alm <peter@xmms.org>
    Michael Smith <msmith@labyrinth.edu.au>
    Jack Moffitt <jack@icecast.org>
    Jorn Baayen <jorn@nl.linux.org>
    Haavard Kvaalen <havardk@xmms.org>
    Gian-Carlo Pascutto <gcp@sjeng.org>
    
    Visit the Xiph.org Foundation at http://www.xiph.org/
en_GB: Ogg Vorbis Plugin by the Xiph.org Foundation
    
    Original code by
    Tony Arcieri <bascule@inferno.tusculum.edu>
    Contributions from
    Chris Montgomery <monty@xiph.org>
    Peter Alm <peter@xmms.org>
    Michael Smith <msmith@labyrinth.edu.au>
    Jack Moffitt <jack@icecast.org>
    Jorn Baayen <jorn@nl.linux.org>
    Håvard Kvålen <havardk@xmms.org>
    Gian-Carlo Pascutto <gcp@sjeng.org>
    
    Visit the Xiph.org Foundation at http://www.xiph.org/

en: Color Entry
en_GB: Colour Entry

en: OpenGL Spectrum analyzer
en_GB: OpenGL Spectrum analyser

en: OpenGL Spectrum analyzer %s
en_GB: OpenGL Spectrum analyser %s

en: Simple spectrum analyzer %s
en_GB: Simple spectrum analyser %s

en: Spectrum analyzer
en_GB: Spectrum analyser

en: Haavard Kvaalen
en_GB: Håvard Kvålen

en: Olle Hallnas (compiling fixes)
en_GB: Olle Hällnäs (compiling fixes)

en: Joerg Schuler
en_GB: Jörg Schuler

en: Robin Sylvestre (Equalizer and Playlist)
en_GB: Robin Sylvestre (Equaliser and Playlist)

en: Olle Hallnas
en_GB: Olle Hällnäs

en: Schalk W. Cronje
en_GB: Schalk W. Cronjé

en: Metin Amiroff
en_GB: MÉtin Æmirov

en: Vasif Ismailoglu
en_GB: Vasif Ä°smayÄ±loÄlu

en: Inigo Salvador Azurmendi
en_GB: Iñigo Salvador Azurmendi

en: Amila Akagic
en_GB: Amila AkagiÄ

en: Vladimir Marek
en_GB: Vladimír Marek

en: Alberto Garcia
en_GB: Alberto García

en: David Fernandez Vaamonde
en_GB: David Fernández Vaamonde

en: Juris Kudins
en_GB: Juris Kudiņš

en: Andreas Bergstrom
en_GB: Andreas Bergstrøm

en: Misu Moldovan
en_GB: Mişu Moldovan

en: Juan Manuel Garcia Molina
en_GB: Juan Manuel García Molina

en: Omer Fadil Usta
en_GB: Ömer Fadıl Usta

en: /Configure Equalizer
en_GB: /Configure Equaliser

en: XMMS Equalizer
en_GB: XMMS Equaliser

en: Import equalizer presets
en_GB: Import equaliser presets

en: If "Auto" is enabled on the equalizer, xmms will try to load equalizer presets like this:
    1: Look for a preset file in the directory of the file we are about to play.
    2: Look for a directory preset file in the same directory.
    3: Look for a preset saved with the "auto-load" feature
    4: Finally, try to load the "default" preset
en_GB: If "Auto" is enabled on the equaliser, xmms will try to load equaliser presets like this:
    1: Look for a preset file in the directory of the file we are about to play.
    2: Look for a directory preset file in the same directory.
    3: Look for a preset saved with the "auto-load" feature
    4: Finally, try to load the "default" preset

en: No input plugin recognized this file
en_GB: No input plugin recognised this file

en: /Equalizer WindowShade Mode
en_GB: /Equaliser WindowShade Mode

en: /Visualization Mode
en_GB: /Visualisation Mode

en: /Visualization Mode/Analyzer
en_GB: /Visualisation Mode/Analyser

en: /Visualization Mode/Scope
en_GB: /Visualisation Mode/Scope

en: /Visualization Mode/Off
en_GB: /Visualisation Mode/Off

en: /Analyzer Mode
en_GB: /Analyser Mode

en: /Analyzer Mode/Normal
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Normal

en: /Analyzer Mode/Fire
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Fire

en: /Analyzer Mode/Vertical Lines
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Vertical Lines

en: /Analyzer Mode/-
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/-

en: /Analyzer Mode/Lines
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Lines

en: /Analyzer Mode/Bars
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Bars

en: /Analyzer Mode/Peaks
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Peaks

en: /Analyzer Falloff
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Slowest
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Slowest

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Slow
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Slow

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Medium
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Medium

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Fast
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Fast

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Fastest
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Fastest

en: /Visualization plugins
en_GB: /Visualisation plugins

en: /Visualization
en_GB: /Visualisation

en: BALANCE: CENTER
en_GB: BALANCE: CENTRE

en: VISUALIZATION MENU
en_GB: VISUALISATION MENU

en: /Randomize List
en_GB: /Randomise List

en: Visualization Plugins
en_GB: Visualisation Plugins

en: Visualization plugins
en_GB: Visualisation plugins

en: Equalizer doublesize linked
en_GB: Equaliser doublesize linked

en: Use colors from xpad preferences
en_GB: Use colours from xpad preferences

en: Use these colors:
en_GB: Use these colours:

en: Use colors from theme
en_GB: Use colours from theme

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TerminalHighlightOnManualActivation)
en: Enabling this option will make Yakuake briefly display a colored overlay above the newly focused terminal when moving focus between multple terminals in a session, as well as over the currently focused terminal when switching to a session with multiple terminals.
en_GB: Enabling this option will make Yakuake briefly display a coloured overlay above the newly focussed terminal when moving focus between multple terminals in a session, as well as over the currently focussed terminal when switching to a session with multiple terminals.

[ctx: @label:chooser]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundColorLabel)
en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

[ctx: @label:spinbox]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundColorOpacityLabel)
en: Background color opacity:
en_GB: Background colour opacity:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_BackgroundColorOpacity)
en: When using translucency, the background color will be filled in using the given opacity before the skin elements are painted on top of the background. This allows influencing the opacity and color tint of translucent areas of the skin.
en_GB: When using translucency, the background colour will be filled in using the given opacity before the skin elements are painted on top of the background. This allows influencing the opacity and colour tint of translucent areas of the skin.

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Dialogs
en_GB: Dialogues

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Position), group (Window)
en: Center point of the application window, as a percentage, measured from the left-hand edge of the screen.
en_GB: Centre point of the application window, as a percentage, measured from the left-hand edge of the screen.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackgroundColor), group (Appearance)
en: Window background color
en_GB: Window background colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BackgroundColor), group (Appearance)
en: Background color painted below skin elements.
en_GB: Background colour painted below skin elements.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackgroundColorOpacity), group (Appearance)
en: Background color opacity
en_GB: Background colour opacity

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BackgroundColorOpacity), group (Appearance)
en: The opacity of the background color fill when using translucency.
en_GB: The opacity of the background colour fill when using translucency.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TerminalHighlightOnManualActivation), group (Appearance)
en: Highlight newly focused terminals
en_GB: Highlight newly focussed terminals

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TerminalHighlightOnManualActivation), group (Appearance)
en: Whether to briefly display a colored overlay above the newly focused terminal when moving focus between multiple terminals in a session, as well as over the currently focused terminal when switching to a session with multiple terminals.
en_GB: Whether to briefly display a coloured overlay above the newly focussed terminal when moving focus between multiple terminals in a session, as well as over the currently focussed terminal when switching to a session with multiple terminals.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TerminalHighlightOpacity), group (Appearance)
en: The opacity of the colored overlay used to highlight a terminal.
en_GB: The opacity of the coloured overlay used to highlight a terminal.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeyboardInputBlockIndicatorColor), group (Appearance)
en: Keyboard input block indicator color
en_GB: Keyboard input block indicator colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (KeyboardInputBlockIndicatorColor), group (Appearance)
en: The color of the keyboard input block indicator overlay.
en_GB: The colour of the keyboard input block indicator overlay.

[ctx: @title Preferences page name]
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If this is checked, the window will stay open when it loses focus.
en_GB: If this is ticked, the window will stay open when it loses focus.

note: ID: email.tooltip This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the appropriate content, as follows: <string/> - The linked-to email address
en: Send email to ‘<string/>’.
en_GB: Send e-mail to ‘<string/>’.

en: %d packages marked for Distribution Synchronization
en_GB: %d packages marked for Distribution Synchronisation

en: Importing %s key 0x%s:
     Userid : %s
     Package: %s (%s)
     From   : %s
en_GB: Importing %s key 0x%s:
    Userid : %s
    Package: %s (%s)
    From   : %s

en: Importing %s key 0x%s:
     Userid: "%s"
     From  : %s
en_GB: Importing %s key 0x%s:
    Userid : "%s"
    From  : %s

en: Zenity is a rewrite of gdialog, the GNOME port of dialog which allows you to display dialog boxes from the commandline and shell scripts.
en_GB: Zenity is a rewrite of gdialog, the GNOME port of dialog which allows you to display dialogue boxes from the command line and shell scripts.

en: <application>Zenity</application> enables you to create the following types of simple dialog:
en_GB: <application>Zenity</application> enables you to create the following types of simple dialogue:

en: When you write scripts, you can use <application>Zenity</application> to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user, as follows:
en_GB: When you write scripts, you can use <application>Zenity</application> to create simple dialogues that interact graphically with the user, as follows:

en: When the user closes the dialog, <application>Zenity</application> prints the text produced by the dialog to standard error.
en_GB: When the user closes the dialogue, <application>Zenity</application> prints the text produced by the dialogue to standard error.

en: Some <application>Zenity</application> dialogs support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialog. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:
en_GB: Some <application>Zenity</application> dialogues support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialogue. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:

en: All <application>Zenity</application> dialogs support the following general options:
en_GB: All <application>Zenity</application> dialogues support the following general options:

en: Displays the <guilabel>About Zenity</guilabel> dialog, which contains <application>Zenity</application> version information, copyright information, and developer information.
en_GB: Displays the <guilabel>About Zenity</guilabel> dialogue, which contains <application>Zenity</application> version information, copyright information and developer information.

en: Use the <option>--calendar</option> option to create a calendar dialog. <application>Zenity</application> returns the selected date to standard error. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialog uses the current date.
en_GB: Use the <option>--calendar</option> option to create a calendar dialogue. <application>Zenity</application> returns the selected date to standard error. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialogue uses the current date.

en: Use the <option>--file-selection</option> option to create a file selection dialog. <application>Zenity</application> returns the selected files or directories to standard error. The default mode of the file selection dialog is open.
en_GB: Use the <option>--file-selection</option> option to create a file selection dialogue. <application>Zenity</application> returns the selected files or directories to standard error. The default mode of the file selection dialogue is open.

en: Use the <option>--list</option> option to create a list dialog. <application>Zenity</application> returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard error.
en_GB: Use the <option>--list</option> option to create a list dialogue. <application>Zenity</application> returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard error.

en: <application>Zenity</application> can create four types of message dialog:
en_GB: <application>Zenity</application> can create four types of message dialogue:

en: 
            #!/bin/sh
            (
            echo "10" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1
            echo "20" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1
            echo "50" ; sleep 1
            echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1
            echo "75" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1
            echo "100" ; sleep 1
            ) |
            zenity --progress \
              --title="Update System Logs" \
              --text="Scanning mail logs..." \
              --percentage=0
    
            if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then
                    zenity --error \
                      --text="Update canceled."
            fi
en_GB: 
            #!/bin/sh
            (
            echo "10" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1
            echo "20" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1
            echo "50" ; sleep 1
            echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1
            echo "75" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1
            echo "100" ; sleep 1
            ) |
            zenity --progress \
              --title="Update System Logs" \
              --text="Scanning mail logs..." \
              --percentage=0
    
            if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then
                    zenity --error \
                      --text="Update cancelled."
            fi

en: Use the <option>-entry</option> option to create a text entry dialog. <application>Zenity</application> returns the contents of the text entry to standard error.
en_GB: Use the <option>-entry</option> option to create a text entry dialogue. <application>Zenity</application> returns the contents of the text entry to standard error.

en: You must specify a dialog type. See 'zenity --help' for details
en_GB: You must specify a dialogue type. See 'zenity --help' for details

en: Forms dialog
en_GB: Forms dialogue

en: Set the dialog icon
en_GB: Set the dialogue icon

en: Enable an I read and agree checkbox
en_GB: Enable an I read and agree tickbox

en: Display forms dialog
en_GB: Display forms dialogue

en: Add a new Entry in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new Entry in forms dialogue

en: Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new Password Entry in forms dialogue

en: Add a new Calendar in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new Calendar in forms dialogue

en: Add a new List in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new List in forms dialogue

en: Forms dialog options
en_GB: Forms dialogue options

en: Show forms dialog options
en_GB: Show forms dialogue options
